CAIS - Complete Manual - Rev 3 - 2023-03-30

CONSTRUCTION
ADMINISTRATION AND
INSPECTION SPECIFICATIONS
(CAIS) MANUAL
Ministry of Transportation Ontario

Transportation Infrastructure Management Division
Standards and Contracts Branch
Contract Management Office
CAIS MANUAL Disclaimer
TO ALL USERS OF THIS PUBLICATION:
The information contained herein has been carefully compiled and is believed to be
accurate at the date of publication, however freedom from error cannot be guaranteed.
Portable Document Format (PDF) copies of this manual and its contents are available for
download, free of charge, from the MTO Technical Publications website at:
ontario.ca/MTOTechPubs
The Notes to MTO Users and Warrants contained within the Construction
Administration and Inspection Specifications in this manual are for internal use only
and the application, modification, and/or use of any specification within specific
contracts is subject to the sole discretion of the Ministry of Transportation.
Enquiries, suggestions, or comments about this manual and its contents can be submitted
via e-mail to:
CAIS@ontario.ca
or they may be directed in writing to:
Ministry of Transportation
Standards and Contracts Branch
301 St. Paul Street, 2nd Floor
St. Catharines, Ontario
L2R 7R4
Tel Number: 289-783-3187
Page 1 of 1
CAIS MANUAL Continuing Record of Revisions
CONTINUING RECORD OF REVISIONS

CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION AND INSPECTION
SPECIFICATIONS (CAIS) MANUAL
Revision
Entered By Date
No. Dated
This manual includes CAIS Revision No. 3, dated March 30, 2023.
Page 1 of 1
CAIS Manual Index
CAIS MANUAL INDEX
Reference # Title Issue Date

N/A CAIS Preamble Dec 2021
N/A CAIS Checklist for Contract Completion Dec 2021
N/A CAIS Checklist for Post-Construction Contract Closing Process Dec 2021
N/A CAIS Template for Contract Progress / Site Meeting Dec 2021
N/A CAIS Template for Pre-Fabrication Meeting for Precast Concrete Elements Dec 2021
N/A CAIS Template for Pre-Paving Meeting Dec 2021
N/A CAIS Template for Pre-Placement Meeting for Concrete Dec 2021
N/A CAIS Template for Pre-Removal Meeting for Concrete Dec 2021
N/A CAIS Template for Pre-Seasonal Shutdown / Final Inspection Meeting Dec 2021
N/A CAIS Template for Pre-Start Meeting Dec 2021
N/A CAIS Template for Pre-Start Meeting for Concrete Dec 2021
N/A CAIS Template for Pre-Start Meeting for Electrical and ITS/ATMS Dec 2021
N/A CAIS Design-Build Communication Matrix Sample Dec 2021
N/A CAIS Design-Build Project Management Structure Dec 2021
N/A CAIS Design-Build Submission Instruction Notices and Notice of Non- Dec 2021
Conformance
CAIS 100 MTO Construction Administration General Conditions (CAGC) Jan 2023
CAIS 102 Weighing of Materials (As Specified in OPSS 102 and SSP 101S18) Jan 2023
CAIS 103-31 Asphaltic Concrete Surface Smoothness (As Specified in SSP 103F31) Dec 2021
CAIS 120 The Use of Explosives (As Specified in OPSS 120, SSP 101F02, and Dec 2021
SSP 101S04)
CAIS 180 Management of Excess Materials (As Specified in OPSS 180 and Feb 2023
NSSP ENVR0014)
CAIS 182 Environmental Protection for Construction in and Around Waterbodies and on Dec 2021
Waterbody Banks (As Specified in OPSS 182 and SSP 101F23)
CAIS 199-31 Environmental Exemptions and Permits (As Specified in SSP 199F31) Dec 2021
CAIS 202 Rock Removal by Manual Scaling, Machine Scaling, Trim Blasting, or Dec 2021
Controlled Blasting (As Specified in OPSS 202)
CAIS 203 Rock Stabilization (As Specified in OPSS 203) Dec 2021
CAIS 206 Grading (As Specified in OPSS 206 and SSP 102S05) Dec 2021
CAIS 209 Embankments Over Swamps and Compressible Soils (As Specified in Dec 2021
OPSS 209 and SSP 209F01)
CAIS 212 Earth Borrow (As Specified in OPSS 212 and SSP 212F01) Dec 2021
CAIS 220 Wick Drain Installation (As Specified in OPSS 220 and SSP 102S07) Dec 2021
CAIS 301 Restoring Unpaved Roadway Surfaces (As Specified in OPSS 301) Dec 2021
March 2023 Page 1 of 8 CAIS Index

CAIS Manual Index
CAIS 305 Granular Sealing (As Specified in OPSS 305 and SSP 305S03) Dec 2021
CAIS 307 Stockpiling of Patching Materials and Patching of Asphalt Pavement (As Dec 2021
Specified in OPSS 307)
CAIS 308 Tack Coating and Joint Painting (As Specified in OPSS 308 and SSP 103S08) Dec 2021
CAIS 312 Asphalt Curb and Gutter Systems and Asphalt Surfacing of Gutters (As Dec 2021
CAIS 313 Hot Mix Asphalt Paving (As Specified in OPSS 313) Dec 2021
CAIS 313-01 Paving in Echelon and Partial Paving of Full Pavement Width (As Specified in Dec 2021
SSP 103F03)
CAIS 313-02 Additional Requirements for Edge Compaction (As Specified in Dec 2021
NSSP BITU0024)
CAIS 313-03 Regression Method (As Specified in NSSP BITU0026) Dec 2021
CAIS 313-04 Acceptance of Recovered Asphalt Cement (As Specified in NSSP BITU0028) Dec 2021
CAIS 313-05 Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) Paving (As Specified in OPSS 313 and Dec 2021
NSSP BITU0029)
CAIS 313-06 Cross Slope Tolerance (As Specified in SSP 103F56) Dec 2022
CAIS 314 Untreated Subbase, Base, Surface, Shoulder, Selected Subgrade, and Dec 2021
Stockpiling (As Specified in OPSS 314, SSP 103S05, and SSP 314S02)
CAIS 316 Extruded Expanded Polystyrene Frost Heave Treatment (As Specified in Dec 2021
OPSS 316)
CAIS 317 Temporary Hot Mix Pavement (As Specified in OPSS 317 and SSP 317S01) Dec 2021
CAIS 320 Open Graded Drainage Layer (As Specified in OPSS 320) Dec 2021
CAIS 330 In-Place Full Depth Reclamation of Bituminous Pavement and Underlying Dec 2021
Granular (As Specified in OPSS 330)
CAIS 331 Full Depth Reclamation with Expanded Asphalt Stabilization (As Specified in Dec 2021
CAIS 332 Hot In-Place Recycling (As Specified in OPSS 332 and SSP 332F04) Dec 2021
CAIS 333 Cold In-Place Recycling (CIR) (As Specified in OPSS 333 and SSP 333S04) Dec 2021
CAIS 335 Cold In-Place Recycling (CIREAM) with Expanded Asphalt (As Specified in Dec 2021
OPSS 335 and SSP 335S04)
CAIS 336 Micro-Surfacing (As Specified in OPSS 336 and SSP 336F01) Dec 2021
CAIS 337 Slurry Seal (As Specified in OPSS 337 and SSP 337F01) Dec 2021
CAIS 341 Routing and Sealing Cracks in Asphalt Pavement (As Specified in OPSS 341) Dec 2021
CAIS 342 Grinding of Centreline and Shoulder Rumble Strips in Asphalt (As Specified in Dec 2021
OPSS 342)
CAIS 350 Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base (As Specified in OPSS 350 and Dec 2021
NSSP PVMT0007)
CAIS 355 The Installation of Interlocking Concrete Pavers (As Specified in OPSS 355) Dec 2021
CAIS 363 Repairing Rigid Pavement with Precast Concrete Slabs (As Specified in Dec 2021
OPSS 363)

CAIS Manual Index
CAIS 365 Cross-Stitching Longitudinal Cracks in Concrete Pavement and Concrete Dec 2021
Base (As Specified in OPSS 365)
CAIS 366 Repairing Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base (As Specified in OPSS 366 Dec 2021
and SSP 103S04)
CAIS 369 Sealing or Resealing of Joints and Cracks in Concrete Pavement and Dec 2021
Concrete Base (As Specified in OPSS 369)
CAIS 399-01 Full Depth Crack Repairs in Asphaltic Concrete Pavements (As Specified in Dec 2021
SSP 399F01)
CAIS 399-09 Reclaim Asphalt Pavement - Partial Depth (As Specified in SSP 399S09) Dec 2021
CAIS 399-10 Reclaim Asphalt Pavement - Full Depth (As Specified in SSP 399S10) Dec 2021
CAIS 401 Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting (As Specified in OPSS 401) Dec 2021
CAIS 402 Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting for Maintenance Holes, Catch Dec 2021
Basins, Ditch Inlets, and Valve Chambers (As Specified in OPSS 402)
CAIS 403 Rock Excavation for Pipelines, Utilities, and Associated Structures in Open Dec 2021
Cut (As Specified in OPSS 403)
CAIS 404 Support Systems (As Specified in OPSS 404) Dec 2021
CAIS 405 Pipe Subdrains (As Specified in OPSS 405) Dec 2021
CAIS 407 Manholes, Catch Basins, and Ditch Inlets (As Specified in MTC Form 407) Dec 2021
CAIS 409 Closed-Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines (As Specified in OPSS 409) Dec 2021
CAIS 410 Pipe Sewer Installation in Open Cut (As Specified in OPSS 410) Dec 2021
CAIS 411 Cleaning and Flushing of Culverts, Pipe Sewers, Catchbasins, Maintenance Dec 2021
Holes, Ditch Inlets, and Oil Grit Separators (As Specified in OPSS 411)
CAIS 421 Pipe Culvert Installation in Open Cut (As Specified in OPSS 421 and Dec 2021
SSP 104S06)
CAIS 422 Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Culvert with span 3m or Less in Open Cut Dec 2021
(As Specified in OPSS 422)
CAIS 441 Watermain Installation in Open Cut (As Specified in OPSS 441) Dec 2021
CAIS 490 Site Preparation for Pipelines, Utilities, and Associated Structures (As Dec 2021
CAIS 491 Preservation, Protection, and Reconstruction of Existing Facilities (As Dec 2021
CAIS 492 Site Restoration Following Installation of Pipelines, Utilities, and Associated Dec 2021
Structures (As Specified in OPSS 492)
CAIS 493 Temporary Potable Water Supply Services (As Specified in OPSS 493) Dec 2021
CAIS 501 Compacting (As Specified in OPSS 501 and SSP 105S22) Dec 2021
CAIS 511 Rip Rap, Rock Protection, and Granular Sheeting (As Specified in OPSS 511) Dec 2021
CAIS 512 Installation of Gabions (As Specified in OPSS 512) Dec 2021
CAIS 517 Dewatering (As Specified in OPSS 517 and SSP 517F01) Dec 2021
CAIS 539 Temporary Protection Systems (As Specified in OPSS 539 and SSP 105S09) Dec 2021
CAIS 578 Placement of Unshrinkable Fill (As Specified in OPSS 578) Dec 2021

CAIS Manual Index
CAIS 599-23 Retained Soil Systems (RSS) (As Specified in SSP 599S23) Dec 2021
CAIS 599-30 Waterproofing of Precast Concrete Culverts (As Specified in SSP 599S30) Dec 2021
CAIS 602 Installation of Electrical Chambers (As Specified in OPSS 602) Dec 2021
CAIS 603 Installation of Ducts (As Specified in OPSS 603) Dec 2021
CAIS 604 Installation of Cable (As Specified in OPSS 604) Dec 2021
CAIS 609 Grounding (As Specified in OPSS 609) Dec 2021
CAIS 610 Removal of Electrical Equipment and Materials (As Specified in OPSS 610) Dec 2021
CAIS 611 Installation of Underpass Luminaires (As Specified in OPSS 611) Dec 2021
CAIS 614 Installation of Power Supply Equipment (As Specified in OPSS 614) Dec 2021
CAIS 615 Installation of Poles (As Specified in OPSS 615, and SSP 615S05) Dec 2021
CAIS 615-01 Concrete Poles with Camera Raising and Lowering System (As Specified in Dec 2021
CAIS 616 Footings and Pads for Electrical Equipment (As Specified in OPSS 616) Dec 2021
CAIS 617 Installation of Roadway Luminaires (As Specified in OPSS 617) Dec 2021
CAIS 620 Traffic Signal Equipment (As Specified in OPSS 620) Dec 2021
CAIS 621 Electrical Traffic Control Devices (As Specified in OPSS 621) Dec 2021
CAIS 622 the Installation of Traffic Signal Controllers (As Specified in OPSS 622) Dec 2021
CAIS 623 Traffic Actuation Equipment (As Specified in OPSS 623) Dec 2021
CAIS 630 Installation of Sectional Steel High Mast Lighting Poles (As Specified in Dec 2021
CAIS 631 Concrete Footings and Maintenance Platforms for High Mast Lighting Poles Dec 2021
CAIS 681-01 System Integration Testing (SIT) of ATMS Subsystems (As Specified in Dec 2021
SSP 681F19)
CAIS 682-01 ATMS Field Equipment Cabinet Maintenance Sites (As Specified in Dec 2021
SSP 682S01)
CAIS 682-02 Installation of Controller Cabinets and Pole Mounted Controller Cabinets (As Dec 2021
Specified in SSP 682S16, and SSP 682S27)
CAIS 682-03 Installation of Vehicle Detection Equipment (As Specified in SSP 682S18 and Dec 2021
SSP 682S19)
CAIS 683-01 Fibre Optic Communication Cables In Ducts (As Specified in SSP 683S01) Dec 2021
CAIS 683-02 Splice Enclosures for Fibre Optic Cables (As Specified in SSP 683S01) Dec 2021
CAIS 683-03 Installation of Data Transmission Equipment (As Specified in SSP 683S03, Dec 2021
683S09, 683S10, 683F18, 683S19, 683S22, 683S23, 683S24, 683S25,
683S26, and 683S27)
CAIS 683-04 Installation of Video Transmission/Display Equipment (As Specified in Dec 2021
SSP 683S04)
CAIS 683-05 Installation of Wireless Communication Systems (As Specified in Dec 2021
SSP 683S22)

CAIS Manual Index
CAIS 684-01 Installation of CCTV and Dome Camera Systems (As Specified in Dec 2021
SSP 684S01 and SSP 684S10)
CAIS 685-01 Installation of Variable Message Signs (VMS) (As Specified in SSP 685S01) Dec 2021
CAIS 685-02 Fixed and Full Colour Fixed Support Mountable Variable Message Signs (As Dec 2021
Specified in SSP 685S07 and SSP 685S09)
CAIS 685-03 Temporary Support Portable Mountable Variable Message Signs (PMVMS) Dec 2021
(As Specified in SSP 685F08)
CAIS 703 Permanent Small Signs and Support Systems (As Specified in OPSS 703) Dec 2021
CAIS 704 Post Mounted Delineators (As Specified in OPSS 704) Dec 2021
CAIS 705 Flexible Delineator Posts (As Specified in OPSS 705) Dec 2021
CAIS 709 Permanent Intermediate Signs and Support Systems (As Specified in Dec 2021
OPSS 709)
CAIS 721-01 Steel Beam Guide Rail Systems (As Specified in OPSS 721 and Dec 2021
SSP 721S09)
CAIS 721-02 Cable Guide Rail Systems (As Specified in OPSS 721 and SSP 721S10) Dec 2021
CAIS 723 Energy Attenuators (As Specified in OPSS 723) Dec 2021
CAIS 732 Steel Beam Energy Attenuating Terminal Systems (As Specified in Dec 2021
OPSS 732)
CAIS 733 Steel Beam Terminal (SBT) System (As Specified in OPSS 733) Dec 2021
CAIS 740 Concrete Barriers (As Specified in OPSS 740) Dec 2021
CAIS 741 Temporary Concrete Barriers (As Specified in OPSS 741) Dec 2021
CAIS 753 Connecticut Impact Attenuation System (CIAS) (As Specified in OPSS 753) Dec 2021
CAIS 760 Noise Barrier Systems (As Specified in OPSS 760) Dec 2021
CAIS 771 Standard Highway Fence (As Specified in OPSS 771) Dec 2021
CAIS 772 Chain-Link Fence (As Specified in OPSS 772) Dec 2021
CAIS 791 Expanded Metal Anti-Glare Screen (As Specified in OPSS 791) Dec 2021
CAIS 799-08 Bollards (As Specified in SSP 799S08) Dec 2021
CAIS 799-12 Ramp Closure Gates (As Specified in SSP 799S12) Dec 2021
CAIS 799-15 High Tension Three Cable Guide Rail (HT3CGR) and High-Tension Cable Dec 2021
Guide Rail Terminal Systems (HTCGRTS) (As Specified in SSP 799S15)
CAIS 799-18 Temporary Transition Connection (As Specified in SSP 799S18) Dec 2021
CAIS 799-19 Temporary Transition Barrier (As Specified in SSP 799S19) Dec 2021
CAIS 799-20 Traversable End Treatments for Pipes and Box Culverts (As Specified in Dec 2021
SSP 799S20)
CAIS 803 Vegetative Cover (As Specified in OPSS 803) Dec 2021
CAIS 804 Temporary Erosion Control (As Specified in OPSS 804 and SSP 804F02) Dec 2021
CAIS 805 Temporary Sediment Control (As Specified in OPSS 805 and SSP 805F01) Dec 2021
CAIS 810 Rootwad Structures (As Specified in OPSS 810) Dec 2021
CAIS 811 Large Woody Debris (As Specified in OPSS 811) Dec 2021

CAIS Manual Index
CAIS 812 LUNKERS (As Specified in OPSS 812) Dec 2021

CAIS 820 Riffles (As Specified in OPSS 820) Dec 2021
CAIS 821 Pools (As Specified in OPSS 821) Dec 2021
CAIS 822 Rocky Ramps (As Specified in OPSS 822) Dec 2021
CAIS 823 Low Flow Channels (As Specified in OPSS 823) Dec 2021
CAIS 824 Baffles in Culverts (As Specified in OPSS 824) Dec 2021
CAIS 825 Placement of Aggregates in Waterbodies (As Specified in OPSS 825 and Dec 2021
SSP 825S01)
CAIS 832 Bioengineering Measures (As Specified in OPSS 832) Dec 2021
CAIS 899-02 Wildlife Fence (As Specified in SSP 899S02) Dec 2021
CAIS 902 Excavating and Backfilling - Structures (As Specified in OPSS 902 and Dec 2021
NSSP FOUN0003)
CAIS 903 Deep Foundations (As Specified in OPSS 903 and SSP 109F57) Dec 2021
CAIS 904 Concrete Structures (As Specified in OPSS 904 and SSP 109S18) Dec 2021
CAIS 905 Steel Reinforcement for Concrete (As Specified in OPSS 905) Dec 2021
CAIS 906 Structural Steel for Bridges (As Specified in OPSS 906) Dec 2021
CAIS 907 Structural Wood Systems (As Specified in OPSS 907) Dec 2021
CAIS 908 Metal Traffic Barriers and Metal Railings for Structures (As Specified in Dec 2021
CAIS 909 Prestressed Concrete - Precast Girders (As Specified in OPSS 909 and Dec 2021
SSP 109S24)
CAIS 910 for Stressing Systems for Post-Tensioning (As Specified in OPSS 910 and Dec 2021
SSP 109S25)
CAIS 911 Coating Structural Steel Systems (As Specified in OPSS 911, SSP 109S13, Dec 2021
and SSP 911F10)
CAIS 912 Precast Concrete Culverts with Spans Greater than 3.0 m (As Specified in Dec 2021
OPSS 912)
CAIS 914 Waterproofing Bridge Decks with Hot Applied Asphalt Membrane (As Dec 2021
Specified in OPSS 914, SSP 914F02, and SSP 914S03)
CAIS 915 Sign Support Structures (As Specified in OPSS 915 and SSP 109S26) Dec 2021
CAIS 918 Modular Bridge Structures for Temporary Installations (As Specified in Dec 2021
CAIS 919 Formwork and Falsework (As Specified in OPSS 919, SSP 109S28, and Dec 2021
SSP 919S01)
CAIS 920 Deck Joint Assemblies, Preformed Seals, Joint Fillers, and Joint Sealing Dec 2021
Compounds - Structures (As Specified in OPSS 920 and SSP 920F03)
CAIS 921 Jacking of Bridge Superstructure (As Specified in OPSS 921 and Dec 2021
SSP 921F01)
CAIS 922 Installation of Bearings (As Specified in OPSS 922 and 922F01) Dec 2021
CAIS 928 Structure Rehabilitation - Concrete Removal (As Specified in OPSS 928) Dec 2021

CAIS Manual Index
CAIS 929 Abrasive Blast Cleaning - Concrete Construction (As Specified in OPSS 929) Dec 2021
CAIS 930 Structure Rehabilitation - Concrete Patches, Refacing, and Overlays (As Dec 2021
CAIS 931 Structure Rehabilitation - Shotcrete (As Specified in OPSS 931) Dec 2021
CAIS 932 Crack Repair - Concrete (As Specified in OPSS 932) Dec 2021
CAIS 935 Impressed Current Cathodic Protection System for Bridge Structures (As Dec 2021
Specified in OPSS 935 and NSSP BRDG0002)
CAIS 942 Prestressed Soil and Rock Anchors (As Specified in OPSS 942) Dec 2021
CAIS 999-02 Glass Fibre Reinforced Polymer (GFRP) Reinforcing Bar (As Specified in Dec 2021
SSP 999S02)
CAIS 999-29 Installation of Metallic Dowels Into Concrete (As Specified in SSP 999F29) Dec 2021
CAIS 999-31 Precast Concrete Bridge Elements (Non-Prestressed and Prestressed) (As Dec 2021
Specified in SSP 999S31)
CAIS 1001 Aggregates - General (As Specified in OPSS 1001) Dec 2021
CAIS 1002 Aggregates - Concrete (As Specified in OPSS 1002 and SSP 110S17) Dec 2021
CAIS 1003 Aggregates - Hot Mix Asphalt (As Specified in OPSS 1003 and SSP 110S18) Dec 2021
CAIS 1004 Aggregates - Miscellaneous (As Specified in OPSS 1004 and SSP 110S16) Dec 2021
CAIS 1005 Aggregates - Waterbody (As Specified in OPSS 1005) Dec 2021
CAIS 1006 Aggregates - Surface Treatment (As Specified in OPSS 1006 and Dec 2021
SSP 110S05)
CAIS 1010 Aggregates - Base, Subbase, Select Subgrade, and Backfill Material (As Dec 2021
Specified in OPSS 1010 and SSP 110S06)
CAIS 1101 Performance Graded Asphalt Cement (As Specified in OPSS 1101) Dec 2021
CAIS 1101-01 Additional Test Results and Samples for Recovered Asphalt Cement (RAC) Dec 2021
(As Specified in NSSP BITU0027)
CAIS 1103 Emulsified Asphalt (As Specified in OPSS 1103 and SSP 111S12) Dec 2021
CAIS 1151 Superpave and Stone Mastic Asphalt (SMA) Mixtures (As Specified in Dec 2021
OPSS 1151)
CAIS 1151-01 Additional Requirements for Superpave and Stone Mastic Asphalt (SMA) Dec 2021
Mixtures (As Specified in SSP 111F06)
CAIS 1151-02 Regression Method (As Specified in NSSP BITU0025) Dec 2021
CAIS 1153 Emulsified Asphalt Patching Material (As Specified in OPSS 1153) Dec 2021
CAIS 1202 Bearings - Elastomeric Plain and Steel Laminated (As Specified in Dec 2021
OPSS 1202)
CAIS 1203 Bearings Rotational and Sliding Surface (As Specified in OPSS 1203) Dec 2021
CAIS 1204 Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstops (As Specified in OPSS 1204) Dec 2021
CAIS 1205 Clay Seal (As Specified in OPSS 1205) Dec 2021
CAIS 1212 Hot Poured Rubberized Asphalt Joint Sealing Compound (As Specified in Dec 2021
CAIS 1215 Protection Board (As Specified in OPSS 1215) Dec 2021

CAIS Manual Index
CAIS 1302 Water (As Specified in OPSS 1302) Dec 2021

CAIS 1350 Concrete - Materials and Production (As Specified in OPSS 1350) Dec 2021
CAIS 1351 Precast Reinforced Concrete Components for Maintenance Holes, Catch Dec 2021
Basins, Ditch Inlets, and Valve Chambers (As Specified in OPSS 1351)
CAIS 1352 Precast Concrete Barriers (As Specified in OPSS 1352 and SSP 113S09) Dec 2021
CAIS 1430 Gabion Baskets and Mats (As Specified in OPSS 1430) Dec 2021
CAIS 1440 Steel Reinforcement for Concrete (As Specified in OPSS 1440) Dec 2021
CAIS 1442 Epoxy Coated Steel Reinforcement for Concrete (As Specified in OPSS 1442) Dec 2021
CAIS 1540 Standard Highway Fence Components (As Specified in OPSS 1540) Dec 2021
CAIS 1541 Chain Link Fence Components (As Specified in OPSS 1541) Dec 2021
CAIS 1605 Extruded Expanded Polystyrene Pavement Insulation (As Specified in Dec 2021
OPSS 1605)
CAIS 1801 Corrugated Steel Pipe (CSP) Products (As Specified in OPSS 1801) Dec 2021
CAIS 1802 Smooth Walled Steel Pipe (As Specified in OPSS 1802) Dec 2021
CAIS 1820 Circular and Elliptical Concrete Pipe (As Specified in OPSS 1820) Dec 2021
CAIS 1821 Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Culverts and Box Sewers (As Specified in Dec 2021
OPSS 1821, SSP 109S31, and SSP 118S03)
CAIS 1840 Non Pressure Polyethylene Plastic Pipe Products (As Specified in Dec 2021
OPSS 1840)
CAIS 1841 Non Pressure Polyvinyl Chloride (PC) Pipe Products (As Specified in Dec 2021
OPSS 1841)
CAIS 1842 Pressure Polyethylene (PE) Pipe Products (As Specified in OPSS 1842) Dec 2021
CAIS 1843 Non Pressure Polypropylene (PP) Plastic Pipe Products (As Specified in Dec 2021
OPSS 1843)
CAIS 1860 Geotextiles (As Specified in OPSS 1860) Dec 2021
CAIS 2001 Signs (As Specified in OPSS 2001) Dec 2021
CAIS 2301 Impressed Current Cathodic Protection System for Bridge Structures (As Dec 2021
Specified in OPSS 2301 and NSSP BRDG0002)
CAIS 2510 Tall Oil Pitch (TOP) Emulsion (As Specified in OPSS 2510) Dec 2021

CAIS MANUAL Preamble
CAIS PREAMBLE
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The Construction Administration and Inspection Task Manual (CAITM) was introduced in the 1990’s
for the purpose of assisting the Contract Administrator (CA) and inspection staff with the
administration of highway construction contracts for the Ministry of Transportation Ontario (MTO).
The scope and layout of the original CAITM remained unchanged from its inception until its last
revision in 2020.
In 2019, MTO began a comprehensive review of the CAITM which led to the development of the
new Construction Administration and Inspection Specifications (CAIS) which replaces the former
CAITM in its entirety.
The Contract Administrator is responsible for providing Contract Administration services and
deliverables. The Contract Administration requirements are specified in the Construction and
Administration and Inspection Specifications (CAIS). The CAIS form part of the Contract
Administration contract.
The CAIS provide instructions to the Contract Administrator. For the purposes of the CAIS, this
includes all staff delivering administration and inspection services and deliverables as part of the
Contract Administration duties.
The CAIS outline the requirements from the time of awarding the Contract Administration contract
to the submission of the final deliverables.
2.0 CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION AND INSPECTION SPECIFICATIONS (CAIS)
The CAIS are structured to align with existing Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications (OPSS)
and MTO Standard Special Provisions (SSP) divisions. The CAIS includes:
· CAIS 100 - MTO Construction Administration General Conditions which aligns with:
o Division 1 - OPSS 100 - MTO General Conditions of Contract Specification
· CAIS for Administration and Inspection Activities which align with:

o Division 1 - General Specifications,
o Divisions 2 to 9 - Construction Specifications, and
o Divisions 10 to 25 - Material Specifications.
The CAIS also reference CAIS meeting templates and checklists. Further information about CAIS
meeting templates can be found in CAIS 100, section CAGC 2.0, Project Management, and further
information about CAIS checklists can be found in CAIS 100, section CAGC 6.0, Management of
Deliverables.
December 2021 Page 1 of 4 CAIS Preamble

2.1 CAIS Principles
The CAIS focuses on the requirements of the Contract Administrator and is not meant to replace
procurement-related requirements, or include provisions about Contract Administrator staff
qualifications, or contractual payment mechanisms, or replace the Contract Administration
contract’s Legal Terms and Conditions.
To help users understand what the CAIS is and is not, the principles below were developed. These
principles were created during the CAITM Review and were supported by stakeholders and MTO
decision makers.
The future intent is to include the CAIS in CA contracts, in a manner similar to the way OPSSs and
SSPs are included in construction tenders (i.e., referenced by specific numbers and revision dates).
The CAIS is:
1. To identify to the CAs, inspectors, and MTO staff standard duties to perform and when to
perform them.
2. A provincial contractual standard.
3. A valuable standard for the basis of CA performance monitoring.
4. A set of instructions for construction administration and inspection work.
5. The only MTO reference for construction administration and inspection work standards.
6. Intended to be used by internal and external staff.
7. Includes work for design-build and design-bid-build Contracts.
8. Include all standard / typical work.
9. To contain administration activities that will be separate from inspection activities.
10. To be publicly available.
11. A fluid and flexible product governed by these principles and a set framework.
12. To be consistent with other MTO policies and manuals.
The CAIS is not:
1. A guide to Cas, inspectors, or MTO staff (for example: a WBCMS guide).

2. To direct or instruct the Contractor.
3. A document to procure CA services.
2.2 CAIS Publication
The CAIS are published in a manner similar to OPSSs i.e., published as individual documents with
specific revision dates for reference purposes, and also compiled into a complete manual (CAIS
manual) for ease of use.

3.0 MTO CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION GENERAL CONDITIONS (CAGC)
CAIS 100, contains the MTO Construction Administration General Conditions (CAGC) which covers
the general requirements for the Contract Administrator during the pre-construction, construction,
and post-construction phases. CAIS 100 shall be read in conjunction with all other CAIS.
The MTO CAGC consists of the following sections:
CAGC 1.0 Interpretation

CAGC 2.0 Project Management
CAGC 3.0 Communications Management
CAGC 4.0 Time Management
CAGC 5.0 Contractor Payment and Change Management
CAGC 6.0 Management of CA Deliverables
CAGC 7.0 Quality Process Management
CAGC 8.0 Environmental Issues Management
CAGC 9.0 Traffic and Issues Management
CAGC 10.0 Health and Safety Compliance
4.0 CAIS FOR ADMINISTRATION AND INSPECTION ACTIVITIES
The remaining CAIS contain administration and inspection activities applicable to various general,
construction, and material components of the work as specified in the corresponding standard
specifications and/or special provisions. For example, CAIS 919-0 outlines the Contract
Administrator’s administrative and inspection requirements for OPSS.PROV 919.
CAIS for administration and inspection activities are structured similar to standard specifications
and special provisions. For example:
General and Construction Specifications Material Specifications

1.0 Scope 1.0 Scope
2.0 References 2.0 References
3.0 Definitions 3.0 Definitions
4.0 Design and Submission Requirements 4.0 Design and Submission Requirements
5.0 Materials 5.0 Materials
6.0 Equipment 6.0 Equipment
7.0 Construction 7.0 Construction
8.0 Quality Assurance 8.0 Quality Assurance
9.0 Measurement for Payment 9.0 Owner Purchase of Material
10.0 Basis of Payment
The requirements in the CAIS are separated into clearly defined tasks for:
· Administrative Activities, and

· Inspection Activities.

The definitions of “Administrative Activities”, and “Inspection Activities” are provided in CAIS 100,
MTO Contract Administration General Conditions (CAGC), section 1.0, Definitions.
All CAIS for administration and inspection activities shall be read in conjunction with CAIS 100.
5.0 UPDATING OR CREATING A CAIS
Applicable Provincial functional offices will develop corresponding CAIS for use with all standard
specifications, standard special provisions, and Head Office non-standard special provisions. The
CAIS and related specifications will be updated and revised as necessary in conjunction with one
another.
Construction contracts that contain locally and/or regionally modified specifications, may require the
modification of existing standard CAIS and/or the development of new project specific CAIS, by the
design team. The CAIS shall be modified and/or developed in accordance with the “How to Write a
CAIS” guidelines, and in consultation with Regional and/or Provincial functional team
representatives, the Contract Services Administrator (CSA), and the Contract Management Office.
6.0 OTHER DOCUMENTS, GUIDES, AND MANUALS
The CAIS are published on the MTO Technical Publications website. Other Ministry Documents,
Manuals and Guides to be used for Administering Ministry Contracts include:
a) WBCMS Guides
b) CSA Guidelines
c) QAO Guidelines
d) Seeding Manual
e) Manufacturer inspection guides
f) Field Guide for the Acceptance of Hot Mix and Bridge Deck Waterproofing
g) Contractor Performance Rating System Guide
h) Construction and Maintenance Change Order Manual
i) Progress and Final Payment Quantities Guidelines
j) Information and Compensation Requests and Dispute Resolution Manual
k) Occupational health and safety guide
l) MTO policies
In general, MTO manuals, guides, memoranda, forms, and other technical documents are available
from the MTO Technical Publications website.

CAIS CONTRACT COMPLETION CHECKLIST
Action Description Action Comments

Completed
General
a. Check that any property monuments (bars), damaged or removed during Select
construction, have been replaced by an authorized OLS survey crew.
b. Check the Permanent signs and Pavement markings. Select
c. Complete the Structural Clearance Report. Select
d. Review status of Working Days/completion date and upload in WBCMS Select
any supporting documentation (includes emails).
e. Confirm that documentation related to OPSS 180; Property Owner Release Select
forms, are completed, signed and uploaded to the WBCMS Documents
folder.
f. Send final “Traffic Restrictions at Structures Report Form” recording the Select
final vertical and horizontal clearances to the CSA, O/O permit office
(oo.permits@ontario.ca), and the regional traffic operation center.
g. Prepare/obtain a list of deliverables outstanding or explain to MTO why Select
WBCMS record(s) is “draft”.
Record Drawings
a. Check that Contractor completed Record Drawings prior to contract Select
completion in accordance with MTO General Conditions of Contract
Clause GC 7.17.
b. Share Record Drawings with MTO. Select
c. Digital copies of Record Drawings must be sent to Electrical and ITS Select
Maintenance.
Contract Completion Meeting
a. Complete the contract completion meeting. Select
b. Complete and upload minutes in the Meeting Minutes WBMCS record. Select
Deficiencies
a. Complete deficiency list. Select
b. Meet with the Contractor to resolve outstanding deficiencies. Select
c. Review deficiency list with the MTO CSA. Select
Certificate Of Contract Completion
a. Initiate Certificate of Contract Completion. Select
b. Circulate certificate through MTO (CSA, Area Management Construction) Select
for recommendation and acknowledgement.
Project Notifications 2 Weeks Prior to Anticipated Contract Completion
a. Notify Head, Quality Assurance. Select
b. Notify Operations Office / Maintenance Office. Select
c. Notify Regional Structural Section. Select
d. Notify Regional Environmental Section. Select
e. Notify Regional Electrical Section. Select
f. Notify Regional Geotechnical Section. Select
g. Notify Electrical Coordinator. Select
h. Notify Advanced Traffic Management Section. Select
i. Notify the Project Manager, Maintenance, Superintendent and Coordinator. Select
j. Notify permit-issuing agency for rehabilitation of pits or quarries under Select
wayside permits or aggregate permits.
k. Notify external project stakeholders (i.e., Municipalities, Railways, Utilities). Select
December 2021 Page 1 of 1 CAIS Contract Completion Checklist

CAIS POST-CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CLOSING PROCESS CHECKLIST
Action
Action Description Comments
Completed
General CA Deliverables
a. Contractor Performance Rating. Select
b. Project Construction Report. Select
c. Record Documents Checklist. Select
d. Year-End Summary Reports. Select
e. Final Clearance/Restrictions form for all structures, overhead sign Select
supports, etc.
f. MTO Class EA Process Monitoring Questionnaire. Select
g. Completed Summary of Environmental Concerns and Select
Commitments Table.
h. Review electronic records with MTO to confirm storage medium Select
(example: USB stick, external hard drive) for files too large to
upload to WBCMS.
i. Identify Contract Work under Warranty. Select
j. Submit Disposal Site Permits & Property Owner Clearance Select
Certificates.
k. Complete and note any outstanding post-construction monitoring Select
in accordance with any relevant environmental permits and/or
approvals.
Substantial Performance / Certificate of Completion
a. Substantial Performance Form and proof of advertisement. Select
b. List outstanding issues and review with MTO and review with Select
Contractor.
Record Drawings
a. Check that Record Drawings have been completed before Select
Contract completion (see GC 7.17).
b. Send copies of electrical Record Drawings, electrical shop Select
drawings and service manuals to the Electrical Coordinator.
c. Send coordinates readings (electronic copy) for ATMS field Select
components to ATMS contact.
For WBCMS Contracts, the Contract Administrator shall ensure that all final documents are uploaded in the
appropriate WBCMS folders, in accordance with the “WBCMS Document Folder Filing Template” (document
available in WBCMS) when no WBCMS record is available.
December 2021 Page 1 of 1 CAIS Post-Const Closing Checklist

CONTRACT PROGRESS/SITE MEETING AGENDA
CONTRACT PROGRESS / SITE MEETING
SUGGESTED ATTENDEES (select and/or add appropriate representatives):
NOTIFIED? ATTENDED?
ADMINISTRATIVE REPRESENTATIVES
YES NO YES NO
Project Manager
Contract Administrator
Contract Administration Inspectors
Contract Administrator Office Administrator
Specialist Inspector(s)
Contractor (Project Manager and Superintendent)
Sub-Contractor(s)
MTO Head, Quality Assurance
MTO Quality Assurance Officer
MTO Quality Assurance Engineer
MTO Contracts Service Administrator
MTO Area Contracts Engineer/Area Manager, Construction
Designer team
December 2021 Page 1 of 4 Contract Progress/Site Mtg

CONTRACT PROGRESS / SITE MEETING

Meeting No:
Meeting Date:
Meeting Location:
Meeting Time:
CONTRACT NO:
CONTRACT DESCRIPTION:
ATTENDEES:
Name Title Firm Telephone E-mail
Reminder: The Contract Administrator shall send the meeting minutes to all meeting
attendees.
AGENDA ITEMS:
Item
Description Action(s) Assigned
No.
1 Previous minutes
1.1 Confirm if the contents and wording of the previous
minutes of meetings are accepted as written
1.2 Confirm if any amendments, including: errors, omissions
and additional comments, are to be noted
2 Health and Safety
2.1 Discuss Health and safety Overview.
2.2 Discuss MOL concerns
3 Schedule
3.1 Discuss Critical path schedule update
3.2 Discuss Project status to date
3.3 Discuss planned activities
3.4 Discuss time extensions
4 Quality Control
4.1 Discuss Adherence to the Quality Control performance
measures

Item
No.
4.2 Discuss Non-conformances, deviations
5 QA Issues
5.1 Discuss QA Issues
6 Environmental Issues
6.1 Environmental issues
7 Traffic Issues
7.1 Discuss safety-traffic control/accidents/OPP
8 Quality Control
8.1 Utility Issues
9 Communication/Coordination Reminders
9.1 Discuss Pipeline company requirements
9.2 Discuss Designer/Specialist Inspectors coordination
9.3 Other
10 Contractor’s Performance Rating report
10.1 Discuss the Contractor’s Performance Rating report
Form Bs
10.2 Discuss Pilot CPR report monthly result
11 Contractor Requests
11.1 Discuss Information Requests
11.2 Discuss Compensation Requests
11.3 Discuss Change Orders negotiations
12 New Issues
12.1 Discuss New business/Contractor issues/MTO issues
12.2 Discuss MTO Concerns
12.3 Discuss Contractor’s Concerns
12.4 Discuss Contract Administrator’s Concerns
13 Next Meeting(s)
13.1 Confirm Next meeting(s)
All final meeting minutes shall be uploaded to the Meeting Minutes record in WBCMS.
If there are any significant errors or omissions in these minutes, please contact the undersigned
within 1 week of receiving these minutes.

Meeting adjourned at (date/time):
Minutes prepared by:
Date of distribution of minutes:
Signed by Contract Administrator:
Date:
Cc:

PRE-FABRICATION MEETING FOR
PRECAST CONCRETE ELEMENTS AGENDA
PRE-FABRICATION MEETING FOR PRECAST CONCRETE ELEMENTS
ATTENDEES:
NOTIFIED? ATTENDED?
YES NO YES NO
Minimum Mandatory Meeting Attendance
Project Manager
MTO Quality Assurance section representative*
MTO Contract Services Administrator
MTO Area Manager, Construction
Precast Concrete Plant Inspectors/Auditor
Precast Concrete Manufacturer’s Representative
Precast Concrete Manufacturer’s Engineer
Optional Meeting Attendance
Quality Assurance Lab representative(s)
Contract Administrator Inspectors
MTO Structural Section Engineer
Design Team
* Refers to MTO Quality Assurance staff at the discretion of the Head, Quality Assurance.
December 2021 Page 1 of 5 PCE Prefab Mtg


Meeting No:
[Meeting to be scheduled at least 1 - 2 weeks before production and
Meeting Date:
after submission of Working Drawings]
Meeting Location:
Meeting Time:
CONTRACT NO:
PRECAST ELEMENTS TO BE PRODUCED:
PURPOSE: The purpose of this meeting is to review the specifications, deliverables and
inspection/quality assurance details of the precast concrete elements that will be
produced for the above mentioned MTO Contract.
ATTENDEES:
Reminder: The Contract Administrator shall send the meeting minutes to all meeting attendees.
AGENDA ITEMS:
[Note: This template is set for pre-fabrication meeting, if multiple meetings please make sure
you include agenda items: “Previous Meetings”, and “Previous Meeting minutes”.]
Item Action(s) &

Description
No. Assigned Person
1 Health and Safety
1.1 Discuss health and safety protocols when visiting the
precast/pre-stressed concrete plant.
2 Primary Representatives Roles and Responsibilities
2.1 Identify primary persons and representatives from the
Contractor and the Precast Concrete Manufacturer and
their responsibilities.
2.2 Identify primary persons responsible for the production,
inspection, sampling and delivery of precast concrete
elements, submissions, postings to WBCMS, etc.

Item Action(s) &

Description
No. Assigned Person
2.3 Identify MTO primary persons and representatives.
3 Contractor Submissions
3.1 Confirm that submissions have been received as required
(e.g. mix design, working drawings, plant certification,
fabrication schedule, project construction schedule, etc.).
3.2 Confirm if submissions are complete and meet Contract
Document requirements.
3.3 Precast Report submission requirements.
3.4 Reminder of Manufacturer’s Certificate of Conformance
and Request to Proceed by Contractor process.
3.5 Reminder of CA 3 days notification by the Contractor prior
to delivery.
4 Review of Contract Specifications
4.1 Discuss all applicable precast concrete Special
Provisions and specifications (such as OPSS 909,
SP999S31, etc.) including construction practices and
concrete acceptance.
4.2 Review precast concrete – CAIS: Milestones.
4.3 Definitions (General Conditions, and applicable Materials
and Construction specifications)
5 Critical Issues
5.1 Discuss critical issues related to reinforcement, stressing
and de-stressing operations, use of self-consolidating
concrete, temperature, curing practices, measuring
dimension tolerances, etc.
6 Sampling and Testing
6.1 Discuss 199F57 and applicable Materials and
Construction specifications sampling requirements and
responsibilities.
6.2 Confirm MTO Quality Assurance Lab location.
6.3 Confirm the lot sampling, testing and acceptance
procedures with the Contractor.
7 Acceptance/Rejection Procedures
7.1 Discuss acceptance/rejection procedures for defects and
deficiencies as specified in SSP199S66/MTO GCs and
Contract precast concrete specifications.

Item Action(s) &

Description
No. Assigned Person
8 Plant inspection/audit schedule
8.1 Frequency; inspection/audit type; and plant accessibility.
**
9 Inspection and Test Results
9.1 Discuss distribution of inspection and test results.
10 Contract Clarifications
10.1 Reminder of Information Request And Compensation
Request process
10.2 Reminder of the MTO Quality Assurance role: to provide
technical advice and assistance to Contract Administrator
(CA) and CA team, in accordance with MTO Project
Construction Memorandum 2019-07, and to help CA and
CA team in resolution of technical disagreements with the
Contractor (related to precast concrete manufacturing)
with the Contractor.
11 Delivery and Installation Elements
11.1 Discuss possible concerns regarding delivery and
installation of precast concrete elements.
11.2 Discuss oversize permits applications: to include
documentation indicating what the pre-fabrication
concrete elements for the Contract including the Contract
number and location. This will help if the over-dimension
is greater than the restriction at that site in order to assist
with getting approval for travel in a timely manner.
12 Other Business
12.1
13 Outstanding Items
13.1 For outstanding items outside of item 10. Contract
Clarifications, that require further clarification, the
Contract Administrator is to provide a response (to all
attendees) in a reasonable time frame agreed upon in the
meeting.
13.2 Reminder: Contract Administrator to provide status
updates on “Outstanding Items” to all meeting attendees.
14 Additional Meetings
14.1 Confirm if an additional Prefabrication Meeting is needed:
e.g. multi-year contracts
** Confirm the project-specific frequencies (typically at 20% and 80% of production) with your
quality assurance representative and MTO Concrete Section.

Reviewed by MTO Quality Assurance section:

Reviewed by the Contractor:


Date:
Cc:

ATTENDEES (Mandatory attendance for attendees highlighted in yellow):
NOTIFIED? ATTENDED?
YES NO YES NO
Project Manager
MTO Quality Assurance section representative*
MTO Area Manager, Construction
Precast Concrete Plant Inspectors/Auditor
Quality Assurance Lab representative(s)
Precast Concrete Manufacturer’s Representative
Precast Concrete Manufacturer’s Engineer
Design Team
* Refers to MTO Quality Assurance staff at the discretion of the Head, Quality Assurance.


Meeting No:
[Meeting to be scheduled at least 1 - 2 weeks before production and
Meeting Date:
after submission of Working Drawings]
Meeting Location:
Meeting Time:
CONTRACT NO:
PRECAST ELEMENTS TO BE PRODUCED:
PURPOSE: The purpose of this meeting is to review the specifications, deliverables and
inspection/quality assurance details of the precast concrete elements that will be
produced for the above mentioned MTO Contract.
ATTENDEES:
AGENDA ITEMS:
[Note: This template is set for pre-fabrication meeting, if multiple meetings please make sure
you include agenda items: “Previous Meetings”, and “Previous Meeting minutes”.]
Item Action(s) &

Description
No. Assigned Person
1 Health and Safety
1.1 Discuss health and safety protocols when visiting the
precast/pre-stressed concrete plant.
2 Primary Representatives Roles and Responsibilities
2.1 Identify primary persons and representatives from the
Contractor and the Precast Concrete Manufacturer and
their responsibilities.
2.2 Identify primary persons responsible for the production,
inspection, sampling and delivery of precast concrete
elements, submissions, postings to WBCMS, etc.

Item Action(s) &

Description
No. Assigned Person
2.3 Identify MTO primary persons and representatives.
3.1 Confirm that submissions have been received as required
(e.g. mix design, working drawings, plant certification,
fabrication schedule, project construction schedule, etc.).
3.2 Confirm if submissions are complete and meet Contract
Document requirements.
3.3 Precast Report submission requirements.
3.4 Reminder of Manufacturer’s Certificate of Conformance
and Request to Proceed by Contractor process.
3.5 Reminder of CA 3 days notification by the Contractor prior
to delivery.
4 Review of Contract Specifications
4.1 Discuss all applicable precast concrete Special
Provisions and specifications (such as OPSS 909,
SP999S31, etc.) including construction practices and
concrete acceptance.
4.2 Review precast concrete – CAIS: Milestones.
4.3 Definitions (General Conditions, and applicable Materials
and Construction specifications)
5 Critical Issues
5.1 Discuss critical issues related to reinforcement, stressing
and de-stressing operations, use of self-consolidating
concrete, temperature, curing practices, measuring
dimension tolerances, etc.
6 Sampling and Testing
6.1 Discuss 199F57 and applicable Materials and
Construction specifications sampling requirements and
responsibilities.
6.2 Confirm MTO Quality Assurance Lab location.
6.3 Confirm the lot sampling, testing and acceptance
procedures with the Contractor.
7 Acceptance/Rejection Procedures
7.1 Discuss acceptance/rejection procedures for defects and
deficiencies as specified in SSP199S66/MTO GCs and
Contract precast concrete specifications.

Item Action(s) &

Description
No. Assigned Person
8 Plant inspection/audit schedule
8.1 Frequency; inspection/audit type; and plant accessibility.
**
9 Inspection and Test Results
9.1 Discuss distribution of inspection and test results.
10 Contract Clarifications
10.1 Reminder of Information Request And Compensation
Request process
10.2 Reminder of the MTO Quality Assurance role: to provide
technical advice and assistance to Contract Administrator
(CA) and CA team, in accordance with MTO Project
Construction Memorandum 2019-07, and to help CA and
CA team in resolution of technical disagreements with the
Contractor (related to precast concrete manufacturing)
with the Contractor.
11 Delivery and Installation Elements
11.1 Discuss possible concerns regarding delivery and
installation of precast concrete elements.
11.2 Discuss oversize permits applications: to include
documentation indicating what the pre-fabrication
concrete elements for the Contract including the Contract
number and location. This will help if the over-dimension
is greater than the restriction at that site in order to assist
with getting approval for travel in a timely manner.
12 Other Business
12.1
13 Outstanding Items
13.1 For outstanding items outside of item 10. Contract
Clarifications, that require further clarification, the
Contract Administrator is to provide a response (to all
attendees) in a reasonable time frame agreed upon in the
meeting.
13.2 Reminder: Contract Administrator to provide status
updates on “Outstanding Items” to all meeting attendees.
14 Additional Meetings
14.1 Confirm if an additional Prefabrication Meeting is needed:
e.g. multi-year contracts
** Confirm the project-specific frequencies (typically at 20% and 80% of production) with your
quality assurance representative and MTO Concrete Section.

Reviewed by MTO Quality Assurance section:



Date:
Cc:

PRE-PAVING MEETING AGENDA
PRE-PAVING MEETING
NOTIFIED? ATTENDED?
YES NO YES NO
Project Manager
Materials Testing Subcontractor(s)
Quality Assurance Lab Representative
Subcontractor(s)
Hot Mix Producers
MTO Quality Assurance Officers
December 2021 Page 1 of 4 Pre-Paving Mtg

PRE-PAVING MEETING
Meeting No:
Meeting Date:
Meeting Location:
Meeting Time:
CONTRACT NO:
PURPOSE: To review the Special Provisions and administration requirements.
ATTENDEES:
AGENDA ITEMS:
Item
No.
1 Previous Meetings
1.1 Confirm if the contents and wording of the previous minutes
of meetings are accepted as written
1.2 Confirm if any amendments, including: errors, omissions and
additional comments, are to be noted
2 Health and Safety
2.1 Discussion Health and Safety
3 Bituminous Mix Designs
3.1 Discuss Bituminous mix designs
4 Bituminous Specifications
4.1 Discuss Bituminous Contract specifications and CAIS
4.2 For Design-Build (DB) Contracts: Review Asphalt Pavement
PERFs, other DB specifications in the Contract and CAIS

5 PGAC
5.1 Discuss the PGAC amounts for bidding purposes in the
Contract
6.1 Remind the Contractor that all paperwork is to be in order
prior to commencement of paving (Mix Design(s), PGAC
purchase price (opting in or out of the PGAC Price Index),
storage documentation, etc.)
7 Other Contract Specifications
7.1 Review other Contract specifications and CAIS
8 Environmental
8.1 Discuss Environmental Issues
9 Quality Control Performance Measures
9.1 Remind the Contractor 199S66 requirements. The
Contractor shall monitor operations and identify and
address:
· All non-conformances
· Deficiencies
9.2 Remind the Contractor to review paved areas for
deficiencies the next day, prior to commencement of the next
paving operations
10 Field Guide for the Acceptance of Hot Mix Asphalt and
Bridge Deck Waterproofing
10.1 Discuss Field Guide for the Acceptance of Hot Mix Asphalt
and Bridge Deck Waterproofing
11 Traffic Control, Scheduling
11.1 Confirm that the Contractor uploaded the Traffic
Management Plan in WBCMS
11.2 Confirm if the Contract has Granular driving restrictions, or
any other restrictions
12 AC storage
12.1 Discuss documentation of the AC storage including
identification of the storage tank and required notification for
AC grade changes and/or tank changes
12.2 Reminder: PGAC storage documentation shall include
identification of the storage tank
12.3 Reminder: CA must be notified in the event of change in the
storage tank
12.4 Reminder: Bill of Lading to be submitted to CA for every load
delivered to the plant for usage on this contract for HMA
production

12.5 Reminder: Any antistrip shall be noted on the Bill of Lading

13 Production Schedule
13.1 Discuss hot mix production schedule including any planned
storage of mix in silos
13.2 Discuss how sampling notification for AC will reflect when
mix is being produced
14 Sampling
14.1 Discuss plant sampling procedures and inspection
14.2 Confirm contact person(s)
14.3 Overview of asphalt plant Health and Safety Plan
15 Sublots to be measured by PMD
15.1 Discuss the sketch of sublots to be measured by PMD,
areas to be exempt from surface smoothness
measurements/pay adjustments and all other additional
measurements required (example: existing surface beneath
single lifts)
16 Smoothness Measurements
16.1 Discuss Contractor’s duties to facilitate smoothness
measurements using an inertial profiler
17 New Technologies
17.1 Discuss new technologies that can be used
18 Laboratory
18.1 Confirm laboratory location/hours of operation
19 MSCR Test Temperature
19.1 Review MSCR test temperature for the Contract
Reviewed by Quality Assurance Officer: (yes/no, name)

Established and reviewed with Contractor: (yes/no, name)
Date:
Cc:

PRE-PLACEMENT MEETING FOR CONCRETE AGENDA
PRE-PLACEMENT MEETING FOR CONCRETE
NOTIFIED? ATTENDED?
YES NO YES NO
Project Manager
Contractor Administrator
Contract Administrator Inspector(s)
Concrete Inspectors
Materials Testing CA Representative
Contractor Subcontractors
Concrete Supplier
Testing Personnel
December 2021 Page 1 of 4 Concrete Pre-Placement Mtg

PRE-PLACEMENT MEETING FOR CONCRETE

Meeting No:
Meeting Date:
Meeting Location:
Meeting Time:
CONTRACT NO:
PURPOSE: To review placement details of significant concrete operations prior to the event.
ATTENDEES:
AGENDA ITEMS:
Item
No.
1 Previous Meetings
1.2 Confirm if any amendments, including: errors,
omissions and additional comments, are to be noted
2 Health and Safety
2.1 Discuss Health and Safety
3 Contractor Staff
3.1 Confirm Contractor’s personnel in charge
3.2 Confirm Design-Builder’s Quality Control team
4 Concrete Placement
4.1 Confirm date and time of the concrete placement
5 Concrete Specifications
5.1 Discuss Concrete Contract specifications and CAIS

Item
No.
5.2 For Design-Build (DB) Contracts: Discuss SSP DB
1350 and other DB specifications in the Contract for
acceptance testing (including lot and sub-lot size per
each concrete class)
6 Falsework and Foundations Certification
6.1 Discuss status and falsework and foundation
certification and dry run
7 Placement Duration
7.1 Confirm expected duration of placement
8 Equipment Requirements
8.1 Confirm equipment requirements
9 Contractor Representatives at Placement
9.1 Confirm representatives required at placement
10 Concrete Mix Properties
10.1 Discuss Concrete mix properties
11 Concrete Testing Procedures
11.1 Discuss concrete testing procedures including
acceptance/rejection of loads
12 Curing of Cylinders
12.1 Discuss Curing of cylinders
13 Retarders
13.1 Discuss Retarders
14 Weather Forecast
14.1 Discuss Weather forecast
15 Hot/Cold Weather Protection
15.1 Discuss Hot/Cold weather protection/precautions
16 Surface Finishing
16.1 Discuss Surface finishing
17 Concrete Curing
17.1 Discuss concrete curing
18 Concrete Sampling and Testing
18.1 Discuss post-placement sampling and testing
requirements
18.2 Discuss timing requirements

Item
No.
18.3 Discuss number/location of cores for AVS Tensile
bond requirements
19 Bridge Deck
19.1 Discuss the bridge deck plan(s)
19.2 Discuss the bridge deck dry run
19.3 Discuss locations of possible construction joints if
unforeseen issues arise (Note, for Design-Build:
Remind that it is the design-builder’s team
responsibility to determine this location)
20 Quality Control Performance Measures
20.1 Review quality control performance measures
21 Design-Build: Retarders, Super Plasticizer
21.1 Discuss retarders, super plasticizer when included in
the design by the Design-Builder
Reviewed by Quality Assurance Officer:

Review by the Contractor:


Date:
Cc:

PRE-REMOVAL MEETING FOR CONCRETE AGENDA
PRE-REMOVAL MEETING FOR CONCRETE
NOTIFIED? ATTENDED?
YES NO YES NO
Project Manager
Contractor Administrator
Removal Inspector
Contractor Subcontractors
Structural Designer
December 2021 Page 1 of 4 Concrete Pre-Removal Mtg

PRE-REMOVAL MEETING FOR CONCRETE

Meeting No:
Meeting Date:
Meeting Location:
Meeting Time:
CONTRACT NO:
PURPOSE: To review details of the concrete removal operations on the Contract.
ATTENDEES:
AGENDA ITEMS:
Item
No.
1 Previous Meetings
2 Health and Safety
3.1 OPSS 928 submissions
3.2 Working Drawings
3.3 Concrete Removal Equipment
3.4 Saw Cutting Details
3.5 Traffic and Pedestrian Protection
4 Equipment Restrictions
4.1 OPSS 928 equipment restrictions

Item
No.
4.2 Air Hammers
4.3 Concrete Removal – Partial Depth Types A, B, and C
4.4 Sawcutting Equipment
4.5 Jack Hammers
4.6 Rig-Mounted Breakers
4.7 Concrete crusher
4.8 Scarifiers
4.9 Straight Edges
5 Concrete Surveys
5.1 Discuss concrete surveys
6 Removal Staging
6.1 Discuss removal staging requirements
7 Depth of Removals
7.1 Discuss depth of removals
7.2 Discuss concrete removals and proper use of chipping
hammers
8 Types of Removals
8.1 Discuss types of removals
9 Scarification
9.1 Discuss scarification requirements
10 Sourced Concrete
10.1 Discuss concrete sources
11 Damage to Reinforcement
11.1 Damage to reinforcement by sawing equipment, air
hammer, section loss
12 Contract Restrictions
12.1 Contract specific restrictions (from Contract Drawings or
Tender)
13 Tensile Bond Strength
13.1 Discuss Tensile Bond Strength requirements
14 Management of Effluent
14.1 Discuss management of effluent from Concrete
Cutting/Grinding requirements

Item
No.
15 Form and Pump Substitution
15.1 Form and pump not to be substituted with gravity pour
without QA and MTO Structural’s approval
15.2 Remind the contractor: if gravity pour is proposed instead
of form and pump this may change the removal limits
(topic also listed as pre-concrete meeting)

Review by the Contractor:


Date:
Cc:

PRE-SEASONAL SHUTDOWN/FINAL INSPECTION MEETING AGENDA
PRE-SEASONAL SHUTDOWN/FINAL INSPECTION MEETING

NOTIFIED? ATTENDED?
YES NO YES NO
Project Manager
ITS Contract Services Administrator
Sub-Contractor(s)
Area Manager, Construction
MTO Quality Assurance Officer(s)
MTO Maintenance Superintendent
MTO Maintenance. Coordinators
Superintendent ITS Maintenance/ITS Coordinator
Maintenance Contractors Representative
MTO Head, Area Claims
MTO Head of Operational Services Representative
(local patrol, sign shop, electrical, etc.)
MTO Structural staff
MTO Geotechnical staff
MTO Traffic staff
MTO Environmental staff
MTO Quality Assurance
MTO Geomatics and Surveying staff
Designer team
Regional/Municipal Police
Emergency Services
(Example: Fire Response, Ambulance)
Local Traffic Authorities
Local Transit Authorities
Municipality Road Superintendent
Railways Representative
December 2021 Page 1 of 7 Pre-Seas Shutdown/Final Insp Mtg

PRE-SEASONAL SHUTDOWN/FINAL INSPECTION MEETING

Meeting No:
Meeting Date:
Meeting Location:
Meeting Time:
CONTRACT NO:
PURPOSE: To review MTO’s protocol concerning the “Seasonal Shutdown and Working in
Free Time” period.
ATTENDEES:
AGENDA ITEMS:
Item
No.
1 Previous Meetings
2 Health and Safety
3 Seasonal Shutdown and Working in Free Time
3.1 Discuss MTO’s protocol
4 Critical Path Schedule
4.1 Remind that the Contractor has to update its Critical Path
Schedule at each Pre-Seasonal Shutdown Meeting

Item
No.
4.2 Remind the Contractor that the Critical Path Schedule
must identify what Work will be completed to allow the
safe passage of the travelling public during the seasonal
shutdown
5 Construction Shutdown Period Checklist
5.1 Discuss checklist items
5.2 Review outstanding issues
6 Contract Seasonal Shutdown Period
6.1 Discuss “seasonal shutdown period” requirements in the
Contract (example: Contract Drawings, SSPs)
6.2 Discuss applicable MTO policy memos
7 Maintenance
7.1 Discuss any maintenance concerns
8 Traffic Staging
8.1 Discuss traffic staging revision submission and approval
requirements
9 Haul Routes
9.1 Review haul routes proposed by the Contractor
10 Overview Contractor’s Traffic Responsibilities
10.1 Review Traffic, staging, detours, traffic control,
maintenance of traffic
10.2 Review Signing in accordance with the Ontario Traffic
Manuals
10.3 Review Freeway Detour Signing Guidelines
10.4 Review Safety precautions
10.5 Review Traffic Control Signing, Hours for Lane Closures,
Maintenance of a Traffic Control Diary
10.6 Remind the Contractor of any reduced speed zones to be
in effect (if applicable)
10.7 Confirm necessary changes to address seasonable
shutdown or working in Free Time period are addressed
11 Minimum clearances
11.1 Reminder the Contractor that the minimum clearances
specified in the Contract (horizontal and vertical protocol
for advising about clearances) must be maintained

Item
No.
12 Construction and Traffic Safety
12.1 Review the Contractor’s duties with respect to
construction and traffic safety
13 Contract specifications
13.1 Review CAIS and Contract specifications (including
PERFs)
14 Other Agency Concerns
14.1 Review the concerns of any other interested agencies
15 Advance Notifications
15.1 Facilitate the advance notification of closures, detours to
be provided to emergency services, municipalities, transit
authorities
16 Damages
16.1 Damage to Permanent or Temporary Installations
17 Directive PHY-B-102
17.1 Discuss MTO Provincial Highways Directive PHY-B-102.
17.2 Discuss the Contractor’s safety and legal aspects of
installations
18 Claims
18.1 Reminder: All claims by Motorists, Property Owners, etc.
during the construction period must be brought to the
attention of the CA
19 Substantial Performance and Contract Completion
19.1 Discuss the Substantial Performance and Contract
Completion
20 MTO General Conditions of Contract
20.1 Review the MTO General Conditions of Contract
20.2 Reminder: Contractor to provide advance 2 weeks notice,
in writing, for final inspection
21 Environmental Timing Constraints
21.1 Reminder: Contractor to comply with environmental
timing constraints including but not limited to fisheries,
birds, species at risk and noise
22 OPSS 106
22.1 Reminder: Contractor of OPSS 106 requirements
22.2 No Pre-seasonal shutdown for Electrical

Item
No.
22.3 Note in Turnover Agreement
23 Contractor’s Emergency Contact
23.1 Confirm the Contractor’s emergency contact names,
positions and telephone numbers for the shutdown period
24 Environmental Issues
24.1 Reminder: Contractor to be notified for follow-up of
environmental accidents/incidents/problems both during
the Work and during periodic/seasonal shutdowns
25 Advance Notifications
25.1 Confirm that emergency services, municipalities, transit
authorities, etc. have received advance notification of
closures, detours, etc.
26 Inspection of structures
26.1 Remind and confirm coordination of inspection of
structures by MTO structural staff
27 Construction signs
27.1 Discuss the removal of construction signs
28 Staging for Seasonal Shutdown
28.1 Reminder: proposed staging changes are the
responsibility of the Contractor
28.2 Discuss if the designed staging complies with the
seasonal shutdown requirements listed in the Contract
28.3 Remind the Contractor that any staging proposal must
comply with the Contract and address maintenance
concerns
28.4 Confirm that the number of working days are sufficient
29 Typical Cross-Section
29.1 Discuss typical cross-section related to seasonal
shutdown
30 Additional Clarification
30.1 Discuss anything in project needing additional clarification
31 Static Deficiency List
31.1 Review static deficiency list
31.2 Confirm that list incorporates any seasonal shutdown
concerns or issues

Item
No.
32 Emergency Detours
32.1 Confirm emergency detour route
33 Structural Lane Configuration
33.1 Reminder: the structural lane configuration must be
capable of carrying the traffic
33.2 Discuss if all structural lanes can be restored prior to
seasonal shutdown
33.3 Discuss if the Work be constructed with the staging
provided
34 Notification of winter Work
34.1 Discuss notification of winter Work to applicable media
such as the MTO local Radio
35 Free Time Work
35.1 Discuss the Contractor’s intentions concerning Seasonal
Shutdown and Free Time Work
36 Electrical and ITS/ATMS Turnover
36.1 Confirm turn-over meeting was scheduled
36.2 Confirm coordination of locks
37 Turnover Agreement
37.1 Confirm that the Highway Maintenance Transfer
Agreement (PH-CC-771-A) was sent to MTO
38 Work Zone Accesses
38.1 Confirm all Work zone accesses
39 Late Season Paving
39.1 Discuss late season paving
40 Constructor or Utility issues
40.1 Discuss any constructor or utility issues
41 Maintenance Acceptance of road
41.1 Discuss Maintenance’s acceptance of the road back for
winter maintenance (if not in accordance with previously
agreed terms, if the winter comes early for example).
Discuss what is the minimum that the MTO will accept.
42 Contingency Plan
42.1 Confirm contingency plan for unexpected situations

Item
No.
43 Additional Design-Build
43.1 Review the Contractor duties with respect to construction
and traffic safety
43.2 Reminder: any reduced speed zones to be in effect to be
complied by Contractor
43.3 Reminder: environmental timing constraints to be
complied by Contractor
43.4 Reminder: Contractor to be notified for follow-up of any
environmental accidents/incidents/problems during Work
and during periodic/seasonal shutdowns
43.5 Reminder: adherence to the submission of updated
Critical Path Schedules (GC 7.01.07) by Contractor
Date:

PRE-START MEETING FOR CONCRETE AGENDA
PRE-START MEETING FOR CONCRETE
NOTIFIED? ATTENDED?
YES NO YES NO
Project Manager
Concrete Inspectors
Materials Testing representative(s)
Subcontractor(s)
Concrete Ready-Mix Supplier
Testing Personnel
MTO Quality Assurance Officers
Design Team
December 2021 Page 1 of 4 Concrete Pre-Start Mtg

PRE-START MEETING FOR CONCRETE

Meeting No:
Meeting Date:
Meeting Location:
Meeting Time:
CONTRACT NO:
PURPOSE: To establish the lot and sublot sizes in accordance with the requirements for
concrete strength acceptance, and to review submission, sampling, testing and
inspection requirements
ATTENDEES:
AGENDA ITEMS:
Item Action(s)
Description
No. Assigned
1 Previous Meetings
and additional comments are to be noted
2 Health and Safety
3 Submission Requirements
3.1 Review that submissions are received and submitted to
WBCMS (example: mix design)
4 Concrete Specifications
4.1 Review concrete specifications in the Contract including
concrete acceptance, and CAIS

Item Action(s)
Description
No. Assigned
4.2 Review contract specific restrictions
(from Contract Drawings and Tender)
4.3 Review management of effluent requirements from
Concrete Cutting/Grinding
5 Sampling, testing and acceptance
5.1 Confirm and review the lot sampling, testing and
acceptance procedure with the Contractor
6 Concrete Inspection Milestones
6.1 Review concrete inspection milestones
7 Concrete Contract Drawings
7.1 Review concrete Contract drawings
8 Concrete Forms
8.1 Issue concrete forms to the Contractor
9 Concrete Test Results
9.1 Discuss the distribution of concrete test results
10 Tensile Bond Strength
10.1 Discuss tensile bond strength requirements
11 Concrete Placement
11.1 Discuss how the Contractor intends to place the concrete
12 Sourced Concrete
12.1 Discuss Sourced Concrete
13 Reinforcement Damage
13.1 Discuss damage to reinforcement by sawing equipment,
air hammer, section loss
14 Form and Pump
14.1 Reminder: Form and pump not to be substituted with
gravity pour without MTO Quality Assurance and
Structural approval
15 Form and Pump Substitution
15.1 Form and pump not to be substituted with gravity pour
without QA and MTO Structural’s approval
15.2 Remind the contractor: if gravity pour is proposed instead
of form and pump this may change the removal limits
(topic also listed as pre-removal for concrete)




Date:
Cc:

PRE-START MEETING FOR ELECTRICAL AND ITS/ATMS AGENDA
PRE-START MEETING FOR ELECTRICAL AND ITS/ATMS
NOTIFIED? ATTENDED?
YES NO YES NO
Project Manager
Contract Administrator Electrical Inspector
Contractor Subcontractor(s)
MTO ITS/ATMS Area Contracts Engineer/Area Manager,
Construction
MTO Electrical ITS Coordinator
MTO Superintendent of Electrical and ITS/ATMS Services
MTO ITS/ATMS Contract Services Administrator
Local Power Supply Authorities
Local Municipalities
Designer team
December 2021 Page 1 of 3 Elec/ITS/ATMS Pre-Start Mtg

PRE-START MEETING FOR ELECTRICAL AND ITS/ATMS

Meeting No:
Meeting Date:
Meeting Location:
Meeting Time:
CONTRACT NO:
PURPOSE: To review construction and maintenance requirements for the new and existing
electrical plant.
ATTENDEES:
attendees.
AGENDA ITEMS:
Item
No.
1 Previous Meetings
2 Health and Safety
3 Electrical Contract Specifications
3.1 Review all Electrical Contract specifications
4 Signal Activation PHM 125
4.1 Review the requirements associated with the signal
activation and PHM 125

Item
No.
4.2 For Design-Build Contracts: Remind the Contractor that
Construction Drawings must have been transferred by
the Design-Builder to the issued
5 OPSS 106
5.1 Review the Contractor requirements in OPSS 106 to
maintain existing electrical systems
6 Electrical and ITS/ATMS Plant
6.1 Review condition of existing electrical & ITS/ATMS plant
7 Coordination
7.1 Review coordination needs with MTO Electrical & ITS
Coordinators, MTO electrical coordinators, local
municipalities and power supply authorities
8 Locates and clearances
8.1 Review locates and clearances
(overhead and underground)
9 Plant turnover
9.1 Determine date of Electrical & ITS/ATMS plant turnover,
lock-out/tag-out procedure and removal of Owner locks
and installation of Contractor locks.
10 Material Ordering and Delivery
10.1 Review schedule and material ordering and delivery
timelines
11 Signal Activation Checklists
11.1 Review Signal Activation Checklists
12 System Integration Procedures
12.1 System integrations procedures
Meeting minutes shall be uploaded to the Meeting Minutes record in WBCMS.

Reviewed by Electrical Coordinator:
Date:
Cc:

PRE-START MEETING AGENDA
PRE-START MEETING

NOTIFIED? ATTENDED?
YES NO YES NO
Project Manager
Contractor
Subcontractor(s)
MTO Head, Area Claims
MTO Head of Operational Services Representative
(local patrol, sign shop, electrical, etc.)
Maintenance Contractor
Maintenance Superintendent
Maintenance Coordinator
MTO Quality Assurance Officer(s)
MTO Environmental staff
MTO Structural staff
MTO Pavements & Foundations staff
MTO Electrical staff
MTO Geotechnical staff
MTO Traffic Section
MTO Advanced Traffic Management/ITS staff
MTO Road User Safety
MTO Property Office
Design Team
Ontario Provincial Police
Regional/Municipal Police
External Environmental Agency Representatives
(MECP, MNRF, Conservation Authority, Metrolinx, DFO,
etc.)
Ministry of Labour
MNRF Geomatics, Surveying staff
December 2021 Page 1 of 11 Pre-Start Mtg

NOTIFIED? ATTENDED?
YES NO YES NO
Emergency Services
(Fire Response, Ambulance, etc.)
Local Traffic Authorities
Local Transit Authorities
Municipality Road Superintendent
Railway Representative
Health and Safety Representative
Utilities (Please identify)
Others (Please identify)
For Contracts with Special Provision 100S55 - New Adjudication Process in the Construction
Act, the Contract Administrator shall, in advance of the pre-start meeting:
· Confirm with the MTO Contract Services Administrator, the names of the MTO staff that will
be notified when the Contractor will issue its Notice of Adjudication to the Nominating
Authority.
PRE-START MEETING
Meeting No:
Meeting Date:
Meeting Location:
Meeting Time:
CONTRACT NO:
PURPOSE: The pre-start meeting is held after the Contract has been awarded, and before
the start of any Work on the Contract.
ATTENDEES:
attendees.

AGENDA ITEMS:
Item
No.
1 Health and Safety
1.2 Remind the Contractor of their duties with respect to
construction and traffic safety and the Occupational Health
and Safety Act
2 Contract Contacts
2.1 Confirm the identity of the Contractor’s Site Representative
and alternates with signing authority to be included as
Resources record in WBCMS
2.2 Remind the Contractor that the person with signing
authority in WBCMS must have a RRA role
2.3 Confirm the MTO project contacts with signing authority
2.4 Determine the location of the Contractor’s field office and
yard
2.5 Confirm the location of the Contract Administrator’s field
office
2.6 Assemble the emergency 24-hour phone numbers
2.7 Reminder: copies of emergency name, position and phone
numbers to be sent to the MTO CSA, O.P.P., Regional or
Municipal Police, Maintenance/AMC Patrol, Area Office
and/or Radio Room/COMPASS Centre with contract
number and location
2.8 For Contracts with Special Provision 100S55 – New
Adjudication Process in the Construction Act, the Contract
Administrator shall, at the pre-start meeting:
· Provide the Contractor with the names of the MTO staff to
be included in the Notice of Adjudication.
3 Concerns
3.1 Discuss the concerns of any other interested agencies
3.2 Address any concerns identified by the Ministry of Labour
3.3 Address any concerns with Road User Safety
3.4 Discuss concerns of MTO’s maintenance and operational
staff
4 WBCMS
4.1 Discuss requirement outlined in SSP 100S69

Item
No.
4.2 Reminder: upload all received correspondence in
appropriate folder (example: Ministry of Labour folder under
Documents in the project tree)
4.3 Reminder: Contractor is required to upload qualified firms
under the construction contract Resource List
4.4 Reminder that all related documentations are to be
uploaded to the Third-Party Agreements folder under
Documents in WBCMS
4.5 Reminder: Upload proposed haul routes to the designated
folder under Documents in WBCMS under the construction
contract
4.6 Reminder: Upload CVOR documents to the designated
folder under Documents in WBCMS under the construction
contract
4.7 Reminder: Contractor to create the Turnover Agreement
record and upload pertinent sign-off information from third
parties to the attachment portion of the Turnover
Agreement record in WBCMS
4.8 Reminder: all environmental assessment and permits are in
WBCMS
4.9 Remind the Contractor to upload all permits/approvals
and/or amendments to the Environmental folder located
under the Documents folder in the construction contract in
WBCMS.
4.10 Reminder: any land agreements signed between the
Contractor and Property Owner(s) to the designated
Documents folder under the construction contract in
WBCMS.
4.11 Reminder the Contractor to upload scanned, signed permits
to the Environmental folder under the Documents folder
under the construction contract in WBCMS
4.12 Reminder: WHIMS Forms uploaded in the WHIMS folder
under Documents in WBCMS
4.13 Reminder that PHM 125 Drawings Document folder of the
construction contract in WBCMS
4.14 Reminder that the ASL Release Form and other Pit Plans
or Contractor submissions are to be uploaded to the
Aggregate Sources subfolder under the Contractor
Submissions folder in the Document folder

Item
No.
4.15 Reminder: Any agreements stemming from changes, issues
or contract requirements shall be uploaded to the Third-
Party Agreements folder under Documents folder under
Construction contract in WBCMS.
4.16 Reminder: Any agreements stemming from changes, issues
or contract requirements (ie: OPSS 180 Property Owner
sign-off sheets) are uploaded to the Third-Party
Agreements folder under Construction contract in WBCMS
4.17 Reminder: Word Directive record within WBCMS
4.18 Reminder: Utilize the Invoices record within WBCMS for all
payments
4.19 Reminder: Any damage incidents shall be recorded under
the Incidents Record within WBCMS.
4.20 Reminder: Substantial Performance Application record
within WBCMS and submitted to the CA for review. Upon
approval of the application, the certificate will be available
for creation.
Certificate of Substantial Performance issued to the

Contractor.
Contractor to export certificate, along with workflow history,

and submits to Daily Commercial News (DCN) for
publishing.
Once DCN provides in return the Proof of Publication,

Contractor returns the Certificate of Substantial
Performance record in WBCMS and attaches it, while also
inputting the date of publication into the record and closing
out the record.
4.21 Reminder: Contractor performance assessments (Form Bs,
Deviations, etc.) recorded within the appropriate record
within WBCMS.
Contractor Performance Rating documents created

independently of the system, utilizing all performance
assessment records entered throughout duration of the
Contract.
4.22 Reminder: adjustments to be paid by OPAs in WBCMS.
Liquidated Damages are to be assessed through WBCMS
as an OPA.
4.23 Reminder: Infraction Reports initiated by the CA and
submitted through WBCMS

Item
No.
5 Schedule Reconciliation
5.1 Schedule reconciliation dates (how often, when)
6 Lump Sum Items
6.1 Discuss Lump sum items and how to pay prorated
7 Vehicle Weight and Overloading
7.1 Discuss Vehicle Weight and Overloading Issues
7.2 Reminder: Contractor is responsible for any overloading
that occurs on the contract, and that the MTO RUS will
monitor compliance
7.3 Reminder: Contract Administrator will notify MTO RUS
when overloading is suspected
8 Haul Routes
8.1 Discuss haul routes proposed by the Contractor
8.2 Outline the Contractor’s responsibilities (load limits,
responsibilities of Contractor, local by-laws, etc.)
9 CVOR
9.1 Discuss CVOR General Condition 7.06.01
10 Weighing of Materials
10.1 Review the requirements of OPSS 102 General
Specification for Weighing of Materials
11 Environmental Assessment and Permits
11.1 Remind the Contractor that a copy of the project’s
Environmental Screening Document and environmental
permits/approvals are available (in WBCMS)
11.2 Confirm environmental permits/approvals and/or
11.3 Discuss with Contractor concerns about project
requirements and if they foresee any Contract changes
needed for the Work
11.4 Remind the Contractor that they must take into account the
processing time with the application process of permits
11.5 Remind the Contractor that copies of any permits/approvals
they acquire must be provided to the Contract Administrator
prior to commencing the related Work
11.6 Confirm that Contractor received any draft Permit(s) to Take
Water or reports to support water taking registrations
prepared in design

Item
No.
11.7 Confirm if there is any area that Contractor plans to disturb
outside the Work specified limits
11.8 Review key environmental requirements of the contract.
11.9 Remind the Contractor’s responsibility for providing
environmental protection measures
11.10 Remind the Contractor that applicable environmental forms
in the Contract Documents Remind the Contractor of
completed forms to be submitted to the Contract
Administrator
11.11 Remind the Contractor that environmental timing
constraints must be complied
11.12 Confirm if there are outstanding submissions of any
environmental drawings or plans that are required by the
Contract Documents
11.13 Remind the Contractor that approvals go through a duration
of time
11.14 Confirm the designated Inspector who will monitor
environmental protection/ mitigation and maintain an
environmental diary
12 Contractor’s Contacts
12.1 Confirm if there is any outstanding information is missing
13 Incident Management Plan
13.1 Confirm Contractor Incident Management Plan has been
received and discuss responsibilities
14 Species at Risk
14.1 Discuss payment 3
15 Traffic and Construction Staging
15.1 Remind the Contractor of responsibilities with respect to
traffic, staging, detours, traffic control, maintenance of
traffic, signing in accordance with Ontario Traffic Manual
(OTM) Book 7 Temporary Conditions, Freeway Detour
Signing Guidelines, safety precautions, and Special
Provisions
15.2 Discuss PHM125 Drawings
15.3 Discuss minimum clearances (horizontal and vertical;
protocol for advising about clearances) must be maintained
in accordance with the contract drawings and
specifications.

Item
No.
15.4 Discuss measurement for pre-construction bridge
clearances for each lane for shoulders by the Contract
Administrator
15.5 Discuss any reduced speed zones to be in effect
15.6 Discuss concerns of any other interested agencies
15.7 Discuss notification of closures, detours, etc. to be provided
to emergency services, municipalities, transit authorities,
etc.
16 Electrical and ITS/ATMS
16.1 Confirm date for Pre-Start Electrical & ITS/ATMS meeting
17 Quality Assurance
17.1 Discuss the requirements for properly managing non-
conformances to QC Performance Measures and the
consequences of major and minor deviations
17.2 Confirm date for pre-pave meeting
17.3 Confirm date for concrete meetings
17.4 Remind the Contractor that coordination with the Regional
Structural Section will be required to be inspected
17.5 Confirm the Contractor of the name and location of the QA
lab
17.6 Remind the Contractor of sample delivery responsibilities
18 Structural
18.1 Discuss if separate meeting with MTO Structural is required
18.2 Discuss OSCLIS Reporting
18.3 Discuss plant inspections
19 Geotechnical
19.1 Discuss geotechnical concerns
19.2 Discuss if separate meeting with MTO Geotechnical is
required
19.3 Remind the Contractor of legislative responsibilities and
MTO process for operating non-commercial pits and
quarries
19.4 Discuss disposal areas to confirm volumes and
environmental suitability
19.5 Discuss ASL for MTO aggregate sources

Item
No.
20 General
20.1 Confirm if there are any Contract Submissions outstanding
20.2 Discuss Contract requirements including:
· Identify unique project requirements, MTO commitments
and constraints
· Reminder that Instructions from the Contract
Administrator must be adhered to in all cases and that
disregarding verbal instruction will result in written notices
and could ultimately result in an Infraction Report being
issued
20.3 Reminder: Documents to be provided to the Contractor by
the Contract Administrator:
· Standard forms related to the contract
· Templates
· Pavement Marking Drawings
20.4 Reminder: Copy of the Contract “Fair Wage Schedule” to be
posted in the Contractor’s site trailer, at the weigh scale,
and one copy posted in the Contract Administrator’s field
office.
20.5 Discuss the Contract layout
20.6 Reminder: Changes in the work:
· The Contractor is not required to proceed with the
Change in the Work until a Change Order has been
issued.
20.7 Discuss the requirements in the Construction and
Maintenance Change Order Manual
20.8 Discuss the requirements in the Information and
Compensation Requests and Dispute Resolution Manual.2
20.9 Discuss process for issuing a Work Directive when there is
a dispute as to whether a Change Order should be issued
(record within WBCMS)
20.10 Discuss MTO General Conditions of Contract for Progress
Payment.
Confirm cut-off dates for each monthly progress payment.

20.11 Discuss safety and legal aspects of Damage to Permanent
or Temporary Installations (Directive PHY-B-102)
20.12 Remind the Contractor that all claims (Damage Claim
Report) during the construction period will be forwarded to
the Contractor

Item
No.
20.13 Discuss maintenance of the highway within the construction
zone in accordance with the General Conditions of
Contract, and the Highway Maintenance Transfer
Agreement (PH-CC-771-A, B)
20.14 Discuss Substantial Performance and Contract Completion
requirements
20.15 Discuss Contractor Performance Rating (CPR) and CPR
pilot
20.16 Discuss Payment Adjustment Clauses:
· Requirements for assessing adjustments
(bonuses/financial consequences and
incentives/disincentives) in accordance with Special
Provisions and/or operational constraints
20.17 Discuss the Infraction Report:
· Initiated by the CA, for issuing and receiving an Infraction
Report with emphasis on impacts.
20.18 Discuss Contract meetings:
· Held at regular intervals
· Other meetings (utility, municipal authorities) held as
required
· Discuss if other pre-start meetings are required (other
than standard ones). For example for Soils and
Aggregates (when OPSS 1005 is included for example),
Rail, utilities, or Foundations work
20.19 Discuss correspondence:
· All contract correspondence must flow through the
· Remind the Contractor to submit an Information Request
for routine requests, clarification, or questions
20.20 Remind the Contractor that when submitting a claim, it shall
be one Claim per Request for Clarification (RFC), Extension
of Time Request (EoT) or Compensation Request (CR) in
accordance with the MTO General Conditions of Contract.
Multiple RFCs, EoTs or CRs combined into single claim
submissions will not be accepted.
21 Property
21.1 Discuss property restrictions, expropriations, easements,
clearances, restrictions, Permission to Enter agreements,
terms of each property agreements.
22 Railways
22.1 Discuss Railways communication protocol and coordination
22.2 Discus legal agreement and/or work permit

Item
No.
22.3 Exchange emergency contract and site representative
contact information
22.4 Discuss Operational Constraints advising the Contractor of
railway safety requirements and the Contractor’s obligations
as a MTO’s contractor working within Federal Regulated
Railway right-of-way
22.5 Confirm that appropriate insurance requirements are in
place in accordance with Special Provisions or the railway
requirements.
22.6 Discuss flagging requirements including: flag-person’s role
and responsibility, flagging schedule plan, flagging shifts,
notification of flagging request, reschedule and cancellation,
etc.
Date:

CAIS Manual DB Communication Matrix
DESIGN-BUILD COMMUNICATION MATRIX SAMPLE
Distribution
Originator and
Communication Type Primary Contact Group MTO Regional Functional Stakeholders (Note 1)
(Note 2) (Note 1) Offices (Note 1) Utilities Other
Contract Services Administrator
Regional Contracts Engineer

Area Contracts Engineer
Geotech / Foundations
Quality Assurance
Contract Services
Project Manager
Design-Builder
Municipalities
Environment
Structural
Railway
Traffic
Hydro
MNR
MOE
OPP
DFO
Gas
Design-Builder
Design-Builder Schedule
- X ▲ ▲ √ √ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Updates
Design Submissions
- X ▲ ▲ ▲ - √ √ √ √ √ - - - - - - - - - -
Required in RFP
PHM125 - X ▲ ▲ - - ▲ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Meeting Agendas and X ▲ ▲ ▲ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

- - -
Minutes
Monthly Invoice - X - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Payment Certificate and
- - X ▲ - - - - - - - ▲ - - - - - - - - -
Supporting Documentation
Project Construction Report - - X ▲ ▲ - - - - - - - ▲ - - - - - - - -
Instruction Notice and X ▲ ▲ √ √

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Notice of Non-Conformance
X = First point of contact for submission.

▲ = Mandatory distribution list.
√ = Distribute as appropriate relative to submission content.
Notes:
1. Distribution list (headings) should be customized to be project specific (e.g. CP Rail, Union Gas, City of London could be
more specific Stakeholders for a project)
2. Communication Type list should be customized for your specific project (e.g. you may want to break down the “Design
Submissions” into more specific categories such as “Foundation design submissions”, “Structural design submissions”,
“Electrical design submissions” etc.). Use your RFP and the DB Contract Admin Manual to complete an appropriate
listing of items (or groupings of item types) for your project.
December 2021 Page 1 of 1 DB Communication Matrix

CAIS Manual DB PM Structure
DESIGN-BUILD PROJECT MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE
Engineering Project Manager (EPM) (see Note 1)
Document Primary Project Lead:

Development · Prepares project scope as per SCR
· Prepares DB ready Prelim Design package/report for inclusion in DB-EOI and/or
RFP
· Forms Project Team as per traditional design/contract development and obtains
input from regional technical offices (Technical Advisors) and/or Head Office as
required
· Liaises with Program Planning
· Prepares DB-EOI/RFP (with support from CIO)
· Coordinates the preparation of the risk assessment (with support from CIO)
· Coordinates Regional and executive reviews
· Prepares regions estimate
· Submits package to CMO (via CRO) for advertising
· Manages issues and provides internal reports as required
During Advertising, Primary Project Lead:

Evaluation & Award · In cooperation with the ACE, coordinates responses to bid enquiries
(see Note 2) · Works with CMO (Estimating Office) on preparation of the Official Estimate
· In cooperation with the ACE coordinates the evaluation process and
documentation with support from the Technical Advisors
Post Award Associate Lead:
(During Design & · Attends project meetings with Design-Builder
Construction) · Reviews design submissions
· Transmits all correspondence to Design- Builder through ACE
· Addresses design related issues raised by Design-Builder
· Provides support to CA
During Warranty Associate Lead:

· Addresses design related issues arising during warranty period through ACE
CSA/ACE (see Note 3)
Document Associate Lead:

Development · Provides input to SCR
· Supports the EPM in establishing the Project Team
· Participates in the RFP development
· Participates in the risk assessment process
· Develops Working Day estimate
During Advertising, Associate Lead:

Evaluation & Award · Assists the EPM In responding to bid enquiries
(see Note 2) · Assists the EPM in preparation of the Official Estimate
· Assists the EPM in the evaluation process.
December 2021 Page 1 of 3 DB PM Structure

Post Award Primary Project Lead (CA):

(During Design & · Coordinates meetings with the Design-Builder
Construction) · Coordinates all project correspondence, payments, conformance issues
· Coordinates field reviews
· Coordinates project acceptance
· Prepares performance report (rating)
· Assists with design review
· Provides feedback to EPM regarding design submission
· Co-ordinates access to site during proposal preparation stage of project
During Warranty Primary Project Lead (CA):

· Coordinates project warranty reviews and associated documentation
· Coordinates meetings with the Design-Builder as needed
Regional Functional Offices (see Note 4)

Document · Provides input to SCR
Development · Provides support to the EPM in developing the technical requirements for the
project
· Participates in RFP development, Technical Review, and executive review
During Advertising, · Assists the EPM in responding to bid enquiries
Evaluation & Award · Participates in the evaluation process
(see Note 2)
Post Award · Provides technical support during contract
(During Design & · May assist with milestone inspections
Construction) · Assists with design reviews
· Provides support to CA
During Warranty · Provides technical support during warranty
Field Monitors (CSA, CSI and QAO)

Document · May provide support to the EPM in developing the technical requirements for the
Development project
· Provides varying levels of support to the EPM in developing the technical
requirements for the project (QAO may play a larger advisory role at this stage)
During Advertising, · Assists the EPM In responding to bid enquiries
Evaluation & Award
(see Note 2)
Post Award · Attends progress meetings with Design-Builder
(During Design & · Provides field monitoring activities (focus on safety, environment, and milestone
Construction) inspections)
· Assesses adherence to performance requirements (gathers performance
indicators, tracks non-conformances)
· Assists with preparation of performance report (rating)
· Assists with design review
· Provides or supports Contract Administration
During Warranty · Performs warranty reviews

Field Assistance (see Note 5)

During Warranty · Advises CA of non-conformances during the warranty period as identified during
routine maintenance administrative duties
Head Office Functional Offices (HSB, CMO, MERO)

Document · Provides support to EPM with development or review of technical provisions for
Development project- specific issues (HSB-MERO)
During Advertising, · Provides support to EPM in preparation of the Owner’s Estimate (CMO-Estimating
Evaluation & Award Office)
(see Note 2) · May provide technical expertise to the evaluation team (HSB- MERO)
· Provides Bid Evaluation and award support (CMO-Estimating Office)
Post Award · May provide technical support during contract (HSB-MERO)
(During Design &
Construction)
During Warranty · May provide technical support during warranty period (HSB- MERO)
Capital Planning and Programming Office

Document · Assists EPM with development and review of DB-EOI/RFP documents (including
Development Risk Allocation Table for DB Major)
· Provides support for identifying appropriate specifications for RFP
During Advertising, · Assists the EPM In responding to bid enquiries
Evaluation & Award · Participates in the evaluation process
(see Note 2)
Post Award · Provides support/advise throughout contract as needed.
(During Design &
Construction)
During Warranty · Provides support/advice throughout warranty period as needed
Notes:
1. Depending on the scope of work and at the discretion of the Region, the EPM could be from Planning
and Design or Regional Structural Section.
2. Award Process to follow current practice provided by Contract Management Office.
3. Area Manager, Construction or CSA as the lead will be at the Region’s discretion.
4. Typically, applies to functional engineering offices, Environmental section, Geotechnical, etc.
5. Typically, Maintenance Superintendent and/or Maintenance Coordinators.

CAIS Manual DB Notices
Design-Build Submission
Instruction Notices and Notice of Non-Conformance
1.0 Instruction Notice Acknowledging Receipt of Submissions from the Design-Builder
Suggested wording:
“The Ministry is in receipt of your submission for <insert specifics>. A non-conformance has been
identified and a Notice of Non-Conformance is attached. <remove preceding sentence if not
applicable; attach Notice of Non-Conformance if applicable>. The Ministry will not be approving the
design submission since, as identified in the Contract Documents, the Design- Builder is solely
responsible for design adequacy, accuracy, constructability, appropriateness regarding
environmental requirements and conformance to all requirements of the Work.”
2.0 For Submissions With a Specified Review Time by the Ministry
Send an additional Instruction Notice once the review is complete. Suggested wording:
“The Ministry has reviewed your submission for <insert specifics> for conformance to the Contract
Documents. A non-conformance has been identified and a Notice of Non- Conformance is attached
<remove preceding sentence if not applicable; attach Notice of Non-Conformance if applicable>.
The Ministry will not be approving the design submission since, as identified in the Contract
Documents, the Design-Builder is solely responsible for design adequacy, accuracy,
constructability, appropriateness regarding environmental requirements and conformance to all
requirements of the Work.”
3.0 For Submissions that the Ministry has Determined to be In Non-Conformance
Include the “non-conformance” statement in the appropriate Instruction Notice above and issue a
Notice of Non-Conformance. Suggested wording to be included in the Notice of Non-Conformance:
“In the opinion of the Ministry the submission for <insert specifics> is not in conformance to
requirements of the Work for the following reasons:<insert specifics of non-conformance including
documentation, photos, etc. as appropriate> As identified in the Contract Documents, the Design-
Builder is solely responsible for design adequacy, accuracy, constructability, appropriateness
regarding environmental requirements and conformance to all requirements of the Work. When, in
the opinion of the Ministry, the design submissions are not in conformance, or contain significant
errors, the Design-Builder will be required to correct the Work so that it conforms to the Contract
Documents. The Design- builder shall stop construction of the Work that is not in conformance with
the Contract Documents or any Work which may impede the correction of Work that is not in
conformance with the Contract Documents, until such time as the Design-Builder corrects the Work
so that it conforms to the Contract Documents at no cost to the Ministry.”
Note: Non-Conformances in P3s will be managed according to the Project Agreement.
December 2021 Page 1 of 1 DB Notices

CAIS No. 100 January 2023
MTO CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION GENERAL CONDITIONS (CAGC)

Table of Contents
SECTION CAGC 1.0 - INTERPRETATION

CAGC 1.01 Abbreviations
CAGC 1.02 Gender and Singular References
CAGC 1.03 Definitions
CAGC 1.04 Specialists Acronyms
CAGC 1.05 CAIS Interpretation
SECTION CAGC 2.0 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT

CAGC 2.01 General Scope
CAGC 2.02 Project Management Responsibilities
CAGC 2.03 Contract Start-Up
CAGC 2.03.01 At Contract Award
CAGC 2.04 Meetings
CAGC 2.04.01 Mandatory Meetings
CAGC 2.04.02 Additional Meetings
CAGC 2.04.03 Meeting Topics and Templates
CAGC 2.04.04 Attendance
CAGC 2.04.05 Outstanding Items
CAGC 2.05 Design-Build Project Management Structure
SECTION CAGC 3.0 - COMMUNICATIONS MANAGEMENT

CAGC 3.02 Turnover of Documents
CAGC 3.03 Notifications Prior to Construction
CAGC 3.04 Highway Maintenance Transfer Agreement
CAGC 3.05 Traffic Notifications During Construction
CAGC 3.06 Project Communications
CAGC 3.07 Documentation
CAGC 3.08 Instruction Notices
CAGC 3.09 Liaison With External Stakeholders
CAGC 3.10 Third-Party Claims During Construction
January 2023 Page 1 of 82 CAIS 100

CAGC 3.11 Pipeline Crossing Requirements
CAGC 3.12 Rail Property/Right-of-Way Requirements
CAGC 3.13 Navigable Waters Protection
CAGC 3.14 Public Notification Records
CAGC 3.15 Design-Build Communication Matrix
SECTION CAGC 4.0 - TIME MANAGEMENT

CAGC 4.02 Permission to Start Work
CAGC 4.03 Schedules/Critical Path
CAGC 4.03.01 Pre-Construction
CAGC 4.03.02 During Construction
CAGC 4.04 Compensation Requests (Time)
CAGC 4.05 Contract Time
CAGC 4.06 MTO Review Timelines
CAGC 4.07 Schedule Management for Design-Build Contracts
SECTION CAGC 5.0 - CONTRACTOR PAYMENT AND CHANGE MANAGEMENT

CAGC 5.02 Contractor’s Payment Approvals
CAGC 5.03 Payment Approvals for Design-Build Contracts
CAGC 5.04 Item Reconciliations
CAGC 5.05 Expenditure Control
CAGC 5.06 Contractor Information Requests and Compensation Requests and Disputes
CAGC 5.07 Contract Change Order Process
CAGC 5.07.01 Administration of Time and Material
CAGC 5.07.02 Daily Work Records (DWRs)
CAGC 5.07.03 Time and Material Summary for Payment
CAGC 5.07.04 OPSS 127 Rates
CAGC 5.08 Contract Change Proposals
CAGC 5.09 Holdback Administration
CAGC 5.10 Liquidated Damages
CAGC 5.11 ERS Payment
SECTION CAGC 6.0 - MANAGEMENT OF DELIVERABLES

CAGC 6.02 Documentation of Pre-Construction Conditions

CAGC 6.03 Survey Requirements
CAGC 6.04 Status Reports
CAGC 6.05 Time Sheets and Invoices
CAGC 6.06 Project Specific Deliverables
CAGC 6.06.01 Yearly Production Rates
CAGC 6.07 Inspections
CAGC 6.08 Year-End Summary Reports
CAGC 6.09 Contractor Performance Rating
CAGC 6.10 Contractor Infraction Report
CAGC 6.11 Project Construction Report
CAGC 6.12 Record Documents
CAGC 6.13 Diaries
CAGC 6.13.01 Contract Administrator’s Diary
CAGC 6.13.02 Inspector’s Diary
CAGC 6.13.03 Environmental Diary
CAGC 6.14 Contract Completion
CAGC 6.15 Post-Construction Contract Closing Process
CAGC 6.16 Commissioning of Highways Prior to Opening
CAGC 6.17 Record Drawings
SECTION CAGC 7.0 - QUALITY PROCESS MANAGEMENT

CAGC 7.02 Responsibility for Specialist Inspections
CAGC 7.03 Contractor Submissions
CAGC 7.04 Review and Submission of Test Results
CAGC 7.05 Fraud Awareness and Reporting
CAGC 7.06 Designated Sources for Materials (DSM)
CAGC 7.07 Engineering Materials Field Testing Services
CAGC 7.07.01 Materials Field Testing Staff and Equipment
CAGC 7.07.02 Field Compaction Testing
CAGC 7.08 Assessing Compliance to the Quality Processes
CAGC 7.08.01 General
CAGC 7.08.02 Assessment of Conformance
CAGC 7.08.03 Quality Conformance Requirements
CAGC 7.08.04 Contractor’s Right to Challenge a Deviation
CAGC 7.08.05 Appeal Process
CAGC 7.09 Sampling and Material Testing

CAGC 7.09.02 Location of Sampling
CAGC 7.09.03 Maintaining a Log of All Samples
CAGC 7.09.04 Sampling and Witnessing
CAGC 7.09.05 Application of Security Seals
CAGC 7.09.06 Sample Labelling and Identification
CAGC 7.09.07 Sample Storage By the Contract Administrator
CAGC 7.09.08 Delivery of Samples By the Contract Administrator
CAGC 7.09.09 Sample Delivery By the Contractor
CAGC 7.09.10 Samples Delivered to the Quality Assurance Lab
CAGC 7.09.11 Samples Delivered to MTO
CAGC 7.09.12 Time Limits and Locations for Samples Delivered to the Quality Assurance Lab
CAGC 7.10 Testing and Referee Testing
CAGC 7.10.02 Other Testing Requested by the Owner
CAGC 7.11 Performance Warranty Specifications
CAGC 7.11.02 Pre-Construction Documentation
CAGC 7.11.03 During Construction Documentation
CAGC 7.11.04 Post Construction Documentation
SECTION CAGC 8.0 - ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES MANAGEMENT

CAGC 8.02.01 General Environmental Protection Compliance
CAGC 8.02.02 Requirements to Verify Contract Compliance
CAGC 8.02.03 Requirements for Environmental Protection, Mitigation Compensation, Offsetting and
Overall Benefit Measures
CAGC 8.02.04 Environmental Registrations, Permits, and Approvals
CAGC 8.02.05 Contractor Environmental Plans
CAGC 8.02.06 Environmental Notifications
CAGC 8.02.07 Environmental Documentation Requirements
SECTION CAGC 9.0 - TRAFFIC AND ISSUES MANAGEMENT

CAGC 9.02 References
CAGC 9.03 Traffic Issues Management

CAGC 9.03.01 General Traffic Management and Public Information Services
CAGC 9.03.01.01 Pre-Construction
CAGC 9.03.01.02 During Construction
CAGC 9.03.02 Seasonal Shutdown
CAGC 9.04 Traffic Restrictions and Regional Construction Road Reports
CAGC 9.04.01 Background
CAGC 9.04.02 Reporting and Reporting Frequency
CAGC 9.04.03 Seeking Clearance Requests
CAGC 9.04.03.01 Single Trip Permit
CAGC 9.04.03.02 Superload Single Trip Permit
SECTION CAGC 10.0 - HEALTH AND SAFETY COMPLIANCE

CAGC 10.02 Pre-Construction
CAGC 10.03 During Construction
CAGC 10.04 Post Construction
CAGC 10.05 OHS Reports/Notifications - Pre, During and Post Construction
CAGC 10.06 Ministry Right to Stop the Work - Pre, During and Post Construction
CAGC 10.07 List of Designated Substances in Ministry Workplaces

SECTION CAGC 1.0 - INTERPRETATION
CAGC 1.01 Abbreviations
For the purpose of the CAIS, the abbreviations shall be as specified in OPSS 100.
CAGC 1.02 Gender and Singular References
For the purpose of the CAIS, references to the masculine or singular shall be considered to include the
feminine and the plural, and vice versa, as the context requires.
CAGC 1.03 Definitions
For the purpose of the CAIS, defined terms appear as capitalized words, and the definitions shall be as
specified in OPSS 100, as specified in referenced documents, and as follows:
Administration Activities means actions that need to be performed in order to support the completion of the
work and the inspection of the work. These activities do not usually require attendance at the work site to be
completed (e.g., reviewing drawings, plans, test results, notifications, etc.)
Check means to confirm that the Work conforms with the Contract. When the Contract requirements are not
met, the Contract Administrator shall use the appropriate administrative actions including instruction notices,
non-conformances, deviations, infraction reports, warning of infractions, contractor performance rating
assessment. To make sure the proper assessment is made when determining Contract conformance, the
Contract Administrator shall conduct the necessary inspections.
The Contract Administrator shall refer to applicable specifications and/or special provisions (as referenced in
each CAIS) to confirm Contractor Compliance.
Check shall also mean to record Contract deficiencies, ensuring that all information/findings are also be
documented in the diaries, and informing the Contractor of any findings.
Contract Management System (CMS) means a solution that provides a digital means to record, collect,
transmit and store Contract data.
Determine means the review and establishment of a recommendation and decision by the Contract
Administrator. Often these will be determined in consultation with the MTO CSA and Quality Assurance
section.
Inspection Activities means actions that need to be performed during the work to monitor the contractor’s
compliance with the contract. These activities usually require attendance at the work site to be completed
(e.g., material placement, material sampling for testing, gathering field measurements for verifying
compliance, etc.).
Levels of Inspection (LOI) means the inspection on a percentage “...%” of the item/work being performed for
each inspection activity. Only CAIS inspection activities will include a level of inspection. The LOI for each
inspection activity is denoted by the percentage (%) amount shown in the far right column of the
administrative and inspection activities tables in the CAIS.
Milestones means activities related to the Contractor’s operation that need to be controlled, as outlined in the
applicable specifications and/or special provisions. These milestone activities can be for both administrative
and inspection activities. Milestones are denoted by an “M” in the second column of the administrative and
inspection activities tables in the CAIS. The recording of milestone inspection activities in CA or inspection
diaries is mandatory.

Notify means to communicate to MTO staff or the Contractor in writing (after first reviewing and determining a
recommendation). Where the Contract Administrator shall ensure that all digital copies of written notifications
are be uploaded in the Contract Management system. All MTO functional project staff that shall also receive
the notification for matters and deliverables related to their function. References in the CAIS to notifications to
MTO shall always include the MTO CSA.
Review means the formal examination of a submission to make recommend changes when appropriate and
includes the use of critical assessment by the Contract Administrator. This is applicable for any Contractor
submissions to the Contract Administrator as specified in the Contract Documents (even if there is no
inspection or administrative activity in the applicable CAIS).
CAGC 1.04 Specialists Acronyms
For the purpose of the CAIS, the following specialist acronyms shall apply:
CAGC Table 1.0 - Specialist Acronym Summary
Acronym Specialist
WS Welding Specialist
NDTS Non-Destructive Testing Specialist
FES Foundations Engineer Specialist
ES Environmental Specialist
SCS Steel Coating Specialist
PCS Paint Coating Specialist
SSI Senior Structural Inspector
EI Electrical Inspector
SES Structural Engineer Specialist
The qualifications for all specialty staff will be included in the Contract Administration contract outside of the
CAIS. Where there is a standard CAIS specialist, specialty plans will no longer be required.
As more requirements for specialist services, impacting Contract Administration are standardized, the list of
specialist acronyms and references and the appropriate CAIS will continue to evolve.
These specialist acronyms are referenced, when applicable in the CAIS. These can apply to both
administrative and inspection activities.
For the purpose of the CAIS, the FES and SES shall refer to services delivered by the designer as part of
construction liaison or a design-build team. Where, the FES and SES are only included in the CAIS for
references purposes at this point. The requirements in the designer’s contract shall prevail.
CAGC 1.05 CAIS Interpretation
For the purposes of the CAIS:
a) All references to “OPSS” shall be deemed to refer to the OPSS (Common or Provincial) specification of
the number and date specified in the applicable CAIS.
b) When the parent specifications and/or special provisions reference other specifications and/or special
provisions within its clause, the CAIS will also refer to the respective CAIS.

c) When the CAIS refers to another CAIS or another reference within a CAIS, it will typically not include a
level of inspection unless the creator of the corresponding CAIS deemed it necessary.
d) For Administrative Activities, the Contract Administrator shall check conformance for all work specified in
specifications and special provisions listed in the Contract Documents.
e) The administrative and inspection CAIS requirements are the minimum requirements the Contract
Administration staff is to undertake and deliver.
f) All submissions to MTO by the Contract Administrator shall be based on detailed review and
recommendations provided by the Contract Administrator.
g) Throughout the CAIS, the following terms are used interchangeably: Contract Administrator, Construction
Contract Administrator, Construction Administration and CA.
h) When the term WBCMS is used in the CAIS, it shall mean Contract Management System.
i) Any reference in to “Owner Standard Form” or “PH-CC” or “MTO Form” shall be deemed to mean the
digital equivalent of that form within CMS where such exists.
j) The verbs: “write”, “notify”, “submit”, “issue”, “provide”, “execute”, “report”, “give”, “furnish”, “return”,
“apply” and their variations, and other words referring to a communication from the Contract Administrator
to the Contractor, or from the Contract Administrator to MTO, shall mean “[verb] digitally using CMS”
(e.g., “submitted digitally using CMS”, “notify digitally using CMS”).
The required levels of inspection are specified as minimums. If the Contractor is not performing well, or test
results are continually poor, then the level of inspection may need to be increased to a higher level in order to
check that the Contractor meets the Contract requirements. This situation must be reported to the Contract
Services Administrator. In conjunction with the inspection activities outlined in the CAIS, the Contract
Administrator shall provide qualified personnel to inspect all Work (including all non-civil related activities such
as electrical) as required to verify and document non-compliance to the Contract and the Contractor’s Quality
Control Performance Measures.
Users of CAIS should always refer to the parent specifications and special provisions. For example,
CAIS 206 should be read with the parent OPSS 206 and the associated Special Provisions amending
OPSS 206.
When reading CAIS clauses, users will notice references to “as specified”, or in accordance with Clause
“xyz.01.03”. This aligns with the use of words defined under “Definitions” such as “Check”. This was
developed to avoid unnecessary duplications in the CAIS and the parent specifications and special
provisions.
About Fill-ins:
CAIS include requirements for typical Contract Administration contract. When necessary, the standard CAIS
contain asterisks (*) to denote the insertion of project specific information, similar to Standard Special
Provisions. Standard CAIS may be modified and additional/new project specific CAIS may be developed
when necessary, to address project specific requirements that impact the Contract Administrator’s duties. At
this time fill-ins are only shown in the CAIS for the training purposes.

SECTION CAGC 2.0 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Project Management is an important duty of the Contract Administrator’s role and responsibilities. The
Project Management responsibilities include the execution of services and deliverables as required in the
Construction Administration and Inspection Specifications (CAIS), forming the Contract Administration
contract.
The scope of Section CAGC 2.0 – Project Management, is captured in CAGC Table 2.0 below. The terms
“Pre”, “During”, and “Post” refers to “pre-construction”, “during construction” and “post construction”
respectively.
CAGC Table 2.0 - Project Management Scope
CAGC Subsection Pre During Post

2.02 - Project Management Responsibilities x x x
2.03 - Contract Start-up x
2.04 - Meetings x x x
2.05 - Design-Build Project Management Structure x x x
CAGC 2.02 Project Management Responsibilities
As part of its project management responsibilities, the Contract Administrator shall have complete control of
the services, deliverables, staff, and activities it directs and supervises to ensure conformity with the Contract
Administration contract. This includes ensuring that all Contract Administration staff are provided in the
appropriate numbers and with the knowledge and experience to meet the requirements of the Contract
The Contract Administrator shall:
a) Adhere to OPSS 100, section GC 3.0, Administration of the Contract.

b) Ensure that all Contract Administration staff involved in delivering review the Contract Documents in their
entirety and become familiar with all requirements, submissions, notifications, and inspections, prior to
beginning work on the construction site.
c) Ensure that all Contract Administration staff are familiar with the CAIS requirements, including its
reference manuals, guides and policies.
d) Manage all its Contract Administration staff and resources throughout the project and ensure they are
maintained and available throughout the project to perform their Contract Administration duties.
e) Manage all of the Contract Administration staff and resources to ensure CAIS requirements are met.
f) Foster an inclusive, professional, fair, collaborative, and cooperative work environment with all
stakeholders.
g) Represent MTO and protect its interests.
h) Effectively direct, supervise and undertake the necessary activities to ensure conformity with the Contract
i) Ensure all Contract Administration staff are knowledgeable of their duties, roles and responsibilities.

j) Proactively review the Contractor’s operations and identify potential issues and opportunities for
improvements.
k) Notify the MTO of all issues, claims, changes, schedule updates and impacts in a timely manner.
l) Provide timely responses to Contractor submissions and timely issuance of instructions to the Contractor
to maintain the progress of work.
m) Ensure all Contract Administration staff deliver and maintain the necessary and accurate documentation
of all Contract activities occurring on a daily basis.
n) Ensure that the Contract Administration staff verify that the Contractor has provided the required
submissions and met the timelines in the Contract for these submissions.
o) Monitor the work of all inspectors.
p) Keep all inspectors informed of the Contractor’s schedule and any changes, contractual correspondence,
instructions, and change orders issued to make sure they are available to carry out the necessary
inspections.
q) Review all deliverables, records, reports, and inspection diaries produced by any member of the CA team
and/or Specialist Inspector to confirm that and Contract Administration contract and construction Contract
requirements are met.
r) Provide on the job training to MTO staff when requested by MTO.
s) Advise MTO on alternatives and recommendations with regards to design and construction Contractual
issues.
t) Represent MTO during Contract-related negotiations.
u) Provide accurate and well documented reports identifying alternatives and recommendations for work
including change orders, claim resolution documentation, change proposals, non-conformances, design
changes.
v) Be knowledgeable of construction and design issues and facilitate recommendations/alternatives.
w) Review proactively the Contract Documents for completeness and to identify if design adjustments are
required.
x) Provide complete and accurate documentation through timely issuance of deliverables including
Instruction Notices, Meeting Minutes, and Diaries.
CAGC 2.03 Contract Start-Up
CAGC 2.03.01 At Contract Award
The Contract Administrator shall contact the MTO Area Manager, Construction and the Contract Services
Administrator (CSA), upon notification by MTO that the Contract Administration Contract is executed. The
MTO CSA will provide the Contract award and execution documents, including the Contractor’s bid prices and
initial critical path schedule.
a) Obtain the applicable Contract Documents (e.g., from MTO’s website www.raqs.merx.com).
b) Immediately review the initial critical path schedule and provide comments to MTO, then provide
instruction to the Contractor, as detailed in CAGC subsection 4.03, Schedules/Critical Path.
c) Review all Contract Documents to become familiar with the requirements, submissions, and timelines;
notify the MTO CSA of conflicts in the documents (e.g., Civil drawings compared to electrical drawings
and/or PHM-125 drawings).

d) Document the existing conditions on site, as detailed elsewhere in Section CAGC 6.0 - Management of
Deliverables.
e) Issue Permission to Start Work to the Contractor once the initial critical path schedule is acceptable and
MTO confirms that all other tender requirements have been met.
f) Review the Pre-Start Meeting attendance list with the MTO CSA to confirm attendees.
g) Set-up the Pre-Start Meeting and send digital invitations to attendees with the Agenda.
h) Obtain draft notifications to affected agencies from the Contractor, review and provide comments to MTO,
ensuring the notices will meet the required timelines in the Contract.
i) Send out notifications required by the Contract Administrator, as detailed in Section CAGC 2.0 -
Communications Management.
j) Set-up Contract Management System roles, diaries, and perform the required tasks to move the
Construction Contract into “Construction” stage.
k) Set-up the Designated Construction Zone (DCZ) in the Contract Management System in a timely manner.
CAGC 2.04 Meetings
CAGC 2.04.01 Mandatory Meetings
Meeting minutes are important to document discussions (not documented elsewhere) but are not Contract
Documents and not contractually binding to the Contractor.
The Contract Administrator shall attend the following meetings:
Pre-Construction
a) Design handover meeting.

b) Contract Administration Assignment start-up meeting.
- Purpose: to define roles and responsibilities of both MTO and the Contract Administrator, discuss the
process for the handling of documentation and approvals.
- Arranged by the MTO Contract Services Administrator.
The Contract Administrator shall record and distribute the minutes of the Design Handover and the Contract
Administration contract start-up meeting.
The Contract Administrator shall chair and lead, in a professional manner, the following meetings, when
applicable to the Contract work.
All pre-start meetings referenced below shall be arranged prior to the start of the referenced work (example:
pre-start meeting for electrical / ITS prior to the installation of electrical material or equipment on the Contract;
or pre-start meeting for concrete prior to the placement of any concrete on the Contract; or pre-start meeting
of precast concrete prior to the manufacturing of precast concrete elements).
The Contract Administrator shall, in advance of the pre-start meeting:
a) Confirm with the MTO CSA, the names of the MTO staff that will be notified when the Contractor will issue
its Notice of Adjudication to the Nominating Authority.
b) Provide the Contractor with the names of the MTO staff to be included in the Notice of Adjudication.

Pre-Construction
a) Pre-start meeting with the Contractor.
During Construction
a) Site/Progress meetings to be held at regular intervals.

b) Pre-Start Meeting for Concrete.
c) Pre-Placement Meeting for Concrete.
d) Pre-Removal Meeting for Concrete.
e) Pre-Paving Meeting (initial).
f) Pre-Paving Meeting Refresher (for carry-over contracts).
g) Pre-Start Meeting for Electrical and ITS.
h) Pre-Fabrication Meeting for Precast Concrete Elements.
i) Pre-Seasonal Shutdown or Final Inspection.
j) Specialty meetings with utility, municipal authorities and 3rd parties.
k) Pre-Start Railway and Railway meetings.
l) Construction Turnover.
Post Construction
a) Final Inspection Meeting.

b) Contract completion meeting.
c) Post construction Design Package Evaluation meeting.
a) Record the contact information of all attendees.

b) Review the list of suggested topics and meeting attendees and choose the suitable topics and attendees
for the Contract.
c) Ensure that all items for discussion, review of submissions, coordination with the respective attendees is
completed prior to the meetings.
d) Follow up on any noted concerns from any party, and issue communication to the Contractor as
necessary.
e) Review, prior to every meeting, the Contractor’s critical path schedule and progress of work on site and
communicate concerns with the Contractor during the meeting.
The final inspection type meeting shall be held with the MTO staff from the construction, design, and
maintenance offices, and the Contractor prior to the actual turn over or opening of the road/lane, etc.,
(whether final inspection or seasonal shut down). The Contract Administrator shall coordinate the submission
of any concerns prior to the meeting and shall ensure that the concerns are addressed.
The Contract Administrator shall ensure that meeting minutes are distributed to all meeting attendees (in
addition to posting the meeting minutes in the Contract Management System).

For Contracts With Railway Requirements
The purpose of the railway meetings is to review railway safety requirements and concerns and discuss the
processes and schedule/progress of the Work which may affect railway operations. Meetings shall be held
once every two weeks at a minimum, however frequency is ultimately contingent on project scope, the
complexity of the Work, and associated safety concerns.
Daily meetings are recommended prior to the start of each day for review of the Contractor’s daily work plan.
These meetings shall include the Contractor’s Site Representative and railway flagperson.
CAGC 2.04.02 Additional Meetings
Meetings are a mandatory requirement and a good project management practice which help with project
communications.
Additional meetings shall be conducted and led and facilitated by the Contract Administrator when necessary
(for example: for multi-year contracts, contract extensions) or as agreed to with the CSA.
Examples of topics when additional meeting can be necessary include:
a) Traffic meetings to discuss major changes in operations are to be held prior to any change for example
for:
- Staging, detours, night closures.
b) Pre-foundations work meetings.
c) Pre-soils meeting to discuss any unique requirements for use of earth materials, and clarify disposal and
erosion and sediment control requirements.
d) Pre-start environmental meetings (with MNRF, DFO, MOECP, MTO Environmental Planner; and
Environmental Monitor as applicable) for example for:
- In-water, or dewatering work in the project or work that requires mitigation measures, Species at Risk.
e) Utility meetings, for example to identify pipeline and utility locations and discuss how the Work will be
carried out and survey monuments protected, or resolve utility conflicts.
f) Emergency Services and Seasonal Shutdown.
g) Specialty Inspections.
h) Pre-cast concrete fabrication (this is listed above under during construction) or installation meetings.
i) Meetings for carryover work (seasonal shutdown).
The Contract Administrator shall obtain the Contractor’s emergency contact names, positions and telephone
numbers for the shutdown period.
CAGC 2.04.03 Meeting Topics and Templates
The Contract Administrators shall:
a) Refer to the CAIS meeting templates available from the MTO Technical Publications website.
b) Use the “Pre-Fabrication Meeting for Precast Concrete Elements” CAIS meeting template.
c) Use the topics listed in the CAIS meeting templates for the meetings required in CAGC 2.04, Meetings.
d) Review and confirm additional or applicable meeting topics with the MTO Contract Services Administrator
(CSA) and the MTO Quality Assurance representative.

e) Include traffic restrictions as a standard agenda item for the pre-start meeting and all site/progress
meetings with the Contractor.
f) Ensure that any discussion or work (such as coordination, issue resolution, notifications), related to the
meeting topics, happens in advance of the meetings.
g) Include a standing standard agenda item for the project start-up meeting and monthly progress meetings
regarding temporary restrictions.
CAGC 2.04.04 Attendance
Suggested meeting attendance is included in each CAIS meeting template. In addition to the Contract
Administrator, the Contract Administration team’s Project Manager shall attend all Contract meetings.
Additional mandatory meeting attendance shall be as follows for the “Pre-Fabrication Meeting for Precast
Concrete Elements”:
a) MTO Quality Assurance section representative (refers to MTO Quality Assurance staff at the discretion of
the Head, Quality Assurance).
b) MTO Contract Services Administrator.
c) MTO Area Manager, Construction.
d) Precast Concrete Plant Inspectors/Audit.
e) Contractor (Project Manager and Superintendent).
f) Precast Concrete manufacturer’s representative.
g) Precast Concrete manufacturer’s engineer.
CAGC 2.04.05 Outstanding Items
The meeting agenda item: “Outstanding Items” refers to unresolved meeting discussions that are not already
part of agenda items “Actions”. The “Outstanding Items” actions are not meant to replace MTO’s “Information
Request, Compensation Request and Dispute Resolution” processes outlined in OPSS 100, MTO General
Conditions of Contract and SSP 100S55 - New Adjudication Process in the Construction Act, or the Change
Proposal process outlined in OPSS 100, subsection GC 3.11, Change Proposals After Contract Award.
For “Outstanding Items”, the Contract Administrator shall:
a) Provide a response to all attendees in a reasonable time frame agreed upon in the meeting.
b) Consult with MTO’s Quality Assurance Section representative for assistance with:
- Providing specialist expertise and advice on construction materials and workmanship to MTO regional
construction staff and to the Contract Administrator and Contract Administration team.
- Liaising with MTO functional offices when their input is required on a Contract.
- Facilitating the timely resolution of quality-related acceptance issues on a Contract.
- Assisting in resolution of technical disagreements with the Contractor.
c) Provide status updates on Outstanding Items to all meeting attendees.
CAGC 2.05 Design-Build Project Management Structure
In order to effectively develop, advertise, and award a Design-Build contract, there needs to be a
well-developed Project Management Structure.

For each Design-Build project, a project team shall be established to develop and deliver the project from
start to finish. The primary project lead role will be shared between the Engineering Project Manager (EPM)
and the Area Manager, Construction as outlined in the CAIS document titled “Design-Build Project
Management Structure”. The project lead will be supported by a multi-disciplinary team, as with a traditional
project.
Individual project team members will be required to be engaged in most aspects of project delivery (the RFP
preparation, procurement of the Design-Builder and contract administration/oversight (design and
construction)). As the MTO gains experience with the Design-Build model, the number of members may be
reduced. However, in the interim, representation by all functional offices involved in a project, as is typically
done in traditional project delivery, is recommended. It is also recommended that project team members be
individually selected based on their ability and desire to implement a new model for contract delivery and
oversight.
For continuity purposes, it is imperative to maintain the same project team members throughout the life of the
project.
Although some project team members may only be required on a part-time basis, it is imperative for the
success of the project that the primary project lead has the necessary commitment from the Project Team
members to contribute fully when required, and the authority to utilize their services effectively.
Specific roles and responsibilities for the primary project lead, associate project lead and project team
members may change through the life of the project. The different phases of a Design-Build project along
with the roles and responsibilities of each member are described in the CAIS document titled “Design-Build
Project Management Structure”.

SECTION CAGC 3.0 - COMMUNICATIONS MANAGEMENT
Communications is an important factor in the Contract Administrator’s project management role. It is

important that the Contract Administrator understands and assesses the different types of stakeholders and
contractual responsibilities to determine the most effective communications approaches.
The scope of Section CAGC 3.0 – Communications Management, is captured in CAGC Table 3.0 below. The
terms “Pre”, “During”, and “Post” refers to “pre-construction”, “during construction” and “post construction”
respectively.
CAGC Table 3.0 - Communications Management Scope

3.02 - Turnover of Documents x
3.03 - Notifications Prior to Construction (SSP 199F33 - Construction Noise
x
Constraints)
3.04 - Highway Maintenance Transfer Agreement x x x
3.05 - Traffic Notifications During Construction x
3.06 - Project communications x x x
3.04 - Highway Maintenance Transfer Agreement x x x
3.07 - Documentation x x x
3.08 - Instruction Notices x x x
3.09 - Liaison with External Stakeholders x x x
3.10 - Third-Party Claims During Construction x
3.11 - Pipeline Crossing Requirements (SSP 199F59 - National Energy
x x
Board (NEB) Regulated Pipelines)
3.12 - Rail Property/Right-of-Way Requirements (SSP 100F21 -
Indemnification and Insurance Requirements Concerning the
Canadian Pacific Railway Company, SSP 100S22 - Indemnification
x x x
and Insurance Requirements Concerning the Canadian National
Railway Company, and SSP 199F04, Requirements For Working On,
Above Or Below Canadian Pacific Railway Right-of-Way)
3.13 - Navigable Waters Protection (SSP 199F63 - Navigable Waters
x x x
Protection)
3.14 - Public Notification Records x x
3.15 - Design-Build Communication Matrix x x x
CAGC 3.02 Turnover of Documents
Turnover of Documents refers to the documents provided to the Contract Administrator (CA) by MTO’s
Contract Services Administrator (CSA) and includes documents uploaded in the Contract Management
System.

The Contract Administrator shall verify that the following documents are received from MTO.
The Contract Administrator shall follow-up with MTO if these documents have not been shared to the Contract
Administrator or uploaded in the Contract Management System:
a) Designation of Construction Zone, tender documents, Contract Drawings, and addenda.

b) Signed Contract.
c) List of MTO contact names for the Contract.
d) MTO supplied documents (including digital files).
e) Completed Statement of Imported Content Form.
f) MTO policy memos, guides and manuals not available from the MTO Technical Publications website.
g) Design Handover documents for the Contract. A comprehensive list can be found in Attachment 2 of
HSB Director's Office Memo, DO #2019-01, Design Package Handover Meeting.
CAGC 3.03 Notifications Prior to Construction
Before construction begins, the Contract Administrator shall notify the property owners and businesses within
the limits of the Contract as required in the Contract Documents. If the Contract Documents require the
Contractor to complete these notifications, the Contract Administrator shall verify that the Contract Document
In the notice, the Contract Administrator shall:
a) Indicate that construction is about to begin.

b) Identify the prime Contractor, the Contractor’s representative and a contact number.
c) Provide a general description of the Work, the anticipated construction season completion date, and the
name and office telephone number of the Contract Administrator.
The public, within the limits of the Contract, can be notified by the following methods:
a) Advertising media not limited to the local newspaper.

b) Newspaper advertisement in the local newspaper, as identified by MTO, 2 to 4 consecutive weeks prior to
the commencement of the Contract and 2 to 4 consecutive weeks immediately prior to the project
recommencing each Spring.
c) Flyers indicating general project details to adjacent property owners within 2 to 4 consecutive weeks of
Contract start.
d) Meetings with individual property owners affected by the work.
e) A public information session.
The Contract Administrator shall keep all provide advance notification to all external stakeholder agencies,
that are impacted by any construction activity related to the Contract and keep them informed as required.
These external stakeholders can include: Schools; Fire Authorities; Emergency first responders; Ambulance
services; Transit authorities; Maintenance patrols/operations; Ontario provincial ministries (such as the
Ministry of Environment, Conservation and Parks, Ministry of Natural Resources and Forestry, Ontario
Provincial Police); Conservation Authority(s); Utility companies; Fisheries and Oceans Canada; Railway
authorities; Pipeline companies; Municipalities; Municipal/Regional police forces; and/or Indigenous people.

For Contracts with Electrical and ITS work, MTO Electrical and ITS staff shall be notified of the start of the
Electrical and ITS work and thereafter, as soon as possible, on any changes to the schedule of Electrical and
ITS work.
CAGC 3.04 Highway Maintenance Transfer Agreement
When the Contractor is working on the highway, the Designated Construction Zone (DCZ) will be handed over
to the Contractor for maintenance and emergency responsibilities, as defined in OPSS 100, subsection
GC 7.08, Maintaining Roadways and Detours. The highway maintenance transfer agreement documents the
date and time of transfer between the Area Maintenance Contractor (AMC) and the Contractor. This process
is used to separate Constructors as defined by the Occupational Health and Safety Act (OHSA).
Prior to transfer to the Contractor, the Contract Administrator shall:
a) Review the DCZ limits on site prior to highway transfer and document all deficiencies that the Contractor
will not be responsible for maintaining / repairing.
b) Liaise with the AMC and MTO Maintenance about the construction zone limits, the highway transfer date
and deficiencies observed on site, and ask the AMC to review.
c) Prepare and sign the HMTA with the Contractor and obtain signatures from the AMC and MTO
Maintenance to acknowledge.
d) Distribute the HMTA form as indicated on the form prior to the effective date of transfer.
e) Verify that the Contractor installs the construction zone signs on site on the day of the transfer to indicate
the limits of the construction zone.
f) Submit the Road Report to MTO Traffic Operations Centre using the form provided by MTO.
Prior to transfer back to the MTO agents / the AMC, the Contract Administrator shall:
a) Review the DCZ limits on site prior to highway transfer and document all deficiencies that the AMC will
not be responsible for maintaining / repairing.
b) Liaise with the Area Maintenance Contractor (AMC) and MTO Maintenance about the highway transfer
date and deficiencies observed on site and ask the AMC to review.
c) Prepare and sign the HMTA with the Contractor and obtain signatures from the AMC and MTO
Maintenance to acknowledge.
d) Distribute the HMTA form as indicated on the form prior to the effective date of transfer.
e) Verify that the Contractor removes the construction zone signs on site on the day of the transfer.
f) Notify MTO Traffic Operations Centre on the Road Report of the transfer.
References:
1) Highway Maintenance Transfer Agreement (MTO Form PH-CC-771).
CAGC 3.05 Traffic Notifications During Construction
The Contract Administrator shall follow the notification requirements of CAGC 8.03, Traffic Issues
Management.
CAGC 3.06 Project Communications
Project communications between the Contract Administrator and the Contractor shall be documented. For
communications related to Traffic Management and Public Information services these shall be documented
the same business day as the communication occurs.

a) Maintain proactive communications with the Contractor and project stakeholders.

b) Submit written recommendations to MTO, as issues arise.
c) Record all discussions and meetings in accordance with CAGC 3.04, Meetings.
d) Provide day-to-day liaison with the Contractor.
e) Provide first line interpretations of the Contract Documents to the Contractor.
f) Communicate and enforce MTO’s decisions to the Contractor.
The Contract Administrator shall provide reasonable travel to and from MTO’s Regional office or other local
location for pick-up/delivery of mail or other materials.
CAGC 3.07 Documentation
Documentation refers to all submissions and records that pertain to the Contract. Documentation includes:
a) All records generated by the Contract Management System.

b) All submissions from the Contractor (e.g., Working Drawings, permits, approvals, letters).
c) All records not captured by the Contract Management System that pertain to the Contract (must be
uploaded into the Contract Management System or otherwise provided to MTO).
d) Statement of Record of Working Days, MTO Form PH-CC-763, (for Completion Date or Working Day
Contracts).
e) Change Orders.
f) Information Request responses.
g) Compensation Requests.
h) Compensation Request Review Reports.
i) Compensation Request Decisions.
j) Monitoring reports on over or under-runs.
k) Minutes of meetings.
l) Instruction Notices.
m) Environmental permits and approvals obtained by the Contractor as well as any follow up
communications with regulatory agencies.
n) Accidents or claims from the public or property owners.
o) Major Contract issues or delays.
p) Notification of lane closures/lane reductions at time of initiation/cancellation.
q) Contract related permits.
r) Mix Design Forms.
s) Daily diaries in accordance with CAGC 6.13, Diaries, noting any verbal conversations.
t) All other applicable documents requested by the MTO.

The Contract Administrator shall ensure that:
a) Submissions are received from the Contractor and reviewed in a timely manner, and discussed with MTO
(CSA and functional offices) as appropriate.
b) Responses to submissions are provided to the Contractor in a timely manner, as to not impact the
construction schedule. If a submission does not meet the contract requirements, document the specific
requirements not met in an Instruction Notice and return the submission to the Contractor for
resubmission.
c) Documentation is entered and maintained in the Contract Management System, or otherwise made
available to MTO staff.
d) Diaries are completed and reviewed daily.
e) All media inquiries, correspondence from external stakeholders, or other communications of importance
are referred to / discussed with MTO, and appropriate responses are provided in a timely manner.
These documents shall be stored in the appropriate Contract Management System location. Alternative
submission methods, agreed to with the MTO Contract Services Administrator, can be made.
The Contract Administrator shall refer and use the Contract Management System user guides for system
functionality and process.
CAGC 3.08 Instruction Notices
Instruction Notices refers to notices issued by the Contract Administrator (in addition to the non-conformance
process or other processes required in the Contract Documents), to document concerns, clarify requirements
of the Contract, communicate information, and transmit documentation to the Contractor.
Instruction Notices shall be submitted in the Contract Management System. Alternative submission methods,
agreed to with the MTO Contract Services Administrator, can be made.
Instruction Notices may include:
a) Approvals.
b) Transmittal of documents.
c) Safety issues.
d) Non-compliance of the Contract (for items that fall outside the non-conformance process).
e) Warnings.
f) Specific Instructions from MTO.
When issuing an Instruction Notice, the Contract Administrator shall:
a) Upload in the Contract Management System.

b) Sign the Instruction Notice
c) Verify that the Contractor acknowledges receipt of the Instruction Notice, including opening the Instruction
Notice in the Contract Management System.
Any references of approval in the Contract Documents by the Contract Administrator shall require a formal
notification. Some specifications and special provisions refer to an approval or acceptance by the Contract
Administrator; this wording shall be used in the Instruction Notice. Where the specification or special
provision does not include a standard letter or an Owner standard form/MTO Form (i.e., PH-CC) process for
the Contract Administrator to use, it is recommended that the Contract Administrator reminds the Contractor

of its Quality Control responsibilities when issuing the Instruction Notice. Such notifications shall be uploaded
in the Contract Management System.
In such circumstances, the Contract Administrator can include language as shown below in the Instruction
Notice: “Approval or acceptance by the Contract Administrator of […] of the Contractor does not relieve the
Contractor from any responsibility or obligation for the proper performance of the Work in conformity with the
requirements of the Contract Documents. As well, this notice does impose no liability upon the Owner or its
Contract Administrator and is not to be interpreted as an approval or acceptance of the Work or the Materials
by the Owner that the Work and Materials was completed or supplied in conformance with the Contract
Documents.”
For Design-Build Contracts, the Contract Administrator shall use the language in the CAIS document titled
“Design-Build Submission Instruction Notices and Notice of Non-Conformance”.
CAGC 3.09 Liaison With External Stakeholders
a) Manage general public inquiries, after discussions with MTO.

b) Maintain communication of construction activity that may impact on the daily operations; and establish
and maintain appropriate relationships with project stakeholders including: schools, school boards,
utilities, O.P.P, Municipal/Regional police forces, fire, ambulance, emergency services, transit authorities,
municipalities, MNRF, Conservation Authority(s), MECP, Maintenance Patrols/Operations, DFO,
Railways, local businesses, local residents/property owners, Other ministry representatives, and others as
required.
c) For excavation and construction near pipelines that are regulated under the National Energy Board Act
(example: TransCanada Pipelines, Enbridge), co-ordinate, communicate and consult with the respective
pipeline company.
d) Check that the Contractor provided notifications to utilities, in advance of any work affecting their plan.
e) Check that survey monuments near utility work are identified and protected.
CAGC 3.10 Third-Party Claims During Construction
For Claims for Compensation for Personal and Business Losses During Construction (3rd party claims), the
Contract Administrator shall:
a) Receive and review third party claims and supporting documentation.

b) Send the third-party claims and supporting documentation to the Contractor.
c) Respond to requests for information.
d) Request and maintain copies and files of any pertinent accident report from the appropriate police force
and upload in the Contract Management System.
e) Ensure the MTO Contract Services Administrator has a record of all related communications and upload
in the Contract Management System.
f) Change Orders for 3rd Party claims shall be managed as T&M and DWR’s must be maintained in
accordance with MTO’s Change Order Manual.
CAGC 3.11 Pipeline Crossing Requirements
The Contract Administrator is encouraged to take the free pipeline awareness training.

The Contract Administrator shall verify that:
a) All work within the Prescribed Area of the pipeline(s) of a company under the jurisdiction of the Canada
Energy Regulator (CER) (previously known as National Energy Board or N.E.B.) is reviewed for conflict.
b) Work in the vicinity of this type of pipeline(s) conforms to the utility owner (in accordance with the
Canadian Energy Board Act and the Canadian Energy Regulator Pipeline Damage Prevention
Regulations. Examples of pipelines under the jurisdiction of the CER include the Trans Canada Pipeline
Limited plant and the Enbridge.
c) The requirements of SSP 199F59 - National Energy Board (NEB) Regulated Pipelines, are met by the
Contractor.
CAGC 3.12 Rail Property/Right-Of-Way Requirements
All communications between the Railways and the Contractor shall flow through the Contract Administrator.
a) Lead and facilitate Railway daily meetings of the Contractor’s Site Representative and Railway
flag-person prior to the start of each day to review the Contractor’s daily work plan.
b) Review Railway safety requirements and concerns and discuss the processes and schedule of the Work
which may affect train operations. (Refer to Minimum Safety Requirements for Contractors Working on
CP Property in Canada)
c) Confirm with MTO, the legal requirements with the rail authorities.
d) Confirm the contact and telephone numbers for your project. Refer to the CAIS Preamble to obtain some
general railway company contacts.
e) Ensure that the MTO site trailers have emergency contact information for railway posted and readily
available (Railway Operational Center, CP/CN Police and Project Manager).
f) Remind the Contractor to contact railway authorities to schedule work near railway crossings.
g) Verify that Work complies with regulatory, health and safety guidelines and by all applicable permits/legal
agreements issued by rail authorities.
h) Verify that the requirements of Grade Crossing Regulations (GCR), including but not limited to
Section 102, subsection 102 (2), and Section 103 are met.
i) Ensure that a standing agenda item: “Notification of Railway Authorities” is included in all project progress
and start-up meetings.
j) Ensure that regularly scheduled mandatory railway meetings held with representatives from the CA, MTO,
Contractor and affected Railway company to discuss safety requirements / protocols and other
contract-specific issues.
The Contract Administrator is advised that:
a) All Contract Administration staff working within any railway properties/rights-of-way must adhere to all
terms of the legal agreement as signed by the MTO/Contractor and the respective rail authority. These
requirements may include but are not limited to specialized training requirements and on-site reporting
protocols.
b) CN Rail requires that all personnel working within CN property/ROW must complete the Contractor
Orientation training.
c) CP Rail requires that all personnel working within CP property/ROW must maintain valid eRailsafe
certification.

a) Ensure that all its staff working within any railway properties/right-of-way adhere to all terms of the legal
agreement, work permit, right of entry permit, or access license as signed by the MTO/Contractor and the
respective rail authority. These requirements may include but are not limited to specialized training
requirements and on-site reporting protocols.
b) Upload any 3rd party agreements stemming from changes, issues or Contract requirements in the
Contract Management System.
c) Review and enforce the Contract’s Operational Constraints that advise the Contractor of railway safety
requirements and the Contractor’s obligations as a MTO’s contractor working within Federal Regulated
Railway right-of-way.
d) Provide the Contractor with emergency contact information for railway to be posted in the Contractor’s
site trailer and be readily available (Railway Operational Center, CP/CN Police and Project Manager).
e) Verify and confirm with the Contractor that appropriate insurance requirements are in place in accordance
with the Contract Special Provisions or the railway requirements.
f) Review the Contract’s flagging requirements including: the flag person’s role and responsibility, flagging
schedule plan, flagging shifts, notification of flagging request, reschedule and cancellation, etc.
g) Review and Notify the Contractor if the Working Plans and schedule comply with the Railway’s
requirements in accordance with SSP 199F04 - Requirements for Working On, Above, Or Below
Canadian Pacific Railway Right-Of-Way.
h) Notify the Contractor if any equipment is in the vicinity of the track(s) and if the work is exposed to; or
interfere with the operations of the Railway.
i) Confirm with the MTO CSA project specific Railways contact list by the pre-start meeting with the
Contractor.
CAGC 3.13 Navigable Waters Protection
a) Use the two Letters of Compliance templates available from the MTO Technical Publications website.
b) Initiate the “Letter of Compliance at Commencement” and “Letter of Compliance at Completion” templates
prior to the Navigable Waters related to work commencing so that the letters are ready for distribution
once the works have been installed.
c) Take photos as specified in Transport Canada letter(s) of approval at commencement of construction and
completion of construction.
d) Fill all the fillable areas in the Letter of Compliance at Commencement and the Letter of Compliance at
Completion and to include the necessary photos and send to CSA and Area Manager-Construction for
review. Use SSP 199F63, Navigable Waters Protection, included in the project’s Contract and Transport
Canada’s letter(s) of approval, to obtain the necessary details.
e) Submit the completed compliance letters and pictures to the CSA who then distributes to the design
Project Manager for the Area Manager-Highway Engineering’s signature and Area Manager Construction
signatures.
f) Receive signed letters from the CSA.
g) Upload final signed letters and supporting documents in the Contract Management System.
For Design-Build Contracts: The same process as for design-bid-build Contracts shall be followed for
design-build Contracts. Additionally, the Contract Administrator shall always verify the public notice.

References:
1. MTO Memo SCB-2021-01, Canadian Navigable Waters Act
CAGC 3.14 Public Notification Records
The Contract Administrator shall maintain public notification records to track all traffic-related notifications,
including:
a) A record of traffic accidents, public notifications and complaints that occur in the Work Zone.
b) Weekly video records of haul road conditions, prior to and during, the use by the Contractor.
c) Monitoring observations and recommendations of the Contractor’s operations for compliance with the
Contract concerning the provision of safe passage for the travelling public.
CAGC 3.15 Design-Build Communication Matrix
It is strongly recommended that the project lead, the CSA and the Contract Administrator develop a
communication matrix to assist in ensuring appropriate distribution of all communications.
An example communication matrix is provided in CAIS document titled “Design-Build Communication Matrix
Sample”. It can be referenced but shall be customized specifically to each Design-Build project.
A similar communications matrix may also be developed for non-design-bid-build Contracts for high
complexity projects with multiple stakeholders and large project teams.

SECTION CAGC 4.0 - TIME MANAGEMENT
This CAGC section covers the documentation and submission requirements of the time management
requirements by the Contract Administrator.
This CAGC section covers the requirements as specified in OPSS 100, MTO General Conditions of Contract,
SSP 100S19 - Construction Act Changes, SSP 100S55 - New Adjudication Process in the Construction Act.
The scope of Section CAGC 4.0 – Time Management, is captured in CAGC Table 4.0 below. The terms “Pre”,
“During”, and “Post” refers to “pre-construction”, “during construction” and “post construction” respectively.
CAGC Table 4.0 - Time Management Scope

4.02 - Permission to Start Work x
4.03 - Schedules/Critical Path x x
4.04 - Compensation Requests (Time) x x x
4.05 - Contract Time x x
4.06 - MTO Review Timelines x x x
4.07 - Schedule Management for Design-Build Contracts x x x
CAGC 4.02 Permission to Start Work
a) In accordance with OPSS 100, clause GC 7.01.07.04, issue a Permission to Start Work (MTO Form
PH-CC-700), , when all Contract requirements have been met (including OPSS 100, clause GC 7.01.03,
Control and Responsibility) and, prior to the start of the Work. This includes, verifying that the:
i. MTO CSA received notification that the Contract has been executed.
ii. Contractor has submitted a critical path Schedule in accordance with Contract requirements and
this initial critical path schedule meets the requirements of OPSS 100, clause GC 7.01.07, Critical
Path Schedule.
b) Submit the completed the Preliminary Contractor Schedule Checklist (MTO Form PH-CC-838) along with
the Contractor’s initial critical path schedule to MTO.
CAGC 4.03 Schedules/Critical Path
CAGC 4.03.01 Pre-Construction
a) Obtain the Contractor’s initial critical path schedule submitted with the Contract bid documents from the
MTO CSA.
b) Analyze the Contractor’s initial Critical Path Schedule for conformance to the requirements of OPSS 100,
clause GC 7.01.07, Critical Path Schedule.
c) Check that the schedule shows the sequence and interdependence of activities required to complete the
Work.

d) Check the duration of each activity and associated item quantities in the schedule.
e) Check that the schedule has no deficiencies and is acceptable including verifying that all operational
constraints (environmental timing restrictions, interim completion dates, etc.) are shown and that the
operations are scheduled to meet these dates.
f) Check that all item work is shown (refer to the tender item list and quantities).
g) Check that the work meets any staging requirements (staged bridge construction, staged concrete
removals, traffic staging).
h) Check that the Contractor’s Critical Path Schedule identifies what Work will be completed to allow the
safe passage of the travelling public during the season shutdown period (to meet interim completion
dates).
i) Identify any production rates that seem too high or too low (this does not mean the schedule is
non-conforming, however it should be documented in order to review actual production rates when
analyzing requests for extensions of time).
j) Report to MTO the outcome of the review of the initial critical path schedule.
k) Return non-conforming schedules to the Contractor with an Instruction Notice explaining which
requirements of OPSS 100, clause GC 7.01.07.05, that are not met request a re-submission.
l) Complete the Preliminary Contractor Schedule Checklist (MTO Form PH-CC-838)
CAGC 4.03.02 During Construction
a) Verify that the Contractor meets their obligations to submit updated Critical Path Schedules in accordance
with OPSS 100, clause GC 7.01.07, Critical Path Schedule.
b) Confirm that the Contractor has submitted updated schedules not less than 3 Business Days prior to
scheduled progress meetings, and take appropriate administrative action if submissions are not received.
c) Analyze the updated schedules submitted to compare to the initial critical path schedule and identify:
i. If the schedule does not meet the requirements of OPSS 100, clause GC 7.01.07, Critical Path
Schedule.
ii. If actual production rates achieved are consistent with the production rates shown in the initial
schedule.
iii. The impacts of any delays, whether caused by the Contractor or MTO, on interim or final
completion dates / working days.
d) Check that the updated Contractor’s Critical Path Schedules comply with the requirements of OPSS 100,
clause GC 7.01.07, Critical Path Schedule, on a monthly basis at the minimum.
e) Report to MTO the outcome of each schedule review.
f) Document in the Minutes of site meetings comments on the updated schedule, based on the review /
analysis described above.
g) Continually review the Contractor’s progress of work with respect to the baseline schedule production
rates and/or critical path to identify if the contractor is achieving their production rates.
h) Review weekly updates of the Contractor’s intended Work operations and identify any discrepancies with
the most recent updated schedule, and discuss with the Contractor.
i) Monitor the Contractor’s progress throughout the construction period and take appropriate default action,
including contract default, warning of infraction, or Contractor Performance Rating administrative

consequence, if the planned schedule is not maintained in accordance with OPSS 100, clause
GC 7.01.07. Critical Path Schedule.
j) Request an action plan from the Contractor, if the Contractor is behind schedule.
k) Discuss reasons for delays with the Contractor and determine if any delays are due to MTO, Contractor,
or other parties. Discuss and Record the responsibility of the delay and note the Contractor’s action plan
(minutes of site meetings).
l) Document discussions with the Contractor about the schedule.
m) Notify the MTO of progress of work and any issues that may affect interim completion dates or final
contract completion.
n) Use knowledge gained from the critical path schedule to assess issues, including Compensation
Requests, delays, Changes in the Work, Additional Work, acceleration, negotiations, and provide input
and detailed recommendations with rationale to MTO.
o) Record the following in the Statement of Working Days Contract Management System App:
i. What is the Contractor’s critical path operation identified for the day (based on their most recent
submitted schedule)
ii. What is the controlling operation (as identified by the Contract Administrator)
iii. If the Contractor is meeting their production rate(s) for the work completed that day, as identified by
their most recent submitted schedule/assessed against the initial critical path scheduled accepted by
the Contract Administrator
CAGC 4.04 Compensation Requests (Time)
The Extension of Contract Time process applies to Contract time extension requests in accordance with
OPSS 100, MTO General Conditions of Contract.
a) Receive and Review the Compensation Request (MTO Form PH-CC-756).

b) Use the Contractor’s baseline and updated critical path schedules to analyze the request for time.
c) Provide the Compensation Request Review Report (MTO Form PH-CC-758), to MTO with
recommendations, including rationale and basis to meet the timelines of OPSS 100, MTO General
Conditions of Contract.
d) Respond to the Contractor in writing with the decision of the MTO regarding the Compensation Request:
i. If the CR is denied, respond by Instruction Notice.
ii. If the CR is approved, respond by Change Order.
References:
1) Information and Compensation Requests and Dispute Resolution Manual.

2) Provincial Construction Memorandum, PCM #2020-01, Provincial Construction Memorandum, PCM
#2020-01, Information and Compensation Requests and Dispute Resolution Manual
CAGC 4.05 Contract Time
The Contract Administrator shall administer the Contract requirements regarding Contract Time,
incentives/disincentives, the charging of Working Days, and Liquidated Damages when applicable.

a) Issue Statements of Working Days on a weekly basis to the Contractor.

b) Issue an Instruction Notice to the Contractor to notify when an Interim Completion Date or Contract
Completion Date has passed, if work is still on-going.
c) Issue Instruction Notices to the Contractor documenting the charging of consequences or Liquidated
Damages as they are incurred, on a monthly basis.
d) Apply consequences or Liquidated Damages amounts to each monthly payment certificate.
e) Determine the date of Substantial Performance and process the Substantial Performance application and
certificate:
i. Notify MTO of any outstanding issues, claims, or other disputes that the Contractor has indicated
on the Statutory Declaration and Application.
ii. If any outstanding issues are indicated that are not understood fully, return the application and
ask the Contractor to clarify in their resubmission.
iii. Verify that the Contractor is using a construction trade newspaper as defined in the Ontario
Construction Act.
f) Determine the date of Contract Completion and process the Contract Completion application and
certificate:
i. Notify MTO of any outstanding issues, claims, or other disputes that the Contractor has indicated
on the Statutory Declaration and Application.
ii. If any outstanding issues are indicated that are not understood fully, return the application and
ask the Contractor to clarify in their resubmission (do not process until the scope of all issues are
fully understood).
g) Document all correspondence regarding contract time (Instruction Notices, diaries).
References:
1) OPSS 100, MTO General Conditions of Contract.

2) SSP 100S55 - New Adjudication Process in the Construction Act.
3) Provincial Construction Memorandum, PCM #2020-01, Information and Compensation Requests and
Dispute Resolution Manual.
CAGC 4.06 MTO Review Timelines
The Contract Administrator shall work with MTO to ensure that MTO review time is provided within the
required timelines for response to the Contractor.
CAGC 4.07 Schedule Management for Design-Build Contracts
Chapter 4 of the DB RFP contains the amendments to OPSS 100, MTO General Conditions of Contract, for
Design-Build Contracts. The specific amendment related to Schedule/Critical Path requirements is
OPSS 100, clause GC 7.01.07, Critical Path Schedule. Also, it must be noted that Design-Build projects differ
from traditional Design-Bid-Build with respect to schedule submission requirements because the definition of
“Work” includes design Work and construction Work. It must be noted that there is a schedule submission
required as part of the DB RFP evaluation and such schedule is based on the information provided at the DB
RFP stage (the design is not a detail design during bidding).
Therefore, as a minimum, 2 revised schedules are expected to be submitted prior to construction

commencing: one, very similar to the schedule included as part of the DB RFP evaluation, shall be submitted

to meet the requirements of OPSS 100, MTO General Conditions of Contract, and the GC amendments in the
DB RFP Chapter 4; this submission occurs immediately after award. The second revision shall be required
prior to construction commencing once the detail design is completed by the Design-Builder and it usually
occurs prior to the Construction Pre-Start Meeting.
The CSA or Project Lead review the Design-Builder’s originally submitted (as bid) critical path schedule. Any
deficiencies or impracticalities (e.g., operations which appear out of order or questionable production rates)
shall be documented and brought to the Design-Builder’s attention.
a) Complete the schedule checklist for the originally submitted critical path schedule and forwarded to the
CSA and/or Project Lead.
b) Verify and receive any updates to the schedule shall be submitted by the Design-Builder to the Contract,
both hard copy and electronic version.
c) Review any updates to the schedule for practicality, achievability, and conformance to the Contract
Documents.
d) Return to the Design-Builder Deficient non-conforming schedules, noting error(s) and requesting a
resubmission.
e) Forward all schedule updates, with comments, to the CSA.
f) Review the Design-Builder’s progress with respect to the schedule.
g) Review weekly updates of the Design-Builder’s intended work operations, analyse critical path updates
received from the Design-Builder and respond to/administer these accordingly.
h) Monitored the Design-Builder’s progress throughout the construction period, and action taken as
appropriate in the event that the planned schedule is not maintained.
i) Review the schedule and progress with the Design-Builder at every progress meeting.
If the Design-Builder is behind schedule, the Contract Administrator shall:
a) Request an action plan from the Design-Builder detailing how the delays will be addressed.
b) Include in the progress meeting a discussion of the reasons for delays, determining if any delays are due
to MTO, Design-Builder, or other parties, and ensure that it is documented in the minutes of the meeting.
a) Maintain effective communication regarding short term schedule of work and progress of activities to
verify that the Quality Control by the Design-Builder and ensure that the Quality Assurance and inspection
by the CA are performed in a timely manner (in particular when for a Request to Proceed / Notice to
Proceed are required).
b) Apply information gained from the critical path schedule, to assess in detail any requests for extension of
time and provide detailed recommendations to the CSA with reasons.
c) Stay informed of the work activities and perform the CAIS activities/monitoring as the work progresses to
help facilitate the Request to Proceed/Notice to Proceed process.
d) Apply knowledge gained from the critical path schedule to address arising issues, including deletions or
changes in the work or additional work, potential acceleration, claim negotiations, and/or dispute
resolution processes.

SECTION CAGC 5.0 - CONTRACTOR PAYMENT AND CHANGE MANAGEMENT
This CAGC section covers the processes, documentation and submission requirements for contractor
payment and change management by the Contract Administrator.
This CAGC section covers the requirements as specified in OPSS 100, MTO General Conditions of Contract,
SSP 100S19 - Construction Act Changes, SSP 100S70 – Payment for Equipment, SSP 100S55 - New
Adjudication Process in the Construction Act.
The scope of Section CAGC 5.0 – Contractor Payment and Change Management, is captured in CAGC
Table 5.0 below. The terms “Pre”, “During”, and “Post” refers to “pre-construction”, “during construction” and
“post construction” respectively.
CAGC Table 5.0 - Contractor Payment and Change Management Scope
CAGC Subsection/Clause Pre During Post

5.02 - Contractor’s Payment Approvals x x x
5.03 - Payment Approvals for Design-Build Contracts x x x
5.04 - Item Reconciliations x
5.05 - Expenditure Control x x
5.06 - Contractor Information and Compensation Requests and Disputes x x
5.07 - Contract Change Order Process x x
5.07.01 - Administration of Time and Material OPSS 127 x x
5.08 - Contract Change Proposals x
5.09 - Holdback Administration x
5.10 - Liquidated Damages x
5.11 - ERS Payment x x x
CAGC 5.02 Contractor’s Payment Approvals
a) Obtain the MTO Prompt Payment Manual from the MTO CSA.
b) Follow the directions to the Contract Administrator specified in the MTO Prompt Payment Manual.
c) Maintain inspection resources to allow accurate verification and reconciliation of all item quantities,
change orders, OPAs, and approval of invoices to:
i. Ensure the contract administration staff verify that the work was completed in accordance with the
applicable CAIS before making a pay statement.
ii. Ensure that the pay statements are written for work completed in a subcode, or when an item is
complete, with reference to the dates of when the actual work was completed.
iii. Ensure the pay statements correlate with the measurement for payment and basis of payment
described in the item’s specification (OPSS, SP, etc.).

d) Check and reconcile item quantities, change orders, OPAs, and approval of invoices is carried out as a
condition of payment.
e) Review the Contractor’s Progress Payment Certificate and Check that it contains the information stated in
OPSS 100, MTO General Conditions of Contract.
f) Process timely payment to the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of OPSS 100, MTO
General Conditions of Contract.
g) Ensure that inspection staff correctly integrate and reconcile the Diary Records quantities with payment to
the Contractor.
The Contract Administrator shall use the following Owner standard forms and associated Contract
Management System apps, for Design-Build contracts:
1. Summary Quantity Sheets (MTO Form PH-CC-716).

2. Summary for Item (MTO Form PH-CC-730).
3. Final Payment Quantity (MTO Form PH-CC-731).
4. Payment Cover Sheet (MTO Form PH-CC-881).
References:
1. Provincial Construction Memorandum, PCM #2019-06, MTO Prompt Payment Administration Manual.
CAGC 5.03 Payment Approvals for Design-Build Contracts
The main difference in measurement for payment for Design-Build Contracts is that the items have been
reduced to a maximum of 14 items which are all lump sum payment (see the “Itemized Bid Form”). This is
reflected in the Design-Build Progress Payment Certificate. Payment for each lump sum item monthly is
based on the percentage completion of the item. The Design-Builder will submit a monthly invoice showing
the percent complete for each item. The CA verifies the invoice through field observations and estimates
possibly in conjunction with review of the Design-Builder’s schedule.
In addition to the payment process outlined in Subsection CAGC 5.02, Contractor’s Payment Approvals and
the Prompt Payment Manual, the Contract Administrator shall:
a) Use the Payment Cover Sheet (MTO Form PH-CC-881-B).

b) Use the Design-Build Progress Payment Certificate (MTO Form PH-CC-882).
c) Review the Design-Builder’s Progress Payment Application and verify it contains the information as
stated in the Contract Documents.
d) Review the Design-Builder’s invoice for completeness, and if accurate recommended for payment.
e) Forward the Invoice with the Payment Cover Sheet to the CSA for approval and processing.
f) Complete a monthly expenditure forecast report in CAS.
CAGC 5.04 Item Reconciliations

The Contract Administrator shall follow the workflow detailed in the Contract Management System User Guide
- Reconciliation and the Prompt Payment Manual.
The Contract Administrator shall review all the inspector’s diary pay statement in advance of completing a
reconciliation.

CAGC 5.05 Expenditure Control
a) Complete an initial forecast followed by monthly forecast on an excel spreadsheet supplied by MTO to
identify:
i. All expenditures including tender item work, change orders, and other payment adjustments.
ii. Previous, current, and carryover expenditures.
iii. Carryover expenditures are broken down into each carryover fiscal year (April 1 to March 31) as
well as carryover expenditures for the next fiscal year (if any) and an updated Contract
completion date (if applicable).
iv. Explanation of assumptions made to calculate the breakdown for each fiscal year (using the
contractor’s schedule).
v. The updated / revised Contract Completion date.
b) Submit monthly forecasts with each monthly progress payment or as requested by MTO.
c) Provide the forecast digitally to MTO prior to each monthly site meeting.
d) Discuss with the regional Area Manager, Construction and the CSA prior to, or immediately following
each monthly site meeting.
e) Use the Expenditure Forecast Summary for tracking overruns and underruns for MTO’s internal
expenditure control and forecasting use.
CAGC 5.06 Contractor Information Requests and Compensation Requests and Disputes
a) Inform MTO of issues which may lead to disputes.

b) Follow the directions to the Contract Administrator specified in the Information and Compensation
Requests and Dispute Resolution Manual.
c) Check that when the Contractor submits a claim that it is one Claim per Request for Clarification (RFC),
Extension of Time Request (EoT) or Compensation Request (CR) in accordance with OPSS 100, MTO
General Conditions of Contract. Multiple RFCs, EoTs or CRs combined into single claim submissions
shall not be accepted.
CAGC 5.07 Contract Change Order Process
The Contract Administrator shall follow the directions to the Contract Administrator specified in the
Construction and Maintenance Change Order Manual and refer to the Contract Management System User
Guide – Change Management.
CAGC 5.07.01 Administration of Time and Material
The Contract Administrator shall ensure that all work performed by Time and Material basis of payment, or all
work performed related to a Compensation Request, follows the requirement of OPSS 100, subsection
GC 8.03, Payment on a Time and Material Basis; and the Change Order Manual.

CAGC 5.07.02 Daily Work Records (DWRs)
a) Verify that the Contractor submits DWRs for each day that work is performed on a Time and Material
Change Order, or for each day that work is performed that is the subject of a Compensation Request.
b) Ensure that all work that is the subject of a DWR is monitored and that detailed notes in the diary to
reconcile the DWRs are taken.
c) Reconcile DWRs submitted by the Contractor based on the Inspector’s records / diary and return the
reconciled DWR to the Contractor.
d) Follow the Change Order Manual requirements for DWRs.
e) Review and Check that the Contractor meets requirements of the OPSS 100, subsection GC 8.03.02.
CAGC 5.07.03 Time and Material Summary for Payment
a) Review the Contractor’s Time and Material Summary for Payment to ensure that the costs correlate to the
reconciled DWRs, and that OPSS 127 rates are indicated correctly.
b) Ensure that payroll burden is indicated correctly; ask MTO Contract Services for confirmation of any
payroll burden higher than the standard amounts indicated on the Summary form.
c) Ensure that separate summaries are submitted for subcontractors, and that markup for subcontractors
and contractors is applied correctly.
CAGC 5.07.04 OPSS 127 Rates
The 127 Rates are defined in OPSS 100, MTO General Conditions of Contract, and are used to pay the
Contractor as specified in OPSS 100, MTO General Conditions of Contract.
The Contract Administrator is informed that MTO issued MTO Memo TIM-SCB-CMO-2021-001, Changes to
Time and Materials Calculations for Use of Updated OPSS 127 (available from the MTO Technical
Publications website) regarding changes to the Time and Materials calculations and OPSS 127 for all
Contracts.
For these Contracts, the Contract Administrator shall the Time and Material Summary for Payment (MTO
Form PH-CC-796).
References:
1) MTO Memo TIM-SCB-CMO-2021-001, Changes to Time and Materials Calculations for Use of Updated
OPSS 127.
2) SSP 100F70 - Payment for Equipment.
CAGC 5.08 Contract Change Proposals
Change Proposals apply after Contract Award in accordance with OPSS 100, MTO General Conditions of
Contract.

a) Review and provide a preliminary evaluation and recommendation within 2 Business Days to the MTO
Contract Services Administrator for approval.
b) Consult with the design and functional offices to confirm that Contract requirements are met.
c) Confirm that the Contract requirements, including subsection GC 3.11, Change Proposals after Contract
Award, of OPSS 100, MTO General Conditions of Contract, are met prior to updating appropriate records
to document that approved changes are implemented, and the proposed benefits are achieved.
CAGC 5.09 Holdback Administration
The Contract Administrator shall obtain the MTO Holdback Administration Manual from the CSA and be
familiar with its described process.
The Construction Act requires the following 2 types of statutory holdbacks: Basic Holdback and Holdback for
Finishing Work.
For Payment of Subcontract Holdback, Basic Holdback, Basic Holdback for Planned Multi-year Contracts,
Holdback for Finishing Work, and Non-payment of Holdback, the Contract Administrator shall be familiar with
the details of the MTO Holdback Administration Manual and the relevant holdback sections of OPSS 100,
MTO General Conditions of Contract.
Payment is to be made within 28 Days of the expiry of the 60-Day lien period.
References:
1) Provincial Construction Memorandum, PCM #2019-02, Construction Act - Bonds, Liens, and Holdbacks.
2) MTO Holdback Administration Manual.
CAGC 5.10 Liquidated Damages
The Liquidated Damages value is noted in Section C – Liquidated Damages (design-bid-build) or Chapter 2:
Project Requirements (design-build) of the Contract.
1. Review and Check that the Contractor meets requirements of the OPSS 100, subsection GC 8.07,
Liquidated Damages.
2. Issue an Instruction Notice to the Contractor notifying that Liquidated Damages have commenced when
Work is not completed within the Contract Time as stipulated in the Contract Documents.
3. After notice is provided to the Contractor, Liquidated Damages shall be assessed monthly and deducted
from each payment as incurred. This applies to all Contracts, including Contracts with an outstanding
extension of Contract Time request, a disagreement with the response to an extension of Contract Time
request, an unresolved Compensation Request or a Claim.
4. For Design-Build contracts, every payment cover sheet shall indicate the number of Days of assessed
Liquidated Damages for the current period, the total number of Days since Liquidated Damages
commenced and the value of liquidated damages from the previous period, the current period and total to
date.
5. Administer Liquidated Damages as an Other Payment Adjustment (OPA)
6. When requested by the Contractor, and approved by the Head, Construction, the assessment of
liquidated damages may be suspended during an agreed to seasonal shutdown period, when no contract

administration services are required. If liquidated damages are suspended, assessment will recommence
on the date determined by the Contract Administrator, in consultation with the area Construction
Management Office (Contract Services Administrator; Area Manager, Construction; Head, Construction).
If approved, the Contract Administrator shall Notify the Contractor that the assessment of liquidated
damages is suspended, the date when the suspension starts and the date when assessment of liquidated
damages will recommence.
7. Instruct the Contractor to submit a cheque to the Owner for the amount owed within 28 Days of the date
of the instruction, payable to the Minister of Finance and referencing the contract number, in cases where
liquidated damages are still being assessed but there is not enough money remaining under the Contract
to recover those costs. The cheque shall be provided to Head, Contract Services for recording and
processing.
Cases where the Contractor will be reimbursed at Contract Completion for previously deducted liquidated
damages will handled by MTO.
References:
1. MTO Memo SCB-CMO-2021-05, Calculation and Administration of Liquidated Damages
CAGC 5.11 ERS Payment
a) Create ERS doc folder(s).

b) Use Owner standard PH-CC forms for MTO ERS spreadsheet templates.
c) Input the data in Contract Management System from the spreadsheets.
d) Notify (by issuance of an Instruction Notice) the Contractor of final payment factor for the given lot and
send completed ERS spreadsheets to Contractor.
e) Ensure all documents are in the ERS Contract Management System document folder(s).
f) Ensure completed ERS payment adjustments are applied to the next progress payment through and
other Payment Adjustment (OPA) in accordance with the Change Order Manual.
The ERS spreadsheet forms impact payment so it is important that the correct form is used. For Hot Mix
Asphalt Payment Calculation for Contracts, there may different versions of MTO Forms (PH-CC forms) that
need to be used (when NSSPs that amend OPSS 313 as an example).
To ensure the proper Owner standard form is utilized, contact MTO’s Quality Assurance section by the
pre-start meetings. Additional details can be found in the applicable CAIS.

SECTION CAGC 6.0 - MANAGEMENT OF DELIVERABLES
This CAGC section covers the documentation and submission requirements of the deliverables by the
Contract Administrator.
The scope of Section CAGC 6.0 – Management of Deliverables, is captured in CAGC Table 6.0 below. The
respectively.
CAGC Table 6.0 - Management of Deliverables Scope

6.02 - Documentation of Pre-Construction Conditions x
6.03 - Survey Requirements x
6.04 - Status Reports x x x
6.05 - Time Sheets and Invoices x x x
6.06 - Project Specific Deliverables x x x
6.07 - Inspections x x x
6.08 - Year-End Summary Reports x x
6.09 - Contractor Performance Rating x x
6.10 - Contractor Infraction Report x
6.11 - Project Construction Report x
6.12 - Record Documents x x x
6.13 - Diaries x x x
6.14 - Contract Completion x x
6.15 - Post-Construction Contract Closing Process x
6.16 - Commissioning of Highways Prior to Opening x
6.17 - Record Drawings x
CAGC 6.02 Documentation of Pre-Construction Conditions
The Contract Administrator shall conduct pre-construction inspection and documentation of site conditions
immediately in advance of commencement of construction.
The conditions shall be documented through the entire construction zone limits by obtaining
photographs/videos and shall include: all existing signs and markers, all entrances and entrance culverts, side
roads and culverts, existing pavement and shoulder conditions in the construction zone and along all haul
routes, all existing ditches and culvert ends, existing structures, existing safety items (guiderail, end
treatments), existing electrical components, traffic signals, construction staging areas, ingress and egress of
posted construction entrances, existing highway lighting, power plants, and other authority’s equipment (such
as hydro, bell, and railways).

The Contract Administrator shall ensure that copies of the pre-construction documents are uploaded in the
Contract Management System.
CAGC 6.03 Survey Requirements
The Contract Administrator’s survey work is separate and independent from the Contractor’s Quality Control
surveys.
A monument is the official steel bar or post set in the ground to indicate a boundary. A marker is a wood
stake or stone cairn to alert people to the monument.
Prior to ground-breaking the Contract Administrator shall:
a) From appropriate plans, locate and field-flag survey monuments to prevent their damage.
b) Have a survey monument inventory undertaken and identify potential conflicts with construction.
After excavation commences, the Contract Administrator shall accurately survey and submit to MTO the
appropriate documentation for the following:
a) The actual rock surface after excavation of overburden. The survey of the actual rock surface shall be
completed independently of the Contractor’s survey.
b) The survey of actual rock surface shall be used to create an actual rock surface DTM in In-Roads,
compare with the original rock surface DTM, and on a monthly basis re-calculate earth excavation and
rock excavation (including shatter) quantities and generate new cross-sections / volumes. The new cross
sections / volumes shall be used for estimating quantities for progress payment. Check that zero (0) rock
stations are supported by field measurement prior to blasting operations. Refer to the CAIS for additional
details (for rock administration) for example.
c) Actual muskeg depth and width.
d) Rock surplus for volumes if by cubic metre and not square metre.
e) Earth borrow and rock surplus if in bank volume is used as opposed to truck haul (imported).
f) Any sub-excavation or soft spots by elevation to check below specified sub-grade elevation verify record
data including elevations and changes.
g) Streambed and water level elevation for any in-water work, if not provided in the design.
a) Check under-fill stripping widths and depths and control over-stripping widths on a borrow Contract.
b) Check all Transition Points to be verified by elevation and offset.
c) Quality Assurance checks for subgrade and granulars shall include the record of the station, actual
elevation and offset, at the specified intervals in a separate field diary.
d) Verify and document 10% of Contractor’s alignment layout throughout the life of the Contract.
e) Review In-Roads final design cross sections when matching to existing tie-ins, structures, or new
structures to check that elevations and transitions are properly coordinated.
f) Verify, measure, record and submit all final vertical clearance along each edge of lane for any new
structure (bridge, culvert, overhead sign, bridge widening or any other infrastructure).
g) Have any destroyed legal boundary survey monuments reinstated and reported on under OLS
supervision.
h) Ensure that surveying documentation in accordance with the Diaries CAIS clause is completed.

i) Ensure that the Contract Administrator requirements specified in OPSS 100, subsection GC 7.02, Layout,
are met.
j) Check that the Contractor fulfills the requirements specified in OPSS 100, subsection GC 7.02, Layout.
CAGC 6.04 Status Reports
The Contract Administrator shall prepare and deliver to the MTO Contract Services Administrator status
reports on a weekly or monthly basis as confirmed by the MTO CSA.
The status report includes:
a) Summary of the previous status report activities.

b) Summary of the anticipated activities for the upcoming status report.
c) Breakdowns of staffing names, positions, hours and/or days worked / to be worked, as applicable to the
details of the basis of payment tables.
d) Activities performed by the individuals within the status report period.
e) Anticipated activities to be performed within the upcoming status report period.
f) Breakdown of any Engineering Materials Field Testing performed from the basis of payment tables,
including the number of tests performed.
CAGC 6.05 Time Sheets and Invoices
The Contract Administrator shall deliver, in a timely manner, to the MTO Contract Services Administrator the
necessary time sheets and invoices on a weekly or monthly basis depending on the Contract Administrator’s
contract basis of payment.
The timesheet shall be in a table format and include:
a) All staff positions, hours / days worked each day, a summary of hours / days for the week, previous total
hours / days, and remaining hours / days in the Contract Administration contract.
b) All testing performed, previous tests performed, and remaining tests in the assignment.
c) All samples delivered to the Quality Assurance or the Engineering Materials Office labs, previous
deliveries, and remaining deliveries in the Contract Administration contract.
The timesheet shall include rates for positions, tests, or sample deliveries.
A signed timesheet from each staff member indicating what specific tasks were undertaken each day, start
time, end time, and meal breaks (unpaid) may also be required.
The invoice shall include a table that shows:
a) All staff positions, total hours / days charged for the invoice, previous hours / days charged, and
remaining hours / days charged.
b) All testing charges, previous total charges, and remaining testing.
c) All sample delivery charges, previous total charges, and remaining deliveries.
d) Total previous invoices paid, total invoice amount, HST previous HST amount, and remaining Contract
Administration value after this invoice.
The invoice shall include all timesheets as an attachment.

The invoice shall also include any written permission from the ministry to undertake work on Saturdays,
Sundays, or holidays, and all written accepted staff substitutions, as attachments.
CAGC 6.06 Project Specific Deliverables
The Contract Administrator shall upload documents in the Contract Management System on a weekly basis at
a minimum, including:
a) Photographic records.
b) Video records.
c) Diary sheets in PDF format when necessary (for diary sketches for example).
d) Daily production records for milling, paving, and earth excavation/grading operations, including brief
details of location of work and lane closures, and lane closure and operation hours.
The Contract Administrator shall also deliver/make available to the MTO Contract Services Administrator all
digital Contract data not uploaded in the Contract Management System such as photographic and video
records in an USB or external drive (at no additional cost to MTO).
The Contract Administrator shall verify that the Contractor adheres to submission timelines required by the
Contract and verify that the Contractor uploads all submissions into the appropriate folders in the Contract
Management System.
CAGC 6.07 Inspections
The Contract Administrator shall ensure that all inspections are completed in accordance with the CAIS
requirements.
In addition to CAIS requirements, the Contract Administrator shall deliver the ongoing and final inspections of
the following:
a) Overhead lines.
b) Cathodic protection.
c) Check that One Call and MTO locates are done before when digging near Electrical and ITS/ATMS
underground plant.
d) Highway electrical systems, such as highway lighting, traffic signals system, and vehicle detection
equipment.
e) ITS/ATMS systems, such as variable message signs, cameras, VDS/NITS, ramp metering and queue end
warning.
f) Spot-checking validity of Contractor-issued certificates, pre-installation testing, and proof of performance
testing.
g) Contractor electrical maintenance activities shall continue during seasonal shutdown.
h) Receive and review traffic signal PHM-125 drawings in relation to electrical drawings to ensure that below
ground matches above ground installations.
CAGC 6.08 Year-End Summary Reports
The Contract Administrator shall complete the year-end summaries data and submit it in the Contract
Management System.

Year-End Summaries submissions shall be completed no later than 30 Days from the last placement of the
material, and at the end of each calendar year (by December 31) for the Work completed to that date for
carry-over Contracts.
Year-End summaries shall be completed for:
a) QA Granular Summary
b) Hot Mix Summary
c) Smoothness Data
d) Concrete Acceptance Test Data
Additional details can be found in the applicable CAIS.
CAGC 6.09 Contractor Performance Rating
Form Bs and Contractor Performance Ratings (CPRs) shall be completed in the Contract Management
System by the Contract Administrator. The Contract Administrator shall discuss with the Contract Services
Administrator if hard copy files are acceptable.
a) Review and follow the Contractor’s Performance Rating (CPR) in accordance with the “Contractor
Performance Rating - A Contract Administrator’s Guide to Rating”.
b) Ensure that the CPR Form B comments are compiled regularly and recorded in the appropriate section.
c) Ensure all Form B comments are relevant to the form / section, applicable to the work, describe the
observation in appropriate detail, and includes reference to the specific item / location of work.
d) Provide CPR Form Bs to the Contractor prior to each site meeting for review and discussion at the
meeting.
e) Revise or clarify any Form B comments after discussion with the Contractor.
f) Ensure that the Form B comments are clear, complete and include factual information to support the
comment with appropriate references.
g) Complete the final CPR document based on contract information, test results, and the final Form B
package.
h) Submit the final CPR and Form B package be reviewed and approved by MTO as follows:
- Reviewed by the Contract Services Administrator.
- Recommended by the Area Manager, Construction.
- Confirmed by the Head, Construction.
i) Complete the pilot CPR separately, for MTO review only, including the following additional administrative
duties:
- Submit a monthly evaluation, via email to the MTO Contract Services Administrator.
- Submit the final completed Quality portion of the CPR at the end of the Contract.
- Provide feedback on the pilot CPR to the MTO Contract Services Administrator.
References:
1) Contractor Performance Rating - A Contact Administrator’s Guide to Rating available from the MTO
Technical Publications website.

2) Pilot CPR (Excel file) provided by MTO at the start-up meeting.
CAGC 6.10 Contractor Infraction Report
The Contract Administrator shall prepare the Contractor’s Warning of Infraction Report/Infraction Report upon
discussion with the MTO Contract Services Administrator and Area Manager, Construction and shall attach
appropriate documentation. The completed Warning of Infraction Report/Infraction Report shall be forwarded
to the Contract Services Administrator. The prepared Infraction Report will be forwarded to the Regional
Construction Oversight Office for further action. The Contract Administrator shall attend any meetings with
the Contractor to discuss the issuance of the Warning of Infraction Report or the Infraction Report at the
request of the Regional Construction Oversight Office.
References:
1) Procedures for Processing the Contractor’s Infraction Report is available from the MTO Technical
Publications website.
CAGC 6.11 Project Construction Report
The Contract Administrator shall review and become familiar with the PCR guidelines detailed in Provincial
Construction Memorandum, PCM #2015-01 and associated templates from the CSA or in the Construction
section of MTO’s Project Management Best Practices.
The Contract Administrator shall keep on-going records during construction and a living PCR document to
record issues. If data within the Contract Management System is referenced in the PCR, the Contract
Management System record IDs shall be included wherever possible.
The Contract Administrator shall prepare the Project Construction Report at the completion of the contract in
accordance with the requirements specified in the Project Construction Report Guideline.
For Contracts with “Performance Warranty Specifications”, the Contract Administrator shall also include the
following in the Project Construction Report:
a) Comments on the Contractor’s Pavement Design.

b) Comments on the Contractor’s Hot Mix Asphalt Design.
c) Observations During Construction.
d) Noted Instances of Poor Workmanship and Deficient Materials.
e) Recommendations related to the performance warranty specifications.
References:
1) Provincial Construction Memorandum, PCM #2015-01, New Project Construction Report (PCR).
CAGC 6.12 Record Documents
The Contract Administrator shall create a folder for Record Documents and upload into the Contract
Management System.
All confidential documents if not stored in the Contract Management System app can be stored in the
Contract Management System File Manager.

a) Prepare, package, and submit the Record Documents, which includes deliverables specified the Record
Documents Checklist (MTO Form PH-CC-878) and this clause within 60 days from the completion of
construction.
For documents to be stored and retained as hard copies, the Contract Administrator shall:
a) Place Record Documents in titled and numbered file folders.

b) Include an index list in Box #1 that lists the contents of all boxes and files, and provide this list digitally to
the MTO CSA.
c) Include an index list in each box to indicate the contents of that box taped onto the inside lid.
d) Record Documents must be packaged in accordance with the MTO Provincial Highways Management
Progress and Final Payment Quantities Guidelines (available upon request).
e) Storage boxes shall be standard legal/letter size record storage boxes with a hinged lid and the boxes
and must meet the requirements for Government Storage Cartons (Staples Advantage SKU STP20657
Government Records Storage Cartons or Colt Paper (a division Cold Pak) “Office File Storage Boxes”
SKU Number FILEBOX-1).
f) Boxes shall not exceed 18kg/40lbs or be overfilled (exceeding 7/8 full).
g) File folders shall be arranged upright in a neat and orderly fashion.
h) Oversize maps, drawings, or cross-sections that do not fit in the standard boxes noted above shall be
separated, rolled and stored in maps boxes.
i) Binders and clips are not recommended due to the amount of space they take.
j) All boxes and box lids must be free of damage and open and close properly.
k) There shall be no writing on the outside of the box.
l) Contract numbers and box numbers must be written on separate sheets of paper attached to the outside
of the boxes.
Photographic and Video Records:
a) Provide full video record (both directions on each highway and at each structure) of the construction zone
to illustrate the traffic control and signage in place for each stage of construction. Each video will be
identified by the structure, date and stage.
b) Provide photographic records of all contract work, to be able to identify: progress of work, specialty
inspections, environmental controls, significant incidents, accidents, potential claim or delay situations,
construction signing configurations, any changes from the contract, unusual or critical operations, and
other situations as appropriate.
c) All records are to accurately record the date and time they were recorded.
d) Photographic records relating to accidents, claims, or potential legal action are to be of conventional
format (not digital).
e) Records of complex matters are to be accompanied by a narrative or diary reference that clarifies the
situation.
Review electronic records with MTO CSA to confirm storage medium (example: USB, external hard drive,
digital file transfer) for any files too large to upload into the Contract Management System. Keep a record of
all transmittals outside of the Contract Management System and include this list with the Record Documents
and in the Contract Management System.

CAGC 6.13 Diaries
The Contract Administrator shall keep a separate Inspector’s Diary for Grade, Structure, Concrete,
Bituminous, Electrical, Environmental, and other items, Compensation Requests or Change Orders, and as
directed by the MTO Contract Services Administrator.
The Contract Administrator shall ensure reference to the CAIS inspection activities and time spent on each
operation is included in the Inspector’s Diaries.
CAGC 6.13.01 Contract Administrator’s Diary
The Contract Administrator’s Diary shall be maintained within the Contract Management System under the
Diary Contract Management System App.
The Contract Administrator shall make daily entries in the Contract Administrator’s (CA) Diary.
The Contract Administrator shall verify that all fields within the Daily CA Diary are completed as applicable.
Further to the generic data fields within the Contract Management System “Diary”, the following
documentation requirements shall be recorded where applicable:
a) Title: As Daily Diary records can be keyword searched by title, Daily Diary records are to be titled with
keywords denoting any operations, events, disputes, issues or other matters that are significant to the
day’s events.
b) Weather conditions; recording frequency should increase when conditions are near critical thresholds
(e.g., low temperature, precipitation).
c) General progress of the Work, especially at the beginning and ending of important phases, and an
account of any difficulties encountered by the Contractor including achievement of milestones and
whether notification was made to the Contract Administrator.
d) If significant, relevant Item Posting records are to be linked into the diary record in their respective
section.
e) Record of labour, materials, equipment recorded as entries into their respective grids within the diary
record, with associated quantum.
f) Data required for reconciliation of Daily Work Records including activity and location whenever there is
the potential for a change in the Contract or the Contractor has raised the potential for a change in the
contract. If DWRs are taken, they are to be done so in the Daily Work Record and linked into the
appropriate grid within the diary record.
g) Contractor’s disputes or complaints. If relevant, provide the Record IDs for formal contractor
submissions.
h) Verbal and written instructions given to the Contractor. If relevant, provide the Record ID.
i) Record of events that could influence the Contractor’s production and possibly require shut down on the
Contractor’s part.
j) Any significant event that occurs on the contract and an assessment of the potential impacts.
k) Dates of the relocation of utilities and all pertinent data regarding the effects such as relocation has on the
Contractor’s use of equipment.
l) All discussions, complaints, concerns, etc., or dealings with property owners (i.e., date of physical
acquisition of property). If any documentation is associated with the issue, digital copies are to be
uploaded as attachments to the diary record (and any other pertaining records).
m) Discussions with external stakeholders including municipalities, other ministries, utilities, agencies, third
parties.

n) Record of any grade or alignment changes together with the rationale for and acceptance of the change.
Diagrams or schematics to be uploaded to the diary record, as applicable.
o) Deviations from the Contract Documents, including plans, profiles along with the rationale for acceptance
of the change. Copies of the change shall be uploaded to the diary record.
p) Any decisions or recommendations made by MTO officials must be recorded, including the date, subject,
decisions and final results. A copy of this record shall be promptly sent to the Contract Services
Administrator for information and/or for forwarding to appropriate individuals, as well as uploaded to the
appropriate location in the Contract Management System.
q) Irregularities in any item during construction. Irregularities should also be records against the sub-code
under Remarks in the Item Posting and linked into the Diary record.
r) Explanation for underbuilding and/or overbuilding and for under-excavation and/or over-excavation.
Diagrams or schematics to be uploaded to the diary record, as applicable.
s) Any changes in the Work, including additions and deletions, identification of the compensation
mechanism, including references and appropriate justification.
t) Reference to Change Order and their Record IDs.
u) Record all incidents within the contract limits, and on operations connected with the contract (example:
set up of closures or traffic queues resulting from closures). Incidents are also to be detailed in the
Incident Notification record, with reference made to it in the diary.
v) Record of all environmental incidents, including, but not limited to, when the incident took place, actions
taken or intended to be taken by the Contractor regarding the incident such as containment of spills,
notifications made to proper authorities, actions taken to clean up and restore the environment to
pre-incident conditions, investigations, charges, Stop Work Orders and remedial instructions by regulatory
agencies, environmental complaints by the public. Incidents are also to be detailed in the Incident
Notification record, with reference made to it in the diary.
w) The condition of haul roads before and after construction, including appropriate documentation (example:
photographs), noting limits and local by-laws. Proposed haul route maps are to be uploaded to the
appropriate folder under Documents in the Contract Management System.
x) Explanations for incompleteness of any field records.
y) The necessity for re-excavation or sub-excavation not indicated on the plans.
z) Contamination of any materials, reasons for replacement and method of payment.
aa) Record of non-compliance/non-conformance with environmental timing constraints, permits and
approvals, action taken to address, and communications with MTO and regulatory agencies.
bb) Report Information shall be recorded in the Diary for the preparation of the Project Construction Report.
All peculiarities as they occur such as design and construction problems and their solutions, Quality
Assurance problems, tender item overruns, etc., must be documented.
CAGC 6.13.02 Inspector’s Diary
The Contract Administrator’s Inspector shall:
a) Maintain accurate and detailed description of Contract operations relative to the Contractor’s activities.
This applies to operations involving equipment and labour as well as other items which the MTO may
either have to make payment or would require knowledge of at a future date.
b) Confirm that all data recorded in the Inspector’s Diary is under that of the appropriate category.
c) Record Contractor’s activities under the appropriate sections to ensure an accurate depiction of activities
occurring on site.
- Record under an Item Posting record and link into the diary record the daily production for work.

- Record the Inspector’s attendance time on the operation will be recorded.
The minimum documentation requirements shall be as follows:
a) The “Master List of Equipment” provided by the Contractor at the start of construction and uploaded into
the Contract Management System. The inventory must record all appropriate data to establish an
OPSS 127 rate for all Contractor-owned and rented equipment used on the contract. Where possible, the
owner of the rented equipment shall be recorded.
b) Weather conditions; recording frequency should increase when conditions are near critical thresholds
(e.g., low temperature, precipitation).
c) Contractor’s hours of Work to be recorded in the “Start Time (24 Hr)” and “End Time (24 Hr)” sections of
the diary.
d) General progress of Work (where the Contractor is working and what he is doing).
e) Equipment being moved or arriving on the job and its purpose. Daily equipment inventory for the
operation being inspected should be input into the Equipment grid, with appropriate quantum.
f) Visits to the contract of MTO officials, and any specific instructions they may have given.
g) Instructions given to the Contractor.
h) Contractor’s disputes or complaints.
i) All discussions and dealings with property owners.
j) Work performed on the contract by public utilities, noting start and completion of the Work.
k) Stoppage of Work by the Contractor for any reasons with full description of why Contract was shut down.
l) If Daily Work Records are taken, they are to be linked into the diary under their appropriate section.
m) Complete description of how cuts are excavated, type of equipment used, and difficulties encountered
due to either improper equipment or nature of material. Include pictures and diagrams to the diary record.
n) Diagrams or schematics shall be uploaded to the Diary record.
o) The source and nature of excavated material and its final disposal including the equipment involved and
the time and duration of the Work.
p) Number of loads of material where possible without consulting with the weighman’s or Contractor’s
records.
q) Records of irregularities in the weighing operation and explain the remedial action taken or instructions
given.
r) Record of all environmental incidents including but not restricted to when the incident took place, actions
taken or intended to be taken by the Contractor regarding the incident such as containment of spills,
notifications made to proper authorities, actions taken to clean up and restore the environment to
pre-incident conditions, investigations, charges, Stop Work Orders and remedial instructions by regulatory
agencies, and environmental complaints by the public.
s) Record of non-compliance/non-conformance with environmental timing constraints, permits and
approvals, action taken to address, and communications with MTO and regulatory agencies.
t) Documented verification of all Contract items.
u) Obtain and record accurate measurements of Work done by the Contractor. Update item posting record.
v) All equipment that is on the Contract must be recorded in the applicable grid within the diary record,
including time worked, downtime, etc.
w) Materials placed that relate to significant diary entries are to be entered into the applicable grid within the
diary record.

x) The number and type of labour shall be recorded in the applicable grid within the diary record. Notes
section should be used to uniquely identify individual workers, if required. The actual hours worked and
not worked shall be recorded.
y) Inspection activities (including CAIS administrative and inspection activities) are to be recorded in the
Daily Diary record, under the appropriate Item, within the appropriate diary type including: Grading,
Drainage, Structural, Electrical.
Note: Working time, downtime and stand-by time must equal total daily working hours.
z) The actual areas worked shall be noted station to station in the Item Postings record and linked into the
diary record.
aa) Location and length of any Work stoppages and the reasons why.
bb) Where the method of payment in the tender is a rental hourly rate, the equipment hours should be
recorded accurately to the nearest ½ hour.
Note: To support Contract payment in accordance with Plan Quantity Payment Procedures, additional diary
entries are necessary (refer to current Progress and Final Payment Quantities Guidelines).
cc) Item Postings to be linked into Diary record for all items of work completed each day, as required.
dd) When a quantity of Work, as identified on the Quantity Sheet, is completed each day, either partially or
wholly, the quantity completed that day is to be recorded against the appropriate sub-code in the Item
Posting record and Linked into the diary record.
Additional information includes:
ee) Details of changes affecting the plan quantity (i.e., additions or deletions) shall be recorded. Attach
photos, diagrams, marked-up drawings to the record.
ff) All supplemental/supporting documentation for which a record or MTO process is not currently configured
is to be uploaded either to the diary record itself, an appropriately named subfolder under Documents, or
to a record most pertinent to the documentation.
The Contract Administrator shall review the inspector’s diary and pay statement records daily, to allow for the
linking of the pay statement record to the inspector’s diary.
CAGC 6.13.03 Environmental Diary
The Contract Administrator shall maintain a separate Environmental Diary and record the following:
a) The Contractor’s compliance/conformance and non-compliance with environmental timing constraints and
actions taken to address them, as well as related communications with MTO and agencies.
b) The Contractor’s environmental protection measures and their effectiveness, including successes,
deficiencies, instructions given, and results of corrective actions taken.
c) Spills or other environmental incidents that the Contractor is responsible for, including, but not restricted
to, details about when the incident took place, actions taken or intended to be taken by the Contractor
regarding the incident such as containment of spills, notifications made to proper authorities, actions
taken to clean up and restore the environment to pre-incident conditions, investigations, charges, Stop
Work Orders and remedial instructions by regulatory agencies, and environmental complaints by the
public. A copy of the Incident Notification (MTO Form PH-CC-818) that the Contractor is required to
submit to the MTO within 48 hours of the incident should also be kept /linked with diary record.
d) The discovery of existing environmental conditions such as archaeological finds and materials suspected
of being contaminated including all relevant details as to what was found, and actions taken by the
Contractor to notify the CA and/or the MTO and secure the site for investigation.

CAGC 6.14 Contract Completion
a) Complete the CAIS Contract Completion Checklist prior to the Contract completion meeting.
b) Complete the items identified in the CAIS Contract Completion Checklist.
c) Review the completed checklist with the MTO Contract Services Administrator prior to the Completion
Meeting.
d) Identify the remaining deficiencies in the Work and review with the MTO Contract Services Administrator
and then verify that the Contractor for remediates all deficiencies.
CAGC 6.15 Post-Construction Contract Closing Process
The Contract Administrator shall make sure that all final electronic documents, including post-construction
documents, are uploaded in the Contract Management System for the MTO Contract Services Administrator
to access. Documents in digital format not uploaded to the Contract Management System can be submitted
via alternate means, as agreed to by the Contract Services Administrator.
Electronic documentation, not uploaded in the Contract Management System (such as large pictures, videos,
drawings, etc.), shall be stored and provided on an external hard drive, USB stick, or alternative equivalent
medium agreed to by the MTO CSA.
For design-build Contracts, the Contract Administrator/Contract Services Administrator shall notify the
regional office of the completion date and a Certificate of Completion will be issued and signed by the
Payment Certifier. All final documents shall be provided to the MTO CSA at.
a) Complete the CAIS Post-Construction Contract Closing Process Checklist.

b) Ensure the items identified in the CAIS Post-Construction Contract Closing Process Checklist are
completed.
c) Review the completed checklist with the MTO Contract Services Administrator prior to the Completion
Meeting.
References:
1. OPSS 100, MTO General Conditions of Contract.
CAGC 6.16 Commissioning of Highways Prior to Opening
a) Confirm with the MTO CSA the Highway Commissioning template to be used for the project. The
checklist can be obtained from the MTO Technical Publications website.
b) Be familiar with the protocol for commissioning new sections of highway prior to opening.
c) Provide notification to the CSA and complete all items on the Commissioning Checklist in accordance
with the Contract.

CAGC 6.17 Record Drawings
Record Drawings are defined in OPSS 100, MTO General Conditions of Contract (including marked-up
changes of quantity sheets). Record Drawings are an important Contractor deliverable to MTO and its
stakeholders.
a) File the Record Drawings in the Contract Management System File Manager
b) Verify that the final reconciliation of the Quantity Sheet items in the Contract Management System is
accurate.
c) Review the Record Drawings submitted by the Contractor to verify they contain all changes made to the
Contract.
d) Check that the Record Drawings comply with OPSS 100, subsection GC 7.17, Record Drawings, and
verified final reconciliation of Quantity Sheet items data.
e) Submit the Record Drawings to the MTO CSA for MTO distribution
f) Provide the full-size hard copy Record Drawings to the MTO CSA and functional project offices as part of
the final deliverables submitted.
For Structural Contracts, the Contract Administrator shall Check that the Record Drawings requirements
specified in SSP 199S55 – Record Drawings for Structures and Foundations at met.
The Contract Administrator shall also submit the final Structural Record Drawings/As-built drawings to the
CSA and Regional Structural Section Head and submit all final Record Drawings /as-built drawings using the
final Road Report (MTO Form PH-CC-840) containing final permanent restriction data.

SECTION CAGC 7.0 - QUALITY PROCESS MANAGEMENT
Construction quality management is one of the pillars of project management and project delivery. Good
construction quality management can reduce the number of mistakes and rework in a project. This can help
projects come in on time and budget and helps contractors maintain a good relationship and reputation.
This CAGC section covers the documentation and submission requirements for quality management services
by the Contract Administrator.
The scope of Section CAGC 7.0 – Quality Process Management, is captured in CAGC Table 7.0 below. The
respectively.
CAGC Table 7.0 - Quality Process Management Scope

7.02 - Responsibility for Specialist Inspections x x x
7.03 - Contractor Submissions x x x
7.04 - Review and Submission of Test Results x x
7.05 - Fraud Awareness and Reporting x x x
7.06 - Designated Sources for Materials x x
7.07 - Engineering Materials Field Testing Services x x
7.08 - Assessing Compliance to the Quality Processes (SSP 199S66 -
x x
Quality Conformance Requirements)
7.09 - Sampling and Material Testing (SSP 199F57 - General Requirements
of Samples for Quality Assurance, Referee and Other Testing by the x
Owner or the Owner’s Agent)
7.10 - Testing and Referee Testing (SSP 199S64 - General Requirements
x x
for Referee Testing)
7.11 - Performance Warranty Specifications x x x
CAGC 7.02 Responsibility for Specialist Inspections
a) Coordinate, monitor and confirm the work and services of inspectors and specialist inspectors.
b) Keep the inspectors informed of the Contractor’s schedule to make sure they are available to carry out
the necessary inspections.
c) Immediately notify inspection staff if there are any changes to the Contractor’s schedule.
d) Check all records and/or reports produced by the inspection staff to confirm that they meet the
requirements.
e) Be the Owner’s (MTO) representative for the Contract(s) assigned.
f) Be the single communication point of contact between the Contractor and MTO.

g) Coordinate the construction oversight work with any specialist inspection staff, including the designer.
h) Act on information provided by the inspector specialists, designers and inform all appropriate parties of
findings with recommendations and Contractor schedule changes.
i) Coordinate and collaborate with MTO for any MTO quality audit inspections.
j) Develop with MTO and the Contractor, project-specific communications protocols.
k) Confirm any recommended design changes with the designer, via the MTO CSA.
l) Coordinate the review of Contractor Submissions with the necessary inspection specialist, designer, and
MTO functional offices when their specialized input is required.
m) Invite the designer, inspector specialist(s) and MTO specialty functional office to the pre-start meeting and
progress meetings.
n) Coordinate with the design engineer specialists as specified in the applicable CAIS.
For CAIS inspection activities requiring a specialist inspector to perform, the Contract Administrator shall also
ensure that the related verifications and administrative duties are performed by the Contractor Administrator.
CAGC 7.03 Contractor Submissions
Contractor Submissions are specified in each construction tender. Typically, these are included under the
Design and Submission Requirements section in standard Construction and Material specifications.
The Contract Administrator shall confirm that all Contract Submissions:
a) Are received within the timelines specified in the Contract.

b) Meet all Contract requirements.
a) Receive and Review Contractor Submissions.

b) Respond to the Contractor / confirm the submission’s review status, within the timelines specified in each
CAIS.
c) Submit to MTO the Contractor Submissions, with review comments and recommendations, within 2
Business Days of receipt.
d) Monitor that the Work is completed in accordance with the Contract requirements, including Contract
submission timelines.
e) Submit written recommendations to MTO, as situations arise, to make sure Contract timelines are
achieved.
f) Confirm, document, and Report that Contractor Submissions:
i. Are received within the specified time frame.
ii. Consist of the specified number of copies, content, and format.
iii. Are sealed and signed according to the Contract Documents, when applicable.
g) Review submissions pertaining to the Work to identify errors during construction:
i. Monitoring and reviewing the quality of Contractor’s Work to confirm that the Contractor is
discharging its obligations and responsibilities.
ii. Notifying the Contractor of any deficiencies in the construction of the Work identified by the MTO
or Service Provider’s instructing the Contractor to take appropriate corrective measures and
confirming and reporting the results of the corrective measures.

h) Notify MTO of errors found in submissions with recommendations on how to proceed.
i) Maintain control of the receipt, use and final disposition of all MTO-supplied materials in accordance with
MTO procedures.
j) Identify, track, and maintain design related issues and supporting documentation in a monthly summary.
(Note incorporation of design issue required during final post construction reporting.)
k) Write recommendations on situations/issues, within timelines specified in the Contract, deemed
necessary by the MTO.
l) Monitor environmental construction related permits to check that they are obtained as required, adhered
to as prescribed in the Contract and that any follow up communications with the issuing regulatory
agencies are documented.
m) Review the requirements of the OPSS 100, MTO General Conditions of Contract, for the Contractor to
submit CVORs for equipment on site and supplying source materials throughout the duration of the
contact.
n) Check that personnel certifications, including checking that the Contractor’s Engineer is a licensed holder
by the Professional Engineers of Ontario (PEO). Information can be found in PEO’s Directory.
o) What additional Contractor staffing qualifications are specified in the Contract Documents, coordinate the
staffing review process with MTO.
p) Check that MTO receives all final Contractor Submissions copies (including Working Drawings).
q) Verify that Contract Submissions (including Working Drawings) are readily available to inspection staff on
site during construction.
CAGC 7.04 Review and Submission of Test Results
The Contract Administrator is informed that the role of the quality assurance testing lab is only to provide raw
data and not to determine acceptability.
a) Review the individual test results and determine if the material adheres to the Contract requirements
including any applicable payment adjustments, or rejectable materials within 4 Business Days of receiving
the results.
b) Use the test results to calculate for example: payments and adjustments, standard deviations, averages,
and lot summaries, as required by the Contract Documents and applicable CAIS and to be documented
by Instruction Notice.
c) Provide the test results to the Contractor as soon as they are made available to the Contract
Administrator.
d) Submit the test results to the MTO CSA and MTO Quality Assurance section within 4 Business Days of
the results made available to the Contract Administrator with comments and/or recommendations.
e) Monitor, record, and check that the test result submissions are meeting the required time frames. All test
results are to be submitted in an electronic format.
f) Where test results deem the materials rejectable ensure that review with MTO CSA/QA is undertaken
including recommendation for administration of rejectable materials.
a) Ensure that applicable actions are taken including in the Contract Management System, to administer all
material acceptance based on review of test results.

b) Confirm the price adjustments and allocate the responsibility for the cost of the referee and if additional
QA testing is required.
c) Include comments within the Contract Management System record regarding any action being taken.
CAGC 7.05 Fraud Awareness and Reporting
a) Act honestly and with integrity in the performance of its duties.

b) Make all reasonable efforts to prevent fraud from occurring.
c) Make all reasonable efforts to make sure they are aware of what constitutes fraud.
d) Report any instance of alleged or suspected fraud in accordance with this section.
If the Contract Administrator becomes aware of or suspects a fraudulent or dishonest activity has occurred,
on a ministry contract, construction project or in the materials used in construction, the Contract Administrator
shall immediately report the suspect inappropriate activity by:
a) Notifying an MTO management employee of the activity, or

b) Reporting the inappropriate activity via email or phone call as described on MTO’s website:
http://www.mto.gov.on.ca/english/highway-bridges/report-highway-construction-activity.shtml.
Examples of acts of fraud or dishonesty covered by this section include:
a) Bid rigging or collusion in preparation of contract bids.

b) Theft or misappropriation of funds, supplies or other property (including intellectual property), information
or services (e.g., personal purchases using MTO’s funds, unauthorized removal of MTO’s assets from the
premises, theft of controlled stock (e.g., sample security seals)).
c) Unauthorized disclosure of confidential information to an outside party (e.g., giving confidential
information about a contract price to a competitor, disclosure of confidential information during a tender or
procurement process; unauthorized disclosure of personal information to an outside party).
d) False or fraudulent claims for any benefit, contribution, or payment (e.g., submitting a false receipt for a
fictitious expense; falsifying the number of hours worked; falsifying results of quality control tests;
submitting an inflated invoice).
e) Impropriety with respect to the handling or reporting of financial transactions.
f) Forgery or the alteration, with intent to misrepresent, of any documents (example: signing for approval
without proper authority; recording data without actually taking the reading; switching or tampering with
test samples to misrepresent product quality; misrepresenting goods or services delivered to reduce or
increase profit; misrepresenting material actually used on a project; altering a third party’s application).
g) Unauthorized destruction or removal of records or assets; and
h) Dishonesty in the conduct of MTO’s business (example: accepting kickbacks or bribes from a
supplier/contractor; bid rigging or collusion in the preparation of Contract bids).
When fraud is suspected, the Contract Administrator shall:
a) Document the reasons for concern.

b) Gather supporting documents.
c) Immediately report to the ministry.
d) Not confront/contact individuals.

e) Not perform the investigation.
f) Not discuss with others.
The Contract Administrator is informed that all reports of suspected fraud will be reviewed by the Ministry of
Transportation’s Internal Audit Team who will investigate and decide whether action is required. If the
Ministry of Transportation determines that inappropriate activity has occurred, the Ministry of Transportation
will decide on what further action is required. The further action could include the ministry contacting the
Ontario Provincial Police (OPP) for further investigation and possible criminal prosecution.
CAGC 7.06 Designated Sources for Materials
The Contract Administrator shall confirm that materials, in accordance with the Contract Documents and as
specified in applicable CAIS, conform with the Designated Source of Materials Lists as specified in the
Contract Documents and OPSS 100, MTO General Conditions of Contract.
CAGC 7.07 Engineering Materials Field Testing Services
The Contract Administrator shall arrange and provide the field-testing services noted in the Engineering
Materials Field Testing Reference table and the applicable CAIS.
Field tests, other than those identified in the payment schedule forms, are considered part of the general
duties of site staff. The Contract Administrator is to make an allowance and incorporate these costs in their
bid price.
Included as under Engineering Materials Field Testing, is the requirement that all samples of materials which
MTO will test are delivered to the designated laboratory (as specified in the Contract Documents) in a timely
fashion, in a suitable testing condition with proper identification and WHMIS labels and in accordance with
applicable Dangerous Goods Legislation. MTO will provide the test results to the Contract Administrator upon
their availability.
The Contract Administrator shall communicate these test results to the Contractor within the timeframes
specified in the Contract Documents and the applicable CAIS.
CAGC 7.07.01 Materials Field Testing Staff and Equipment
Required field testing shall be scheduled by the Service Provider so that it:
a) Is carried out during the Contractor-scheduled lane closures.

b) Coincides with the Contractor’s operations, permitting proper testing and continuation of the work to the
next level of the Contractor’s operations without delay.
CAGC 7.07.02 Field Compaction Testing
Where field compaction testing of earth and/or granular and/or cold in-place recycling is to be carried out
using a nuclear moisture-density gauge, the operator of the gauge shall have been trained in the safe
operation, transportation, and handling of the gauge. The registered owner of the gauge shall hold and
maintain a valid radioisotope license for the gauge.
The gauge shall have been calibrated within the last 12 months, either by the manufacturer or other qualified
agent, against certified density and moisture reference blocks. The certificate of calibration for the gauge
shall be available for inspection. Technicians carrying out the field compaction test shall demonstrate their
ability to measure density and calculate Quality Index (QI) of compacted lots.

CAGC 7.08 Assessing Compliance to the Quality Processes
Throughout the duration of the Contract, the CA shall be responsible for:
a) Monitoring the performance of the Contractor by verifying the Contractor’s processes, quality of the Work,
and assessing the conformance to the quality performance requirements.
b) Take the appropriate steps to prevent or mitigate the occurrence of a non-conformance by proactively
enforcing the requirements of the Contract Documents and inspecting the work consistently throughout
the duration of the construction Contract and bringing matters to the Contractor’s attention proactively.
c) If the CA notices that the work does not meet the requirements of the Contract, at any time throughout the
duration of the Contract, the CA shall immediately have a discussion with the Contractor so that issues
are immediately addressed. The CA shall inform the Ministry of all issues with recommendations. The
CA shall administer the Quality Conformance Requirements (included in SSP 199S66 - Quality
Conformance Requirements) for all occurrences of non-conforming work.
d) Requiring that the Contractor reviews non-conformances, the Contractor shall provide a corrective action
plan for review by the Contract Administrator.
i. For the review of the corrective action plan, the CA shall perform the preliminary review and
provide recommendations to MTO for review.
ii. When the review of the corrective action plan includes engineering design changes, the Contract
Administrator shall ensure the necessary communications with the design team takes place
before providing a recommendation to MTO for review.
iii. The Contract Administrator shall ensure that their review of the corrective action plan be
performed in an efficient manner.
e) Review Requests to Proceed and Issue Notices to Proceed, to the Contractor in a timely manner.
f) Check that work conforms to the requirements of the Contract Documents for all specifications, including
when a Certificate of Conformance or Manufacturer Certificate of Conformance is required.
CAGC 7.08.02 Assessment of Conformance
During the course of construction, and within 30 Days after the date of certification of Contract Completion,
the CA shall assess the conformance to the quality performance requirements related to the following
activities:
a) The production, supply and placement of all Material used in the Work;
b) The removal, rehabilitation, modification, or construction of temporary or permanent elements of the
Work; and
c) Sampling, testing and QC records associated with a) and b) above.
The CA shall carry out any or all of the following, as a minimum, to assess conformance of the Work:
a) Random, Milestone, and continuous inspections including the minimum inspection requirements in the
respective CAIS related to the work;
b) Review of sampling procedures;
c) Review of material test results;
d) Audit of quality control documents;

e) Verify Certificate of Conformance (CoC), Manufacturer’s Certificate of Conformance (MCoC), other
certificates, Request to Proceed (RtoP), and Request to Place Concrete, issued by the Contractor, are
according to the Contract Documents;
f) Review any reports prepared by a Specialist hired either by the CA or MTO.
In addition, the Contract Administrator is informed that MTO may perform audits to assess conformance and
shall assist MTO with any information sharing and coordination when requested.
CAGC 7.08.03 Quality Conformance Requirements
a) Inspect the Contractor’s operations and clearly document the Contractor’s compliance, during the Work in
the daily diaries.
b) For “Certificates of Conformance” (CoC), “Manufacturer’s Certificate of Conformance” (MCoC), “Request
to Proceed”, “Request to Place Concrete”, and any other certificates for construction:
i. Receive documents.
ii. Sign and date the “Request to Proceed”, “Request to Place Concrete” to confirm receipt.
iii. Confirm, document and report whether the documents Meet the Contract Document
requirements, including that they are submitted within the specified time frames.
iv. Confirm if Contractor’s Engineer has been on-site to carry out an inspection of the work, or at the
fabrication plant.
v. Confirm the Contractor has not proceeded to the next operation until receiving a “Notice to
Proceed”.
vi. Confirm that the work meets the Contract requirements.
c) Assess the work, component or product that pertains to the specific certificate or request to confirm that
the requirements of the Contract Documents have been met. Inspection of the work, component, or
product shall be carried out according to the inspection tasks detailed in the applicable CAIS.
d) Issue a “Notice to Proceed” only when the requirements of the Contract Documents are met.
e) When the Contractor identifies a non-conformance:
i. Check and confirm that the non-conforming work is properly identified and perform independent
inspection of non-conforming work.
ii. Notify MTO that the Contractor has identified a non-conformance.
iii. Ensure the Contractor submits the applicable non-conformance record in the Contract
Management System.
f) When a non-conformance is identified before the Contractor identifies the non-conformance:
i. Immediately notify the Contractor in writing.
ii. Immediately document the non-conformance.
iii. Notify MTO, in writing, that the Contractor has been informed of the non-conformance.
g) Check and confirm that the Contractor implements preventative measures prior to continuing with the
associated activity.
h) Check and confirm that the Contractor does not proceed with any subsequent activities that would
prevent or impede corrective action.
i) Check and confirm that the Contractor completes an NCR, within 3 Business Days, unless otherwise
mutually agreed in writing, of a non-conformance being identified by the CA or the Contractor.

j) If the Contractor hasn’t submitted a completed NCR within 3 Business Days, unless otherwise mutually
agreed in writing, initiate the NCR.
i. Complete “Date and Time of the Occurrence” and “Description of the Non-Conformance” within 2
Business Days.
ii. Check and confirm that the Contractor completes the NCR within 3 Business Days of the CA
initiating the NCR.
iii. Assess a deviation when the CA identified a non-conformance unless otherwise mutually agreed
in writing (consult with MTO staff for further action).
k) Receive the NCR, and any supporting documents and notify MTO of the receipt.
l) Review the NCR, and any supporting documents, to determine if the report is complete, accurate, and
has been submitted according to the Contract Documents.
m) Review the proposal for corrective actions, within 5 Business Days, to achieve conformance with the
Contract Documents, payment reductions, or mitigating action.
i. Identify any issues with the submission.
ii. Determine if the corrective action to be taken is appropriate. Consideration shall be given to the
effect of the proposed corrective action on the quality of the end-product.
iii. Discuss and supply written recommendations to MTO.
iv. Liaise between MTO and the Contractor to request any clarifications.
n) If the proposal for corrective actions includes amendments to the Contract Documents, forward the
proposal to MTO for approval before implementation of such proposed amendment. If the proposed
amendment is approved and results in a change in the Contract, issue a zero-value Change Order to
incorporate the amendment into the Contract Documents. In most cases a Change Order will not be
required. Any corrective action that that requires a set off shall be administered through an OPA.
o) Notify the Contractor if the proposal was approved or rejected.
p) Check and confirm no unapproved amendments, if any, to the Contract Documents are appended to a
related Contractor’s certifications (CoC, MCoC, Certificate of Components).
q) Confirm that Contractor does not proceed to the next operation until all non-conformances have been
addressed according to SSP 199S66 - Quality Conformance Requirements, and the Contract Documents,
and the CA has issued a “Notice to Proceed”, when required in the Contract Documents.
r) Within 3 Business Days of receiving a completed NCR from the Contractor:
i. Determine the status of non-conformance.
a. A deviation, including the reason for the deviation;
b. Not a deviation; or
c. Under review.
ii. Notify the Contractor by completing the status of non-conformance.
Note: A deviation will not be waived regardless of the Contractor’s subsequent conformance (consult with
MTO staff for further action).
s) When the status of non-conformance is identified as “under review”, update the status to “major deviation”
or “minor deviation” a) or b), in a timely manner after discussions with MTO.
t) Follow subsections 3.4.2 Assessment of Deviations and 3.4.3 Classification of a Deviation of
SSP 199S66 - Quality Conformance Requirements, to determine the classification of a deviation. Obtain
MTO involvement through the Contract Services Administrator (CSA), or Area Manager-Construction,
Quality Assurance staff where the classification of the deviation is not obvious or precedent setting.

u) Check and confirm that the Contractor carries out the corrective action, payment reductions or mitigating
action according to the approved proposal. For each non-conformance, the CA shall check and confirm
that the Contractor has completed the approved corrective actions in a timely manner.
- The CA shall consult with MTO if the Contractor fails to complete the approved corrective action.
- A further deviation shall be considered if the Contractor fails to complete the approved corrective
action in a timely manner (Consult with MTO staff for further action).
v) Record all non-conformances and deviations from the QC requirements (Monthly Summary of Processes
Non-Conformance) and submit to MTO according to the distribution list on a monthly basis.
- Make sure documentation of acceptance of any non-conforming work, including a sound rationale
and approval by the appropriate level of ministry authority.
- Distribute Non-Conformance Reports to Quality Assurance staff for their review and comments.
- Summarize the resulting action from the Non-Conformance Reports during the time period of the
Contract including Deviation assessments.
w) Review all quality process deviations as part of the monthly progress meetings.
CAGC 7.08.04 Contractor’s Right to Challenge a Deviation
If the Contractor challenges the assessment of a deviation, the CA shall:
a) Check and confirm that the challenge is within 3 Business Days of the notification of the classification of a
deviation.
b) Confirm the Contractor has submitted all documentation supporting the Contractor’s position prior to the
monthly progress meeting where it will be discussed. Make sure that the Contractor documents the
reason that the deviation is being disputed, and justification of why the deviation should not be assessed
as indicated.
c) Complete a timely review of the Contractor’s submission (within 30 days of receipt of the submission).
d) Consult with MTO field staff and the Quality Assurance Section.
e) Issue the final decision on the deviation, using an Instruction Notice, giving reasons for the decision.
CAGC 7.08.05 Appeal Process
The Contract Administrator is informed that:
a) If the Contractor disagrees with the decision of the Contract Administrator to issue a deviation, the
Contractor has the option to appeal the decision by using the Contractor Performance Rating (CPR)
appeal process.
b) The impact of a deviation is only to the Contractor’s Performance Rating.
CAGC 7.09 Sampling and Material Testing
The Contract Administrator shall conduct material sampling and testing work in accordance with the Contract,
CAIS standard, Field Guide for the Acceptance of Hot Mix Asphalt and Bridge Deck Waterproofing, and
Directives Memoranda.

CAGC 7.09.02 Location of Sampling
a) Determine the random location of sampling for all samples to be tested.

b) Follow sampling restrictions and frequency of testing specified in the Contract.
CAGC 7.09.03 Maintaining a Log of All Samples
The Contract Administrator shall ensure that a log is maintained of all the samples delivered to the
laboratories that includes:
a) Type of sample.
b) Quantity.
c) Security seal (label/tag) with a unique number for identification purposes assigned to the contract.
d) Lot and sublot numbers as applicable.
e) Sample location.
f) Date sampled.
g) Name of all persons witnessing sampling (CA and/or Contractor’s staff).
h) Date shipped and method of shipping.
i) Date the samples were received by the laboratory.
j) Date the test results were received from the laboratory.
CAGC 7.09.04 Sampling and Witnessing
The Contract Administrator shall take and maintain possession of the samples from when the time the
samples are taken by the Contractor until the samples are received by the testing laboratory.
When using commercial/third party carriers, the Contract Administrator shall be responsible for the services
and delivery provided by the third-party carrier. The Contract Administrator is informed that maintaining
possession of the samples does not preclude the use of commercial/third party carriers as long as they are
not associated with the Contractor.
a) Be present and witness all sampling including samples:

i. from production facilities such as precast girders.
ii. off-site (example: PGAC at hot mix plants, precast plants).
iii. remote locations from the Contract site to project QA laboratory.
b) Always maintain custody of the samples, for example by not leaving any samples unattended or in the
care of the Contractor at any time.
c) Be responsible to protect the integrity of the samples.
d) Receive the sample containers from the Contractor in accordance with the Contract.
e) Check that the containers used for samples of material controlled under WHIMIS are appropriate for the
materials being shipped.
f) Monitor the Contractor’s operation and Check that sampling techniques meet the Contract requirements.

g) Inspect all samples to make sure they are the proper size, weight and volume and free of any damage or
contamination.
h) Be present and witness when the samples are packaged by the Contractor.
i) Check that all samples are properly packaged by the Contractor including packaging to minimize risk of
the samples damage during transport.
j) Not accept the samples unless satisfied that the samples are properly packaged.
CAGC 7.09.05 Application of Security Seals
Once the sample has been taken and is properly packaged by the Contractor, the Contract Administrator shall
place the samples in the plastic security bag.
a) Obtain security bags and seals from the MTO Quality Assurance section.
b) Retain possession of all bags and seals, and properly apply security seals onto the sample bags.
c) Use separate bags for each portion of a duplicate sample and each of these bags shall be sealed with a
different security seal.
d) Apply the security seal once the sample is in the bag. Security bags and seals shall be used for the
following samples:
1. Hot Mix Bulk QA and referee samples.
2. Hot Mix compaction core QA and referee samples.
3. Hot Mix thickness cores.
4. CIR and CIREAM bulk samples.
5. CIR and CIREAM compaction slabs and cores.
6. HIR Bulk QA and referee samples.
7. HIR compaction core QA and referee samples.
8. HIR thickness cores.
9. PGAC and asphalt cement QA and referee samples.
10. Emulsion QA and referee samples.
11. Release agent.
12. Soils, Aggregates and Granular QA and referee samples.
13. Soils, Aggregates and Granular physical properties QA and referee samples.
14. Open Graded Drainage Layer aggregate QA and referee samples.
15. Open Graded Drainage Layer core QA and referee samples.
16. Geotextile QA and referee samples.
17. Cement, supplementary cementing materials and limestone filler.
18. Admixtures and water for concrete.
19. Curing compound.
20. Concrete Cores.
21. Salt-scaling slabs.
22. Waterproofing.
23. Pavement Markings.
e) Account for and return all unused MTO sample bags and security seals to the Quality Assurance section
at the end of the Contract.
For samples not requiring security bags and seals (include but are not limited to concrete cylinder samples,
steel reinforcement, elastomeric bearings), the Contract Administrator shall:
f) Obtain a security seal (label/tag) with a unique number for identification purposes from the MTO Quality
Assurance.

The Contract Administrator is informed that security bags and seals can be applied to other types of samples
in special circumstances, at the direction of MTO.
CAGC 7.09.06 Sample Labelling and Identification
a) Clearly label all samples in accordance with the Contract requirements.

b) Verify that all samples, including those handled by a commercial carrier are accompanied by:
i. a security seal (label or tag) that includes a unique number for identification purposes.
ii. WHMIS labels according to the applicable Dangerous Goods Legislation.
iii. relevant Safety Data Sheets (supplied by the Contractor).
iv. additional documents, such as mill certificates, material weight tickets.
The Contract Administrator shall include the following, at the minimum, to identify a sample:
a) Sampling date.
b) Contract number.
c) Lot/sublot number.
d) Location or Station of sampling.
e) Material sampled.
The Contract Administrator shall review the sample data information submitted by the Contractor in
accordance with the SSP 199F57 in the Contract Management System.
The Contract Administrator shall then enter the following details such as the:
a) Testing code.
b) Security seal reference number.
c) Quality Assurance Laboratory.
CAGC 7.09.07 Sample Storage By the Contract Administrator
a) Securely store and transport in such a manner to protect the samples from damage and contamination.
b) Not subject samples to freezing temperatures at any time and in the case of asphalt cores temperatures
shall not exceed 40 degrees Celsius.
c) Maintain the samples in a dry environment (or as specified in the Contract Documents).
d) Not exposing samples to direct ultraviolet light.
e) Avoid jarring, rolling or hitting samples.
CAGC 7.09.08 Delivery of Samples By the Contract Administrator
a) Deliver all samples in a suitable testing condition.

b) Be thoroughly inspected immediately upon arrival by the laboratory.

c) Deliver all samples identified in this Clause to the designated laboratory (regional quality assurance
laboratory or Engineering Materials Office (EMO) or another testing facility identified by Quality Assurance
Office.
Deliver all samples in a suitable testing condition with a security seal label including a unique number for
identification purposes, Safety Data Sheets supplied by the Contractor, and WHMIS labels according to the
applicable Dangerous Goods Legislation within the time limits and locations specified in the Contract.
Samples lost, damaged (example: ripped bag, broken seals, cracked cores), contaminated, and/or delivered
outside the timelines specified in the Contract Documents may be determined to be unsuitable by MTO.
Report all samples unsuitable for testing by the laboratory or the owner (unsuitable samples), immediately as
well as in their weekly/monthly status reports to MTO.
Inform the Contractor if there are any samples deemed to be “non-conforming”. This could include samples
that are lost, damaged, contaminated, do not conform to Contract Documents (e.g., incorrect sample
size/weight), or delivered outside the timelines specified in the Contract Documents.
If MTO determines that the Contract Administrator is not taking adequate care of the samples resulting in
repeated instances of unsuitable samples then MTO reserves the right to hold the Contract Administrator for
all costs as a result of the unsuitable samples including costs associated with the Contractor obtaining new
samples to replace the unsuitable samples, the Contract Administrator’s witnessing the sampling and delivery
of the samples to the appropriate laboratory. These costs shall not exceed $500 per sample plus the
Contract Administrator’s costs for witnessing the sampling and delivery of the samples.
The Contract Administrator shall refer to CAGC Table 7.1 below for the delivery of samples at the specified
locations. For additional details, please refer to the corresponding CAIS and the clauses within this CAIS.

CAGC Table 7.1 - Sample Delivery Locations based on Materials and Tests
Material/Test Where to Deliver

Aggregates
Aggregates, Granular and Soils Samples Regional QA Lab
OGDL Layer aggregates Regional QA Lab
OGDL cores EMO
Geotextiles EMO
Geogrid (information only) EMO
Bituminous
Hot Mix Asphalt (loose mix, compaction cores, Regional QA Lab
thickness cores, aggregate BRD)
Tack Coat Regional QA Lab
Hot In-place Recycling (HIR) (loose mix, compaction Regional QA Lab
cores, and thickness cores)
Performance Graded Asphalt Cement (PGCA) Regional QA Lab
Emulsion and Cut Back (liquid asphalt) Regional Quality Assurance (QA) Lab
Concrete
Concrete Cores and Cylinders (compressive Regional QA Lab
strength, air void system, and rapid chloride
permeability)
Salt Scaling Resistance samples from RSS wall Regional QA Lab
(acceptance and referee slabs)
Cementing Materials Engineering Materials Office (EMO)
Admixtures and Curing Compounds Regional QA Lab
Linear Shrinkage Regional QA Lab
Water for Concrete Regional QA Lab
Pavement Markings, Glass Beads EMO
Structural Steel Coatings EMO
Waterproofing System (Waterproofing membrane, EMO
protection board, tack coat, polyester reinforcement)
Bridge Bearing Pads, Ballast Wall and Approach EMO
Slab Bearings
Expansion Joint Seals EMO
Joint Sealant EMO
Element Materials Technology
Mechanical Connectors
15 High Ridge Court, Cambridge, ON, N1R 7L3
Steel Reinforcement (black and stainless) EMO
Welded Wire Reinforcement EMO
Glass Fiber Reinforced Polymer (GFRP) EMO (Note: selected Contracts will be instructed to
Reinforcement deliver samples to CMTE in Hamilton.)
Grout Cubes for Compressive Strength Regional QA Lab
Ultra-High Performance Fibre Reinforced Concrete Regional QA Lab
(UHPFRC) flexural strength beams

CAGC 7.09.09 Sample Delivery By the Contractor
The Contract Administrator is informed that the Contractor is responsible to deliver concrete cylinders, grout
cubes for strength determination, and bridge bearing pads, to the laboratory designated by MTO.
a) Check that all samples delivered by the Contractor are delivered in a timely fashion, free of any damage
or contamination, in a testable condition with proper identification (e.g., Contract number, date sampled,
material type, lot, sublot, contact person, etc.).
b) Check that the samples include Safety Data Sheets and WHMIS labels shall be according to the
applicable Dangerous Goods Legislation (supplied by the Contractor).
c) Review deficiencies in these operations as identified by the Contract Administrator’s staff or the
laboratory and take appropriate action if problems arise.
d) Inform the Contractor if there are any samples deemed to be “non-conforming”. This could include
samples that are lost, damaged, contaminated, do not conform to Contract Documents (e.g., incorrect
sample size/weight), or delivered outside the timelines specified in the Contract Documents.
e) Verify that samples deemed unsuitable for testing by the laboratory or MTO are not used for testing.
Verify that all costs associated with obtaining new samples and delivering these samples to the
designated laboratory are paid by the Contractor.
f) Confirm that all the required samples have been delivered to the appropriate laboratory for testing.
CAGC 7.09.10 Samples Delivered to the Quality Assurance Lab
The Contract Administrator shall deliver to the Quality Assurance Lab, designated by MTO, when the samples
identified in CAIS Administration and Inspection Activities specifications, and CAGC Table 7.1 above, are
identified to be delivered to the Quality Assurance Lab in accordance with this Clause.
The Contract Administrator shall deliver the samples during normal business hours (from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00
p.m.), Monday through Friday. When the Contract Administrator must deliver a sample outside of these
hours, the Contract Administrator shall give the laboratory one full Business Day notice.
If the time limits or locations for delivering samples are not specified elsewhere in the Contract, the Contract
Administrator shall deliver the samples to the Quality Assurance Lab according to the specified time limits.
The Contract Administrator shall review the testing laboratory’s records and send back to the laboratory if
more information is required.
The Contract Administrator shall report all samples deemed unsuitable for testing, by the laboratory or MTO
(unsuitable samples), immediately as well as in the Contract Administrator’s status reports to MTO.
CAGC 7.09.11 Samples Delivered to MTO
The Contract Administrator is informed that most QA testing is done by the Quality Assurance Laboratories;
however, some specialized materials testing is conducted through MTO’s Engineering Materials Office
(EMO).
The Contract Administrator shall deliver to EMO when the samples identified in CAIS Administration and
Inspection Activities specifications and as noted in CAGC Table 7.1 above, are identified to be delivered to
EMO at the following address:
95 Arrow Road, Shipping Entrance

Toronto, Ontario, M9M 3B3

CAGC 7.09.12 Time Limits and Locations for Samples Delivered to the Quality Assurance Lab
If the time limits and/or locations for delivering samples are as specified in the Contract Documents.
Deliver the samples no later than [* CAIS Fill-In, See Notes to MTO User] Business Day(s) from the date of
sampling to the Regional Quality Assurance Laboratory located within a [** CAIS Fill-In, See Notes to MTO
User] km radius of the Contract limits or [*** CAIS Fill-In, See Notes to MTO User].
CAGC 7.10 Testing and Referee Testing
If the Contractor invokes the Referee Testing the Contract Administrator shall:
a) Check that the Contract conditions are met.

b) Check that the Contractor identified in writing the material and specific property or properties, attributes
and lot or sublots for which the referee testing is requested.
All communications with the referee testing laboratory shall be through the Contract Administrator.
The Contract Administrator shall coordinate the Referee request as follows:
a) Check if the Contractor met the Referee request timeframes, detailed in the Contract.
b) Obtain a referee testing request form from the MTO Technical Publications website.
c) Complete the referee request form in accordance with the Contractor’s request.
d) Send a completed referee request form to the Contract’s Quality Assurance Officer.
i. Include all pertinent data required to complete the referee testing.
ii. Obtain from the QAO the next referee laboratory and contact information from the appropriate
Engineering Materials Office referee roster.
e) Contact the referee laboratory to inform them that they have been selected as the referee laboratory and
communicate the quantity of samples and testing required.
f) If the referee laboratory cannot carry out the referee testing in a reasonable timeframe, inform the
Contract’s QAO, to obtain a different referee laboratory.
g) Contact and instruct the Contract’s Regional Quality Assurance Laboratory, to deliver the referee
samples, within a reasonable timeframe, to the referee laboratory.
h) When the schedule for the referee testing has been set with the referee laboratory, Notify the Contractor,
the CSA and the QAO, with the details of the referee laboratory, dates and times.
i) Confirm that the notification to MTO and the Contractor by the referee lab is a minimum 3 Business Days
in advance of the date and time for Referee Testing.
a) Receive the resulting referee test results.

b) Use the referee test results for final evaluation and payment of the material refereed.
c) Forward the referee results and final payment adjustment to the Contractor.
d) Forward the referee results together with a cover letter to the Contract’s QAO.
e) Confirm the protocol with the Quality Assurance Officer or additional requirements.

CAGC 7.10.02 Other Testing Requested By the Owner
When other testing is requested by the Owner, the CA shall arrange for the Contractor and the CA to furnish
all reasonable assistance to the Owner.
CAGC 7.11 Performance Warranty Specifications
This section is applicable to Contracts that include performance warranty specifications. Performance
warranty specifications provide for some discretion on the extent of performance measurement during the
warranty period, based on a general observation of the performance of the work.
Performance warranty specifications typically commence just prior to the completion of construction. For long
duration projects, they may commence long before the completion of construction, or commence and
terminate during the construction of the work. When this occurs, warranty performance measurements and
the applicable procedures listed below for the warranty period and warranty termination shall be completed
during construction.
CAGC 7.11.02 Pre-Construction Documentation
When the Contract Documents includes performance warranty specifications, confirm with the MTO Quality
Assurance and CSA if the material sampling and testing requirements and inspections activities are in
accordance with the applicable CAIS.
The Contract Administrator shall Receive and Check Owner the Certificate of the Pavement Design and the
Pavement Design Report (MTO Form PH-CC-822-CPD).
CAGC 7.11.03 During Construction Documentation
The Contract Administrator shall Record all inspections, sampling, performance assessment and any
conditions that may affect the performance during the warranty period kept in a secure location until the
Release from Performance Warranty (MTO Form PH-CC-901) is issued for the work.
CAGC 7.11.04 Post Construction Documentation
a) Check post-construction documentation submitted by the Contractor including the Post Construction
Certificate - Pavement with Warranty (MTO Form PH-CC-822-PCC).
b) Complete and issue the Warranties form (MTO Form PH-CC-841), within 2 weeks of the completion of
construction, including the established limits of the warranty parts or segments.
NOTES TO MTO USER:
Fill-Ins for CAGC Section 7.09.12:
* Enter the number of Business Day(s).
** Enter the maximum distance to the Regional Quality Assurance Lab.
*** Enter the name of the laboratory.

MTO is to confirm these fillable areas by contacting the Regional Quality Assurance. These timelines should
coincide with the SSP 199F57 - General Requirements of Samples for Quality Assurance, Referee and Other
Testing By The Owner Or The Owner’s Agent.
For single year Contracts, consider providing the name of the QA Lab that will be used in this Assignment, for
multi-year Contracts you may use the ** km radius only. Note: industry’s preference is for MTO to specify the
name of the laboratory to be used for each project for bidding purposes.

SECTION CAGC 8.0 - ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES MANAGEMENT
This CAGC section covers the general documentation and submission requirements of the deliverables by the
Contract Administrator. These requirements shall be used in combination with the applicable CAIS.
The scope of Section CAGC 8.0 – Environmental Issues Management, is captured in CAGC Table 8.0 below.
The terms “Pre”, “During”, and “Post” refers to “pre-construction”, “during construction” and “post construction”
respectively.
CAGC Table 8.0 - Environmental Issues Management Scope
CAGC Clause Pre During Post

8.02.01 - General Environmental Protection Compliance x x x
8.02.02 - Requirements to Verify Contract Compliance (SSP 100S59) x
8.02.03 - Requirements for Environmental Protection, Mitigation
x
Compensation, Offsetting and Overall Benefit Measures
8.02.04 - Environmental Registrations, Permits, Approvals x x
8.02.05 - Contractor Environmental Plans x x x
8.02.06 - Environmental Notifications x
8.02.07 - Environmental Documentation Requirements x x
CAGC 8.02.01 General Environmental Protection Compliance
Compliance with federal and provincial legislation requirements for environmental protection must be
achieved during construction. In addition to the requirements provided in every Contract, some compliance
requirements are included in the Contract Documents as project-specific provisions.
The Contract Administrator has a role in enforcing the Contractor’s contractual adherence to environmental
protection legislation.
The Contract Administrator is encouraged to consult any and all available environmental assessment process
documentation that is available for further information on the environmental provisions contained in the
Contract Documents and their purposes. Refer to the MTO Class Environmental Assessment for Provincial
Transportation Facilities for additional information.
In addition to general environmental monitoring described within this CAIS, the Contract Administrator may be
required to undertake more specific environmental monitoring. Where applicable, specialist monitoring
requirements are outlined in the Environmental Speciality Work Plan.
The Contract Administrator shall ensure that, in accordance with MTO’s procedures for processing a
Contractor’s Infraction, an Infraction Report is issued for a serious incident/breach of the contract, including a
matter constituting a reportable event to a governing/regulatory authority.
Consequences, in addition to administrative action by MTO, for non-compliance with environmental protection
legislation can be severe, including substantial monetary fines and/or jail terms (placed by the
federal/provincial regulatory authority).

CAGC 8.02.02 Requirements to Verify Contract Compliance
Pre-Construction
To verify Contract compliance, the Contract Administrator shall:
a) Provide the Contractor with a copy(ies) of any draft Permit(s) to Take Water that the MTO has obtained
for the Work from MECP or reports to support water taking registrations prepared in design, as applicable,
if the Contractor has not already obtained them from the Tender Documents as specified in SSP 100S59
- Approvals and Permits, and Water Taking.
b) Check property restrictions, expropriations, easements, clearances, restrictions, Permission to Enter
agreements, terms of each property agreements.
c) Verify that the Contractor possesses an Incident Management Plan with the above components. The
Incident Management Plan should include a list of regulatory agencies with their specific contact
information that will be contacted in the event of a spill/environmental incident under all applicable
legislation. Payment should be clear in the specification.
d) Ask the Contractor to identify any area that they plan to disturb outside the specified limits of the Work
(access, storage, disposal, work yard, etc.). Remind the Contractor that the selection and use of any
such areas must comply with Environmental laws as well as environmental assessment and
environmental permit/approval requirements/commitments.
e) Review the key environmental requirements of the contract. Advise the Contractor that, with respect to
statutory environmental requirements and prohibitions, they are responsible for providing environmental
protection measures that are required solely because of the choices made by the Contractor with respect
to construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures.
CAGC 8.02.03 Requirements for Environmental Protection, Mitigation Compensation,

Offsetting and Overall Benefit Measures
During Construction
The Contract Administrator shall check that the Contractor complies, at all times, with the requirements
specified in the Contract Documents, the Summary of Environmental Commitments and Concerns provided
by the designer, including:
a) Environmental design elements.

b) Environmental protection, mitigation, compensation, offsetting and overall benefit measures.
c) Environmental construction constraints.
d) Environmental incident management requirements.
The Contract Administrator shall check that:
a) Protection/mitigation/compensation/offsetting/overall benefit measures are:

1. Constructed or adhered to (e.g., timing constraints) as required.
2. Functioning as intended and maintained as specified.
3. Removed where required at the end of construction.
b) Operations, equipment, and materials are:
1. On-site where they are permitted.
2. On-site when they are permitted.

3. Occurring and/or being used or applied as permitted.
In the event of non-compliance by the Contractor, the Contract Administrator shall:
a) Notify the Contractor of the need to take appropriate corrective actions.

b) Confirm that the corrective actions are implemented in accordance with the Contract.
c) Issue Infraction Reports, in accordance with MTO’s Infraction Procedures, where corrective measures are
not implemented by the Contractor, as instructed.
To verify Contract compliance, the Contract Administrator shall:
a) Check that the Contractor uploads scanned, signed registrations, permits, approvals to the Environmental
folder under the Documents folder under the construction contract in the Contract Management System.
b) Check that the Contractor keeps any registrations, permits, approvals on site as required by the
registration, permit, approval conditions.
c) Request submission of any environmental drawings or plans that are specified by the Contract
Documents, including Contractor proposals (for example: dewatering procedures or in-water work).
Explain the review process and the time required for any approvals as specified in the Contract
Documents.
d) Document compliance with the requirements of the Summary of Environmental Commitments and
Concerns Table provided by the designer, by completing the table. Upon construction completion, the
Contract Administrator shall submit the completed table to MTO and ensure that the Environmental
Planner receives a copy.
e) Document the Contractor’s compliance using the Contract Documents, Contractor Performance Rating,
and update the Summary of Environmental Commitments and Concerns Table on a regular basis, and at
least monthly.
Environmental Incident Management
In the event of a spill or other environmental incident including, but not limited to, the unauthorized death of
fish or harmful alteration, disruption or destruction of fish habitat not specified in the Contract Documents or
when there is a serious and imminent danger of any of these occurring), the Contract Administrator shall:
a) Check that any spill, discharge, emission, release or escape of a material, pollutant, contaminant,
deleterious substance or dangerous good as a result of an incident under the control of the Contractor or
as a result of the Contractor’s operations, is immediately contained according to the Contractor’s
Environmental Incident Management Plan.
b) Check that the Contractor undertakes immediate notification of the spill/environmental incident to the
proper authorities according to the Contractor’s Environmental Incident Management Plan.
c) Check that the Contractor undertakes cleanup and restoration of the environment to
pre-spill/environmental incident conditions according to the Contractor’s Environmental Incident
Management Plan.
d) Check that the Contractor completes the Incident Notification(MTO Form PH-CC-818) within 48 hours of
the incident.
If the Contractor is unable or unwilling to take the appropriate actions to address the spill/environmental
incident and make the appropriate notifications and or if there is any doubt whether notifications have been
made, the Contract Administrator shall make the immediate notifications on behalf of the Contractor and take
any other action necessary to protect the environment until such time as the Contractor is able or willing to
provide the required response.

Protection of Migratory Birds
To verify compliance with Contract, the Contractor Administrator shall:
a) Check that the Contractor has removed all non-active bird nests from structures prior to the nesting
period for migratory birds as specified in the Contract Documents, before commencing any Work on the
structures.
b) Check that the Contractor installs and maintains bird nesting preventative measures on structures after
removal of non-active nests as specified in the Contract Documents and monitors structures to verify that
the nesting preventative measures are working as intended.
c) Check that the Contractor abides by all timing constraints for the Work to protect nesting migratory birds
and their young and eggs from disturbance as specified in the Contract Documents.
d) Check that the Contractor is aware that the Contract Administrator must be notified if the Contractor
encounters active bird nests (nests with young and/or eggs) during the Work. Follow direction in CAGC
clause 8.02.06, Environmental Notifications, upon notification by the Contractor that active bird nests
have been found during construction.
Wildlife Mitigation Measures
For wildlife fence and wildlife escapes, the Contract Administrator shall refer to CAIS 899S02.
To verify Contract compliance for all other wildlife mitigation measures, the Contract Administrator shall:
a) Check that all new habitat features and wildlife passages under and over the road are installed as
specified in the contract documents including retrofits to existing habitat areas and structures (i.e., bridges
and culverts) such as the addition of substrate material or dry-land ledges.
Dewatering and Water Taking
Where dewatering activities are required as part of the Contract, the Contract Administrator shall refer to
CAIS 517.
Additionally, the Contract Administrator shall, as applicable:
a) Check that the water taken from the waterbody during in-stream diversions (active or passive) is returned
directly to the same waterbody.
b) Check that the Contractor meets the following regulatory requirements:
1. Any reports, plans or monitoring programs required to be prepared by a Qualified Professional to
support registration in the EASR are on-site and are provided to MECP upon request;
2. Any measures identified in the reports, plans and monitoring programs to be taken in specified
circumstances are implemented as required;
3. Written notice has been provided to municipalities and conservation authorities within whose
jurisdiction the water taking is located including the Contractor’s name and the dates and locations of
the water taking;
4. The flow rate of any permanent stream from which water is being taken is measured each day as
specified in the reports prepared to support registration or using an alternate methodology as
provided by the Contractor’s Qualified Professional, and that the instantaneous rate of water taking
from the stream does not exceed 5 per cent of the stream flow rate at the point of the water taking;
5. A daily log is maintained that includes the waterbody names and locations (using UTM co-ordinates),
the average rate of water taking in litres/second, the flow rate if water is being taken from a stream

measured according to reports supporting registration in EASR or an alternate methodology as
provided by the Contractor’s Qualified Professional, and the total volume of water taken in litres;
6. When water is discharged to a location within 30 metres of a waterbody, turbidity of the discharge
does not exceed 8 Nephelometric Turbidity Units (NTU) above the background levels of the nearest
waterbody;
7. If a method of discharge from a construction site includes a location that is within 30m of a waterbody,
the MECP District Office is notified prior to the first discharge; and
8. Any complaints received during water taking that relate to the natural environment are reported to
Ontario’s Spills Action Centre 1-866-MOETIPS (1-866-663-8477); the date, time, circumstances of
the complaint and measures taken are recorded; and a copy of any written complaints is retained.
CAGC 8.02.04 Environmental Registrations, Permits, and Approvals
a) Upload to WCBMS or Issue (for non-WCBMS contracts) to the Contractor all environmental registrations,
permits and approvals obtained by the MTO.
b) Monitor construction activities and check compliance with the project’s specific environmental
registrations/permits/approvals, including: Endangered Species Act registrations and Permits, Species at
Risk Act Permits, Navigable Waters Act Permits, Permit to Take Water or registrations for water taking,
Fisheries Act authorizations and MTO/DFO/MNRF Fisheries Protocol requirements.
c) Check that the Contractor undertakes appropriate agency notification(s), in accordance with the
conditions of the environmental registrations/permits/approvals.
d) Check that construction activities that require project-specific environmental approvals that have not been
obtained by the MTO at the date of tender closing, or are required to be obtained by the Contractor, do
not occur unless the Contractor has obtained such permits/approvals or has been provided them by the
MTO.
e) Check that the Contractor has provided confirmation of registration in MECP’s Environmental Activity
Sector Registry (EASR), copies of final Permits to Take Water and any required Director’s Orders
exempting water taking activities from registration obtained from MECP, as applicable, prior to
commencing water taking activities.
f) Notify MTO upon receipt of a request from the Contractor to work outside of the in-water work timing
restrictions specified in the Contract. Where the Contractor has investigated other solutions and has
demonstrated to the Contract Administrator why the timing restrictions cannot be applied, the Contract
Administrator shall request instruction from MTO as soon as possible and at least 21 business days in
advance of the end of the in-water timing restriction. Requests for extensions shall not be assumed to be
acceptable to MTO unless MTO has reviewed and accepted them.
g) Be on-site during any compliance monitoring undertaken by a regulatory agency(ies), where advanced
notice of the compliance monitoring has been provided by the agency(ies), the Contractor or MTO.
CAGC 8.02.05 Contractor Environmental Plans
When the Contract requires the submission of a project-specific plan for environmental protection, the
Contract Administrator shall review the environmental plan(s) submitted by the Contractor and determine its
acceptability. In addition, the Contract Administrator shall confirm the plan’s compliance with the Contract,
relevant environmental legislation, environmental timing constraints and approvals as well as confirm
constructability. The Contract Administrator will notify MTO and the Contractor when the Contractor can
proceed to the next operation if the plan complies with Contract requirements.
Note: In dealing with the Contractor, the Contract Administrator must keep in mind the review of proposals
can take a significant amount of time, particularly where regulatory agencies may need to be

consulted with respect to the possible impact of the proposal on existing permits, approvals or
authorizations or requirements for new ones.
CAGC 8.02.06 Environmental Notifications
The Contract Administrator shall make the following Environmental Notifications to MTO immediately after
receiving the notifications from the Contractor as follows:
a) Where the Contract Administrator receives notification from the Contractor in accordance with OPSS 100,
clause GC 3.07.05, that it is suspected that an archaeological find, such as building remains, hardware,
accumulations of bones or other human remains, pottery, or arrowheads has been encountered during
construction, the CA shall confirm that the Contractor has ceased work and protected the area in
accordance with OPSS 100, clause GC 3.07.05, and shall notify the CSA and the MTO Environmental
Planner or MTO Regional Archaeologist, as applicable to the project (confirm with CSA).
1. The Contract Administrator shall confirm that the Regional Archaeologist, or if not available, a
licensed service provider Archaeologist contacted by the MTO, will visit the site to assess and verify
the find and determine a course of action (unless the Contract Documents require the Contractor to
have such a service provider available for this purpose during the Work).
2. The Contract Administrator shall verify the Archaeologist on-site shall has contacted other appropriate
authorities, including the Police, Ministry of Heritage, Sport, Tourism and Culture Industries (MHSTCI)
and the Ministry of Government Services, if they determine that human and/or archaeological remains
have been encountered.
b) Where the Contract Administrator receives notification from the Contractor in accordance with OPSS 180,
that materials suspected of being contaminated (e.g., stained or odorous soil, oily sheen on water in an
excavation) have been encountered during construction, the Contract Administrator shall notify the CSA
and the MTO Environmental Planner.
1. The Contract Administrator shall confirm that MTO will arrange to have an environmental professional
who specializes in contaminated property identification and management, visit the site to investigate
and determine a course of action (unless the Contract Documents require the Contractor to have
such an environmental professional available for this purpose during the Work).
2. The Contract Administrator shall verify the environmental professional has contacted the Ministry of
the Environment, Conservation and Parks (MECP), when necessary and in consultation with MTO.
c) Where the Contract Administrator receives notification from the Contractor in accordance with OPSS 100,
clause GC 3.07.06, that a Species at Risk has been encountered during construction, the Contract
Administrator shall notify the CSA and the MTO Environmental Planner.
who is qualified to identify Species at Risk visit the site, to verify the species and determine a course
of action (unless the Contract Documents require the Contractor to have such a environmental
professional available for this purpose during the Work).
2. The Contract Administrator shall verify that the environmental professional contacted the appropriate
regulatory agencies, when deemed necessary and in consultation with MTO.
d) Where the Contract Administrator receives notification from the Contractor in accordance with the
Contract Documents, that a bird nest containing eggs or young birds has been encountered during
construction, the Contract Administrator shall notify the CSA and the MTO Environmental Planner.
who is qualified to identify the bird species visit the site and determine a course of action, (unless the
Contract Documents require the Contractor to have such a environmental professional available for
this purpose during the Work).

2. The Contract Administrator shall verify that the environmental professional contacted the appropriate
regulatory agencies, when deemed necessary and in consultation with MTO.
CAGC 8.02.07 Environmental Documentation Requirements
Contract Administrator’s/Inspector’s Environmental Diary
Refer to Section CAGC 6.0 - Management of Deliverables for details on the Environmental Diary.
Detailed Specialty Reports
If an Environmental Specialty Work Plan has been included in the Contract Administration contract (e.g.,
requirement for a Specialist such as a Waste Specialist to monitor contaminated property clean-up), detailed
written reports shall be produced and submitted as outlined in the approved Environmental Specialty Work
Plan (e.g., weekly submission to the Contract Administrator’s Lead Environmental Inspector).
Post Construction
The Contract Administrator shall submit to MTO the following:
a) Completed Summary of Environmental Commitments and Concerns table upon completion of

construction.
b) Completed copy(ies) of the Detailed Environmental Specialty Report(s) as outlined in the Environmental
Specialty Work Plan.
c) Two copies (one copy to the MTO Environmental Planner) of the MTO Class EA Process Monitoring
Questionnaire (MTO Form PH-CC-839) and include investigations/charges, Stop Work Orders, remedial
instructions from regulatory agencies, and public complaints as documented in the Environmental Diary.

SECTION CAGC 9.0 - TRAFFIC AND ISSUES MANAGEMENT
This CAGC section covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the traffic and
issues management as in SSP 199F01 - Temporary Roadway Closures, SSP 100F68 - Conditions of the
Working Area and Maintaining Roadways and Detours, the Traffic Control Signing special provision, and as
specified below in subsection CAGC 9.03.
This CAGC section covers the documentation and submission requirements for traffic and issues
management by the Contract Administrator.
The scope of Section CAGC 9.0 – Traffic and Issues Management, is captured in CAGC Table 9.0 below.
respectively.
CAGC Table 9.0 - Traffic and Issues Management Scope
CAGC Subsection/Clause Pre During Post

9.02 - References x x x
9.03.01 - General Traffic Management and Public Information Services x x
9.03.02 - Seasonal Shutdown x
9.04 - Road and Structure Restrictions Reporting x x x
CAGC 9.02 References
This CAIS refers to the following, standards, specifications, or publications:
1. Highway Traffic Act and related Regulations.

2. Occupational Health and Safety Act (OHSA).
3. SSP 100F68 - Conditions of the Working Area and Maintaining Roadways and Detours.
4. SSP 199F01 - Temporary Roadway Closures.
5. Traffic Control Signing special provision.
6. Books of the Ontario Traffic Manual (OTM) and Book 7 Errata.
7. Regional Protocols for lane and ramp closure notifications.
8. SSP 199F45 - Seasonal Shutdown.
CAGC 9.03 Traffic Issues Management
CAGC 9.03.01 General Traffic Management and Public Information Services
The Contract Administrator shall upload traffic related forms and instructions in Contract Management System
.

CAGC 9.03.01.01 Pre-Construction
a) Instruct the Contractor to provide their traffic control plan, traffic protection plan, and health and safety
plan for review.
b) Review the plans provided to assess conformance to the Contract Documents including OPSS 100, MTO
General Conditions of Contract, Contract Drawings, Specifications, Special Provisions and Operational
Constraints, as well as the Ontario Traffic Manual (OTM) Books, and the Occupational Health and Safety
Act (OHSA).
c) Provide comments and recommendations to MTO.
d) Provide instruction back to the Contractor for any revisions required, otherwise provide instruction that the
plans have been received and reviewed.
e) Obtain the signed approved PHM-125 Drawings from MTO for any temporary traffic signals, and transmit
these drawings to the Contractor.
f) Determine the vertical and horizontal clearance restrictions for the first stage of work.
g) Record the Contractor’s contact person(s) responsible for traffic control and the Traffic Control Signing
diary.
h) Check that the construction zone designation is in place before reduced speed limit signs are changed or
the construction zone begins/ends signs are installed.
i) Check that layout of signs is in accordance with Ontario Traffic Manual Book 7 Temporary Conditions or
as modified by the Contract Documents.
j) Check the Contract Documents and order any temporary overlays for extruded signs several weeks
before staging.
CAGC 9.03.01.02 During Construction
a) Review the traffic staging and traffic plans with the Contractor on a regular basis; provide updates to the
MTO.
b) Issue an Instruction Notice to the Contractor to document any concerns regarding their traffic control
operations or their Traffic Control Plan.
c) Check that the traffic control measures to be implemented by the Contractor are in conformance with their
traffic control plan and traffic protection plan (devices are in place when needed, positioned where
needed, and functioning as required).
d) Check that all traffic control operations only take place when and where, permitted by the Contract
Documents.
e) Check that (on a regular basis) the Contractor records each stage change or sign change in the Traffic
Control Signing diary.
f) If an accident occurs check that the Contractor has documented all traffic control devices, signing, time of
inspection and any other pertinent information including measurements, take photos and record the police
accident report number.
g) Check that all lane closure notification protocol is adhered to in accordance with the requirements of the
Contract Documents.
h) Check that the traffic control signs are in conformance with the approved traffic-related Contract
Documents including:

1. PHM-125 drawings.
2. Temporary Traffic Signal locations and functions.
3. Permitted times for ramp closures and lane closures.
i) Obtain videos of the traffic control operations during the monitoring periods.
j) Confirm during installation of devices or portions of the work that affect the horizontal and vertical
clearance, that dimensions are recorded, in metres to 2 decimal places, for each stage of work and within
24hrs of implementation of the horizontal and/or vertical restriction changes.
k) Confirm the vertical and horizontal clearances.
a) Verify that the Contractor maintains and updates a Traffic Signing Diary as required in accordance with
OPSS 100, clause GC 7.01.05, Contractor’s Representatives.
b) Verify that traffic Control Lane Closure Notifications are submitted in accordance with MTO approved
regional protocols included in the Contract, including notification requests through the Traffic Information
& Roadwork Coordination, whenever lane restrictions will be in place either on a permanent or temporary
basis.
c) Monitor the traffic control measures implemented by the Contractor to determine that the actual measures
are consistent with those shown in the previously assessed Traffic Control Plan and that the measures
provide satisfactory levels of safety for workers and motorists.
d) Verify Traffic Control signing, hours for lane closures.
e) Ensure all documentation is uploaded in the Contract Management System.
f) Notify municipalities of restrictions on their roads as required in the Contract Documents.
g) Verify that sure that French notifications are approved by MTO before being sent out.
h) Include 511.ca on notifications.
The Contract Administrator shall assess the effectiveness of the traffic control measures used by the
Contractor, during the first 24-hour monitoring periods each time a new traffic control set-up is placed or after
any alteration to an existing set up, to determine that:
a) Traffic control measures implemented by the Contractor are what is needed, in place when needed,
positioned where needed, and are working as required.
b) Operations, equipment and materials are only where they are permitted, occurring/operating/placed when
they are permitted, and are doing what is permitted, deficiencies are corrected when they are needed by
using what is needed, and doing it where it is needed.
a) Notify the Contractor of any deficiencies identified in the traffic control measures, instructing the
Contractor to take appropriate corrective measures and confirming and reporting the results of the
corrective measures.
b) Provide a copy of the Contractor’s traffic control signing diary to MTO if requested by the MTO, and
Check that the Contractor uploaded a digital copy in the Contract Management System.
c) Check that Contractor’s site supervisor performs traffic control/lane closure notifications including
co-ordinating traffic management and public communications with other roadway Work in the vicinity of
the project in accordance with the Contract.

d) Monitor traffic flows through the site and notify MTO of any potential traffic delays, possible causes, and
associated construction activities.
e) Immediately Notify MTO of accidents that involve fatalities or serious injuries.
f) Complete and maintain adequate public traffic staging records documenting staging plans to support any
recommendations to MTO. Upload these records in the Contract Management System.
In MTO’s Central Construction Management Office area, the Contract Administrator shall issue to the
Contractor the Deployment Work Order, specifying deployment of a Portable Variable Message Sign (PVMS)
including deployment location, identifying current location of the sign and deadline for completion of the work
CAGC 9.03.02 Seasonal Shutdown
Prior to the pre-seasonal shutdown meeting, the Contract Administrator shall:
a) Verify that necessary changes to address seasonal shutdown or working in free time period are
addressed.
b) Review the Contractor’s traffic control and protection plans to verify that they are up to date reflecting any
necessary changes to address the seasonable shutdown or working in free time period.
c) Review concerns from other stakeholder agencies regarding seasonal shutdown conditions.
d) Facilitate the advance notification of closures, detours to be provided to emergency services, and
acceptable emergency detour routes with municipalities, transit authorities.
e) Verify if the staging complies with the seasonal shutdown.
f) Monitor the Contractor’s work prior to seasonal shutdown to ensure construction and maintenance related
concerns will be addressed, such as:
1. Manholes and catch basins to be reset to shut down pavement elevations.
2. Provisions for drainage must be made.
3. lanes must be restored to contract requirements.
4. all pavement markings (temporary and permanent) including appropriate obliteration are completed.
5. Address temporary and permanent signals.
6. Check that all the safety-related components been provided as required by the seasonal shutdown
configuration (such as TCB, SBGR).
7. Check availability for use of turnarounds by emergency vehicles.
g) Review if the number of working days are sufficient to allow the designed staging to be constructed and
restored to the required configuration prior to the seasonal shutdown period.
h) Review the appropriate typical cross-section for the Seasonal Shutdown/Working in Free time component
in the Contract Documents.
i) Review with MTO prior to the Contractor working in free time any concerns (noting that the Contractor is
always encouraged to Work in free time or accelerate which can end up in a stage that may not
accommodate the minimum winter configurations).
j) Develop a deficiency list which incorporates any seasonal shutdown related situations/problems, to be
reviewed at all pre-seasonal shutdown meeting (noting that by the scheduled shutdown, all deficiencies
must be established by the various offices involved, to allow time for the Contract Administrator to
administrate an orderly and timely turnover).
k) Review the list of deficiencies with the Contractor well in advance of the scheduled shutdown date.

l) Verify, prior to the pre-seasonal shutdown meeting, that the structural lane configuration must be capable
of carrying the traffic.
m) Complete Highway Maintenance Transfer Agreement (MTO Form PH-CC-771 A and B), and distribute for
signatures.
n) Ensure that the Road Report (MTO form PH-CC-840), for seasonal shutdown is updated.
o) For Design-Build Contracts: Notify the Design-Build staff for follow-up of any environmental
accidents/incidents/problems both during the Work and during periodic/seasonal shutdowns.
CAGC 9.04 Road and Structure Restrictions Reporting
CAGC 9.04.01 Background
The Road Report (MTO Form PH-CC-840) is a means to consistently collect and communicate the data from
field staff and provide guiding principles for consistent provincial reporting for Oversize/Overweight (O/O)
permits, Traveller Information System (TIS) data (used to populate Ontario 511) and final permanent
structural restriction data for the Bridge Management System purposes (for the system to reflect as-built
conditions of the structure).
CAGC 9.04.02 Reporting and Reporting Frequency
The Contract Administrator shall issue the Road Report as soon as possible and no less than 5 Business
Days in advance of a temporary restriction occurrence being placed into effect. The Road Report shall be
submitted using the Contract Management System.
The Contract Administrator shall ensure that updates are reported as soon as conditions change.
The Contract Administrator shall issue a Road Report on a weekly basis even if there are no condition
changes.
The Road Report shall be issued to the O/O permit department at oo.permit.department@ontario.ca with a
copy to the Weight and Load Engineer, the appropriate MTO construction delivery staff and staff entering
information in the TIS for each contract, as follows:
a) A new notification of a restriction or change in restriction shall be provided as soon as possible, and no
less than 5 Business Days in advance of a temporary restriction occurrence impacting (O/O) traffic–
including anticipated start and end dates.
b) A cancellation notification shall be provided as soon as possible, and no less than 5 Business Days in
advance of a temporary restriction being removed due to completion of the project or due to winter shut
down.
c) An emergency notification shall be provided immediately if there is emergency work that may trigger a
temporary restriction occurrence.
d) A detailed staging cross-section drawings shall be included as part of the Road Report (MTO Form PH-
CC-840) for restrictions down to a single lane. These staging cross sections shall include as much details
as possible.
e) For two-lane and multi-lane restrictions, submit a cross-section drawing. The “Cross - Section Drawing”
tab, the Road Report (PH-CC-840 MTO Form) can be used for this purpose. This is a requirement for all
contracts that impact highway roadway, structures and roadway under structures.
f) For multi-lane highways - vertical clearances cross section: need to know vertical clearance by lane
number for all lanes and shoulders. Lane 1 is the left most lane in the travel direction.
g) For multi lane highways - horizontal clearances cross-section: need to include if there are shoulders
available and their width, the number of adjacent lane(s) available to determine maximum roadway width
available.

h) For the two-lane highways where there is no detour: horizontal clearances cross-section needs to include
if there are shoulders available and their width and the lane width available per direction to know the total
width of the 2-lane highway.
i) When temporary barrier systems that reduce lane width(s) are used, the cross-section drawing must
show the type of temporary barrier system, its location, and the vertical clearance(s) of the barrier.
CAGC 9.04.03 Seeking Clearance Requests
When O/O staff initiate a seeking clearance request, the Contract Administrator shall respond to these
clearance seeking requests as soon as possible and within 2 Business Days.
CAGC 9.04.03.01 Single Trip Permit
For Single Trip Permits (when the dimensions and/or weights requested on a single trip permit application are
equal to or greater than the reported temporary or permanent restrictions and/or the number of alternate
routes available in the nearby geographical areas are limited) and when requested by the MTO, the Contract
Administrator shall:
a) Review the clearance diagram against the construction site configuration and provide input on the
passage of the load with the request from O/O staff.
b) Clearly communicate the assessment to O/O staff and provide any additional instructions, as necessary
and as applicable (see example below).
Examples for situations when a wide load is able to clear jersey barriers by overhanging the barriers, the
additional instructions can include:
i. Carrier must approach site with extreme caution, and/or
ii. Carrier must stop before passing through site and advise on site personnel of presence (Contractor /
Contract Administrator), and/or
iii. Call site personnel contact 2-3 hours ahead of arrival. Note that this is especially important for sites
with poor or non-existent cell phone service (including remote sites).
CAGC 9.04.03.02 Superload Single Trip Permit
For Superload Single Trip Permits (when the dimensions and/or weight exceed 5 m in overall width, 45.75 m
in overall length, and/or 120,000 kg in overall weight) and when request by the MTO, the Contract
Administrator shall:
a) Respond to O/O staff with a clear communication of whether the load can clear the respective portion of
the route.
b) Provide additional instructions as necessary and/or as applicable.
References:
1. MTO Memo SCB-2023-01, Road and Structures Restrictions Reporting for OO permits, LCV and TIS; and
Seeking Clearance

SECTION CAGC 10.0 - HEALTH AND SAFETY COMPLIANCE
This CAGC section covers the Health and Safety requirements delivered by the Contract Administrator. The
scope of this CAGC section is captured in CAGC Table 10.0 below. The terms “Pre”, “During”, and “Post”
refers to “pre-construction”, “during construction” and “post construction” respectively.
The scope of Section CAGC 10.0 – Health and Safety Compliance, is captured in CAGC Table 10.0 below.
respectively.
CAGC Table 10.0 - Health and Safety Compliance Scope

10.02 - Pre-construction Health and Safety Compliance x
10.03 - During-construction Health and Safety Compliance x
10.04 - Post-construction Health and Safety Compliance x
10.05 - OHS Reports/Notifications - Pre, During and Post Construction x x x
10.06 - Ministry Right to Stop the Work - Pre, During and Post Construction x x x
10.07 - List of Designated Substances in Ministry Workplaces (SSP
x x
101F21)
CAGC 10.02 Pre-Construction
MTO staff performing Contract Administrator work shall review and follow the Contract Liability Guideline and
MTO Health and Safety policies, including Provincial Construction Memorandum, PCM #2019-01, PHM
In-House Contract Administration Occupational Health and Safety Guideline.
a) Obtain the Occupational Health and Safety Pre-Start Meeting Checklist for Construction Projects from the
MTO Contract Services Administrator.
b) Issue to the Contractor the Occupational Health and Safety Pre-Start Meeting Checklist for Construction
Projects for their understanding of the information to be discussed prior to holding the pre-start meeting.
c) Complete and review with the Contractor, as part of the pre-start meeting, the Occupational Health and
Safety Pre-Start Meeting Checklist for Construction Projects.
d) Obtain a copy of the Contractor’s health and safety policy and program in accordance with OPSS 100,
clause GC 7.01.04.02 (which includes the Traffic Control Plan).
e) Ensure that all Contract Administration staff have a copy of the Contractor’s health and safety policy and
program and follow the requirements of this plan.
f) Verify that the Contractor submitted a site-specific Workers Protection Plan and Traffic Control Plan.
g) Ensure that all Contract Administration staff have a copy of the Contractor’s Workers Protection Plan and
Traffic Control plan and follow the requirements of these plans.

CAGC 10.03 During Construction
The Contract Administrator shall monitor the work and assess the Contractor’s compliance with the OHSA
and their Health and Safety Plan, document any discussions, concerns, changes, or decisions, and follow up
on any incidents as required.
The Contract Administrator shall request submission of any MLTSD orders or reports, and any other health
and safety documentation from the Contractor, in accordance with OPSS 100, clause GC 7.01.04.03, that is
applicable to the Contract Work, and forward to the MTO with comments in a timely manner.
CAGC 10.04 Post Construction
The Contract Administrator shall participate in the Post-Contract Evaluation process (explained in the
Contract Liability Guideline) with the Contract Services Administrator.
CAGC 10.05 OHS Reports/Notifications - Pre, During and Post Construction
The Contract Administrator shall notify MTO of any critical injury, fatality, disabling injuring, MLTSD order or
OHSA conviction on the contract.
The Contract Administrator is responsible for managing any issues that may arise as a result of a workplace
inspection, accident investigation, MLTSD order, or an OHS issue identified by MTO.
The Contract Administrator is required to fulfill the employer obligations including the requirement to notify the
Ministry of Labour (MLTSD) as necessary. The Contract Administrator is informed that MTO requests for
OHS reports or notifications do not absolve the Contract Administrator’s employer of their employer
responsibilities under the Occupational Health and Safety Act requirements.
CAGC 10.06 Ministry Right to Stop the Work - Pre, During and Post Construction
The Contract Administrator is informed that MTO can stop the work if a situation poses an immediate danger
to worker of public safety is observed and not immediately addressed by the Contract Administrator.
CAGC 10.07 List of Designated Substances In Ministry Workplaces
Ontario Regulation 490/09 lists the following eleven Designated Substances: Acrylonitrile, Arsenic, Asbestos,
Benzene, Coke Oven emissions, Ethylene Oxide, Isocyanates, Lead, Mercury, Silica, Vinyl Chloride.
Exposure to Designated Substances may occur as a result of activities by the Contractor such as sweeping,
grinding, crushing, drilling, blasting, cutting, and abrasive blasting.
Of the above listed Designated Substances, MTO is aware that Silica, Lead, Asbestos and Arsenic were
widely used in highway and bridge construction in the past and may be present within the project limits. In
addition, there is a possibility that Benzene may be present in certain coating materials (such as coal tar
epoxy) or as a result from a spill or from contamination from an adjacent property.
The remaining Designated Substances are not likely to be encountered in typical construction or maintenance
activities of MTO infrastructure. Acrylonitrile and Vinyl Chloride are in Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS)
and Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) materials but are not considered Designated Substances once they have been
polymerized and therefore do not need to be identified.
In accordance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. 0.1, the Contract Administrator is
advised of the presence of the Designated Substances specified in the table below, to which the Contract
Administrator may be exposed when working at the specified locations or while the specified work activities
are being undertaken.

Designated Substance Location or Work Activity
[**** CAIS Fill-In, See Notes to MTO User]
NOTES TO MTO USER:
Fill-Ins for the Table in CAGC Section 10.07:
**** The table shall reflect the content of the corresponding table in the final SSP 101F21 as included in the
Contract Documents.
WARRANT: All Construction Administration contracts.

CAIS No. 102 January 2023
Administration and Inspection Activities for

Weighing of Materials
(As Specified in OPSS 102 and SSP 101S18)
102.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Weighing of
Materials where payment is based on mass as specified in OPSS 102, October 1992, and SSP
101S18, April 1994.
102.02 REFERENCES
This CAIS refers to the following standards, specifications, or publications:
Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications, General:
OPSS 102 Weighing of Materials
MTO Standard Special Provisions:
SSP 101S18 Amendment to OPSS 102, October 1992 - Bar Coding on Material Delivery Invoices
Forms/Records:
PH-CC-721 Record of Scale and Weighing Inspection

PH-CC-703 Scale Accuracy Inspection
Memoranda
PCM #2010-04 CVOR Action Plan Administration
102.03 DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in OPSS 102.
102.04 SUBMISSION AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - Testing and Certification

of Scales
Administrative Activities:
Check that all scales are certified as specified, prior to the scales being used
1 - -
for the Contract and whenever scale recertification is performed.
Receive, from the Contractor, and Check the copies of CVOR Abstracts and
2 - -
CVOR Holder information for all commercial vehicle operators.

Receive, from the Contractor, and Check the copies of Record of Allowable
3 - -
Gross Weight certificates for all commercial vehicles.
4 - Receive notice from Contractor as specified. -
All scale testing shall be recorded in the Record of Scale and Weighing
5 - -
Inspection (PH-CC-721).
102.07 CONSTRUCTION - Weighing
Inspection Activities:
Witness the dumping of the material and verify that each load is completely
1 M 100%
dumped.
Check that the material is placed in the area designated for that type of
2 M 100%
material.
Check that the type of material delivered is the same as the type of material
3 - 100%
indicated on the weigh ticket.
Receive from the Contractor 1 original and 2 copies of the weight ticket from
1 M -
the truck operator at the dumping point.
2 - Verify that the weight ticket is filled out. -
On the weigh tickets for loads of material rejected or not received on the
3 - -
Contract: write the word “Cancelled”, the reason and sign it.
4 - Fill in the line “placed” on the weigh ticket (station and use of the material). -
5 - Sign the original and the 2 copies of the weigh ticket. -
Retain originals of all weigh tickets and Submit to MTO as part of Contract
6 - -
finalization.
7 - Check that the weighed materials are administered as specified . -
8 - Maintain up-to-date quantities and daily summaries of the weighed materials. -
Document all weighed items, including tickets, and retain until final payment
9 - -
is verified.
102.07.02 Scale Location
Check if there is waste or loss of material between the scale location and the
1 M 100%
material's intended destination.
2 M Notify the Contractor if the hauling operation is terminated as specified. 100%

102.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE
102.08.01 Scale Accuracy
Check that each scale used for weighed items is within the specified
1 - 100%
tolerances by turning trucks over that scale.
Perform a scale sensitivity and a scale performance test each time a scale
2 - 100%
test is performed.
Determine the scale performance test as follows:
• A loaded vehicle is driven on to the scale deck and the load is balanced out
using the various poise and the indicated weight is noted. Indicated load
refers to the weight of the vehicle used in conducting the performance test,
when weighed at the centre of the platform in the normal direction for
weighing a loaded vehicle.
• Prior to the loaded vehicle driving onto the scale platform, carry out the
sensitivity under zero (0) load and Record it on the “Record of Scale and
Weighing Inspection” submission.
• The loaded vehicle is then driven onto the scale platform until the rear
wheels are just over the end levers, and the indicated gross weight is
captured under the heading “Performance Test”.
• The loaded vehicle is then brought forward to the centre of the scale
platform. The sensitivity test for a loaded vehicle is then carried out and
Recorded on the “Scale and Weighing Inspection” form.
• With the loaded vehicle still on the centre of the scale platform, the weigh
ticket is then made out.
3 - • Enter: the Date, Truck Number, Net Weight and Weight Ticket Number on 100%
the “Scale and Weighing Inspection submission”.
• The loaded truck is then reversed by the person performing the Sensitivity
and Performance tests and Record the net weight in the “Checked Weight”
section.
• Compared with the net weight shown “Net Weight shown by the weigher”
section.
• Obtain the Gross Weight and enter it under “Performance Test”. This gross
vehicle weight is the “Indicated Load” when calculating the “Limit of Error”.
• Drive the loaded vehicle forward to the end of the platform scale so that the
front wheels are just over the end levers.
• Obtain the gross vehicle weigh.
• Drive the loaded vehicle off the scales, turned around and weighed in the
reverse order.
• Issue the weigh ticket to the driver.
• Sign the scale Sensitivity and Performance submission and add any
remarks regarding the test results.

To determine the Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles:
• Perform daily checks to verify that commercial vehicles hauling Materials to,
on, or from the Working Area are not being loaded in excess of their
maximum allowable gross limit. A commercial vehicle’s maximum allowable
gross limit is the lesser of the vehicle’s Registered Gross Weight or
Allowable Gross Weight.
• The verification check for excess loading of commercial vehicles consists of
comparing the gross weight recorded on each weight ticket to the vehicle’s
maximum allowable gross limit.
• If the gross weight on the ticket exceeds the vehicle’s maximum allowable
4 - 100%
gross limit, mark the ticket with an “X” and “Excess Loading”.
• When excess loading occurs that is less than or equal to 500 kg above a
vehicle’s maximum allowable gross limit, no further action is required.
• When excess loading occurs that is more than 500 kg above a vehicle’s
maximum allowable gross limit, additional actions are required, immediately.
Notify MTO and the Contractor and include details of the severity and
frequency of the excess loading, any actions being taken, and any
corrections required by the Contractor.
• If severe and/or frequent excess loading is occurring, proceed with other
administrative action.
102.08.01.01 Conveyor Scales
A conveyor scale test shall be conducted a minimum of twice weekly or as

1 - 100%
required by the Owner.
2 - A minimum 10-minute run is required for this test. 100%
The material shall be collected in truck boxes and the total mass for each
3 - 100%
truck recorded.
The material shall be reweighed on a recently verified platform scale,
4 - 100%
arranged for by the Contractor, and the material mass compared.
The maximum allowable variation between the truck scale mass and the
5 - 100%
conveyor scale mass shall not exceed 0.5%.
The Contractor shall be responsible for arranging the use of the platform
6 - 100%
scale.
1 - Record the test results and always have them available. -

102.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT
1 - Basis of payment shall be as specified. -

Weighed item quantities can be adjusted using a Change Order when there is
2 - -
a Change in the Work.
Weighed item quantities can be adjusted using another Payment Adjustment
3 - when there is not a Change in the Work. Within tolerances and because of -
variations in Material densities.
The progress payment quantity is obtained from the reconciled item postings
in WBCMS. The Contract Administrator shall ensure that the proper
4 - -
quantities based on weight tickets are entered in WBCMS and reconciled for
payment.
The final payment quantity is obtained from the reconciled item postings in
5 - -
WBCMS.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 102, General Specification for Weighing of Materials.

CAIS No. 103-31 December 2021

Asphaltic Concrete Surface Smoothness
1.0 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for asphaltic
concrete surface smoothness as specified in SSP 103F31, October 2021.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 103F31 Construction Requirements for Asphaltic Concrete Surface Smoothness
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-874 Hot Mix - Smoothness Acceptance and Price Adjustment Sheet for Inertial Profilers
MTO Publications:
Ontario Traffic Manual, Book 7
3.0 DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in SSP 103F31.
8.01 Surface Smoothness
8.01.01 Lot Size
Determine the size and number of lots and sublots as specified in

1 - -
SSP 103F31.
December 2021 Page 1 of 4 CAIS 103-31

8.01.02 Surface Smoothness Measurement
Check that the surface course is ready for QA inertial profiler acceptance
1 - 100%
testing as specified in SSP 103F31.
Check that areas to be measured are clearly marked out as specified in
2 M 100%
SSP 103F31.
When necessary, Check that traffic protection during measurement is in
3 - 100%
accordance with MTO OTM Book 7.
Check that surface smoothness measurements are conducted in all sublots in
4 - 100%
accordance with SSP 103F31.
If reflectors are used for measurements, Check that requirements of
5 - 50%
SSP 103F31 are met.
Check that the areas are in need of repair are marked prior to any corrective
6 - 100%
work.
When the Contract Administrator is delivering the Hot Mix Pavement Smoothness measurements:
Complete inertial profiler measurements in accordance with SSP 103F31 and

7 M MTO Laboratory Standard LS-296, using the approved inertial profiler and 100%
operator.
Prepare a draft sketch of the sublots to be measured. Present the sketch at

1 - -
the pre-pave meeting.
Prior to beginning of surface course paving, finalize the sketch and Notify the
2 M -
Contractor.
3 - Receive smoothness measurement results on PH-CC-874. -
Notify the Contractor with the information specified in SSP 103F31 within 7
4 - Business Days after surface smoothness measurements have been -
completed.
5 M Determine the areas that need to be repaired as specified in SSP 103F31. -
When the Contract Administrator is delivering the Hot Mix Pavement Smoothness measurements:
Use an inertial profiler from MTO’s List of Approved High-Speed Inertial

6 M Profilers for Smoothness Measurements of Asphalt Pavements According to -
LS-296.
Use a qualified operator from MTO’S List of Qualified Operators of High-
7 M -
Speed Inertial Profilers - Asphalt Pavements.

Carry out all measurements and associated calculations in accordance with -
8 M
the procedures stated in LS-296.
9 M Complete PH-CC-874 after completing the measurements and calculations. -
8.01.03 Referee Testing
Receive and Review requests for referee testing. Check that the request
1 M meets the requirements specified in SSP 103F31. Accept or reject the -
request accordingly.
2 - Coordinate referee testing as specified in SSP 103F31. -
8.01.04 Damage to Existing Pavement Surface after Preparation or Damage to

Surface Course Prior to Smoothness Measurements
Check that affected areas are not be covered with hot mix asphalt (HMA) until
1 - 100%
a decision is made by the Contract Administrator.
Receive documentation of any damaged sections as specified in

1 - -
SSP 103F31.
Review the documentation and Determine whether the area(s) should be
M
2 excluded from the final calculation for the payment factor as specified in -
SSP 103F31. Notify the Contractor of the decision.
8.01.05 Repairs
Check that smoothness related repairs are not performed prior to initial
1 M 100%
smoothness measurements.
If diamond grinding is performed for repairs, Check that requirements of
2 - 25%
SSP 103F31 are met.
Determine IRI sublots and incidents of localized roughness that shall be

1 - -
rejected or receive a payment adjustment as specified in SSP 103F31.
2 M Determine the smoothness payment adjustment. -

Notify the Contractor of the areas that need to be repaired. Notify the
3 M -
Contractor of the areas that will be subject to payment adjustment.
In the event that the Contractor requests to delay repairs until the beginning
4 M of the next Construction season, determine if the request complies with -
SSP 103F31.
Receive and Review a proposal detailing the sublot and repair locations.
5 - Determine if the methods detailed in the proposal comply with SSP 103F31 -
and the Contract Documents.
Notify the Contractor of permission to proceed with the proposed repairs or
6 - Notify the Contractor that permission to proceed with repairs is being denied, -
as necessary.
7 - Check that re-testing of repaired areas is as specified in SSP 103F31. -
1 - Basis of payment shall be as specified -
WARRANT: Always with SSP 103F31, Standard Special Provision for Asphaltic Concrete Surface
Smoothness.

CAIS No. 120 December 2021

The Use of Explosives
(As Specified in OPSS 120, SSP 101F02, and SSP 101S04)
120.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the use of
explosives as specified in OPSS 120, November 2014, SSP 101F02, December 2014,
SSP 101S04, January 2017 and NSP A1200050, April 2004.
120.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 120 The Use of Explosives
SSP 101F02 Amendment to OPSS 120, November 2014 - Identification of Waterbodies for
Application of DFO Guidelines for the Use of Explosives In or Near Canadian
Fisheries Waters
SSP 101S04 Amendment to OPSS 120, November 2014 - Flyrock Incident Form - Part A
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-808 Flyrock Incident Form
120.03 DEFINITIONS
120.04 DESIGN AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
120.04.01 Design Requirements
1 - Check that the qualification requirements of the blast design is as specified -

2 - Check that the blast design is as specified -
December 2021 Page 1 of 9 CAIS 120

120.04.02 Submission Requirements
Check that the name and statement of experience of the firm carrying out the
1 - blasting operations is submitted a minimum of 2 weeks prior to the use of -
explosives
Check that the name of the blaster including record of experience and safety
2 - -
training is submitted a minimum of 2 weeks prior to the use of explosives
Check that the name of the individual or firm responsible for the blast design,
3 - including a record of experience and statement of qualifications is submitted -
a minimum of 2 weeks prior to the use of explosives
Receive a letter from an Engineer certifying the design a minimum of 2 weeks
4 - -
prior to the use of explosives
Check the name of the blast monitoring consultant, including a record of
5 - experience and a record of qualifications shall be submitted a minimum of 2 -
weeks prior to the use of explosives
Receive a certificate of insurance indemnifying the Owner from all claims and
6 - damages arising from the use of explosives, a minimum of 2 weeks prior to -
the use of explosives
Receive a letter signed by the Engineer certifying the blast design, indicating
7 - the areas for which the blast design has been completed, a minimum of 48 -
hours prior to the use of explosives
Receive a letter signed by the blaster indicating receipt of the blast design
8 - and agreement that the blasting shall be according to the design, a minimum -
of 48 hours prior to the use of explosives
Receive a letter signed by the Contractor certifying that the pre-blast survey
has been carried out in accordance with the Pre-Blast Survey subsection and
9 - -
receive a copy of the pre-blast survey, a minimum of 48 hours prior to the use
of explosives
Check that a copy of the blast design, showing all items in the Design
10 - Requirements subsection, is submitted a minimum of 48 hours prior to the -
use of explosives
Check that the designated blast area is submitted a minimum of 48 hours
11 - -
prior to the use of explosives
Check that a blasting schedule is submitted a minimum of 48 hours prior to
12 - -
Receive a list of all locations to be monitored, a minimum of 48 hours prior to
13 - -
Receive proof of calibration of all monitoring equipment a minimum of 48
14 - -
hours prior to any monitoring operations and the use of explosives

Receive any blasting permits, approvals, and agreements for the use of
15 - explosives or to carry out blasting operations, a minimum of 48 hours prior to -
the use of explosives, if required/requested
120.05 MATERIALS
120.05.01 Explosives
1 - Check that the explosive materials are stored properly -
1 - Check that the explosive products are approved for use in Canada -
120.06 EQUIPMENT
120.06.01 Detonation Apparatus
Check that all apparatus is kept in working order and inspected before and
1 - 25%
after each blasting operation
Check that all wiring connected to electrical detonation apparatus is properly
2 - 25%
insulated
Check that the detonation apparatus is of the type approved by the

1 - detonation system manufacturer for the type of blasting operation to be -
undertaken
120.06.02 Monitoring Equipment
Check that the monitoring equipment satisfies the measuring and recording
1 - -
criteria in the specification
Check that the monitoring equipment is in accordance to ISEE Performance
2 - -
Specifications for Blasting Seismographs
Receive proof that the equipment has been calibrated by manufacturer or
3 - other qualified agent within the last 12 months prior to commencement of -
any monitoring operations

120.07 CONSTRUCTION
120.07.01 General
Check that blasting is carried out only during daylight hours and shall satisfy
1 M 25%
the distance, holiday, and atmospheric/weather restrictions as specified
Check that drilling depth is sufficient to provide the required shatter and extra
2 - 100%
depth shatter is specified
Check that extra depth shatter is verified and drilling depths recorded. Check
3 M that drilling pattern is in accordance with the blasting design. Record type and 100%
amount of explosive material used. Record drilling depths, limits and pattern
Check that blasting is not carried out within 30 m of concrete placed less than
3 - 72 hours when the ambient temperature falls below 20 °C or for 36 hours 25%
when the ambient temperature is continuously greater than 20 °C
When required, Check that the protection of fish and fish habitat for the
4 - specified waterbodies is in accordance with the Guidelines for the Use of 25%
Explosives in or Near Canadian Fisheries Waters
Coordinate with Rock Engineering Specialist if applicable to inspect rock
5 - face locations such as foundations founded on a rock ledge to determine 100%
rock mass stabilization
120.07.02 Radio-Frequency Hazards
Prior to blasting, check that the Contractor investigates to determine if radio-

1 - 25%
frequency hazards exist
120.07.03 Pre-Blast Survey
Receive pre-blast surveys for all buildings, Utilities, structures, water wells,
1 M and facilities likely to be affected by the blast and those within 150 m of the -
location where explosives are to be used, prior to starting the work
Check that an explanatory letter is provided to the occupant and owner
2 - -
including a formal request for permission to carry out an inspection
Check that the pre-blast surveys contain the minimum information and
3 -
requirements as specified
Check that a copy of the pre-blast survey is available to be provided to the
4 - -
owner of a single residence or property, if requested

120.07.04 Notification
120.07.04.01 General
Check that the contractor provided written notice to utilities and all owners
1 M and tenants of improved property within 500 m of the right-of-way in the -
vicinity of the blast, a minimum of 15 Business Days prior to blasting
Check that the Contractor has a competent person available to receive,
2 M -
document, and deal with public inquiries before and after blasting operations
Check that the Contractor provides sufficient detail regarding the blasting
3 M -
operations to NAV Canada, 48 hours prior to blasting
120.07.04.02 Utilities
Check that the Contractor has notified authorities of all likely affected utilities
1 M -
a minimum of 72 hours prior to blasting
120.07.04.03 Properties
Check that the Contractor’s notice of the blasting schedule satisfies the
timeline requirements specified in the specification. Check that the Contractor
1 - -
circulates the notice to all owners and tenants of buildings or facilities within
150 m of the blast
Check that the notice includes information about the audible blast warning
2 - -
system
Check that notification includes evacuation information and instructions when
3 - blasting operations may incur property damage or require temporary
evacuation
Check that the Contractor took all reasonable steps to receive from the
4 - property owners, acknowledgement of the blasting notice and confirmation to -
comply with evacuation requirements, if warranted
Check that the Contractor maintains records showing the date and time that
5 - -
the information was delivered if signature is withheld

120.07.04.04 Flyrock
Check that the Contractor submits a completed PH-CC-808, Flyrock Incident

1 M Form - Part A, within 48 hours of a blast, where flyrock was generated and -
landed outside the designated blast area
120.07.05 Monitoring
120.07.05.01 General
Check that during each blast, ground vibration PPV and the peak sound
1 - pressure levels are monitored at 250 m from the area of the blast or at the 25%
closest portion of any Utility, residence, structure, or facility
Check that water overpressure, in affected fish habitats, is monitored
2 - 25%
adjacent to the shore closest to the blast
Check that the Contractor employs a blast monitoring consultant to carry out
1 - the monitoring of PPV, peak sound pressure levels, and water overpressures -
as required
120.07.05.02 Ground Vibration
Check that ground vibration as measured by PPV, is limited to the maximum

levels shown in the specification. If readings from any two consecutive blasts
1 M exceed these levels or if any single reading exceed these levels by more than 25%
30 mm/s, blasting operations shall cease until a revised blast design is
submitted.
If PPV readings exceed maximum levels in Table 1, verify the operation is

1 - ceased until the Contractor provides revised blast design, certified by the -
Engineer, before blasting operations can resume

120.07.05.03 Water Overpressure
Check that instantaneous pressure change, as measured by water

1 - 25%
overpressure in or near fish habitat, does not exceed 100 kPa
120.07.05.04 Trial Blasts
Check that the trial blasts are carried out with the appropriate blast vibration
1 M 25%
and noise level monitoring equipment
Select a minimum of 3 test blast locations with the Contractor, to confirm the
suitability of the blast design for the ground vibration PPV limits and sound
1 - -
pressure levels. If required based on the results, receive a revised blast
design
120.07.06 Protective Measures
Check that the designated blast area is cleared of all vehicular and
1 - 25%
pedestrian traffic immediately prior to blasting operations
Check that all traffic is stopped and prevented from entering the area until
2 - 25%
permission has been given by the blaster
Check that traffic control is in accordance with the Ontario Traffic Manual,
3 - 25%
Book 7
Check that signs are posted informing the public of blasting operations and to
4 - 25%
turn off radio transmitters
Check that audible blast warning devices, capable of alerting workers and the
5 - 25%
public up to a radius of 1,000 m, are used before and after blasting
Check that blasting mats or other suitable means of controlling flyrock is used
6 - 25%
to limit potential hazardous effects of the blast

120.07.06.01 Protection of Utility Lines
Check that temporary rearranging and shielding of utility lines has been
1 - completed as detailed within the Contract Documents and/or as requested by 25%
the Contractor, prior to blasting operations
Check that all utility lines have been restored to their original state and
2 - 25%
location upon completion of blasting operations
Check that the Contractor provides alternative measures if approved by the
3 - 25%
Utility authorities in writing for disruption or services and damage
Check that any alternative measures suggested by the Contractor for

1 - rearranging and shielding the utility lines has been approved, in writing, by -
the Utility authorities
If in the opinion of the utility authority, stand by crews are necessary during
2 - blasting operations, check that the Contractor has made the necessary -
arrangements with the utility authority
Confirm that all payments associated with the temporary rearranging and
3 - shielding of utility lines, including standby crews for the blasting operations, -
are paid by the Contractor
120.07.07 Records
Receive a post-blast record reporting the conditions as specified, signed by

1 - -
the blaster for each blast completed and made available for site review
Receive a report summarizing the results of the ground vibration and peak
2 - sound pressure levels at the end of each work day that blasting was carried -
out
120.07.08 Damage
Check that a site condition survey is submitted to determine if any damages

1 M have occurred upon completion of blasting or immediately following the -
receipt of a complaint
2 - Receive records of all incidents of any damage or injury from the Contractor -
3 - Received other complaint reports in writing within 24 hours of receipt -

120.07.09 Management of Excess Material
Check that management of excess material is as specified in the Contract Documents.
120.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE - Not Used
120.09 MEASUREMENT FOR PAYMENT - Not Used
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 120, General Specification for The Use of Explosives.

CAIS No. 180 February 2023

the Management of Excess Materials
(As Specified in OPSS 180 and NSSP ENVR0014)
180.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the management
of excess materials as specified in OPSS 180, November 2016 and NSSP ENVR0014.
180.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 180 The Management of Excess Materials
MTO Non-Standard Special Provisions:
NSSP ENVR0014 Amendment to OPSS 180, November 2016 - Compliance With Ontario
Regulation for On-Site and Excess Soil Management
Construction Administration and Inspection Specifications (CAIS):
CAIS 206 Grading

CAIS 209 Swamp Excavation
CAIS 1004 Aggregates - Miscellaneous
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-181 Site Selection Notification for Stockpiling Materials Managed Through Re-Use
PH-CC-182 Site Selection Notification for Material Managed as Disposable Fill
PH-CC-183 Property Owner’s Release
PH-CC-184 Waste Quantity Report for Solid Non-Hazardous Industrial and Commercial Waste
PH-CC-185 Excess Soil Quantity Report for Excess Soil Managed by Stockpiling, Re-Use, and
as Disposable Fill
180.03 DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in OPSS 180 and NSSP
ENVR0014.
February 2023 Page 1 of 4 CAIS 180

180.04.01.01 Notification of Site Selection, and Property Owner Release
1 - Witness the sampling. -

When testing is required, Check that the Contractor is meeting the O.Reg
2 - 406/19 and O.Reg 153/04 requirements, and coordinate with MTO/MTO’s -
design team as necessary.
Check that the Contractor is using a Qualified Person in accordance with

1 M O. Reg. 406/19. Contact the MTO CSA and MTO Environmental section for -
support.
180.04.01.02 Verification of Management by Disposal as Non-Hazardous Solid

Industrial or Commercial Waste
Receive a copy of the weigh ticket or receipt on a weekly basis as specified in

1 M -
Clause 180.04.01.02.
2 M Receive and review MTO form PH-CC-184. -
180.04.01.04 Environmental Compliance Approval
1 M Receive and Check the approval(s) as specified in Clause 180.04.01.04. -
180.04.01.05 Subject Waste Documentation
1 M Receive the Contractor notification as specified in Clause 180.04.01.05. -

2 M Receive the Regulation 347 manifest with the completed Part B. -
3 M Retain copies #1 and #2 of the manifest with Part A and B completed. -
4 M Return copies #3 and #6 of the manifest to the carrier. -
Receive and Check any additional documentation as specified in Clause
5 M -
180.04.01.05.

180.04.01.06 Excess Material Audit or Inventory Document
1 M Receive and Check an excess material audit or inventory. -
180.04.01.08 Excess Soil Documentation and Tracking
Receive and Check the excess soil documentation received from the
1 M -
Contractor as specified.
Review the final documents and ensure that the documentation is filed in the
2 M -
contract management system.
Verify that there were no changes to the qualified person preparing the
3 - -
excess soil destination assessment report.
4 - Inform MTO that if a notice will be filed on the Registry. -
5 - Receive and review the MTO form PH-CC-181. -
Receive and review any other property / owner’s written permission to accept
6 - -
the excess soil as specified.
7 - Receive and review the MTO form PH-CC-182. -
8 - Receive and review form PH-CC-183. -
9 - Inform MTO what soil tracking system will be used. -
180.04.01.09 Notice to be Filed in the Registry
1 - Review the notice filed on the Registry. Inform MTO of any concerns. -
Verify that the information in the notice corresponds with the submissions
2 - -
received by the Contractor.
180.07 CONSTRUCTION
180.07.01 Conditions on Management of Excess Material
1 - Receive a copy of all test results and waste manifests. -

2 - Issue the test results and waste manifests to the Environmental Planner. -
Record the locations of management areas and sources of excess material
3 - -
being managed.
4 - Check that the Contractor providing the notification(s) as specified. -

Confirm with MTO if any additional inspections are required at the different
5 - -
locations such as at property owner and/or commercial site(s).
Check that sampling, testing, storage, documentation/manifesting,

1 - transportation and disposal of excess materials that is hazardous waste is 50%
conducted in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Check that areas are pre-cleared prior to excess material placement and
2 - contour graded and seeded and mulched after placement for MTO owned 50%
properties.
Check for compliance with conditions on management of disposed fill and
3 - materials stockpiled inside the ROW, on MTO property and on third (3rd) party 50%
properties covered with the letters of agreement.
180.07.01.02 Temporary Stockpile for Re-Use
If the Contractor will be storing excess soil on the MTO right of way, receive
1 - Review written permission and coordinate with MTO and MTO’s property -
office.
180.07.08 Excess Earth Quantity Report
1 - Receive and Check completed PH-CC-185. -

Review the final completed PH-CC-185 and ensure it is filed in the contract
2 - -
management system.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 180, General Specification for the Management of Excess
Materials.


Environmental Protection for Construction in and Around
Waterbodies and on Waterbody Banks
(As Specified in OPSS 182 and SSP 101F23)
182.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the environmental
protection requirements and mitigation measures that apply to construction involving work in and
around waterbodies and on waterbody banks as specified in OPSS 182, April 2021, and
SSP 101F23, October 2021.
182.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 182 Environmental Protection for Construction in and Around Waterbodies and on
Waterbody Banks
SSP 101F23 Amendment to OPSS 182, April 2021 - Timing of In-Water Works, Oversight
Requirements, and Measures to Avoid Harm to Fish
CAIS 180 Management of Excess Materials

CAIS 517 Dewatering
CAIS 803 Vegetative Cover
CAIS 804 Temporary Erosion Control
CAIS 805 Temporary Sediment Control
MTO Forms:
MTO Construction Inspection Checklist

MTO Non-Compliance Summary Form
MTO Construction Monitoring Report
Canadian and Provincial Statutes:
Endangered Species Act, S.O. 2007, c. 6

Fisheries Act, R.S.C., 1985, c. F-14

Fish and Wildlife Conservation Act, S.O. 1997, c. 41 - Ontario Regulation 664/98- Fish Licensing
Species at Risk Act, S.C. 2002, c. 29
Canadian and Provincial Policy:
Fisheries and Oceans Canada Code of Practice: End-of-pipe fish protection screens for small water
intakes in freshwater
Fisheries and Oceans Canada Protocol for the Detection of Fish Species at Risk in Ontario Great
Lakes Area (OGLA)
Fisheries and Oceans Canada Protocol for the Detection and Relocation of Freshwater Mussel
Species at Risk in Ontario Great Lakes Area (OGLA)
182.03 DEFINITIONS
182.04.01.01 Fish Salvage Licence
Check that the Licence to Collect Fish for Scientific Purposes has been
obtained by the Contractor from the Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources
1 M -
and Forestry prior to any in-water works in fish-bearing watercourses, as
specified in the Contract Documents.
2 M Receive and Check copies of the permits and licences from the Contractor. -
182.04.01.02 Fisheries Specialist
Receive the name of the Fisheries Contracts Specialist and/or Fisheries

Assessment Specialist from the Contractor when required in the Contract,
1 M -
and check with the MTO CSA to obtain confirmation that the Contractor’s
fisheries specialist(s) is(are) Qualified Fisheries Specialist(s).
182.05 MATERIALS
Check that all materials for environmental protection in and around

1 M waterbodies or on waterbody banks are according to the Contract 100%
Documents.

182.06 EQUIPMENT
Check that the equipment used in and around waterbodies or on waterbody

1 - 100%
banks is as according to the Contract Documents.
Check that the equipment used in and around waterbodies or on waterbody
2 - banks is free of excess or leaking fuel, lubricants, coolant and any other 100%
deleterious substances that could enter the waterbody.
182.07 CONSTRUCTION
182.07.01 General Requirements
Check and confirm that the Work in and around waterbodies or on waterbody
1 - 100%
banks is according to the Contract Documents.
Check that if fish are observed in the work area during construction that the
2 M 100%
work ceases, and the fish salvaged according to the Contract Documents.
Check that disturbance/damage to waterbody beds and banks is limited to
3 - that specified in the Contract Documents and environmental provisions, and 100%
as may be authorized through environmental permits/approvals.
Check that copies of all permits and licences obtained from regulatory
1 - agencies are submitted upon receipt and that any permits required to be kept -
on site are available for inspection according to the Contract Documents.
Receive notification (using PH-CC-818) from the Contractor when there is a
release of a deleterious substance or unauthorized death of fish, or harmful
2 - -
alteration, disruption or destruction (HADD) of fish habitat, or when there is a
serious and imminent danger of any of these occurring.
Check that the Contractor follows the emergency situations procedures
3 - described in the MTO/DFO/MNRF Protocol for Protecting Fish and Fish -
Habitat on Provincial Transportation Undertakings.
182.07.02 Operation of Equipment in and Around Waterbodies or on Waterbody

Banks
Check that Equipment arrives on site in clean condition, is maintained free of

1 - 100%
fluid leaks and is operated according to the Contract Documents.

Check that Equipment does not enter a waterbody and is operated on dry
2 - land above the high-water level, on ice, or from a floating barge in a manner 100%
that minimizes disturbance to the waterbody banks.
Check that Equipment refueling and maintenance takes place at locations as
3 - far away as practicable from a waterbody and in a manner that prevents any 100%
sediment and other deleterious substances from entering a waterbody.
Check that an emergency spill kit is kept on site to address any fluid leaks or
4 - 100%
spills from Equipment.
182.07.03 Dewatering and Temporary Flow Control
1 - As specified in CAIS 517. -
182.07.04 Preservation of Riparian Vegetation
Check that disturbance/damage to bank vegetation is limited to that specified

1 - in the Contract Documents and environmental provisions, and as may be 100%
authorized through environmental permits/ approvals.
182.07.05 Erosion and Sediment Control
1 - As specified in CAIS 804 and CAIS 805. -

Check that erosion and sediment control measures are in place prior to any
2 - 100%
soil disturbance.
Check that erosion and sediment control measures are maintained and
3 - 100%
remain effective at all times, including seasonal and other shut down periods.
Check that sediment and other deleterious substances are prevented from
4 - 100%
reaching waterbodies.
Determine if additional erosion and/or sediment control measures or
5 - 100%
additional locations may be required.
182.07.06 Restoration of Disturbed Areas
Check that disturbed areas are restored to pre-construction condition or

1 - better immediately after disturbance or upon completion of the work, 100%
according to the Contract Documents.

Check that re-grading and restoration measures are undertaken according to
2 - 100%
the Contract Documents.
Check that all disturbed areas on waterbody banks and riparian vegetation
areas are stabilized with effective temporary erosion and sediment control
3 - 100%
measures and maintained until vegetation is established according to the
Contract Documents.
Check that materials used for the restoration of streambeds are not obtained
4 - from below the high-water level of any waterbody unless otherwise specified 100%
5 - Check vegetative cover, as specified in CAIS 803. 100%
182.07.07 Contaminant and Spills Management
Check that sediment and other deleterious substances are prevented from
1 - 100%
reaching waterbodies according to the Contract Documents.
182.07.08 Fish Protection
182.07.08.01 Timing of In-Water Works
Check for compliance with the timing constraints to work in and around
1 M -
waterbodies and on waterbody banks, as specified in SSP 101F23.
182.07.08.02 Fish Salvage
Check that the salvage and handling of fish stranded by the work or found in
1 - the work area during construction is according to the licence(s)/permit(s) 100%
obtained for the work and the Contract Documents.
Check that fish exclusion measures (i.e. blocker nets) are used to prevent
2 - 100%
fish from re-entering work areas.
Following the initial fish salvage, Check that additional fish salvage activities
3 - are undertaken when fish become stranded by the work or the fish exclusion 100%
measures fail, prior to recommencing construction.
Check that fish exclusion measures are removed once the work in the area
4 - 100%
has been completed.

When electrofishing is used for fish salvage, Check that the person(s)
1 - leading the electrofishing possess a valid Ontario Electrofishing Certification, -
or equivalent.
182.07.08.03 Reporting Species at Risk
Receive the reported live capture/release of species protected under SARA

1 - -
or ESA associated with the fish salvage activities.
Receive the reported mortalities of species protected under SARA or ESA
2 - -
associated with the fish salvage activities.
3 - Receive the digital photograph(s). -
Check that the appropriate regulatory agencies are notified, according to the
4 - -
Contract Documents.
5 M Notify the MTO CSA and MTO Environmental Planner. -
182.07.08.04 Fish Screens
Check that any water intakes or outlet pipes in fish bearing waters have been
fitted with screens to prevent entrainment or impingement of fish and that the
1 M 100%
measures used comply with the DFO Code of Practice: End-of-pipe fish
protection screens for small water intakes in freshwater.
182.07.08.05 Fisheries Specialist Services
Check that the Fisheries Contracts Specialist completes all services,

1 - oversight and documentation requirements, according to the Contract 100%
Documents.
Receive all monitoring documentation according to Table 1:

• MTO Construction Inspection Checklist.
1 - 100%
• MTO Non - Compliance Summary Form.
• MTO Construction Monitoring Report.

When there is a Fisheries Act authorization, Endangered Species Act permit,
2 - or Species at Risk Act permit, receive the deliverables identified in the 100%
authorization or permit from the Contractor.
182.07.09 CONTINGENCY MEASURES
Check that corrective actions to ensure waterbody and fish habitat protection
1 - are taken immediately when an environmental protection measure is found to 100%
be ineffective.
182.07.10 MANAGEMENT OF EXCESS MATERIALS
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 182, General Specification for Environmental Protection for
Construction In and Around Waterbodies and On Waterbody Banks.


Environmental Exemptions and Permits
1.0 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the environmental
exemptions and permits specified in SSP 199F31, April 2016.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 199F31 Environmental Exemptions and Permits
7.0 CONSTRUCTION
Check that any exemptions/permits required to be kept on site are available

1 M -
for inspection according to the Contract Documents.
Check that the Contractor does not enter or commence work in the areas
2 M identified in the Contract Documents until pending exemptions and permits -
have been obtained.
Notify the Contractor when pending exemptions and permits have been
3 M -
received.
WARRANT: Always with SSP 199F31, Environmental Exemptions and Permits.

Administration and Inspection Activities for Rock Removal by

Manual Scaling, Machine Scaling, Trim Blasting, or Controlled Blasting
202.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for removing rock by
manual scaling, machine scaling, trim blasting, or controlled blasting as specified in OPSS 202,
November 2013.
202.02 REFERENCES
Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications, Construction:
OPSS 202 Rock Removal by Manual Scaling, Machine Scaling, Trim Blasting, or Controlled
Blasting
CAIS 206 Grading
202.03 DEFINITIONS
1 M Receive required submissions within specified time periods -
202.05 MATERIALS - Not Used
202.06 EQUIPMENT
202.06.02 Drilling Equipment
1 - Check that acceptable drilling equipment be used -

202.07 CONSTRUCTION
202.07.03 Trim Blasting or Controlled Blasting
202.07.03.02 Trim Blasting
Check that the 50 mm diameter vertical holes along the perimeter of the
1 - -
specified trim are drilled at an acceptable spacing
Check that excess rock material is managed within the right-of-way at

acceptable locations. Consult regional engineering office for excess rock
1 - -
material to be managed by slope flattening, unless specified in the Contract
Documents.
202.09 MEASUREMENT FOR PAYMENT
1 - Measurement for payment shall be as specified -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 202, Construction Specification for Rock Removal by Manual
Scaling, Machine Scaling, Trim Blasting, or Controlled Blasting.


Rock Stabilization
203.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the stabilization of
a rock face or mass using a combination of rock bolts, shotcrete or concrete buttresses or both as
specified in OPSS 203, November 2014.
203.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 203 Rock Stabilization
CAIS 904 Concrete Structures

CAIS 905 Steel Reinforcement for Concrete
CAIS 931 Structure Rehabilitation - Shotcrete
203.03 DEFINITIONS
203.04.01.01 Rock Bolting
Receive and Check the rock bolting submissions a minimum of 2 weeks prior
1 - -
to starting the work.
2 FES Check the rock bolting submissions. -
3 - Coordinate the submission review with the FES. -

203.04.01.02 Shotcreting
Receive and Check the list of equipment and accessories a minimum of 2

1 - -
weeks prior to the application of shotcrete.
Receive and Check the mix design submissions in accordance with the
2 - -
Contract Documents.
Check that all supporting test data is not more than twelve months old from
3 - -
the date the mix design was submitted.
4 FES Check the shotcrete mix design and supporting data submitted. -
203.05 MATERIALS
203.05.01 Rock Bolts
1 - Check that the rock bolts are as specified. 75%
203.05.01.01 Anchoring Agent for Rock Bolts
1 - Check that the anchoring agent is as specified. 75%
203.05.01.02 Grout
1 - Check that the grout is as specified. 75%
203.05.01.03 Grout Tubes
1 - Check that the grout tubes are as specified. 75%
203.05.02 Rock Shotcrete
1 - Check that the shotcrete for rock face stabilization is as specified. 75%

203.05.02.01 Pipe for Rock Drains
1 - Check that the rock drains are in accordance with ASTM D1784 and have a 75%
minimum internal diameter of 19 to 25 mm, inclusive.
203.06 EQUIPMENT
203.06.01 Shotcreting
203.06.01.01 Compressor - Air Blasting
1 - Check that the compressor for air blasting is as specified. 50%
203.06.01.02 Hand Finishing Equipment
203.06.01.03 Mixing Process
1 - Check that the mixing process is as specified. 50%
203.07 CONSTRUCTION
203.07.01 Rock Bolting
1 - Check that the holes for rock bolts are as specified. 75%
203.07.01.01 Testing of Rock Bolts
1 - Check that the rock bolt tests are conducted as specified. 100%
203.07.02 Rock Shotcreting
203.07.02.01 Operational Constraints
1 - Check that the rock surface has been prepared as specified. 75%

Check that the air temperature and the existing rock surface temperature is
2 - 75%
within the allowable limits as specified.
Check that protection is provided in accordance with the Contractor’s
3 - 75%
submitted plan if the temperature exceeds the allowable limits.
Receive notification of intent to apply shotcrete a minimum of 3 Business

1 - -
Days prior to the commencement of shotcreting operation.
2 FES Check the rock bolting and testing requirements; and rock surface. -
Coordinate with the FES for the rock bolting and testing requirements; and
3 - rock surface. Receive Foundation Engineering Specialist approval to -
proceed with shotcreting operation.
203.07.02.02 Approval of Nozzle Operator
Check the qualifications of the nozzle operator and that they are on the list of
1 M
approved nozzle operators for the current construction season
203.07.02.03 Placing
Check that all rock surfaces are clean, solid, and free from loose or unsound
1 - fragments, dust, vegetation or other organic materials, and any foreign 75%
substances or other debris.
Check that environmental protection enclosures or containment systems are
2 - 75%
in place and functioning prior to shotcrete application.
Check that dust and debris from exposed Work, and from construction
3 - 75%
operations does not cause a nuisance/damage.
Check that the area to be shotcreted is maintained in a wet condition for a
4 - 75%
period of 2 hours prior to the application of the shotcrete.
Check that excess water is removed from the rock surface using compressed
5 - 75%
air prior to the shotcreting operation.
Check that the minimum and average thickness of shotcrete as specified in
6 - 75%
OPSS 203.
7 - Check that shotcrete is cured in accordance with the Contract Documents. 75%

203.07.02.04 Testing of Rock Shotcrete
1 - Check that testing of shotcrete is according to ASTM C42. 100%

Notify the Contractor of the construction of the test panels as specified in
2 - 100%
OPSS 203.
Witness the testing of all designated in-place shotcrete for compliance with
3 - 100%
OPSS 203.
Determine and notify the Contractor if any areas of shortcrete need to be
4 - 100%
removed and replaced.
1 - Review rehabilitation methods proposed by the Contractor if required
203.07.03 Rock Drains
1 - Check the installation and materials for rock drains. 75%
203.07.04 Concrete Buttress
As specified in CAIS 904 and CAIS 905.
As specified in the Contract Documents.
1 - Measurement for payment shall be as specified. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 203, Construction Specification for Rock Stabilization.


Grading
206.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for grading, including
earth and rock excavation and embankment construction, rock face, and the management of
excavated materials as specified in OPSS 206, November 2014 and SSP 102S05, May 2017.
206.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 206 Grading
SSP 102S05 Amendment to OPSS 206, November 2014 - Additional Requirements for Grading
CAIS 209 Embankments Over Swamps and Compressible Soils

CAIS 212 Earth Borrow
CAIS 501 Compacting
CAIS 802 Topsoil
CAIS 804 Seed and Cover
CAIS 1010 Aggregates - Base, Subbase, Select Subgrade and Backfill Material
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-820 Certification of Grade Elevation / Crossfall

PH-CC-808 Flyrock Incident Form
206.03 DEFINITIONS

206.04.01.01 Rock Material Management Plan (RMMP)
For each construction stage, Receive and Check the initial Rock Material
1 M -
Management Plan for rock excavation or rock embankment work.
Monitor the Work progress and rock materials management against the
2 - -
submitted plan.
3 M Review the monthly updated RMMP. -
4 - Verify the Contractor’s submission for rock surplus removed quantity. -

Verify the Contractor has designated a measurement method for all rock
5 - -
materials not placed in the embankment.
When the Contractor requests to use the Modified Layer Compaction Method,
6 M -
Receive and Check the detailed plan.
206.06 EQUIPMENT
1 M Check that equipment to be used meets the equipment requirements. 100%

2 M Administer Nuclear moisture and density gauges according with CAIS 501. -
206.07 CONSTRUCTION
206.07.01 General
Check that all ice, snow, and frozen material be removed and disposed of
1 - 100%
from all earth, rock, or granular surfaces.
206.07.01.02 Compaction
As specified in CAIS 501.
206.07.01.03 Earth Borrow

206.07.01.04 Tolerances - General
206.07.01.04.01 Tolerances for Earth
Check if sideslopes and backslopes, beyond the plus horizontal grading

1 - 50%
tolerances can be Accepted.
206.07.01.04.02 Tolerances for Rock
1 - Check if the excavation below the minus tolerances can be accepted. 25%
Check if the final faces and excavation, beyond the plus tolerances can be
2 - 25%
accepted.
206.07.02 Drainage
Check effective drainage during excavation operation and ensure no

1 - 50%
undrained pocket in excavations.
2 - Check if ditching is completed as specified. 25%
206.07.03 Excavation and Grading
206.07.03.01.02 Stripping
1 M Check stripping depth as specified. 25%
206.07.03.01.03 Excavation below Subgrade
1 - - Check if the backfilled excavation is using acceptable material. 25%
206.07.03.01.03 Swamp Excavation

206.07.03.01.05 Backfilling of Overexcavated Areas
1 - Check if the backfilled excavation is using acceptable granular material and 25%
compacted as specified.
206.07.03.02 Rock Excavation - General
Check that drilling pattern shall be as specified. Record type and amount of
1 - 25%
explosive material used. Record drilling depths, limits and pattern.
206.07.03.02.01 Rock Excavation - Grading
Continuously Monitor at all times the locations where the Contractor is

1 - 100%
hauling rock excavated from the Contract.
Verify that the Contractor has designated a measurement method for all rock
2 - 25%
materials not placed in embankment.
3 - Verify that the quantities of rock surplus are removed. 25%
Check if any rock fragments or boulders within or outside the excavated
4 - 25%
areas are unstable.
Check that the Contractor has removed all stumps, roots, vegetation and soil
5 - overlaying rock to be excavated to the width specified on the construction 25%
subgrade report.
6 M Check that overburden is excavated as specified. 25%
Check that removal of overburden and earth is carried out sufficiently in
7 - advance to permit surveying of original rock and determination of rock 25%
volumes.
Check if overburden material is used as specified or managed as excess
8 - 25%
material as specified.
9 - Survey, for payment purposes, all original and stripped rock cross-sections. 25%
Check that the zero rock stations are supported by field measurement prior to
10 M 25%
the blasting operations.
Check that all safety precautions are observed prior to blasting, including the
11 M 25%
sounding of audible warning device before and after blasting.
Check that protective measures to control flyrock and boulders are used
12 M 25%
around private properties and/or utility locations prior to blasting.

13 - Check that noise, vibration and dust levels are controlled. 25%
Check that drilling depth is sufficient to provide the required shatter and extra
14 - 25%
depth shatter is specified.
15 - Check that the extra depth shatter is verified and drilling depths recorded. 25%
Check that there is effective drainage to ditches and transition treatments by
16 - 25%
confirming that no undrained pockets are left in the road bed or ditches.
During and after scaling, inspect the rock face for potential rockfall hazard
17 - 75%
and discuss any concerns with MTO.
18 - Check that any special rockfall hazard designs are is implemented. 25%
19 - Check that a post construction survey is carried out. 25%
Verify and Record that grading tolerances are correctly applied, and all
20 - 25%
excavations conform to the acceptance envelope.
Check that shale be excavated using appropriate methods and to produce
21 - 50%
side slopes as specified.
Check and Record the zero rock stations when the grade is verified or when
1 M the original cross-sections are obtained and referenced in HDS/In-Roads or -
to the cross-section rolls.
When the original rock line differs from the rock line used in design then re-
calculate, on a monthly basis, the quantities of rock and shatter, where
2 - appropriate, to the lines of the grading standard. Submit the revised cross- -
section templates to the Contractor. Check that cross-section templates are
signed by the Contractor to acknowledge the receipt of the report.
3 - If fly rock leaves the designated blast area, complete Part B of PH-CC-808. -
Submit the completed Part B of the MTO form PH-CC-808 to the form’s
4 - -
distribution list as soon as Part A is received from the Contractor.
Check that drilling pattern is as specified. Record type and amount of
5 M -
explosive material used. Record drilling depths, limits and pattern.
Measure and Record boulders (in m³) on an existing rock surface as rock
6 - -
excavation.
Record the disposition of all rock excavation material showing: how the cut is
7 - excavated, the type of equipment used, where it is being disposed including -
the equipment involved and the time and duration of the Work.
Coordinate with the Rockfall Engineering Specialist, if applicable, to
8 - -
determine unstable rock mass, rock fragments or boulders for removal.
9 - Check the Contractor’s construction blasting records/blasting reports. -

206.07.03.03 Excavation for Widening
Check that the excavation adjacent to the travelled portion of the roadway
1 - 75%
shall be in advance of the backfilling operation within a distance as specified.
Check that the excavation shall be backfilled and compacted as specified,
2 - 25%
prior to closing down operations each day.
206.07.03.05 Management of Excavated Materials
Check if the material is suitable for embankment or other construction

1 - 25%
purposes.
When applicable, Receive and review the request from the Contractor -
1 -
regarding use of surplus materials.
Notify the Contractor if surplus material can be used within the Contract -
2 -
limits.
206.07.03.06 Provision for Temporary Cover
1 - Check temporary cover at the specified areas as per CAIS 804. 25%
206.07.04 Rock Supply
Verify through survey the in-situ measurement for Rock Supply item at the
1 - 25%
source.
Verify through survey measurement any rock material remaining at the
2 - source when rock materials are supplied for completion of rock 25%
embankments.
Check locations where the Rock Supply is obtained to the locations identified
3 - 25%
in the Rock Material Management Plan.

Receive the notification from the Contractor when the measurements are to
1 - -
be taken.
2 - Receive a copy of the measurements and calculations. -
Upon receipt of the Contractor’s written notification, determine if verification
3 - -
for the locations where measurements were taken is needed.
If verification is needed, undertake the verification within 3 Business Days
4 - -
from the time of the Contractor’s notice.
206.07.04.01 Measurement of Rock Surplus
Monitor and verify the removal of rock surplus to make sure rock materials
1 - removed as rock surplus are accounted and result in accurate payment under 25%
the rock supply item.
2 - Monitor the rock material handling. Verify and Review the measurements. 25%
For the Weighed Aggregate Production Quantity Method:
• Receive list of stockpile locations from Contractor minimum 3 Business
Days prior to production.
• Identify discrepancies with Contractor measurements .
• Verify Rock Materials are only hauled to the on-contract crushing site
(unless accounted for using another measurement method).
3 - • Survey stockpile location within the 3 Business Days of the contractor’s 25%
notification AND prior to the addition of any materials (including the
granular pad) at all intended stockpile sites.
• Survey stockpile location after all aggregate removal. Determine any
remaining aggregate volume.
• Check that any aggregate remaining unprocessed is measured by the
Contractor and accounted for as rock surplus when disposed of (unless
placed in embankment).
For the Stockpile Volume Method:
• Receive list of stockpile locations from Contractor minimum of 3 Business
Days prior to commencing any work at the stockpile locations. Stockpile
locations include rock fill/placement at offsite premises, stockpiles in pits
4 - and quarries, disposal within Contract limits (widenings, slope flattening 25%
etc.).
• For any stockpile locations in compressible soils, instruct the Contractor to
re-locate the proposed stockpiles OR provide monitoring devices in
sufficient number to allow adequate assessment of stockpile settlement

• Verify the Contractor’s initial ground surveys for the stockpile locations,
prior to placement of any rock materials.
• Monitor the Contractor’s hauling operations to verify that rock surplus
materials are only placed in the stated stockpile locations.
• Frequently monitor each stockpile location (3-4 times per day) for a
minimum period of 15-20 minutes each.
• Verify all rock materials are placed in the stockpile and no rock materials
are removed from stockpile before verification of its final survey.
• Verify the final surveys of the completed stockpiles.
For the Weighed Broken Rock Method:
• Verify all rock materials are weighed prior to leaving Contract limits.
5 - • Receive weigh tickets from Contractor. 25%
• Verify all tickets have been accounted for against the daily material
summary.
For the In-situ Measure of Distinct Rock Cut Method:
6 - • Verify that only rock materials from the distinct rock cut location as 25%
identified by the Contractor are removed from the Contract.
7 - Check that the rock is removed as part of the rock surplus quantity. 25%
Monitor the location where the Contractor is hauling rock excavated from the
8 - 75%
Contract as part of the rock surplus.
9 - Verify the quantities of Rock Surplus removed. 25%
10 - Monitored verified all Rock Surplus. 25%
Survey the surplus rock stockpile within 3 Business Days of notification from
11 - 25%
the Contractor.
For the Weighed Aggregate Production Quantity Method, verify the

1 - Contractor calculations for material weighed as processed aggregate from -
on-Contract location and properly converted to broken rock quantity.
206.07.05 Embankments
Check that embankment materials used are as specified or approved by the

1 - 50%
Owner in writing.
Ensure that placement of materials over either frozen earth or ice surfaces is
2 - 50%
not allowed.

Ensure that Ice, frozen or unsuitable materials are not incorporated into
3 - 50%
embankments.
Receive notification from the Contractor regarding completion of embankment -

1 -
as specified.
206.07.05.01 Earth Embankments
1 - Check that backfilling material used is acceptable. 25%

Check material placement in uniform layers for the full width of the
2 - 25%
embankment.
Check that any organic or deleterious material is sub-excavated prior to
3 - 25%
embankment construction as specified.
4 - Check embankment foundation and benching as required. 25%
5 - Check the quality control tests to determine if target density is obtained. 25%
Check the embankment construction to confirm that:
• The specified depth of layers are maintained.
6 - • Oversize and frozen material is not used. 50%
• Material is not placed on frozen ground or on ice or snow.
• The crossfall is adequate for drainage.
7 - Check the placement of the boulders and materials of a large size. 25%
If a berm is required, Check that it is constructed before the main fill is built to
8 - 25%
a level higher than the berm.
If a surcharge is used, check that erosion and sediment control schemes are
in place and functioning. If the such schemes are not functioning or are
insufficient the Contractor must be requested to review and take action.
9 - Check that surcharge is built and removed to the requirements shown in the 25%
Contract Documents. Check that surcharge is removed only after required
settlement is achieved, the specified time has elapsed, or the required pore
water pressure has been achieved.
Check and Record that the grading tolerances are applied, and all slopes
10 - 25%
conform to the acceptance envelope prior to placement of subbase material.
Check the compaction of the fill, layer compaction, or modified layer
11 - 25%
compaction.
12 - Check the construction procedure conducted for side hill or sloping sections. 25%
For embankments over soft ground, check that rate of embankment
13 - 50%
construction is carried out in accordance with the Special Provisions.

Check that all field test results, and information are received within 2 working
14 - 25%
days following completion of a lot.
206.07.05.01.02 Layer Compaction Method
When there is a concern about ground bearing condition in response to

1 - construction equipment, consult MTO regional geotechnical section if the first 25%
layer needs to be increased in thickness.
2 M Verify layer depth prior to compaction. 25%
Check that the dimension of large particle sizes is within specified size
3 - 25%
restriction.
Verify completion of each layer as specified, prior to placement of the
4 M 25%
succeeding layer.
206.07.05.01.03 Modified Layer Compaction Method
1 M Verify layer depth prior to compaction. 25%

Check that the dimension of large particle sizes are within specified size
2 - 25%
restriction.
Verify completion of each layer as specified, prior to placement of the
3 M 25%
succeeding layer.
Determine if the Modified Layer Compaction Method can be used and Notify -
1 -
the Contractor.
Receive proof from the Contractor of the ability of the proposed method to -
2 M
achieve the specified density.
Determine if the procedure can be permitted to be used by the Contractor, -
3 M
following the results from the control strip.
Receive written proposal from Contractor, when a new trial section needs to -
4 M
be constructed.

206.07.05.02 Rock Embankments
206.07.05.02.01 General
1 - Check the rockfill is built as specified. 25%

Verify that rock for embankment construction shall be obtained either from
2 - 25%
excavated rock within the contract limits or under the rock supply item.
Verify by survey, a minimum of 25% of the stations of the excavated base
forming the bottom of each rock embankment, prior to embankment
construction. Compare with specified tolerances. If there are discrepancies,
3 - 25%
at the owner’s discretion, conduct additional checks, and ask contractor to
bring the grade to within the specified tolerances and make appropriate
adjustments to the plan quantity.
4 - Check that rockfill is not placed on frozen materials. 50%
If rockfill is used to displace soft underlying materials, the centre should be
5 - 50%
kept ahead of the sides or one side on sidehill organic displacement.
Check equipment type and size, number of passes, speed, and lift thickness
6 M 25%
for the compaction of rock embankment.
Check that construction practices for placement of rock materials are
7 - 25%
acceptable as specified.
Check that large particle sizes are within specified size restriction and are
8 - 25%
properly positioned within the rockfill embankment.
9 - Check that chinking is carried out to fill surface voids. 25%
10 - Check that approved procedures are followed for surcharge loading. 25%
Check that direction of rockfill placement is such that mud waves are
11 - 25%
displaced away from the embankment.
Check and Record that grading tolerances are correctly applied to the
elevation of subgrade as specified, and all fill slopes conform to the contract
1 M requirements. Where overbuilding is known to have occurred. Notify the -
Contractor, prior to placement of materials on the embankment. Record the
natural angle of repose before adjustments are made.
Record daily, the construction of rockfill: location of source of material used,
2 - final disposition of the material, the equipment involved, and the time and -
duration of the Work.

206.07.05.02.02 Shale Embankments
Check equipment type and size, number of passes, speed, and lift thickness
1 M 50%
for the compaction of shale embankment.
Check that shale embankment materials are spread and compacted in
2 - 25%
uniform layers.
3 - Check that large particle sizes are within specified size restriction. 25%
206.07.06 Rock Backfill to Structure
Check that rock sizes are within specified size restriction and free of
1 - 25%
contamination.
2 - Check that placement and dumping of rock will not damage the structure. 100%
206.07.07 QUALITY CONTROL
206.07.07.01.01 Submission of Grade Checks
Receive all grade checks relating to horizontal and vertical grading tolerances
1 - including non-compliances, within 2 Business Days following completion of -
the grade.
2 - Receive signed grading templates or PH-CC-820. -
206.08.01 Grade Checks
Conduct random QA grade checks to verify horizontal and vertical grading

1 - 50%
tolerances.
If discrepancies between QA and QC grade checks occur, conduct additional
2 - 25%
QA grade checks.
Check that the contractor shall correct the grade surface to within the
3 - 75%
specified tolerances, prior to proceeding with subsequent lifts.

Notify the Contractor, if the finished grade or cross-section is found to be

1 - -
outside the limits specified in the Tolerances - General Clause.
206.09.01.03 Rock Excavation, Grading
206.09.01.03.01 General
When requested by the Contractor, confirm in consultation with regional QA

1 - and CSA if the rock, excavated beyond the specified limits, can be included in -
the measurement of rock excavation, grading.
Reconcile the quantities of Rock Excavation and Rock Embankment, and
2 - -
rock surplus removed, at the end of the Contract or stage.
When applicable, Review the Contractor’s proposals to remove partial cuts
for rock surplus using an in-situ measure with Bulking Factor applied. Verify
3 - that the requirements and conditions are in writing and agreed to. Verify that -
the proposal avoids too many partial cut measurements, doesn’t permit other
removal of rock materials at the location of the partial cut.
206.09.01.05 Rock Supply
Determine when the contractor can gain access to the Rock Supply item in
accordance with the contract. Consider the Contractor’s requests for early
access to the Rock Supply item due to substantial changes in Rock
1 - Excavation or Rock Embankment, providing that the changes and the impact -
of the changes is substantial. Continue to monitor the quantities of Rock
Excavation and Rock Embankment, as well as the rock surplus removed. The
quantities shall then be reconciled at the end of the contract or stage.
Receive notification from the Contractor within a required timeframe, for the
2 M -
intent to drill at the rock supply source and/or remove rock from the rock pile.
3 - Survey and record all Rock Supply.
Check that the Contractor must accurately drill the rock to be removed and
4 - -
accurately measure the removed in-situ volume.

5 - Verify and monitor rock surplus materials removed. -
If the Contractor fails to measure the rock surplus materials, immediately
Notify the Contractor and keep MTO informed. Examples of Contractor failure
6 - to measure rock surplus include: trucks bypassing scales when Rock Surplus -
is to be measured by weighing, failing to place rock surplus in designated
stockpiles, removing rock materials from stockpiles prior to measuring, etc.
Apply information obtained from the Rock Materials Management Plan and
7 - -
monthly updates to analyze Contractor disputes.
206.10.02 Excavation for Pavement Widening - Item
If the excavated materials, under this item, is to be handled other than used
1 - on the adjacent shoulders and slopes, manage such materials as a change in -
the Work.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 206, Construction Specification for Grading.


Embankments Over Swamps and Compressible Soils
209.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the construction
of embankments over swamps and compressible soils using excavation, floatation, or displacement
method as specified in OPSS 209, November 2014, and SSP 209F01, December 2014.
209.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 209 Embankments Over Swamps and Compressible Soils
SSP 209F01 Amendment to OPSS 209, November 2014 - Additional Requirements for Rental
of Swamp Excavation Equipment, and Geotextile for Swamp Treatment
CAIS 201 Clearing, Close Cut Clearing, Grubbing, and Removal of Surface and Piled
Boulders
CAIS 206 Grading
CAIS 1010 Aggregates - Base, Subbase, Select Subgrade, and Backfill Material
CAIS 1860 Geotextiles
209.03 DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in OPSS 209 and SSP 209F01.
209.04 DESIGN AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS - Not Used
209.05 MATERIALS
209.05.01 Embankment Material

209.05.01.02 Select Subgrade Material
209.05.02 Geotextiles
As specified in CAIS 1860 and the Contract Documents.
209.06 EQUIPMENT
1 - Receive and Check equipment specifications prior to starting the work -

2 FES Check that equipment specifications prior to start of work -
3 - Coordinate with the FES for the equipment specifications -
209.06.01 Rented Swamp Excavator
1 - Check that the excavator is as specified in the Contract Documents. 100%
209.06.02 Spreading, Levelling, and Compacting Equipment
Check that a gross weight of spreading, levelling and compacting equipment

1 - is not detrimental to the structural integrity of the root mat when the floatation 100%
method is used.
209.07 CONSTRUCTION
Check the method of the work of embankment construction as specified in

1 - -
the Contract Documents
2 - Check and Receive the construction requirements -
3 FES Check the construction requirements -
4 - Coordinate with the FES for embankment construction requirements -

209.07.01 General
Check and Review the haul road prior to construction use with Contract
1 M 25%
Services Administrator, Contractor and local road officials
2 - Obtain photographs or videos are taken prior to haul road being used 25%
3 - Check that haul road is upgraded, as required, prior to use 25%
Check that the Contractor adheres to load limits on existing structures and/or
4 - 25%
township roads
5 - Periodically inspect haul road and to determine if safe conditions exist 25%
In case of a Contractor constructed haul road, check that erosion and
6 - sediment control schemes are in place and functioning. Determine if 25%
additional erosion control measures or additional locations are required.
Check that the Contractor maintains haul road throughout the duration of the
7 - 25%
Contract as required
209.07.02 Clearing and Close-Cut Clearing
209.07.03 Excavation Method
Survey and record the limits and depth of the excavation and compare them
1 M 100%
to the design limits.
Document, daily, all of the Contractor’s excavation and disposal equipment
M (make, model, operating weights, bucket sizes, boom lengths), and the 100%
2 Contractor’s production accomplished.
Estimate, on a weekly basis, the projected completion of these operations,
M 100%
using the Contractor’s current production rate.
Check that during excavation, material removed is managed as specified in
3 - 100%
If using Truck Rental items for the disposal of swamp excavation, Record the
hours for the time that the trucks are working, and verify the efficiency of
4 M 100%
operation to verify if maximum productivity is achieved. Verify and record
hours daily with the Contractor.
Check that erosion and sediment control schemes are in place and
5 - functioning. If the control measures are not functioning or are insufficient, 100%
Notify the Contractor to review and take action.

Check that surcharge is built and removed to the requirements shown in the
Contract Documents. Check that surcharge is removed only after required
6 M 100%
settlement is achieved, the specified time has elapsed, or the required pore
water pressure has been achieved.
209.07.03.01 Embankment Construction and Backfill
Check that excavation of displaced materials and backfilling is carried out

1 - simultaneously, and in such a way as to displace the muskeg and produce a 100%
mud wave (displacement method).
If excavated material is used for, or blended for use as topsoil, verify that the
M required amount of excavated organic material is stockpiled for topsoil as 100%
2 specified prior to disposal of surplus material.
M Record the location of stockpile site. -
Check that backfill materials are as specified in the Contract Documents and
1 M -
are compacted to the target density
Record the limits and depth of the excavation every 25 meters, consistent
2 M -
with InRoads requirements.
209.07.04 Floatation Method
1 M Check during construction that the integrity of the mat material is maintained. 100%
2 M Check that no rockfill is in contact with the root mat. 100%
Check that care is taken in locating ditching and that root material is not
3 - 100%
disturbed.
4 - Beware of culverts being inserted below the root mat. 100%
209.07.04.01 Swamp Waves
1 - Verify swamp waves are not excavated or otherwise disturbed. 100%

209.07.04.02 Embankment Construction
Confirm each layer is built using an outside to inside sequence by keeping

1 M the outer one third (1/3) portions of the layer at least 30 m ahead of the 100%
centre portion.
209.07.04.03 Geotextile
Check that if geotextiles are used, they are placed in accordance with the
1 - 100%
Contract Documents.
209.07.05 Displacement Method
209.07.05.01 Embankment Construction
Check that the rate of embankment construction is carried out in accordance

1 - 100%
with the Special Provisions (time, pore pressure dissipation levels, etc.).
If berms are being constructed check that the berm is constructed
2 - 100%
appropriately during the construction of the embankment
3 - Check that culverts are installed with specified articulation and/or camber. 100%
Check construction staging and verify embankment and surcharge is
4 - 100%
constructed in accordance with staging details
Check that surcharge is placed to the geometry shown on the Contract
5 - 100%
Documents
Check that proper surcharge material is used and placed to height and limits
6 - specified in the contract. Check that surcharge is removed only after required 100%
time period, settlement, or pore water pressure is achieved.
Check that surcharge is removed only after required settlement is achieved,
7 M the specific time has elapsed, or the required pore water pressure has been 100%
achieved.
Check that management of excess material is as specified in the Contract Documents.

Measurement for payment shall be as specified in OPSS 209 and SSP

1 - -
209F01
1 - Basis of payment shall be as specified in OPSS 209 and SSP 209F01 -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 209, Construction Specification for Embankment Over Swamps
and Compressible Soils.


Earth Borrow
212.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for earth borrow as
specified in OPSS 212, November 2013, and SSP 212F01, January 2014.
212.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 206 Grading

OPSS 212 Earth Borrow
SSP 199S38 Administration of Aggregate Sources Including Earth Borrow and Rock Supply
Sources and Highway Right-of-Way Aggregate Production - Permits and Approvals
for Pit and Quarry Operations, Haul Road Maintenance and Repair, and Surplus
Crushed Granular Materials
SSP 212F01 Amendment to OPSS 212, November 2013 - Various Requirements
Boulders
CAIS 206 Grading
CAIS 401 Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting
MTO Forms:
PH-D-0-10 Aggregate Sample Data Sheet
212.03 DEFINITIONS

1 M Receive required submissions within specified time periods. -
212.05 MATERIALS
Note: Refer to SSP 199S38 for the details on the administration of aggregate sources.
Excavations from within the ROW are not considered to be a pit or quarry operation under the
Aggregate Resources Act (ARA) but are subject to OPSS 206.
212.05.01 Earth Borrow
1 - Earth borrow shall be as specified. 25%
212.05.01 Fly Ash
1 Source of fly ash materials shall be as specified. 25%
212.06 EQUIPMENT – Not Used
212.07 CONSTRUCTION
212.07.01 General
Check that construction of embankments and backfill areas with borrow shall
1 - 50%
be as specified.
Survey, for payment purposes, all original cross sections and final cross
2 M sections for the borrow source. Use truck box method as specified where 50%
survey may be impractical.
Check that Frost-susceptible material shall not be placed in the specified
3 M 25%
areas.
4 - Check that material from different sources shall be stockpiled separately. 25%

212.07.01.01 Earth Borrow with Fly Ash
1 Check that Fly Ash be placed as specified. 100%
212.07.02 Owner's Properties
1 Check that earth borrow shall not be supplied from the Owner's properties. 50%
212.07.03 Clearing, Grubbing, and Stripping
Check that clearing, grubbing and stripping be performed as specified

1 M 25%
according to the specified schedule.
2 - Check that the stripped material be managed as specified. 25%
212.07.04 Haul Roads
Prior to construction, inspect all haul roads jointly with the Contractor and the
1 M 100%
owner of the haul road.
Upon completion of hauling operations Check that the haul road is repaired to
the pre-contract condition if repair is deemed needed, e.g., a post
2 - 100%
construction inspection showed damages to the haul road due to hauling
operations.
212.08.01 General
Visually inspect borrow and reject any borrow material that does not meet the
1 - 25%
requirements specified in OPSS 212 and in the Contract Documents.
212.08.02 Acceptance of Earth Borrow
Determine if lots should be established for earth borrow material being placed
1 - -
within the frost penetration depth as specified.

Determine if any single lot or series of lots should be terminated and a new
2 - -
lot or series of lots re-established.
In consultation with the Owner, determine if sampling for QA testing is
required, especially for the material within the frost penetration depth.
3 - -
Determine if samples in addition to the minimum of one randomly-obtained
duplicate sample are required.
4 M Document and seal each sample container according to Contract Documents -
If QA tests show that the material is frost susceptible, Notify the Contractor
within specified schedule, that any material within that lot including any
5 M material already placed or in stockpiles is not acceptable for use within the -
frost penetration depth. Request removal of material that has been placed
within the frost penetration depth.
212.08.02.01 Referee Testing
1 M Check that a request to invoke referee testing is received as specified. -

Perform the necessary components of the referee testing process as
2 M -
specified in CAIS General Section 2 and the specification.
212.09.01 Actual Measurement
Determine if it is appropriate to use the truck box method for the

1 - -
measurement of earth borrow.
2 - If using the truck box method, determine the truck box capacity as specified. -
If using the truck box method, determine the compacted in-place volume of
3 - -
the borrow as specified.

212.10.01 Earth Borrow - Item
Removal and replacement of identified soft spots and/or removal of

1 - -
unacceptable material shall be at no additional cost to the Owner.
Granular material used to construct a drainage bed under fly ash shall be
2 - -
paid as specified.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 212, Construction Specification for Earth Borrow.


Wick Drain Installation
220.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the supply and
installation of wick drains, including granular blanket as specified in OPSS 220, November 2014
and SSP 102S07, March 2018.
220.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 220 Wick Drain Installation
SSP 102S07 Amendment to OPSS 220, November 2014 - Additional Requirements for Wick
Drain Installation
CAIS 206 Grading

CAIS 501 Compacting
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-822 Certificate of Conformance
220.03 DEFINITIONS

220.04.01.01 Qualifications
Receive and Check the qualifications of the recognized specialist

1 M -
subcontractor prior to the commencement of the Work
220.04.01.02 Materials
Receive and Check the submissions for wick drains from the Contractor at
1 - -
least 3 weeks prior to the installation of wick drains
2 - Check that test results are available for the aggregates to be used in the work -
220.04.01.03 Installation Procedures
Receive and check the details of the sequence and method of installation
1 - -
from the Contractor at least 3 weeks prior to the installation of wick drains
220.05 MATERIALS
220.05.01 Wick Drains
Check that the wick drain satisfies the physical and mechanical properties
1 FES 25%
specified in Table 1 in OPSS 220
220.05.02 Granular Blanket
Check that the granular blanket is according to CAIS 1010 except that 100%
1 FES 25%
shall pass the 37.5 mm sieve

220.06 EQUIPMENT
1 FES Check the appropriate equipment is used to install the wick drains 25%
220.07 CONSTRUCTION
220.07.01 Operational Constraints
Check that wick drains are installed subsequent to the construction of the
1 FES granular blanket and prior to the installation of monitoring instruments and 50%
placement of any overlying material
Check wick drains are protected by earth fill or rock fill before the ground
2 FES 50%
freezes, and shall not be installed in frozen ground
Check the wick drains installation shall not compromise geotechnical
3 FES 50%
instrumentation
220.07.02 Transportation and Storage
Check that the transportation and storage of wick drain materials are properly
1 FES stored and protected from sunlight, dirt, dust, mud, debris and any other 25%
detrimental substances
220.07.03 Granular Blanket
Check that the subgrade is free of unsuitable material and any backfilling
1 - 50%
specified in the Contract Documents is placed
2 - Check that the granular blanket placement and construction procedure 50%
220.07.04 Trial Wick Drains
Check the trial wick drains, equipment, materials, installation method and
1 FES 50%
procedures
Check that the Contractor’s Engineer installed a minimum of 10 trial wick
2 FES drains to the satisfaction of contract requirements at permanent installation 50%
locations

Check that the Contractor’s Engineer inspects and monitors the trial wick
3 - 50%
drain installation on a full-time basis
220.07.05 Installation
220.07.05.01 General
FES Check the wick drains are installed to the depths as specified in the Contract
1 50%
M Documents
2 FES Check the wick drains installation procedures 50%
3 FES Check that the wick drains are protected during the installation 50%
220.07.05.02 Layout
FES
1 Check layout of the wick drains as specified in the Contract Documents 50%
M
220.07.05.03 Vertical Alignment
1 FES Check plumbness of the wick drain 50%

2 FES Check the contractor’s method of verifying the vertical alignment 50%
220.07.05.04 Splices
1 FES Check splice of the wick drains 50%
220.07.05.05 Cut-Off
FES
1 Check cut-off of the wick drains 50%
M

220.07.05.06 Obstructions
1 FES Check method for drain installation when obstructions are encountered -
Direct the location and installation of a new wick drain within a 500 mm radius
2 FES -
of the obstructed wick drain
Check that the management of excess material is according to the Contract

1 - 50%
Documents
220.07.07 Inspection after Wick Drain Installation
Receive a Certification of Conformance from the Contractor upon completion

1 - of the wick drain installation and prior to the placement of any overlying -
material
220.08.01 Certificate
Check that the certificates for the wick drain supplied were produced and
1 M -
tested according to the requirements of the specification
220.08.02 Rejected Drains
Check installation of replacement wick drains within 500mm radius of the

1 FES 50%
rejected wick drain

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 220, Construction Specification for Wick Drain Installation.


Restoring Unpaved Roadway Surfaces
301.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the restoration of
unpaved roadway surfaces in preparation for its subsequent cover with a granular or surfacing
course as specified in OPSS 301, November 2018.
301.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 301 Restoring Unpaved Roadway Surfaces
CAIS 314 Untreated Granular, Subbase, Base, Surface Shoulder, and Stockpiling
CAIS 501 Compacting
301.03 DEFINITIONS
301.06 EQUIPMENT - Not Used
301.07 CONSTRUCTION
301.07.01 General
1 - Check that the scarified surface shall be maintained as specified. 25%

Check that unsuitable material is removed as specified and replaced with
2 M 25%
Granular A.
3 - Check that the restored roadway surface is compacted to the target density. 25%

Check the Contractor’s crossfall on the restored roadway surface for
4 M 25%
correctness prior to placement of the next type of material or pavement.
Prior to scarification, check that roadway surfaces be loosened as specified
5 - and the materials removed to grade. Check that the loosened materials be 25%
reshaped by blading.
301.07.02 Surface Tolerances
Check that the restored surface is within specified tolerances for

1 - 25%
corresponding types of surfacing courses.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 301, Construction Specification for Restoring Unpaved Roadway
Surfaces


Granular Sealing
305.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the work of
surface preparation and the supply and application of sealer to granular shoulders, shoulder
rounding, and all other designated areas as specified in OPSS 305 November 2016, and
SSP 305S03, March 2017.
305.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 305 Granular Sealing
SSP 305S03 Amendment to OPSS 305, November 2016 - Additional Requirements for Granular
Sealing
CAIS 304 Single and Double Surface Treatment

CAIS 1102 Liquid Asphalt Used in Spraying, Sealing, and Priming Applications
CAIS 1103 Emulsified Asphalt
CAIS 2510 Tall Oil Pitch Emulsion
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-349 Bituminous Material Product Sample Form
305.03 DEFINITIONS

305.05 MATERIALS
Check that the list of all sealer products that the Contractor intends to use
has been submitted prior to the commencement of the Contract and verify
1 - -
that all of the delivered sealer material belongs to one of the types specified
in OPSS 305.
2 - Check that the materials conform to Contract Documents. -
Material requirements shall be administered according to CAIS 1102, CAIS
3 - -
1103, and CAIS 2510.
Check that the granular sealer to be supplied is either from DSM list or meets
4 - -
the requirements specified in the Contract Documents.
305.06 EQUIPMENT
Check and administer Pressure Distribution System requirements as

1 - 100%
specified in CAIS 304.
Check and administer steel-drum rollers or pneumatic-tired rollers as
2 - 100%
305.07 CONSTRUCTION
Check and Record the ambient temperature. Check that it is as specified in

1 M 100%
OPSS 305.
Check that climate and surface conditions meet the requirements in
2 - 100%
OPSS 305.
Prior to the application of the sealer, Check the surface is rolled and the
3 - 25%
moisture condition is as specified in OPSS 305.
Check the application of the sealer is as specified in OPSS 305 and in
4 M 25%
accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Check that the type of granular sealers and the locations the sealers are to
1 - -
be applied are in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Check that the management of excess material is as specified in the Contract
2 - -
Documents.

305.08.02 Sampling of Sealer for Acceptance
Notify the Contractor when a sample is required. Witness the random

1 M 100%
samples from the designated tanker that represents each lot.
Check that sampling frequency, quantity, containers, labelling, and WHMIS
2 M labels are as specified in OPSS 305 and the Contract Documents. Complete 100%
PH-CC-349 and include it with the sample.
Maintain continuous possession of the samples until they are sealed and
3 M 100%
delivered to the Owner’s designated laboratory.
1 - Determine the number and size of lots as specified in OPSS 305. -
305.08.03 Sealer Quality
Receive and review all test results from the QA laboratory for acceptance
1 - -
based on the requirements in OPSS 305.
Provide individual copies of the test results to the Contractor as they become
2 - -
available.
Determine the acceptability of the material based on the criteria and
3 M -
requirements as specified in OPSS 305.
Receive, review and accept or reject requests from the Contractor for referee
4 M -
testing for a given lot depending on compliance with OPSS 305.
5 - Coordinate the referee testing according to OPSS 305. -
If a lot is not accepted at full payment based on referee test results, then the
6 - Contractor shall be charged the cost of the referee testing as specified in the -
Contract Documents.
305.08.04 Visual Deficiencies
Check that the surface deficiencies for any uneven application, surface
1 M 25%
damage, flushing, bleeding or contamination are as specified in OPSS 305.

305.08.04.01 Repairs
1 - Check that repairs are completed as specified in OPSS 305. 25%
Identify deficiency areas to be repaired following the methods as specified in

1 - -
OPSS 305.
305.10 BASIS of PAYMENT
Calculate the payment adjustment for the lot of sealer not meeting the quality
1 - -
requirements according to OPSS 305 and SSP 305S03.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 305, Construction Specification for Granular Sealing.


Stockpiling of Patching Materials and Patching of Asphalt Pavement
307.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for stockpiling of
patching material and patching of asphalt pavement as specified in OPSS 307, November 2017.
307.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 307 Stockpiling of Patching Materials and Patching of Asphalt Pavement
Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications, Material:
OPSS 1003 Aggregates - Hot Mix Asphalt
CAIS 309 Cold Mixed, Cold Laid, Open and Dense Graded Bituminous Mix
CAIS 1153 Emulsified Asphalt Patching Material
307.03 DEFINITIONS
Prior to the start of patching using Proprietary Cold Patching Material

1 - (PCPM), Check the stockpiled or supplied PCPM that it is workable, uniformly 100%
coated and free from segregation and bleeding.
Receive and Review a copy of the manufacturer’s product specification as

1 M -
specified.

307.05 MATERIALS
307.05.02 Emulsified Asphalt Patching Material
Emulsified Asphalt Patching Material requirements (emulsified asphalt,

aggregates, composition of mix, and mixture preparation) shall be
1 - -
administered according to CAIS 1153 and meet the requirements of
OPSS 307.
307.05.03 Proprietary Cold Patching Material
Check that PCPM is supplied directly from the manufacturer’s terminal

1 - 100%
without further blending or modification.
2 - Check that all PCPM supplied is uniformly coated. 100%
PCPM shall be according to the manufacturer’s product specification and

1 - -
meet the requirements of OPSS 307.
Receive and Review manufacturer’s product specification and identify the
2 - product on Ministry’s Designated Sources of Materials (DSM) List for -
Proprietary Cold Patching Products.
Check that the PCPM mix category (summer or winter) is as specified in the
3 - -
Contract Documents.
Check that aggregate used in the PCPM meets the requirements of
4 - -
Superpave 12.5 according to OPSS 1003.
307.06 EQUIPMENT
The equipment and hand tool requirements shall be administered according

1 - -
to the Equipment section of CAIS 309.

307.07 CONSTRUCTION
307.07.01 Stockpiling
Check that stockpiles are built at locations specified in the Contract

1 - 25%
Documents to a maximum height of 3 m.
Check that stockpiles are constructed in such a manner that compaction,
2 - 25%
other than by the weight of the material itself, shall not result.
3 - Check that equipment shall not be run over the surface of the stockpile. 25%
307.07.02 Delivery
Check that material is transported as specified and free from any

1 - 25%
contamination.
307.07.03 Placement and Compaction
307.07.03.01 General
Check that asphalt repairs using patching materials are carried out at the
1 - 50%
locations identified in the Contract Documents.
Check during construction that patching materials are uniformly coated, have
2 - good cohesion, workable and in accordance with material specification 50%
requirements.
Check that patching material is placed and compacted as specified in the
3 - 50%
Contract Documents.
Check that repairs exceeding 50 mm in depth are placed in lift thicknesses of
4 - maximum 50 mm in depth and each lift shall be compacted prior to the 50%
addition of the next lift.
307.07.03.02 Emulsified Patching Material
Check the surface on which patching material is placed is free of dirt, sand,
1 M 100%
foreign matter, and loose material.
2 M Check the repair area is free of standing water. 100%

307.07.03.03 Proprietary Cold Patch Material
Check the surface on which patching material is placed is free of dirt, sand,
1 M 100%
foreign matter, and loose material.
Check the repair area is free of standing water if required by the PCPM
2 M 100%
manufacturer’s installation instructions.
307.07.04 Surface Appearance
After placement and final compaction of the patching material, Check that the
1 M patches are free of defective areas, including, but not limited to wheel track 100%
marking, ravelling, uneven surface, and fat spots.
307.07.05 Sampling
1 M Witness the patching material samples being taken. 100%

Check that sampling frequency, quantity, packaging and labelling is as
2 M 100%
specified in OPSS 307 and the Contract Documents.
3 M 100%
M Receive requests from the Owner for material samples. -

1
M Notify the Contractor that material samples are required. -
2 - Arrange for delivery of all samples to the Owner’s designated laboratory. -
Check that management of excess material is as specified in the Contract

1 M -
Documents.

307.08.01 Acceptance
Determine the acceptability of the patching work based on the criteria and
1 - -
requirements specified in OPSS 307.
307.08.02 Visual Observation
Check during the time of patching that the mix exhibits uniform coating, good
1 - 50%
cohesion and workability.
Check all patches after final compaction that they are free of defective areas,
1 - wheel track marking, ravelling, uneven surface and fat spots and Notify the 100%
Contractor of rejectable areas.
307.08.04 Sampling
Notify the Contractor if samples of patching material are required from

1 - -
stockpile or during supply and/or placement of patching material.
307.08.05 Testing
Receive request(s) from MTO for the Contractor to provide test results for
-
stripping resistance, workability, cohesion, and extraction and gradation.
1 - Notify the Contractor of the MTO request(s). -

Receive and Review the test results. -
Provide the test results to MTO. -
2 - Receive material test results from MTO if applicable. -

307.08.06 Rejection
Check that the replaced portion of the work meets the requirements of
1 M -
OPSS 307.
1 M Notify the Contractor of material and repairs that are rejected. -

2 M Check that rejected repairs are removed and replaced. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 307, Construction Specification for Stockpiling of Patching
Materials and Patching of Asphalt Pavement.


Tack Coating and Joint Painting
308.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for tack coating and
joint painting as specified in OPSS 308, April 2012, and SSP 103S08, January 2020.
308.02 REFERENCES
Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications, Construction
OPSS 308 Tack Coating and Joint Painting
SSP 103S08 Amendment to OPSS 308, April 2012 - Construction Requirements for Tack
Coating and Joint Painting
MTO Forms:
MTO Guidelines:
Field Guide for the Acceptance of Hot Mix Asphalt and Bridge Deck Waterproofing
ASTM International:
ASTM D2995 Standard Practice for Estimating Application Rate and Residual Application Rate of
Bituminous Distributors
ASTM D3665 Standard Practice for Random Sampling of Construction Materials
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials Standards:
AASHTO R66 Standard Practice for Sampling Asphalt Materials

308.03 DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in SSP 103S08.
Receive and Review documentation identifying the proposed supplier and

1 M applicator of the product, safety data sheets, and any other information for -
the safe handling and storage of the product in the timeline specified.
Receive and Review the proposals for the use of any alternative tack coat
2 - -
and joint painting material (proposal) in the timelines specified.
3 - Check that the proposal includes the components specified in SSP 103S08.
Discuss the proposal with the Regional Quality Assurance Section as outlined
in the Field Guide for the Acceptance of Hot Mix Asphalt and Bridge Deck
4 - -
Waterproofing. Reply to the Contractor within 5 Business Days of receiving
the request.
Notify the Contractor, within 5 Business Days of receiving the request, of the
5 - -
status of the review.
308.05 MATERIALS
Check that tack coat and joint painting material consists of SS-1 or SS-1H or
1 - -
SS-1HH emulsified asphalt diluted with an equal volume of water.
Undiluted material requirements shall be administered according to
2 - -
CAIS 1103.
308.06 EQUIPMENT
308.06.01 Tack Coat Distributors
1 - Check that the tack coat distributors are as specified in SSP 103S08. 100%
Request and Review the calibration documentation for the tack coat
1 M -
distribution system from the Contractor.

2 M Check that the equipment was calibrated in the last 12 months. -
308.06.02 Joint Painting Distributors
1 - Check that joint painting distributors are as specified. 100%
308.07 CONSTRUCTION
308.07.01 Tack Coating
Check that surfaces to be tack coated are free of water and contamination,
1 M 100%
such as dirt, mud, loose aggregate, or debris.
Check that tack coat is placed sufficiently ahead of the paving operation to
2 - 50%
allow for curing as specified in SSP 103S08.
Check that paving and construction equipment are not permitted on the tack
3 - coat until the tack coat has broken and set. Check that there is no bare 50%
material due to tracking by construction equipment or vehicles.
4 - Check that protection board is dry and clean when tack coat is applied. 50%
Check that hot mix asphalt (HMA) is not placed on the tack-coated areas until
5 - 100%
the tack coat has properly set.
6 - Check that traffic is prevented from travelling upon the tack coated areas. 50%
308.07.01.02 Application
1 - Check that tack coat is applied to the surfaces specified in SSP 103S08. 100%
308.07.01.03 Tack Coat Application Rates
Check that tack coat is applied to the surfaces at the rate specified in SSP
103S08 or an approved proposal submitted by the Contractor. Tack coat
application rate can be verified either using the tack coat distributor’s onboard
1 M 100%
computer system or the method detailed in the Field Guide for Acceptance of
the Hot Mix Asphalt and Bridge Deck Waterproofing according to ASTM
D2995.

2 - Check that the tack coat application is visually uniform. 100%
308.07.02 Joint Painting
Check that joint faces are painted with a thin, uniform, and continuous coating
1 - 100%
of joint painting material as specified in SSP 103S08.
308.07.03 Sampling
308.07.03.01 Lot and Sublot Sizes
Prior to HMA placement and after discussion with the Contractor,

1 M Determine the size and location of tack coat lots and sublots, as specified in -
SSSP 103S08.
Terminate sublots when the placement of HMA ceases for a period of 20
2 - -
days or more.
3 M Arrange for the delivery of samples to the Owner’s designated laboratory. -
308.07.03.02 Samples for Tack Coat Testing
Witness the tack coat samples being taken as specified and in accordance
1 M 100%
with AASHTO R66 and ASTM D 3665.
Check that sampling frequency, quantity, and labelling is as specified in SSP
2 M 100%
103S08 and the Contract Documents.
Complete PH-CC-349 and include it in the sample bag with the
3 - 100%
corresponding sample.
4 M 100%
308.07.03.03 Pavement Core Samples for Interlayer Shear Strength Testing
Witness core samples for possible bond strength testing being taken. Check
1 M that core samples are taken as specified. Check that the core is 150 mm in 100%
diameter.
Check that sampling frequency, quantity, and labelling is as specified in SSP
2 M 100%
103S08 and the Contract Documents.

3 M 100%
Upon the completion of each sublot, Notify the Contractor of each random
1 M -
core sample location.

1 - -
Documents.
308.08.02 Acceptance Testing
1 - Receive and Review laboratory test results. -

2 - Provide test results to the Contractor as they become available. -
308.08.03 Basis of Acceptance
308.08.03.01 General
1 M Check that the tack coat coverage is visually uniform and not defective. -
2 Reject any work that is visually defective and non-uniform. Notify the
M Contractor of rejected work and require that the area is resprayed prior to -
paving.
308.08.03.02 Tack Coat Material
308.08.03.02.01 Percent Residue and Oil Portion of Distilate
Notify the Contractor of rejected sublots and whether the sublot is subject to
1 M repair or pay adjustment. Provide the Contractor with payment adjustment -
that is accepted by the Owner.

Notify the Contractor of sublots subject to payment adjustment. Provide the
2 M -
Contractor with Payment Factors as they become available.
3 M Determine the disposition of sublots as specified in SSP 103S08 -
308.08.03.02.03 Referee Testing
If referee testing for a sublot is invoked by the Contractor, check that the
request is within the timeline specified in SSP 103S08. Coordinate the
1 M -
referee testing according to the Field Guide for Acceptance of Hot Mix
Asphalt and Bridge Deck Waterproofing.
Receive and Review all referee laboratory test results. Provide copies of the
2 M -
test results to the Contractor.
If a sublot is not accepted at full payment based on the referee test results,
3 M then the Contractor shall be charged for the cost of the referee testing of that -
sublot at the rates specified in the Contract Documents.
308.08.03.03 Tack Coat Field Application
308.08.03.03.01 Verification of Field Application Rate
Check the tack coat field application rate. Tack coat application rate can be
verified either using the tack coat distributor’s onboard computer system or
1 M 100%
the method detailed in the Field Guide for Acceptance of the Hot Mix Asphalt
and Bridge Deck Waterproofing according to ASTM D2995 (Option A).
If field application rate does not meet the contract requirements according to
1 M SSP 103S08, discuss payment adjustment with the MTO Regional Quality -
Assurance Section.
308.08.03.03.02 Assessment of Tack Coat Appearance/Coverage
Check that the tack coat application is visually uniform. Areas of insufficient
1 M 100%
or non-uniform tack coat coverage shall be re-sprayed prior to paving.

308.08.03.03.04 Equipment Settings
Check and Record the equipment settings to evaluate tack coat application
1 - 100%
rates.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 308, Construction Specification for Tack Coating and Joint
Painting.


Asphalt Curb and Gutter Systems and Asphalt Surfacing of Gutters
312.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for asphalt curb and
gutter systems and asphalt surfacing of gutters as specified in OPSS 312, April 2018.
312.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 312 Asphalt Curb and Gutter Systems and Asphalt Surfacing of Gutters
CAIS 206 Grading

CAIS 313 Hot Mix Asphalt – End Result
CAIS 314 Untreated Subbase, Base, Surface, Shoulder, Select Subgrade and Stockpiling
CAIS 1151 Superpave and Stone Mastic Asphalt Mixtures
312.03 DEFINITIONS
312.05 MATERIALS
Asphalt concrete material requirements shall be administered according to

1 - -
CAIS 1151.
Check that the type of hot mix asphalt (HMA) shall be as specified in the
2 - -
Contract Documents.
Emulsified asphalt shall be the type specified in OPSS 312 and material
3 - -
requirements shall be administered according to CAIS 1103.

312.06 EQUIPMENT
Check that the asphalt paver is equipped with a template capable of obtaining
1 - 100%
the cross section specified in the Contract Documents.
2 - Check that the asphalt roller is as specified in OPSS 312. 100%
Check that the asphalt curb machine is equipped with a template capable of
3 - 100%
obtaining the cross section specified in the Contract Documents.
312.07 CONSTRUCTION
312.07.01 General
Check that HMA specified is placed on the prepared base or on the surface
1 - of the existing curb and gutter to the lines, grade, and dimensions specified in 100%
Check that HMA is compacted using a roller. 50%
2 - Check that areas inaccessible to the roller area compacted by hand operated
50%
hot tampers.
1 M Check that the ambient temperature is as specified in OPSS 312. 100%
Operational constraints for the placing of HMA for asphalt curb and gutter
1 - -
construction shall be administered according to CAIS 313.
312.07.03 Foundation and Backfill
Check that the foundation is excavated, backfilled, and compacted to the

1 M 100%
grade and shape specified in OPSS 312.

Excavation and embankment construction shall be administered according to

1 - -
CAIS 206.
2 - Granular base and backfill construction shall be according to OPSS 314. -
312.07.04 Surface Preparation of Gutter
Check that the surface of the asphalt or concrete gutter on which asphalt will
1 - 100%
be placed is cleaned of all dirt, loose and broken materials.
Check that the sound asphalt or concrete gutter is sprayed with emulsified
2 M 50%
asphalt as specified in OPSS 312.
Check that the emulsified asphalt is allowed to cure until it reaches the
3 - 100%
required state of tackiness before asphalt surfacing is placed.
312.07.05 Finishing
After the compacted HMA has cooled to the ambient temperature, Check that
1 M the exposed vertical surfaces of the asphalt curb and gutter system are 100%
sprayed with emulsion as specified in OPSS 312.
312.07.06 Tolerances
1 - Check the surface tolerances as specified in OPSS 312. 100%
312.07.07 Management of Excess Materials

1 - 100%
Documents.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 312, Construction Specification for Asphalt Curb and Gutter
Systems and Asphalt Surfacing of Gutters.


Hot Mix Asphalt Paving
313.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the placement,
compaction, and acceptance of Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) and HMA produced using Warm Mix
Asphalt (WMA) technology as specified in OPSS 313, April 2021.
313.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 313 Hot Mix Asphalt - End Result
SSP 103F01 Amendment to OPSS 313 - Replacement Specification for Hot Mix Asphalt - End
Result
SSP 103F02 Amendment to OPSS 313 - Submission and Production Requirements
SSP 103F03 Amendment to OPSS 313 - Paving in Echelon and Partial Paving of Full Pavement
Width
CAIS 308 Construction Specification for Tack Coating and Joint Painting
CAIS 1101 Material Specification for Performance Graded Asphalt Cement
CAIS 1151 Material Specification for Superpave and Stone Mastic Asphalt Mixtures
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-139 Sample Identification

PH-CC-847 Hot Mix Summary Worksheets
PH-CC-859 Non-Conformance Report (NCR)
PH-CC-866 Application for Field Adjustment to JMF
PH-CC-868 ERS - Hot Mix Asphalt Payment Calculation (A, B, C, D, QA)
PH-CC-869 ERS - Thickness Payment Adjustment Calculation
PH-CC-870 Lift Thickness Measurement Recording Form
MTO Guidelines:

313.03 DEFINITIONS
For this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in OPSS 313.
Prior to the start of paving, Receive and Review the purchase price of AC, in -
1 M the form of a purchase order or other document signed by the Contractor’s
senior financial officer.
Receive the production schedule if the Contractor intends to store hot mix -
2 -
production in a silo.
Prior to the start of paving on bridge decks, Receive and Review the mass of -
the rollers and the minimum compaction temperature for HMA or WMA
3 -
recommended by the AC supplier. Check that Class V (vibratory) rollers are
not used on a bridge deck.
Receive and Review a copy of the Technical Data Sheet and Safety Data -
4 - Sheet for release agent(s) being used by the Contractor. Petroleum based
release agents shall not be used.
Submit the mix design that conforms to the Contract Documents in a single -
PDF document. For non-WBCMS Contracts, submit to the Regional Quality
6 -
Assurance Section, the Contract Services Administrator, and
bituminous@ontario.ca.
313.05 MATERIALS
313.05.01 Hot Mix Asphalt
HMA material requirements (mix design, additives and mixture preparation) -

1 -
shall be administered according to CAIS 1151.
Complete PH-CC-847 for each approved mix design prior to the end of the -
2 -
calendar year. Record the forms on WBCMS.
313.05.02 Tack Coat
1 - Tack coat placement shall be administered according to CAIS 308. -

313.05.03 Release Agents
Check that petroleum-based release agents, excess water, or excess release

1 - 25%
agents are not used.
313.05.04 Warm Mix Asphalt
1 - Check the temperature of the WMA behind the paver. 25%
1 - Administer WMA materials according to CAIS 1151. -

Receive and Review all information for the proper preparation, handling,
2 - storage, and use of the WMA materials from the Contractor. Check that this -
information was obtained from the WMA technology supplier.
313.05.05 Grit for Stone Mastic Asphalt
1 - Check that grit material complies with the Contract Documents requirements. 100%
313.06 EQUIPMENT
313.06.01 Rollers
Check that the rollers used for finish rolling of granular grade and compaction
1 - 100%
on bridge decks are as specified in OPSS 313 on a daily basis.
- Determine if the rollers need to be weighed prior to use on a bridge deck. 100%
2 If the rollers need to be weighed, request that the Contractor weigh the rollers
- 100%
to be used on the bridge deck. Witness the operation.
313.06.02 Diamond Grinding
1 - Check that the diamond grinder is as specified in OPSS 313 on a daily basis. 100%

313.07 CONSTRUCTION
313.07.01 Quality Control
Check that the Contractor’s QC sampling complies with OPSS 313 or any
1 - agreement between the Contractor and the Contract Administrator for 50%
additional sampling.
- Review requests from the Contractor to take additional core samples for -
1 Quality Control (QC) purposes.
- Notify the Contractor of the decision. -
313.07.02 Laboratory Correlations
When a correlation of mix properties, or compaction, or both between the

Quality Assurance (QA) and QC laboratories is requested by the Contractor
1 - -
prior to placement of HMA, coordinate the correlation process according to
OPSS 313.
Receive all samples and information required to conduct the correlation
2 - -
testing from the Contractor.
Provide the QA test results to the Contractor on completion of the correlation
3 - -
testing.
313.07.03 Preparation of Foundation and Existing Pavement
1 - Check that the foundation preparation complies with OPSS 313. 50%
313.07.04 Correction of Pavement Beneath Surface Courses
1 - Check that pavement corrections comply with the Contract Documents. 50%

313.07.06 Transportation of Hot Mix Asphalt
Check and Record, in the Bituminous Diary, the temperature of the mix
1 - 100%
delivered to the site.
Check that the temperature of the mix delivered to the site does not fall below
2 - 100%
the minimum temperature recommended by the PGAC supplier.
313.07.07 Placing Hot Mix Asphalt
Check proper joint construction including location of longitudinal joints,

1 - 100%
preparation, tack coating and compaction.
Check that paving is carried out full width to approximately the same station
2 - each day. Check that ramp downs are as specified in OPSS 313 and the 100%
Contract Documents.
Check the condition of substrata (example: compaction) ahead of the paving
3 - operation. Confirm surface to be paved is unfrozen, clean, dry, and free of 100%
standing water.
Check sequence of paving operations including: paving intersections, tapers,
4 - 100%
ramps, bridge decks and all staging plans.
Check that paving in echelon is as specified in OPSS 313 and the amending
5 - 100%
special provision.
Check placement of hot mix including alignment, crossfall, surface tolerance,
surface appearance, width, smoothness, depth of asphalt mat using the area
M 100%
covered and applicable BRD for the mix (kg/m²) or other applicable Contract
6 related field checks (such as for the m² payment method).
Ensure pictures are taken, documented and issued in accordance with the
M 100%
CAIS Management of Deliverables.
7 M Measure the width of the section to be paved. 100%
For paving on bridge decks, Check that a minimum of 4 hours has elapsed
8 - 50%
following completion of the waterproofing system.
For multiple lifts of HMA, Check that the mat has sufficiently cooled,
9 - 100%
complying with OPSS 313, before the next course is placed.
10 M Check that the ambient air temperature complies with OPSS 313. 100%
11 - Check that the WMA supplier’s recommendations for placement are followed. 50%
Check that the public traffic is not permitted on freshly laid HMA until the
12 - 100%
temperature requirements of OPSS 313 are met.

Check that the construction of the longitudinal and transverse joints comply
13 - 100%
with OPSS 313 and Contract Documents.
Check that the HMA paving complies with OPSS 313 and Contract
14 M 100%
Documents.
Check that partial paving of the full pavement width is as specified in
15 - 100%
OPSS 313 and the amending special provision.
If the Contractor fails to prevent continued medium or severe segregation,

1 - -
Notify the Contractor to cease paving until the problem is corrected.
313.07.08 Field Adjustments to the Job Mix Formula
Receive the application for field adjustment to JMF on PH-CC-866. Review

1 - -
the application for compliance with the requirements specified in OPSS 313.
Within 1 Business Day of receipt of the JMF adjustment, Notify the Contractor
2 - -
confirming conformance or advising of non-conformance.
3 - Receive and Review the adjustments to the JMF according to OPSS 313. -
313.07.09 Sampling
Check that all required sampling is carried out according to the Contract
1 M Documents and maintain continuous possession of the samples until they are 100%
sealed and delivered to the Owner’s designated laboratory.
Check that all required samples are taken at correct (random) locations and
2 M 100%
tonnages. Complete and include PH-CC-139 with all samples.
Check that each sample bag has the date, the security seal code, and all
3 - 100%
other relevant information written using a regular permanent magic marker.
Check that the thickness cores include all lifts of measurement by square
4 - 100%
metre hot mix placed in the sublot, plus an underlying lift, if one exists.
Check that holes resulting from the removal of compaction and thickness
core samples are cleaned, dried and filled with the approved material to the
5 M 100%
same HMA and compaction requirements as the adjacent undisturbed
pavement.

Determine the AC sampling program according to CAIS 1101. If the WMA

1 - technology requires that additives be added to the AC, samples of the AC -
shall be taken after the additive has been added.
Establish the HMA aggregate sampling program for QA density testing
2 - -
according to OPSS 313.
The results of the most recent QA density tests should be used in the
3 - -
determination of Voids in Mineral Aggregate (VMA).
Receive, Review and reply to requests, from the Contractor, for adjusted
4 - -
aggregate sampling intervals for QA density testing.
Prior to paving, Determine the HMA loose mix sampling program for QA mix
5 - -
properties testing according to OPSS 313.
Determine the HMA core sampling program for QA compaction testing
6 - -
according to OPSS 313 and the amending special provision.
Upon completion of each sublot, Notify the Contractor of the random sample
7 - -
location for compaction cores to be taken.
For HMA tender items measured by square meters, Determine the HMA core
8 - -
sampling program according to OPSS 313.
Upon completion of each sublot, Notify the Contractor of the random sample
9 - -
location for compaction cores to be taken.
For SMA, Prior to the start of paving, Determine the loose mix sampling
10 - -
program for QA draindown testing according to OPSS 313.
For WMA, establish the loose mix sampling program for QA moisture
11 - -
sensitivity testing according to OPSS 313.
If the release agent is suspected of deleterious effect on the HMA, Notify the
12 - -
Contractor and take a 1-liter sample.
Arrange for delivery of all samples to the Owner’s designated laboratory, as
13 - -
313.07.10 Identification of Warm Mix Asphalt Paving Limits
When WMA is used, receive and Review the GPS coordinates for the WMA
1 - -
paving limits from the Contractor.
Report the GPS coordinates of the WMA paving limits in the Hot Mix
2 - -
Summary PH-CC-847.

313.08.01 Acceptance Criteria
Test all observable irregularities in the pavement surface for compliance with
1 - 100%
the surface tolerance requirements of OPSS 313.
Check the mix placed for all observable deficiencies including: flushing,
bleeding, segregation, fat spots, surface damage, cracking, chatter, dragging
or surface contamination. Prior to covering with another lift and/or stage
2 M 100%
changes. Notify the Contractor to remove and replace or repair visibly
deficient work. Otherwise, assess a payment reduction according to
OPSS 313.
Once segregation is noticed, assess the severity according to OPSS 313.
3 - 100%
Notify the Contractor according to OPSS 313.
Check that equipment does not impact or damage areas beyond the
4 - 50%
shoulder.
Conduct random spot checks of the width of each binder and surface course
5 - 50%
HMA lift for acceptance according to OPSS 313.
Determine the acceptability of the HMA based on the criteria and

1 - -
After discussion with the Contractor and before HMA production for the
2 - tender item starts, Determine that the size and location of the lots and sublots -
for mix properties and compaction testing comply with OPSS 313.
3 - Determine lots and sublots for bridge decks as specified in OPSS 313. -
When a delay of more than 20 Business Days occurs in placing the complete
lot, receive and Check the Contractor’s written request to resume paving the
4 - -
remaining lot. Notify the Contractor if the request is acceptable in
accordance with OPSS 313.
Receive the Contractor’s notification in writing, if the Contractor elects to
5 - place an optional surface trial. Review the notification for compliance with the -
requirements of OPSS 313.
If the Contractor requests that an allowance be made for the impact of the
WMA and AST on a PGAC grade for the QA or referee purposes, receive,
6 - -
Review and Reject or Accept such a request depending on compliance with
the requirements of OPSS 313.
Receive and Review all test results from the QA laboratory for acceptance
7 M based on the requirements in OPSS 313. Complete PH-CC-870 and record it -
on WBCMS.

Determine QA payment factors for each lot or sublot using the requirements
8 M in OPSS 313 as well as the appropriate End Result Specification sheets. -
Record Bituminous ERS Sheets on WBCMS in Excel format.
Notify the Contractor of acceptance at full price, acceptance with a payment
9 M -
adjustment or rejected lots/sublots.
Receive, Review and accept or reject requests from the Contractor for
10 M -
referee testing for a given lot depending on compliance with OPSS 313.
Receive and Review requests from the Contractor for an individual value for
11 M any attribute of a sublot’s test result to be considered an outlier. Accept or -
reject the request, depending on compliance with OPSS 313.
12 - Notify the Contractor of mid-lane segregation as specified in OPSS 313. -
Receive and Review a Contractor’s challenge of severity of segregation
13 - -
complies with OPSS 313 for resolving the Contractor’s challenge.
Notify the Contractor of unacceptable pavement width as specified in OPSS
14 - 313. Receive and Review a written proposal for corrective action from the -
Contractor.
313.08.02 Repairs
1 Check that HMA repairs are as specified in OPSS 313 100%
Receive and Review Contractor’s Non-Conformance Report (PH-CC-859)

1 - including a proposal for repair for conformance to the requirements of OPSS -
313. Determine if the repair proposal is acceptable and Notify the Contractor.
Conduct QA testing of the repaired areas and evaluate for acceptance
2 - -

2 - Complete PH-CC-869. -

Complete the applicable version of PH-CC-868. The version of PH-CC-868
selected must correspond to the Special Provision issued with the Contract
as identified below:
· PH-CC-868 A shall be used for Contracts with SSP 103F01.
· PH-CC-868 B shall be used for Contracts with SSP 103F02.
3 - · PH-CC-868 C shall be used for Contracts with SSP 103F03 and a tender -
opening date in 2017.
· PH-CC-868 D shall be used for Contracts with SSP 103F03 and a tender
opening date in 2018 or later.
· Contracts with other special provisions (or non-standard special provisions)
that amend or modify OPSS 313 require the form provided by the
Bituminous Section of MTO.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 313, Construction Specification for Hot Mix Asphalt - End Result.


Paving in Echelon and Partial Paving of Full Pavement Width
313.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for paving in echelon
and partial paving of full pavement width as specified in the amendment to OPSS 313, April 2021 in
313.02 REFERENCES
SSP 103F03 Amendment to OPSS 313, April 2021 - Requirements for Paving in Echelon and
Partial Paving of Full Pavement Width
313.03 DEFINITIONS
For this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in OPSS 313.
313.07 CONSTRUCTION
313.07.07.02 Paving
313.07.07.02.02 Paving in Echelon
Check that paving in echelon is as specified and within the limits specified in
1 - 100%
SSP 103F03.

313.07.07.02.05 Partial Paving of Full Pavement Width
1 - When required in accordance with SSP 103F03, Check that there is no partial 100%
paving of the full pavement width as specified.
313.07.09.06 Lift Thickness
When required in accordance with SSP 103F03, Check that lift thickness is
1 - 100%
not sampled in the locations as specified.
WARRANT: Always with SSP 103F03, Amendment to OPSS 313 - Paving in Echelon and Partial
Paving of Full Pavement Width.


Additional Requirements for Edge Compaction
313.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for edge compaction
as specified in OPSS 313, April 2021 when amended by NSSP BITU0024, October 2021.
313.02 REFERENCES
NSSP BITU0024 Amendment to OPSS 313, April 2021 - Additional Requirements for Edge
Compaction
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-139 Sample Identification

PH-CC-868EDGE Hot Mix Payment Calculation with Edge Compaction
313.03 DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in NSSP BITU0024.
Receive and Review a plan describing how the edge compaction

1 - -
requirements of NSSP BITU0024 will be met. Provide a copy to MTO.
Receive and Review requests to use alternate construction methods,
- equipment, and/or materials not acceptable according to the Contract -
2 Documents and the MTO General Conditions of Contract.
- Determine if the methods are acceptable with MTO. -

- Notify the Contractor of the status of the review. -
3 - Request additional information on behalf of the Owner as necessary. -
313.07 CONSTRUCTION
313.07.07.02 Paving
When required in NSSP BITU0024, check that edge compaction cores are
1 - 100%
not taken from the lane edges paved in echelon.
313.07.09 Sampling
313.07.09.04.01 General
1 - Check that edge compaction core samples are taken in the timeline specified. 100%
Check that edge compaction core samples for compaction are not taken on
2 - 100%
bridge decks.
Witness the edge compaction core samples being taken. Check that core
samples for edge compaction are the proper dimensions and include the
3 M 100%
layers specified in NSSP BITU0024. Check that the edge type (UE or CE) is
clearly marked on the edge compaction cores with permanent marker.
Check that all required sampling is carried out according to the Contract
3 M Documents and maintain continuous possession of the samples until they are 100%
sealed and delivered to the Owner’s designated laboratory.
Check that all required samples are taken at correct (random) locations.
4 M Complete and include PH-CC-139 with core samples. For edge compaction 100%
cores, indicate the edge type (UE or CE).
5 - 100%
Check that holes resulting from the removal of edge compaction core
6 M samples are cleaned, dried and filled to the same HMA and compaction 100%
requirements as the adjacent undisturbed pavement.

Determine the random sample location for edge compaction core samples
1 - upon completion of the sublot. Random sample locations shall be according -
to NSSP BITU0024.
Notify the Contractor of each random sample location for edge compaction
2 - -
cores.
3 - Arrange for delivery of all samples to MTO’s designated laboratory. -
313.07.09.04.03 Edge Compaction
Check that edge compaction cores are only taken for the surface course
1 - 100%
compaction.
Check that the core samples for edge compaction are taken in the correct
2 - 100%
locations as specified in NSSP BITU0024.
When required in NSSP BITU0024, check that additional joint compaction
3 - 100%
cores shall be taken as specified.
313.08.01.02 Mix Properties and Compaction
313.08.01.02.03 Basis of Acceptance
1 - Check that edge type (UE or CE) is indicated on test results. -

Determine the acceptability of HMA based on NSSP BITU0024. Receive
2 M -
PH-CC-868EDGE from the Owner. Complete PH-CC-868EDGE.
13.08.01.02.04 Referee Testing
Receive, review and accept or reject requests from the Contractor for referee
1 M -
testing for a given lot depending on compliance with NSSP BITU0024.

WARRANT: Always with NSSP BITU0024, Amendment to OPSS 313 - Additional Requirements
for Edge Compaction.


Regression Method
313.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for regression
method as specified in OPSS 313, April 2021 when amended by NSSP BITU0026, October 2021.
313.02 REFERENCES
NSSP BITU0026 Amendment to OPSS 313, April 2021 - Additional Requirements for Regression
Method
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-868REGRESSION ERS - Hot Mix Payment Calculation
313.03 DEFINITIONS
For this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in NSSP BITU0026.
313.07 CONSTRUCTION
313.07.07.02 Paving
1 - 50%
NSSP BITU0026.

1 When required in NSSP BITU0026, Check that there is no partial paving of

- 100%
the full pavement width as specified.
313.07.09 Sampling
When required in NSSP BITU0026, check that the lift thickness is not
1 - 100%
sampled in the locations specified.
313.07.09.03 Hot Mix Asphalt Properties
Determine the HMA regression mix loose mix sampling program for QA mix
1 - -
performance testing according with NSSP BITU0026.
Check that samples are designated for QA mix performance tests according
2 - -
with NSSP BITU0026.

1 - -
requirements specified in NSSP BITU0026.
Receive PH-CC-868REGRESSION from the Owner. Complete

1 - -
PH-CC-868REGRESSION. Record the PH-CC in WBCMS.
WARRANT: Always with NSSP BITU0026, Amendment to OPSS 313 - Regression Method.

Administration and Inspection Activities for Additional Requirements for

Acceptance of Recovered Asphalt Cement
313.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for additional
requirements for acceptance of recovered asphalt cement as specified in the amendment to
OPSS 313, April 2021 in NSSP BITU0028, October 2021.
313.02 REFERENCES
MTO Non-Standard Special Provision:
NSSP BITU0028 Amendment to OPSS 313, April 2021 - Additional Requirements for Acceptance
of Recovered Asphalt Cement
313.03 DEFINITIONS
313.07 CONSTRUCTION
313.07.07.02 Paving
1 - 50%
NSSP BITU0028.

When required in NSSP BITU0028, Check that there is no partial paving of

1 - 100%
the full pavement width as specified.
313.07.09 Sampling
When required in NSSP BITU0028, Check that lift thickness is not sampled in
1 - 100%
the locations specified.
313.07.09.07 Hot Mix Asphalt for Recovered Asphalt Cement Testing
Determine the HMA loose mix sampling program for RAC testing according
1 - -
with NSP BITU0028.
Arrange for delivery of all samples to MTO’s designated laboratory, as
2 - -

1 - -
requirements specified in OPSS 313 and NSSP BITU0028.
Determine the acceptability of the RAC based on the criteria and
2 - -
requirements specified in the Contract Documents.
After discussion with the Contractor and before HMA production for the
3 - tender item starts, Determine that the size and location of the lots and sublots -
for RAC as specified in NSSP BITU0028.
WARRANT: Always with NSSP BITU0028, Amendment to OPSS 313 - Additional Requirements
for Acceptance of Recovered Asphalt Cement.


Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) Paving
(As Specified in OPSS 313 and NSSP BITU0029)
313.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the placement,
compaction, and acceptance of Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) using Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA)
technology as specified in the amendment to OPSS 313, April 2021 in NSSP BITU0029, December
2021.
313.02 REFERENCES
NSSP BITU0029 Amendment to OPSS 313, April 2021 - Requirements for Warm Mix Asphalt
(WMA) Paving
CAIS 313 Construction Specification for Hot Mix Asphalt - End Result
CAIS 1151 Material Specification for Superpave and Stone Mastic Asphalt Mixtures
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-847 Hot Mix Summary Worksheets
MTO Guidelines:
313.03 DEFINITIONS

Submit additional information pertaining to WMA technology according to

1 M -
NSSP BITU0029.
Review the proposal submitted by the environmental consultant detailing
2 - emissions measurement’s procedures and methodologies if the ‘Emissions -
Measurement’ tender item is invoked.
313.05 MATERIALS
313.05.04 Warm Mix Asphalt
1 - Check the temperature of the WMA behind the paver. 25%
1 - Administer WMA materials according to CAIS 1151. -

Receive and Review all information for the proper preparation, handling,
2 - storage, and use of the WMA materials from the Contractor. Check that this -
information was obtained from the WMA technology supplier.
Check that the WMA technology used for the WMA are within the list
3 - -
specified in NSSP BITU0029.
313.07 CONSTRUCTION
313.07.07 Placing Warm Mix Asphalt
1 - Check that the WMA supplier’s recommendations for placement are followed. 50%
Identify the limits of control HMA section including paving limits, mix type and
1 - -
thickness.

313.07.09 Sampling
Obtain additional samples of loose mixes and pavement cores for QA

1 - moisture sensitivity testing and mix performance testing according to NSSP -
BITU0029.
Obtain edge compaction cores for surface course compacting according to
2 - -
NSSP BITU0029.
313.07.10 Identification of Warm Mix Asphalt Paving Limits
Receive and Review the GPS coordinates for the WMA paving limits and the
1 - -
control HMA paving limits from the Contractor.
Report the GPS coordinates of the WMA paving limits and the control HMA
2 - -
paving limits in the Hot Mix Summary PH-CC-847.
313.07.12 Measurements
Check that the paving temperatures are measured according to NSSP

1 M 100%
BITU0029.
Check that plant production temperatures for WMA and control HMA are
1 - -
provided by the Contractor at the end of each Day’s production.
Review the emissions measurement report prepared by the environmental
2 - -
consultant if the ‘Emissions Measurement’ tender item is invoked.
Determine the acceptability of the WMA based on the criteria and

1 - requirements specified in OPSS 313, including the production temperature -
specified in NSSP BITU0029.

1 - Basis of payment for WMA shall be according to NSSP BITU0029. -
WARRANT: Always with NSSP BITU0029, Amendment to OPSS 313 - Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA)
Paving.


Cross Slope Tolerance
(As specified in SSP 103F56)
313.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for cross slope
tolerance as specified in the amendment to OPSS 313, April 2021 in SSP 103F56, September 2022.
313.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 313 Hot Mix Asphalt – End Result
Standard Special Provisions:
SSP 313F56 Cross Slope Tolerance
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-886A Cross Slope Acceptance Form

PH-CC-886B Cross Slope Re-Test Acceptance Form
313.03 DEFINITIONS
For this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in SSP 103F56.
313.07 CONSTRUCTION
- Spot-check that the existing elevation information matches the actual grades
1 50%
on site.
1 - Notify the MTO of spot-check elevation field observations and confirm if there
-
are differences identified.

313.08.01.08 Cross Slope
313.08.01.08.01 Lot Size for Cross Slope
1 M Establish the cross slope measurement lots and sublots as specified. -

Coordinate with MTO to align cross slope measurement lots and sublots with
2 - -
smoothness measurement sublots.
313.08.01.08.02 Acceptance Measurement
1 M Determine random sublot locations for the cross slope measurement. 100%
Measure the cross slope, within each lot at the determined random sublot
2 M 100%
locations, as specified.
If the binder course will be opened to the travelling public for more than 1 month:
Determine random sublot locations for the cross slope measurement.

1 M 100%
Generate sublot locations for surface and binder courses separately.
Measure the cross slope, within each lot at the determined random sublot
2 M locations, as specified. Take the measurements for all binder and surface 100%
courses.
Record the cross slope measurements on MTO form PH-CC-886A. Use a

1 - -
separate form for each lot.
2 - Record the time calibrations on MTO form PH-CC-886A. -
313.08.01.08.03 Basis of Acceptance
1 - Enter the calculations on MTO form PH-CC-886A. -
2 - Determine if acceptance is achieved as specified. -

Within 1 Business Day of the completion of a lot, issue a copy of the -
3 M
completed MTO form PH-CC-886A to the Contractor.

313.08.01.08.04 Re-testing
1 - When the Contractor requests re-testing testing, Review the request. -

2 - Carry out the re-testing as specified. -
Within 1 Business Day of the completion of a re-tested lot or sublot, issue a
3 - -
copy of the completed MTO form PH-CC-886B to the Contractor
313.08.01.08.05 Repair
Re-measure each cross slope of any lot that has been subject to repair using
1 M 100%
new sublot random locations.
If a repair proposal is received as specified, Review that the proposal meets

1 M -
the requirements of OPSS 313.08.01.08.05.
2 M Confirm that the repair proposal is acceptable to MTO. -
3 M Notify the Contractor of the repair proposal approval status as specified. -
WARRANT: Always with SSP 103F56, Cross Slope Tolerance.

Administration and Inspection Activities for Untreated Subbase, Base,

Surface, Shoulder, Selected Subgrade, and Stockpiling
(As Specified in OPSS 314, SSP 103S05, and SSP 314S02)
314.01 SCOPE
of subbase, base, roadway surface, shoulder, and edge ramping for bituminous pavements,
selected subgrade and stockpiling at specified sites as specified in OPSS 314, November 2015,
SSP 103S05, August 2019, and SSP 314S02, January 2020.
314.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 314 Untreated Subbase, Base, Surface, Shoulder, Selected Subgrade, and
Stockpiling
SSP103S05 Amendment to OPSS 314, November 2015 - Various Requirements

SSP 314S02 Amendment to OPSS 314, November 2015 - Requirements for RAP Shouldering
Boulders
CAIS 350 Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base
CAIS 501 Compacting
CAIS 1001 Aggregates - General
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-009 Field Compaction Acceptance Form (Nuclear Gauge)

PH-CC-820 Certification of Grade Elevation / Crossfall
ASTM International
D 6938 Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate
by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)

314.03 DEFINITIONS
314.05 MATERIALS
314.05.01 Aggregates
Check that material control, distribution and weighing conform to the Contract
1 M -
Documents.
314.05.03 RAP Shouldering
1 - Check that the sizes of RAP meets the specification. 25%

Visually check for contamination e.g., uncoated particles from underlying
2 - base materials. As a guideline, RAP shouldering materials shall have 25%
minimum 90% asphalt coated particles, if tested by LS-621.
Determine if operation shall be modified to meet the RAP shouldering
specification. When milling is used, check that the milling depth shall not
cause contamination from uncoated particles from underlying base materials.
3 - -
When excavation is used, check that the excavation is such that underlying
granular be undisturbed and that excavated RAP be processed to meet the
specification.
Where applicable, obtain consent from the Owner whether RAP obtained
1 - from sources other than from contract milling operations can be used for -
shouldering.
314.06 EQUIPMENT
314.06.01 Water
1 - Check that equipment for applying water shall be as specified. 25%

314.07 CONSTRUCTION
314.07.01 Subbase, Base, Surface, and Selected Subgrade
Check for any evidence of contamination, clay and other types of deleterious
material; as one of the many examples, contamination from subgrade
1 - 25%
pumping into subbase, and have the Contractor take appropriate corrective
action.
Check that placement of each lift of material and uniform lift thickness are as 25%
2 -
specified.
3 - Check that the subbase shall be maintained daily as specified. 25%
4 - Check that the base course shall be maintained as specified. 25%
314.07.02 Winter Grading
Check that materials being placed shall be free of ice and snow,
1 - that the materials shall not be placed over frozen ground and that frozen 50%
material shall not be incorporated into the Work.
314.07.03 Edge Ramping of Bituminous Pavement
1 - Check that edge ramps be done at a slope not steeper than 4H:1V. 25%
Check that any spilled material be removed without damage to the pavement
2 - 25%
and the surface thoroughly cleaned with suitable means.
Check that edge ramps shall be completed prior to opening adjacent
3 - 25%
pavement to traffic.
Check that only sufficient material needed to construct the ramps are placed
4 - 25%
on the shoulders.
314.07.04 Shoulders
1 - Check that shoulder area is cleaned as specified. 25%

2 - Check that shoulder construction shall meet specified schedules. 25%
Check that shoulder construction material be conveyed from the transport
3 - 25%
vehicle onto the shoulder area; end dumping is not permitted.

4 - Check that lift thickness being placed is as specified. 25%
Check that shoulder construction material be confined as specified without
5 - 25%
overspill.
Check that any spilled material on the pavement be removed and the
6 - 25%
pavement surface thoroughly cleaned with suitable means.
314.07.05 Compaction
314.07.05.01 General
Check that the material is being compacted as specified in the Contract

1 - 25%
Documents.
Check the Contractor’s compaction density readings to see that all the Work
2 - 25%
falls within the specified tolerances.
314.07.05.02 Compaction Requirements
314.07.05.02.01 Granular B, Type II
Check that the material be compacted within specified moisture content.

Field moisture content may be determined by ASTM D 6938. Request
1 - 25%
adjustment of water content of the material being compacted in the field as
required.
Monitor placement of the first lift of material over wet or weak subgrade.
2 - Determine if approval can be granted to the Contractor to modify the 25%
placement and compaction procedure.
Check the type of compaction equipment to be used is suited to the material
3 - to be compacted, the required degree of compaction and restricted zones as 25%
specified.
4 - Check the number of passes made by compaction equipment as specified. 25%
Approve appropriate equipment (e.g., bulldozer) that shall be used to push

1 M -
the material into place; dumping of material into position is not permitted.
If applicable, receive communication from the Contractor regarding localized,
2 - unusually wet or weak subgrade areas. Recommend treatment in -
consultation with regional QA and Geotechnical Sections.

314.07.05.02.03 Shoulders
Check that appropriate type of equipment be used for compaction around

1 - 25%
guiderail and sign-posts.
314.07.05.02.03.01 Lift Thicknesses Less than 100 mm
Check that appropriate type of equipment be used for compaction as

1 - 25%
specified.
Where compaction testing is waived, check that the material be compacted
within specified moisture content and with minimum number of passes as
2 - 25%
specified. Field moisture content may be determined by ASTM D 6938.
Request adjustment of water content of the material as required.
3 - Determine if additional number of passes are required. -
1 - Determine if compaction testing can be waived. -
314.07.05.02.04 RAP Shouldering
314.07.05.02.04.01 Compaction Acceptance Based on LS-706
1 - QA testing shall be as per CAIS 501. 25%

2 - Administer rejected lots as per CAIS 501. 25%
1 M Establish lot schedule for RAP as granular material as specified. -

2 M Establish Target Density as specified. -
Check that field moisture content readings be adjusted by deducting the AC- -
3 M
bias of the gauge and reported in PH-CC-009.
Check that corresponding AC-bias be generated as specified for each QA -
4 M
and QC nuclear gauge being used, at the start of the compaction work.
Check that compaction acceptance be established by calculation of the -
5 M
Quality Index as specified.

314.07.05.02.04.02 Compaction Acceptance Based on Specified Compaction Methods
Where Compaction Acceptance Based on LS-706 is waived, check that the

material be compacted within specified moisture content and with minimum
1 - number of passes as specified. Field moisture content may be determined by 25%
ASTM D 6938 or the “Determination of Moisture Content section” LS-282 as
specified. Request adjustment of water content of the material as required.
2 - QA testing shall be as per CAIS 501. 25%
Check that appropriate type of equipment be used for compaction as
3 - 25%
specified.
4 - Determine if additional number of passes are required. -
Determine if acceptance as per Compaction Acceptance Based on LS-706

1 M -
can be waived.
314.07.05.03 Modified Layer Compaction Method
1 - Check uniform lift thickness being placed as specified. 25%

2 - Approve the trial area location if suitable. 25%
3 - 25%
to be compacted and the required degree of compaction.
Verify the Contractor’s demonstration of the proposed method of achieving
4 - compaction and determine within specified schedule if the method can be 25%
approved.
Check that the approved system of placing and compacting (i.e., same types
of equipment of the same masses, the same vibration characteristics and the
5 - 25%
same number of passes) is used for the construction of the associated
compaction lots.
Provide approval for a two-lane trial area with sufficient length for the
1 M -
Contractor’s demonstration of the proposed method of compaction.
At least 48 hours prior to any work commencing on the trial area, receive full
details of the proposed placing and compacting system or systems, including
2 M -
the rate of placing, depth of layer, number and type of compaction units, and
number of passes.

Determine if approval can be provided to making changes to the previously-
approved system. Require a new trial in case of any changes to the
3 - -
previously-approved system including placing and compacting procedure as
well as source of the material.
Check that the surface of each granular course be bladed, shaped, and 25%
1 - compacted to bring the finished granular surface within specified tolerances
prior to the placement of the next type of material or pavement.
If the surface deviation is outside of tolerance (e.g., due to settlement, rutting,
and/or distortions), Check that the depressed area be corrected by removal of
- the material beyond the depth of the depression to a firm bottom where there 100%
is no noticeable deflection when passed by the roller used for the compaction
2 of the granular course.
The removed area shall be square-edged and rectilinear with a width of the
steel drum roller as a minimum. Place and compact new granular material in
- 100%
the depressions to bring the finished granular surface within specified
tolerances.
314.07.07 Stockpiling of Granular Material
1 - Check that stockpile sites are prepared as specified. 25%

2 - Inspect stockpile construction as per CAIS 1001. 25%
314.07.08 Grade Checks
Receive notification from the Contractor, within the specified time periods,
1 M when each Subbase or Base course has been completed, including -
Shoulders.
Certify the grade at specified locations and frequency if within specified
2 M -
tolerances.
314.07.09 Submission of Grade Checks
Receive all grade checks, including all non-compliances, signed or certified

1 - -
by the contractor, within specified schedule.

If a grading template is not available, receive signed or certified MTO form
2 - -
PH-CC-820 from the Contractor.
314.08.01 General
Conduct the QA grade checks to verify that the grade and cross-section are
1 - 50%
within the specified tolerances.
1 - Consult regional QA for frequency and method of grade check. -
If there are discrepancies between the QA and the Contractor’s grade

1 - checks, conduct additional QA grade checks, in consultation with the Owner, -
in any other location.
Notify the Contractor If specified tolerances are exceeded in any locations,
2 - -
including overbuilding of the width of a granular course.
Require the Contractor to correct the grade if any grading tolerances are
3 - -
exceeded.
4 - Administer charges as specified. -

314.09.01.01 Granular A, B Type I, B Type II, B Type III, M and O

Granular A, B Type I, B Type II, B Type III, M, and O Stockpiled
Granular A, B Type I, B Type II, B Type III, M, and O from Stockpile
Select Subgrade Material, Compacted
314.09.01.01.02 Cubic Metre
1 - Use appropriate method as specified to calculate the volume of the material. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 314, Construction Specification for Untreated Subbase, Base,
Surface, Shoulder, Selected Subgrade, and Stockpiling.


Extruded Expanded Polystyrene Frost Heave Treatment
316.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the installation of
extruded expanded polystyrene insulation for frost heave treatment of pavements as specified in
OPSS 316, November 2018.
316.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 316 Extruded Expanded Polystyrene Frost Heave Treatment

CAIS 206 Grading
CAIS 308 Tack Coating and Joint Painting
CAIS 314 Untreated Granular Subbase, Base, Surface, Shoulder, and Stockpiling
CAIS 501 Compacting
CAIS 1605 Extruded Expanded Polystyrene Pavement Insulation
316.05 MATERIAL
- Check compliance of materials as specified. -

Check that the extruded expanded polystyrene insulation meets the
- -
1 requirements as specified.
- Tack coat administered according to CAIS 308. -
- Granular material administered according to CAIS 1010. -

316.07 CONSTRUCTION
316.07.01 General
Check that material supplied by the Contractor is sampled as required.

1 M 75%
Check that the polystyrene complies with environmental specifications.
316.07.02 Site Preparation
Record that frost susceptible soils are removed and replaced with acceptable
material to the specified grades, lengths and tolerances. Adjust grades and
1 M 75%
limits depending on extent of frost susceptible soils. Verify transition between
frost treatment and normal grading sections is constructed properly.
2 - Check that the pavement surface is prepared as specified. 75%
Check to that the Contractor has provided adequate drainage from treated
3 - 75%
area.
316.07.03 Placing Extruded Expanded Polystyrene
Check expanded polystyrene is installed as follows:

· Check that the sheets are properly placed with regards to tight and
staggered joints;
· Check that sheets are secured to prepared surface;
1 - · Check that tack coat complies with requirements and it is applied uniformly 75%
at the required rate; and
· Check that backfill is placed by dumping, spread and compacted in one lift,
free of oversized material and is of sufficient depth to protect the
polystyrene.
316.07.04 Granular Material
Check that the placed granular base or subbase material complies

1 - 75%
requirements.
2 M Check that backfill materials are compacted to the target density. 75%

Verify that excess materials are properly managed and/or placed at specified
1 -
locations, refer to CAIS 180.
316.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE - N/A
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 316, Construction Specification for Extruded Expanded
Polystyrene Frost Heave Treatment.


Temporary Hot Mix Pavement
317.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Temporary Hot
Mix Pavement as specified in OPSS 317, April 2021 and SSP 317S01, October 2021.
317.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 317 Temporary Hot Mix Pavement
SSP 317S01 Amendment to OPSS 317, April 2021 - Requirements for Partial Paving of Full
Pavement Width for Temporary Hot Mix Pavement
CAIS 313 Hot Mix Asphalt - End Result
MTO Publications:
Maintenance Standard Specification (MSS)
317.03 DEFINITIONS
317.05 MATERIALS
1 - Check that materials are as specified in OPSS 317. 50%

317.07 CONSTRUCTION
317.07.01 Preparation of Foundation and Existing Pavement
Preparation of the foundation and existing pavement shall be administered

1 - -
according with CAIS 313.
Check that partial paving of full width pavement is in accordance with

1 100%
- OPSS 317 and SSP 317S01.
Check that levelling, binder, and surface courses are laid to the specified
2 - depths by means of mechanical propelled pavers and uniformly compacted 100%
with rollers as specified.
3 - Check that excess HMA is not cast onto the surface of the freshly laid mat. 100%
After final compaction of each course, Check the surface is smooth and true
M 100%
4 to the established crown and grade.
M Check for surface defects as specified. 100%
Check that through lane paving courses are completed prior to the placement
5 - 100%
of adjacent sideroads.
Check that the ends of completed portions are temporarily ramped down to
6 M the existing pavement prior to opening the lanes to traffic. Ramp down 100%
requirements shall be administered according with CAIS 313.
If paving is being carried out under lane closures, Check that paving is
7 M completed to the same station, including paved shoulders, prior to the 100%
roadway being opened to traffic as specified in OPSS 317.
317.07.03 Winter Carry-over of Temporary Hot Mix Pavement
1 M Check that winter carry-over requirements are achieved as specified. -
Check that all defects in materials and workmanship of the temporary hot mix
1 - 75%
pavement are repaired to maintain a safe and smooth riding surface.

Check that repairs are made with the same HMA type as the original work
2 - 100%
unless MTO accepts a proposal to do otherwise.
Determine whether defects were caused by granular base, sub-base, or sub-
3 M grade problems. Determine whether the Contractor is responsible for the 100%
repair as specified in OPSS 317.
Check that the Contractor does not conduct any operations in the same area
4 - 100%
as MTO’s repair operation.
5 - Check that repairs are in accordance with the timelines specified. 100%
1 M Notify the Contractor of the need for repairs as necessary. -
Check that management of excess material is according with the Contract

1 - -
Documents.

2 - Assess Repair Delay Charges as specified. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 317, Construction Specification for Temporary Hot Mix Pavement.


Open Graded Drainage Layer
320.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for asphalt cement
and Portland cement treated open graded drainage layer (OGDL) as specified in OPSS 320,
November 2020.
320.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 320 Open Graded Drainage Layer
Construction Administration and Inspection Specification (CAIS):

CAIS 1350 Concrete - Materials and Production
MTO Forms:
PH-D-10 Aggregate Sample Data Sheet
320.03 DEFINITIONS
1 M Check that material information is received prior to placement of OGDL. -

320.05 MATERIALS
Review and check compliance of material as specified for aggregates for

OGDL, asphalt cement treated OGDL, Portland cement treated OGDL and
delineator:
1 M -
· For Portland cement treated OGDL, administered according to
CAIS 1350.
· For Delineator, administered according to CAIS 1103.
320.06 EQUIPMENT
Check that equipment to be used meets the equipment requirements:

1 M · For Portland cement treated OGDL, administered according to 100%
CAIS 1350.
320.07 CONSTRUCTION
Check that the weather condition and ambient temperature meet the OGDL
1 - 100%
placement requirement.
2 M Check that the drainage system is operational prior to placing the OGDL. 100%
Check that the geotextile flaps enclose the subdrain trench to protect the
3 M trench materials from contamination and that the flaps are opened just prior 100%
to placing the OGDL.
Check that the construction of the longitudinal and transverse joints complies
4 - 25%
with the requirement.
5 - Check that the OGDL surface remains free of contamination. 50%
6 - Check that OGDL aggregates are thoroughly and uniformly coated. 50%
Check that traffic is not permitted on the OGDL with the exception of
7 - sampling equipment, equipment for the application of delineator, and the 50%
paving train during the placement of the overlying pavement.
8 - Check that the rolling operation complies with the requirement. 50%
Check that OGDL has been placed uniformly and homogeneously across the
9 - 50%
lane without segregation.
Check the OGDL finished surface for compliance with the surface tolerance
10 M 100%
requirements.

Check that the precaution is taken to protect plastic Portland cement treated
11 - 100%
OGDL from rain.
Check that delineator is placed on the Portland cement treated OGDL prior to
12 M 100%
the placement of the overlying concrete pavement or concrete base.
Check that the OGDL is covered with the overlying pavement within the
13 M 100%
specified timeline following placement.
320.08.01 General
1 - Notify the contractor of the QA test result as they become available. -
320.08.02.01 Sampling of Aggregate for Gradation and Physical Properties
1 - Select random sampling location. 100%

Check and witness sampling, handling, storage, and packing and delivery of
2 M 100%
samples for testing as specified.
1 M Establish the sizes and numbers of lots. -

Receive and review that the unique number for each sample for identification
2 - -
purposes.
320.08.02.02 Sampling of OGDL for Thickness and Porosity
1 - Select random sampling location. 100%

Check and witness sampling, handling, storage, packing and delivery of
2 M 100%
Check sampling is taken within a specified timeline of OGDL placement and
3 - 50%
prior to the placement of overlying pavement layer.
4 - Receive that the unique number for each sample for identification purposes. 50%
5 - Check that each sample hole is filled and treated. 100%

1 M Establish the sizes and numbers of lot and sublot as specified. -
320.08.03 Testing
320.08.03.01 Gradation and Physical Properties
Check that a written request is received if the contractor requests to replace

1 - -
LS-614 with LS-606.
320.08.04.01 Acceptance of Gradation and Physical Properties
Review all test results from the QA laboratory for acceptance based on the
1 M -
gradation and physical properties acceptance requirements.
2 M -
adjustment or rejected lot.
320.08.04.02 Acceptance of Surface Appearance
Check that the OGDL finished surface based on visual surveys meets the
1 M 100%
surface appearance acceptance requirement.
1 M Notify the Contractor of rejection if applicable. -
320.08.04.03 Acceptance of Surface Tolerance
Check that the OGDL finished surface meets the surface tolerance
1 M 100%
acceptance requirement.
1 M Notify the Contractor of rejection if applicable. -

320.08.04.04 Acceptance of Thickness
1 M -
thickness acceptance requirements.
2 - -
320.08.04.05 Acceptance of Porosity
1 M -
porosity acceptance requirements.
2 - -
320.08.04.06 Referee Testing for Gradation and Physical Properties
Perform the necessary components of the referee testing process for

1 M 100%
gradation and physical properties as specified.
Check that a written request to invoke referee testing is received within a

1 - -
specified timeline following the acceptance/rejection notification issued.
320.08.04.07 Re-test for Thickness and Porosity

1 M 100%
gradation and physical properties as specified.
Check that a written request to invoke referee testing is received within a

1 - -
specified timeline following the acceptance/rejection notification issued.

320.08.05 Repairing and Re-Decisioning
Check that all repair or rejected lot/sublot/area are repaired according to the
1 M repairing requirement for Gradation and Physical Properties, Surface 100%
Appearance, Surface Tolerance, Thickness and Porosity.
Check that all repaired lot/sublot/area are administrated, inspected,
2 M 100%
assessed, and re-evaluated for acceptance.

2 - Calculate the payment factors and adjustments if applicable. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 320, Construction Specification for Open Graded Drainage Layer.

Administration and Inspection Activities for In-Place

Full Depth Reclamation of Bituminous Pavement and Underlying Granular
330.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for in-place full depth
reclamation of bituminous pavement and mixing with a portion of the underlying granular, and
shaping and compacting the processed materials as granular base as specified in OPSS 330,
November 2014.
330.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 330 In-Place Full Depth Reclamation of Bituminous Pavement and Underlying Granular
CAIS 301 Restoring Unpaved Roadway Surfaces

CAIS 501 Compacting
330.03 DEFINITIONS
330.07 CONSTRUCTION
330.07.01 General
Check that operational constraints are carried out as specified in the

1 M 25%
Contract Documents.

330.07.03 Reclamation of Bituminous Pavement and Underlying Granular
Check that the in-place materials are processed to the depths, widths and
1 M 25%
gradation as specified in the Contract Documents.
Check that the composition of the blended material is as specified in the
2 - 25%
Contract Documents.
Check that oversized material has been removed or reprocessed (e.g.,
3 - scarified and fine graded) as specified in the Contract Documents. If removal 25%
is performed, the removed area shall be square-edged and rectilinear.
330.07.04 Surface Shaping and Compacting
Check that surface shaping and compaction are as specified in the Contract
1 M 25%
Documents.
Check that processed material be scarified and fine graded immediately prior
2 M 50%
to paving or placement of the base course material.
330.08.01 Samples for Testing
If necessary, take samples for testing to ensure that the final mix contains a
1 - -
maximum of 50% by mass of asphalt coated aggregate according to LS-621.

330.10.01 In-Place Full Depth Reclamation of Bituminous Pavement and
Underlying Granular - Item
1 - Check if the average depth of all processing differs by more than 15 mm from -
the equivalent average depth derived from measurements taken during the
processing operation. If so, the depth of pavement to be processed shown in
the Contract Documents shall be deemed to be incorrect.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 330, Construction Specification for In-Place Full Depth
Reclamation of Bituminous Pavement and Underlying Granular.


Full Depth Reclamation with Expanded Asphalt Stabilization
331.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for in-place full-depth
reclamation of the existing hot mix asphalt (HMA) pavement and underlying granular base; shaping
and compacting the unstabilized material; if required, adding and blending corrective aggregates or
active filler or both; adding and mixing expanded asphalt; and shaping and compacting the
expanded asphalt mix as specified in OPSS 331, November 2015 and SSP 331F02, January 2021.
331.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 331 Specification for Full Depth Reclamation with Expanded Asphalt Stabilization
SSP 331F02 Amendment to OPSS 331 - Design Rate of Expanded Asphalt
Construction Administrative and Inspection Specifications (CAIS):

CAIS 501 Compacting
CAIS 1101 Performance Graded Asphalt Cement
CAIS 1301 Cementing Materials
331.03 DEFINITIONS
1 M Receive and Check that the mix design meets the requirements as specified. -
2 - Notify the Contractor of the status of the mix design review as specified. -

331.05 MATERIALS
Check compliance of materials as specified.

· PGAC administered according to CAIS 1101.
1 - -
· Corrective aggregates administered according to CAIS 1010.
· Active filler administered according to CAIS 1301.
331.06 EQUIPMENT
1 M Verify that the recycling train works properly. 100%

2 M Verify the cutting drum is capable of reclaiming a full lane width. 100%
Verify that the spray bar and nozzles provide a uniform application of
3 M expanded asphalt and are not clogged, and are adjustable for varying widths 100%
of treatment.
Verify that the opening size of the screen deck meets the specification and is
4 M 100%
in good working condition.
Verify that all oversize material is routed through the crushers and re-
5 M 100%
screened.
Verify that the mixing unit is properly calibrated and is capable of accurately
6 M 100%
dispensing the required quantity of additives (water, expanded asphalt, etc.).
Verify that the flexible hose used to convey asphalt binder from the tanker to
7 M 100%
the pugmill is secured, clean and not contaminated.
8 M Verify that the paver has adequate horsepower and adequate hopper size. 100%
Verify that the automatic grade and cross-slope controls are functioning
9 M 100%
properly.
Check if the scale has calibrated to the manufacturer’s tolerance prior to the
1 M -
start of the work.
331.07 CONSTRUCTION
1 M Check the compliance of the operational constraints as specified. 100%

Check that the reclaiming and/or stabilizing is completed across the full width
2 M 100%
of pavement prior to the closing down of operations each day.
Check that the existing shoulder is shaped and compacted to match the
3 M 100%
adjacent lane prior to closing down operations each day.
Check the vertical clearance of all lanes at the underpass from top of asphalt
4 M 100%
to the bottom of bridge deck.
331.07.02 In-Place Full-Depth Reclamation
1 - Check that the pavement is reclaimed to the depth and width as specified. 100%
Check that graded surface of the reclaimed material, including existing
shoulders and compaction are in compliances.
2 - 100%
· Shoulder surface tolerance administered according to CAIS 301.
· Material compaction administered according to CAIS 501.
331.07.03 Expanded Asphalt Trial Section
1 M Check that a trial section is accepted or waived as specified. -

Notify the Contractor if the EAM work can continue based on an acceptable
2 - -
visual assessment of the trial.
1 - Check and approve the proposed location of the trial section. 100%
When the visual assessment fails, Check the trial section again after
2 - 100%
repaired, or removed and replaced.
331.07.04 Expanded Asphalt Stabilization
Check that the expanded asphalt stabilization is to the depth and limits
1 - 100%
detailed as specified.
Monitor and record materials including any corrective aggregate or active

1 - 100%
filler incorporated in the mix.

331.07.05 Compacting the Expanded Asphalt Mix
EAM compaction shall be in compliance and administered according to

1 - -
CAIS 501.
1 - Check and record thickness measurements at the frequencies specified. 100%

Check that the material has been mixed properly, contains no oversize
2 - 100%
particles, and that the processed material is uniform and coherent.
Check that the finished surface has a uniform texture, is free of surface
3 - defects according to SP-027 manual, and meets the profile and cross-section 100%
as specified in OPSS 331.
Check that the material meets the testing requirements as specified in prior to
4 M 100%
placing the wearing surface.
Check and witness that the materials (reclaimed materials, asphalt binder,
5 M 100%
active fillers if required) are sampled and delivered for testing as specified.
Check that the reclaiming and/or stabilizing is completed across the full width
6 M 100%
of pavement prior to the closing down of operations each day.
Check and record applied rate of expanded asphalt to determine that the
7 M 100%
design rate is met at the end of each day’s operation.
8 M Check that the EAM is ready to opening for traffic as specified. 100%
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 331, Construction Specification for Full Depth Reclamation with
Expanded Asphalt Stabilization.


Hot In-Place Recycling
332.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for hot in-place
recycling as specified in OPSS 332, April 2021, and SSP 332F04, October 2021.
332.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 308 Tack Coat

OPSS 332 Hot In-Place Recycling
OPSS 1151 Superpave and Stone Mastic Asphalt Mixtures
SSP 111F13 Amendment to OSS 1151 - Mix Design Criteria for Hot In-place Recycled (HIR) Mix
SSP 111S14 Amendment to OPSS 1101 - Requirements for Recovered Asphalt Cement (RAC)
from Hot In-place Recycled (HIR) Mix and Performance Graded Asphalt Cement
(PGAC) added to Beneficiating Hot Mix Asphalt
SSP 332F04 Amendment to OPSS 332 - Various Requirements for Hot In-place Recycling
CAIS 308 Tack Coat

CAIS 1101 Performance Grade Asphalt Cement
CAIS 1003 Aggregates - Hot Mix Asphalt
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-816 HIR Mix and Core Sample Identification

PH-CC-847 Hot Mix Summary
PH-CC-866 Application For Field Adjustment To JMF
PH-CC-867 Macrotexture Ratio Calculation Form

PH-CC-868HIR Hot In-place Recycled Mix Payment Calculation
PH-CC-869 Thickness ERS - Payment Adjustment Calculation
PH-CC-870 Lift Thickness Measurement Recording Form
MTO Laboratory Standards:
MTO LS-317 Method of Test for Determination of the Severity of a Segregated Asphalt
Pavement Surface
MTO Publications:
Field Guide for Acceptance of Hot Mix Asphalt and Bridge Deck Waterproofing
ASTM International:
ASTM E178 Standard Practice for Dealing with Outlying Observations
332.03 DEFINITIONS
Receive and Review the technical data sheet and safety data sheet for
1 - -
release agents.
Receive and Review mix designs, job mix formula, and additional information
2 M for Hot In-place Recycled (HIR) mixes as specified in OPSS 1151 and -
SSP 111F13.
332.05 MATERIALS
332.05.01 Hot In-Place Recycling Mix
Recovered Asphalt Cement (RAC) material requirements shall be

1 - -
administered according with SSP 111S14.
Aggregate in beneficiating HMA material requirements shall be administered
2 - -
according with CAIS 1003.
Performance Grade Asphalt Cement (PGAC) material requirements shall be
3 - -
administered according with CAIS 1101.
Complete PH-CC-847 for each approved mix design. Record the PH-CC on
4 M -
WBCMS.

332.06 EQUIPMENT
1 - Check the heating units do not use open flame to heat the pavement. 100%
2 - Check that the recycling train is as specified. 100%
332.07 CONSTRUCTION
Review requests from the Contractor to take additional core samples for
1 - 100%
Quality Control purposes. Issue a response.
332.07.02 Preparation
When specified in SSP 332F04, Check that all cold mix patching material,
1 - crack sealant, and spray patching materials is removed from the existing 100%
HMA surface as specified.
Check that existing HMA surfaces are clean and free of loose, broken, and
2 - 100%
foreign material.
Check that all milled existing HMA surfaces are clean and free of loose,
3 - 50%
broken, and foreign material.
Check that removal of existing pavement by the hot milling unit is performed
in such a manner as to leave adjacent pavement, appurtenances and
4 - 100%
structures remaining in place undisturbed and undamaged. Check that the
damage is repaired.
Check that corrections do not result in the existing binder course pavement
5 - 50%
materials being hot milled and added to the HIR mix.
332.07.04 Placing Hot In-Place Recycled Mix
1 M Check that the ambient temperature is as specified in OPSS 332. 100%

Check that the roadway is clean and free of standing water. The HIR process
2 M 100%
shall not proceed in the rain.

Check that the public traffic is not permitted on freshly laid HIR mat until the
3 - 100%
temperature requirements of OPSS 332 are met.
Determine whether to close the current lot before paving begins on a different
1 - lot using the same tender item, the same mix design, or both. Notify the -
Contractor if the lot will not be closed.
332.07.04.02 Paving
Check that heating units and recycling train heat and hot mill the HMA across
1 - the complete lane width, and partial width shoulder, to the hot milling depth 50%
specified in the mix design submission.
2 - Check that there is no burning or scorching of the pavement. 50%
Check for broken stones and white aggregate (shows proof of insufficient
3 - 50%
heating).
Check that the underlying pavement, immediately in front of the placement
4 - 50%
unit, shall be heated to a temperature of 60 to 80 ºC.
Check that all hot milled material, rejuvenating agent, and beneficiating HMA
5 - (if applicable), has been mixed to homogenous consistency and contains no 25%
oversized particles.
6 - Check that HIR mix has a minimum temperature of 110 ºC behind the screed. 25%
Check that each successive pass of the recycling train shall reprocess the
7 - edge of the previously placed HIR adjacent surface by the amounts and 75%
within the temperatures specified.
Check all through lane HIR mix is completed prior to placement of adjacent
8 M 100%
sideroads.
For areas not accessible to the heating and hot milling equipment, verify that
HMA is removed to the depth required to meet the design light thickness
requirement. Check that the area is tack coated according with OPSS 308
9 M 100%
and paved according with OPSS 313. Refer to CAIS 308 and CAIS 313 for
additional administrative and inspection activities. Check that the HMA mix is
as specified.
If the Contractor fails to prevent continued medium to severe segregation,

1 - Issue instruction to the Contractor to cease HIR operations until the problem -
has been corrected.

332.07.05 Longitudinal and Transverse Joints
Check that joints are constructed as specified, including location of

1 - 100%
longitudinal joints, preparation, reprocessing, and compaction.
1 - Check that HIR mix is compacted using appropriate methods. 25%

In areas not accessible to rollers, check that HIR mix is compacted using
2 - 50%
mechanical self-powered gas-, electric-, or air-powered equipment.
332.07.07 Field Adjustments to the Job Mix Formula
Inform the Contract administrator of a field adjustment to the JMF. Check

1 - that a new mix design is not required based on OPSS 1151 and the Contract 25%
Documents.
If the Contractor makes a field adjustment to the JMF, receive and review the
1 - adjusted JMF and form PH-CC-866 from the Contractor within 1 Business -
Day of the adjustment.
332.07.08 Sampling
332.07.08.01 Mix Properties and Recovered Asphalt Cement Performance Grade
For loose mix samples, Inform the Contractor of the sample location when the
1 M 100%
HIR train is approximately 100 m from the location.
Check that QA and referee testing samples are obtained concurrently at the
2 M paver once the rejuvenating agent and beneficiating HMA or both have been 100%
added, if to be used.
Witness all loose mix samples being taken. Ensure that the location of the
3 M sample is as instructed. Check that the mass meets the requirements of 100%
OPSS 332.
Check that sampling frequency, quantity, and labelling is as specified in
4 M 100%
OPSS 332 and the Contract Documents.

Maintain continuous possession of samples until they are sealed and
5 M delivered to MTO’s designated laboratory. Check that samples are sealed 100%
with PH-CC-816 completed.
1 - Check that core samples are taken in the timeline specified. 100%
Witness all core samples being taken. Ensure that the location of the sample
2 M 100%
is as instructed.
3 M Check that the core depth and diameter is as specified in OPSS 332. 100%
Check that sampling frequency, quantity, packaging, and labelling is as
4 M 100%
6 - Check for proper reinstatement of sample locations. 100%
Determine the random location of core samples for evaluation of compaction

as specified in OPSS 332. Refer to the Field Guide for the Acceptance of Hot
1 M -
Mix Asphalt and Bridge Deck Waterproofing for information on determining
random sampling locations.
After the completion of each sublot, Notify the Contractor of each random
2 M -
sample location.
Determine if a sample of release agent is required. Request a sample from
3 - -
the contractor if necessary. The sample shall be as specified in OPSS 332.
1 - Check that core samples are taken in the timeline specified. 100%
Witness all core samples being taken. Ensure that the location of the sample
2 M 100%
is as instructed.
3 M Check that the core depth and diameter is as specified in OPSS 332. 100%
Check that sampling frequency, quantity, packaging, and labelling is as
4 M 100%
5 - Record the station, offset, date and time of sampling on PH-CC-870. 100%

7 - Check for proper reinstatement of sample locations. 100%
If referee testing of a core is invoked and the original core is indeterminate,
Check that the new 150 mm diameter referee core is taken over the
previously taken 50 mm diameter core. Check that packaging and labelling is
8 M 100%
as specified. Maintain continuous possession of the sample until it is sealed
and delivered to MTO’s designated laboratory. Check for proper
reinstatement of the sample location.
Determine the random location of core samples for evaluation of lift thickness
1 - -
as specified in the Contract Documents.
After the completion of each sublot, Notify the Contractor of each random
2 M -
sample location.
If referee testing of a thickness core is invoked, Coordinate referee testing as
3 - -
necessary and in accordance with OPSS 332.
332.07.09 Performance Graded Asphalt Cement
If beneficiating HMA is used, samples of the PGAC added to beneficiating

1 - -
HMA will be taken according with SSP 111S14 and the Contract Documents.
Check that excess material is managed according with the Contract

1 - -
Documents.
332.08.01.01 Air Voids and Compaction
Prior to HIR operations and after discussion with the Contractor, determine
1 M the size and location of lots and sublots for air voids and compaction testing -
according with OPSS 332.

If a delay of more than 20 Business Days occurs in placing the complete lot,
2 M Receive, Review and reply to requests, from the Contractor, to continue to -
the current lot upon resumption of placement of the tender item.
Terminate the current lot if a delay in more than 20 Business Days occurs in
placing the complete lot and the lot shall be completed during the same
3 M -
calendar year and the Contractor has not requested that the lot be continued
upon the resumption of placement of that tender item.
4 M Receive and Review test results for air voids and compaction. -
Provide results from completed tests to the Contractor as they become
5 - -
available.
Determine the lot Percent Within Limits (PWL) for compaction and the lot
6 M -
PWL for air voids.
Determine the pay adjustment factors as specified in OPSS 332 using PH-
7 M -
CC-868HIR (supplied by MTO upon request by the Contract Administrator).
Determine whether lots are acceptable or rejectable. For rejectable lots,
Determine whether the lot can be accepted with pay adjustment or whether
8 - the lot requires repair. For lots that require repair, or if the Contractor elects -
to repair the lot in lieu of payment adjustment, re-evaluate the repaired lot as
specified in OPSS 332.
332.08.01.02 Gradation and Asphalt Cement Content
Prior to HIR operations and after discussion with the Contractor, determine
1 - the size and location of lots and sublots for gradation and AC testing -
Receive and Review test results for gradation and asphalt cement (AC)
2 M -
content.
Provide results from completed tests to the Contractor as they become
3 - -
available.
Determine which gradation and AC content sublots are acceptable and
4 M
rejectable based on the limits specified in OPSS 332.
Determine which rejectable sublots need to be repaired. Notify the contractor
5 M of the sublots that need to be repaired. Re-evaluate the repaired lots as -
For rejectable sublots that have been determined to not require repair, they
will be treated as their own lot with one sublot. Determine the gradation
6 M payment adjustment and AC content payment adjustment for lots once all -
tests for the corresponding sublots are completed. Pay adjustments are
calculated using PH-CC-868HIR as supplied by MTO.

332.08.01.03 Recovered Asphalt Cement Performance Grade
Determine the disposition of the RAC performance grade in the HIR mix
1 M -
according with SSP 111S14 and in accordance with the Contract Documents.
332.08.01.04 Surface Tolerance
1 M Surface tolerance shall be administered according with CAIS 313. -
332.08.01.05 Surface Appearance
Check the HIR mat for flushing, bleeding, segregation, fat spot, surface
1 M damage, cracking, chatter, surface contamination, and other visual 100%
deficiencies as specified.
Determine whether areas with medium segregation need to be repaired or

1 M -
accepted with a payment reduction.
2 M Notify the Contractor of areas subject to a payment reduction. -
Notify the Contractor of areas with segregation or other visual deficiencies
3 M -
that need to be repaired.
332.08.01.06 Surface Smoothness
1 - Check the Contract Documents for the surface smoothness requirements. -
Determine the size and locations of lots and sublots for HIR as specified in
1 M -
OPSS 332.
2 M Receive and Review thickness measurements for sublots on PH-CC-870. -
3 M Determine which sublots are rejectable as specified in OPSS 332. -

Notify the Contractor of sublots that need to be repaired. Re-evaluate the
4 M -
sublot once repairs are complete.
Determine the lot mean lift thickness and the lot payment adjustment for lots
5 M as the results for all sublots become available as specified in OPSS 332 -
using PH-CC-869.
332.08.01.08 Geometrics and Longitudinal Joint Location
Check and record the width of the HIR mix placed in lanes and shoulders as
1 - 25%
2 - Check crossfall and alignment of the placed HIR mix. 25%
When specified in SSP 332F04, Check that offset stakes are installed as
3 - 25%
specified.
When specified in 332F04, Check that offset stakes are removed as
4 - 25%
specified.
If the width of HIR mix placed is not acceptable at any location, Notify the
1 M -
Contractor that the pavement is rejectable.
If the width of HIR mix placed is not acceptable at any location, Receive and
2 - -
Review the Contractor’s proposal for corrective action.
When necessary, Notify the Contractor to remove offset stakes as specified
3 - -
in SSP 332F04.
332.08.01.09 Performance Graded Asphalt Cement Physical Requirements
Determine the acceptability of PGAC incorporated into the beneficiating HMA

1 M -
according with SSP 111S14 and as specified in the Contract Documents.
332.08.01.10 Optional Trial
Receive and Review the request for an optional trial section from the
1 - -
Contractor.
After discussion with the Contractor, Determine the location of the trial lot, as
2 M -
well as the size of the lot as specified in OPSS 332.

332.08.02.02 Mix Properties and Compaction
Check that referee testing has been invoked by the Contractor within the
1 M timeline specified in OPSS 332. Verify the category referee testing is being -
invoked for.
Check that referee testing is requested for the entire lot, or for a maximum of
2 - -
two sublots from that lot.
3 - Verify that the referee laboratory is using the test methods as specified . -
332.08.02.03 Recovered Asphalt Cement Performance Grade
Referee testing for RAC Performance Grade shall be according with SSP
1 - -
111S14.
332.08.02.04 Challenging Severity of Segregation
Receive and Review any challenges for medium or severe segregation from
1 M the Contractor. Check that the challenge is received within the timeline -
Arrange for a representative of MTO who did not carry out the original
2 - assessment to make a visual assessment of the disputed areas within the -
timeline specified in OPSS 332.
If the Contractor disputes the second visual assessment, Determine the
3 - Macrotexture Ratio of the disputed areas according with LS-317 using -
PH-CC-867.
Receive and Review any challenges for individual lift thickness

1 M measurements from the Contractor. Check that the challenge is received -
within the timeline specified in OPSS 332.
Arrange for the Contractor and a representative of MTO to attend re-
measurement of the lift thickness core at an MTO designated laboratory that
2 - -
is not the same as the laboratory that performed the original lift thickness
measurement.

332.08.02.06 Outlier in Referee Results
Receive and Review requests from the Contractor for an individual value for
1 - -
any attribute of a sublot’s test result to be considered an outlier.
Determine the validity of the questioned attribute using a T test in accordance
2 - -
with ASTM E178 at a 10% significance level.
332.08.03 Repairs
1 - Check that repairs are completed as specified. 100%
Review the Contractor’s plans for repairs. Accept or Reject the plan
1 - -
depending on compliance with OPSS 332 and the Contract Documents.
332.08.03.02 Repairs for Mix Properties, Compaction, and Recovered Asphalt

Cement Performance Grade
If slab or core samples are necessary based on OPSS 332, Witness slab or
1 - 100%
core sampling for mix testing taken by the Contactor.
Check that slab or core samples are taken only in the locations and quantities
2 - 100%
Receive and Review the Contractor’s list and sketch of proposed repair
1 - -
areas.
Receive and Review test results for slab or core samples taken at repair
2 - -
boundaries as specified in OPSS 332.
Notify the Contractor to proceed with the repair or extend the repair
3 - -
boundaries and take additional samples as specified.

332.08.03.03 Repairs for Surface Tolerance
If diamond grinding is used, Check that diamond grinding is to a maximum

1 - 100%
depth of 5 mm.
If the area is removed and replaced, Check that the replacement is performed
2 - 100%
to the requirements of OPSS 332.
Re-evaluate the repaired area for surface tolerance with a 3 m straight edge
3 - 100%
332.08.03.03 Repairs for Lift Thickness
If the Contractor is making a repair for Lift Thickness, Check the entire length
1 - 100%
of the Sublot is repaired.
Determine the pay adjustment based on the re-evaluated sublot

1 - -
measurement.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 332, Construction Specification for Hot In-Place Recycling, and
Standard Special Provision 332F04.


Cold In-Place Recycling (CIR)
333.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for cold in-place
recycling of existing hot mix asphalt pavement, sizing, adding active filler if required, adding and
mixing emulsified asphalt, and spreading and compacting the cold in-place recycled mix as
specified in OPSS 333, November 2015 and SSP 333S04, April 2021.
333.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 333 Cold In-Place Recycling (CIR)
SSP 333S04 Amendment to OPSS 333 - Additional Requirements for Cold In-Place Recycled
Mix
MTO Guidelines:
Field Guideline for Hot Mix Paving and Bridge Deck Waterproofing
Field Guide for the Acceptance of Cold In-place Recycling Processes
Compaction Measurement of Cold In-place Recycled Pavements Using Nuclear Moisture and
Density Gauges
SP-027 Manual for Assessment of Surface Defects of In-Place Recycled Pavement Mats

333.03 DEFINITIONS

1 M Receive and Check that the mix design complies as specified. -

2 M Notify the Contractor of the status of the mix design review as specified. -
333.05 MATERIALS

1 - · Emulsified asphalt administered according to CAIS 1103. -
333.06 EQUIPMENT

3 M 25%
emulsion and are not clogged.
Verify that opening size of the screen deck is as specified and in good
4 M 25%
working condition.
5 M 25%
screened.
6 M 25%
dispensing the required quantity of additives (example: emulsion).
Verify that the weighing scale for the aggregate feed system is calibrated to
7 M 25%
the manufacturer’s tolerance.
Verify that the flexible hose used to convey emulsion asphalt from the tanker
8 M 25%
to the pugmill is secured, clean and not contaminated.
9 M Verify that the paver has adequate horsepower and adequate hopper size. 25%
10 M 25%
properly.

1 M -
start of the work.
333.07 CONSTRUCTION
If the Contractor plans to place CIR after September 1st, notify the Contractor
1 - -
in writing of the decision.
2 - Check that CIR is not placed after September 1st, without prior approval. -
333.07.03 Cold In-Place Recycling Trial Section
When the visual assessment fails, check the trial section again after it has
2 - 100%
been repaired, or removed and replaced.
1 M Check that the requirement of a trial section is accepted or waived. -

Notify the Contractor if the CIR work can continue based on an acceptable
2 - -
visual assessment of the trial.
Check that the pavement surface is prepared as specified, including:

· The pre-milling width, depth and extent follow the Contract.
1 M · All loose milled materials are removed from the milled surfaces. 100%
· All crack sealants are removed and disposed of.
· Any appurtenances have been adjusted, protected or removed as in urban
areas.

Check the compaction including:
· Verify that a control strip is established to determine the target density for
compaction at the start of production.
· Verify that a suitable location has been selected for the control strip.
· Verify that the type of compaction equipment to be used is suited to the
2 material to be compacted and the degree of compaction required. 100%
· Verify that the same nuclear gauge is being used in the control strip and the
subsequent sublot testing for compaction.
· Verify that a new control strip is established when a new gauge is used for
the lot testing, or a different mix design is applied, or the exiting pavement
material significantly changes, or after every 100,000 m² of mix production
has been completed.
Check that samples from the control strip are sent to the laboratory to verify
1 - its moisture content and that they are within the allowable tolerance as -
specified in SSP 333S04.
Check that all operational constraints are compiled with as specified in the
2 - Contract including; for CIR work to not proceed during periods of rain or when -
the surface is in a saturated condition.
Verify that the CIR material has been mixed properly, contains no oversize
2 - 100%
particles and that the processed material is uniform and coherent.
Monitor and Record materials including any corrective aggregate or active
3 - 100%
Check the surface appearance based on visual surveys after the CIR mat has
1 - 100%
been opened to traffic.
2 M Check that the CIR mat meets the testing requirements. 100%
3 M Check if the wearing surface is placed within 30 Days of placing the CIR mat. 100%

Obtain the CIR slab samples at least 4 Business Day prior to the planned
4 M 100%
overlay of CIR mat.
Check and witness that materials (reclaimed materials, emulsion, active
5 M 100%
fillers, if required) are sampled and delivered for testing as specified.
6 M defects according to SP-027 manual and meets the grade and crossfall 100%
7 M Check that the pavement is ready to opening for traffic as specified. 100%
Notify the Contractor if the 30 Days of placing CIR mat requirement is waived if
1 M -
mat is subjected to repair.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 333, Construction Specification for Cold In-Place Recycling.


Cold In-Place Recycling (CIREAM) with Expanded Asphalt
335.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for cold in-place
recycling of existing hot mix asphalt pavement, sizing, adding active filler if required, adding and
mixing expanded asphalt, and spreading and compacting the cold in-lace recycled expanded
asphalt mix as specified in OPSS 335, November 2015, and SSP 335S04, August 2021.
335.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 335 Specification for Cold In-Place Recycling with Expanded Asphalt
SSP 335S04 Amendment to OPSS 335 - Additional Requirements for Cold In-Place Recycled
Mix
MTO Guidelines:
Field Guideline for Hot Mix Paving and Bridge Deck Waterproofing
Field Guide for the Acceptance of Cold In-place Recycling Processes
Compaction Measurement of Cold In-place Recycled Pavements Using Nuclear Moisture and
Density Gauges
SP-027 Manual for Assessment of Surface Defects of In-Place Recycled Pavement Mats

CAIS 1101 Performance Graded Asphalt Cement (PGAC)
335.03 DEFINITIONS

1 M Receive and Check that the mix design complies as specified. -

2 M Notify the Contractor of the status of the mix design review as specified. -
335.05 MATERIALS

1 - · PGAC administered according to CAIS 1101. -
335.06 EQUIPMENT

3 M 25%
expanded asphalt and are not clogged.
Verify that opening size of the screen deck is as specified and in good
4 M 25%
working condition.
5 M 25%
screened.
6 M dispensing the required quantity of additives, including: water and expanded 25%
asphalt.
Verify that the weighing scale for the aggregate feed system is calibrated to
7 M 25%
the manufacturer’s tolerance.
Verify that the flexible hose used to convey asphalt binder from the tanker to
8 M 25%
the pugmill is secured, clean and not contaminated.
9 M 25%
properly.
1 M -
start of the work.

335.07 CONSTRUCTION
If the Contractor plans to place CIREAM after September 1st, Notify the
1 - -
Contractor in writing the decision.
2 - Check that CIREAM is not placed after September 1st, without prior approval. -
335.07.03 Cold In Place Recycling Trial Section
When the visual assessment fails, Check the trial section again after it has
2 - 100%
been repaired, removed or replaced.
1 M Check that the requirement of a trial section is accepted or waived. -

Notify the Contractor if the CIREAM work can continue based on an
2 - -
acceptable visual assessment of the trial.
Check that the pavement surface is prepared as specified, including:

· The pre-milling width, depth and extent.
1 M · All loose milled materials are removed from the milled surfaces. 100%
· All crack sealants are removed and disposed of.
· Any appurtenances have been adjusted, protected or removed as in urban
areas.

Check the compaction including:
· Verify that a control strip is established to determine the target density for
compaction at the start of production.
· Verify that a suitable location has been selected for the control strip.
· Verify that the type of compaction equipment to be used is suited to the
2 - material to be compacted and the degree of compaction required. 100%
· Verify that the same nuclear gauge is being used in the control strip and
the subsequent sublot testing for compaction.
· Verify that a new control strip is established when a new gauge is used for
the lot testing, or a different mix design is applied, or the exiting pavement
material significantly changes, or after every 100,000 m2 of mix production
has been completed.
Check that samples from the control strip are sent to the laboratory to verify
1 - its moisture content and are within the allowable tolerance as specified in -
SSP 335S04.
Check that all operation constraints are compiled as specified, including for
2 - CIREAM work to not proceed during periods of rain or when the surface is in -
a saturated condition.
Verify that the CIREAM material has been mixed properly, contains no
2 - 100%
oversize particles and that the processed material is uniform and coherent.
Monitor and Record materials including any corrective aggregate or active
3 - 100%
Check the surface appearance based on visual surveys after the CIREAM
1 - 100%
mat has been opened to traffic.
2 M Check that the CIREAM mat meets the testing requirements. 100%

Check if the wearing surface is placed within 30 Days of placing the CIREAM
3 M 100%
mat.
Check and witness that materials (reclaimed materials, asphalt cement,
4 M 100%
active fillers if required) are sampled and delivered as specified.
5 M Obtain CIREAM loose samples after placement and prior to compaction. 100%
6 M defects according to SP-027 manual and meets the grade and crossfall 100%
7 M Check that the pavement is ready to open for traffic as specified. 100%
Notify the Contractor if the 30 Days of placing CIREAM mat requirement is

1 M -
waived if mat is subjected to repair.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 335, Construction Specification for Cold In-Place Recycling With
Expanded Asphalt.


Micro-Surfacing
336.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for micro-surfacing
as specified in OPSS 336, November 2018 and SSP 336F01, December 2018.
336.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 336 Micro-Surfacing
SSP 336F01 Amendment to OPSS 336 - Additional Requirements for Micro-Surfacing

CAIS 1003 Aggregates - Hot Mixed Asphalt
336.03 DEFINITIONS
1 M Receive and Check that the mix design meets the requirements as specified. -
2 - Notify the Contractor of the status of the mix design review as specified. -

336.05 MATERIALS

· Polymer Modified Emulsified Asphalt administered according to
1 - CAIS 1103. -
· Aggregates administered according to CAIS 1001.
· Mineral filler administered according to CAIS 1301.
336.06 EQUIPMENT
1 M Check the mixing, proportioning, and spreading equipment. 100%
336.07 CONSTRUCTION
Check if tack coat is required. Tack coat is typically required, unless

1 M 100%
otherwise specified in the Contract by fill-in SP.
Check sequence of placement operation including, but not limited to, paving
2 - 25%
intersections, tapers, ramps, bridge decks, and all staging plans.
Check and note placement including alignment, longitudinal joint location,
3 M 100%
appearance, width, joint overlap.
Check that current and forecast weather conditions meet the specified
4 - 25%
requirements for micro-surfacing placement.
Check that micro-surfacing commences and is completed on the dates
5 - 25%
specified.
6 - Check that traffic is kept off the freshly placed mixture. 50%
7 - Check that the centreline is delineated as specified. 50%
336.07.02 Trial Area
1 - Check the proposed location of the trial section. 100%

Check that an acceptable trial section is completed as specified, with
2 M 100%
application of tack coat if applicable.

Notify the Contractor if the micro-surfacing work can continue based on an

1 - -
acceptable assessment of the trial.
336.07.03 Surface Preparation
Check for proper surface preparation including removal of durable pavement

1 M markings, removal of sealant where applicable, and tack coat where 100%
applicable.
Check that all roadway appurtenances within the area of micro-surfacing are
2 - 50%
properly covered and protected immediately prior to micro-surfacing.
336.07.04 Mix Application
Check that the application rates for a single layer of micro-surfacing mix shall
1 - 25%
meet the requirements as specified.
2 - Check that ruts are filled prior to micro-surfacing as specified. 25%
3 - Check and record the placement width of each day’s placement. 25%
336.07.04.01 Handwork
Check that areas to be hand worked have complete and uniform micro- 50%
1 -
surfacing application.
336.07.04.02 Appearance
Check that the surface has a uniform texture free from excessive scratch
1 - 25%
marks, tears, indentations, or other surface irregularities.
336.07.04.03 Documentation
Check that summary of micro-surface material and tack coat are submitted
1 - -
daily.

336.07.04.04 Joints
Check that the joints are neat and uniform in appearance, and its construction
1 - 25%
and placement meet the requirements.
336.07.05 Clean
1 Check that areas not to be micro-surfaced are kept clear. 25%
336.07.07 Repairs
Check that length of repair is sufficient to eliminate all appearance

1 M 100%
deficiencies.
1 - Check that the management of excess materials meets the requirements. 25%
336.08.01 Sampling and Testing
Check and witness that all required samples are taken at correct locations
1 M 25%
and times as specified.
336.08.01.02 Referee Testing of Aggregate
Receive and check that a written request for referee testing is submitted as -
1
specified.

336.08.01 Warranty Requirements
336.08.02.03 Performance Requirements
Check for dragging, lumped / balled / unmixed aggregate, segregation, and

1 - 100%
other defects.
Check that the specified surface condition, surface appearance, and surface
2 M 100%
tolerance requirements are met.
3 - Check for loose, flying particles from micro-surfacing opened to traffic. 100%
4 - Check that applicable repairs or replacements meet the requirements. 100%
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 336, Construction Specification for Micro-Surfacing.


Slurry Seal
337.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for slurry seal and
includes all surface preparation, material application, handwork, joints, protection while curing,
clean up, and provision for a trial area as specified in OPSS 337, November 2017 and SSP
337F01, December 2017.
337.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 337 Slurry Seal
SSP 337F01 Amendment to OPSS 337 - Additional Requirements for Slurry Seal

337.03 DEFINITIONS
Check that the laboratory used to carry out slurry seal mix designs complies
1 M -
with specifications.

1 M Record and Check that the mix design meets the requirements as specified. -
337.05 MATERIALS
Check all the delivered material to verify that it is being supplied from the
approved list that was submitted by the Contractor at the commencement of
1 M -
the Contract. Check that material supplied by the Contractor is sampled and
tested as specified.
· Emulsified Asphalt administered according to CAIS 1103.
2 - -
· Aggregates administered according to CAIS 1001.
· Mineral filler administered according to CAIS 1301.
337.06 EQUIPMENT
Check that the power brooms, mixing and spreading equipment, and
1 - 50%
proportioning devices meet the requirements as specified.
337.07 CONSTRUCTION
1 - Check the compliance of the operational constraints as specified. 100%

Check that current and forecast weather conditions meet the specified
2 - requirements. Check that the slurry seal application occurs within specified 25%
time frame.
3 - Check that traffic is kept off the freshly placed mixture. 50%
337.07.02 Trial Area
1 M Check the proposed location of the trial section. 100%

2 M Check that an acceptable trial section is completed as specified. 100%

Notify the Contractor if the slurry seal work can continue based on an
1 M -
acceptable assessment of the trial.
1 M Check for proper surface preparation as specified. 100%
337.07.04 Mixture Application
Check sequence of placement operation including, but not limited to, paving
1 - 25%
intersections, tapers, ramps, bridge decks, and all staging plans.
2 - Check that slurry seal is placed according to the application rates specified. 25%
Check and note placement including alignment, longitudinal joint location,
3 M appearance, width, joint overlap, and other applicable contract related field 50%
checks.
4 - Check and record the placement quantity for payment. 25%
337.07.05 Handwork
Check that areas to be hand worked have complete and uniform slurry seal
1 - 50%
coverage and is concurrent to machine applied slurry seal.
Check that areas to be hand worked are lightly dampened prior to slurry seal
2 - 25%
placement.
337.07.06 Appearance
Check that the surface has a uniform texture free from excessive scratch
1 - 25%
marks, tears, indentations, or other surface irregularities.
Check that the edges of the slurry seal are finished uniformly with a neat
2 - 25%
appearance.

336.07.07 Documentation
Check that summary of the quantity and application rate of slurry seal
1 - materials placed and a list of the quantities used for each of the mix -
components are submitted daily.
337.07.08 Joints
Check that the longitudinal and transverse joints are neat and uniform in
1 M 50%
appearance, and its construction and placement meet the requirements.
337.07.09 Clean Up
Check that areas not to be slurry sealed are kept clear and have the slurry
1 - 25%
seal removed.
337.07.10 Repairs
Check that repairs are sufficient to eliminate all appearance deficiencies and
1 M 100%
meet the requirements.
337.07.11 Traffic Control with Moving Vehicles
Check that the traffic control with moving vehicle meets the requirements as
1 - 100%
specified.
1 - Check that the excess materials are managed as specified. 50%

337.08.01 Sampling
Check and witness that all required samples are taken at correct locations
1 M 25%
and times as specified.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 337, Construction Specification for Slurry Seal.


Routing and Sealing Cracks in Asphalt Pavement
341.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for routing and
sealing cracks in asphalt pavement as specified in OPSS 341, April 2018.
341.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 341 Routing and Sealing Cracks in Asphalt Pavement
Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications, Materials:
OPSS 1212 Hot-Poured Rubberized Asphalt Joint/Crack Sealing Compound
SSP 112S07 Amendment to OPSS 1212 - Replacement Specification for Hot Poured
Rubberized Asphalt Joint Sealing Compound
CAIS 1212 Hot-Poured Rubberized Asphalt Joint/Crack Sealing Compound
Ontario Ministry of Transportation Publications
SP-024 Manual for Condition Rating of Flexible Pavements - Distress Manifestations
341.03 DEFINITIONS
5 Business Days Prior to the placement of sealant compound, Receive and

1 M Review the required documentation from the manufacturer of each batch/lot -
of sealant as specified in OPSS 341.

5 Business Days Prior to the placement of hot-poured rubberized asphalt
joint/crack sealant, Receive and Review test results for each batch/lot of
2 - sealant to be used on the contract. The testing shall be carried out according -
with OPSS 1212 by a certified CCIL laboratory independent to both the
manufacturer and the Contractor.
341.05 MATERIALS
341.05.01 Sealant Compound
Check that the sealant compound meets the material requirements according
1 M -
with SSP 112S07.
341.05.02 Limestone Screening
1 M Check that limestone screenings are as specified in OPSS 341 -

If the Contractor requests to use a blotting material other than limestone
2 M screenings, Determine whether the material is appropriate and reply to the -
Contractor’s request
341.06 EQUIPMENT
1 - Check that all equipment is as specified in OPSS 341 100%

Check that mechanical routers and random cracks saws are well-maintained
2 - 100%
and are capable of continually creating well-defined right-angled grooves
341.07 CONSTRUCTION
341.07.01 General
Check that routing and/or sealing is not carried out when the pavement is
1 - 100%
damp or wet, or when water is migrating up into the routs
2 - Check that the pavement surface temperature is less than 50° C 100%
Check the Contract Documents for additional conditions that must be met
3 - prior to routing, sealing, or sealing without routing. Check that the conditions 100%
are met.

341.07.02 Crack Routing
Check that cracks routed are sealed prior to shutting down operations each
1 - 100%
day
Check that the routing operation is not so far ahead of the cleaning operation
2 - that dirt and debris left on the road creates clouds of dust that obscures 100%
drivers’ vision or creates a hazard to pedestrians
Check that all cracks as specified in the Contract Documents are routed to
3 - 100%
the specified width and depth and that the rout is centered on the crack
Check that the routed grooves are right angled, centered over the crack, and
4 - 100%
have the dimensions specified in OPSS 341 and the Contract Documents
If the Contractor could not satisfy the requirements for routing dimensions
1 M and shape of the routed groove, receive notification that the equipment will be -
corrected
341.07.03 Sealant Preparation
Witness the initial charging of sealant compound at the work site. Check that
1 M 100%
the kettle is empty prior to charging.
Check that sealant compound is melted slowly with constant agitation until it
2 - is lump-free, free flowing, and within the application temperature 50%
recommended by the manufacturer for the application
Check that all temperature gauges for both heating oil and sealant compound
3 M 100%
on the kettle are properly calibrated
Check that notification is received from the Contractor at least 24 hours prior
1 - -
to the charging of the kettle with sealant compound
341.07.04 Cleaning and Drying Routed Grooves and Cracks and Removal of
Debris
Check that immediately prior to placing sealant compound, all routed and
1 M 100%
unrouted cracks are cleaned and dried using a hot-compressed air lance

Check that the hot-compressed air lance does not char or burn the asphalt
2 - 50%
surface
Check that all loose debris from the routing and cleaning operation is
3 M completely removed from the adjacent asphalt roadway prior to applying 100%
sealing compound
341.07.05 Placing Sealant Compound
341.07.05.02 On Surfaces to Receive an Asphalt Overlay
Check that routed and unrouted cracks are filled with hot-poured rubberized
1 M asphalt sealant compound immediately after cleaning and drying as specified 50%
in the Contract Documents
341.07.05.03 On Existing Surfaces Without and Asphalt Overlay
Check that routed and unrouted cracks are filled with hot-poured rubberized
1 M asphalt sealant compound immediately after cleaning and drying as specified 50%
in OPSS 341
Witness the hourly measurement of sealant temperature and record the
2 M 100%
measurement as specified in OPSS 341
If at any time the sealant compound is overheated, Check that the kettle is
3 - 100%
drained and replaced with acceptable material
Where an overband is being constructed, Check that a rubber or plastic
4 - 25%
squeegee is used to strike off the sealant as specified in OPSS 341
Check that upon cooling, the sealant compound is at or slightly above the
5 - 100%
adjected asphalt pavement surface, as specified in the Contract Documents
Under no circumstances the sealant compound be heated continuously over
night, unless written declaration from the manufacturer states otherwise. If
6 - written declaration from the manufacturer stating that the heating kettle can 100%
heat sealant overnight has not been received, Witness that the heating kettle
is drained at the end of each day’s sealing operation.
Check that sealant compound damaged by construction operation and
7 M sealant compound damaged by the lane being opened to traffic before the 100%
sealant has sufficiently cooled, is removed and replaced
If the temperature of the sealant compound is not within the manufacturer’s

1 - -
recommended range, Determine if sealant compound that was placed in the

roadway since the last verified acceptable temperature reading is to be
removed, repaired or, in lieu of repairs, receive a payment adjustment as
specified in the Basis of Payment section
If the sealant compound was heated continuously overnight and the
Contractor does not intend to drain the heating kettle, Receive and Review
2 - -
written declaration from the manufacturer clearly stating under what
conditions this can be safely done without causing degradation of the sealant
341.07.06 Sealant Dusting for Cracks/Routs Treated in Pavements Not Being

Covered by an Asphalt Overlay
1 - Check that the sealant has cooled prior to dusting 50%

2 - Check that the sealant is dusted with approved material 50%
Check that sealed cracks are dusted with a suitable bond breaker before
3 M 50%
opening to traffic as specified in the Contract Documents

1 - -
Documents
341.08.01 Sampling and Testing Sealant Compound
341.08.01.01 Unheated (as Delivered) Sealant Compound
1 M Witness the sealant compound samples being taken 100%

Check that sampling frequency, quantity, labelling, and sample container is
2 M 100%
as specified in OPSS 341 and the Contract Documents
3 M 100%
delivered to MTO’s designated laboratory
When requested by MTO, Notify the Contractor when unheated sealant

1 - -
compound samples are required

341.08.01.02 Samples during Sealant Placement
1 M Witness the sealant compound samples being taken 100%

2 M 100%
as specified in OPSS 341 and the Contract Documents
3 M 100%
delivered to MTO’s designated laboratory
Determine when samples of hot-poured rubberized asphalt joint/crack sealant

1 - -
are required as specified in OPSS 341
Notify the Contractor when sealant compound samples taken from the
2 - -
heating kettle are required.
341.08.02 Deficiencies and Repairs During Construction
Check the work performed by the Contractor for any of the deficiencies
1 - 100%
specified in OPSS 341
2 -- Check that repairs are completed as specified 100%
Determine whether the deficiencies are required to be repaired or, in lieu of

1 M -
repairs, subject to a payment adjustment as specified in OPSS 341
Receive and Review the repair proposal from the Contractor. Determine
2 - whether the repair proposal is acceptable. Notify the Contractor to commence -
repairs or to change and resubmit the proposal.
Inspect the work for deficiencies according with the Contract Documents and
1 M 100%
measure the total length of sealed cracks with deficiencies
Measure the total length of sealed cracks without deficiencies and confirm
2 M that quantities do not exceed the sealant density specified in the Contract 100%
Documents for calculation of payment

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 341, Construction Specification for Routing and Sealing Cracks in
Asphalt Pavement.


Grinding of Centreline and Shoulder Rumble Strips in Asphalt
342.01 SCOPE
Centreline Rumble Strips (CRS) into the surface course of asphalt pavement, and the grinding of
Shoulder Rumble Strips (SRS) into the surface course of fully or partially paved asphalt shoulders
as specified in OPSS 342, November 2015.
342.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 342 Grinding of Centreline and Shoulder Rumble Strips in Asphalt

CAIS 510 Removal
CAIS 710 Pavement Marking
342.03 DEFINITIONS - Not Used
342.06 EQUIPMENT
Check that construction equipment having a rotary type cutting head capable
1 - of installing rumble strips with a smooth surface to the lines and dimensions 100%

342.07 CONSTRUCTION
342.07.01 General
Check that CRS are installed at the centre of the highway as specified in the
1 M 50%
Contract Documents.
Check that SRS are installed at the partially paved asphalt shoulder or fully
2 M 50%
paved asphalt shoulder as specified in the Contract Documents.
Check that after installation of CRS and SRS, the pavement surface is
3 - cleaned, and all debris are disposed off as specified in the Contract 25%
Documents.
342.07.02 Placement
Check that CRS and SRS are not installed within 200 mm of routed and filled
1 - 25%
transverse joints.
Check that CRS are installed prior to the final pavement markings being
2 M 100%
placed.
Check that SRS are installed after the final pavement markings have been
3 M 100%
placed.
Check that any damage to the final pavement markings shall be repaired
4 - 25%
according to CAIS 710.
Check that if SRS are installed in conjunction with a bicycle buffer zone, the
5 M SRS are installed prior to the placement of the outer pavement marking edge 100%
line.
Check if tolerances for the width and depth of each rumble strip are as
specified in the Contract Documents. If any one of these tolerances is
1 - 10%
exceeded in more than two grooves within a one metre length section, the
section is rejected.
Check and Notify the Contractor if a rejected section needs to be repaired or
2 - 100%
assess if a payment reduction is required.
Check that rejected sections are repaired by partial depth asphalt removal
according to CAIS 510, replacement of the hot mix asphalt according to
3 - 100%
CAIS 313, the reinstallation of rumble strips according to the specification,
and reinstatement of damaged pavement markings according to CAIS 710.

Check the depth of partial asphalt removal is 50 mm and the width 500 mm
centred over the rumble strip. If it results in narrow remaining width of asphalt
4 - 100%
pavement on either side that is less than 300 mm, the removal width is
extended to include the narrow width of asphalt pavement.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 342, Construction Specification for Grinding of Centreline and
Shoulder Rumble Strips in Asphalt.


Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base
(As Specified in OPSS 350 and NSSP PVMT0007)
350.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Concrete
Pavement and Concrete Base as specified in OPSS 350, March 1998 and NSSP PVMT0007, June
2021.
350.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 314 Untreated Granular Subbase, Base, Surface, Shoulder and Stockpiling
OPSS 350 Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base
OPSS 366 Repairing Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base
OPSS 904 Concrete Structures
OPSS 919 Formwork and Falsework
OPSS 929 Abrasive Blast Cleaning - Concrete Construction
OPSS 1212 Hot Poured Rubberized Asphalt Joint Sealing Compound
OPSS 1306 Burlap
OPSS 1308 Joint Filler in Concrete
OPSS 1315 White Pigmented Curing Compounds for Concrete
OPSS 1350 Concrete - Materials and Production
OPSS 1440 Steel Reinforcement for Concrete
OPSS 1441 Load Transfer Assemblies
OPSS 1442 Epoxy Coated Steel Reinforcement for Concrete
NSSP PVMT0007 Amendment to OPSS 350 - Replacement of Construction Specification for

Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base
CAIS 314 Untreated Granular Subbase, Base, Surface, Shoulder and Stockpiling
CAIS 366 Repairing Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base
CAIS 919 Formwork and Falsework
CAIS 929 Abrasive Blast Cleaning - Concrete Construction
CAIS 1212 Hot Poured Rubberized Asphalt Joint Sealing Compound
CAIS 1306 Burlap

CAIS 1308 Joint Filler in Concrete
CAIS 1315 White Pigmented Curing Compounds for Concrete
CAIS 1441 Load Transfer Assemblies
CAIS 1442 Epoxy Coated Steel Reinforcement for Concrete
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-885 Concrete Referee Testing Request Form
350.03 DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in NSSP PVMT0007.
350.04.01.01 Concrete Mix Designs
350.04.02.01 Concrete Mix Design
1 M Check that concrete mix design submissions are as specified in OPSS 1350. -
350.04.02.02 Curing Compound
1 M Check that curing compound submissions are as specified in OPSS 904. -
350.04.02.03 Temperature Control Plans
350.04.02.03.01 Cold Weather
Receive a temperature control plan for concrete paving operations that

1 M -
require curing during cold weather.
2 M Check that the temperature control plan is as specified in OPSS 904. -

350.04.02.03.02 Hot Weather
Seven Days prior to placement of concrete pavement subject to hot weather,

1 M Receive and Review a description of the methods to be used to control the -
temperatures of the concrete and underlying base.
350.04.02.04 Temperature Records
Receive the temperature records for concrete paving operations that require
1 - curing during cold weather and Check that temperature records are as -
specified in Clause OPSS 904.07.09.02.01.
350.04.02.05 Effluent Management
14 Days prior to commencement of the effluent producing work, receive a

1 - written agreement from the operator of the receiving site or property owner -
selected to accept the effluent.
At the completion of the work, receive a copy of a release signed by the same
2 - -
receiving site operator or property owner.
Receive a copy of the Contractor's Environmental Compliance Approval for a
3 - Waste Management System prior to the commencement of the effluent -
producing work.
350.05 MATERIALS
350.05.01 Concrete
Check that concrete and concrete materials are as specified with the -
following exception:
1 -
· the maximum allowable proportion by mass of the total cementing material
for slag shall be 30%.
2 - Check that the minimum specified 28-day compressive strength is 35 MPa -
350.05.02 Bond Breaker for Dowel Bars and Load Transfer Devices
1 - Check that the bond breaker is as specified in NSSP PVMT0007. -

350.05.03 Burlap
1 - Check that the burlap is as specified in OPSS 1306. -
350.05.04 Curing Compound
1 - Check that the curing compound is as specified in OPSS 1315. -
350.05.05 Epoxy Adhesives
1 - Check that epoxy adhesives are of the type approved for horizontal dowel -
applications and mixed in the nozzle (cartridge).
2 - Check that the epoxy adhesive is from the ministry’s DSM list. -
350.05.06 Expansion Joint Filler
1 - Check that the expansion joint filler is as specified in OPSS 1308. -
350.05.07 Forms
1 - Check that the forms are as specified in OPSS 919. -
350.05.08 Joint Sealant
Check that the hot poured rubberized asphalt joint sealing compound is as
1 - -
Check that the hot poured rubberized asphalt joint sealant is from the
2 - -
Ministry’s DSM list, designated on the DSM for use with this specification.

350.05.09 Moisture Vapour Barrier
1 - Check that the moisture vapour barrier is as specified in NSSP PVMT0007. -
350.05.10 Proprietary Patching Materials
Check that the proprietary patching materials are suitable for the application
1 - -
and are from the Owner’s list of acceptable concrete patching materials.
Verify the suitability of the proprietary patching material with Concrete
2 - -
Section, Engineering Materials Office (EMO).
350.05.11 Tie Bars, Dowel Bars and Load Transfer Devices
1 - Check that tie bars and dowel bars are as specified in OPSS 1440. -
Check that tie bars and dowel bars are epoxy coated as specified in
2 - -
OPSS 1442.
3 - Check that load transfer devices are as specified in OPSS 1441. -
350.05.12 Water
1 - Check that the water is as specified in OPSS 1302. -
350.06 EQUIPMENT
350.06.01 Batching Plant and Delivery Equipment
1 - Check that batching plant is as specified in Clause OPSS 1350.06.01. -
1 - Check that delivery equipment is as specified in Clause OPSS 1350.06.02. -

350.06.02 Diamond Grinder
1 - When a diamond grinder is used, Check that the diamond grinder is as -

specified in NSSP PVMT0007.
350.06.03 Hand Finishing Equipment
1 - Check that hand finishing equipment are as specified in NSSP PVMT0007. -
350.06.04 Saw Cutting Equipment
1 - Check that saw cutting equipment are as specified in NSSP PVMT0007. -
350.06.05 Slip-Form Paving Equipment with Automatic Dowel Bar Inserter
When an automatic dowel bar inserter is used, Check that slip-form paving
1 - -
equipment is as specified in NSSP PVMT0007.
350.06.06 Grooving Machines
1 - Check that grooving equipment is as specified in NSSP PVMT0007. -
350.06.07 Straight Edge
1 - Check that straight edge is as specified in NSSP PVMT0007. -
350.06.08 Thermocouples and Dataloggers
Check that thermocouples and associated instrumentation are as specified in

1 - -
NSSP PVMT0007.

350.06.09 Effluent Collection Systems
1 - Check that effluent collection systems are as specified in NSSP PVMT0007. -
350.06.10 Heating Kettle for Joint Sealant
Check that heating kettle for joint sealant are as specified in NSSP
1 - -
PVMT0007.
350.06.11 Hot Compressed Air Lance
1 - Check that hot compressed air lance is as specified in NSSP PVMT0007. -
350.06.12 Air Compressor
1 - Check that air compressor is as specified in NSSP PVMT0007. -
350.06.13 Gang Drill
1 - Check that gang drill is as specified in NSSP PVMT0007. -
350.07 CONSTRUCTION
350.07.01 General
1 - Seven Days prior to the commencement of the concrete paving operation, -

Receive the intent to place concrete pavement in writing.
Check that concrete pavement and concrete base are constructed true to
1 - grade, cross-section and to the dimensions specified in the Contract 100%
Documents at a minimum of 3 random locations per sublot.

Check that the concrete pavement or concrete base are protected from
2 - 100%
damage to the surface.
Check that traffic, other than foot traffic and rubber-tired sawing equipment, is
3 - not permitted on the concrete until it has attained a compressive strength of 100%
20 Mpa.
4 - Check that construction of shoulders is as specified in OPSS 314. 100%
350.07.02 Production of Concrete
Check that production of concrete is as specified in General, Temperature

1 - Control, Mixing Time and Mixing Rate, and Delivery subsections of 100%
OPSS 1350.
Check that when concrete is delivered by means of non-agitating equipment,
2 - discharge is completed within 30 minutes after introduction of water to the 100%
cement and aggregates.
350.07.03 Placing of Concrete
350.07.03.01 General
Receive immediate notification from the Contractor and a proposal for

1 - remedial action when there is an interruption in placing concrete greater than -
20 minutes.
Check that immediately ahead of concrete placing operations, the subgrade

1 - is wetted by means of a uniform spray of water sufficient to wet the subgrade 100%
thoroughly without leaving standing water.
Check that concrete is transported, placed, and consolidated as specified in
2 - 100%
NSSP PVMT0007.
350.07.03.02 Concrete Placing Restrictions
Check that no concrete is placed until all curing material and, in cold weather,
1 - 100%
all cold weather protection material, has been delivered to the site.
Check that concrete work does not proceed when there is a restriction as
2 - 100%

350.07.04 Consolidation
Check that for slip-form pavers, the concrete is consolidated as specified in

1 - 25%
NSSP PVMT0007.
Check that for fixed-form placement, the concrete is consolidated as specified
2 - 25%
in NSSP PVMT0007.
350.07.05 Finishing
1 - Check that finishing is as specified in NSSP PVMT0007. 100%

Check that no water or other materials are applied to the concrete surface or
2 - 100%
the finishing tools to aid in the finishing.
350.07.06 Initial Texturing of Concrete Pavement or Concrete Base Surface
Check that immediately after finishing and before the application of curing,
1 - the plastic surface of the concrete receives an initial texturing as specified in 100%
NSSP PVMT0007.
350.07.07 Curing
350.07.07.01 General
Check that curing is applied within 15 minutes of concrete being formed by

1 - 100%
the paver.
Check that the curing period is appropriate for the weather and type of curing
2 - 100%
applied as specified in NSSP PVMT0007.
Check that curing compound used on the surface of a concrete base is
3 - removed completely prior to the application of tack coat and overlaying with 100%
asphalt pavement by means of abrasive shot blasting.
Check that the removal process of curing compound meets all environmental
4 - 100%
constraints as specified in the Contract Documents.

350.07.08 Cold Weather Protection
350.07.08.01 General
Check that during cold weather, the temperature of the concrete is monitored
1 - and controlled for a minimum period of 7 Days as specified in NSSP 100%
PVMT0007.
Check that for cold weather conditions, concrete is protected according to the
2 - measures specified in the Minimum Cold Weather Protective Measures table 100%
of OPSS 904.
350.07.08.02 Monitoring
For each Day’s placement of concrete, select a minimum of four locations

1 - near the concrete surface, equally distributed throughout the placed concrete, 100%
for thermocouple wires to be installed.
350.07.08.02.01 Submission of Temperature Records
At the end of each Day during the temperature monitoring period, Receive -
1 - and Review the datalogger temperature records and a record of any actions
taken to maintain control of temperature.
At the end of the temperature monitoring period, Receive and Review the -
2 -
complete temperature record.
350.07.09 Joints
350.07.09.01 General
Check that joints are of the type and at the locations specified in the Contract
1 - 100%
Documents.
Check that joints are constructed to the dimensions specified in the Contract
2 - Documents, except the dimensions for longitudinal and transverse joints 100%
which shall be as specified in Clause 350.07.09.02.
Check that where new concrete pavement or concrete base is placed
adjacent to existing concrete pavement or concrete base, concrete is
3 - 100%
connected along longitudinal joints using tie bars and along transverse joints
using dowel bars, according to the Contract Documents.

Check that tie bars and dowel bars are installed in the hardened concrete as
4 - 100%
specified in Clause 350.07.09.04.04.
After installation, pull a couple of bars to ensure proper application of epoxy
5 - 100%
adhesive.
350.07.09.02 Longitudinal and Transverse Joints
Check that longitudinal and transverse joints are sawcut a minimum of one
1 - third the depth of the concrete pavement or concrete base and are a 10%
maximum of 6 mm in width.
Check that longitudinal and transverse joints are completely filled to the
2 - bottom of the sawcut with hot poured rubberized joint sealant as specified in 25%
Clause 350.07.09.05.
350.07.09.03 Construction Joints
Check that transverse construction joints are constructed at the end of each
1 - Day's production or when an interruption greater than 20 minutes occurs in 100%
the concrete paving operation.
350.07.09.04 Tie Bars and Dowel Bars
350.07.09.04.01 Protection of Tie Bars and Dowel Bars
The tie bars and dowel bars shall be stored and protected as specified in
1 - 100%
NSSP PVMT0007.
Check that repairs to damaged epoxy coating is completed as specified in
2 - 100%
NSSP PVMT0007 and OPSS 1442.
350.07.09.04.02 Installation of Tie Bars
1 - Check that tie bars are installed as specified in NSSP PVMT0007. -

350.07.09.04.03 Installation of Dowel Bars
Check that dowel bars at transverse joints are installed according to the
1 - -
Contract Documents.
2 - Check that load transfer devices are used as specified in NSSP PVMT0007. -
350.07.09.04.04 Installation of Tie Bars and Dowel Bars in Hardened Concrete
Check that tie bars and dowel bars are installed in hardened concrete at the
1 - locations and within the tolerances specified in Clauses 350.07.09.04.02 .and -
350.07.09.04.03
Check that tie bars and dowel bars are installed in hardened concrete by
2 - -
drilling holes as specified in NSSP PVMT0007.
Check that for concrete that is less than seven Days of age, prior to drilling,
cylinders are prepared as specified in Clause OPSS 904.07.14 to
3 - -
demonstrate that the concrete has reached a minimum compressive strength
of 20 Mpa.
Check that holes that have been started but not completed are cleaned and
4 - filled with a proprietary patching material from the Owner’s list of acceptable -
concrete patching materials.
350.07.09.05 Sawcutting, Cleaning and Sealing of Joints
350.07.09.05.01 General
350.07.09.05.02 Sawcutting of Joints
Check that sawcutting equipment are used to create the joints. Check that
1 - 100%
routers are not used for creating the joint.
Check that longitudinal and transverse sawcutting operations are carried out
2 - 25%
as specified in NSSP PVMT0007.
Check that the final dimensions of the joint are as specified in Clause
3 - 10%
350.07.09.02.

350.07.09.05.03 Cleaning of Joints
Check that joints are flushing with water in one direction to remove all slurry,
1 - grinding and grooving effluent and any other debris. Check that the effluent, 100%
slurry, and waste material is managed appropriately.
Check that joints which are sealed prior to final texturing are cleaned
2 M 75%
according to the timelines specified in Clause 350.07.09.05.03.
350.07.09.05.04 Preparation and Sealing of Joints
Check that joint sealing compound is not placed until new concrete has cured
1 - 100%
for a minimum of 7 Days.
Check that joint sealing compound is not placed when the ambient air or
2 - 100%
pavement or base surface temperatures are less than 5 °C.
Check that joints are clean and dry when the joint sealing compound is
3 - 100%
placed.
Check that joints are prepared and filled as specified in Clause
4 - 100%
350.07.09.05.04.
Check that immediately prior to sealing operations, all joint faces are abrasive
5 - 100%
blast cleaned as specified in OPSS 929.
Check that joint sealing compound is installed according to the
6 - 100%
manufacturer’s recommendations.
Check that any joint sealing compound damaged by construction traffic or by
7 - 100%
the Contractor's operations is replaced.
350.07.10 Final Texturing of Concrete Pavement Surface
350.07.10.01 Final Texturing Trial Section
Issue Permission to Proceed with the grooving texture on the Contract when
1 - it has been demonstrated that the trial section meets the requirements of -
NSSP PVMT0007.
1 - Select the location of a 500 metre single lane trial section 100%

For the trial section, check that the final texturing meets the requirements of
2 M NSSP PVMT0007 at a minimum of 10 random locations and any areas of 100%
concern.
350.07.10.02 Final Texturing
Receive written notification from the Contractor if any of the defects or

1 - conditions listed in Clause 350.08.05 are present in the work. The notification -
shall include the extent of the defects and an explanation of the cause.
Receive and Review a proposal for the remedial work for any defects and
2 - -
conditions as specified in Clause 350.07.10.02.
Check that concrete pavement receives a final texturing by grooving as

1 - 100%
Check that final texturing is done after the curing period and, if applicable, the
cold weather protection period, is complete. Check that prior to final
2 - 100%
texturing, all concrete repairs are completed according to the Contract
Documents.
350.07.11 Surface Tolerance
1 - Check that the surface of concrete is as specified in Clause 350.07.11. 10%

If required, Check that diamond grinding is carried out as specified in Clause
2 - 350.07.15 to ensure that concrete surface meets the surface tolerance 25%
requirements of Clause 350.07.11.
350.07.12 Material Sampling and Testing
350.07.12.01 Sampling of Water, Admixtures and Cementing Materials
Check that sampling of water, admixtures, and cementing materials are

1 - -
carried out as specified in Clause OPSS 1350.07.05.

350.07.12.02 Sampling and Testing of Plastic Concrete
Check that sampling, testing, acceptance, adjustments, visual acceptance,

and submission of results for plastic concrete are as specified in Clause
1 - 100%
OPSS 1350.07.05, with the exception that after satisfactory control has been
established, testing shall be carried out on one load of concrete in every 5.
Check that satisfactory control of plastic concrete is stablished each day as
2 - 100%
After satisfactory control has been established, select a random load of
3 - 100%
concrete for testing as specified in Clause 350.07.12.02.
350.07.12.03 Sampling for Acceptance Testing of Thickness, 28-Day Compressive

Strength, Air Void System Parameters and Rapid Chloride Permeability
350.07.12.03.01 General
Check that lot and sublot size and number of cores per sublot are as
1 - 100%
specified in Clause 350.08.
350.07.12.03.02 Coring
Check with the Quality Assurance Section whether additional coring at joint
1 - locations to evaluate the acceptability of the joint cleaning and sealing is -
required.
Select 2 random locations for coring within each sublot and Check that core
1 - samples are obtained for acceptance testing as specified in Clause 100%
350.07.12.03.02.
When the concrete is seven to 10 Days, Select a random location from within
the sublot for removal of 5 core samples from the concrete pavement or
concrete base for acceptance testing of 28-Day compressive strength, air
void system parameters and rapid chloride permeability. Check that the 3
cores for acceptance testing of 28-day compressive strength are removed
2 100%
from a single panel of concrete pavement or base at the random location.
Check that the cores for air void system parameters and rapid chloride
permeability are taken from a panel of concrete pavement or concrete base
adjacent to the panel from which the cores for compressive strength testing
were taken.

After completion of any repairs and final texturing, select a second random
3 - location from within each sublot for removal of a single core for measurement 100%
of thickness.
Check that cores are marked, bagged and tagged as specified in Clause
4 - 100%
350.07.12.03.02.
Upon removal of the core samples, immediately take possession of the cores
5 - and deliver them to the designated Area Quality Assurance laboratory for 100%
testing.
6 - Check that core holes are filled as specified in OPSS 1350. 100%
When requested by the Owner, Select additional core locations, up to 2 cores
7 - per sublot, at joint locations to evaluate the acceptability of the joint cleaning 100%
and sealing.
350.07.12.04 Sampling of Hot Poured Rubberized Joint Sealing Compound
During the process of sealant installation, Check that a sample of the joint
1 - 100%
sealant is collected if required.
Check that sealant samples are stored in sealed epoxy-lined pails or suitable
2 - 100%
leak-proof plastic containers.
Check that sealant samples are delivered to the lab accompanied by the
3 - 100%
documents specified in Clause 350.07.12.04.
350.07.13 Preparation for Measurement of Position and Alignment of Dowel Bars
350.07.13.01 Joint Cut-Out Procedure
Select the transverse joint to be evaluated and check that the Joint cut-outs
1 - 100%
are carried out by the Contractor as specified in Clause 350.07.13.01.
Measure and evaluate the dowel bar alignment of the dowel bars at the joint
2 - 100%
as specified in Clause 350.08.
After the selected joint has been measured and evaluated, Check that the
joint is removed and replaced with a full depth concrete repair, 2 m in length,
3 - 100%
as specified in OPSS 366, with the exception that joint sealing shall as

350.07.13.02 Preparation for Measurement of Position and Alignment of Dowel Bars
Receive a written notification from the Contractor when the concrete

1 - pavement or concrete base is ready for measurement of position and -
alignment of dowel bars.
Check that the lot size, measurement and acceptance of position and
1 - -
alignment of dowel bars using MIT scan are as specified in Clause 350.08.
Check that the area to be measured are free of loose stone, debris and
2 - 100%
obstructions.
After the measurements by the MIT scan are completed and prior to the
3 - commencement of any corrective work, Check that all areas to be repaired 100%
are marked on the concrete surface.
350.07.14 Preparation for Surface Smoothness Measurement
Receive a written notification from the Contractor when the concrete

1 - pavement or concrete base is ready for surface smoothness acceptance -
testing.
2 - Check that final texturing has been completed. -
Check that areas to be measured are clearly marked out as specified as

1 M 100%
specified in Clause 350.07.15.
If reflectors are used for measurements, Check that requirements of Clause
2 - 50%
350.07.15.
When necessary, Check that traffic protection during measurement is in
3 - 100%
accordance with MTO OTM Book 7.

350.07.15 Repairs
350.07.15.01 Repair of Surface Tolerance and Surface Smoothness Deficiencies
When diamond grinding repair is required, Receive and Review a written

1 - repair proposal at least 5 Business Days prior to the start of repairs as -
specified in Clause 350.07.15.01.
Issue the permission to proceed if the repair proposal is as specified in the
2 M -
Contract Documents.
When Owner’s acceptance testing of surface smoothness and surface

1 - tolerance indicates that there are deficiencies, Check that diamond grinding is 100%
the only corrective method used.
Check that diamond grinding is performed as specified in Clause
2 - 100%
350.07.15.01.
350.07.15.02 Crack Repairs
When cracks are found to be less than one-third the thickness of the
1 - pavement or base, Receive and Review a proposal for remedial work as -
Check that transverse cracking in excess of one-third the depth of the

pavement or base thickness are repaired as a full depth concrete repair, a
1 - 100%
minimum of 2 m in length, as specified in OPSS 366, with the exception that
joint sealing shall be as specified in NSSP PVMT0007.
Check that longitudinal cracking in excess of one-third the depth of the
2 - pavement or base thickness are repaired by removing and replacing the full 100%
panel containing the crack, bounded by the nearest joints.

350.07.16 Management of Effluent from Concrete Grinding and Grooving
Operations
350.07.16.01 General
Check that effluent from concrete grinding and grooving operations are
1 - -
captured and managed according to the Contract Documents.
350.07.16.02 Carrier Information
Check that the carrier has one of the certificates of approvals as specified in
1 - -
Clause 350.07.17.01.
350.07.16.03 Environmental Compliance Approval
Check that the Contractor’s Environmental Compliance Approval for a Waste

Management System and the receiver’s Environmental Compliance Approval
1 - -
for a Waste Disposal Site are valid for the items specified in Clause
350.07.17.03.
350.07.16.04 Manifest
1 - Receive and Complete a Regulation 347 Form 1 manifest for "Part A" -
Receive a notification a minimum of 2 weeks prior to the first shipment and a
2 - minimum of 24 hours’ notice prior to each subsequent shipment requiring the -
manifest.
350.08.01 Acceptance of Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base
Check that the concrete pavement and concrete base are acceptable as
1 - -
2 - Contact Quality Assurance section for any specialized testing. -

Check that unacceptable lots and sublots are removed and replaced as
1 - 100%
350.08.02 Field Inspection
Check the work during production and reject all or a portion of the work based
1 - 100%
on the presence of one or more of the defects specified in NSSP PVMT0007.
After sealing operations are complete, Check any cores taken at joint
locations to evaluate the acceptability of the joint cleaning and sealing.
2 - 100%
Document the location of the cores, the visual examination and prepare a
report that includes photographs of the cores.
350.08.03 Acceptance of 28-Day Compressive Strength, Air Void System

Parameters, Rapid Chloride Permeability and Thickness
350.08.03.01 General
Check that acceptance of 28-day compressive strength, air void system

1 - parameters, rapid chloride permeability and thickness are based on cores -
removed from hardened concrete.
350.08.03.02 Lot Size for 28-Day Compressive Strength, Air Void System Parameters,
Rapid Chloride Permeability and Thickness
1 - Determine the lot and sublot size as specified in Clause 350.08.03.02. -
1 - Check that a total of 6 cores are removed from each sublot. -

350.08.03.03 Acceptance Testing for 28-Day Compressive Strength, Air Void System
350.08.03.03.01 28-Day Compressive Strength Testing
Check that the 28-day compressive strength is performed according to

1 - -
LS-410.
Determine the 28-day compressive strength of a sublot by taking the average
2 - -
of the set of three cores for the sublot, rounded to one decimal place.
350.08.03.03.02 Air Void System in Hardened Concrete
Check that one half of one core representing the sublot is tested for air void
1 - system parameters according to LS-432 and the other half is retained for -
audit purposes by the owner.
350.08.03.03.03 Rapid Chloride Permeability
Check that the rapid chloride permeability test is performed according to

1 - -
LS-433 and the test is performed when the concrete is 28 to 32 Days of age.
350.08.03.03.04 Thickness Testing
Check that the concrete pavement or concrete base thickness for each sublot
1 - -
is determined according to LS-450.
350.08.03.04 Basis of Acceptance for 28-Day Compressive Strength, Air Void System
Review and Check that all Quality Assurance results for 28-Day compressive
strength meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Calculate the
Percent Within Limits for the criteria of strength and thickness. Calculate the
1 - payment factors for strength, air void system, rapid chloride permeability and -
thickness and determine the combined payment factor. Forward all Quality
Assurance test results electronically to Quality Assurance Section within
4 Days of receiving results.

350.08.03.05 Referee Testing for 28-Day Compressive Strength, Air Void System
350.08.03.05.01 General
Check that referee testing for a sublot is invoked by the Contractor within
1 - -
5 Business Days of receiving the test results.
Review the Contractor’s request to invoke Referee Testing (including the
2 - original test results to verify they do not meet the specified Quality Assurance -
acceptance requirements).
Complete the Referee Request Form (PH-CC-885) and Submit it to the
3 - -
appropriate Quality Assurance Officer (QAO).
Notify the Referee laboratory that they have been selected as the Referee
4 - laboratory and let them know the quantity of samples and type of testing -
required.
If the laboratory cannot complete Referee Testing in a reasonable timeframe,
5 - inform the QAO, who will provide another referee laboratory from the EMO -
referee roster.
Submit a copy of the completed Referee Request Form provided by EMO to
6 - -
the referee laboratory by email.
For referee testing of air void system parameters or thickness, Contact the
7 - Area Quality Assurance laboratory and notify them to ship the referee -
samples immediately to the referee laboratory.
Track the delivery of the samples to ensure they arrive at the referee
8 - -
laboratory.
If cores are required for referee testing, coordinate the core removal and
9 - -
determine the locations for core removal and notify the Contractor.
Once the schedule for referee testing has been finalized, provide the
Contractor and QAO with the details of the referee laboratory, dates and
10 - -
times at least 3 Business Days in advance of the date and time of Referee
Testing.
Confirm that the Contractor will be witnessing the Referee Test (maximum of
2 people). Note that if the date provided by the referee laboratory meets the
11 - minimum of 3 Business Days prior to the intended date of performing the test. -
The date is non-negotiable by the Contractor unless a change is formally
requested by the MTO.
Once testing is complete, Receive and Review the test results from the
12 - -
Referee Laboratory.
Request clarification from the Referee Laboratory if required, otherwise,
13 - Submit the results to the Contractor. Also Submit the Referee results -
together with a cover letter to the applicable QAO.

14 - Forward the referee test results to the Contractor as they become available. -
350.08.03.05.02 28-Day Compressive Strength
Within 24 hours of the Contractor invoking referee testing, Check that a new
1 - -
set of three cores are removed by the Contractor.
Check that cores for referee testing for each disputed sublot are taken at a
2 - location no more than 1 m from the location that each of the disputed -
acceptance cores were removed from.
Check that the core size and core extraction are as specified in Clause
3 - -
350.07.12.03.02.
4 - Check that the core holes are filled as specified in OPSS 1350. -
350.08.03.05.03 Air Void System in Hardened Concrete
Check that the referee testing for air voids is carried out on the same half of
1 - -
the core sample that was tested for acceptance.
350.08.03.05.04 Rapid Chloride Permeability
Within 24 hours of invoking the referee testing, Check that a new core is
1 - -
removed by the Contractor.
2 - location no more than 1 m from the location that each of the disputed -
Check that the core size and core extraction are as specified in Clause
3 - -
350.07.12.03.02.
4 - Check that the core holes are filled as specified in OPSS 1350. -
350.08.03.05.05 Thickness
Check that Referee testing of thickness for a sublot is done on the same core
1 - -
that was used for acceptance testing of thickness.

350.08.04 Acceptance of Position and Alignment of Dowel Bars
350.08.04.01 General
Receive and Review a written notification that the pavement or base is ready
1 - -
for acceptance testing.
Check that the pavement or base is free of loose stone, debris, and
2 - -
obstructions.
Arrange for acceptance testing after the above two activities are completed
3 - and Provide the Contractor with a 48 hours’ notice of when the dowel position -
and alignment measurements will begin.
350.08.04.02 Lot Size for Position and Alignment of Dowel Bars
350.08.04.03 Measurement and Acceptance for Position and Alignment of Dowel

Bars
Upon receiving the Contractor’s written notice that the concrete pavement or
base is ready for measurements by the Owner for position and alignment of
1 - dowel bars, coordinate with the Owner to retain the services of a testing -
service provider, to measure the position and alignment of dowel bars
Calculate the Percent Within Limits for the criteria of dowel bar position and
2 -
alignment and the payment factor.
Check that the dowel bar position and alignment for the lot is acceptable as
3 - -
Check that all areas to be repaired, after the measurements by the MIT scan,
4 - are marked on the concrete surface prior to the commencement of any -
corrective work.

350.08.04.04 Referee Testing for Position and Alignment of Dowel Bars
Check that referee testing for a sublot is invoked by the Contractor within five
1 - -
Business Days of receiving the test results.
3 - -
Coordinate with the Owner to retain the services of a testing service provider,
4 - to measure the position and alignment of dowel bars according to the -
Contract Documents.
5 - Contractor and QAO with the details, dates and times at least 3 Business -
Days in advance of the date and time of Referee Testing.
6 - -
2 people).
7 - Once testing is complete, Receive and Review the test results. -
350.08.04.04.01 Referee Testing Cost
As specified in OPSS 350.
350.08.05 Acceptance of Concrete Surface Texturing
Select, Inspect, and Measure grooving areas for acceptance as specified in

1 - -
Clause 350.08.05.

350.08.06 Acceptance of Surface Smoothness
350.08.06.01 General
Arrange for acceptance testing of the lot after:

a) Final texturing has been completed, and
1 - b) Written notification that the pavement or base is ready for acceptance -
testing is received, and
c) The pavement or base is checked to be free of loose stone, debris, and
obstructions.
Provide the Contractor with a 48 hours’ notice of when the surface
2 - -
smoothness measurements will begin.
350.08.06.02 Lot Size for Surface Smoothness
350.08.06.03 Measurement and Acceptance of Surface Smoothness
Check that smoothness measurement of the surface of the concrete

pavement or concrete base, and incidents of localized roughness are
1 - -
measured as specified in LS-296, using an inertial profiler and Clause
350.08.06.03.
Ensure smoothness measurements are done using an approved inertial
2 - -
profiler and operator.
Check that the sublot’s smoothness is acceptable as specified in Clause
3 - -
350.08.06.03.
Determine areas that need to be repaired, as specified in Clause
4 - -
350.08.06.03.
Inspection activities:
After the measurements are analyzed, Check that all areas to be repaired
due to rejectable sublots or incidents of localized roughness or both, are
1 - 100%
marked on the concrete surface prior to the commencement of any corrective
work.

350.08.06.04 Referee Testing of Surface Smoothness
Check that referee testing for a sublot is invoked by the Contractor within five
1 - -
3 - -
Coordinate with the Owner to retain the services of a testing service provider,
4 - -
based on the applicable referee roster.
Check that all sublots that are requested for referee testing are re-measured,
5 - as specified in LS-296 within 21 Business Days of receiving the written -
request for referee testing.
6 - Once testing is complete, Receive and Review the test results. -
As specified in NSSP PVMT0007.
350.08.07 Acceptance of Repairs
350.08.07.01 General
Check repaired areas to assess effectiveness of the repairs as specified in

1 - -
Clause 350.08.07.01.
350.08.07.01 Acceptance of Repair of Surface Tolerance and Surface Smoothness

Deficiencies
Receive a written notification from the Contractor when the repaired sublots
1 - -
are ready for acceptance re-measurement by the Owner.

Check that sublots repaired by diamond grinding to correct deficiencies or as

1 - chosen by the Contractor, or areas that have been removed and replaced, 100%
are re-measured for surface smoothness.
Check that a repaired sublot is acceptable as specified in Clause 350.08.05
2 - 100%
and 350.08.06.
Check that grooving in areas that have been diamond ground after final
3 - 100%
texturing are re-evaluated for acceptance as specified in Clause 350.08.05.
350.08.08 Acceptance of Hot Poured Rubberized Joint Sealing Compound
If tested, Check that hot poured rubberized joint sealing compound is

1 - -
acceptable as specified in OPSS 1212, “All District” category.
350.08.09 Scaling Warranty
For light scaling greater than 20% of the component, Receive and Review a
1 - -
repair proposal.
Inspect and assess the severity of scaling of the concrete pavement, if any,
1 - -
according to Figures 1- 6 of NSSP PVMT0007.
2 - Check that areas of medium and severe scaling are removed and replaced . -
350.08.09.01 Warranty Period
350.08.09.02 Termination of the Warranty
Issue the Release from Warranty notice no later than 30 Days after
1 - confirming that the repair and performance requirements were met or -
exceeded.
350.08.09.03 Non-Compliance to the Warranty

350.08.09.04 Distress Survey
At least 60 days prior to the end of the warranty, send the survey results to
1 - -
the Contractor.
1 - Carry out a survey at any time during the warranty period if required. -
1 - Measurement for payment shall be as specified in NSSP PVMT0007. -
1 - Basis of payment shall be as specified in NSSP PVMT0007. -
WARRANT: Always with NSSP PVMT0007, Construction Specification for Concrete Pavement
and Concrete Base.


The Installation of Interlocking Concrete Pavers
355.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the requirements
for the installation of interlocking concrete pavers for pavements, sidewalks, boulevards, and
medians. The work includes the grading, placement of subsurface drainage, subbase, base,
bedding sand, joint sand, edge restraints, and interlocking concrete pavers as specified in
OPSS 355, November 2020 which applies to both manual and mechanical installations.
355.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 355 The Installation of Interlocking Concrete Pavers
CAIS 206 Grading

CAIS 310 Hot Mix Asphalt
CAIS 405 Pipe Subdrains
CAIS 501 Compacting
Interlocking Concrete Pavement Institute (ICPI):
Tech Spec 1 Glossary of Terms for Segmental Concrete Pavement

Tech Spec 2 Construction of Interlocking Concrete Pavements
Tech Spec 3 Edge Restraints for Interlocking Concrete Pavements
Tech Spec 11 Mechanical Installation of Interlocking Concrete Pavements
Tech Spec 17 Bedding Sand Selection for Interlocking Concrete Pavements in Vehicular
Applications
Canadian Standards Association (CSA):
CAN3-A231.2 Precast Concrete Pavers
355.03 DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in OPSS 355

Check and Record that laboratory test results and samples are submitted as
1 M -
specified.
355.05 MATERIALS

· Granular subbase and base administered according to CAIS 1010.
· Bedding and joint sands administered according to CAIS 1002 and CAIS
1 M -
1004.
· Concrete pavers administered according to CAN3-A231.2.
· Geotextiles administered according to CAIS 1860.
355.06 EQUIPMENT
Verify that the mechanical flatplate vibratory compactor meets the

1 M 100%
requirements as specified.
Verify that the pneumatic-tired roller’s gross weight meets the requirements
2 M 100%
as specified.
355.07 CONSTRUCTION
355.07.01 Subgrade Preparation
1 M Check that the subgrade preparation complies with CAIS 206. 25%

355.07.02 Subbase and Base
Check that the subbase and base are constructed as following and to the
depth as specified:
· Granular base, the base and subbase layers shall be in compliance and
administered according to CAIS 314.
· Concrete base, the base layer shall be in compliance and administered
1 M 50%
· Asphalt base, the base layer shall be in compliance and administered
· Granular subbase and base compactions shall be in compliance and
355.07.03 Subsurface Drainage
Check that the subsurface drainage is in compliance and administered

1 M 25%
Check that the geotextile is installed at all drain locations and meets the
2 - 25%
requirements.
355.07.04 Bedding Sand
Check that the bedding sand is placed and screeded in a loose condition and
1 M 25%
uniformly laid out for compaction.
355.07.05 Edge Restraint
1 - Check that edge restraints are provided as specified. 25%
355.07.06 Laying Pattern
1 M Check that the concrete pavers are installed in the pattern as specified. 50%

355.07.07 Placement
Check that the concrete pavers are placed uniformly with normal joint
1 - 25%
spacings and alignment.
2 - Check that the concrete pavers are placed on loose moist bedding sand. 25%
1 M Verify that compaction of the bedding sand and proper grading are achieved. 100%
Check that the joints are filled by dry joint sand and excess sand is removed
2 - 25%
from the pavement.
Check that sufficient passes with a plate compactor and/or pneumatic-tired
3 - 50%
roller are achieved.
Verify that the surface tolerance of the concrete paver meets the
1 M 50%
355.07.10 Removal of Unacceptable Concrete Pavers
Check that loose, damaged or concrete pavers which do not meet the surface
1 - 100%
tolerance are removed and replaced.
1 - Check that excess materials are managed as specified. 25%
355.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE – N/A

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 355, Construction Specification for The Installation of Interlocking
Concrete Pavers.


Repairing Rigid Pavement with Precast Concrete Slabs
363.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Repairing Rigid
Pavement with Precast Concrete Slabs as specified in OPSS 363, November 2014.
363.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 363 Repairing Rigid Pavement with Precast Concrete Slabs

CAIS 360 Full Depth Repair of Concrete Pavement or Base
CAIS 369 Sealing or Resealing of Joints and Cracks in Concrete Pavement and Concrete
Base
CAIS 510 Removal
CAIS 1002 Aggregates - Concrete
CAIS 1302 Water
Ontario Ministry of Transportation Publications:
MTO Materials Engineering and Research Report:

MERO-053 Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD) Testing Guideline
363.03 DEFINITIONS

363.04.01.01 Precast Concrete Pavement Slab Repair Plan
Check the precast concrete pavement slab repair operation plan is received
1 - -
within a specified timeline and prior to the start of the work.
2 - Review the details and check for compliance as specified. -
363.04.01.02 Precast Concrete Mix Design
Check that the precast concrete mix design is received within a specified
1 - -
timeline and prior to the start of the work.
2 - Review the mix design and check for compliance as specified. -
363.04.01.03 Flowable Fill Mix Design - Michigan Method
When flowable fill is used as a levelling material, check that flowable fill mix
1 - design and trial batch documentation are received within a specified timeline -
and prior to the start of work/placement.
Review the mix design and trial batch document and check for compliance as
2 - -
specified.
363.04.01.04 Proprietary Concrete Repair Material (PCRM) - Product Details
Check that the product details of proprietary concrete repair material (PCRM)
1 - is received within a specified timeline and prior to the commencement of -
work.
Review the product details and check for compliance and acceptance as
2 - -
specified.

363.04.01.05 Chipping Hammer
Check that chipping hammer manufacturer’s published specifications are

1 - received within a specified timeline and prior to the commencement of the -
work.
Review the specifications and check for compliance and acceptance as
2 - -
specified.
363.05 MATERIALS
Review and check that materials to be used meets the materials

requirements. Additional administrative and inspection activities shall be
according to the CAIS specified below:
· Concrete General as specified in CAIS 350 and CAIS 1350.
1 - · Concrete Aggregate as specified in CAIS 1002. -
· Tie Bars as specified in CAIS 1440.
· Dowel Bars as specified in CAIS 1441.
· Joint Materials as specified in CAIS 369.
· Water as specified in CAIS 1302.
363.06 EQUIPMENT
Check that equipment to be used meets the equipment requirements. For

1 M hand finishing equipment and straight edges, administered and inspected 25%
363.07 CONSTRUCTION
363.07.01 General
363.07.01.03 Trial Slab Repair
Check that the trial slab repair is conducted on both the intermittent slab and
1 - 100%
continuous slab, if applicable.

Based on a visual assessment of the trial, check that if the contractor has
demonstrated the ability to conduct slab repair. If acceptable, notify the
2 M contractor to proceed with the slab repair work. If rejectable, notify the 100%
contractor that additional trial slab shall be performed until the slab repair
meets the requirement.
Check unacceptable trial repair slabs are repaired, removed, or reinstated as
3 M 100%
required.
Check that a notice from the Contractor specifying the location of trial slab
1 M -
repair is received as specified and the location is within the contract limits.
In lieu of a trial slab repair, CA may allow the contractor submits evidence
demonstrating the ability to successfully conduct the slab repair using the
same equipment, placing crew, and methodology to meet the Contract
2 M -
requirements for conducting the slab repair on any Contract within the limits
specified. Check and review the evidence submitted and notify the
Contractor for acceptance/rejection.
Check that perimeter saw cutting of the removal area is not carried out more
1 - 25%
than a specified day in advance of the expected repair date.
Check that bedding grout and dowel grout are carried out as soon as possible
2 - 50%
after the installation of precast concrete pavement slab.
Check that the flowable fill mix temperature and predicted ambient air
3 - 50%
temperature meet the specified requirement.
Prior to the placement of PCRM, check that the Contractor demonstrates that
4 - the existing concrete temperature and the ambient air temperature meets the 50%
manufacturer’s recommendation and requirement for PCRM placement.
Check that construction vehicles, equipment, or traffic is not permitted onto
5 - 100%
the repair sections until PCRM has achieved the required strength.
Check if the precast concrete slab repair is progressing at a rate that will
6 - 50%
permit the full restoration of traffic within the allowable time period.
When the precast concrete slab replacement work rate does not allow for
1 - traffic restoration, communicate to the contractor that temporary measures -
need to be used to fully restore traffic in the timeline.

Review the contractors proposed measures and notify the contractor if the
2 - -
plan is acceptable or unacceptable.
363.07.03 Removals
Check that a template is used to delineate the area of removal within the
1 - 100%
specified accuracy.
Check that outer limit of the removal area is clean and sawcut to full depth,
2 - 100%
and that cuts do not exceed the overcut requirement.
Check that overcuts are filled with a proprietary material acceptable to the
3 - 50%
owner.
Check that concrete removal is by lifted-out method without damaging
4 M adjacent concrete pavement or asphalt shoulder or disturbing the underlying 100%
base.
When the adjacent concrete/asphalt is damaged due to the removal
procedure, repair as specified is required. Repairs to adjacent concrete shall
be administered according to applicable components of CAIS 360.
5 - 100%
Review the proposed repair procedure for damaged adjacent asphalt, notify
the contractor for acceptance or rejection.
Concrete removal shall be administered and inspected according to

1 - -
applicable components of CAIS 510.
363.07.04 Base Preparation
Check that base preparation for the chosen method meets the base
1 M 100%
preparation requirements.
363.07.05 Steel Reinforcement
Inspections Activities:
Steel reinforcement shall be administered and inspected according to

1 - 50%

363.07.06 Dowel Bar Installation - Michigan Method
Check that dowel bar slots are cut with gang saws as specified and not cause
1 M 100%
damage to the existing pavement.
Check that slurry is removed from the slots and pavement after sawcutting,
2 M 100%
and that slots are not overcut.
Check that the chipping hammer are used to remove concrete in dowel bar
3 25%
slots is consistent with that of the submitted work plan.
Check that the concrete is removed to the bottom of the slot is level without
damaging existing/adjacent concrete.
4 M When the adjacent concrete is damaged, a breakthrough or if a crack 100%

develops within a slot due to the removal procedure, Repairs shall be as
specified. Administered and inspected for the repair works shall be according
to applicable components of CAIS 360.
Check that all concrete surface within the slot is abrasive blast cleaned as
5 - specified. Abrasive blast cleaning shall be administered according to 100%
Prior to placing PCRM, check that all concrete surfaces within the slot meet
6 M the PCRM’s manufacturer requirements. Check that any standing water, dust 100%
and loose materials in the slots is removed with compressed air.
7 - Check that PCRM mixing and application is as specified. 100%
8 - Check that PCRM consolidation, finishing, and curing is as specified. 100%
363.07.07 Dowel Bar and Tie Bar Installation - Fort Miller Super Slab Method
Check that gang drills are used to drill dowel bar holes as specified without
1 - 100%
damaging adjacent pavement.
2 M Check that the drill holes are cleaned as specified. 100%
3 Check that adhesive is injected into cleaned drill holes as specified. 100%
4 M Check that dowel and tie bars are inserted as specified. 100%
363.07.08 Slab Installation - Fort Miller Super Slab Method
Check that slabs are installed using the appropriate guide bars and not pry
1 M 100%
bars or wedges.

Check that the vertical differential between slabs meet the specified
requirement. If the vertical differential exceeds the maximum requirement.
2 M 100%
Check that an appropriate action is taken until the differential meet the
requirement prior to moving on to the next slab.
Check that incompressible shims are used if the repair section will be opened
3 - 100%
to traffic prior to grouting.
363.07.09 Placing the Dowel Grout and Bedding Grout - Fort Miller Super Slab
Method
1 - Check that grout dams are installed at open ends of transverse joints. 25%
2 - Check that dowel grout is being mixed as specified. 25%
Check that dowel grout is being pumped and levels are monitored as
3 - 50%
specified.
4 - Check that bedding grout is installed after dowel grout. 50%
5 - Check that bedding grout is mixed as specified. 25%

Check that bedding grout is being pumped as specified and that pressure is
6 - 50%
maintained until all voids under the slab are filled.
Prior to the bedding grout fully sets, check that the top 50 mm of bedding
7 M 100%
grout in each port is removed and replaced with PCRM.
Check that the PCRM level is flush with the surface of the slab and all excess
8 - 50%
materials removed immediately.
Check that positions and alignment of dowel and tie bars are within the
1 M 100%
specified tolerances.
2 M Check that the surface tolerances are within the specified tolerance. 100%
363.07.11 Joint Sealing
1 - Joint sealing will be inspected and administered according to CAIS 369. 50%

363.07.12.01 General
1 - Check that all test results are received as specified. -
Check that all samples including those handled by a commercial carrier are
1 - labelled and accompanied by a sample data sheets/transmittal form 25%
specified.
363.07.12.02 Compressive Strength of Concrete in Precast Slab
Check that the concrete in precast slab is sampled at specified frequency,

1 - cured, handled, and delivery for compressive strength test as specified and 25%
administration/inspection according to CAIS 1350.
363.07.12.03 Compressive Strength of Flowable Fill
Check that the flowable fill is sampled at specified frequency, cured, handled,
1 - and delivery for compressive strength test as specified and 25%
administration/inspection according to CAIS 1350.
363.07.12.04 Compressive Strength of Proprietary Concrete Repair Materials and

Bedding Grout
Check that the PCRM is sampled at specified frequency, cured, handled, and
1 - 25%
delivery for compressive strength test as specified.
363.07.12.05 Falling Weight Deflectometer Testing
Prior to QA FWD Testing arrangement, check the site condition so that the
FWD Testing will not be carried out at the conditions that lead to invalid
1 M 100%
results (Refer to Section 3.6 - External Factors Influencing the Accuracy of
FWD Testing).

Identify and notify the Contractor to remove barriers or obstructions on the
2 M 50%
field that will impede the FWD testing
Check that the QA FWD testing is performed according to the procedures
3 - 25%
and requirements as outlined in the FWD Testing Guideline.
Falling Weight Defector (FWD) Testing for concrete slab QA acceptance is

performed by the FWD Service Provider from the FWD Service Provider
1 - Approval list. Read and refer to MERO-053 Falling Weight Deflectometer -
(FWD) Testing Guideline for specified testing and contract administrator
requirements.
Check that the FWD testing plan, location and frequency are selected as
2 - -
specified.
Select the wheelpath for QA testing on the repaired concrete slab randomly
3 - and inform the QA FWD Testing Service Provider which wheelpath is -
selected.
Discuss with the QA FWD Testing Service Provider if the current site
4 M -
conditions do not meet the Testing requirement.
Notify the QA FWD Testing Service Provider that the site is ready for QA
5 M -
Testing.
363.07.13 Repair or Removal of Unacceptable Concrete
Check the condition of the precast concrete slab and the existing adjacent
1 - 100%
pavement.
Inform the Contractor of any precast concrete slab and existing pavements
1 M that does not meet the requirement are required to be rejected, repaired -
and/or replaced.
1 - Check the excess materials are managed as specified. 25%

Prior to installation, Check that precast concrete slabs are free of any visual
1 M 100%
defects as specified.
Prior to opening to traffic, verify if the completed work contains any defects
2 M including cracking, spalling, ungrouted overcuts, rocking of the slabs, failure 100%
to meet surface tolerance.
1 - Review all laboratory testing results. -

Review the QA FWD testing results and ensure the invalid result is not being
used for the FWD testing acceptance. When the QA FWD testing is not
2 M performed or cannot be used, CA should inform the Owner for using other -
means of appropriate measures to validate the dowel bars are properly
installed for effective load transfer between concrete pavement slabs .
If applicable, notify the Contractor of rejected pavement slabs based on
3 M defect assessment, FWD testing results, concrete compressive strength -
results, and/or air content results.
Receive and Check the detail remedial plan submitted by the Contractor for
4 - the rejected work. Notify the Contractor for approval status of the remedial -
work and proceed.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 363, Construction Specification for Repairing Rigid Pavement
with Precast Concrete Slabs


Cross-Stitching Longitudinal Cracks in Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base
365.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Cross-Stitching
Longitudinal Cracks in Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base as specified in OPSS 365,
November 2014.
365.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 365 Cross-Stitching Longitudinal Cracks in Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base
Base
CAIS 1440 Steel Reinforcement of Concrete
CAIS 1442 Epoxy Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars for Concrete
365.03 DEFINITIONS
365.05 MATERIALS
Review and check compliance of tie bar type as specified. Administered and
1 - -
inspected according to CAIS 1440 and CAIS 1442.
Review and check compliance of epoxy adhesive material as specified.
2 - -
Check that the supplier is from the source on the ministry DSM list.
365.06 EQUIPMENT
Check that drilling equipment is as specified and capable of not damaging

1 - 50%
adjacent concrete.

2 - Check that the compressor for air blasting is as specified. 50%
365.07 CONSTRUCTION
Identify locations to install tie bars. Check that tie bars are installed at the
1 M 100%
locations specified.
Check that holes for the tie bars are drilled at the specified size, pattern,
2 M angle, location, and the drill hole do not exit the bottom of the concrete slab 50%
and exceed the specified tolerances.
Check that holes are thoroughly cleaned with compressed air prior to tie bar
3 - 50%
installation.
Check that epoxy adhesive is injected into the cleaned holes starting from the
4 - 50%
bottom of the hole, then moving outward.
Check that tie bars are inserted securely and encased in epoxy adhesive for
5 - 50%
the full depth of the drill hole.
6 - Check that excess epoxy is removed from the pavement surface. 50%
Upon completion of tie bar installation, check the longitudinal crack is sealed
7 M as specified. The sealing of the longitudinal cracks will be inspected and 50%
1 - Notify the contractor of any rejectable drill holes. -
Checked the drill holes meets the specification and contract document
1 - 100%
requirement prior to placing the tie bars.
2 M Check that the rejectable holes are filled with epoxy and abandoned. 100%

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 365, Construction Specification for Cross-Stitching Longitudinal
Cracks in Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base.


Repairing Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base
366.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for full depth and
partial depth repairs using conventional concrete, and full-depth fast-track repairs, to concrete
pavement and concrete base as specified in OPSS 366, April 2017, and SSP 103S04, August
2021.
366.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 366 Repairing Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base
SSP 103S04 Amendment to OPSS 366 - Falling Weight Deflectometer

Base
CAIS 1302 Water
CAIS 1442 Epoxy Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars for Concrete
366.03 DEFINITIONS

Check that the concrete mix design is received as specified and meet the
1 - specified material for concrete requirement. Additional administrative and -
inspection activities shall be according to the CAIS 1350.
2 - Review the mix design and check for compliance as specified. -
Check that specified test data is received within the specified time frame from
3 - -
mix design submission.
366.04.02.02 Calibration Charts and Autogenous Cylinder Method for Fast-track

Repairs
Check that calibration chart is received at the time of concrete mix design
1 - submission and prior to commencement of the trial area and construction of -
the repair.
Check that the calibration chart is submitted along with a letter signed by an
2 - Engineer that identifies the curing method, test method and details on the -
development of the calibration charts.
Review the calibration chart information and check for compliance as
3 - -
specified.
Check that the autogenous cylinder method is used to determine the early
4 - -
compressive strength.
366.04.02.03 Method of Removal of Existing Concrete
Check that a description of the removal process for existing concrete is

1 - -
received within a specified timeline and prior to the start of work.
2 - Review the description and check for compliance as specified. -

366.04.02.04 Chipping Hammers
Check that chipping hammer manufacturer’s published specifications are

1 - received within a specified timeline and prior to the commencement of the -
partial depth removal operation.
2 - Review the specifications and check for compliance as specified. -
Check that the temperature control plans for hot and cold weather conditions
1 - -
are received prior to the placement.
Review the temperature control plan for the event of repairs in cold weather
2 - condition and check for compliance. Additional administrative and inspection -
activities shall be according to the CAIS 904.
Review the temperature control plan for concrete subject to hot weather and
3 - -
check for compliance.
366.05 MATERIALS
Review and check that materials to be used meets the materials

requirements.
Additional administrative and inspection activities shall be according to the

CAIS specified below:
· Use of Admixture as specified in CAIS 1350.
· Portland Cement as specified in CAIS 1301.
1 - · Fine Aggregate as specified in CAIS 1002. -
· Curing Compound as specified in CAIS 1315.
· Expansion Joint Filler as specified in CAIS 1308.
· Joint Sealant as specified in CAIS 369.
· Deformed Tie Bars as specified in CAIS 1440 and CAIS 1442.
· Dowel Bars and Load Transfer Device as specified in CAIS 1441.
· Water as specified in CAIS 1302.

366.06 EQUIPMENT
Check that equipment to be used meets the equipment requirements.

Additional administrative and inspection activities shall be according to the
1 M CAIS specified below: 25%
· Batching Plant and Delivery Equipment as specified in CAIS 1350.
366.07 CONSTRUCTION
366.07.02.01 General
Check that the concrete is placed within the ambient air temperature and
1 - 100%
existing pavement temperature ranges as specified.
When ambient temperature or other conditions vary by the amounts specified
2 - 100%
in the submitted calibration chart, request new calibration charts.
Check that vehicles are not permitted to drive in areas where concrete or
3 - 50%
concrete base is removed.
4 - Check that existing concrete is being protected from steel track equipment. 50%
Check that concrete pavement/base is protected from damage to the surface
at all times. Traffic, except rubber tire saw cutting equipment and foot traffic,
5 - 50%
are not permitted on the repair areas until the concrete has achieved a
specified compressive strength.
Check that a notice of intent is received from the contractor prior to

1 M -
commencement of the work within the timeline specified.
366.07.02.02 Fast-track Repairs
1 - Check that fast-track repairs is placed within specified timeframe. 100%

Check if the fast-track repair is progressing at a rate that will permit the full
2 - 100%
restoration of traffic within the allowable time period.
Check the temporary works is replaced by the fast-track repair during the
3 - 100%
next schedule closure.

When the precast concrete slab replacement work rate does not allow for
1 - traffic restoration, communicate to the contractor that temporary measures -
need to be used to fully restore traffic in the timeline.
Review the contractor’s proposed measures and notify the contractor if the
2 - -
plan is acceptable or unacceptable.
366.07.03 Concrete Removal
366.07.03.01 Full Depth and Fast-Track Repairs
Check that full depth removal areas or with fast-track repair areas are marked
1 M 100%
as specified. Repairs shall extend the full width of the lane.
Check that outer limit of removal area is clean and sawcut to full depth and
2 - 100%
that cuts do not exceed the overcut requirement.
3 - Check that overcuts are filled with epoxy resin acceptable to the owner. 50%
Check that perimeter saw cutting of the removal area is not carried out more
4 - 25%
than a specified day in advance of the expected repair date.
Check that concrete removal is by lifted-out method without breaking in place
5 M 50%
and damaging adjacent concrete pavement of disturbing the underlying base.
When the adjacent concrete is damaged due to the removal procedure, repair
6 - as specified is required. Check the repair for damaged adjacent concrete, 100%
notify the contractor for acceptance or rejection.
When materials below the concrete pavement/base is disturbed or removed
during removal, check that voids are filled with Granular O meeting the
7 - 50%
specified requirement and compacted as specified. Additional administrative
and inspection activities shall be according to CAIS 1010.
366.07.03.02 Partial Depth Repairs
1 M Check that partial depth removal areas are marked as specified. 100%
Check that the perimeter of the repair areas is sawcut vertically to the depth
2 - 50%
specified.
Check that concrete within the sawcut areas is removed by chipping hammer
3 - 25%
to the specified depth range specified.
4 - Check that any wire mesh is removed as specified. 25%

When the partial depth concrete removal operation reveals deterioration
extending to a depth greater than the maximum specified depth for partial
5 M depth repairs, the repair shall be treated as a full depth repair or fast-track 50%
repair. Check that the contractor asks for approval to proceed with a full
depth repair or fast-track repair.
Notify the Contractor for approval and check that no repair work proceeds
6 - 50%
without prior approval.
366.07.04 Preparation Work
Check that granular base is wet down immediately ahead of the concrete
1 - 50%
placement operation.
2 - Check that the wetting down does not leave standing water. 50%
366.07.04.02 Partial Depth Repairs
Check that all concrete surfaces to receive new concrete are abrasive blast
1 - cleaned as specified. Abrasive blast cleaning shall be administered 50%
according to applicable component of CAIS 929.
Immediately prior to wetting the concrete surface, check that all dust and
2 - 50%
loose material are removed with compressed air.
Check that the surface of the patch to receive new concrete is maintained in
3 - 50%
the wet condition for the specified time prior to placing new concrete.
Check that prior to placing new concrete, excess water is removed from the
4 - 50%
surface using compressed air.
Immediately prior to filling the repair area with concrete, check that bonding
5 - 50%
agent is applied/reapplied as specified and that excess agent is removed.
366.07.05 Joints
Check joints for concrete pavement and concrete base are made as
1 - specified. Additional administration and inspection activities shall be 50%

Check that dowel bars and tie bars are installed at locations specified,
2 - adjusted accordingly where reinforcement is present and within the specified 100%
allowable tolerances.
3 - Check that holes for are drilled to the size specified. 50%
4 M Check that the drill holes are cleaned as specified. 100%
Check that adhesive is injected into cleaned holes with grout retention disks
5 - 100%
attached as specified.
6 - Check that dowel and tie bars are inserted as specified. 100%
7 - Check that adhesive is fully cured prior to placing concrete. 100%
Check that bond breaker is applied to the free end of dowel bars immediately
8 - 100%
before placing concrete.
366.07.05.01.03 Transverse Joints
1 - Check that transverse joints are made as specified. 100%
366.07.05.01.04 Mid-Lane Longitudinal Joints for Fast-track Repairs
Check that the mid-lane longitudinal joint is made as required and as

1 - 100%
specified.
2 - Check that tie bar meets specified requirement and is placed as specified. 100%
366.07.05.01.05 Sawcutting
1 - Check that saw cutting of joints is performed as specified. 50%
366.07.06 Production of Concrete
Check that concrete is produced according to OPSS 1350. Additional

1 50%
administration and inspection activities shall be according to CAIS 1350.

Prior to placing concrete, if applicable, request a demonstration that the

1 - 25%
placing equipment to be used can achieve the required end product.
Check that concrete is delivered according to OPSS 1350. Additional
2 - 50%
Check that concrete is placed according to OPSS 130 with exceptions and
3 - additions as specified. Additional administration and inspection activities 100%
shall be according to CAIS 1350.
366.07.08 Consolidating
Check that concrete is consolidated according to OPSS 350. Additional

1 - 50%
366.07.09 Concrete Finishing
1 - Check that concrete is finished as specified. 50%
366.07.10 Texturing of Pavement Surface
Check that concrete is textured according to OPSS 350 with exceptions

1 - specified. Additional administration and inspection activities shall be 25%
Check that the surface of the concrete repair joints flush with existing
1 - 50%
concrete pavement or concrete base.
Check that the surface of the concrete is tested by straightedge and meet the
2 - 50%
surface tolerance requirement as specified.

Prior approval is required for the use of diamond grinding to meet the surface
1 M tolerance requirements. Check that a request of using diamond grinding is 25%
received and notify the Contractor for approval status.
366.07.12 Curing
Check that curing is applied as specified. For non-fast-track repairs,

1 - additional administration and inspection activities for curing shall be 50%
366.07.13 Retaining Heat for Fast-Track Repairs
1 - Check that insulating blankets or protection systems are used as specified. 100%
366.07.14 Cold Weather Protection - Full Depth and Partial Depth Repairs
Except for fast track repairs, check that the concrete temperature during cold
1 - 50%
weather is monitored and controlled as specified.
Check that cold weather protection systems are designed as specified and
2 - 50%
can be modified as required.
Check that the cold weather measures meet the specified requirement
3 - 50%
4 - Check that thermocouples are installed as specified. 100%
Check that temperature data is logged, monitored, and verified on site in
5 - 25%
person by Contractor as specified.
Check that all necessary action is taken in order to maintain the temperature
6 - 50%
within the specified limits.
1 - Check that datalogger temperature records and a record of any actions taken
-
to maintain control of temperature are received as specified.

366.07.15 Joint Sealing
1 Joint sealing shall be administered and inspected according to CAIS 369. -
366.07.16.01 Slump, Air Content and Temperature
Administration Activities:
Check that plastic concrete sampling, testing, acceptance and field

adjustments, visual acceptance and submission of plastic concrete test
1 1 results are according to the “Material Sampling and Testing” requirement of 50%
OPSS 1350 with specified exceptions and additions. Additional
administrative and inspection activities shall be according to CAIS 1350.
366.07.16.02 Coring for Compressive Strength and Air Void System Parameter
Testing
1 M 100%
core samples for testing as specified.
Check that each sample hole is filled as specified. Additional administrative
2 100%
Select random core sample location and notify the Contractor of the sample
1 M -
locations as specified.
366.07.16.03 Early Strength Determination for Repairs Other than Fast-Track
1 - core samples for testing are carried out according to the “Coring for 100%
Compressive Strength and Air Void System Parameters” clause.

For repairs other than fast track repair, the Contractor may elect to take cores
for early strength determination. Check an advance notice of coring for early
1 M 50%
strength determination is received and arrange testing with the designated
quality assurance laboratory.
366.07.17 Special Requirements for Fast-Track Repairs
366.07.17.01 Trial Area for Fast Track Repairs
When the trial area for fast track repair is not specified in the Contract
1 M Document, Check that the proposed trial area and location selected by the -
Contract meet the specified requirement.
Notify the contractor of acceptance or rejection of the proposed trial area
2 M -
location.
Notify the contractor to proceed with fast track repairs when the Contractor
3 - has demonstrated successfully placement and meet all the requirement -
specified.
Check that the fast track trial repair area simulates the Contract site
1 - 25%
conditions.
2 - Check that the Contractor has verified the calibration chart as specified. 25%
3 - core samples for testing are carried out according to the “Coring for 100%
Compressive Strength and Air Void System Parameters” clause.
4 - Check that the trial repair area remains exposed for the duration specified. 100%
5 - Check for deficiencies on fast track trial area. 100%
Check that the Contractor has demonstrated an ability to complete fast track
6 - repair within the time frame of lane closure specified in the Contract 100%
Documents.
366.07.17.02 Early Strength Determination for Fast-Track Repairs
Check that the autogenous cylinders and compressive strength test results
1 - -
for the repair area of each lane closure are received.

Check the concrete testing laboratory meets the specified laboratory
2 - -
requirement.
Check that temperature record of the repair slab for each lane closure and
3 - -
prior to re-opening the lane to traffic is received.
Check that the repaired slab is only opened to the traffic when the slab -
4 - temperature has reached the temperature specified for the required
compressive strength.
366.07.17.03 Monitoring and Control of Fast-Track Repairs
1 - Check that thermocouples are installed and monitored as specified. 100%
366.07.18 Unacceptable Repair Areas
Check that concrete found to be unacceptable is removed and replaced with

1 M 100%
new concrete to the specified extend.
When concrete does not meet the surface tolerance, correction by diamond
1 - grinding in lieu of removal and replacement may be accepted. Check that the -
request of using diamond grinding is received.
Check that the use of diamond grinding is approved by the Owner and notify
2 - -
the contractor.
366.08.01 Lot Size for 28-Day Compressive Strength and Air Void System Testing
1 - Establish the sizes and numbers of concrete lots as specified. -

1 - Select random core sampling location. 100%

2 M 100%
366.08.02 Acceptance of 28 Day Compressive Strength
1 - Check rejected concrete lot is removed and replaced as specified. 100%
1 - Check and review compressive strength test results for each lot. -
2 - Forward the test result to the Contractor as they become available. -
Notify the contractor of unacceptable and acceptable lots as necessary. -
3 M
Unacceptable lots shall be rejected, removed and replaced.
366.08.02.01 Referee Testing of Compressive Strength
1 - 100%
Check that each sample hole is filled as specified. Additional administrative
2 - 100%
Check referee testing process is performed according to OPSS 1350 and

1 - check for exceptions. Additional administrative and inspection activities shall -
be according to the CAIS 1350.
Check that the new set of cores are obtained within a specified timeframe of
2 - -
invoking referee testing.
366.08.03 Acceptance of Air Void System in Hardening Concrete
1 - Check rejected concrete lot is removed and replaced as specified. 100%

1 - Check and review air void system test results for each lot. -
2 - Forward the test result to the Contractor as they become available. -
Notify the contractor of unacceptable and acceptable lots as necessary. -
3 M
Unacceptable lots shall be rejected, removed and replaced.
366.08.03.01 Referee Testing of Air Void System in Hardened Concrete
1 - Check referee testing process is performed as specified. -

2 - Forward the referee test result to the Contractor as they become available. -
366.08.04 Falling Weight Deflectometer Acceptance Testing
Prior to QA FWD Testing arrangement, Check the site condition so that the 100%
FWD Testing will not be carried out at the conditions that lead to invalid
1 M
results (Refer to Section 3.6 - External Factors Influencing the Accuracy of
FWD Testing).
Identify and notify the Contractor to remove barriers or obstructions on the 50%
2 M
field that will impede the FWD testing.
Check that the QA FWD testing is performed according to the procedures 25%
3 -
and requirements as outlined in the FWD Testing Guideline.
Falling Weight Defector (FWD) Testing for concrete slab QA acceptance is -

performed by the FWD Service Provider from the FWD Service Provider
1 - Approval list. Read and refer to MERO-053 Falling Weight Deflectometer
(FWD) Testing Guideline for specified testing and contract administrator
requirements.
Check that the FWD testing plan, location and frequency are selected as -
2 -
specified.
Select the wheelpath for QA testing on the repaired concrete slab randomly -
3 - and inform the QA FWD Testing Service Provider which wheelpath is
selected.
Discuss with the QA FWD Testing Service Provider if the current site -
4 M
conditions do not meet the testing requirement.
Notify the QA FWD Testing Service Provider that the site is ready for QA -
5 M
Testing.

366.08.04.01 Falling Weight Deflectometer Referee Testing
1 - Check referee testing process is performed as specified. -

2 - Forward the referee test result to the Contractor as they become available. -
366.08.05 Acceptance of Surface Tolerance
Check all repair areas to ensure that the surface tolerance requirements are
1 - 100%
met.
Notify the contractor of any repair areas that do not meet the surface
1 M tolerance specification. Unacceptable repair areas shall be rejected, -
removed, and replaced.
Concrete does not meet the surface tolerance maybe corrected by diamond
2 - grinding in lieu of removal and replacement. Check that if such request is -
submitted and approved by the Owner.
366.08.06 Defects
Notify the contractor of any of the specified defects. Unacceptable repair

1 M -
areas shall be rejected, removed, and replaced.
Check all repair areas for visible surface cracks, visible deficiencies,
1 - honeycombing, or partial depth repairs that are debonding by sounding, and 100%
any other defects specified.
366.08.07 Acceptance or Rejection
1 - Check and review the acceptance and rejection requirements. -

2 - Notify the contractor of any of the rejected areas/lots. -

1 - Check that appropriate action for the rejected lot is taken by the Contractor. 100%
2 Check all the rejected areas/lots are removed/replaced/corrected to meet the
M 100%
quality requirement as specified.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 366, Construction Specification for Repairing Concrete Pavement
and Concrete Base.

Administration and Inspection Activities for Sealing or

Resealing of Joints and Cracks in Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base
369.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Sealing or
Resealing of Joints and Cracks in Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base as specified in
369.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 369 Sealing and Resealing of Joints and Cracks in Concrete Pavement and Concrete
Base

369.03 DEFINITIONS
369.05 MATERIALS
Check compliance of material as specified for hot poured rubberized asphalt

1 M 100%
joint sealing compound and backer rods.
369.06 EQUIPMENT
1 M Check that equipment to be used meets the equipment requirements. 100%

369.07 CONSTRUCTION
Identify and record the joints and cracks requiring to be filled according to the
1 - 100%
contract documents and specified in the field.
Determine the repair method if cracks and joints exceeding the maximum
2 - 100%
repair width.
Check that no sealant is installed until all grinding, grooving and milling
3 M 100%
operations are completed.
For new concrete, check that sealant is not placed until concrete has cured
4 - 100%
for a minimum specified days requirement.
Check that cracks and joints are kept in a dry condition for a minimum
5 - 25%
specified period prior to sealant installation.
Check that sealant is not placed when the ambient air temperature and
6 M 100%
pavement surface temperature are less than specified temperature.
369.07.03 Removal of Existing Sealant and Seals
Check that all existing sealant and seals are removed without damaging the
1 - 50%
adjacent joint or crack faces.
369.07.04 Reservoir
Check that saw cutting equipment is used for cutting existing joints when it is
1 - 50%
required.
For resealing cracks or joints, if the existing reservoir meets the specified
2 - requirement and is determined to be acceptable, saw cutting is not required 100%
but abrasive blast cleaning is required.
3 - Check the shape factor is 1H:1V for hot poured rubberized sealant. 50%

369.07.05 Cutting New Longitudinal and Transverse Joints
Check that saw cutting equipment is used for creating the new joints, routers
shall not be used.
1 - 100%
Note: For new joint cutting, there shall be no reservoir cut and no backer rod.
Check that saw cutting of the new joints meets the specified dimension
2 100%
requirements, tie bars or dowel bars shall not be cut.
369.07.06 Cleaning of Joints
Check that joints are being cleaned immediately after saw cutting operations
1 M and after final texturing. Cleaning joints consists of flushing the joints with 100%
water in one direction. All debris should be removed from the joints.
369.07.07 Abrasive Blast Cleaning of Joints and Cracks
Check that joint and crack faces are abrasive blast cleaned immediately prior
1 M to sealing operations. 100%
· Administered according to CAIS 929.
Check that joint and crack and adjacent pavement surface is then be blown
2 M 50%
clean and dried using a hot air lance.
369.07.08 Backer Rod Installation
Check that backer rod is installed immediately and uniformly after cleaning
1 M 100%
and drying and before sealant installation.
Check that backer rod meets the specified size, shape factor, and handling
2 - 100%
requirement.
369.07.09 Sealant Installation
1 M Check that joints and cracks are cleaned and dried prior to sealing. 100%
Check that transverse joints and cracks are filled prior to longitudinal joints
2 - 50%
and cracks.

Check that sealant is installed according to the manufacturer’s
3 - 50%
recommendations and the specified placement requirement.
Upon cooling, check that the sealant installation meets the specified sealant
recess depth requirements. If it is below the required recess depth, check the
4 M 100%
additional sealant is placed within a specified timeline and placement
requirement.
Check that any spilled and excess sealant materials in the joint and cracks
5 - 100%
are removed immediately, and the pavement surface is cleaned.
Check that damaged sealant by construction traffic or by the contractor’s
6 - 100%
operations (if any) is removed and replaced.
Upon request, the Contractor will provide a sample of the sealant for testing
during the process of sealant installation. Check and witness sampling,
1 - 100%
handling, storage, packing and delivery of samples for testing as specified in
OPSS 369 and OPSS 1212.
2 - Check for defects or damage when the sealant installation is completed. 100%
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 369, Construction Specification for Sealing or Resealing of Joints
and Cracks in Concrete Pavement and Base.


Full Depth Crack Repairs in Asphaltic Concrete Pavements
1.0 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for full depth crack
repairs in asphaltic concrete pavements as specified in SSP 399F01, December 2014.
2.0 REFERENCES
OPSS 308 Tack Coating and Joint Painting

OPSS 501 Compacting
SSP 399F01 Requirements for Full Depth Crack Repairs in Asphaltic Concrete Pavements
CAIS 308 Tack coating and Joint Painting

CAIS 501 Compacting
3.0 DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in OPSS 399F01.
5.0 MATERIALS
Review and Check compliance of material as specified for Hot Mix Asphalt
and Tack Coat:
1 - · For Hot Mix Asphalt, administered according to applicable components of -
CAIS 1151.
· For Tack Coat, administered according to applicable components CAIS
308.

7.0 CONSTRUCTION
Identify the cracks requiring to be repaired according to the Contract

1 M 100%
Documents.
Checked that crack repair is done on all exposed full depth removed HMA
2 - 100%
prior to shutdown on each day.
3 - Check that crack repair is completed prior to pavement overlay. 100%
7.01 Asphalt Removal and Foundation Preparation
Check that existing HMA is removed full depth to the specified width centered
1 - 50%
over the crack.
Check that all sides of the repair area have a vertical face and do not exceed
2 - 50%
the protrusion restriction.
Check the condition of the underlying granular material to verify that it is
shaped to the proper crossfall and re-compacted according to OPSS 501
3 M 50%
prior to the placement of HMA. Additional administrative and inspective
activities shall be as specified in CAIS 501.
Check that all vertical faces of the existing HMA is cleaned and dried prior to
4 - 25%
applying tack coat.
Check that all loose debris is completely removed from the adjacent roadway
5 - 25%
before placing the HMA.
Check that tack coat is applied to vertical surfaces according to OPSS 308
6 - prior to placing the HMA. Additional administrative and inspective activities 50%
shall be as specified in CAIS 308.
7.02 Placing Hot Mix Asphalt
Check that paving is carried out when the roadbed is not frozen, not
1 M 50%
saturated, free of standing water, and is clean and dry.
Check that the HMA is placed at or above the minimum specified ambient
2 - 50%
temperature.
Check that the surface temperature of the previous laid HMA course reaches
3 - 50%
the specified surface temperature prior to placing another course of HMA.
Check that the lift thickness of HMA placed does not exceed the maximum
4 - 50%
allowable lift thickness.

Check that HMA is placed uniformly and not being placed faster than it can
5 - 25%
be properly raked.
7 - Check that defects HMA placed areas is corrected prior to roller compaction. 50%
Check that each lift of HMA is compacted to the specified maximum relative
density. The final compacted surface shall be smooth and true to the
8 - 50%
established crown and Grade, uniform in texture and shall be free of any
defects, and flush with the adjacent pavement surface.
7.03 Sampling
1 Check and witness sampling, handling, storage, packing and delivery of

M 100%
2 - Check sampling is taken within a specified timeline. 50%
3 - Check that each sample hole is filled and treated as specified. 100%
1 - Establish the numbers of duplicate core samples required as specified. -

Select random sampling location and notify the Contractor of the sample
2 - -
locations as specified.
7.04 Management of Excess Material
8.01 Core Compaction and Verification of a Full Depth Repair
Check each core sample based on visual inspection to ensure a full depth
4 M 100%
repair has been carried out.
Review core compaction test results from the QA laboratory for sample
1 - location acceptance based on the HMA minimum compaction acceptance -
requirements.

Notify the Contractor of rejection areas due to deficient compaction and /or
2 - repair depth. All areas not meeting the specified requirements is required to -
be repaired and re-evaluated.
When a core sample obtained in any crack repair is found to be rejectable for
3 - any reason, as necessary, request additional cores be taken by the -
contractor to define the extent of the rejectable area.
8.02 Surface Tolerance
Prior to paving over the completed crack repair, check that the surface of
1 - 50%
crack repair meets the surface tolerance acceptance requirements.
Notify the Contractor of rejection areas if applicable. All areas not meeting
1 M the surface tolerance requirements is required to be repaired and -
re-evaluated.
8.03 Surface Appearance
Check that the surface of crack repair based on visual inspection meets the
1 - 50%
surface appearance requirements.
Notify the Contractor of rejection areas if applicable. All areas not meeting
1 M the surface appearance requirements is required to be repaired and -
re-evaluated.
8.04 Repairing and Re-evaluating
1 M Check that deficiencies/rejected areas are repaired as specified. 100%

2 Check that all deficiencies/rejected areas are administrated, inspected,
M 100%
assessed, and re-evaluated for acceptance.
1 - Notify the contractor of rejection as necessary. -

8.05 Referee Testing
Check that a written request to invoke referee testing is received within a -

1 -
specified timeline following the rejection notification is issued.
Perform the necessary components of the referee testing process as -
2 -
specified.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 399F01, Construction Specification for Full Depth Crack Repairs
in Asphaltic Concrete Pavements


Reclaim Asphalt Pavement - Partial Depth
(As Specified in SSP 399S09)
1.0 SCOPE
reclaiming existing asphalt pavement to a partial depth and stockpiling the processed material for
reuse in recycled hot mix and/or blended with conventional Granular "A" and used in lieu of
Granular "A" as specified in SSP 399S09, June 2006.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 399S09 Requirements for Reclaim Asphalt Pavement - Partial Depth
3.0 DEFINITIONS - N/A
4.0 DESIGN AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS - N/A
5.0 MATERIALS - N/A
6.0 EQUIPMENT - N/A
7.0 CONSTRUCTION
Check that reclaiming is carried out full width to essentially the same station
1 M 100%
before shutdown each day and properly ramped.
2 M Check and record the depth and width of the section to be removed. 50%
Review and conduct field verification of the crossfall/superelevation or
3 - maximum depth as specified. 25%
Verify the locations where the design crossfall/superelevation correction is

4 - not achieved by milling, the remaining correction to be completed by Hot Mix 25%
Padding subsequent to paving operation.

5 - Check for correct crossfall and surface texture during milling. 50%
Check that the milled surface is broomed and inspected, and that areas of
6 - 25%
asphalt rich dust are removed.
Check that all debris, deleterious material and existing windrows are removed
7 - 50%
from the roadway surface, as specified.
Check that the surface remaining after reclaiming meets the requirements as
8 M 100%
specified.
Check that the placement of the Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement meets the
9 M 50%
Check that contamination with shoulder granular is minimized while
10 - 25%
reclaiming.
Check that shoulder grading is in compliance and administered according to
11 - 50%
CAIS 301.
Check that the Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement material does not remain after
12 - 25%
completion of the day's operation and that the material is placed as specified.
13 M Verify that the resultant material passes the sieve size as specified. 50%
Verify that the Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement is weighed, and all remaining
14 - 25%
Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement is processed as specified.
Check that the Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement material is stockpiled as
15 - 50%
specified.
Verify that reclaiming or surfacing resulting from reclaiming, are performed

1 - -
during the periods permitted, as specified.
WARRANT: Always with SSP 399S09, Special Provision for Reclaim Asphalt Pavement - Partial
Depth


Reclaim Asphalt Pavement - Full Depth
1.0 SCOPE
reclaiming existing asphalt pavement and asphalt curb and gutter to their full depth, and stockpiling
the material for reuse, as specified in SSP 399S10, May 2010.
2.0 REFERENCES
MTO Special Provisions:
SSP 399S10 Requirements for Reclaim Asphalt Pavement - Full Depth
5.0 MATERIALS - N/A
6.0 EQUIPMENT - N/A
7.0 CONSTRUCTION
Check that reclaiming is carried out full width to essentially the same station
1 M 100%
before shutdown each day and properly ramped.
2 M Check and record the depth and width of the section to be removed. 50%
Check that the Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement is not contaminated with
3 - 50%
granular materials.
Review and conduct field verification of the crossfall/superelevation or
4 - 25%
maximum depth as specified.

Verify the locations where the design crossfall/superelevation correction is
5 - not achieved by milling, the remaining correction to be completed by Hot Mix 25%
Padding subsequent to paving operation.
6 - Check that adjacent pavement and structures remain in place undisturbed. 50%
Verify that only Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement from this project and required
7 - 50%
for recycling on this project is weighed, as specified.
Verify that Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement to be utilized for recycled hot mix on
8 - 50%
this contract is processed, as specified.
9 - Check that the Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement is stockpiled as specified. 50%
Check that granular is restored to specified requirements following pavement
10 - 50%
removal.
WARRANT: Always with SSP 399S10, Requirements for Reclaim Asphalt Pavement - Full Depth.


Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting
401.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for excavating,
backfilling, and compacting trenches for the installation of sanitary and storm pipe sewers; pipe
culverts and end sections; pipe subdrains; forcemains and associated appurtenances; watermains
and associated appurtenances; and other underground Utilities as specified in OPSS 401,
November 2015.
401.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 401 Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting
CAIS 206 Grading

CAIS 403 Rock Excavation for Pipelines, Utilities, and Associated Structures in Open Cut
CAIS 404 Support Systems OPSS 412 Sewage Forcemain Installation in Open Cut
CAIS 441 Watermain Installation in Open Cut
CAIS 490 Site Preparation for Pipelines, Utilities, and Associated Structures
CAIS 491 Preservation, Protection, and Reconstruction of Existing Facilities
CAIS 492 Site Restoration Following Installation of Pipelines, Utilities, and Associated
Structures
CAIS 501 Compacting
CAIS 510 Removal
CAIS 517 Dewatering of Pipeline, Utility, and Associated Structure Excavation
CAIS 539 Temporary Protection Systems
CAIS 902 Excavating and Backfilling - Structures
CAIS 1359 Unshrinkable Backfill
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-701 Request to Proceed

PH-CC-702 Notice to Proceed

401.03 DEFINITIONS
401.04 DESIGN AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS – Not Used
401.05 MATERIALS
401.05.05 Backfill Material
401.05.05.02 Native and Imported Material
Check the imported and native material used is free from frozen lumps,
1 - cinders, ashes, refuse, vegetable or organic matter, rocks and boulders over 25%
150mm in any dimension, and other deleterious material.
1 - Notify the Contractor if the imported and/or native material can be used. -
401.05.06 Unshrinkable Fill
401.07 CONSTRUCTION
401.07.01 General
401.07.03 Preservation and Protection of Existing Facilities
401.07.04 Removals

401.07.05 Dewatering
As specified in CAIS 517 for placement of pipe or CAIS 902 for placement of structure.
401.07.06 Support Systems
401.07.07 Temporary Protection Systems
401.07.08 Removal of Frozen Ground
Check that the method used for removal of frozen ground does not cause
1 - 50%
damage to adjacent structures or Utilities.
1 - Notify the Contractor if permission is granted to excavate in frozen ground. -
401.07.09 Trenching
Lines, grades, and dimensions as specified in the Contract Documents.
Rock excavation for trenches as specified in CAIS 403.
1 M Check if the trench width and depth is as per the Contract Documents. 100%
Verify that no more than 15 m of trench is open in advance of the completed
2 - 25%
pipe system.
If the trench is wider than the authorized width, determine if a stronger pipe or
1 - -
a higher class of bedding or both is needed.
If the trench depth is excavated beyond the limits of the required excavation,
2 - determine if granular material shall be placed to and compacted in the trench -
to reinstate the trench limits prior to backfilling.

401.07.10 Backfilling and Compacting
401.07.10.01 General
Compacting of embedment, bedding, cover, and backfilling material during pipe installation as
1 - Check the flexible pipe dimensions as specified in the specification. 100%

Check that sufficient backfill is placed to protect the buried infrastructure prior
2 - 25%
to allowing the movement of any construction equipment or vehicular traffic.
401.07.10.03 Bedding
Check that the surface upon which the pipe is to be laid is true to grade and
1 M 100%
alignment.
Check that the bedding material meets the requirements specified in the
2 - 100%
Contract Documents.
Check that the bedding material is shaped in accordance with the Contract
3 - 100%
Documents.
Check that there is a recess in the bedding material to accommodate
4 - 25%
widened portion of any bell and spigot pipe connections.
401.07.10.04 Cover
Check that cover material is placed as specified in the specification and

1 - -
compacted as specified in CAIS 501.
401.07.10.05 Backfill
Determine and Notify the Contractor if backfill material exceeding 300 mm in

1 - -
thickness may be placed.
1 - Check that backfill material is placed as specified in the Contract Documents. 100%

Verify that cover requirements are met before power operated tractors or
2 - 100%
rolling equipment is allowed to be utilized for backfilling operation.
3 - Administer the compaction of the material according with CAIS 501. -
Check that the bedding material is placed on both sides of the culvert/pipe
4 - simultaneously, and that at no time do the levels on each side differ by more 25%
than a 200 mm uncompacted layer.
401.07.11 Additional Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting
401.07.12 Site Restoration
1 M Measurement for payment shall be as specified. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 401, Construction Specification for Trenching, Backfilling, and
Compacting.


Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting for Maintenance Holes,
Catch Basins, Ditch Inlets, and Valve Chambers
402.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for excavating,
backfilling, and compacting for the installation of storm and sanitary pipe sewer maintenance holes,
storm sewer catch basins and ditch inlets, and valve chambers for watermains and forcemains as
specified in OPSS 402, April 2017.
402.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 402 Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting for Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins,
Ditch Inlets, and Valve Chambers
SSP 100S59 Amendment to MTO General Conditions of Contract - Approvals and Permits, and
Water Taking
CAIS 206 Grading

CAIS 404 Support Systems
Structures
CAIS 501 Compacting
CAIS 510 Removal
CAIS 1010 Aggregates – Base, Subbase, Select Subgrade, and Backfill Material
MTO Forms:


402.03 DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in OPSS 402
402.05 MATERIALS
402.05.02 Backfill Material
402.05.02.01 General
Check that the backfill material satisfies the requirements specified in the
1 M 50%
Contract Document.
Check that backfilling materials are sampled as required, comply with the
specifications, and are compacted to the target density or, depending on the
2 - circumstances, the % of the maximum dry density specified in the Contract 50%
Documents. Check that the proper compacted lift thickness is as specified.
(Elevation not to exceed existing streambed elevation).
402.05.02.02 Native and Imported Material
1 M Notify the Contractor if the native and imported material can be used. -
Check that the imported and native material used is free from frozen lumps,
1 - cinders, ashes, refuse, vegetable or organic matter, rocks and boulders over 50%
150 mm in any dimension, and other deleterious material.
402.05.03 Unshrinkable Fill

402.07 CONSTRUCTION
402.07.01 General
Check that excavations are stable and dry, unless designated as subaqueous
1 - 50%
Work.
Verify and record that all fisheries-related environmental mitigation measures

1 - have been installed and are functioning properly prior to the start of -
excavation.
1 M functioning. If the control measures are not functioning or are insufficient the 50%
Contractor must be requested to review and take action.
Check that dust and debris from construction operations is not entering a
2 - 50%
watercourse of Environmentally Sensitive Area.
Check that the founding soil is sound and undisturbed. Check that all
loosened, soft, organic and deleterious material and boulders at the
3 - 50%
foundation base are removed and replaced with suitable, compacted granular
material or mass concrete.
402.07.04 Removals
Check that the Contractor has obtained a Permit to Take Water in

1 M -
accordance with SSP 100S59.

Check that unwatering is not causing erosion of soil at the outlet and other
environmental concerns (e.g. muddy water discharge). Check that the
1 50%
Contractor has the standby equipment (pumps, hoses, etc.) on site as
required in the environmental submission.
Check that advanced dewatering is conducted as required to prevent soil
2 50%
sloughing, basal heave and boiling. Check that excavations are free of water.
Check that alignment, invert and designed widths are adhered to, as loading
3 50%
on pipe is partially dependent on trench widths.
402.07.07 Removal of Frozen Ground
1 M Notify the Contractor if permission is granted to excavate in frozen ground. -
Check that the method used for removal of frozen ground does not cause
1 50%
damage to adjacent structures or Utilities.
402.07.08 Excavation
402.07.08.01 General
Confirm and record limits of excavation (width and depth) to determine if they
1 M -
conform to Contract Documents.
Check that excavation is to be performed to the lines, elevations, and

1 M 50%
dimensions specified in the Contract Documents.
Check the foundation for transition from firm to soft material, high points, soft
2 spots, stones or boulders; general foundation problems due to unstable soil 50%
conditions, prior to placing bedding or embedment material.
3 Check for signs of basal heave due to unbalanced hydrostatic head
50%
conditions.

Administer the rock excavation for maintenance holes, catch basins, ditch
4 -
inlets, or valve chambers in accordance with CAIS 403.
5 Check for working slabs/working pads. 50%
6 Check that any temporary protection scheme to facilitate the excavation and
50%
construction of the culvert is carried out.
402.07.08.02 Additional Excavation
1 Check and determine if the foundation is suitable for structures. 100%

Check unsuitable material shall be excavated and the resulting excavation
2 shall be backfilled with granular material and compacted to obtain a suitable 100%
foundation.
1 M Notify the Contractor if the structures can be placed or constructed. -
402.07.08.03 Over-Excavation
1 Determine if/where over-excavation has occurred. 100%

Check if the soil has become disturbed by construction methods or
2 100%
procedures.
3 Check if the corrective measures for any deficiencies were taken. 100%
1 M Issue corrective measures to rectify deficiencies caused by over-excavation. -
402.07.09.01 Bedding
Check that bedding material is placed in accordance with OPSS 402 and
1 M 50%
compacted according to CAIS 501, prior to the placing of a structure
Administer the compaction according with CAIS 501, prior to the placing of a
-
structure.

402.07.09.02 Backfill
Issue approval, accordingly, to place backfill material around cast-in-place

1 M -
concrete structures.
1 M Check the placement of the backfilling materials. 50%

2 Check that oversize particles are removed. 50%
3 Administer the backfilling compaction according with CAIS 501. -
Check that backfilling is brought up evenly on both sides of the pipe at the
4 50%
same time, in layers not exceeding 300 mm in thickness.
Check that compaction equipment does not impose excessive vibrations on
5 50%
structure.
Check that specified depth of cover is placed before heavy equipment is
6 50%
allowed over culvert location.
7 Record trench widths, type of bedding and type of backfilling. 50%
402.07.10 Additional Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting
Check the volume of the excavation that is in addition to the limits specified in
1 -
Check that the management of excess material is in accordance with the

1 25%
requirements specified in the Contract Documents.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 402, Construction Specification for Excavating, Backfilling, and
Compacting for Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins, Ditch Inlets, and Valve
Chambers.


Rock Excavation for Pipelines, Utilities, and Associated Structures in Open Cut
403.01 SCOPE
sanitary and storm pipe sewers, pipe culverts and end sections, forcemains and associated
appurtenances, and watermains and associated appurtenances; underground Utilities; and
maintenance holes, catch basins, ditch inlets, and valve chambers in open cut as specified in
OPSS 403, April 2017.
403.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 403 Rock Excavation for Pipelines, Utilities, and Associated Structures in Open Cut
CAIS 120 Use of Explosives

CAIS 206 Grading
CAIS 412 Sewage Forcemain Installation in Open Cut
403.03 DEFINITIONS
403.05 MATERIALS – Not Used
403.07 CONSTRUCTION
403.07.01 General
Check that rock excavation lines and grades are as specified in the Contract
1 M 100%
Documents.

403.07.02 Use of Explosives
As specified in the Contract Documents and CAIS 120.
403.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE – Not Used
1 M Measurement for payment shall be as specified. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 403, Construction Specification for Rock Excavation For
Pipelines, Utilities, And Associated Structures In Open Cut.


Support Systems
404.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for supplying,
placing, maintaining, and removing support systems required to permit the excavation and
backfilling of trenches or excavations for the installation of sanitary and storm pipe sewers, pipe
culverts and end sections, forcemains and associated appurtenances, watermains and associated
appurtenances, and other underground Utilities; maintenance holes, catch basins, ditch inlets, and
valve chambers; and any other specified subsurface construction as specified in OPSS 404,
November 2017.
404.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 404 Support Systems

MTO Forms:

404.03 DEFINITIONS

404.04.01.01 Pre-Condition Survey
Request and check a copy of the pre-condition survey if required in the

1 - -
Contract Documents.
404.07 CONSTRUCTION
404.07.01 General
1 - Check that support systems are supplied, placed, and maintain as specified. 100%
404.07.03 Removal, Backfilling, and Compacting
1 - Review requests from the contractor to leave the support system in place. -
1 - Check if support system removal during backfilling is as specified. 25%

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 404, Construction Specification for Support Systems.


Pipe Subdrains
405.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for pipe subdrains as
405.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 320 Open Graded Drainage Layer

OPSS 405 Pipe Subdrains
OPSS 409 Closed-Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines
OPSS 1004 Aggregates - Miscellaneous

OPSS 1010 Aggregates - Base, Subbase, Select Subgrade, and Backfill Material
OPSS 1801 Corrugated Steel Pipe Products
OPSS 1840 Non-Pressure Polyethylene Plastic Pipe Products
OPSS 1860 Geotextiles
CAIS 320 Open Graded Drainage Layer

CAIS 409 Closed-Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines
CAIS 421 Pipe Culvert Installation In Open Cut
CAIS 501 Compacting
CAIS 1801 Corrugated Steel Pipe Products
CAIS 1840 Non-Pressure Polyethylene Plastic Pipe Products
CAIS 1841 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe Products
405.03 DEFINITIONS

Upon request, prior to the placement of subdrain or outlet pipe, receive and
Check the documentation from the manufacturer verifying that the material
1 - -
supplied meets the Contract requirements according to OPSS 405 or as
Upon request, Check the materials are from the approved list that was
2 M -
submitted by the Contractor at the commencement of the Contract.
405.05 MATERIALS
405.05.01 General
Check the subdrains according to OPSS 405 or as specified in the Contract

1 M 25%
Documents.
Check the outlet pipes according to OPSS 405 or as specified in the Contract
2 M 25%
Documents.
Check the outlets according to OPSS 405 or as specified in the Contract
3 - 25%
Documents.
Review and check compliance of materials as specified for subdrain pipes,
outlet pipes, geotextiles, fittings, granular, clear stone, and Open Graded
Drainage Layer (OGDL) aggregates. Additional administrative and inspection
activities shall be as specified below:
· Corrugated Steel Pipe Products as specified in CAIS 1801.
4 M · Polyethylene Pipe Products as specified in CAIS 1840. -
· Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Products as specified in CAIS 1841.
· Geotextiles as specified in CAIS 1860.
· Granular as specified in CAIS 1010.
· Clear Stone as specified in CAIS 1004.
· OGDL Aggregates as specified in CAIS 320.
405.05.02 Corrugated Steel Pipe Products
Check corrugated steel pipe and coating are according to OPSS 1801 and as
1 - 25%

405.05.03 Polyethylene Pipe Products
Check polyethylene pipe according to OPSS 405, OPSS 1840 or BNQ3624- 25%
1 -
115, and as specified in the Contract Documents.
405.05.04 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Products
Check geotextiles are according to OPSS 405, OPSS 1860, and as specified
1 - 25%
405.05.06 Fittings
Check that fittings are suitable for and compatible with the class and type of
1 - 25%
pipe with which they will be used as specified in OPSS 405.
Check caps are polyethylene according to OPSS 405 or as specified in the
2 - 25%
Contract Documents.
Check galvanizing rodent gates are as specified in OPSS 405 and CSA
3 - 25%
G164.
405.05.07 Granular
Check granular material according to OPSS 405 and OPSS 1010 and as
1 - 25%
405.05.08 Clear Stone
1 - Check clear stone as specified in OPSS 405 and OPSS 1004. 25%
405.05.09 Open Graded Drainage Layer Aggregate
Check open graded drainage layer aggregate as specified in OPSS 405 and
1 - 25%
OPSS 320.
405.06 EQUIPMENT - NOT USED

405.07 CONSTRUCTION
405.07.01 General
Check the trench alignment, grade and width at each outlet pipe connection
1 - and at the mid point between outlets according to OPSS 405 and as specified 25%
2 - Check grade of bedding material according to OPSS 405. 25%
Check the condition of subdrain, outlet pipe, and geotextile according to
3 - 25%
OPSS 405.
Check that damaged geotextile, subdrain, or outlet pipe are replaced as
4 - 100%
Check that the stability of the subdrain and outlet pipe trenches are always
5 - maintained during excavation and backfilling according to OPSS 405 and as 100%
Receive and Check the Contractor inspection reports upon request as

1 - -
2 M Notify the Contractor if the inspection report is approved. -
405.07.02 Excavations
Check the trenches are excavated to the lines, grades, and dimensions
1 - 25%
according to OPSS 405 and as specified in the Contract Documents.
405.07.03 Unstable Foundations
Check stable foundation is provided as specified in OPSS 405 or according to

1 - -
Upon request, Check the foundation stability as specified in OPSS 405 or
2 - 50%

Check that the necessary steps are being taken by the Contractor to provide
1 M stable foundation in situation where unstable foundation conditions are -
encountered as specified in OPSS 405.
Upon request, receive and Check the Contractor’s inspection report to verify
2 - the foundation stability as specified in OPSS 405 or according to the Contract -
Documents.
3 M Notify the Contractor if the inspection report is approved. -
405.07.04 Geotextile
Check the subdrain is wrapped with a knitted sock geotextile as specified in

1 - 25%
OPSS 405 or according to the Contract Documents.
405.07.05 Bedding
Check the bedding is placed in the trench to the depth, prior to laying the
1 - subdrain or outlet pipe, as specified in OPSS 405 or according to the 100%
Contract Documents.
Check the pipe bedding grade with grade checks and certified by the
2 M Contractor, prior to laying the subdrain or outlet pipe, as specified in 50%
OPSS 405.
Check that the pipe bedding grade is inspected with grade checks and 50%
3 -
certified by the Contractor prior to laying the subdrain and outlet pipe.
405.07.06 Laying Subdrain and Outlet Pipe
405.07.06.01 General
Check pipes are installed as specified and according to OPSS 421. Follow
1 - 50%
CAIS 421 for additional administrative and inspection activities.
Check that perforation pipes are placed when their purpose is to collect
2 M water. Check pipe with perforations on only one side is installed with 25%
perforations down.
Check that pipes without perforations are used when their purpose is to
3 - 25%
transport water.

Check that outlet and collector pipes are placed firmly on the bedding and
4 - secured in place and to required slope and grade to provide gravity flow. 50%
Pipe shall not be laid in water or on saturated bedding.
5 - Check the pipe is not used as a drain for the Contractor’s operation. 25%
Check that the connection between the subdrain and outlet pipe is installed
6 - 25%
as specified.
Check the outlet pipe sizes, lengths, fitting, geotextile wrapping meets the
7 - 25%
specified requirement.
Check that rodent grates are fitted and installed securely at the end of all
8 - 25%
outlets.
Check that each outlet location is marked as specified and is clearly visible
9 - 100%
from the driving portion of the roadway.
Check that subdrain and outlets pipe are properly connected to maintenance
10 M holes, catch basins, and ditch inlets (grouting and grade). Connection to 100%
drainage structure shall be cored and grouted as specified.
Check that subdrain and outlet pipes are inspected and approved by the
11 M 100%
Contractor prior to backfilling.
405.07.06.02 Outlets
405.07.06.02.01 General
Check the properties of the outlet meet the requirements according to

1 - 25%
OPSS 405 and as specified in the Contract Documents.
Check the outlets are extended beyond the front of the ditch or fill slope for a
2 - distance of 300 mm according to OPSS 405 or as specified in the Contract 25%
Documents.
Check the ends of all outlets are fitted with galvanized rodent gates according
3 - 25%
to OPSS 405.
Check the joint between the outlet pipe and the outlet is wrapped with a 0.5 m
4 - width of geotextile according to OPSS 405 or as specified in the Contract 25%
Documents.
405.07.06.02.02 Marking of Outlets
Check the marking on each outlet location meets the requirements specified
1 - 25%
in OPSS 405.

405.07.06.03 Connection to Drainage Structures
Check the subdrain is connected to maintenance holes, catch basins, and

1 - ditch inlets by specified connection, cored and grouted according to 25%
OPSS 405 or as specified in the Contract Documents.
405.07.07 Embedment and Backfill Material
1 - Check compliance of embedment and backfilling material as specified. 25%

Check that outlet and collector pipes are not damaged or dislodged during 25%
2 -
placement and compaction of embedment and backfilling operations.
Check compaction of embedment and backfill material are conducted as 100%
3 M specified and according to OPSS 501. Follow CAIS 501 for additional
administrative and inspection activities.
Check that earth from cave-ins and unsuitable materials are removed from 50%
4 -
embedment and backfill material.
At the termination of a day’s work, check backfilling is completed over all 50%
5 -
subdrain and outlet pipe placed.
Check that the geotextile flaps enclose the subdrain trench to protect the 50%
6 M
trench materials from contamination.
For Open Graded Drainage Layer (OGDL) placement, check that geotextile 50%
7 -
flaps are opened just prior to placing the OGDL.
405.07.07.01 Winter Grading of Material
Check all ice, snow, and frozen material are removed from the work area and
1 - the final grading and compaction is done after the underlying materials were 50%
thawed according to OPSS 405 and as specified in the Contract Documents.
Check that materials are not placed over frozen ground, ice or snow, check
2 - 50%
exception condition as specified.
405.07.08 Closed-Circuit Television Inspection
When inspection of drainage system using CCTV is specified, select

1 M 100%
sampling location as specified.

Check that video camera inspection is conducted is as specified and
2 M according to OPSS 409. Follow CAIS 409 for additional administrative and 50%
inspection activities.
3 - Check if additional CCTV inspection is required as specified. 50%
Check that replaced subdrain and outlet pipes are re-inspected by CCTV to
4 - 100%
verify installation.
Check the Contractor has inspected the drainage system using CCTV
inspection as specified in OPSS 409, when specified in the Contract
1 M -
Documents, to verify that the subdrain and outlet pipes are intact and not
crushed or damaged during construction.
Prior to commencement of the CCTV inspection, Check that the equipment
2 M used for CCTV inspection is as specified in OPSS 409 with the exceptions -
provided in OPSS 405.
Check that the CCTV inspection is based on selected sampling at identified
3 - -
locations as specified in OPSS 405 or according to the Contract Documents.
Check the management of excess material as specified in the Contract

1 25%
Documents.
Check the Contractor demonstrates that the outlet pipe is on grade and
1 100%
unobstructed for its full length after backfilling as specified in OPSS 405.
Check that subdrain and outlet pipes are installed as specified and no
2 - damage or defects. Any damaged and defected pipes or improperly installed 100%
pipes shall be removed and replaced.
Check the subdrains and outlet pipes with damage or defects or that is
1 - improperly installed are removed and replaced according to the requirements 100%
of OPSS 405 and the Contract Documents.

Check that subdrains and outlet pipes with damage or defects or that is
1 M improperly installed are removed and replaced according to the requirements -
of the Contract Documents.
Notify the Contractor if the subdrain and outlet pipe with damage or defects or
2 M that is improperly installed has been removed and installed as specified in the -
Contract Documents.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 405, Construction Specification for Pipe Subdrains.


Manholes, Catch Basins, and Ditch Inlets
(As Specified in MTC Form 407)
407.01 SCOPE
manholes, catch basins, ditch inlets, and valve chambers as specified in MTC Form 407, March
1984.
407.02 REFERENCES
MTC Standard Specifications, Construction:
Form 407 Construction Specification for Manholes, Catch Basins, and Ditch Inlets
CAIS 353 Concrete Curb and Gutter Systems

CAIS 402 Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting for Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins, Ditch
Inlets, and Valve Chambers
CAIS 408 Adjusting or Rebuilding Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins, Ditch Inlets, and Valve
Chambers
Structures
CAIS 510 Removal
CAIS 920 Deck Joint Assemblies, Preformed Seals, Joint Fillers, Joint Seals, Joint Sealing
Compounds, and Waterstops – Structures
CAIS 1302 Water
CAIS 1351 Precast Reinforced Concrete Components for Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins,
CAIS 1850 Frames, Grates, Covers, and Gratings
CAIS 1853 Rubber Adjustment Units for Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins, and Valve
Chambers

CAIS 1854 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) and Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) Adjustment
Units for Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins, and Valve Chambers
407.03 DEFINITIONS
Prior to the delivery of precast components for structures, Receive and Check
1 M -
the Contractor’s written notification.
407.05 MATERIALS
407.05.01 Concrete
407.05.03 Precast Concrete Components for Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins,

407.05.04 Steps and Ladders
407.05.05 Adjustment Units
407.05.06 Mortar and Grout
As specified in CAIS 1301, CAIS 1004 and CAIS 1302.
407.05.07 Frames With Covers or Grates
407.05.08 Aluminum Safety Platforms

407.05.09 Joint Seal Systems
407.05.10 Zinc Rich Paint
As specified in OPSS 407.05.10.
407.05.11 Resilient Connectors
As specified in OPSS 407.05.11.
407.07 CONSTRUCTION
1 - Check the erosion and sediment control schemes. 100%

Check the type, alignment, offset and grades of manholes, catchbasins and
2 - 25%
ditch inlets.
3 - Check the positioning and installation of ladder rungs and safety grates. 25%
Verify materials used for quality of pre-cast elements including any damages,
4 - 100%
honeycombing, cracks, voids, surface defects.
5 - Check the compaction and target density of the backfill materials. 25%
6 - Check poured in-place manholes, catchbasins and ditch inlets. 25%
7 - Verify the location and construction of the frustum. 25%
8 - Check the correct placement of reinforcing steel for cast in place structures. 25%
Check the compaction is obtained under pipes entering or exiting manholes,
9 - 25%
catchbasins and ditch inlets.
10 - Check for placement of weep-holes. 25%
11 - Check for placement of pipe subdrain outlet in structures. 25%
12 - Verify that manholes, catchbasins and ditch inlets are cleaned out. 25%
13 - Check that excess materials from the Work are stored and disposed. 25%
Verify that honeycombed areas are parged and the grates and pipes are
14 - 25%
grouted upon completion.

WARRANT: Always with MTC Form 407 - Construction Specification for Manholes, Catch Basins
and Ditch Inlets.


Closed-Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines
409.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for new and existing
storm and sanitary sewers, watermains, pipe culverts or other accessible conduits by closed-circuit
television (CCTV) as specified in OPSS 409, November 2017.
409.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 409 Closed-Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection of Pipelines
409.03 DEFINITIONS
2 weeks prior to the CCTV inspection operations by the Contractor, receive

1 M -
and Check the submissions as specified in OPSS 409.
409.05 MATERIALS
Check the materials are as specified in OPSS 409 and the Contract
1 - 25%
Documents.

409.06 EQUIPMENT
409.06.02 Survey Vehicle
1 - Check the survey vehicle. 25%
409.06.03 Survey Equipment
1 - Check the survey equipment and make sure as specified in OPSS 409. 100%
1 M Notify the Contractor if the Work in a work shift can commence. -
409.06.04 Video Equipment Quality
1 - Check the video equipment as specified in OPSS 409. 100%
1 M Notify the Contractor if the video equipment is approved. -
409.07 CONSTRUCTION
409.07.01 Pipeline Cleaning
Check the pipelines are clean and flushed immediately prior to CCTV
1 M 100%
inspection.
409.07.02 Resolution of Videotape and Digital MPEG Video Recordings
Check the resolution of digital MPEG video playback for each camera as
1 - -
specified.
2 M Notify the Contractor if the resolution chart is approved. -

409.07.03 Coding Accuracy
1 M Receive and Check the formal coding accuracy verification system. -

Prior to commencement of the CCTV inspection, Notify the Contractor if the
2 M -
formal coding accuracy verification system is approved.
3 - Receive and Check the coding accuracy and corresponding video recording. -
409.07.04 CCTV Inspection
Prior to commencement of the CCTV inspection, Check that the CCTV

1 M operator is certified, trained, and competent to operate the inspection -
equipment and code the inspection.
Ensure defects in each pipeline length are coded according to the standards
2 M -
3 - Receive and Check the flow control measures. -
4 M Notify the Contractor if the flow control measures are approved. -
Check the viewing monitor at the start of each maintenance hole or pipe
5 - length to make sure the data generator electronically generates and clearly -
display a record of data as specified in OPSS 409.
409.07.04.03 Camera Travel Speed
Check the camera for travelling speed and make sure it is suitable for the
1 M -
pipeline diameter.
409.07.04.04 Camera Position Meter-Reading Device
1 Check the meter-reading device. -

If the accuracy of the measuring device fails, determine and Notify the
2 M -
Contractor if resurveying is required as specified in OPSS 409.

409.07.05 Final Documentation
409.07.05.01 Survey Reporting
Receive and Check the survey reports in the formats as specified in

1 M -
OPSS 409 within 10 business days of the fieldwork.
409.07.05.02 Drawings
1 - Receive and Check the drawings as specified in OPSS 409. -
1 - Check and approve the method of disposal of excess material. -

2 - As specified in CAIS 180 -
1 M Receive and Check the submittals are as specified in OPSS 409. -

Within 10 Business Days of submission, Notify the Contractor if the
2 M -
submittals are accepted.
Non-compliant submissions returned for corrections to the Contractor shall be
3 M -
re-submitted for review within 5 Business Days.
1 - Basis of Payment shall be as specified. -

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 409, Construction Specification for Closed-Circuit Television
(CCTV) Inspection of Pipelines.


Pipe Sewer Installation in Open Cut
410.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for pipe sewer
installation in open cut as specified in OPSS 410, November 2015.
410.02 REFERENCES

OPSS 404 Support Systems
OPSS 407 Maintenance Hole, Catch Basin, Ditch Inlet, and Valve Chamber Installation
OPSS 410 Pipe Sewer Installation in Open Cut
OPSS 411 Cleaning and Flushing of Pipe Sewers, Catch Basins, Maintenance Holes, Ditch
Inlets, and Oil-Grit Separators
OPSS 490 Site Preparation for Pipelines, Utilities, and Associated Structures
OPSS 491 Preservation, Protection, and Reconstruction of Existing Facilities
OPSS 492 Site Restoration Following Installation of Pipelines, Utilities, And Associated
Structures
OPSS 1205 Clay Seal

OPSS 1301 Cementing Materials
OPSS 1302 Water
OPSS 1801 Corrugated Steel Pipe Products
OPSS 1820 Circular Concrete Pipe
OPSS 1841 Non-Pressure Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe Products
OPSS 1843 Non-Pressure Polypropylene (PP) Plastic Pipe Products
CAIS 206 Grading

Structures
CAIS 407 Maintenance Hole, Catch Basin, Ditch Inlet, and Valve Chamber Installation

CAIS 409 Closed-Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines
CAIS 510 Construction Specification for Removal
CAIS 517 Construction Specification for Dewatering
CAIS 1205 Clay Seal
CAIS 1302 Water
CAIS 1820 Circular Concrete Pipe
CAIS 1841 Non-Pressure Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe Products
CAIS 1843 Non-Pressure Polypropylene (PP) Plastic Pipe Products
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-822-PIC Certification of the Installation of Pipe Culverts
410.03 DEFINITIONS
410.05 MATERIALS
410.05.01 Pipe Materials
410.05.01.01 General
Check the pipe sewer size, type, and class are as specified in OPSS 410 and
1 - 25%
Check the pipe sewer size and class is consistent throughout a pipe run as
2 - 25%
Check the pipe type is consistent throughout a pipe sewer as specified in the
3 - 25%
Contract Document.
Check the fittings are suitable and compatible with the pipe type and class as
4 - 25%

410.05.01.02 Concrete Pipe
Check that circular concrete pipe products and joints are according with
1 - 25%
OPSS 1820.
2 - Check that elliptical concrete pipe and joints are according to ASTM C 50. 25%
410.05.01.03 Corrugated Steel Pipe Products
1 - Check that corrugated steel pipe products are according to OPSS 1801. 25%
2 - Check that structural steel pipe with polymer coating according to CSA G401. 25%
410.05.01.04 Polyethylene Pipe Products
1 - Check that polyethylene pipe products are according to OPSS 1840. 25%
410.05.01.05 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Products
1 - Check polyvinyl chloride pipe products are according to OPSS 1841. 25%
Check PVC service connection pipe according to CSA B182.1. Check the
2 - pipes have bell and spigot joints with elastomeric gaskets as specified in 25%
OPSS 410.
410.05.01.06 Polypropylene Plastic Pipe Products
1 - Check polypropylene plastic pipe products are according to OPSS 1843. 25%
410.05.01.07 Aluminum Alloy Pipe Products
Check that aluminum alloy structural plate pipe products are according to
1 - 25%
ASTM B746.

Check all corrugated aluminum alloy structural plate pipe products used,
2 - when delivered, are certified and supplied from a manufacturer that meets the 25%
requirements specified in OPSS 410 and ASTM B746.
Check all certified corrugated aluminum alloy structural plate pipes, when
3 - delivered, include the logo of the certification body and name of the pipe 25%
manufacturer as specified in OPSS 410.
Check that the delivered quality of certified corrugated aluminum alloy
4 - structural plate pipe products deemed unacceptable are rejected as specified 100%
in OPSS 410.
When requested, Receive and Check a copy of the certificate of compliance

issued by the certification body confirming that the manufacturer produces
1 - -
certified corrugated aluminum alloy structural plate pipe products, as
Check that the cost of all testing, except that performed in the Owner’s
2 - -
laboratory, is included in the price as specified in OPSS 410.
410.05.02 Mortar
Check the mortar for joints and water are according to OPSS 410, OPSS
1 - 1004, and OPSS 1301, OPSS 1302 and as specified in the Contract 25%
Documents.
410.05.03 Clay Seal
1 - Check the clay seal material is according to OPSS 1205. 25%
410.05.04 Concrete
Check the concrete for concrete appurtenances have a nominal minimum

1 - 25%
28-Day compressive strength of 30 MPa as specified in OPSS 410.

Check the size and grade of the steel reinforcement is according to

1 - 25%
OPSS 410 and a specified in the Contract Documents.
Check geotextile is according to OPSS 1860 or a specified in the Contract

1 - 25%
Documents.
410.07 CONSTRUCTION
1 Check site preparation is according to OPSS 490. 25%
410.07.02 Removals
1 Check the removals are according to OPSS 510. 25%
Check the preservation and protection of existing facilities is according to

1 - 25%
OPSS 491.
410.07.04 Protection Against Floatation
Check protection against floatation is provided throughout construction as

1 - 25%

410.07.05 Cold Weather Work
Check all work is protected from freezing and that pipes and bedding material
1 - 100%
are not placed on frozen ground as specified in OPSS 410.
410.07.06 Transporting, Unloading, Storing, and Handling Pipe
Check the manufacturer's recommendations for transporting, unloading,

1 - 25%
storing, and handling of pipe are followed as specified in OPSS 410.
Check all pipes, fittings, and gaskets that are unsound or damaged are
2 - 100%
rejected as specified in OPSS 410.
Check excavation for the placement of pipe sewers is according with 25%
1 -
OPSS 401.
1 - Check the support systems are according with OPSS 404. 25%
1 - Check dewatering is according with OPSS 517. 25%
410.07.10 Protection Systems
Check the protection systems are deployed according to OPSS 410 and
1 - 25%
OPSS 539 and as specified in the Contract Documents.

1 - Check backfilling and compacting as specified. 25%
410.07.12 Pipe Installation
410.07.12.01 General
Check polyethylene gaskets are installed when a coupler does not follow the
1 - contour of the flexible pipe sections to be joined, in a manner that meets the 25%
Check the pipe for installation is laid in a manner that meets the requirements
2 - 25%
of OPSS 410 and as specified in the Contract Documents .
Check that pipes are kept clean and dry as work progresses, the trench is
kept dry, and that a removable watertight bulkhead is installed at the open
3 - 25%
end of the last pipe laid whenever work is suspended as specified in
OPSS 410.
Check that a pipe is not laid until the preceding pipe joint has been completed
4 - and the pipe is carefully embedded and secured in place as specified 25%
OPSS 410.
Check when installing gaskets, all pipe ends are clean and if necessary,
5 - 25%
lubricated in a manner that meets the requirements specified in OPSS 410.
Check when gaskets have been affixed, the pipe and any displaced or
6 - contaminated gaskets are handled in a manner that meets the requirements 25%
Check that the pipe is positioned by means of an appropriate mechanism that
7 - 25%
meets the requirements specified in OPSS 410.
Check the gasket is tested for displacement from the spigot groove once the
8 - pipe has been jointed, and in case if the gasket is found out of position, 25%
appropriate adjustment procedures are carried out according to OPSS 410.
Check that a Change in the Work is constituted when the invert of a pipe
1 M sewer is raised or lowered by more than 150 mm and not otherwise, as -

410.07.12.02 Circular Concrete Pipe
Check all circular concrete pipe joints have elastomeric gaskets as specified
1 - 25%
in OPSS 410.
410.07.12.03 Non-Circular Concrete Pipe
Check elliptical concrete pipes and joints are used for storm pipe sewers
1 - 25%
only, as specified in OPSS 410.
Check all non-circular concrete pipe joints adhere to the procedures
2 - 25%
recommended by the manufacturer as specified in OPSS 410.
Check corrugated steel pipe products are used for storm pipe sewers only as
1 - 25%
Check helical corrugated steel pipe without rerolled ends are installed in a
2 - 25%
manner that meets the requirements specified in OPSS 410.
Check corrugated steel pipe sections are joined by means of steel couplers
3 - 25%
and that they are installed according to OPSS 410.
Check the joint seals are installed immediately prior to the installation of steel
4 - 25%
couplers as specified in the Contract Documents.
410.07.12.05 Polyethylene Pipe
Check polyethylene pipe is jointed in a manner that adheres to the

1 - 25%
manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified in OPSS 410.
410.07.12.06 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe
Check polyvinyl chloride pipe is jointed in a manner that adheres to the

1 - 25%
manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified in OPSS 410.
Check the last pipe is blocked to prevent movement at the end of a Day’s
2 - 100%
work as specified in OPSS 410.

410.07.12.07 Polypropylene Pipe
Check polypropylene pipe is jointed in a manner that adheres to the

1 - 25%
manufacturer’s recommendations as specified in OPSS 410.
410.07.12.08 Corrugated Aluminum Alloy Structural Plate Pipe
Check corrugated aluminum alloy structural plate pipe is jointed by means of

1 - 25%
bolts as recommended by the manufacturer and according with OPSS 410.
410.07.13 Service Connections
1 - Check service connections are according to OPSS 410. 25%
410.07.14 Marking and Recording Service Connections
Check painted temporary location marker meet the requirements and placed
1 - 25%
Check the specified painted surface stake is placed after trench restoration
2 - 25%
Check the service connections are not backfilled until inspected and
3 - 25%
measurements of location have been taken according with OPSS 410.
410.07.15 Breaking into Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins, Ditch Inlets, Pipe
Culverts, and Pipe Sewers
Check breaking into existing maintenance hole, catch basin, ditch inlet, pipe
1 - 25%
culvert, and pipe sewer according to OPSS 407 as specified in OPSS 410.
Check the opening for the connection of a subdrain outlet and the subdrain
2 - 25%
outlet pipe meet the requirements specified in OPSS 410.
Check a 50 mm diameter weep hole is cored into the same wall as the
3 - subdrain connection and at the same invert elevation according to 25%
OPSS 410.

410.07.16 Field Testing
410.07.16.01 General
Check leakage tests are carried out on completed pipe sewers 1200 mm or
smaller in diameter and that there is no visible leakage for pipe sewers larger
1 - 25%
than 1200 mm diameter as specified in OPSS 410 and the Contract
Documents.
Check testing is carried out from maintenance hole to maintenance hole,
2 - including house service connections as work progresses as specified in 100%
OPSS 410.
Check there is no construction of new mainline pipe sewers when 3
3 - previously placed sections of the pipe sewer have not been tested or have 100%
been tested and are unsatisfactory as specified in OPSS 410.
Check leakage up to 25% in excess of the calculated limits is approved in any
4 - 25%
test if the conditions specified in OPSS 410 are met.
Check pipe sewers are repaired and retested, as required, until test results
5 - are within the limits specified, and that visible leaks are repaired regardless of 25%
the test results as specified in OPSS 410.
Check that field tests are applied to sanitary and storm pipe sewers and
1 M conducted according with OPSS 410 and as specified in the Contract -
Documents.
Check that no part of the work is accepted until the pipe sewers are
2 M satisfactorily tested following completion of installation of service connections -
and backfilling as specified in OPSS 410.
410.07.16.02 Prequalification Leakage Tests
Check the prequalification leakage tests are carried out as either infiltration or
1 - 25%
exfiltration tests as specified in OPSS 410.
2 - Check prequalification leakage test is performed according with OPSS 410. 25%
Check test section is repaired and retested until satisfactory results are
3 - 25%
obtained in case of unsatisfactory tests according with OPSS 410.

410.07.16.03 Infiltration Test
Check infiltration tests are conducted according with OPSS 410 and the
1 - 25%
Contract Documents.
410.07.16.04 Exfiltration Test
410.07.16.04.01 General
Check exfiltration tests are conducted according to OPSS 410 and the
1 - 25%
Contract Documents.
410.07.16.04.02 Testing with Water
1 - Check testing with water is performed according to OPSS 410. 25%

Check leakage at the end of the test period does not exceed the limits
2 - 25%
Check maintenance holes are tested separately in case of test section failure
3 - 25%
410.07.16.04.03 Low Pressure Air Testing
Check that the testing by use of air is carried out when water is not readily
1 - available or the differential head in the test section is greater than 8 m or 25%
freezing temperatures exist as specified in OPSS 410.
2 - Check air control equipment meets the requirements specified in OPSS 410. 25%
Check that tests are conducted in a manner that meets the requirements
3 - 25%
410.07.16.05 Post Installation Inspection
Check post installation inspection of pipe sewers is carried out as specified in

1 - 25%
the Quality Assurance section under the conditions specified in OPSS 410.

Check upon commencement of the post installation inspection, construction
work is discontinued temporarily in the vicinity of a pipe sewer being
2 - 25%
inspected until the inspection of that pipe sewer has been completed as
Check that a competent and authorized representative of the Contractor

certifies that all pipe sewer installations, within the highway section identified,
1 M have been installed and completed in general conformance with the Contract -
Documents and are ready for the post installation inspection and submit the
required forms as specified in the above clause.
Receive and Check that a separate PH-CC-822-PIC has been submitted for
2 M each construction season of the Contract to have the post installation -
inspection apportioned by construction season as specified in OPSS 410.
Check that notification of the start date of the post installation inspection is
3 M provided upon approving the Contractor’s request and within 5 business days -
of receipt of PH-CC-822-PIC as specified in OPSS 410.
410.07.17 Cleaning and Flushing of Pipe Sewers
Check pipe sewers are prepared for inspection by cleaning and flushing at
least 2 Business Days prior to the commencement of the post installation
1 - 25%
inspection according to OPSS 410, OPSS 411, and as specified in the
Contract Documents.
410.07.18 Clay Seals
Check clay seals are compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density and
1 - 25%
placed as specified in OPSS 410 and the Contract Documents.
410.07.19 Concrete Appurtenances
Check concrete appurtenances are constructed as specified in the Contract

1 - 25%
Documents, OPSS 904, OPSS 905, and the above clause.
2 - Check concrete in concrete appurtenances is placed according to OPSS 904. 25%
3 - Check steel reinforcement is placed according with OPSS 905. 25%

1 - Check site restoration is according with OPSS 492. 25%
1 - Check management of excess material is as specified. 25%
Check that satisfactory completion of all replacement and remedial actions

1 M associated with identified deficiencies according with OPSS 410 and the -
Contract Documents.
410.08.02 Post Installation Inspection Procedures
Check selected test segments constructed with rigid pipe material is

1 - inspected using CCTV, zoom camera, or by visual observations according 100%
with OPSS 410 and as specified in the Contract Documents.
Check selected test segments constructed with flexible pipe material will be
inspected using CCTV, zoom camera, or by visual observations, and also
2 - 100%
inspected for deflection using a mandrel, laser profiler or by direct
measurement according with OPSS 410 and the Contract Documents.
Check that all CCTV, zoom camera or visual observation operations for a
1 M post installation inspection is performed by a certified NASSCO inspector as -
Check that the certified NASSCO inspector perform the mandrel, laser
2 M profiling or direct measurement operations on flexible test segments as -
Check that the number of test segments per pipe sewer tender item account -
for a minimum of 25% of the total pipe sewer length on the Contract for the
3 M
purpose of defining the quality of workmanship and acceptability of the pipe
sewer installations as specified in OPSS 410 and the Contract Documents.

Check that to randomly select the test segments to be inspected according to -
4 -
the Contract as specified in OPSS 410.
Check that upon assessment of the post installation inspection submission, -
5 M
any repair or replacement issues is dealt with as specified in OPSS 410.
410.08.03 Post Installation Inspection Assessments
Assess post installation inspection submissions for each test segment

1 M inspected quantifying the pipe condition statuses as per the pipe condition -
codes shown in Table 3 of OPSS 410.
Within 20 Business Days of receipt of PH-CC-822-PIC, provide the
2 M Contractor with copies of all test segments post installation inspection -
submissions and assessments as specified in OPSS 410.
410.08.04 Replacement and Repair
410.08.04.01 Replacement
Check all individual pipe lengths and/or joints in a test segment assessed
1 - with a “Reject” Pipe Condition status is replaced by the Contractor as 100%
Perform a replacement post installation inspection of all test segments where
2 - 25%
pipe lengths and/or joints have been replaced as specified in OPSS 410.
Check and approve the test segments’ pipe condition statuses as specified in
1 M -
OPSS 410.
Notify the Contractor if the newly replaced pipe lengths and/or joints in the
2 M -
test segments are approved.
Assess the test segments pipe condition statuses based on the replacement
3 - -
post installation inspection as specified in OPSS 410.
410.08.04.02 Repair
Check all individual pipe lengths and/or joints in a test segment assessed
1 - with a “Repair” pipe condition status are repaired by the Contractor as 25%

Check repair methods and pipe material application are according to Table 2
2 - 25%
Perform follow up repair inspection is preformed to confirm that the repairs
3 - 25%
have been made by the Contractor as approved as specified in OPSS 410.
Assess the test segments pipe condition statuses based on the replacement
4 - 25%
post installation inspection as specified in OPSS 410.
Receive and Check the repair proposal as specified in OPSS 410 within 5
M Business Days after receipt of the test segments’ post installation inspection -
1 submissions and assessments.
M Receive and Check the submittals are as specified in OPSS 410. -
Within 3 Business Days of submission, Notify the Contractor if the repair
2 M -
proposal submittals are accepted.
Check all inspected test segments are assessed based on the requirements
1 - specified in OPSS 410 and Check that only segments meeting these 25%
requirements are deemed acceptable.
Check that if 10% or more of the test segments and/or joints received a
Reject Pipe Condition rating, at a minimum, an equivalent amount of
1 M -
additional test segments for the post installation inspection is randomly
selected, as specified in OPSS 410.
Check the Referee testing is performed according to the procedure specified

1 - 100%
in OPSS 410.
Upon Contractor’s request, arrange Referee testing on individual test

1 M segments or portions of a test segment that received a “Repair”, “Reject”, or -
“Threshold” Pipe Condition Status as specified in OPSS 410.

Check that Referee testing is only invoked within 5 Business Days of the
2 M Contractor receiving copies of the test segments’ post installation inspection -
submission and the assessment results as specified in OPSS 410.
410.08.07 Final Pipe Condition Assessment Rating
Assign the final Pipe Condition Assessment Ratings (PCAR) as specified in

1 - 100%
OPSS 410.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 410, Construction Specification for Pipe Sewer Installation in
Open Cut.


Cleaning and Flushing of Culverts, Pipe Sewers, Catchbasins,
Maintenance Holes, Ditch Inlets, and Oil-Grit Separators
411.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the cleaning and
flushing of pipe and concrete culverts, pipe sewers, catchbasins, maintenance holes, ditch inlets,
and oil-grit separators, as specified in OPSS 411, November 2020.
411.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 411 Cleaning and flushing of Culverts, Pipe Sewers, Catchbasins, Maintenance Holes,
Ditch Inlets, and Oil Grit Separators.
CAIS 409 Closed-Circuit Television Inspection of Sewers

CAIS 410 Pipe Sewer Installation in Open Cut
CAIS 421 Pipe Culvert Installation in Open Cut
MTO Publications:
MTO Environmental Guide for Fisheries - Best Management Practices Manual 2020
411.03 DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this inspection specification, the definitions shall be as specified in OPSS 411.
Receive a copy of the environmental compliance approval for equipment

1 M issued by the Ontario Ministry of the Environment, Conservation and parks a -
minimum of two weeks prior to commencement of work.
Receive the method and procedures, including method to manage effluent
2 M -
and cleanout materials at least 14 Days prior to commencing work

Accept notification of the location where cleaning will be performed a
3 M minimum of 24 hours in advance of commencing the work. Notify the -
Contractor.
411.04.01 Permission and Release of Operators of Receiving Sites
Receive a written permission from the operator of a receiving site, prior to its
1 - use for disposal of the cleanout material, a minimum of 14 Days prior to the -
commencement of such work.
411.05 CONSTRUCTION
411.05.01 Water Source
Check that the water shall be clean and free from oil, acid, alkali, organic
1 - matter, or other deleterious substances when the source is unspecified in the 100%
Contract Documents as specified in the above clause.
Check that backflow prevention and air gap methods are used when water is
2 - 25%
taken from potable water systems as specified in the above clause.
411.06 EQUIPMENT
411.06.01 Combination Hydro-Jet Cleaner
Check that the combination hydro-jet cleaner used for the work meets the
1 - 25%
requirements specified in the above clause.
2 - 25%
411.07 CONSTRUCTION
411.07.01 General
Check that pipe culverts and pipe sewers requiring cleaning and flushing are
1 - 25%
Verify that the utility locates are obtained prior to using any mechanical
2 - 25%
equipment in pipe sewer systems.

When sinkholes during the cleaning or flushing operation are reported by the
1 - -
Contractor, receive and Review the notification.
Immediately coordinate a resolution with the CSA, regional geotechnical
2 - -
section, and the Contractor.
3 - Notify the Contractor of the approved resolution. -
When there are defects of the drainage system during the cleaning operation
4 - -
reported by the Contractor, receive and Review the notification.
Immediately coordinate a resolution with the CSA, regional structural section,
5 - -
and the Contractor.
When any damages to the drainage system are observed or reported by the
7 - -
Contractor, Check that the Contractor completes the repairs.
411.07.02 Culvert Cleaning
Pipe culverts cleaned as specified by the Contract Documents.
Dewatering as specified as per CAIS 517.
411.07.03 Culvert and Wall Drain Cleaning by Pressure Washing
When there are defects of the drainage system during the cleaning operation
1 - -
reported by the Contractor, receive and Review the notification.
Immediately coordinate a resolution with the CSA, regional structural section,
2 - -
and the Contractor.
411.07.04 Pipe Sewer Cleaning and Flushing
Where cleanout cannot be completed due to damaged or broken pipe sewer,

1 - catchbasin, maintenance hole, or ditch inlet and is reported by the Contractor, -
receive and Review the notification.
2 - Immediately coordinate a resolution with the CSA and the Contractor. -

411.07.06 Oil-Grit Separator Cleanout
Inspect the separator prior to reopening or unblocking of the inlet and outlet
1 - 25%
pipes.
411.07.07 Closed-Circuit Television Inspection
Receive and Review the notification 24 hours prior to inspection of the

1 - -
closed-circuit television.
411.07.08 Management of Cleanout Material
Receive and Review a copy of the weigh tickets or receipts provided by the
1 - site operator or if not available, written confirmation that the waste has been -
received obtained from the owner of the disposal site.
411.07.08.01 Management as a Composite Material Without Dewatering
Check that when cleanout is done without dewatering, the manner in which
1 - the composite material is managed and transported meets the requirements 25%
specified in the above clause.
2 - 25%
411.07.08.02 Dewatering and Subsequent Management of Sludge Component
Check that cleanout material is dewatered if necessary and that the liquid
1 - 25%
discharged is directed towards the sources specified in the above clause.
Check that the management and the manner and destination of
2 - transportation of the solid component of the cleanout material meet the 25%

1 - Measurement for payment shall be as specified in OPSS 411. -
1 - Basis of payment shall be as specified in OPSS 411. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 411, Construction Specification for Cleaning and flushing of
Culverts, Pipe Sewers, Catchbasins, Maintenance Holes, Ditch Inlets, and Oil-Grit
Separators.


Pipe Culvert Installation in Open Cut
421.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the installation
and inspection of pipe culverts, pipe culvert end sections, and concrete appurtenances in open cut
as specified in OPSS 421, November 2015, and SSP 104S06, December 2017.
421.02 REFERENCES
Ontario Provincial Standards Specifications, Construction:
OPSS 421 Construction Specification for Pipe Culvert Installation in Open Cut
MTO Standard Special Provisions
SSP 104S06 Amendment to OPSS 421 - Additional Requirements
CAIS 206 Grading

CAIS 409 Closed-Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection of Pipelines
Structures
CAIS 510 Removal
CAIS 1205 Clay Seal
CAIS 1302 Water
CAIS 1820 Circular Concrete Pipe

CAIS 1841 Non-Pressure Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe Products
CAIS 1843 Non-Pressure Polypropylene (PP) Plastic Pipe Products
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-822-PIC Certification of the Installation of Pipe Culverts
421.03 DEFINITIONS
421.05 MATERIALS
421.05.01 Pipe Materials
421.05.01.01 General
Check that all the delivered materials, with proper manufacturer markings as
1 M 100%
required, and are as specified in OPSS 421.
421.05.01.02 Concrete Pipe
421.05.01.04 Polyethylene Pipe Products
421.05.01.05 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Products
421.05.01.06 Polypropylene Plastic Products
As specified CAIS 1843.

421.05.01.07 Aluminum Allow Pipe Products
Check that the aluminum alloy pipe products delivered on site are as
1 - 50%
specified.
1 - Receive and Check the Certificate of Compliance as specified in OPSS 421. -
421.05.02 Mortar
421.05.03 Clay Seal
421.05.04 Concrete
421.07 CONSTRUCTION
421.07.02 Removals

Check that pre-condition survey of existing waterbody bed is conducted when

1 - 25%
specified in Contract Documents.
421.07.12 Pipe Installation
421.07.12.01 General
Check that polyethylene gaskets are installed if a coupler does not follow the
1 - contour of the flexible pipe sections to be joined in a manner adherent to the 25%
Check that pipe is laid within the alignment and grade tolerances as specified
2 - 25%
in the above clause and contract documents.
Check that pipe is kept clean and dry as work progresses, and that the trench
3 - 25%
is kept dry, as required by the above clause.
Check that a removable watertight bulkhead is installed at the open end of
4 - the last pipe laid whenever work is suspended as specified by the above 100%
clause.
Check that pipe is not be laid until the preceding pipe joint has been
5 - completed and the pipe is carefully embedded and secured in place as 25%
specified by the above clause.

Check that when the invert of a pipe culvert is raised or lowered by more than
6 - 150 mm, a change in the work for the full extent of the change from the 25%
original grade is noted and adjustments to the payment are made.
Check that when installing gaskets, the manner in which all pipe ends are
7 - 25%
cleaned and lubricated meets the requirement specified in the above clause.
Check that when gaskets have been affixed, the pipe are handled in a
manner that meets the requirements specified in the above clause, and that
8 - the manner in which any displaced or contaminated gaskets are disposed of 25%
meet the requirements specified in the above clause and Contract
Documents.
Check that the positioning of pipe, the application of pressure and the
9 - 25%
application of restraints are as specified by the above clause.
Check that the gasket is tested for displacement from the spigot groove, and
10 - 25%
that in the case of displacement, adjusted as specified in the above clause.
Check that culvert is embedded to a depth specified in Contract Documents
11 - 100%
and design drawings.
421.07.12.02 Circular Concrete Pipe
Check that all circular concrete pipe joints have elastomeric gaskets as
1 - 25%
421.07.12.03 Non-Circular Concrete Pipe
Check that all non-circular concrete pipe joints are according to the
1 - procedures recommended by the manufacturer as specified by the above 25%
clause.
Check that helical corrugated steel pipe without rerolled ends is installed
1 - when required by the above clause and in the manner specified by the above 25%
clause.
Check that corrugated steel pipe sections are joined by steel couplers
2 - installed in manner that meets the requirements specified by the above 25%
clause.
Check that joint seals are installed immediately prior to the installation of steel
3 - 25%
couplers if specified in the contract documents.

Check that no damage or distortion is caused to the structure if the
4 - assembled structure has to be moved to its final position as specified in the 25%
above clause.
Check that all assembly bolts are retightened with a torque wrench that
5 - meets the requirement specified in the above clause when the structural plate 25%
pipe culvert has been placed to the alignment and grade.
421.07.12.05 Polyethylene Pipe
Check that polyethylene pipe is jointed by a method that meets the

1 - 25%
421.07.12.06 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe
Check that polyvinyl chloride pipe is jointed using a bell and spigot joint with
1 - 25%
an elastomeric gasket as specified by the above clause.
Check that at the end of a day's work, the last pipe is blocked if required to
2 50%
prevent movement as specified in the above clause.
421.07.12.07 Polypropylene Pipe
Check that polypropylene pipe is jointed by a bell and spigot joint with
1 - elastomeric gasket or a coupler joint as recommended by the manufacturer to 25%
satisfy the pipe joint specification as specified in the above clause.
421.07.12.08 Corrugated Aluminum Alloy Structural Plate Pipe
Check that corrugated aluminum alloy structural plate pipe is jointed by bolts
1 - as recommended by the manufacturer to satisfy the pipe joint specification as 25%
421.07.16 Concrete Appurtenances

1 - Check management of excess material is as specified. 25%
421.08.04 Replacement and Repair
421.08.04.01 Replacement
Upon notification from the Contractor that replacement operations have been
completed, perform a replacement post installation inspection of all test
1 M segments where pipe lengths and/or joints have been replaced and will 25%
assess the test segments’ pipe condition statuses based on the replacement
post installation inspection.
Notify the Contractor what pipe lengths and/or joints in a test segment are
1 M 25%
assessed with a “Reject” Pipe Condition status.
421.08.04.02 Repair
Verify that the Contractor carries out repairs of the pipe lengths and/or joints
1 - 25%
in the test segments in accordance with the approved repair proposal.
Upon written notification from the Contractor, check that the repair operations
2 - 25%
have been completed.
Perform a follow up repair inspection on the pipe lengths and/or joints in the
3 - test segments that have been repaired to confirm that the repairs have been 25%
made by the Contractor as approved.
Notwithstanding where a test segment or portion of the test segment has
been assessed with a “Repair” Pipe Condition status and upon attempting to
4 - 25%
implement the approved repair proposal, check that the Contractor replaces
the test segment.
Upon written notification from the Contractor that replacement operations
have been completed, perform a replacement post installation inspection of
5 - the test segment in its entirety upon completion of the replacement of the test 25%
segment or portion of the test segment and assess the test segments’ pipe
condition statuses based on the replacement post installation inspection.

If applicable, Receive and check the repair proposal from the Contractor as
1 - -
specified.
Review the Contractor’s repair proposal and Notify the Contractor within 3
2 - -
Business Days of the review status.
If there are more than 2 repair deficiencies per linear metre or a common
repair deficiency is found on 15% or more of the pipe lengths or joints in the
1 - test segments inspected where non-intrusive repair measures were used to 25%
perform the repairs, randomly select, at a minimum, an equivalent amount of
additional test segments for the post installation inspection.
If repair deficiencies are found and intrusive measures are used to repair an
individual test segment or portions of test segments, randomly select, at a
2 - 25%
minimum, an equivalent amount of additional test segments for the post
installation inspection.
Of the individual test segments or portions of a test segment and/or the joints
in the test segments inspected, if 10% or more of the test segments and/or
3 - joints received a Reject Pipe Condition rating, select, at a minimum, an 25%
equivalent amount of additional test segments for the post installation
inspection.
If there are more than 2 threshold deficiencies per linear metre or a common
threshold deficiency is found on 25% or more of the pipe lengths and/or joints
4 - 25%
in the test segments inspected, randomly select, at a minimum, an equivalent
amount of additional test segments for the post installation inspection.
For individual test segments or portions of a test segment and/or the joints in
a test segment that received a Repair Pipe Condition rating, Notify the
5 - Contractor if performed repairs using intrusive repair methods, are deemed to 25%
be adequate and the entire test segment shall be upgraded to a final
Repaired Pipe Condition rating, however, is subject to a price adjustment.
After the Contractor identifies the assessments of individual test segments or

1 - portions of any test segments there is disagreement with, arrange for a 100%
referee post installation.

Assess the referee post installation inspection submission, which replaces
the original post installation inspection submission, for each test segment or
2 - 100%
portions of test segments under disagreement which will then be binding on
both parties.
Submit to the Contractor copies of the test segment referee post installation
inspection submissions and assessments which will serve as notification to
3 - 100%
the Contractor if further action, based on the pipe condition statuses, is
required.
421.08.07 Final Pipe Condition Assessment Rating
Assign final Pipe Condition Assessment Ratings (PCAR) as follows:

1 - · A PCAR of “R” is assigned to those test segments that, either in part or in -
whole, initially received a Repair Pipe Condition Status and have been
upgraded to a Repaired Pipe Condition Status.
Assign for the remaining test segments:
· A PCAR of “A” is assigned to the portion of the remaining test segments
2 - length that received an Acceptable Pipe Condition Status; and -
· A PCAR of “T” is assigned to the portion of the remaining test segments
length that received a Threshold Pipe Condition Status.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 421, Material Specification for Construction Specification for Pipe
Culvert Installation in Open Cut.


Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Culvert with span 3m or Less in Open Cut
422.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements the installation of
precast reinforced concrete box culverts with span 3m or less in open cut as specified in
OPSS 422.
422.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 422 Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Culverts with span 3 m or less in Open cut

CAIS 209 Embankments Over Swamps
CAIS 501 Compacting
CAIS 517 Dewatering
CAIS 902 Excavating and Backfilling – Structures
CAIS 912 Precast Concrete Culverts with Span 3.0 m and Larger
CAIS 1205 Clay Seal
CAIS 1302 Water
CAIS 1821 Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Culverts with Span 3m or Less
MTO Forms:

422.03 DEFINITIONS
Check that all culverts are waterproofed as specified in the Contract

1 - 100%
Documents.
1 M Check that the manufacturer is on the MTO’s approved list. -

Check that all working drawings bear the seal and signature of an Engineer
2 - -
certifying they are according to the contract documents.
Check that applicable contract required submissions are received and
3 M -
reviewed prior to fabrication.
422.05 MATERIALS
422.05.01 Concrete
Concrete for appurtenances and distribution slab as specified in CAIS 1350.
422.05.02 Granular
422.05.03 Fine Aggregates for Levelling Course
422.05.04 Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Units
Precast reinforced concrete box as specified in CAIS 1821.
Check that box unit reinforcement is consistent throughout a culvert as

1 - 25%

422.05.05 Connector Plates
Check that the connector plates is in accordance with ASTM A240/240M

1 - 25%
Type 304.
Check that the stainless steel threaded rods is in accordance with ASTM
2 - 25%
F593 Type 316 with nuts in accordance with ASTM F594.
422.05.07 Mortar
Mortar for joints as specified in CAIS 904. The Portland cement type GU as specified in
CAIS 1301, mortar sand as specified in CAIS 1004, and water as specified in CAIS 1302.
422.05.08 Clay Seal
422.05.09 Preformed Gasket
Check that the preformed gaskets are as specified by the manufacturer of the
1 - 25%
box units.
422.05.10 Joint Sealing Compound
Check that the joint sealing compound are as specified by the manufacturer
1 - 25%
of the box units.
422.05.11 Grout
1 - Check that grout is non shrinking and non staining. 25%

422.05.13 Native Material
Check that the native material is classified according to the Unified Soil
1 - 25%
Classification System using the procedures prescribed in ASTM D2488.
Check that when precise classification of native material is required, ASTM
2 - 25%
D2487 is being used.
422.05.14 Bedding
1 - Check that bedding meets contract requirements. 25%
Check that earth bedding material is classified as Group I or Group II

1 - 25%
according to Table 1 in OPSS 422.
Granular aggregate materials as specified in CAIS 1010.
422.05.15 Cover
1 - Check that cover meets contract requirements. 25%

Cover shall be free of stones with a diameter greater than 75 mm, debris, or
2 - frozen materials. 25%
Check that earth cover material is classified as Group I or Group II according

1 - 25%
to Table 1 in OPSS 422.
422.05.16 Backfill
As specified in CAIS 902
Check that earth backfill is classified as Group I or Group II according to

1 - 25%
Table 1 in OPSS 422.

422.07 CONSTRUCTION
422.07.01 Selection of Box Units
Check that the dimensions and height of fill specified are in the Contract
1 - 25%
Documents.
Check that pre-condition survey of existing waterbody bed is conducted when

1 - 25%
specified in Contract Documents.
422.07.06 Foundations
Check that the foundation is comprised of firm to hard in situ soil or 25%
1 -
compacted backfill or meets the contract requirement.
Check that the unsuitable or unstable material s removed and replaced to the
1 - foundation grade with compacted backfill meeting the requirements of 25%
Group I or Group II, according to Table 1.
Check that the foundation on each side of the box unit, for a minimum
2 M distance equal to the inside width of the box unit shall be at least as stable as 25%
the foundation below the box unit.

3 - Confirm final founding elevations meets the contract requirements. 25%
422.07.07 Bedding
Check that bedding is placed to the dimensions specified in the Contract

1 25%
Documents.
422.07.08 Levelling
1 - Confirm that levelness meets contract requirements. 25%
422.07.09 Installing Box Units
422.07.09.01 Box Units
Check that the installation of the units is in accordance with Contract

1 M Document requirements, shop drawings and manufacturer’s 100%
recommendations.
If gaps are larger than specified, check that the Contractor does not proceed
2 M with the installation of the remainder of the units until an acceptable proposed 100%
solution has been received.
Check that culvert is embedded to a depth specified in Contract Documents
3 - 100%
and design drawings.
422.07.09.02 Connector Plates
1 - Check that connector plates meets the contract requirements. 25%
422.07.09.03 Joint Treatment
Check that joint requirements are filled in accordance with the contract
1 - 25%
documents.

422.07.09.04 Preformed Gasket
Check that preformed gaskets are placed according to the manufacturer’s

1 - 25%
recommendations.
422.07.09.05 Joint Sealing Compound
Check that when joint sealing compound is specified in the contract

1 - documents for sealing the joint between the box units, it is applied according 25%
to the manufacturer's recommendations.
422.07.09.06 Lift Holes
1 - Check that all lift holes are filled with mortar after installation of the box unit. 25%
422.07.09.07 Inspection After the Installation of the Culvert and Prior to

Waterproofing
Check that the next operation does not proceed until inspection of the culvert
1 M -
is complete.
2 M Issue a Notice to Proceed. -
422.07.09.08 Waterproofing of the Culvert
1 - Check that water proofing are in accordance with the Contract Documents. 25%
422.07.10 Concrete Appurtenances and Concrete Distribution Slab
Concrete as specified in CAIS 904.
Reinforced Steel as specified in CAIS 905.
422.07.11 Backfill

Check that the backfilling operation and material etc., meet contract related
1 - 25%
requirements and CAIS 902.
422.07.12 Cover
422.07.13 Lift Holes
As specified in LS-706.
Check that the clay seal is placed to the dimensions specified in the Contract
Documents and compacted to a minimum of 95% of the maximum dry density
1 - 25%
(MDD) according to LS-706, and that field density and field moisture
determinations are made according to ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017.
422.07.15 Management and Disposal of Excess Material
422.08.01 General
Carry out measurements on interior and exterior surfaces on at least one per
elements per lot, prior to any waterproofing or backfilling operations, to
1 - 25%
confirm compliance with the tolerances requirements of Table 1 in
OPSS 912.
2 - Check that the compressive strengths as specified in CAIS 1821. 25%
Check that joint gaps and the gaps between multi-cell culverts are within
3 - 25%
tolerances specified in Table 1 in OPSS 912.

422.08.02 Access for Quality Assurance
Check that there is unhindered access for inspection and testing of all the
1 - -
work.
1 - Basis of Payment shall be as specified.

Check that payment is not made for granular used to fill any area excavated
2 - beyond the lines specified in the Contract Documents or used as cover when -
acceptable quality native material is available.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 422, Construction Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete
Box Culverts with span 3m or less in Open Cut.


Watermain Installation in Open Cut
441.01 SCOPE
watermains, service connections, and associated appurtenances in open cut as specified in
441.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 441 Watermain Installation in Open Cut
CAIS 206 Grading

CAIS 490 Site Preparation for Pipeline, Utilities, and Associated Structures
Structures
CAIS 493 Temporary Potable Water Supply Services
CAIS 510 Removal
CAIS 1302 Water
CAIS 1842 Pressure Polyethylene Pipe Products
441.03 DEFINITIONS

441.05 MATERIALS
441.05.01 General
1 - approved list that was submitted by the Contractor at the commencement of 25%
the Contract.
2 - Check that all pipes are correct size, type, and class. 25%
3 - Check if fittings are suitable and compatible with the pipe material and class. 25%
441.05.04 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe
441.05.04.01 General
Check that the fittings for PVC and PVCO pipe are either gray iron, ductile
1 - iron, blue injection moulded polyvinyl chloride or blue prefabricated polyvinyl 25%
chloride.
441.05.05 Polyethylene Pipe
441.05.09 Valves
441.05.09.01 General
1 - Check that the valves open in a counter-clockwise direction. 25%

2 - Verify the type and the size of valves as specified in OPSS 441. 25%
441.05.13 Concrete
Check that concrete has nominal minimum 28-Day compressive strength of

1 - 25%
20 Mpa.

441.05.14 Mortar
Mortar sand as specified in CAIS 1004.
Portland cement as specified in CAIS 1301.
Water as specified in CAIS 1302.
441.07 CONSTRUCTION
441.07.01 General
Check that all pipes, connections and appurtenances are kept clean and free
1 - 25%
of foreign material during progress of the Work.
Check that all pipe ends are lubricated with material recommended by the
2 - 25%
pipe manufacturer prior to installation.
3 - Check that measurements of bends, ties, connections, etc. are recorded. 25%
441.07.03 Removals
441.07.06 Cold Weather Work
1 - Check that work is protected from freezing. 25%

2 - Check that pipe and bedding material are not placed on frozen ground. 25%
441.07.07 Transporting, Unloading, Storing, and Handling Pipe
1 - Check that pipes, fittings and gaskets are not damaged. 25%

Check that pipes greater than 600 mm diameter have end covers and tamper
2 - 25%
evident seal on bell end.
Check that pipes are field cleaned along the pipe interior if pipe is damaged
3 - 25%
or missing end covers.
1 - Check that excavations are free of water as specified. 25%

Check that alignment and designed widths are adhered to as loading on pipe
2 M 25%
is partially dependent on trench widths.
Check weekly, prior to rain events and after rain events that erosion and
sediment control schemes are in place and functioning. If the control
1 M 100%
measures are not functioning or are insufficient the Contractor must be
requested to review and take action.
Check that specified bedding is used and constructed in accordance with
2 - 25%
contract requirements.
441.07.12 Temporary Potable Water Supply Services

Check that backfill materials are as specified in the Contract Documents and
1 M 25%
the required compaction checks are made.
Check that backfill is brought up evenly on both sides of the pipe at the same
2 - 25%
time.
Check that appropriate equipment is used for compaction until the specified
3 - 25%
depth of cover over the pipe is achieved.
441.07.14 Installation of Pipe
1 - Check that the installation of pipe is as specified in OPSS 441.07.14. 25%
441.07.15 Jointing
441.07.15.01 General
1 - Check that joints and all connections are as specified in OPSS 441.07.15.01. 25%
441.07.16 Cutting of Pipe
1 - Check that pipe interior is cleaned, and end cover is replaced. 25%
441.07.17 Change in Line and Grade
1 Check that fabricated bends are used when changes in line and grade are 25%
-
required.
2 Check that the horizontal position and top of pipe elevations are recorded at 25%
-
all horizontal and vertical bends and at maximum interval of 10 m.
441.07.18 Installation of Valves and Fittings
441.07.18.01 General
1 - Check the installation of valves and fittings. 100%

2 - Check valves and fittings are cleaned prior to installation. 100%
441.07.18.02 Air Release and Air/Vacuum Valves
Verify the locations of air/vacuum valves as specified in the Contract

1 - 100%
Documents.
441.07.19 Installation of Hydrant Sets
1 - Check the installation of hydrant sets. 100%

2 - Check the locations of hydrants as specified in the Contract Documents. 100%
441.07.20 Installation of Service Connections
1 - Check the installation of service connections. 100%

Check the locations and size of service connections as specified in the
2 - 100%
Contract Documents.
441.07.21 Shutting Down or Charging Mains
Check that the watermains are not shut down, charged or valves operated
1 - 25%
without permission.
441.07.22 Connections to Existing Watermains
Check that watermain is placed in trench to depth as specified in the contract

1 - 25%
for frost penetration.
2 - Check all connections made to existing watermains. 100%
441.07.23 Thrust Restraints
1 - Check that connections, caps and bends are restrained. 25%

2 - Check that concrete is placed against undisturbed soil. 25%
3 - Check that joints and couplings are concrete-free. 25%
441.07.24 Hydrostatic Testing
1 M Observe all appropriate testing for approvals. 100%

2 - Check test pressure of 1035 kPa. 100%
441.07.25 Flushing and Disinfecting Watermains
1 M Check that watermains are flushed and disinfected as specified. 25%

2 M Check the sampling and testing for chlorine residual as specified. 25%
3 M Check that the utility owner has approved the system prior to operation. 100%
1 - Check all chlorinated water is disposed of safely. 25%

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 441, Construction Specification for Watermain Installation in
Open Cut.


Site Preparation for Pipelines, Utilities, and Associated Structures
490.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements of site preparation for
the installation of sanitary and storm pipe sewers, pipe culverts and end sections, forcemains and
associated appurtenances, watermains and associated appurtenances, and other underground
Utilities; maintenance holes, catch basins, ditch inlets, or valve chambers; and any other specified
subsurface construction as specified in OPSS 490, November 2018.
490.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 206 Grading

OPSS 802 Topsoil
OPSS 805 Temporary Sediment Control
Boulders
CAIS 206 Grading
CAIS 706 Temporary Traffic Control Devices
CAIS 801 Protection of Trees
CAIS 802 Topsoil
490.03 DEFINITIONS

490.07 CONSTRUCTION
490.07.02 Removal of Existing Signing
490.07.03 Clearing and Grubbing
490.07.04 Shrub and Tree Relocation
490.07.05 Tree Protection and Pruning
490.07.06 Stripping and Stockpiling Topsoil
As specified in CAIS 206, CAIS 802 and CAIS 805.
Check that topsoil is removed carefully in the work areas and not mixed with
1 - 25%
subsoil or other materials as specified in OPSS 206 and the above clause.
Check that topsoil is stockpiled and protected as specified in the above
2 - clause, OPSS 802 and the Contract Documents, and that temporary erosion 25%
and sediment control measures are as specified in OPSS 805.
490.07.07 Removal of Fences and Guide Rails
Check that all broken, bent, or damaged components are removed from the
1 - site and replaced with new components, and that all reusable components 100%
are stored and protected.
Check that Property owners or occupants are given at least 24 hours notice
1 - -
in advance of dismantling fences.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 490, Construction Specification for Site Preparation for Pipelines,
Utilities, and Associated Structures.


Preservation, Protection, and Reconstruction of Existing Facilities
491.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Preservation,
Protection, and Reconstruction of Existing Facilities as specified in OPSS 491, November 2017.
491.02 REFERENCES
This CAIS refers to the following, standards, specifications, or publications:
OPSS 491 Preservation, Protection, and Reconstruction of Existing Facilities

491.03 DEFINITIONS
The references listed in OPSS 491 shall apply to this CAIS, in addition to the following standards,
specifications, forms, or publications.
491.07 CONSTRUCTION
491.07.01 General
Check that the requirements and regulations of road authorities, utility

1 - companies, and railway companies are adhered to at all times as specified in 100%
the above clause.

491.07.02 Notification
Check that all certificates are obtained from all owners of underground
1 - services having facilities in the area of the proposed work certifying that their -
facilities have been marked to confirm the utility location.
491.07.03 Existing Services and Structures
Check that the utility company is immediately notified if any utility is broken or
1 - 25%
damaged as specified in the above clause.
Check that access to fire hydrants and water and gas valves is maintained at
2 - 100%
all times.
491.07.04 Reconstruction of Existing Facilities
Notify the Contractor of the removal, realignment, relocation or replacement

1 - of the existing facility where it is within the limits of or crosses an excavation 25%
and cannot be sustained in place as specified in the above clause.
Check that all materials comprising the utility are inspected before
2 - 25%
reconstruction commences as specified in the above clause.
491.07.05 Contamination
Check that the contents of any sewer, drain, or inlet connection do not flow
1 - 25%
into an excavation as specified in the above clause

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 491, Construction Specification for Preservation, Protection, and
Reconstruction of Existing Facilities.


Site Restoration Following Installation of Pipelines, Utilities,
and Associated Structures
492.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the restoration of
a site following installation of pipelines, utilities, and associate structures as specified in OPSS 492,
November 2018.
492.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 206 Grading

OPSS 351 Concrete Sidewalk
OPSS 353 Concrete Curb and Gutter Systems
OPSS 492 Site Restoration Following Installation of Pipelines, Utilities, and Associated
Structures
OPSS 802 Topsoil
OPSS 1540 Standard Highway Fence Components

OPSS 1541 Chain-Link Fence Components
CAIS 206 Grading

CAIS 304 Single and Double Surface Treatment
CAIS 351 Concrete Sidewalk
CAIS 353 Concrete Curb and Gutter Systems
CAIS 721 Steel Beam Guide Rail and Cable Guide Rail
CAIS 771 Standard Highway Fence

CAIS 772 Chain-Link Fence
CAIS 802 Topsoil
CAIS 803 Sodding
CAIS 1540 Standard Highway Fence Components
CAIS 1541 Chain-Link Fence Components
CAIS 1601 Wood - Material, Preservative Treatment, and Shop Fabrication
492.03 DEFINITIONS
492.05 MATERIALS
492.05.01 Granular Materials
492.05.03 Electric Fence Wire
Check that electric fence wire is 2 mm diameter hot dipped galvanized wire
1 - 25%
as specified in in the OPSS Clause 492.05.03.
492.05.04 Wood Fence
492.05.04.01 Board or Split Rail Fence
Check that posts and boards are the same size and type as used in the
1 - 25%
original fence as specified in the OPSS Clause 492.05.04.01.
Check that rails are split cedar in good condition and of adequate lengths to
2 - build either a straight or snake fence as specified in in the OPSS Clause 25%
492.05.04.01.
492.05.04.02 Wood Braces for Wire Fence
492.05.05 Highway Fence

492.05.06 Steel Posts
492.05.07 Chain-Link Fence
492.05.08 Gates
Check that gates are fabricated from material suitable to the fence on either
1 - side of the gate opening as specified in the OPSS Clause 492.05.08, 25%
OPSS 1540, and OPSS 1541.
492.05.09 Guide Rail
492.05.10 Concrete
492.07 CONSTRUCTION
492.07.01 General
Check that all disturbed areas are restored to an equivalent or better

1 - condition than existed prior to the commencement of construction as 25%
specified in the OPSS Clause 492.07.01.
492.07.02 Grading
Check that rough grading is performed to the levels, grades, and contours as
1 - 25%
specified in the Contract Documents and the OPSS Clause 492.07.02.
Check that soil is not disturbed within the drip line of trees and shrubs during
2 - 25%
grading as specified in the OPSS Clause 492.07.02.

Check that final grading is performed to the lines and elevations specified in
3 - 25%
the contract documents, OPSS 206 and the OPSS Clause 492.07.02.
492.07.03 Roadway Restoration
Check that the restoration of the roadway is scheduled to follow closely

1 - 25%
behind trench backfilling as specified in the OPSS Clause 492.07.03.
Check that the roadway is made and maintained safe for the passage of
vehicular and pedestrian traffic after completion of backfilling and until
2 - 25%
permanent restoration takes place, as specified in the Contract Documents
and the OPSS Clause 492.07.03.
Check that the granular subbase and base courses of the type specified in
3 - the contract documents are placed on the prepared subgrade to the 25%
dimensions specified in the Contract Documents and OPSS 314.
Check that the surface course of the type specified in the contract documents
4 - is placed on the prepared base course to the dimensions specified in the 25%
contract documents and the OPSS Clause 492.07.03.
492.07.04 Fences and Guide Rails
Check that fences and guide rails are restored in a manner that meets the
1 - 25%
requirements specified in the above clause and Contract Documents.
Check that posts for fences other than highway and chain-link fences are
2 - installed to the spacing that existed prior to construction as specified in the 25%
above clause.
Check that the manner of installation and the properties of gates meet the
3 - 25%
Check that the colour and finish material of the restored fence match the
4 - existing colour scheme and finish material and that two coats of finish 25%
material are applied where required, as specified in the above clause.
492.07.05 Topsoil
Check that topsoil is obtained in a manner that meet the requirement

1 - 25%
specified in the OPSS Clause 492.07.05 and OPSS 490.
Check that the quality of the topsoil and the construction methods for placing
2 - topsoil meet the requirements as specified in the OPSS Clause 492.07.05 25%
and OPSS 802.

Check that stockpile sites within or adjacent to the project limits are restored
3 - 25%
to the original condition.
492.07.06 Shrub and Tree Replanting
Check that shrubs and trees are replanted as specified in the Contract
1 - 100%
Documents and the OPSS Clause 492.07.06.
492.07.07 Sodding and Seeding
Check that lawns and grassed areas are sodded or seeded and covered as
1 - 25%
specified in the Contract Documents and the OPSS Clause 492.07.07.
492.07.08 Sidewalk and Concrete Curb and Gutter Systems
Check that concrete sidewalk is placed and in a manner that meets the
1 - requirements specified in the OPSS Clause 492.07.08 and OPSS 351. Check 25%
that damaged sections are removed as specified.
Check that the concrete curb and gutter systems are placed and in a manner
2 - that meets the requirements specified in the OPSS Clause 492.07.08and 25%
OPSS 353. Check that damaged sections are removed as specified.
Check that the placement of Granular A meets the requirements specified in
3 - 25%
the OPSS Clause 492.07.08and OPSS 314.
1 - Basis of Payment shall be as specified. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 492, Construction Specification for Site Restoration Following
Installation of Pipelines, Utilities, and Associated Structures


Temporary Potable Water Supply Services
493.01 SCOPE
temporary watermains, service connections, and associated appurtenances to supply potable water
prior to disconnecting service of an existing watermain on a temporary basis as specified in
493.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 493 Temporary Potable Water Supply Services
CAIS 206 Grading

493.03 DEFINITIONS
Receive and Check the information of the temporary potable water supply
1 - services and temporary hydrant details 14 Days prior to the commencement -
of any work requiring temporary potable water supply services.

493.05 MATERIALS
493.05.01 General
1 - Check that all materials are as specified in Contract Documents. -
493.05.02 Temporary Potable Water Supply Services
Check that materials used in conjunction with the temporary potable water
1 - -
supply services are as specified in OPSS 493.
493.05.03 Valves
493.07 CONSTRUCTION
493.07.01 General
Check that no temporary watermains or temporary water services are

1 - -
installed or operated during freezing weather.
Determine and Notify the Contractor if pipes already in use shall be removed
2 - -
or drained and existing services restored during freezing weather.
3 - Verify notification to affected property owners. -
493.07.06 Protection
Check for quality of materials and work during installation and maintenance of
1 - -
protection for temporary potable water supply services.
Check that protection installed across all road crossings, sidewalks and
2 - -
driveways during the extend of construction schedule.

493.07.07 Leakage Testing
Check that leakage testing upon completion of the watermain, including

1 - 100%
services.
493.07.08 Flushing and Disinfecting Temporary Watermains and Services
1 - Check and Witness flushing and disinfecting operations. 100%

2 - Conduct regular sampling and testing for chlorine residual. 100%
Check that samples are taken for bacteriological tests 24 hours after the
3 - 100%
system has been recharged.
1 - Determine flushing sequence. -

2 - Receive notification 2 business days prior to flushing operations. -
493.07.09 Removal of Temporary Potable Water Supply Services
1 - Check that all temporary services are completely removed by mid-November. -
1 - Check and approve the method of disposal of chlorinated water. -
493.09 MEASUREMENT FOR PAYMENT – Not Used

Check that the installation, flushing, disinfecting, and testing of the temporary
1 - potable water supply services are complete prior to operation, before a -
progress payment to 60% of the above item is issued.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 493, Construction Specification for Temporary Potable Water
Supply Services.


Compacting
501.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for compaction of
earth and granular materials as specified in OPSS 501, November 2014 and SSP 105S22.
501.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 501 Compacting
CAIS 206 Grading

MTO Forms:
PH-CC-009 Field Compaction Report

PH-CC-011 Compaction Summary
501.03 DEFINITIONS
501.04 DESIGN AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS - NOT USED
501.05 MATERIALS
1 - Granular material shall be administered according to CAIS 1010. -

501.05.02 Water
1 - Check that Water is as specified. -
501.06 EQUIPMENT
501.06.01.01 General
Check that the type of compaction equipment used shall be suited for the
1 - work and shall have an appropriate weight as specified. 25%
501.06.01.02 Hand Operated Vibratory Equipment
Check that hand operated vibratory equipment shall have an appropriate

1 - 25%
power.
501.06.02 Water
1 - Check that equipment for applying water shall be as specified. 25%
501.06.03 Nuclear Moisture and Density Gauge
1 M Check calibration status of each gauge. -

2 M Check that the Density Standard Count and the Moisture Standard Count
-
shall be within specified tolerances.
Check the validity of registered owner’s Radioisotope License for each
3 M -
gauge.

501.07 CONSTRUCTION
501.07.01 General
Check that the method of placing materials and lift thickness shall be as
1 - 50%
specified.
501.07.02 Restricted Zones

1 - to be compacted, the degree of compaction required and restricted zones as 50%
specified.
501.07.03 Water for Compaction
Approve application of water to achieve required compaction if appropriate,

1 - -
when water is a separate item for compaction.
501.07.04.01 General
Check that field density and field moisture determinations shall be made
1 - 25%
according to ASTM D 6938.
501.07.04.02 Compaction Requirements
501.07.04.02.01 General
1 M Check that compaction testing is on a lot-by-lot basis as specified. -
501.07.04.02.02 Submission of Test Data
Check that all required laboratory test results have been received prior to
1 M -
construction of the control strip.

Verify that all applicable QC and QA field test results and associated
2 M information are constantly being recorded and updated on PH-CC-009 and -
PH-CC-011 (or into WBCMS, where required), within specified schedule.
Submit upon completion monthly summary of QC and QA compaction results
3 - and summary of acceptability on the Compaction Summary Sheet Trial -
Strip/Proctor results and QA/QC correlation results.
501.07.04.02.03 Test Equipment and Operator Training
501.07.04.02.03.01 General
Check that only qualified operators using properly calibrated gauges shall
1 M -
conduct QC compaction testing.
501.07.04.02.03.02 Nuclear Moisture and Density Gauge Requirements
Receive a valid calibration certificate for each gauge before using the gauge
1 M -
for testing.
Determine the need to request the operator to perform a standardization
2 - -
procedure according to ASTM D 6939.
Determine if the gauge shall be replaced due to malfunctions or failure to
3 - -
meet the standardization requirements.
501.07.04.02.03.03 Operator Requirements
Receive proof of proficiency of the operator in the use of a gauge and the
1 M -
correct testing procedures.
2 - Determine the need to require the operator to demonstrate proficiency. -
501.07.04.02.04 Target Density
1 M Ensure that target density is established at the specified minimum times. -

2 M Determine if a control strip can be reasonably constructed. -
Where applicable, determine if the target density shall be based on the
3 - -
maximum dry density (MDD) determined by LS-706 as specified.

501.07.04.02.04.01 Control Strip
1 Check if lift thickness and the location of the control strip are suitable. 100%
Check that the type of compaction equipment to be used and the speed are
2 - suited to the material to be compacted and the degree of compaction 100%
required.
3 - Check the number of passes made by compaction equipment as specified. 100%
Check that the field moisture content of the material is within the specified
4 - tolerances, prior to compaction; and that the target density established upon 100%
completion of the control strip has also been determined as specified.
1 M Receive notice for construction of a control strip within specified schedule -

Check that optimum moisture content (OMC) is determined according to
2 M -
LS-706 prior to construction of the control strip
501.07.04.02.05 Lot Testing
1 - Check that any visibly soft or loose areas shall be compacted prior to testing . 25%
2 - Check that the number of tests per lot or sublot is as specified. 25%
3 - Check that the length of gauge probe shall be suited to the lift being tested. 25%
1 M Establish suitable lot schedules as specified. -
501.07.04.02.07 Acceptance
Check that any lot damaged by vehicular traffic shall be restored prior to
1 - 25%
placement of any overlying material.
Check that surface with any ruts greater than specified tolerances shall be
2 - regraded and recompacted to meet the specified requirements. Determine if 25%
removal and replacement with new material are required.

Check that corresponding requirements are applied according to the type of -

1 M
work as specified.
501.07.04.02.07.01 Rejected Lots
1 - Determine if a new target density shall be established. 25%
501.08.01 General
Check that field density and field moisture determinations shall be made
1 - 25%
according to ASTM D 6938.
501.08.02.01 General
Visits shall be arranged to ensure that, for each different portion of the work,
1 - QA testing is carried out each day on minimum one QC lot AND on minimum 25%
one QC lot for every 4 QC lots constructed that day.
Check that the type of compaction equipment is suited to construct a control
2 - strip to establish target density. Determine if the equipment shall be replaced 25%
to obtain an appropriate target density.
Where a compaction control strip is required, verify that the same or similar
procedure (i.e. similar types of equipment of at least the same masses, the
same vibration characteristics and the same number of passes) that the
3 - Contractor used during the construction of the Control Strip is also used 25%
during the construction of the associated compaction lots and that the
Contractor constructs a new control strip, if there is any changes to that
procedure.
Verify that, for each tested lot, the compaction calculations indicate the lot is
1 M -
acceptable before another lift of material is placed on top.

501.08.02.02 Gauge Verification
Verify that that the QC average dry density is within specified tolerances
when compared with the QA average dry density. Efforts, such as
1 - 50%
recalibration, re-inspection of the gauge and/or operator, should be taken to
minimize the discrepancy between QC and QA test results.
Check that QA measurements are carried out for each type of Work as
1 - 25%
specified, but at separate locations from QC measurements.
2 - Administer appropriate investigations for a rejected lot. 25%
501.08.02.04 Quality Control Records Inspections
Select QC records for verification of calculation errors, missing test data, or

1 - 25%
improper lot quantities. Take appropriate actions for findings.
501.08.02.05 Charges
Apply charges for each lot that requires retesting as specified. Also apply
1 - charges for any subsequent new lots that do not meet the compaction -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 501, Construction Specification for Compacting.


Rip-Rap, Rock Protection, and Granular Sheeting
511.01 SCOPE
rip-rap, rock protection, granular sheeting, and geotextile as specified in OPSS 511, November
2018.
511.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 511 Rip-Rap, Rock Protection, and Granular Sheeting

511.05 MATERIALS
1 M approved list that was submitted by the Contractor at the commencement of 25%
the Contract.
511.05.01 Rip-Rap, Rock Protection, and Granular Sheeting
Rip-rap, rock protection, and granular sheeting is as specified in CAIS 1004 and the Contract
Documents.
Check that rip-rap, rock protection, and granular sheeting materials comply
1 - 25%
with the specifications and Contract Documents.

As specified in CAIS 1860 unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents
1 - Check that geotextile materials comply with OPSS 511 and the Contract 25%
Documents.
511.07 CONSTRUCTION
functioning. If the control measures are not functioning or are insufficient,
1 M 50%
examine with the Contractor to determine if additional erosion control
measures or additional locations may be required.
When placed on slopes, check that slope to receive rip rap, rock protection or
1 M granular sheeting is properly prepared. Excavate beyond finished surface 25%
such that the materials will fit the theoretical slope line.
2 - Check construction of interceptor ditches. 25%
Check the area is excavated or filled or both to the lines and dimensions
3 - specified in the Contract Documents and fine graded to a uniform even 25%
surface. If additional excavation is required, notify the Contractor of decision.
Confirm that any other relevant environmental constraints have been
4 - 25%
addressed.
511.07.02 Placing Material
511.07.02.01 General
Check that the material is placed to the lines and dimensions specified in the
1 - 25%
Contract Documents.
2 - Check the placement of any subdrains below the ditch line. 25%
Check that care is taken in placement to minimize segregation, especially if
3 - 25%
placed underwater.

Check that thickness and evenness of placement will provide a stable free
4 - 25%
draining slope material.
511.07.02.02 Rip-Rap
Check that the rip-rap is placed in a set and stable manner, flat on the slope
1 - 50%
with the largest dimensions parallel to the slope contours.
Check that the rip-rap when placed on a slope is placed at the toe first and
2 - 25%
progresses up the slope.
When placed on slopes, check that rip-rap is countersunk into the surface of
3 M 50%
the slope.
Check that the rip-rap is laid closely so that a reasonable semblance of
4 - courses is achieved with the larger pieces of rip-rap placed in the bottom 25%
courses and the smaller pieces of rip rap used to fill the voids.
Check that rip-rap is placed in a manner that will not tear or otherwise
5 - 25%
damage the geotextile.
Check that rip-rap is placed in accordance with any applicable timing
6 - 25%
restrictions.
511.07.02.03 Rock Protection
1 - Check that rock protection is placed in a random, but stable manner. 25%
Check that the rock protection, when placed on a slope, is placed at the toe
2 - 25%
first and progresses up the slope.
Check that rock protection is placed in a manner so as not to damage the
3 - 25%
geotextile.
511.07.02.04 Granular Sheeting
Check that granular sheeting operations follow earth excavation operations

1 - 25%
as closely as practical and possible.
Check that granular sheeting is placed in a manner so as not to damage the
2 - 25%
geotextile.
Check that granular sheeting is placed as excavation progresses and
3 - 25%
completion of the blanket coincides with completion of the cut.

511.07.02.05 Geotextile
Check that the geotextile is free of folds, tears, and punctures and as
1 - 25%
2 - Administer the geotextile requirements according with CAIS 1860. 25%
Check that the installation area is free of sharp objects that may puncture the
3 - 25%
geotextile.
Check that the drop height for material placed onto geotextile is less than 1 m
4 - 25%
to prevent damage to the geotextile.
5 - Check that proper overlap has been maintained during installation. 25%
6 - Check that the geotextile is fixed to prevent movement during installation. 25%
Check that the geotextile is wrapped down into the ground a minimum
7 - 25%
300 mm at termination points.
Check that a sufficient amount of geotextile is placed along the ditch sides to
8 - 25%
prevent erosion.
Check that all materials contaminated or damaged during installation are
9 - 25%
either replaced or repaired so that the geotextile will perform as intended.
Check that management of excess material is as specified in the Contract Documents
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 511, Construction Specification for Rip-Rap, Rock Protection, and
Granular Sheeting.


Installation of Gabions
512.01 SCOPE
gabions and gabion structures not exceeding 2 metres in height as specified in OPSS 512,
November 2014.
512.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 501 Compacting

OPSS 512 Installation of Gabions
OPSS 805 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Measures
OPSS 1430 Gabion Baskets and Mats
CAIS 206 Grading

CAIS 501 Compacting
CAIS 805 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Measures
CAIS 1430 Gabion Baskets and Mats
512.03 DEFINITIONS

512.05 MATERIALS
Check all delivered materials; gabion baskets and mats according with
OPSS 1430 and gabion stones are as per OPSS 1004, geotextile according
with OPSS 1860. Make sure laboratory tests are performed to confirm
1 M 50%
physical properties of the materials. Verify that materials are being supplied
from the approved lists that was submitted by the Contractor at the
commencement of the Contract.
512.05.01 Gabion Baskets and Gabion Mats
512.05.02 Gabion Stones
As specified in CAIS 1004 and the Contract Documents.
Check the quality and size of stones as per Table 7 and 8 of OPSS 1004 and
1 - shall be free of contaminated materials. Reject the stones containing shale 50%
and laminated fragile rocks/stones or fissile clastic sedimentary rocks.
Check the stones are produced from crushed or fractured bedrock fragments
2 - 25%
with 100% fractured faces or crushed from cobbles or boulders.
512.05.01.01.01 Geotextile
As specified in CAIS 1860 unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents
512.07 CONSTRUCTION
Confirm that any relevant environmental constraints have been addressed

1 M -
such as to meet the DFO and MECP requirements.
Check that the Contractor submitted all grade checks related to horizontal
2 M and vertical grading tolerances, including all non-compliances, within -
2 Business Days following completion of the grade as specified.

Check that the water level is managed as specified in the Contract

1 - 50%
Documents.
If working in the water, check that work is isolated from the water as
2 - 50%
specified. Check that timing restrictions are adhered to, as specified.
512.07.03 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Measures
functioning adequately by complying with OPSS 805. If the control measures
1 M 50%
are not functioning or insufficient, the Contractor must be requested to review
and take an action.
2 M Check that the founding soil is sound and undisturbed. 50%
512.07.04 Excavation, Bedding, and Backfill
Excavation for gabions as specified in CAIS 206.
Compaction as specified in CAIS 501.
Bedding and backfill as specified in the Contract Documents.
Check excavation and order corrective measures to rectify deficiencies

1 - 50%
caused by over excavation.
Verify that bed is uniform, trimmed, not frozen and compacted to the required
2 M 50%
density as per OPSS 501 and check for the need of scour protection.
512.07.04.01 Excavation, Bedding, and Backfill for Gabion Structure Not Exceeding
2.0 m Height

512.07.05 Assembly of Gabions
Check that gabions are installed to the lines and grades as specified in the
1 M 50%
Contract Documents.
Check that gabions are assembled according to the manufacturer’s
2 - 50%
instructions and as specified in the Contract Documents.
Check that gabions are placed in tension prior to filling to achieve proper
3 - 50%
alignment and compaction.
Check proper placement of the stones to make sure that the wire mesh and
4 - 50%
PVC coating are not damaged.
5 - Check that the front face is hand packed to minimize voids. 50%
6 - Check that transverse and vertical joints between gabions are staggered. 50%
7 - Check the gabion basket is overfilled by 25 to 50 mm. 25%
512.07.06 Placing of Internal Connecting Wires
According to manufacturer’s recommendations.
512.07.07 Securing Lids
According to manufacturer’s instructions and as specified in the Contract Documents.
1 - Check non-oven geotextile with no defects is supplied to the site 25%

Check geotextile is fixed to prevent movement during installation. Make sure
geotextile overlaps a minimum of 500 mm and shall be pinned together. It
2 -
shall be wrapped down into the ground a minimum 300 mm at termination 25%
points.
Construction as specified in CAIS 539.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 512, Construction Specification for Installation of Gabions.


Dewatering
517.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the design,
operation, and removal of a dewatering or temporary flow passage system or both to control water
during construction, and the control of the water prior to discharge to the natural environment and
sewer systems as specified in OPSS 517, November 2016 and SSP 517F01, July 2017.
517.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 517 Dewatering
SSP 517F01 Amendment to OPSS 517 - Design Storm Return Period and Preconstruction Survey
Distance

Structures
CAIS 510 Removal
CAIS 805 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control
517.03 DEFINITIONS

Receive and Check Working Drawings at least 7 Days prior to

1 - -
commencement of the dewatering system installation.
When required in the Contract Documents, Check that the design Engineer
2 - -
and design checking Engineer meet the minimum experience requirements.
517.04.03 Preconstruction Survey
Receive copies of the condition survey and water quality test results prior to
1 - -
the operation of the groundwater control system.
517.05 MATERIALS – Not Used
517.07 CONSTRUCTION
517.07.01 General
Check that the dewatering systems and temporary flow passage systems are
1 M 100%
installed in accordance with the Working Drawings.
Check that stranded fish are managed in accordance with the Contract
2 - 100%
Documents.
Check that the dewatering systems and temporary flow passage systems are
3 - operated in accordance with the working drawings and 25%
dewatering/unwatering of the working area is as specified in the Contract.
4 - Check that support systems are as specified in CAIS 404. 100%
5 - Check that protection systems are as specified in CAIS 539. 100%
Check that temporary erosion and sediment control measures are as
6 M specified in CAIS 804, CAIS 805 and/or the Working Drawings prior to the 100%
start of dewatering and / or use of the temporary flow passage system.

1 - Review any observations of water suspected to be contaminated. -
517.07.02 Dewatering System
Check that groundwater drawdown levels are as designed and the ‘natural
1 - 100%
flow’ of the watercourse is maintained.
Check that dewatering is not causing disturbance of any structure, pipeline,
2 - 25%
or flow channel.
3 - Check that operation is shut down as specified in the Working Drawings. 100%
517.07.03 Temporary Flow Passage System
517.07.03.01 General
Check that environmental Special Provisions and/or Contractor proposals for

1 M 50%
unwatering are adhered to.
Check that the flow passage systems are in place and functional before
2 - 100%
disturbing the Work area.
517.07.03.02 Activation
517.07.03.02.01 Outside of a Waterbody
1 - Check that temporary flow systems are activated as specified. 100%
517.07.03.02.02 Within a Waterbody
1 - Check that temporary flow systems are activated as specified. 100%

Check that pump inlet is not submerged in mud and is properly screened to
2 - 100%
prevent fish impingement or entrainment.
Check that safe fish passage is maintained at all times during the work as
3 - 100%

Check for any fish that may be stranded within the isolated area of the
4 - waterbody. Stranded fish shall be managed in accordance with the Contract 100%
Documents.
Check that the activation of the system is within the allowable dates of the in-
5 - 100%
water timing window specified in the Contract Documents.
517.07.04 Discharge of Water
Check the management of the discharge of water to ensure that it is

1 - 25%
constructed and functioning as per the Contractor’s submission.
2 - Check that equipment and materials are not stored in the discharge area. 25%
Check that the discharged water does not run across pavements, sidewalks,
3 - curb and gutter, or similar hard surfaces unless specified in the Contract 25%
Documents.
517.07.05 Monitoring
Check that discharge is not causing erosion of soil and other environmental
concerns at the outlet (e.g. muddy water discharge). Check that the
1 - 25%
Contractor has the standby equipment (pumps, hoses, filter bags, etc.) on
site as required in the environmental submission.
Check that the Contractor’s dewatering scheme is not causing loss of
2 M 25%
materials under adjacent founding elements or backfill.
Receive any complaints and review any action taken or proposed to be taken
1 - -
in response to complaints.
2 - Review observed impacts from daily external visual monitoring. -
517.07.06 System Amendments
Receive and Check amendments within 2 Business Days of the system being
1 - -
amended, on revised Working Drawings.

517.07.07 Temporary Flow Passage System Deactivation
517.07.07.01 Outside of a Waterbody
1 - Check that deactivation of temporary flow systems is as specified. 100%
517.07.07.02 Within a Waterbody
1 - Check that deactivation of temporary flow systems is as specified. 100%
517.07.08 Removal
Review requests from the contractor to use material other than the excavated
1 - -
material for backfill of sedimentation basins and other excavations.
Check that dewatering and temporary flow passage system components are
not removed until backfilling is brought up to grade and the Work area is
1 - 100%
cleared of any debris or construction materials that could be washed
downstream.
2 - Administer the removal of temporary drainage according with CAIS 510. 100%
Check that environmental protection measures and cut-off walls are removed
3 - 100%
as per the Working Drawings.
4 - Administer the site restoration according with CAIS 492. 100%
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 517, Construction Specification for Dewatering.


Temporary Protection Systems
539.01 SCOPE
construction, maintenance, monitoring, and removal of a temporary protection system made
necessary by excavation, embankment construction, dewatering, or other work as specified in
OPSS 539, November 2014 and SSP 105S09, March 2018.
539.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 539 Temporary Protection Systems
SSP 105S09 Amendment to OPSS 539 - Various Requirements
CAIS 903 Deep Foundations

CAIS 906 Structural Steel for Bridges
CAIS 942 Prestressed Soil and Rock Anchors
CAIS 1601 Wood Material, Preservative Treatment, and Shop Fabrication
539.03 DEFINITIONS

539.04.01.01 General
Review the performance level for design at the time of submission of the
1 - -
specified Working Drawings.
539.04.01.02 Designer Qualifications
Check the design Engineer and design-checking Engineer have submitted

1 M documentation that demonstrates their expertise for the work according with -
the Contract terms.
539.04.01.03 Design Assumptions
Check if the Contractor has performed additional subsurface investigation to

supplement the information in the tender package. Check that this
1 - -
supplemental information is clearly identified in the drawings of their Working
Drawing submission.
Check that the Design Assumptions for the entire removal of the system is
stated clearly. Verify that the Working Drawings allow for the return of the
2 M equipment to the site for a practicable removal of the entire system, (except -
for defined segments that will remain as noted in the contract documents). If
not, then return the Design package to the Contractor for a revision.
539.04.02 Submissions
539.04.02.01 Working Drawings
Receive 3 sets of Working Drawings from the Contractor at least 7 Days

prior to commencement of the protection system installation, for information
1 M -
purposes only. Check that the submissions bear the seal and signature of a
design Engineer and a design-checking Engineer.
Check that the information specified to be shown on the construction
2 M -
drawings has been included.

· For protection systems that are not specified in the Contract Documents,
receive Working Drawings from the Contractor at least 3 weeks prior to
the commencement of any construction.
3 M · Check for the statement in the Design Criteria for the designated -
Performance Level ranking then forward to the Foundations Engineer
Specialist (FES) for review and acceptance. Coordinate the review with
the FES.
FES Check the statement in the Design Criteria for the designated Performance
4 -
M Level ranking.
Check that the Contractor’s scheme is as specified in the Contract or
5 M accepted proposal. Submission shall include all three elements: installation, -
monitoring and removal. Otherwise, it is not acceptable.
539.04.02.02 Amendments to Protection Systems
· Check the installation of the amended protection system to follow the

amended drawings. Check that the Contractor’s Engineer is inspecting the
installation of the amended segments of the protection system and the field
1 M staff are fully aware of its impact to the original system. 100%
· Confirm with MTO if coordination with the Foundations Engineer Specialist
is required.
· Check that the Contractor received sealed and signed approval to proceed
from the design Engineer and design-checking Engineer.
1 M -
· Receive a copy of approval to proceed from the Contractor for the
amendments.
Receive the revised drawings and check that it clearly shows the
2 M amendments to the protection system. Confirm with MTO if coordination with -
the Foundations Engineer Specialist is required.
539.04.02.03 Preconstruction Survey
Prior to commencing the work, receive a condition survey of property and

structures that may be affected by the work from the Contractor. Include the
1 M -
summary of this condition survey as a topic in a monthly meeting with MTO
representatives.

539.04.02.04.01 Structural Steel
539.04.02.04.01.01 Mill Certificates
Upon delivery, receive and check 1 copy of the mill certificates for all the steel
1 M -
products to be used in the system for compliance to the Contract Documents.
2 - Check yield strength to determine whether material requires testing. -
539.05 MATERIALS
539.05.01 Wood
539.05.02 Proprietary Shoring and Patented Accessories
Check that the Contractor follows the manufacturer’s recommended load

1 - -
carrying capacity.
539.05.03 Concrete
539.07 CONSTRUCTION
539.07.01 General
· Check the progress of the installation of the Protection System.

· During the installation, if the Contractor’s Engineer proposes a contingency
1 M modification, then inform the Foundations Engineer Specialist for a review. 100%
· Continue to check the Contractor’s implementation to ensure that the
modifications comply with the Design Criteria and Contract Documents.

· Check the pile driving activities for any lateral movement (drifting) of the top
of the pile head during the driving sequence that may suggest a change in
2 M subsurface conditions. 100%
· Forward the surveyed movements to the Foundations Engineer Specialist.
· Follow the CAIS 903 requirements.
1 M Check the erector satisfies the experience in years as specified. -

Inform MTO Foundations Section on the schedule to start the installation and
2 - -
the estimated time to completion.
Administer the installation and testing of the prestressed soil and / or rock
3 M -
anchors according with CAIS 942.
Administer the structural steel in the Protection System according with
4 - CAIS 906. Check that the structural steel meets the Working Drawings -
requirements.
5 - Administer the tremie concrete placement according with CAIS 904. -
539.07.02 Removal of Protection Systems
Check the Contractor’s Engineer is inspecting removal of the protection

1 M 100%
system.
For the segments that are 100% removed, Check the surrounding surface
2 - conditions are restored to their original condition or to a final condition shown 100%
on the Contract Drawings.
For the segments that are approved to remain in place, check that the cut-off
depths satisfy the minimum dimensions given in the specifications. Check
3 M soil loss behind the shoring. Check the surrounding surface conditions are 100%
restored to their original condition or to a final condition shown on the
Contract Drawings.

539.07.03.03 Monitoring
539.07.03.03.01 General
Check at periodic intervals if the site representative of the Contractor’s

Engineer has noticed any trends of movement from the instrumentation
1 M 50%
readings and land survey readings. Summarize and present as a topic in the
regularly scheduled MTO Construction Meetings.
· Visually check any relative movements as a simple way to confirm
acceptance of the instrumentation readings.
2 M 50%
· Notify the Contractor’s Engineer if visual movement appears to be greater
than that presented by the instrumentation readings.
Check visually any groundwater seepage through the gaps in the wall system
3 - 50%
including along the base of the excavation.
Check that any vibratory equipment to facilitate the installation does not
4 - 100%
disturb native soil or existing utilities/structures.
After the installation is completed, continue to Check that the Contractor
5 - 50%
monitors the completed scheme for movement.
Check that soil loss is not occurring during installation behind the shoring
6 - 100%
during excavation and at the base of the excavation.
7 - Check that the roadway protection/excavation sequence is properly executed. 100%
Check that all elements of the earthworks for the Temporary Protection
System, including the unwatering/flow passage system (e.g. coffer dams) are
8 M 100%
properly staged/installed to prevent any discharge of sediment to the
watercourse.
Check that the Contractor’s Engineer has a monitoring plan that is ready to
1 M -
mobilize. The Plan should consist of land surveying, and instrumentation.
Check that groundwater seepage is monitored by the Contractor’s Engineer
2 - -
and recorded in daily inspection reports.
Check the monitoring plan satisfies the minimum number of survey targets
3 M outlined in the specification and if piezometers would be needed to rely upon -
for base stability.
· Inform MTO Foundations Section of the construction schedule.
4 M · Issue the monitoring summary, and any other information to the -
Foundations Engineer Specialist, as agreed with MTO.

5 M Check that a record of each anchor hole excavation is submitted. -
539.07.03.03.02 Excavation Depths Less Than or Equal to Three Metres
Follow the list of Monitoring in the General Section above. Check that the
1 M 100%
frequency of readings satisfies OPSS 539.
Check that the Contractor’s Engineer inspects installation and removal of the
2 M 100%
protection system as specified.
539.07.03.03.03 Excavation Depths Exceeding Three Metres
Follow the list of Monitoring in the General Section above. Note any
1 M challenges faced by the Contractor that would cause time delays and 100%
potential claims.
2 M Check that the Contractor’s Engineer inspects the works as specified. 100%
539.07.03.04 Inspection of Protection Systems
539.07.03.04.01 Excavation Depths Less Than or Equal to Three Metres
Check daily with the Contractor’s Engineer on the progress of the installation
1 M 50%
of the system.
Check that the Contractor’s Engineer inspects and verifies if the protection
2 M system was installed, monitored, and removed according to the Contract 100%
Documents.
Record any challenges faced by the Contractor that would cause time delays
1 - -
and potential claims.
2 M Check the commitment for the Contractor’s Engineer for inspections. -
Receive a Certificate of Conformance upon completion of the installation of
4 M -
the protection system.
Receive a Certificate of Conformance upon completion of the removal of the
5 M -
protection system.

539.07.03.04.02 Excavation Depths Exceeding Three Metres
Check daily with the Contractor’s Engineer on the progress of the installation
1 M of the system. Note any challenges faced by the Contractor that would cause 50%
time delays and potential claims.
Check for visual signs of seepage through the vertical wall. Discuss with the
Contractor’s Engineer of any areas that have experienced soil loss behind the
2 - shoring during the excavation sequence. If so, have the Contractor’s 50%
Engineer record the locations, note if seepage was a factor, and if any grout
was inserted behind the lagging boards.
Check that the Contractor’s Engineer inspects and verifies if the materials
3 M 100%
have been supplied and installed according to the Contract Documents.
Check that the Contractor’s Engineer inspects, verifies if protection system
4 M 100%
was installed, monitored, and removed according to the Contract Documents.
1 M Check the commitment for the Contractor’s Engineer for inspections. -

Receive a Certificate of Conformance upon completion of the installation of
2 M -
the materials.
Receive a Certificate of Conformance upon completion of the removal of the
3 M -
protection system.
As specified in the Contract Documents
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 539, Construction Specification for Temporary Protection
Systems.


Placement of Unshrinkable Fill
578.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the placement of
unshrinkable fill as specified in OPSS 578, April 2017.
578.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 350 Concrete Pavement and Concrete Base

OPSS 517 Dewatering
OPSS 578 Construction Specification for the Placement of Unshrinkable Fill
OPSS 1001 Aggregates - General

OPSS 1302 Water

CAIS 517 Dewatering
CAIS 1001 Aggregates- General
CAIS 1350 Concrete- Materials and Productions
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-322 Concrete Construction Report
578.03 DEFINITIONS

Check that the mix design of the unshrinkable fill is as specified in the
1 M -
Contract Documents and OPSS 578.04.01.
Receive and review Form A according to OPSS 1350 except the use of
1 M reclaimed concrete material and the amount used expressed in percent by -
mass of the total aggregate shall be identified on Forms A and B.
578.05 MATERIALS
578.05.01 Cementing Materials
1 - Check that the cementing materials used are as specified in OPSS 1301. -
578.05.02 Water
1 - As specified in OPSS 1302. -
1 - As specified in OPSS 1001. -

Check that the fine and coarse aggregates meet the grading requirements of
2 - OPSS 578 Table 1 and the physical property requirements of OPSS 578 -
Table 2.
578.05.03.01 Reclaimed Concrete Material
Check that the percentage of reclaimed concrete materials in the

1 - -
unshrinkable fill is equal or less than 25% by mass of the total aggregate.

Check that no reclaimed concrete materials are used in the unshrinkable fill
1 - -
placed in contact with sulphate-bearing soil or ground water with sulphate.
578.06 EQUIPMENT
578.06.01 Mixing Equipment
Check that the ready-mix concrete plant is certified as specified in

1 - -
OPSS 1350.
578.06.02 Transport Equipment
Check that the unshrinkable fill is transported to the site using ready mix
1 - 25%
trucks.
578.07 CONSTRUCTION
Check that the unshrinkable fill is protected with steel plates suitable for the
1 - traffic loading for a minimum of 24 hours when vehicular traffic, including 25%
construction equipment, is to be accommodated.
Check that hot mix asphalt or any other material is not placed on the
2 - unshrinkable fill until a minimum of four hours after the placing of 25%
unshrinkable fill.
578.07.02 Unshrinkable Fill Placement Requirements
Check that individual loads of unshrinkable fill are placed within 2 hours from
1 M 25%
the time of batching.
Check that the Contractor takes appropriate measures to ensure that
2 - unshrinkable fill placed fills the entire excavation without voids beneath 25%
horizontal projections or in other locations within the excavation.
Check that the excavation is dewatered according to OPSS 517 prior to
3 - placement of the unshrinkable fill when unshrinkable fill is to be placed in an 25%
excavation subject to the entry of flowing water.

Verify that the unshrinkable fill is placed in alternating layers on each side of
5 - the culverts, arches, rigid frames, integral abutments and piers to balance the 25%
earth pressure forces.
Check that the unshrinkable fill layers do not exceed 500 mm in thickness
6 - and the height of the layers is approximately the same, unless otherwise 25%
When the unshrinkable fill is placed adjacent to culverts, arches, rigid frames,
integral abutments and piers, check that at no time the elevation difference
7 - between the sides is greater than 500 mm and that each layer is allowed to 25%
set for a minimum of four hours before a new layer is placed, unless
otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.
Check that shoring, bracing, or sheeting used to support the sides of the
8 - 25%
excavation are removed as filling proceeds.
Check that the unshrinkable fill material is protected from cold weather
according to OPSS 1350 except that the unshrinkable fill shall be protected
9 - 25%
from freezing after placement and monitoring with thermocouples or
maintaining above 15 °C are not required.
578.07.03 Field Sampling and Testing
Check that field sampling and testing of concrete is performed by a person

holding either of the following certifications:
M 100%
1 · CCIL Certified Concrete Testing Technician, or
· ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1.
M Verify that this person has a valid original card issued in their possession. 100%
2 - Check that slump of the unshrinkable fill is according to OPSS 578.07.03. 100%
Check that the compressive strength of the unshrinkable fill is according to
3 - 100%
OPSS 578.07.03.
Check that the test cylinders are stored within the Working Area either
covered or in a shaded area for the first 24 hours after casting. For initial
curing, check that the cylinder moulds are placed on a rigid horizontal surface
4 M 100%
free from vibration and other disturbances and stored in a controlled
environment that maintains the temperature between 15 and 25 °C
immediately adjacent to the specimens.
Check that the Contractor has transported the cylinders to the designated
5 M Area Quality Assurance laboratory specified in the Contract Documents, for 100%
testing.

Receive a copy of PH-CC-322 with each set of compressive strength

1 - -
cylinders.
578.08.01 Testing Requirements
Check that the compressive strength testing is conducted according to

1 - LS-407 and the results of the set of 2 cylinders cast each Day are averaged -
to provide the test result for the Day.
1 Accept the unshrinkable fill according to OPSS 578.08.02. -
Measurement for payment shall be as specified in OPSS 578. Prior to

1 - -
placement, measure actual dimensions to calculate volume in cubic metres.
578.09.02 Plan Quantity Measurement
Check when measurement is by Plan Quantity, such measurement shall be

1 - -
based on the units shown in the clauses under Actual Measurement.
578.10.01 Unshrinkable Fill- Item
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 578, Construction Specification for the Placement of
Unshrinkable Fill.


Retained Soil Systems (RSS)
1.0 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for retained soil
systems as specified in SSP 599S23, August 2018.
2.0 REFERENCES
OPSS 910 Stressing Systems for Post-Tensioning
SSP 599S23 Requirements for Retained Soil Systems (RSS)

SSP 999S31 Requirements for Precast Concrete Bridge Elements (Non-Prestressed and
Prestressed)
CAIS 905 Concrete Reinforcement

MTO Forms:

3.0 DEFINITIONS
4.01 Concrete Mix Design
1 - Check that the concrete mix design submission as specified in CAIS 1350. -

If self-consolidating concrete is proposed to be used, notify MTO’s Quality
2 - -
Assurance section for acceptance.
Check that the MTO Quality Assurance Section has received Form B portion
3 - of the concrete mix design from the concrete supplier prior to placement of -
concrete.
4.02 Precast Plant Certification
1 M Receive precast plant’s certificate with the concrete mix design submission. -
Verify that the precast and pre-stressed elements are fabricated at a precast
M -
plant certified according to SSP 599S23 Subsection 7.02.
2 If concrete will be supplied by a ready-mixed concrete supplier check that
M documentation has been submitted verifying that the plant is certified by -
Concrete Ontario.
4.03 Manufacturer’s Certificate of Conformance and Precast Report
Receive the Contractor’s Manufacturer’s Certificate of Conformance, and

1 M precast report for each shipment of precast elements at least 5 Business -
Days prior to shipping from the precast plant.
Receive the Request to Proceed from the Contractor, before the delivery of
2 M -
the precast elements to the site.
Check that the submissions by the Contractor, including the Manufacturer’s
3 M Certificate of Conformance, precast report and Request to Proceed meet the -
requirements of the Contract Documents.
Check that the precast element is fabricated according to the Contract
4 M -
Documents, prior to delivery to the site.
Check that defects and deficiencies repairable by standard methods are
5 M -
repaired according to the Contract Documents.
Check that precast elements with defects and deficiencies causing rejection
6 M -
according to the Contract Documents, are not included in the Work.
Issue a Notice to Proceed, in a timely manner, and prior to delivering the
7 M -
precast element to the site.
Administrative Activities: Activities related to coordination with MTO’s Centralized Precast Retainer
Provide the following information to MTO Concrete Section’s centralized

1 M -
retainer inspector:

· Precast concrete plant’s contact information for the centralized retainer to
coordinate inspection.
· Shop drawings of elements.
· Contract specific specifications.
· Change orders relating to manufacturing process, drawing, etc.
· Production schedule.
· Approved repair proposal.
Upload the inspection report from the centralized retainer to WBCMS for each
2 - -
Contract.
Review the inspection report and issues emails from the centralized retainer
3 M and act on the non-conformances identified by the centralized retainer. -
5.0 MATERIALS
Check that concrete and all other materials are as specified in SSP 999S31
1 - -
Check if self-consolidating concrete is proposed to be used and notify MTO’s
2 - -
Quality Assurance section for acceptance.
Verify the concrete sealers, if used, are from the Owner’s list of acceptable
3 - -
sealers.
Check that the post-tensioning material, including grout, is according to
4 - -
OPSS 910.
Verify proprietary patching materials are from the Owner’s Proprietary
5 - -
Patching Materials list.
6.0 EQUIPMENT
6.01 Temperature Monitoring and Recording System
Check that the temperature monitoring and recording system are as specified
1 - -
in SSP 999S31 Subsection 6.03.
7.0 CONSTRUCTION
7.01 General
Receive Contractor’s written notification a minimum of 7 Days prior to

1 - -
commencement of precast element fabrication.

7.13 Concrete Cover Measurement
Perform covermeter survey on the concrete elements prior to installation, as

1 - -
specified in SSP 599S23 Subsection 7.13.
Receive notification in writing from the Contractor that the elements are ready
1 - -
for concrete covermeter survey.
7.15 Repair of Defects and Deficiencies Repairable by Standard Methods
Receive repair proposal from the Contractor when more than one of the
1 - defects or deficiencies listed in SSP 599S23 Table 2 is located in the same -
area in the element.
Check that the repair proposal is as specified in SSP 599S23 and includes all
2 - causes, preventative actions, and corrective actions including repair methods -
and materials.
3 - Consult with MTO as necessary. -
For defects and deficiencies that are not repairable by standard methods and
that are not rejectable, provide a written response to the Contractor indicating
4 - whether the Engineer’s assessment is deemed acceptable and if deemed -
unacceptable, the precast elements shall be rejected and replaced by the
Contractor.
5 - Check that the repair proposal is submitted in the precast report. -
7.16 Material Sampling for Acceptance Testing
1 - Sample steel reinforcement according to CAIS 905. 100%

Sample water, admixtures and cementing materials according to CAIS 1350
2 - 100%
when requested by MTO.
Receive submission from the Contractor; a list of elements and their
2 M 100%
identification numbers within 24 hours of completion of a lot.
For panels less than 2 m in vertical height, Check that the Contractor supplies
one additional panel of the most common size for the lot for sampling of cores
3 M 100%
and slabs. Randomly select one element and location for sample removal for
acceptance testing of the lot.

For panels greater than 2 m in vertical height, randomly select one member
from each lot for acceptance testing, and randomly select a location for core
4 M 100%
removal within that precast element. Check that cores and slabs are
removed from portions of the concrete elements to be installed below grade.
Obtain from the Contractor the planned time and site of coring and removal of
slabs (job site or precast plant) for each lot. One precast element in each lot
5 M is to be cored at an age of 7 to 10 days, to remove 6 cores, for air void 100%
system, rapid chloride permeability and compressive strength testing
respectively.
Slabs for salt scaling testing shall be according to SSP 599S23
6 M Clause 7.16.03.04. Four 300 mm by 300 mm samples shall be removed from 100%
the element representing the lot.
Witness or have a representative witness the removal of cores and slabs
7 M 100%
when core removal is to take place.
Upon removal of the core samples, verify that cores and slabs are properly
labelled and placed in the security bags provided by the MTO. Immediately
8 M 100%
take possession of the cores and deliver them to the designated laboratory
for testing by the MTO.
If referee testing of compressive strength, air void system, rapid chloride

permeability or salt scaling resistance is invoked, witness the removal of the
1 - 100%
core(s) for referee testing from the same precast element from which the
disputed acceptance cores and slabs was obtained.
Check that the referee core(s) is properly labelled. Take possession of the
2 - 100%
core and deliver it to the referee laboratory designated by MTO.
Conduct a visual inspection to assess the effectiveness of surface finish and
3 - 100%
repairs.
Obtain and review acceptance test results for compressive strength, air void
1 M -
system, rapid chloride permeability and salt scaling resistance.
Obtain and review acceptance test results for water, admixtures and
2 M -
cementing materials.
Review and accept concrete cover over reinforcing steel according to
3 M SSP 599S23 Subsection 8.08. Send the results of the covermeter survey to -
the Contractor.

WARRANT: Always with SSP 599S23, Requirements for Retained Soil Systems (RSS).


Waterproofing of Precast Concrete Culverts
1.0 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for covers
waterproofing of joints between precast concrete culvert elements and waterproofing of the top
surface of precast concrete culverts as specified in SSP 599S30, January 2021.
2.0 REFERENCES
Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications Materials:
OPSS 1215 Protection Board
SSP 599S30 Requirements for Waterproofing of Precast Concrete Culverts
CAIS 912 Precast Concrete Culverts with Spans Greater than 3.0 m
CAIS 914 Waterproofing Bridge Decks with Hot Applied Asphalt Membrane
CAIS 1215 Protection Board
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-340 Field Sample Data Sheet – Concrete
3.0 DEFINITIONS

4.1 Submission Requirements
Receive and check 3 copies of the product name and data sheet of the self-
adhering waterproofing membrane and the primer, and any product-specific
1 M -
instructions or other applicable details, 7 Days prior to commencement of
waterproofing of the joints.
5.0 MATERIALS
5.1 Self-Adhering Waterproofing Membrane
Check that the self-adhering waterproofing membrane a product specified in

1 - -
the Table 1 of SSP 599S30.
5.2 Hot Applied Rubberized Waterproofing Membrane
Check that hot applied rubberized waterproofing membrane is as specified in

1 - -
CAIS 914.
5.3 Protection Board
1 - Check that protection board is as specified in OPSS 1215. -
7.0 CONSTRUCTION
7.1 Operational Constraints
Check that all waterproofing material is stored and maintained according to

1 - 50%
waterproofing manufacturer’s requirements.
Check that all the operational constraints according to SSP 599S30
2 - 100%
Subsection 7.1 are met prior to the application of waterproofing.

7.2 Self-Adhering Waterproofing Membrane
7.2.1 Extent of Coverage
Check that all waterproofing coverage is as specified in SSP 599S30 Clause

1 - 100%
7.2.1 and the Contract Documents.
7.2.2 Application of Self-Adhering Waterproofing Membrane
Check that the application of self-adhering waterproofing membrane is as

1 - 100%
specified in SSP 599S30 Clause 7.2.2 and the Contract Document.
7.2.3 Sampling
Check the sampling of the primer/adhesive, self-adhering waterproofing

1 - 100%
membrane and protection board is as specified in SSP 599S30 Clause 7.2.3.
7.3 Waterproofing of Precast Concrete Culvert
Check that hot applied rubberized asphalt waterproofing membrane with

protection board is applied to the top surface of the culvert and a portion of
1 - 100%
the culvert vertical walls as specified in the Contract Documents and
SSP 599S30 Subsection 7.3.
Check that the application of the waterproofing is as specified in CAIS 914
2 - 100%
and the requirements in SSP 599S30 Subsection 7.3.
8.1 Acceptance of Waterproofing at Joints
Inspect and check that self-adhering waterproofing membrane installation is

1 M 100%
as specified in SSP 599S30 Subsection 8.1.

8.2 Acceptance of Waterproofing of the Top Surface of the Culvert
Obtain and review acceptance criteria for hot applied rubberized

1 M -
waterproofing as specified in CAIS 914.
WARRANT: Always with SSP 599S30, Requirements for Waterproofing of Precast Concrete
Culverts.


Installation of Electrical Chambers
602.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the installation,
adjustment, and rebuilding of electrical chambers as specified in OPSS 602, November 2017.
602.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 407 Maintenance Hole, Catch Basin, Ditch Inlet, and Valve Chamber Installation
OPSS 408 Adjusting or Rebuilding Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins, Ditch Inlets, and Valve
Chambers
OPSS 602 Electrical Chambers
OPSS 609 Grounding

OPSS 1351 Precast Reinforced Concrete Components for Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins,
CAIS 206 Grading

CAIS 402 Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting for Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins,
CAIS 407 Maintenance Hole, Catch Basin, Ditch Inlet, and Valve Chamber Installation
CAIS 408 Adjusting or Rebuilding Maintenance Holes Catch Basins, Ditch Inlets, and Valve
Chambers
CAIS 501 Compacting
CAIS 609 Grounding
CAIS 610 Removal of Electrical Equipment and Materials

CAIS 1302 Water
CAIS 1351 Precast Reinforced Concrete Components for Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins,
CAIS 1801 Corrugated Steel Pipe (CSP) Products
CAIS 1850 Frames, Grates, Covers, and Gratings
602.03 DEFINITIONS
602.05 MATERIALS
Check that all delivered materials are as specified in the Contract

1 - -
Documents, OPSS 602.05, and all Referenced Standards.
2 - Record and Notify the Contractor of all non-conformance items. -
Receive and Check from the Contractor, 28-Day compressive strength report
3 - -
for concrete installations as per OPSS 1350 for cast-in-place items.
602.06 EQUIPMENT
602.07 CONSTRUCTION
Check and confirm that all Electrical chambers and chamber drains are as
1 EI 50%
Receive and Check from the Contractor the results of the pre-installation for
1 - strength testing of Electrical and ATMS chambers. Testing procedures shall -
be as specified in OPSS 602.
Receive and Check from the Contractor GPS readings for all Electrical and
2 - -
ATMS chambers.

602.07.07 Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting
Prior to commencement of work, Check the granular backfill, or unshrinkable

1 - 50%
backfill, or material used.
Check that backfill materials are compacted properly to the target density as
2 - 50%
per OPSS 602.
602.07.10 Electrical Chamber Drains
1 - Check that the drain pipes and drainage has been installed correctly. 50%
Check the type, orientation, plumb, alignment, offset, station, elevation

1 EI relative to final grade, and depth of maintenance holes and handholes are as 50%
2 - Check that all inside wall protuberances are smooth. 25%
Check that the maintenance hole, chambers, frames, covers, and drain
3 - 25%
openings are free of liquid and debris.
Check that rigid ducts entering maintenance chambers are installed with
4 - 25%
standard end bells placed flush with the face of the inside wall of the unit.
Check that ATMS communications ducts entering chambers are installed
5 - 25%
such that they extend 150 mm beyond the face of the inside wall of the unit.
6 - Check that pulling irons have been installed correctly. 25%
Check that the precast maintenance holes are as specified in the Contract
7 - 25%
Documents.
Check that the precast maintenance holes and precast or mono bases have 50%
8 -
been installed correctly.
9 - Check that all duct openings and drainage facilities are oriented correctly. 50%
Check that cast in-place maintenance holes are aligned as specified in the
10 - 50%
Contract Documents.
Check that the steel reinforcements are placed accurately and held at correct
11 - 25%
locations during placement.

602.07.12 Duct Entry Holes
Check that the orientation and number of duct entry holes are provided
1 - 25%
correctly.
Check that all unused duct entry holes are plugged as specified in the
2 - 25%
Contract Documents.
602.07.13 Grounding
Check that all grounding wires are installed as specified in the Contract
1 EI 50%
Documents.
Check that metal cables racks, frames, and covers are connected to the
2 EI 50%
system ground as per OPSS 609 and applicable OPSDs.
602.07.14 Waterproofing
Check waterproofing requirements have been applied at identified

1 - 50%
maintenance holes as specified in the Contract Documents.
602.07.15 Installation of Adjustment Units
Check the number of adjustment units and depth installed does not exceed
1 EI 50%
Contract Documents, OPSS 407, OPSS 408 and OPSS 1351.
602.07.16 Installation of Frames and Covers
Check that the frames of covers are positioned, aligned and installed
1 EI 50%
correctly.
Check that all Pre-installation Testing and Inspection are carried out as per
1 EI 100%
OPSS 602.

Check that all final installations are clearly visible, and not partially or fully
2 - 100%
covered by roadway, granular, backfill or vegetation.
1 - Receive and Check the results of the Pre-installation Testing and Inspection. -
Perform and Check a count of all relevant electrical items in the field to match 50%
1 -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 602, Construction Specification for Installation of Electrical and
ATMS Chambers.


Installation of Ducts
603.01 SCOPE
flexible ducts, rigid ducts concrete encased, rigid ducts direct buried, rigid ducts by subsurface
installation, rigid ducts steel encased by subsurface installation, and surface mounted duct systems.
This specification also covers the requirements for rock excavation for all electrical work as
603.02 REFERENCES

OPSS 603 Ducts
CAIS 206 Grading

CAIS 501 Compacting
CAIS 1302 Water
CAIS 1802 Smooth Walled Steel Pipe
603.03 DEFINITIONS

603.05 MATERIALS

1 - -
3 - -
603.06 EQUIPMENT
603.07 CONSTRUCTION
Check that all general requirements for electrical work is as specified in the
1 - 50%
Contract Documents.
2 - Check that ducts for communication cables are installed at correct depths. 50%
Check that ducts are installed correctly, as specified in the Contract
3 EI 50%
Documents.
Check that non-metallic ducts are installed, approved, and marked in
4 - 50%
accordance with the Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
5 - Check that correct wobble joint fittings are installed when needed. 50%
6 - Check that all ducts are free of debris. 50%
7 - Check that the depth of ducts is as specified in the Contract Documents. 25%
Check that the correct size, type, colour and number of ducts are being
8 - 25%
installed.
Check that ducts for underpass luminaires consist of non-metallic liquid tight
9 - 50%
conduit and connectors.
603.07.02 Protection During Construction
Prior to placing roadbed granular materials when ducts are installed, Check
1 - 75%
that ducts are protected correctly.

Check that excavation for the ducts and/or duct bank trenches conform to the
1 EI specified dimensions in the Contract Documents and is suitable for duct 50%
placement.
603.07.06 Flexible Ducts
Check that flexible ducts are installed correctly and used where needed as
1 EI 50%
per OPSD 603.07.06.
Check that couplings used are as specified in manufacturer's drawings and
2 - 25%
instructions and used where needed.
Check that installation of runs between maintenance holes for PE flexible
3 - 25%
ducts for communication cables are correct.
M
4 Prior to backfilling, Check that duct splices are fully waterproof. 50%
EI
603.07.07 Rigid Ducts, Concrete Encased
Check that rigid ducts are installed correctly in accordance with OPSS
1 EI 50%
603.07.
Check that correct plastic spacers are installed correctly as specified in the
2 - 50%
Contract Documents.
M
3 Check that steel reinforcements are installed correctly. 50%
EI
M Check that concrete is transported and placed correctly as per OPSS
4 50%
EI 603.07.07.
603.07.09 Flexible and Rigid Ducts by Subsurface Installation
Check that ducts installed by subsurface installation, are in accordance with

1 - 100%
OPSS 603.07.09 and the Contract Documents.

603.07.10 Surface Mounted Duct Systems
Check that surface mounted ducts, straps, and junction boxes are installed
1 EI correctly, in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, OPSS 50%
603.07.10, and the Contract Documents.
Check that conduits are secured at intervals in accordance with the Ontario
2 EI 25%
Electrical Safety Code.
Receive and Check the thermal expansion calculations including the length
3 EI 100%
change in millimeters, and the number of deflection couplings used.
Check that the Contractor has installed fitting and deflection couplings as per
4 EI manufacturers’ recommendations to address conduit expansion and 100%
contraction, according to the Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
603.07.11 Utility Clearance
1 - Check that utilities do not interfere with the specified elevation of any ducts. 25%
603.07.14 Cable and Duct Protection and Marking
Check that marker tapes and cable bricks or concrete protections have been
1 - 25%
installed as specified in the Contract Documents.
603.07.15 Termination
1 - Check that all ducts are temporarily plugged or sealed until wiring is installed. 25%
Check that all ducts terminating in traffic signal control cabinets, ATMS
2 - 25%
control cabinets, or distribution assemblies are sealed.
Check that spare or future use ducts are plugged as specified in the Contract
3 - 25%
Documents.
603.07.16 Backfilling
Check that backfilling is in accordance with OPSS 401, unless unshrinkable

1 - 25%
backfill is used.

M Check that backfill materials are as specified in the Contract Documents and
1 50%
EI are compacted to the target density.
603.07.17 End Marking
Check that end markers are installed correctly where required and as per
1 - 25%
OPSS 603.
603.07.18 Fish Line and Trace Wire
Check that all unused ducts are plugged with plastic plugs and have fish line
1 - 25%
and trace wire installed as specified.
1 EI 100%
OPSS 603.
Check that all Proof of Performance (PoP) Testing and Inspection are carried
2 EI 100%
out as per OPSS 603.
Perform and Check a count of all relevant electrical items in the Contract
1 - 50%
Documents.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 603, Construction Specification for Installation of Ducts.


Installation of Cable
604.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for installation of
high-voltage, low-voltage, and extra low-voltage cables, including cable splicing and terminations
604.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 604 Installation of Cable

OPSS 609 Grounding
Structures
CAIS 603 Installation of Ducts
CAIS 609 Grounding
CAIS 610 Removal of Electrical Equipment and Material
CAIS 1004 Aggregates – Miscellaneous
604.03 DEFINITIONS
604.05 MATERIALS
M Check that the size, type and colour of cables are as specified in the Contract
1 25%
EI Documents.
Check that all cables exposed to direct rays of the sun are approved for
2 - 25%
exposure and marked in accordance with the Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
Check that all cables and associated equipment specified in the Contract
3 - 50%
Documents are according to CSA and OPSS Standards.


1 - -
Documents.
604.06 EQUIPMENT
604.07 CONSTRUCTION
1 - 50%
Contract Documents.
Prior to any communication cable installation work, Check that all
M
2 communication cable on-reel tests have been completed successfully, 50%
EI
immediately following delivery.
Check that all continuity and attenuation tests on all connectorized links are
1 - -
604.07.05 Fish Line
When traffic signal cables are installed in ducts, Check that a fish line has
1 - 25%
been installed.
Check that all unused ducts are plugged with plastic plugs and have fish wire
2 - 25%
installed.
Check that the required length of fish line is coiled, tied and accessible in all
3 - installed handholes, maintenance holes, junction boxes, and controllers. 50%
604.07.06 Coils and Slack Cable
Check that coils of cable and slack cable are properly terminated for future
1 - 25%
extension as specified in OPSS 604 and the Contract Documents.
Check that coils and slack cable is provided as specified in the Contract
2 - 25%
Documents.

604.07.07 Mechanical Support
Check that cables passing through maintenance holes are supported as

1 - 25%
required in OPSS 604 and as per the Contract Documents.
2 - Check that minimum bend radii requirements are met. 50%
Check that all cable splices, cable and duct expansion joints are installed as
3 - 50%
604.07.08 Barriers
Check that proper cable barriers are installed as specified in the Contract
1 EI 25%
Document and in accordance with Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
604.07.09 Low Temperature Handling
M Prior to installation, Check that cables are warmed to the minimum required
1 50%
EI temperature and the ambient temperate is higher than -25 °C.
604.07.10 Cables in Ducts
Check that the Contractor pulls cables in through the ducts without exceeding
1 EI the maximum pulling tension recommended by the manufacturer and without 100%
underground splices.
Check that sufficient cable lubricant or other pulling aids are used as required
2 EI 50%
during the pulling operation.
604.07.11 Cables, Direct Buried
Check that direct buried cables are installed as specified in OPSS 604 and as
1 EI 75%
per the Contract Documents.
2 - Check that marker tape is installed along the centerline of all trenches. 50%

604.07.12 Cables, Aerial
Check that cables sag, clearance, and tension values are obtained as
1 - 50%
Check that cables are installed on messenger cables as specified in the
2 - 25%
Contract Document.
3 - Check all drip loops and extension loops are installed where required. 25%
Check that all work is in accordance with the Ontario Electrical Safety Code,
4 EI 75%
and the Electrical and Utilities Safety Association of Ontario Rule Book.
604.07.13 Splices and Terminations
Check that cable splices and terminations are made at locations specified in
1 - 50%
M Prior to splicing or termination, Check that ends of all insulated cables are
2 25%
EI sealed or capped.
Check that high-voltage cable splices and terminations are in accordance
3 - 25%
with the manufacturer's recommendations.
Check that low-voltage cable and waterproof splices are installed in
4 - 25%
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
Check that all low-voltage and extra low-voltage cable splices are installed as
5 - 50%
per OPSS 604 and Contract Documents.
Prior to installing connections, splices, or terminations, Check that all
6 - 50%
conductors, insulation, and jackets are cleaned.
7 EI Check that all splices to ground wire is in accordance with OPSS 609. 100%
1 EI 100%
OPSS 604.
Check that all Proof of Performance (PoP) testing and inspection are carried
2 EI 100%
Prior to energizing the Low Voltage Systems and Extra Low Voltage
M
3 Systems, Check that the Contractor performs continuity and resistance to 100%
EI
ground tests, as specified in OPSS 604 and the Contract Documents.

Prior to energizing the High Voltage Systems, Check that the Contractor
M
4 performs all testing required by the local authorities and all tests specified in 100%
EI
1 - 50%
Documents.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 604, Construction Specification for Installation of Cable.


Grounding
609.01 SCOPE
electrical grounding equipment and grounding systems as specified in OPSS 609, November 2019.
609.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 609 Grounding
Structures
CAIS 501 Compacting
609.03 DEFINITIONS
609.05 MATERIALS

1 - -
609.05.04 Insulated Ground Wire
M Check that insulation ground wires are the correct color type, as specified in
1 25%
EI the Contract Documents.

609.06 EQUIPMENT
609.07 CONSTRUCTION
1 EI 50%
Contract Documents.
Check that all metal components throughout the contract are grounded
2 EI 75%
according to the Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
3 - Check that system grounds are continuous throughout. 75%
Check that traffic signal grounding systems are as specified in the Contract
4 EI 50%
Documents.
609.07.04 Ground Wire in Ducts
1 - Check that ground wires are pulled correctly as per OPSS 609. 100%
609.07.05 Ground Wire, Direct Buried
Check that ground wires (direct buried) are installed correctly as per
1 - 100%
OPSS 609.
609.07.06 Ground Wire on Poles or Open Surfaces
Check that ground wire on poles (concrete, metal, and wooden) are installed
1 EI 50%
correctly in appropriate ducts.
2 - Check that all ducts/conduits and fasteners are installed correctly. 50%
Check that ground wires on surfaces (concrete, metal, and wooden) are
3 - 50%
installed correctly.
609.07.07 Ground Wire in Electrical Chambers or Enclosures
Check that ground wires in electrical chambers and enclosures are installed
1 EI 50%
correctly as per OPSS 609, and as specified in the Contract Documents.

609.07.08 Ground Wire Connections
Check that all ground connectors are Canadian Standards Association (CSA)
M
1 approved and are of the size and type as specified in OPSS 609 and in the 50%
EI
Contract Documents.
2 - Check that all surfaces are cleaned before making ground connections. 75%
Check that all inaccessible ground connections are installed as specified in
3 EI 50%
Check that moulded and high-pressure irreversible compression connectors
4 EI are installed correctly where needed, at locations specified in Contract 50%
Documents and as per OPSS 609.
5 EI Check that messenger cables are grounded correctly as per OPSS 609. 50%
609.07.09 Coils of Ground Wire
Check that coils are readily accessible and are in the locations specified in
1 - 50%
609.07.10 Ground Electrodes
Check that specified ground electrodes are used and that the type, quantity,
M
1 dimensions, and locations of ground electrodes are according to the Contract 50%
EI
Documents, Ontario Electrical Safety Code, and OPSS 609.
2 - Check that ground rods are oriented and installed correctly. 50%
3 - Check that ground plates are installed correctly. 50%
Check that all Pre-Installation Testing and Inspection are carried out as per
1 EI 100%
OPSS 609.
Check that the Contractor complies with the requirements of the Electrical
2 EI Safety Authority (ESA) and the Contract Documents when installing the 100%
grounding system.
3 EI Check that the Contractor conducts the resistance to ground tests. 50%

Check and Record the testing and measurement of the grounding grid at
4 EI each power supply location and that it is completed in accordance with the 50%
Contract Documents.
Check that all Proof of Performance (PoP) Testing and Inspection are carried
5 EI 100%
Receive and Check a Request to Proceed prior to the Proof of Performance
2 EI -
testing and inspection with the date, time and location for each testing.
Receive a signed inspection report from the Contractor verifying that all
3 EI grounding systems (e.g., traffic signals, roadway lighting, power supplies, -
etc.) have successfully passed proof of performance testing and inspection.
Issue in a timely manner, a Notice to Proceed to the Contractor if the work,
M materials, installation and inspection/testing/test results are in conformance
4 -
EI with the Contract Documents, before the next operation after the Proof and
Performance Testing and Inspection.
1 - 50%
Documents.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 609, Construction Specification for Grounding.


Removal of Electrical Equipment and Materials
610.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for demolition,
salvage, and removal, either completely or partially, of electrical equipment and materials as
610.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 510 Removal

OPSS 610 Removal of Electrical Equipment and Materials
610.03 DEFINITIONS
1 M Prior to the start of polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) related activities, Check

-
EI that an operations plan for the work is submitted.
610.05 MATERIALS
610.06 EQUIPMENT
610.07 CONSTRUCTION
Check that demolition, salvage, and removal of all electrical equipment is as

1 - 25%

1 - -
Contract Documents.
610.07.02 Timing of Work
Check that existing electrical systems required to remain functional during

1 - construction operations will be in-service until new/modified systems are 25%
operational.
610.07.03 Removal
Check that removal of non-electrical material required is according to

1 - 50%
OPSS 510.
Check that concrete structures are removed to the minimum required depth
2 - 50%
below grade.
Where there are partial removals of non-electrical structures, verify that the
3 - objects to remain are squared up and trimmed as required. Dispose of the 50%
removed portions of structures.
610.07.04 Demolition
Check that any demolition that occurs does not disturb adjacent pavement,
1 - 25%
utilities, other works, or electrical equipment and material to remain in place.
2 - Check that salvaged material is in undamaged condition. 50%
610.07.06 Cables and Conduits
Check that underground cables are removed completely, and conduits to be

1 - 50%
abandoned are cut back to the required depth.

610.07.07 Transformers
1 - Check that Transformers containing PCBs and related wastes are removed
50%
and managed as specified in the Contract Documents.
610.07.08 Temporary Installations
Check that equipment and material for temporary installation are removed
1 - 25%
and salvaged as specified in the Contract Documents.
610.07.09 Salvage of Equipment
Check that packaging and shipping of salvaged materials and equipment are
1 - 50%
M Prior to removal operations. Check and receive notice of any damaged or

1 -
EI deteriorated equipment.
Check that salvaged equipment or materials damaged through improper
2 - -
handling are replaced/repaired at no additional cost.
Check that all pre-installation Testing and Inspection are carried out as per
1 EI 50%
OPSS 610.
Check that all Proof of Performance (PoP) Testing and inspection are carried
2 EI 50%
1 - 50%
Documents.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 610, Construction Specification for Removal of Electrical
Equipment and Materials.


Installation of Underpass Luminaires
611.01 SCOPE
replacement and re-lamping of underpass luminaires as specified in OPSS 611, November 2019.
611.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 611 Installation of Underpass Luminaires

CAIS 604 Cable Installation
CAIS 609 Grounding
611.03 DEFINITIONS
Receive and Check that photometric test reports from the Contractor are
1 - according to OPSS 611, Contract Documents, and required IESNA -
standards.
M Issue in a timely manner, a Notice to Proceed to the Contractor before the
2 -
EI commencement of fabrication.
611.05 MATERIALS
Check and inspect that all materials received are as specified in the Contract
1 - 25%


1 - -
Documents.
M Verify that the Working Drawing submission is in accordance with the
3 -
EI Contract Documents.
611.06 EQUIPMENT
611.07 CONSTRUCTION
1 - 50%
Contract Documents.
M Check that the luminaires delivered have the correct light source (lamp or
2 25%
EI LED), socket position, photometrics, ballast, and that they are dated.
Check that the Contractor, immediately following the award of the Contract,
1 - 25%
orders the luminaires required in accordance with OPSS 611.
611.07.03 Surface-Mounted Ducts
Check that the non-metallic, flexible, liquid-tight ducts and connectors are
1 - used to connect to nearest junction boxes as specified in the Contract 25%
Documents.
611.07.04 Luminaire Mounting Brackets
Check that mounting brackets are installed in accordance with OPSS 611
1 - 50%
611.07.05 Wiring
1 EI Check that the wiring is installed in accordance with OPSS 611.07.05. 50%

Check that each luminaire is protected with a fuse located in the junction box
2 - 25%
or luminaire.
611.07.07 Installation of Luminaires
Check that all luminaires and associated hardware and materials are visually
1 - checked for cracks, dents and other damage, and are protected from 25%
damage.
Check that luminaires are mounted on concrete surfaces and steel structural
2 - 25%
members are as specified in Contract Documents.
3 - Check that luminaires are installed and aligned correctly. 50%
M Prior to installing lamps, Check that luminaire reflector and refractor are
4 25%
EI cleaned.
Check that luminaires shields, refractors, and reflectors are installed and
5 - 50%
aligned correctly.
M Verify by visual inspection that all luminaires operate properly when the
6 50%
EI system is energized.
611.07.08 Replacing Luminaires
Check that replacement of Luminaires are as per OPSS 611 and the Contract
1 - 50%
Documents.
611.07.09 Relamping
M Prior to installation of new lamps, Check that the luminaires are thoroughly
1 50%
EI cleaned.
1 EI 100%
OPSS 611.
2 EI 100%

2 EI -
Issue in a timely manner, a Notice to Proceed to the Contractor if the Work,
3 -
1 - 50%
Documents.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 611, Construction Specification for the Installation of Underpass
Luminaires.


Installation of Power Supply Equipment
614.01 SCOPE
power supply equipment as specified in OPSS 614, November 2019.
614.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 604 Installation of Cable

OPSS 609 Grounding
OPSS 614 Power Supply Equipment

CAIS 604 Installation of Cable
CAIS 609 Grounding
CAIS 616 Footings and Pads for Electrical Equipment
614.03 DEFINITIONS
Obtain and Review Certification of Conformance documents from the

1 - -
manufacturer as specified within the time requirements.
Check that submitted shop drawing component layout conforms with contract
2 - -
OPSD and MTOD.
3 - Check that the component layout conforms to the approved shop drawings. -
Receive and Check a Request to Proceed from the Contractor before the
4 EI -
delivery of the power supply equipment to the site.

M Issue, in a timely manner, and prior to delivering the power supply equipment
5 -
EI to the site a Notice to Proceed to the Contractor.
614.05 MATERIALS

1 - -
Documents.
Check that the equipment is as specified, paying special attention to the
3 - ratings for voltage and amperage, and that the appropriate circuit breakers -
have been fitted per Contract Documents.
614.06 EQUIPMENT
614.07 CONSTRUCTION
Check that all general requirements for ATMS and electrical work is as
1 - 50%
Check that Arc Flash warning labels are installed according to the Contract
2 - 50%
Documents.
3 - Check the equipment for obvious defects or damage. 25%
4 - Check that the specified grounding and/or bonding is completed. 25%
Check that the Contractor has tested the cables and the grounding system in
5 - 25%
accordance with the contract specifications.
1 - Obtain GPS readings for power supply cabinets and distribution assemblies. -
Receive and Check that the Contractor has obtained a connection
2 - authorization from the Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) prior to the -
energization.
M Check that the Contractor has obtained the Electrical Safety Authority (ESA)
3 -
EI label of approval prior to installation of the power supply.
614.07.02 Distribution Assemblies
1 - Check that equipment enclosures are installed correctly on concrete pads. 50%

M Prior to installation of the distribution assembly, Check that a neoprene
2 25%
EI gasket is installed correctly.
Check that anchor bolts are placed securely at locations specified in the
3 - 25%
Contract Documents.
614.07.03 Supply Control Cabinet Assemblies
Check that supply control cabinet assemblies are mounted correctly and
1 - 25%
securely.
Check that ducts and fittings are installed as specified in OPSS 614 and the
2 - 50%
Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
Check that conduits are installed in straight lengths as per relevant OPSDs
3 - 50%
and Contract Documents.
Check that approved meter sockets are installed when specified in the
4 - 50%
Contract Documents.
614.07.04 Cables and Fuses
Check that cables, terminations, and connections are installed in accordance

1 - 50%
with OPSS 604.
Check that all cables are properly labeled at the termination points, and the
2 - 25%
panel legend is complete and accurate as per OPSS 604.
Check that service cables are installed in accordance with the Ontario
3 - 50%
Electrical Safety Code and power supply authority requirements.
Check that current rating of high-voltage fuses is approved by the power
4 - 50%
supply authority.
Perform low voltage system tests on wiring of the equipment according to
5 - 25%
OPSS 604.
614.07.05 Grounding
1 EI Check that all grounding work is in accordance with OPSS 609. 25%
Check that all concrete pad mounted equipment is bonded by bonding
2 - 25%
jumpers correctly.
3 EI Check that lightning arrestors have the ground cable connected securely. 25%

614.07.06 Photoelectric Controllers
Check that photoelectric controllers are installed and oriented correctly as

1 - 100%
specified in relevant OPSDs and the Contract Documents.
Check that all Pre-installation Testing and Inspection are carried in

1 EI 100%
2 EI 100%
in accordance with OPSS 614.
2 EI -
Issue in a timely manner, a Notice to Proceed to the Contractor if the Work,
3 -
614.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE – N/A
1 - 50%
Documents.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 614, Construction Specification for Installation of Power Supply
Equipment.


Installation of Poles
(As Specified in OPSS 615, and SSP 615S05)
615.01 SCOPE
poles used for the mounting of lighting equipment, traffic signals and control equipment, low-voltage
aerial cables, and extra low-voltage aerial cables as specified in OPSS 615, April 2017, and
SSP 615S05, May 2017.
615.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 609 Grounding

OPSS 615 Poles
OPSS 1350 Concrete – Materials and Production

OPSS 2422 Heavy Class Steel and Sectional Steel Poles, Base Mounted
OPSS 2453 Sectional Steel Poles
SSP 615S05 Amendment to OPSS 615 - Additional Requirements for Breakaway Base Anti-
Theft Device
Structures
CAIS 501 Compacting
CAIS 609 Grounding
CAIS 1350 Concrete – Material and Production

615.03 DEFINITIONS
Check that the breakaway base anti-theft device is designed as specified in

1 - -
SSP 615S05.
Check and Receive within 60 days of contract award all items specified in
2 - SSP 615S05 have been submitted, and that fabrication of the breakaway -
base anti-theft devices shall commence accordingly.
615.05 MATERIALS

1 - -
3 - -
615.06 EQUIPMENT
615.07 CONSTRUCTION
1 - 50%
Contract Documents.
Check visually that all poles for dents, cracks, scratches, paint chipping and
2 - 25%
other obvious imperfections.
Check that the Contractor properly stores, erects and supports the poles in
3 - accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and the Contract 25%
Documents.
4 - Check that all poles are installed as specified in Contract Documents. 50%
Check that all grounding of poles is as specified in OPSS 609 and Contract
5 EI 50%
Documents.
Check that pole orientation and handhole orientation are as specified in the
6 - 50%
Contract Documents.

1 - Obtain GPS readings for all lighting poles. -
615.07.02 Sectional Steel Poles
1 EI Check that sectional steel poles are assembled and installed correctly. 50%
615.07.03 Direct Buried Poles
1 EI Check that direct buried poles are installed correctly. 50%

Check that excavation, concrete encasement, and backfill is as specified in
2 EI 75%
Check that the Contractor augers holes to the specified dimensions for poles
3 EI 50%
and footings.
Check that placement of concrete is in conformance with the Contract
5 - 50%
Documents, and according to OPSS 904.
Request and Check that the method of installation in rock is as specified in

1 EI -
Contract Documents.
M Prior to installation in rock, issue in a timely manner, a Notice to Proceed to
2 -
EI the Contractor.
615.07.04 Base Mounted Poles
Prior to the installation of poles, Check that all preparation work is carried out
1 - 50%
as per OPSS 615.
Check that frangible bases are installed where specified in the Contract
2 - 25%
Documents and are installed as per the manufacturer's specifications.
Check that the distance between the pole base plate and the top of the
3 - concrete pole footing are according to the relevant OPSDs, OPSS, and 25%
Contract Documents.
- Check that orientation and elevation of each frangible base is as specified in
4 25%

Check that the breakaway base anti-theft devices are installed at the
5 - locations indicated in the Contract Documents and are installed according to 50%
the manufacturer’s recommendations and specifications.
Check that new lamps are installed at each pole location after the breakaway
6 - 25%
base anti-theft device has been completely installed and pole bolted down.
Check and Receive verification of the delivery dates of the breakaway base
1 - antitheft devices from the supplier within 72 hours after the award of the -
Contract.
Check and receive verification from the Contractor that the lighting at each
2 - -
pole is fully operational before the Contractor leaves the site.
615.07.05 Apertures
1 - Check that drilled apertures are oriented and installed correctly. 25%
2 - Check that all unused pole apertures are plugged. 25%
615.07.06 Guy Anchors
Check that the guy anchors and associated hardware are installed as
1 - 50%
specified in Contract Documents and Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
1 EI 100%
OPSS 615.
2 EI 100%
3 EI Check poles for obvious flaws prior to installation. 100%
Check that the heavy class steel and sectional steel poles are as specified
4 EI 100%
according to the supplier’s design and drawings as per OPSS 2422.
Check that the sectional steel poles are as specified according to the
5 EI 100%
supplier’s design and drawing numbers as per OPSS 2453.

1 - 50%
Documents.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 615, Construction Specification for Installation of Poles.


Concrete Poles with Camera Raising and Lowering System
615.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Concrete Poles
with Camera Raising and Lowering System as specified in OPSS 615, April 2017 and SSP 682S30,
May 2019.
615.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 615 Installation of Poles
SSP 682S30 Amendment to OPSS 615, April 2017 - Installation of Concrete Poles with Camera
Raising and Lowering System
CAIS 615 Installation of Poles
615.05 MATERIALS
1 M approved material selection approval (MSA) that was submitted by Contractor -
at the commencement of the contract.
615.07 CONSTRUCTION
Check that camera pole is free from external damage from transportation to
1 - 25%
the site.

Check that camera pole is placed in accordance with contract specifications
and that underground ducts and ground rod connect properly to the pole, and
2 - 25%
for internally fitted lowering systems, the pole top aperture is appropriately
oriented.
3 - Verify that pole is installed plumb. 25%
Check that the straps for the pole mounted fitter with pulley housing and
4 - 25%
mounting bracket are tightened securely.
For externally fitted lowering systems, check that the camera arm is
5 - positioned in accordance with contract specifications, and installed at the 25%
height specified in the contract specifications.
Check that power and communications cables and suspension cable have
6 - sufficient length to allow lowering of the camera to ground level, in 25%
accordance with manufacturers recommendations.
Check that there are no splices in the camera power and communication
7 - cables between the cabinet and the pole top, unless the contract documents 25%
indicate otherwise.
Check that the winch is rust free, appropriately lubricated, and installed
8 - 25%
securely.
Check to see the raising/lowering device can be operated using both (a) an
9 M electrically powered and (b) hand-operated device, and that the hand 25%
powered device, if designed to be stowed in the pole, is located there.
Check that the length of the fitted raising and lowering cable and control
cable is such that they can be utilized to have the camera housing reach the
10 M 25%
ground and also correctly latch and unlatch from the pole top lowering arm
assembly.
1 M Obtain GPS readings for Camera Raising and Lowering Device. -
Check that the equipment has passed Pre-Installation Testing (PIT) as

1 M -
required prior to any installation Work.
Check that all Camera Raising and Lowering Device equipment has passed
2 M -
Proof of Performance (POP).

WARRANT: Always with SSP 682S30, Construction Requirements for Concrete Poles with
Camera Raising and Lowering System.


Footings and Pads for Electrical Equipment
616.01 SCOPE
footings and pads required for mounting electrical equipment as specified in OPSS 616, April 2018.
616.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 603 Installation of Ducts

OPSS 616 Footings and Pads for Electrical Equipment
OPSS 1350 Concrete - Material and Production
CAIS 206 Compacting

Structures
CAIS 501 Compacting
CAIS 1302 Water
CAIS 1350 Concrete - Material and Production
616.03 DEFINITIONS

616.05 MATERIALS

1 - -
Receive and check from the Contractor, 28-Day compressive strength report
3 - -
616.06 EQUIPMENT
Check that the equipment for the installation of steel footings is as specified
1 - 50%
in OPSS 616.06.
616.07 CONSTRUCTION
1 - 50%
Contract Documents.
2 - Check that all formwork is removed. 25%
M Prior to placing concrete, Check that the base of the caisson or shallow
3 50%
EI concrete foundation was cleaned of loosened or softened material or both.
616.07.03 Concrete Footings and Pads
616.07.03.01 General
616.07.03.01,01 Excavation
Check that the earth excavation and caisson pile operations are carried out
1 EI 100%
correctly.
Check that the excavation was carried out without causing instability to the
2 EI 100%
base and walls of the excavation, as specified in the Contract Documents.

616.07.03.01.03 Concrete
Check that the concrete is placed, finished, cured, protected, sampled, and
1 - 50%
tested as specified in OPSS 904, and OPSS 1350.
Check that concrete is placed and installed correctly as per OPSS 616.07.03,
2 - 50%
and in conformance with the Contract Documents.
616.07.03.02 Concrete Footings
616.07.03.02,01 Sleeves and Ducts
M Prior to placing concrete, Check that the sleeves are accurately located and
1 50%
EI securely tied to the steel reinforcement.
Check that all sleeves or ducts are cut in accordance with the Contract
2 - 50%
Document.
Check that sleeves or ducts are temporarily plugged or sealed until wiring is
3 - 25%
installed.
Check that ducts or sleeves that are spare or are for future use are plugged
4 - 25%
correctly.
616.07.03.02,02 Anchorage Assemblies
Inspection Activities
Check that the anchorage assemblies are aligned, secured, and installed as
1 EI 50%
specified in OPSS 616.07.0the Contract Documents.
616.07.03.02,03 H-Section Assemblies
Check that the H-section is positioned accurately, and the plumb position of
1 - 100%
the anchorage assemblies are maintained during the placing of concrete.
616.07.03.02,04 Concrete
Check that the pole footings are placed so that the top of the footing is within
1 - 25%
the required elevation tolerances as specified in the Contract Documents.

Check that the local grading around the pole foundations is completed as
2 - 25%
M Check that pole foundations are installed to correct elevation, station, offset,
3 50%
EI and vertically aligned, as specified in the Contract Documents.
616.07.03.03 Concrete Pads
616.07.03.03,01 Granular Bases
Check that granular material is placed as foundation for concrete pads, in

1 - 50%
conjunction with the installation of ducts under the pad.
616.07.03.03,02 Sleeves and Ducts
Check that sleeves and ducts are located within the concrete pads as
1 - specified in the Contract Documents so that cables may be installed vertically 50%
to the cable terminations in the pad mounted equipment.
Check that ducts installed below pads are according to OPSS 603 and shall
2 - 50%
be suitably aligned for connection to exterior duct or cable systems.
Check that the Contractor augers holes to the specified dimensions for poles
3 - 75%
and footings.
Check that rebar cages are secured and not in direct contract with the bottom
4 - 75%
of the augured hole.
616.07.04 Steel Footings
Check that steel footings are installed correctly, as specified in

1 EI 50%
Check that torque is monitored and recorded on footings larger than 150 mm
2 EI 25%
in diameter.
Check that mounting hardware and steel equipment base plates are installed
3 - 50%

616.07.05 Wooden Pads
Check that wooden pads are fabricated and placed at locations specified in
1 - 25%
Check that a granular base is placed, installed, and compacted as a
2 - 50%
foundation for wooden pads.
Check that sleeves and ducts located within wooden pads are as specified in
3 - the Contract Documents so that cables may be installed vertically to the cable 50%
terminations in the pad mounted equipment.
Check that ducts installed below pads shall be suitably aligned for connection
4 - 50%
to exterior duct or cable systems.
1 EI 100%
OPSS 616.
2 EI 100%
1 - 50%
Documents.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 616, Construction Specification for Footings and Pads for
Electrical Equipment.


Installation of Roadway Luminaires
617.01 SCOPE
luminaires and brackets on poles complete with associated wiring and connections as specified in
617.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 611 Installation of Underpass Luminaires

OPSS 617 Installation of Roadway Luminaires

CAIS 609 Grounding
Receive and Check that photometric test reports from the Contractor are
1 - according to OPSS 617, Contract Documents, and required IESNA -
standards.
617.05 MATERIALS

1 - -

M Verify that the Working Drawing submission is in accordance with the
3 -
EI Contract Documents.
4 - -
orders the luminaires required for this Contract as per OPSS 611.
617.06 EQUIPMENT
617.07 CONSTRUCTION
1 - 50%
Contract Documents.
M Check that the luminaires delivered have the correct light source (lamp or
2 25%
EI LED), socket position, photometrics, ballast, and that they are dated.
3 - 25%
orders the luminaires required for this Contract as per OPSS 617.
617.07.03 Lamp Installation
Prior to installation of lamps, Check that poles have been installed, brackets
1 - 50%
and luminaires are mounted and levelled.
617.07.04 Brackets
Check that the brackets are installed, securely tightened, and mounted
1 - 50%
correctly as per OPSS 617 and Contract Documents.
Check that the bracket assemblies for floodlights are oriented correctly as
2 - 25%
617.07.05 Luminaires
1 - Check that luminaires are stored in a damage free environment. 25%

Check that all luminaires and associated hardware and materials are visually
2 - checked for cracks, dents and other damage, and are protected from 25%
damage.
Check that luminaires are mounted and installed correctly and are securely
3 - 50%
tightened.

Check that luminaires are oriented and aimed at angles specified in the
4 - Contract Documents; the Contractor shall be instructed to re-adjust as 50%
required under nighttime operation.
M Prior to installation of lamps, Check that luminaire reflectors and refractors
5 25%
EI are cleaned.
Check that orientation of shields, refractors, and reflectors equipped on
6 - luminaires are correctly installed and aligned as per OPSS 617.07.05.01 and 50%
M Verify by visual inspection that all luminaires operate properly when the
7 25%
EI system is energized.
617.07.06 Wiring and Connections
Check that riser wires in metal, concrete, and wooden poles are terminated
1 EI 50%
and installed correctly.
Check that in-line fuse holders and fuses are of the correct amperage and
2 - 25%
type and are installed at the correct locations.
617.07.08 Replacing Luminaires
Check that replacement of Luminaires are as per OPSS 617 and the Contract
1 - 50%
Documents.
617.07.09 Relamping
M Prior to installation of new lamps, Check that the luminaires are thoroughly
1 50%
EI cleaned.
1 EI 100%
OPSS 617.
2 EI 100%

Receive and Check a Request to Proceed upon completion of the Pre-
2 EI Installation Testing and Inspection with the date, time and location for each -
testing.
3 -
EI next operation after the Pre-Installation Testing and Inspection.
Receive and Check a Request to Proceed upon completion of the Proof of
4 EI Performance Testing and Inspection with the date, time and location for each -
testing.
5 -
EI next operation after the Proof of Performance Testing and Inspection.
1 - Perform and Check a count of all relevant electrical items in the Contract
50%
Documents.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 617, Construction Specification for the Installation of Roadway
Luminaires.


Traffic Signal Equipment
620.01 SCOPE
traffic signal equipment, including traffic signal heads, mast arms, brackets, signal hangers,
optically directed lens assemblies, LED modules, aerial mounting equipment and equipment
modifications as specified in OPSS 620, April 2017.
620.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 610 Removal of Electrical Equipment and Materials

OPSS 620 Traffic Signal Equipment

CAIS 609 Grounding
620.03 DEFINITIONS
Check that the PHM-125 (legal approved form) is received prior to signal
1 - -
equipment (both permanent and temporary) being activated.
For portable temporary traffic signals, receive a copy of the standard timing
2 - sheet, with a copy of the Generic Signal Timing Sheet attached from the -
Contractor. Forward timing sheets to the regional traffic section.

620.05 MATERIALS
Check all delivered materials are as specified in the Contract Documents,

1 - -
OPSS 620.05, and all Referenced Standards.
620.06 EQUIPMENT
620.07 CONSTRUCTION
1 EI 50%
Contract Documents.
Check that traffic signal operation conforms to the timing plan and operational
2 - 25%
parameters set by the regional traffic section.
620.07.01 Mast Arms
Check that traffic signal heads obtain the required clearance height as
1 - 25%
specified in the Contract Document.
For wood pole mounting, Check that the nuts are tightened so that minimum
2 - 50%
required wood compression is obtained.
3 - Check that mast arms are installed perpendicular to traffic lanes. 50%
620.07.02 Traffic Signal Hangers
Check that the traffic signal hangers are slip-fitted on the tenon of the mast
1 - 25%
arm and secured correctly.
620.07.03 Double Arm Brackets
Prior to pole mounting, Check that the double arm brackets are assembled on
1 - 50%
the signal heads.

620.07.04 Signal Heads
Check the orientation and mounting heights of traffic signal and pedestrian
1 - 25%
signal heads.
2 - Check that the signal heads are installed according to the legal drawings. 50%
Prior and up to operation of the Traffic Signals, Check that Traffic Signal
M
3 heads are securely covered with an opaque covering, and that pedestrian 25%
EI
heads face the pole.
M Prior to final tightening and sealing of hardware, Check that signal heads are
4 25%
EI at maximum visibility and focusing.
5 - Check that the signal heads and brackets are the correct size and type. 25%
6 - Check that LED modules are the correct wattage and are installed correctly. 25%
620.07.05 Wiring Apertures
1 - Check that wiring apertures are drilled and located as required. 25%
Check that apertures are de-burred and painted with grey zinc rich paint and
2 - 25%
rubber grommets are installed after paint is dry.
620.07.06 Pole Mounted Conduit Systems
Check that pole mounted conduit systems include all necessary equipment
1 - 50%
and are installed correctly on wood or concrete poles.
Check that conduits are installed in straight lengths using stainless steel
2 - 50%
strapping or galvanized lag screws at the correct spacing.
620.07.07 Wiring
Check that the traffic signal cable is installed correctly as per

1 EI 50%
OPSS 620.07.07.
Check that the minimum required length of riser cable is left in pole
2 - 50%
handholes.
Check that cables are protected with rigid PVC conduit where slack lengths
3 - 50%
exposed exceed the maximum.

Check that the aerial cable from PVC junction box to signal head is installed
4 EI 50%
correctly.
Check that riser cables are connected to LED modules via terminal blocks or
5 - 50%
with correct insulated connectors.
Check that termination of spare conductors are made with correct
6 - 50%
connectors.
Check that all insulated spring connectors are held in place with electrical
7 - 50%
vinyl tape.
Check that all conductors are neatly bundled together and secured with
8 - 50%
electrical vinyl tape.
Check that the metal signals heads are grounded correctly using designated
9 EI 50%
spare conductors connect directly to the appropriate ground terminals.
620.07.08 Optically Directed Signal Heads
Check that the optically directed signal heads are installed according to the
1 - manufacturer's instructions and are adjusted to focus along designated traffic 50%
lanes.
620.07.09 Aerial Mounted Equipment
Check that all equipment and accessories required for mounting of equipment
1 - on aerial messenger cable systems are installed according to the Contract 50%
Documents.
620.07.10 Equipment Modifications
1 - Check that removal of existing equipment is in accordance with OPSS 610. 25%
1 EI 100%
OPSS 620.
2 EI 100%

Perform an aerial inspection on minimum of two (2) non-pedestrian signal
3 - 50%
heads per intersection, once all the signal displays have been installed.
Check that the contractor has tested all traffic signal control equipment,
4 - demonstrated that it is fully operational as specified in the Contract 25%
Documents.
620.07.11.01 Pre-Installation Testing and Inspection
Prior to installation, Check that signal heads, mast arm, double arm brackets
1 - 25%
and connection components are as specified in the Contract Documents.

testing.
2 -
EI next operation of the Pre-Installation Testing and Inspection.
620.07.11.02 Proof of Performance Testing and Inspection
Check that the work is inspected and tested as specified in the Contract
1 - 25%
Document.

testing.
2 -
EI next operation of the Proof of Performance Testing and Inspection.

1 - 50%
Documents.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 620, Construction Specification for Traffic Signal Equipment.


Electrical Traffic Control Devices
621.01 SCOPE
traffic control devices including flasher beacons, flasher mechanisms, downlights, sign light
assemblies and internally illuminated lights as specified in OPSS 621, November 2018.
621.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 621 Electrical Traffic Control Devices

CAIS 609 Grounding
CAIS 620 Traffic Signal Equipment
621.03 DEFINITIONS
621.05 MATERIALS

1 - -
Documents.
621.06 EQUIPMENT

621.07 CONSTRUCTION
621.07.01 Flasher Beacons and Downlights
Check that flasher beacons and downlights for post top mounting, beacons
1 - for pole front or side mounting, and beacons for aerial mounting are aligned 50%
and secured correctly.
621.07.03 Sign Light Assemblies
Check that the sign light assemblies are constructed of the correct materials
1 - 50%
and are installed correctly.
Check that all Pre-Installation Testing and Inspection are carried out in
1 EI 50%
accordance with OPSS 621 and the Contract Documents.
2 EI 50%
in accordance with OPSS 621 and the Contract Documents.
Receive and Check the testing and inspection report within 3 days of
3 - 25%
completion of the testing and inspection.
1 - Perform and Check a count of all relevant electrical items. 50%

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 621, Construction Specification for Electrical Traffic Control
Devices.


the Installation of Traffic Signal Controllers
622.01 SCOPE
traffic signal controllers and associated components as specified in OPSS 622, April 2017.
622.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 501 Compacting

OPSS 609 Grounding
OPSS 622 Installation of Traffic Signal Controllers
CAIS 501 Compacting

CAIS 609 Grounding
CAIS 610 Removal of Electrical Equipment
CAIS 623 Traffic Actuation Equipment
622.03 DEFINITIONS
622.05 MATERIALS
Check that Arc Flash and Shock Hazard warning label/sign is displayed on
1 - Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) cabinet exterior doors as specified in the 25%
Contract Documents.


1 - -
Documents.
622.06 EQUIPMENT
622.07 CONSTRUCTION
622.07.02 Controller Supplied by the Contractor
Check that each traffic signal controller is completed with all equipment
1 - required according to the timing sheets, PHM-125 drawing, and the Contract 25%
Document.
622.07.04 Signal Controller Cabinet and UPS Cabinet
Check that the cabinets (pole, pad, and pedestal mounted Controllers) are
1 - 50%
installed with all required equipment, and oriented/located correctly.
M Prior to installation of pad mounted cabinets, Check that the neoprene gasket
2 25%
EI is attached squarely and symmetrically at the bottom the cabinet channel.
Check that the anchor bolts are secured in the correct locations specified in
3 - 25%
the manufacturer's instructions.
Check that the excavation and backfill work for pedestal mounted cabinets
5 - 25%
are carried out according to OPSS 501 and the Contract Document.
Check that stranded copper ground cable is installed between the controller
6 EI 50%
cabinet ground bus and the service ground bus.
Check that connections are according to OPSS 609, and the manufacturer's
7 EI 25%
drawings or instructions.
Check that the pad mounted UPS cabinet is installed, anchored, and secured
8 - 50%
at the location specified according to the Contract Document.
Check that the UPS control unit and the UPS automatic switch is installed
9 EI 50%
Check that the pole mounted UPS cabinet is installed correctly with all the
10 - 50%
equipment.
Check that all wiring for UPS cabinets is according to the Contract
11 EI 50%
Documents.

622.07.05 Installation of Controller Equipment
Check that all equipment (shelf-mounted, rack-mounted, jack-mounted,

1 - cabinet wall- mounted) are installed as specified in the Contract Documents 25%
and OPSS 622.07.05.
Check that all traffic phasing/operation equipment are labelled accordingly
2 - 25%
and as per Contract Documents.
Check that all wiring and connections in the traffic controllers are made with
3 EI the correct method and materials according to the Contract Documents and 25%
the manufacturer's drawings.
Check that traffic signal cables are connected to the correct terminal board
4 EI 25%
address as specified in the Contract Drawings.
5 - Check that unused conductors are terminated correctly. 25%
Check that incoming cables are identified as specified in the Contract
6 - 50%
Documents.
M Confirm that all Pre-Installation Testing and Inspection are carried out prior to
1 50%
EI transporting the controller to Working Area, as per OPSS 622.07.06.01.

testing.
2 -
EI next operation of the Pre-Installation Testing and Inspection.
Prior to installation of the UPS system, confirm that Pre-Installation Testing
M and Inspection is carried out according to the manufacturer’s specifications
3 -
EI and the Contract Documents. Check and receive certification from the
manufacturer, that the UPS system is according to the Contract Documents.

M Confirm that all Proof of Performance Testing and Inspection are carried out
1 50%
EI prior to traffic signal activation, as per OPSS 622.07.06.02.
Confirm that all Proof of Performance (PoP) Testing and inspection are
carried out three (3) business days prior to the switch on of the signals and
1 EI -
as per OPSS 622.07.06.02. Check and receive report for testing and
inspection results of the controller within 3 business days of completion.
testing.
3 -
EI next operation of the Proof of Performance Testing and Inspection.
Confirm that all Proof of Performance (PoP) Testing and inspection are
carried out, for the UPS system and the Controller. Check and receive report
4 EI -
for testing and inspection results of the Controller and UPS systems within 3
business days of completion.
622.07.08 Traffic Signal Control Programming and Timing
Prior to installation of signal timing into the traffic signal controller, Check and
M verify that the timing is complete and consistent, all controller and conflict
1 100%
EI monitor programming is installed, and all timing controls, switches and
programming controls are set.
1 - Check that the traffic signal controller and UPS system perform correctly. 100%
2 - Witness the pre-activation and “turn-on” of the traffic signals. 100%
1 - 50%
Documents.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 622, Construction Specification for Installation of Traffic Signal
Controllers.


Traffic Actuation Equipment
623.01 SCOPE
vehicular and pedestrian traffic actuation equipment as specified in OPSS 623, November 2018.
623.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 609 Grounding

OPSS 623 Traffic Actuation Equipment
CAIS 603 Underground Ducts

CAIS 604 Installation of Cables
CAIS 609 Grounding
623.03 DEFINITIONS
Receive from the Contractor 3 copies of service manuals for non-intrusive

1 - -
detection system and APS equipment.
623.05 MATERIALS
Check and inspect that all materials received are as specified in the Contract
1 - 25%
Documents, OPSS 623.05, and all the Referenced Standards.


1 - -
Documents.
623.05.05 Pedestrian Pushbuttons and Signs
Check that pedestrian pushbuttons are as specified in the Contract

1 EI 50%
Documents.
623.05.11 Prefabricated Detector Loops
Check that prefabricated PVC detector loops are constructed and wired
1 EI 50%
correctly, as specified in OPSS 623.05.11 and the Contract Documents.
Check that prefabricated heavy-duty detector loops are constructed and
2 - wired correctly, as specified in OPSS 623.05.11 and the Contract 50%
Documents.
623.05.12 Traffic Count Station Type 1
Check that traffic count station type 1 materials are supplied and installed as
1 EI 50%
specified in OPSS 623.05.12 and the Contract Documents.
623.05.13 Traffic Count Station Type 2
Check that traffic count station type 2 materials are supplied and installed as
1 - 50%
specified in OPSS 623.05.13 and the Contract Documents.
623.05.14 Accessible Pedestrian Signals
Check that the Contractor has supplied all materials required for the
1 - operation of the APS as specified in OPSS 623.05.14 and the Contract 50%
Documents.

623.05.15 Non-Intrusive Detection System
Check that all non-intrusive detection system equipment is as specified in the

1 - 25%
Contract Documents.
Check that the Contractor has supplied all materials (hardware and software)
2 - required for the operation of the non-intrusive detection system as specified 50%
in OPSS 623.05.15 and the Contract Documents.
623.06 EQUIPMENT
623.07 CONSTRUCTION
623.07.01 Loop Detectors
623.07.01.01 Layout
M Prior to saw cutting of slots, Check that the loops detectors are laid out as
1 75%
EI specified in the Contract Documents and inspected.
Check that the treatment for crossing a pavement irregularity is as specified
2 - 75%
in the Contract Document.
623.07.01.02 Saw Cutting
Check that the sawcut slot depth and widths are as required and has been
1 - considered for pavement irregularities as specified in 75%
623.07.01.03 Slot Preparation
Check that completed saw cuts are cleaned and thoroughly dried as specified
1 - 50%
Check that all corners have been rounded as specified in the Contract
2 - 50%
Documents.

623.07.01.04 Flexible Duct Installation
Check that the hole drilled for a flexible duct is as specified in the Contract
1 - 50%
Documents.
623.07.01.05 Loop Cable
Check that the loops are installed with the size, winding direction, number of
1 - 50%
turns and cable type specified in the Contract Documents.
Check that the loop cable end at the splice point is marked with multiple
2 - 50%
bands of electrical tape that indicate the number of loops.
Check that all loop cables are installed as specified in OPSS 623 and the
3 - 50%
Contract Documents.
623.07.01.06 Sealant
Check that the sealant is the approved type and rated for the temperature at
1 - 50%
which time the installation is taking place.
Check that all sealant compounds are installed according to manufacturer’s
2 - 50%
instructions and recommendations.
Prior to allowing vehicles to cross over the loop, Check that sealing
3 - 50%
compound is set.
623.07.01.07 Splicing
Check that splicing of cables are made only at designated splice points, with
1 - 12 mm of stripped insulation twisted together four turns minimum and 100%
soldered together within the required maximum resistance.
Check that the black conductor of the extra low voltage cable is consistently
2 - 50%
connected to the clockwise winding of the loop lead cable.
Check that the metallic shield of extra-low voltage cables is cut off cleanly
3 - 50%
and left unconnected in the resin loop splice.
Check that the splices are insulated correctly and determine that they are
4 - encased in a resin splice with the splices positioned to obtain a minimum 100%
coverage of 6mm of resin around each splice.

623.07.02 Probe Detectors
Check that all equipment that is mounted on the aerial messenger cable
1 - 50%
system is installed correctly, as specified in the Contract Documents.
Check the probe detectors for under pavement installations are oriented and
2 - 50%
installed correctly.
3 - Check that cables are installed correctly through split neoprene tubing. 50%
Check that saw cutting of slots in pavement are as specified in the Contract
4 - 25%
Documents.
Check that bedding and sealant is installed according to the manufacturer’s
5 - 25%
instructions and as specified in the Contract Documents.
623.07.03 Pedestrian Pushbuttons
Check that pedestrian pushbuttons and signs are mounted and installed
1 EI 50%
correctly, as specified in the Contract Documents and OPSS 623.
623.07.04 Prefabricated Loops
Check that the prefabricated loops are installed as specified in the Contract
1 - 75%
Documents and OPSS 623.
623.07.05 Traffic Count Station Installation
Check that posts, accessories (reflector/chain, etc.) and handhole sizes, type,
1 - 50%
and orientation is as specified in the Contract Documents.
623.07.06 Accessible Pedestrian Signals
Check that accessible pedestrian signal pushbuttons are installed and

1 - 50%
mounted as specified in the Contract Documents.
Check that accessible pedestrian signals have tactile arrows that align with
2 - 25%
the direction of crossing.

623.07.07 Non-Intrusive Detection System
Check that non-intrusive detection systems are installed as specified in the

1 - 100%
Contract Documents and as per OPSS 623.07.07.
Check that the detectors are installed, mounted, oriented, and configured as
2 EI 50%
specified in the manufacturer's specifications and Contract Documents.
Check that the mounting pole location is as specified in the Contract
3 - 25%
Documents.
Check that the external power supplies, grounding and RF equipment are
4 EI connected in accordance with Contract Documents and manufacturer 25%
installation guidelines.
Check that each traffic sensor unit is aimed properly relative to the travel
5 - 25%
lanes based on whether it is configured for side-fire or forward-looking mode.
Verify with the Contractor that each detection footprint is contained within
6 - 25%
1 lane.
Check that sensor communications and power cables are continuous
7 EI between the surge suppressor units and the cabinet and connected correctly 25%
at the sensor unit, surge suppressors and to controller unit inside the cabinet.
Check that the grounding of the surge suppression and cable are as specified
8 EI 50%
in OPSS 609.
Check that the sensor unit is properly calibrated at the site by using the
9 EI 25%
manufacturer’s configuration and calibration software.
Confirm that the appropriate data communication is received at the controller
10 - 25%
at the Traffic Operations Centre.
Check if additional calibration table is required later in the contract to reflect
11 - 25%
lane configuration shifts dictated by staging. Note approximate schedule.
Check that all Pre-installation Testing and Inspection are carried out in
1 EI 100%
2 - Prior to saw cutting, Check that the ambient temperature is within the limits. 50%
Prior to beginning installation, Check that there is no dampness in the saw
3 - 50%
cut slows.

Prior to the overlaying of asphalt, Check that the detector loop wiring is tested
4 - for continuity, for leakage to ground, and inductance. Test values shall be 50%
within values stated in OPSS 623.07.08.
Prior to installation of probe detectors, Check that the coil resistance is tested
5 - 50%
and within the manufacturer’s rated resistance.
Prior to installation, Check that the actuation devices and connection
6 - components have been inspected and meet requirements as specified in the 50%
Contract Documents.
Prior to installation, Check that non-intrusive detection system equipment is
7 - tested and inspected as specified in the manufacturer’s specifications and 50%
Contract Documents.
1 EI 100%
2 - Check that all auxiliary components are tested. 50%
Prior to sealing slots, Check that detector loop wiring is tested for continuity,
3 - 50%
for leakage to ground, and inductance.
Prior to sealing all slots and holes, Check that probe detectors are tested for
4 - coil resistance and leakage to the ground. For aerial installations, Check that 50%
coil resistances are tested at the controller cabinet.
Check that the APS system is inspected and tested upon installation as
5 - specified in the manufacturer’s recommendations and the Contract 50%
Documents.
Check that prefabricated detector loop wiring, and traffic count stations are
6 50%
tested for continuity, for leakage to ground, and inductance.
Check that each non-intrusive detection system is inspected, tested and
7 - performs as specified in the manufacturer’s specifications and Contract 50%
Documents, upon installation.
623.07.08.03 Testing and Training for Non-Intrusive Detection System “Switch-On”
Check that testing and training for all non-intrusive detection systems are
1 EI 100%
carried out as per OPSS 623.07.08.03.

Witness all final tests, which are to be carried out upon completion of work.
1 Receive and Check that all test and inspection results are documented in a 100%
report.
1 - 50%
Documents.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 623, Construction Specification for Traffic Actuation Equipment.


Installation of Sectional Steel High Mast Lighting Poles
630.01 SCOPE
sectional steel high mast poles complete with raising and lowering equipment, including mechanical
and electrical components as specified in OPSS 630, November 2016, and SSP 630F02,
March 2018.
630.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 630 Installation of Sectional Steel High Mast Lighting Poles
SSP 630F02 Amendment to OSS 630 - Additional Requirements for Sectional Steel High Mast
Lighting Poles and Equipment
630.03 DEFINITIONS
Prior to the commencement scheduled start of pole assembly, Check that the
M
1 supply installation drawings, calculations, and procedures have been -
EI
received at least 14 Days.
Prior to the commencement of installation of any high mast poles, Check that
2 - -
all details of equipment to be used for installation have been received.
Prior to the commencement of installation of any high mast poles, Check that
3 - the high mast equipment training certificates for the Contractor’s employees -
have been received within 14 Days.

Check that a Manufacturer’s Certificate of Conformance is submitted upon
4 - completion of the fabrication of the sectional steel high mast lighting pole -
equipment.
630.05 MATERIALS
Check that all materials and equipment are in place and are visually checked
1 - 50%
for cracks, dents and other damage.

1 - -
630.06 EQUIPMENT
630.07 CONSTRUCTION
1 - 50%
Contract Documents.
Check and confirm that the high mast poles and the raising and lowering
2 - 25%
equipment are 100% compatible and fully functional.
Check and verify the receipt of delivery dates of the high mast poles from the
3 - 25%
suppliers.
1 - orders the high mast poles and raising and lowering devices required for this -
Contract as per OPSS 630.
630.07.02 Sectional Steel High Mast Lighting Poles and Equipment
Check that the distance from top of the high mast pole footing to the bottom
1 - 50%
of the bottom levelling nut is according to the Contract Documents.
Check that the high mast lighting luminaires are in accordance with the
2 EI 50%
Contract Documents, and OPSS 617.

Check that sectional steel high mast lighting poles are assembled correctly
3 EI 50%
and that overall tolerances are as specified in the Contract Documents.
Check that all components of the raising and lowering equipment are installed
4 EI in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and recommendations 50%
and in the presence of the equipment manufacturer.
Check and receive notification from the contractor in writing 14 days prior to
5 - 50%
the start of pole installation.
Prior to installation of lighting poles, Check that anchorage settings templates
6 - 25%
are removed.
7 - Check that the poles are adequately supported during installation. 100%
Check that the pole is installed, positioned, and oriented as specified in the
8 - 50%
Contract Documents.
Check that a steel mesh is installed around the outside circumference of the
9 - 25%
anchor bolt circle, between the base plate and the footing.
Check and ensure that all Pre-Installation Testing and Inspection are carried
out as per OPSS 630, manufacturer’s specification and the Contract
1 EI 100%
Documents, for the high mast lighting pole complete with raising and lowering
equipment, including mechanical and electrical components.
Check that testing on the torque limiter and portable power drill is conducted
2 EI 25%
on the internal and external drive raising and lowering equipment unit.
Check that cord connecting the control to each raising and lowering motor or
3 EI 25%
portable power drill is at the minimum required length.
Receive and Check a letter of compliance from the manufacturer that states
1 - -
the high mast pole equipment is according to the Contract Documents.
testing.
3 -
EI next operation after the Pre-Installation Testing and Inspection.

out on all high mast lighting poles and equipment, demonstrated that is fully
1 EI 50%
operational, and that it conforms to the requirements as specified in the
Contract Documents, and OPSS 630.
Check that the ring assembly is fully raised, latched, unlatched, and fully
2 EI 100%
lowered a minimum of five times for each installed high mast pole.
Check that all raising and lowering equipment is inspected properly, after
3 EI 100%
each raising and lowering sequence.
Prior to each subsequent raising and lowering sequence, Check that cables
4 EI 100%
are inspected and untwisted.
Receive and review Certificate of Conformance from the Contractor upon

1 - -
completion of work.
testing.
3 -
EI next operation after the Proof of Performance Testing and Inspection.
630.07.03.02.01 Test and Inspection Reports
Receive and review the testing and inspection results report as specified in
1 - -
SSP 630F02.
Receive and Check a Request to Proceed upon completion of Testing and
2 EI -
Inspection report with the date, time and location for each testing.
3 -
EI next operation after the Test and Inspection report.
630.07.04 Document Submission
Receive and Check the service manual from the Contractor that it contains
1 - -
detailed documentation for high mast lighting equipment.

1 - 50%
Documents.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 630, Construction Specification for Installation of Sectional Steel
High Mast Lighting Poles.


Concrete Footings and Maintenance Platforms for High Mast Lighting Poles
631.01 SCOPE
concrete footings and maintenance platforms for high mast lighting poles as specified in OPSS 631,
November 2019.
631.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 501 Compacting

OPSS 631 Concrete Footings and Maintenance Platforms for High Mast Lighting Poles
OPSS 903 Deep Foundations
CAIS 206 Grading

CAIS 501 Compacting
CAIS 609 Grounding
CAIS 1202 Bearings - Elastomeric Plain and Steel Laminated
CAIS 1801 Corrugated Steel Pipe (CSP) Products
631.03 DEFINITIONS

631.05 MATERIALS

1 - -
Documents.
631.06 EQUIPMENT
631.07 CONSTRUCTION
1 - 50%
Contract Documents.
631.07.02 Concrete Footings for High Mast Lighting Poles
Check and confirm that earth excavation for the pole bases is as specified in
1 - 25%
the Contract Documents and OPSS 631.07.02.
Check and confirm that caisson piles are as specified in the Contract
2 - 25%
Documents and placed in accordance with OPSS 903.
M Prior to pouring concrete, Check that the base of the caisson is cleaned and
3 25%
EI inspected.
Check that size, diameter, length, and type of anchorage assemblies are as
4 - specified in the Contract Documents and are positioned and oriented 25%
correctly.
M Prior to placing concrete, Check that sleeves and ducts are located, securely
5 25%
EI tied, and supported within the required tolerance.
When placing concrete, Check and confirm that anchorage assemblies are
M
6 securely tied to the steel reinforcement and provided with supports to 25%
EI
maintain the position of the anchorage assembly.
Check that sleeves and ducts for footings are located to suit incoming duct or
7 - cable systems and are securely tied to the steel reinforcement and supported 25%
prior to the placing of concrete.
8 - Check that the number of sleeves is as specified in the Contract Documents. 25%
Check that concrete in rock and earth is placed and cured in accordance with
9 - 25%
OPSS 631.07.02.06 and OPSS 904.
Check that Granular A backfill and/or apron are placed around footings as
10 - 25%
specified in the Contract Documents and OPSS 501.

Check and receive from the Contractor documentation of the inspection and
1 - -
installation of each caisson.
631.07.04 Inspection before Installation of High Mast Lighting Poles
Prior to placement of concrete, receive a Request to Proceed from the

1 - -
Contractor.
Prior to placement of concrete, Issue, in a timely manner, a Notice to Proceed
M to the Contractor if work including earth excavation, caisson pile, steel
2 -
EI reinforcement, anchorage assemblies, and sleeves and ducts have been
inspected.
1 - 50%
Documents.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 631, Construction Specification for Concrete Footings and
Maintenance Platforms for High Mast Lighting Poles.


System Integration Testing (SIT) of ATMS Subsystems
1.0 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for System
Integration Testing (SIT) of Advanced Traffic Management System (ATMS) Subsystems as
specified in SSP 681F19, May 2019.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 681F19 Construction Requirements for System Integration Testing (SIT) of ATMS
Subsystems
3.0 DEFINITIONS
7.0 CONSTRUCTION
Check that the Contractor tests in the following chronological order:

a) Successfully complete all predecessor equipment and subsystem tests
required in the Contract Documents;
b) Make careful notes of the existing configurations and backup
configuration files to allow new work to be backed out of gracefully if
1 M testing reveals problems to existing or new systems with new plant being 100%
added;
c) Test each subsystem independently on the communication subsystem;
d) Test each subsystem independently through the communications
subsystem with the head end control device in the traffic operations
centre (TOC);

e) Add subsystems one at a time and monitor the head end performance at
the TOC; and
f) Fail safe testing of all subsystems one at a time and monitor the lead end
performance at the TOC.
Check that all equipment installed in the contract has successfully completed
1 M its Pre-Installation Test (PIT) and/or Proof of Performance (POP) testing prior -
to commencing with SIT.
2 M Check that the approved SIT test procedures are followed. -
Check that all tests are successfully completed and all results (PIT, POP, and
3 M -
Stage 1 of SIT) are submitted for verification.
Check that a notification to start the Stage 2 burn-in test is submitted
4 M -
5 business days in advance, before the commencement of the test.
Check daily that the Event and Error Logs of the Compass System during the
5 M 14 day burn-in test are error free and to notify the Contractor promptly if there -
are any errors.
WARRANT: Always with SSP 681F19, Construction Requirements for System Integration Testing
(SIT) of ATMS Subsystems.


ATMS Field Equipment Cabinet Maintenance Sites
1.0 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Advanced Traffic
Management System (ATMS) Field Equipment Cabinet Maintenance Sites as specified in
SSP 682S01, April 2016.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 682S01 Construction Requirements for ATMS Field Equipment Cabinet Maintenance Sites
MTO Drawings:
MTOD 2270.000 Bollards Detail

MTOD 2940.220 Field Equipment Site with Guide Rail Protection
MTOD 2940.221 Field Equipment Site without Guide Rail Protection
CAIS 206 Grading

7.0 CONSTRUCTION
Check that the field equipment cabinet maintenance sites are constructed as
1 - 25%
Check that proper placement of delineator posts are as specified in
2 - 25%
MTOD 2940.220 and/or MTOD 2940.221.
Check that the bollards are constructed as specified in MTOD 2940.220 and
3 - 25%
in accordance with MTOD 2270.000.
4 - Check that the slope to existing ground is 2:1 or flatter. 25%

WARRANT: Always with SSP 682S01, Construction Requirements for ATMS Field Equipment
Cabinet Maintenance Sites.


Installation of Controller Cabinets and Pole Mounted Controller Cabinets
(As Specified in SSP 682S16, and SSP 682S27)
1.0 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Controller
Cabinets and Pole Mounted Controller Cabinets as specified in SSP 682S16, June 2017, and
SSP 682S27, June 2017.
2.0 REFERENCES
OPSS 622 Traffic Signal Controllers
SSP 682S16 Amendment to OPSS 622, April 2017 - Requirements for Controller Cabinets
SSP 682S27 Construction Requirements for Pole Mounted Controller Cabinets
3.0 DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in OPSS 622, SSP 682S16, and
SSP 682S27.
5.0 MATERIALS
1 M approved Material Selection Approval (MSA) that was submitted by the -
Contractor at the commencement of the contract.
2 M Record all non-conformance items and provide recommendations. -
6.0 EQUIPMENT

7.0 CONSTRUCTION
Check that all concrete cabinet pad footings are installed to the correct
1 - 25%
elevation, station and offset, as specified in the Contract Documents.
Check that the cabinet is securely mounted on the pole and at the proper
2 - height as specified in the Contract Documents. Verify the centre line of the 25%
cabinet is aligned with the centre line of the pole.
Check that all conduits for the concrete cabinet pads are installed to the
proper quantity, entry alignment, and dimensional sizes. Verify the
3 - 25%
appropriate nominated spares are provided as part of the conduit entry count
in advance of pouring the cabinet top slab.
Check that all pole mounted cabinet conduits, fittings, interconnect wiring,
grounding and bonding systems, and any accessories required to provide a
4 - 25%
secure and compliant connection of supply service to the cabinet. All conduits
shall be water sealed after installation of wiring.
5 - Check that all conduits into the cabinets are identified as to their purpose. 25%
Check that all unused conduits into a cabinet have a fish line installed and
6 - 25%
are plugged with plastic plugs, used conduits should be sealed.
Check that the cabinet is installed with the door orientation specified in the
7 - 25%
Contract Drawings.
Check the External Cable Access Enclosure is properly and securely
8 - 25%
mounted and open and close free from obstruction.
Check that the proper 12 character laminated phenolic identification
9 - nameplate is installed on the cabinet so as to be visible when approaching 25%
along the highway.
Check that the cabinet ground bus is connected to the system ground at the
10 - 25%
power supply ground termination.
Check that the loop input wires (extra low voltage cables) are labelled,
11 - appropriately dressed off, and terminated at the I/J file according to the 25%
Contract Drawings.
Check the controller and other cabinet equipment are plugged into the proper
12 - outlets of the cabinet Power Distribution Assembly (PDA), or any fitted UPS 25%
supported power outlets, per contract requirements.
13 - Check the controller is left with the power switch in the “on” position. 25%

For controllers and any IP connected cabinet options (UPS, etc.) check that
all required information related to any pertinent device addresses, net masks,
1 M and other configurable parameters are obtained from the Owners -
representatives and are configured into the equipment and the TOC head
end systems in advance of placing the equipment into PIT testing.
2 M Obtain GPS readings for cabinet. -
7.06 Quality Control

1 M -
Check that all controller and cabinet equipment has successfully passed
2 M -
Proof of Performance (POP) testing.
Check that Contractor performs the System Integration Testing (SIT) to
3 - ensure that the cabinets perform to the standards specified in the Contract -
Documents.
WARRANT: Always with SSP 682S16, Requirements for Controller Cabinets, and SSP 682S27,
Construction Requirements for Pole Mounted Controller Cabinets.


Installation of Vehicle Detection Equipment
(As Specified in SSP 682S18 and SSP 682S19)
1.0 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the Installation of
Vehicle Detection Equipment as specified in SSP 682S18, September 2007, and SSP 682S19, May
2017.
2.0 REFERENCES
OPSS 623 Traffic Actuation Equipment
SSP 682S18 Construction Requirements for Loop Vehicle Detector Sensor Units
SSP 682S19 Amendment to OPSS 623, April 2017 - Requirements for ATMS Loop Detectors
CAIS 622 Traffic Signal Controllers

CAIS 623 Traffic Actuation Equipment
3.0 DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in OPSS 623, SSP 682S18, and
SSP 682S19.
5.0 MATERIALS
Check all delivered material to verify that it is being supplied from the
1 M approved Material Selection Approval (MSA) list that was submitted by the -

6.0 EQUIPMENT
7.0 CONSTRUCTION
Check that sealant is the approved type and rated for the temperature at
1 - 50%
which time the installation is taking place.
Check that loop installations are in conformance with the Contract
2 - Documents. Check that the loops are installed with the size, winding 50%
direction, number of turns and type of cable specified.
Check that the Contractor has accurately laid out the loops. The position
3 M (centered within the lane), dimensions and spacing to upstream or 50%
downstream loops are critical.
Check that the Contractor applies special treatment (neoprene tubing) to
4 M sawcut slots that cross pavement irregularities and that the corners have 50%
been rounded as detailed in the Contract Documents.
Check that the sawcut slot depth is as required and has been cleaned and
5 - 50%
thoroughly dried as specified in the Contract Documents.
Check that the black conductor of the extra low voltage cable is consistently
6 - 50%
connected to the clockwise winding of the loop lead cable.
Check backing rods are the correct length, diameter and are spaced as
7 - 50%
required in the Contract Documents.
Check that the metallic shield of extra-low voltage cables are cut off cleanly
8 - 50%
and left unconnected in the resin loop splice.
Verify all loop splices and determine that they are encased in a resin with the
9 M splices positioned to obtain a minimum coverage of 6 mm of resin around 50%
each splice, or that other approved splice enclosures are properly used.
Check that each detector station is identified with a nameplate on the inside
10 - 50%
wall of the splice point.
Check that the loop location is accurately marked with a cut cross on each
11 - 50%
curb.
Check that the operating mode of all connected detector amplifiers is set to
12 - 50%
Presence (PR) mode.
Check that initially, the sensitivity switches of amplifiers are set to Level 4.
13 - Fine-tuning of the sensitivity switches will be adjusted during the physical car 50%
counting process.
Check that the High (FH) Low (FL) frequency switches of amplifiers alternate
14 - 50%
on each channel.

Check that the Contractor tests the loop with a “megger” and with an
1 M -
inductance meter and submits the measured values for verification.
2 M Verify that the loop is operating as specified in the Contract Documents. -
Check that the Certificate of Conformance (if required) is supplied and
3 M -
reviewed in accordance with the time requirements of the contract.
4 M Obtain GPS readings for VDS loop station. -
Check that the equipment has passed pre-installation testing prior to any
1 M -
installation Work.
Check that all Vehicle Detection Station (VDS) equipment has successfully
2 M -
passed Proof of Performance (POP) testing.
WARRANT: Always with SSP 682S18, Construction Requirements for Loop Vehicle Detector
Sensor Units and SSP 682S19, Requirements for ATMS Loop Detectors.


Fibre Optic Communication Cables In Ducts
1.0 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Fibre Optic
Communication Cables in Ducts as specified in SSP 683S01, December 2017.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 683S01 Construction Requirements for Fibre Optic Communication Cables in Ducts
MTO Drawings:
MTOD 2910.020 Aerial Splice Enclosure and Slack Storage

MTOD 2910.021 Fibre Optic Splice Enclosure Slice Tray Configuration and Detail
3.0 DEFINITIONS
1 M Receive the specification sheets for the splice enclosures as specified. -
5.0 MATERIALS
Check that the size, type and colour of cables are as specified in the Contract
1 M 25%
Documents.

7.0 CONSTRUCTION
Check that all communication cable on-reel tests have been completed
successfully, immediately following delivery and prior to any communication
1 M 25%
cable installation Work. Verify that appropriate reels are delivered to site in
good condition.
Check that generous amounts of cable lubricant is applied during the
2 - installation at appropriate intervals along the pulling path, and that the pulling 25%
lubricant is homogeneous and not deteriorated prior to use.
Check that communication cable is installed according to all the constraints of
the contract and manufacturers recommendations. Verify the appropriately
3 M 25%
rated break off fitting is used for the pull, and that logging equipment is
working properly and recording pulling tension data.
4 - installed. Check that used communication ducts are plugged with duct 25%
sealing compound.
Check that coils and slack cable in maintenance chambers are provided and
5 M appropriately arranged as specified in the Contract Documents (typically at 25%
bridge crossings, upstream and downstream of communication pedestals).
Check that the splice tray configuration is in accordance with
6 - 25%
MTOD 2910.021.
For aerial fibre optic cable, verify that the installation is in accordance with
7 - 25%
MTOD 2910.020.
8 M Check that twisted pair cables are installed and labelled correctly. 25%
9 M Check that all cables are labelled according to the Contract Documents. 25%
7.9 Quality Control
Check that all continuity and attenuation tests on all connectorized links in
1 M accordance with the Proof of Performance (POP) and the Contract -
Documents are performed successfully.

WARRANT: Always with SSP 683S01, Construction Requirements for Fibre Optic
Communication Cables in Ducts.


Splice Enclosures for Fibre Optic Cables
1.0 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Splice Enclosures
for Fibre Optic Cables as specified in SSP 683S02, December 2017.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 683S02 Construction Requirements for Splice Enclosures for Fibre Optic Cables
MTO Drawings:
MTOD 2910.020 Aerial Splice Enclosure and Slack Storage

MTOD 2910.021 Fibre Optic Splice Enclosure Slice Tray Configuration and Detail
3.0 DEFINITIONS
1 M Receive the specification sheets for the splice enclosures as specified. -
5.0 MATERIALS
Check that the size, type and colour of cables are as specified in the Contract
1 M 25%
Documents.

7.0 CONSTRUCTION
Check that all communication cable on-reel tests have been completed
successfully, immediately following delivery and prior to any communication
1 M 25%
cable installation Work. Verify that appropriate reels are delivered to site in
good condition.
Check that generous amounts of cable lubricant is applied during the
2 - installation at appropriate intervals along the pulling path, and that the pulling 25%
lubricant is homogeneous and not deteriorated prior to use.
Check that communication cable is installed according to all the constraints of
the contract and manufacturers recommendations. Verify the appropriately
3 M 25%
rated break off fitting is used for the pull, and that logging equipment is
working properly and recording pulling tension data.
4 - installed. Check that used communication ducts are plugged with duct 25%
sealing compound.
Check that coils and slack cable in maintenance chambers are provided and
5 M appropriately arranged as specified in the Contract Documents (typically at 25%
bridge crossings, upstream and downstream of communication pedestals).
Check that the splice tray configuration is in accordance with
6 - 25%
MTOD 2910.021.
For aerial fibre optic cable, verify that the installation is in accordance with
7 - 25%
MTOD 2910.020.
8 M Check that twisted pair cables are installed and labelled correctly. 25%
9 M Check that all cables are labelled according to the Contract Documents. 25%

WARRANT: Always with SSP 683S02 Construction Requirements for Splice Enclosures for Fibre
Optic Cables.


Installation of Data Transmission Equipment
(As Specified in SSP 683S03, 683S09, 683S10, 683F18, 683S19,

683S22, 683S23, 683S24, 683S25, 683S26, and 683S27)
1.0 SCOPE
Data Transmission Equipment as specified in SSP 683S03, September 2007, 683S09, September
2007, 683S10, September 2007, 683F18, April 2005, 683S19, September 2007, 683S22,
September 2007, 683S23, September 2007, 683S24, September 2007, 683S25, September 2010,
683S26, September 2007, and 683S27, June 2017.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 683S03 Construction Requirements for Data Interface Cables

SSP 683S09 Construction Requirements for Fibre Optic Modems (FOM)
SSP 683S10 Construction Requirements for Port Sharing Devices (PSD)
SSP 683F18 Construction Requirements for Low Range Fibre Optic Modems (LFOM), High
Range Fibre Optic Modems (HFOM), Fibre Optic Taps (FOT), and Fibre Optic
Splitters (FOS)
SSP 683S19 Construction Requirements for Field Drop and Insert Nodes (FDINs), Central
Drop and Insert Nodes (CDINs), Data Channel Ports (DCPs), LAN Channel Ports
(LCPs) and Fibre Optic Ethernet Hubs (FOEHs)
SSP 683S22 Construction Requirements for Wireless Ethernet Bridges
SSP 683S23 Construction Requirements for Digital Video Encoders and Decoders
SSP 683S24 Construction Requirements for Port Servers
SSP 683S25 Construction Requirements for Ethernet Switches
SSP 683S26 Construction Requirements for Fibre Optic Ethernet Modems
SSP 683S27 Construction Requirements for Gateway Routers

5.0 MATERIALS
6.0 EQUIPMENT - N/A
7.0 CONSTRUCTION
Check that the field and Traffic Operations Centre (TOC) equipment is
1 - installed and secured in the appropriate cabinets designated reserved space 25%
in accordance with the Contract Drawings.
Check that all cables are neatly trained together within the cabinet when
2 - routed along the same path and supported along the rails of the equipment 25%
rack and that no minimum bending radii have been exceeded.
Check that this equipment is plugged into the outlets of the cabinet Power
3 - Distribution Assembly (PDA), or any fitted UPS supported power outlets, as 25%
the contract specifications may nominate to power this equipment.
Check that the proper data interface cable is installed to match the type of
4 - controller and communication equipment and if appropriate, it is correctly 25%
terminated.
Check that all required information related to IP addresses, and other

configurable parameters are obtained from the Owners representatives and
1 M -
are configured into the Ethernet or other data Transmission equipment in
advance of placing the equipment into PIT testing.
2 M -
Check that all data interface equipment has successfully passed Proof of
Performance (POP) testing prior to commencing System Testing, (or
3 M optionally, when specified, Data System Line-up Acceptance Testing -
(DSLAT) testing). Where DSLAT testing is specified, it shall be completed
successfully before moving on to System Integration Testing.
Check that the data communications documentation being supplied meets
4 M -
the contract requirements and firmware versions supplied.

Check that the new data transmission equipment configuration is correctly
5 - -
entered into the network management software at the TOC.
Check that all equipment has required labelling as specified in the Contract
6 M -
Documents.
WARRANT: Always with SSP 683S03, 683S09, 683S10, 683F18, 683S19, 683S22, 683S23,
683S24, 683S25, 683S26 and 682S27, Construction Specifications.


Installation of Video Transmission/Display Equipment
1.0 SCOPE
Video Transmission/Display Equipment as specified in SSP 683S04, September 2007.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 683S04 Construction Requirements for Video Transmitters and Receivers
5.0 MATERIALS
Contractor at the commencement of the contract
2 M Record all non-conformance items and provide recommendations -
6.0 EQUIPMENT - N/A
7.0 CONSTRUCTION
Check that the field and Traffic Operations Centre (TOC) equipment is
1 - installed and secured in the appropriate cabinets designated reserved space 50%
in accordance with the Contract Drawings
Check that the Contractor connects the video transmitter power supply to one
2 - of the 115 VAC 60 Hz power distribution panel receptacles reserved for 50%
communications equipment in the cabinet

rack and that no maximum bending radii have been exceeded
Check that this equipment is plugged into the outlets of the cabinet Power
4 - Distribution Assembly (PDA), or any fitted UPS supported power outlets, as 50%
the contract specifications may nominate to power this equipment
Check that the fibre optic links for each video link have been tested and
1 - verified in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to video receiver or -
video transmitter installation
Check that all required information related to any pertinent device addresses,
net masks, and other configurable parameters are obtained from the Owners
2 M -
representatives and are configured into the transmission equipment and the
TOC head end systems in advance of placing the equipment into PIT testing

1 M -
required prior to any installation Work
Check that all video transmission/display equipment has successfully passed
Proof of Performance (POP) testing prior to commencing System Testing, (or
2 M optionally, when specified, Video System Line-up Acceptance Testing -
(VSLAT) testing). Where VSLAT testing is specified, it shall be completed
successfully before moving on to System Integration Testing.

WARRANT: Always with SSP 683S04, Construction Requirements for Video Transmitters and
Receivers.


Installation of Wireless Communication Systems
1.0 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Installation of
Wireless Communication Systems as specified in SSP 683S22, September 2007.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 683S22 Construction Requirements for Wireless Ethernet Bridges
3.0 DEFINITIONS
5.0 MATERIALS
5.01 General
1 M approved material selection approval (MSA) that was submitted by Contractor -
at the commencement of the contract.
6.0 EQUIPMENT
7.0 CONSTRUCTION
Check that the field equipment is installed and secured on the structure (e.g.,
antennae mounted on poles/towers) in accordance with the contract
1 - 50%
drawings, at the recommended mounting height, orientation, and spacing
from any adjacent RF radiators.

Check that all cables are supplied if appropriate, trimmed to optimize RF
2 - 50%
power transfer, and are splice free from cabinet to pole top.
Check that all cable connectors are correctly installed and are securely
3 - 50%
seated, and weather proofed, as may be required.
routed along the same path and supported along the rails of the equipment
4 - 50%
rack and that no minimum bending radii have been exceeded. Make sure no
cables are excessively pinched and are correctly labelled.
Check that the wireless equipment is plugged into the outlets of the cabinet
Power Distribution Assembly (PDA), or any fitted UPS supported power
5 - outlets, as the contract specifications may nominate to power this equipment. 50%
Further check that any recommended Radio Frequency Interference
suppressing chokes supplied have been installed.
Check that transceiver antennae are properly aligned towards each other with
regards to aim and orientation per contract requirements. Verify with the
6 M 50%
Contractor that the antenna link has been optimized and verify that all
mandated testing results are recorded.
Obtain GPS reading for any dedicated poles or cabinets associated with the
1 M -
wireless communications system.
Check that the equipment passed Pre-Installation Testing (PIT) as required

1 M -
prior to any installation Work.
Check that all wireless communication links equipment has passed Proof of
2 M -
Performance (POP).

WARRANT: Always with SSP 683S22, Construction Requirements for Wireless Ethernet Bridges.

Administration Inspection Activities for

Installation of CCTV and Dome Camera Systems
1.0 SCOPE
CCTV and Dome Camera Systems as specified in SSP 684S01, October 2020 and SSP 684S10,
February 2014.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 684S01 Construction Requirements Outdoor Closed-Circuit Television (CCTV)

Camera Systems
SSP 684S10 Construction Requirements for Dome Camera Systems
MTO Drawings:
MTOD 2960.110 Mechanical Installation Details for Pole Mounted CCTV Camera
MTOD 2960.120 Mechanical Installation Detail for CCTV Camera Raising and Lowering
Devices
MTOD 2960.210 Ground Schematic for Pole Mounted CCTV Camera
3.0 DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in SSP 684S01 and SSP 684S10.
5.0 MATERIALS
6.0 EQUIPMENT - N/A

7.0 CONSTRUCTION
Check that the pole top and any equipment mounted nearby is independently
1 - 25%
grounded according to the Contract Documents.
Check that the dome assembly is integrated with the camera raising and
2 - 25%
lowering equipment on a concrete pole.
For Power over Ethernet (PoE) powered equipment verify that the installation
3 - conforms to the manufacturers recommendations for the cable involved 25%
including any lowering cable slack lengths required for the installation.
Check that the wiring between the camera and cabinet has been installed
4 - 25%
continuous with no intermediate splices.
Check that the field equipment is installed and secured in the cabinets’
5 - 25%
designated reserved space in accordance with the Contract Drawings.
Check that cable strain relief is provided for the power and communication
6 - 25%
cables.
rack and that no maximum bending radii have been exceeded.
Check that all cables are labelled in accordance with their function and the
8 - 25%
labelling scheme is provided for approval.
Check that all cabling is secured and protected. Verify that protection from
9 - 25%
weather and outside conditions have been considered.
Check that the camera equipment is plugged into the outlets of the cabinet
10 - Power Distribution Assembly (PDA), or any fitted UPS supported power 25%
outlets, as the contract specifications may nominate to power this equipment.
Check that the camera mount arm bracket is oriented and the home position
11 - of the camera on the arm is oriented such that the camera pole does not 25%
obstruct the desired camera field review.
Check by visual inspection of the image at TOC, or roadside cabinet, that the
12 - stainless-steel straps for the camera arm are sufficiently tightened and that 25%
the dome is free of dirt.
Check that the camera image pan/tilt blanking masks are appropriately 25 -50
13 -
configured with the assistance and guidance of TOC staff. %
Check that all electrical cables meet the requirements of the Canadian
1 - Electrical Code and are acceptable to the Ontario Electrical Safety Authority -
(ESA).

For digital cameras with integral encoders, check that all require information
related to any pertinent device addresses, net masks, and other configurable
2 M parameters are obtained from the Owners representatives and are configured -
into the transmission equipment and the TOC head end systems in advance
of placing the equipment into PIT testing.
3 M Obtain GPS readings for ATMS camera equipment. -

1 M -
Check that all camera equipment has successfully passed Proof of
2 M -
Performance (POP) testing.
WARRANT: Always with SSP 684S01, Construction Requirements for Outdoor Closed-Circuit
Television (CCTV) Camera Systems, and SSP 684S10, Construction Requirements
for Dome Camera Systems.


Installation of Variable Message Signs (VMS)
1.0 SCOPE
Variable Message Signs (VMS) as specified in SSP 685S01, February 2016.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 685S01 Construction Requirements for Variable Message Signs (VMS)
CAIS 609 Grounding

CAIS 915 Sign Support Structures
3.0 DEFINITIONS
5.0 MATERIALS
1 M approved Material Selection Approval (MSA) that was submitted by -
6.0 EQUIPMENT - N/A

7.0 CONSTRUCTION
Check that the structural support truss is grounded according to the Contract
1 - 25%
Drawings.
Check that the field equipment is installed and secured in the cabinets’
2 - 25%
designated reserved space in accordance with the Contract Drawings.
25%
3 - routed along the same path and supported along the rails of the equipment
rack and that no minimum bending radii have been exceeded.
Check that the Contractor has all tools tied off while working on the structure
25%
4 - and that all Operation Constraints for traffic control from the Contract
Documents have been followed.
Check that all support clamps are secured prior to removing the crane
5 - 25%
support.
Check that all attachment bolts and/or nuts are tightened to the
25%
6 - recommended manufacturer’s torque, and if nominated in the design, that
field side anti climb shields are fitted as part of the initial sign installation.
Check that the layout survey work undertaken by the Contractor, and that if
any discrepancy is found between field conditions and the design data the
1 M -
matter is forwarded to the designer for clarification, in advance of footing
excavation or steel placement commencing.
For controllers and any IP connected options (UPS, etc.) check that all
require information related to any pertinent device addresses, net masks, and
2 M other configurable parameters are obtained from the Owners representatives -
and are configured into the equipment and the TOC head end systems in
advance of placing the equipment into PIT testing.
3 M Obtain GPS readings for Variable Message Signs. -
Check that the equipment has passed Pre-Installation Testing (PIT) as -

1 M
2 M Check that all VMS equipment has passed the Proof of Performance (POP). -

WARRANT: Always with SSP 685S01, Construction Requirements for Variable Message Signs
(VMS).


Fixed and Full Colour Fixed Support Mountable Variable Message Signs
1.0 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Fixed and Full
Colour Fixed Support Mountable Variable Message Signs (VMS) as specified in SSP 685S07,
February 2016, and SSP 685S09, May 2019.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 685S07 Construction Requirements for Fixed Support Mountable Variable Message Signs
(VMS)
SSP 685S09 Construction Requirements for Full Colour Fixed Support Mountable Variable
Message Signs (VMS)
3.0 DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in SSP 685S07 and SSP 685S09.
5.0 MATERIALS
5.01 General
Check all the delivered material to verify that it is being supplied from either
Designated Sources Materials (DSM) vendors or the Approved Material
1 M -
Selection (MSA) documentation that was submitted by the Contractor at the
commencement of the contract.
6.0 EQUIPMENT

7.0 CONSTRUCTION
Check that the sign support structure is grounded according to the Contract
1 - 25%
Drawings.
Check that the VMS is positioned and secured on/to the support structure in
2 - 25%
accordance with the Contract Drawings.
Check that the VMS is positioned with the angle recommended within the
3 - Contract Drawings and verify message legibility with drive by confirmation 25%
viewings to confirm the suitability of the aim point.
Check that all attachment bolts and/or nuts are tightened to the
4 - 25%
recommended manufacturer’s torque.
Check the installation of the VMS controller cabinet including: mounting on
the structure, locking mechanism, that equipment inside is securely mounted,
5 - 25%
that all cables linking them are appropriately and securely connected,
including any supplied materials modem, and that all functions test correctly.
Check the mounting and position of the solar panel and battery pack, if
6 - 25%
applicable.
Check power supply connection to sign, if applicable, and note if it is installed
in an appropriately robust manner if no details are provided in the Contract
7 - 25%
Documents. Record all non-conformance items and provide
recommendations.
Check communications link (e.g. telephone, fibre, etc.) to the sign if
applicable and note if it is installed in an appropriately robust manner if no
8 - 25%
details are provided in the Contract Documents. Record all non-conformance
items and provide recommendations.
If applicable, check that the communication mode has been set for remote
9 M control (e.g. cellular communication). Alternately check that the controller 25%
address is set appropriately if it is on a fixed communication link.
Test to determine that there is proper control from a COMPASS Traffic
Operations Centre or Radio Room, and that the head end software is
10 M 25%
appropriately configured to best utilize the display capabilities of the installed
sign.
1 M Obtain GPS readings for Fixed Support Mountable Variable Message Sign. -


1 M -
2 M Check that all VMS equipment has passed Proof of Performance (POP). -
WARRANT: Always with SSP 685S07, Construction Requirements for Fixed Support Mountable
Variable Message Signs (VMS), and SSP 685S09, Construction Requirements for
Full Colour Fixed Support Mountable Variable Message Signs (VMS).


Temporary Support Portable Mountable Variable Message Signs (PMVMS)
1.0 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Temporary
Support Portable Mountable Variable Message Signs (PMVMS) as specified in SSP 685F08,
July 2018.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 685F08 Construction Requirements for Temporary Support Portable Mountable Variable
Message Signs (PMVMS)
3.0 DEFINITIONS
5.0 MATERIALS
Check that communication link to signs with wireless installations have had
1 - 25%
their wireless connection activated prior to the sign site deployment.
Check all the delivered material to verify that it is being supplied from either a
Designated Sources Materials vendor or the Approved Material Selection
1 M -
(MSA) that was submitted by the Contractor at the commencement of the
contract.

7.0 CONSTRUCTION
Check that the PMVMS is stabilized, levelled and located as specified in the
1 - 25%
Contract Documents.
Check that the PMVMS assembly including controller box, battery panels,
2 - 25%
etc. are properly secured.
Check that the PMVMS display is accurately aligned towards traffic and verify
3 - message legibility with drive by confirmation viewings to confirm the suitability 25%
of the aim point.
Check that the PMVMS is locked into secure position to prevent rotation and
4 - 25%
lowering of the sign while in display mode (if applicable).
Check that the solar panel is locked into the appropriate seasonal tilt and true
5 - south rotation positions on the top of the sign case by using the independent 25%
locking mechanisms (if applicable).
Check that all attachment bolts and/or nuts have not vibrated loose or
6 - 25%
snapped and are tightened to the recommended manufacturer’s torque.
Check the installation state of the PMVMS controller cabinet including:
mounting to the sign support, locking mechanism, that equipment inside is
7 - securely mounted, that all cables linking them are appropriately and securely 25%
connected, including any supplied materials modem, and that all functions
test correctly.
8 - Check battery pack is secured and connected. 25%
Check that the controller has been set to allow remote control operations
(e.g. cellular communication). Test to determine that there is proper remote
9 M control from a COMPASS Traffic Operations Centre or Radio Room, and that 25%
the head end software is appropriately configured to best utilize the display
capabilities of the installed sign.
Obtain GPS readings for PMVMS for initial installation and each relocation
required in the contract. The GPS coordinates and sign face orientation shall
1 M -
be provided to COMPASS Operations by email within 2 hours of the PMVMS
initial installation, and every relocation.
For PMVMS used for traffic management during the construction contract,
provide PMVMS operation data in the traffic signage diary. The record shall
2 M include PMVMS display content, status of operation, location and direction of -
the PMVMS face. Provide the message content to COMPASS Operations
daily.


1 M -
2 M Check that all PMVMS equipment has passed Proof of Performance (POP). -
WARRANT: Always with SSP 685F08, Construction Requirements for Temporary Support
Portable Mountable Variable Message Signs (PMVMS).


Permanent Small Signs and Support Systems
703.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Permanent Small
Signs and Support Systems as specified in OPSS 703, November 2019.
703.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 703 Permanent Small Signs and Support Systems
CAIS 501 Compacting

CAIS 2001 Signs
703.03 DEFINITIONS
703.05 MATERIALS
703.05.01 General
Record location of those signs, which are not identified in the contract as
requiring replacement, relocation or removal (i.e. existing signs which should
1 - 100%
be in original location at the end of the contract). Record the signs’ condition
and take pictures.
Verify that Contractor is properly storing signs, which have been removed for
2 - construction activities, to be reinstalled at the end of the contract (Signs 25%
should be removed from posts and stored neatly).
Verify that new signs are being stored in a proper manner (i.e. off the ground
4 - 25%
and protected from the elements).

703.05.02 Wooden Posts
703.05.02.01 General
Verify that wooden posts are in dressed sizes and tolerance on the cross
1 - 25%
cross-sectional dimensions of all wooden posts shall be ± 2 mm.
703.05.02.02 Wood Preservative
Verify that wooden posts are pressure-treated in accordance with the relevant
1 - 25%
OPSS’s.
703.05.02.03 Marking of Wood for Identification of Grade and Species
Verify that wooden posts are stamped for species and grading in accordance
1 - 25%
with relevant OPSS’s and stamps are visible after installation.
703.05.02.04 Marking of Wood for Identification of Preservative Treatment
Verify that wooden posts are stamped for wood preservative treatment in
1 - 25%
accordance with relevant OPSS’s and stamps are visible after installation.
703.05.03 Metal Posts
703.05.03.01 Metal Components and Hardware
Verify that metal posts and components are galvanized in accordance with
1 - 25%
relevant OPSS’s.
703.05.04 Signs
Signs shall be according to CAIS 2001.

703.07 CONSTRUCTION
703.07.01 General
Check that each sign installation is at its designated location and lateral
1 M offset, and placed to the proper depth. Record the reason for field adjustment 50%
(utilities, public complaint, conflict with another sign or object).
Check that the sign support is correct size and type. Check that posts are
2 - plumb and oriented to approaching traffic. Check that steel posts are not bent 25%
and that wood posts are not cracked, twisted or warped significantly.
Check that correct sign message is mounted on the support. Verify sequence
of sign boards on support with contract drawings. Verify that sign is mounted
3 - 25%
level and to the height listed in the Sign Work Tables. Check that sign has not
been damaged during installation.
Check that sign is not obstructed by another sign or object. This is especially
4 - 25%
important for signs such as Stop, Stop Ahead and Checkerboards.
Check that the new sign installation in the vicinity of an intersection does not
5 - 50%
restrict the view of approaching highway traffic from the intersecting road.
703.07.02 Sign Supply
1 M Verify that signs supplied by the Owner or by the Contractor. 100%
703.07.02.01.01 Sign Ordering
Verify that the Contractor submitted a list of required signs at least 12 weeks
1 M 100%
prior to the date of pick up the signs.
703.07.02.01.02 Sign Pickup
Within 2 weeks of sign pickup by Contractor, verify that all signs have been
1 M 25%
received and that their sizes and messages are correct.

703.07.02.01.03 Sign Confirmation and Inspection
Report sign errors to CSA, as soon as possible, to facilitate their timely

1 - 100%
replacement.
709.07.02.02 Contractor Supplied Signs
1 - Check if signs have been supplied by the Contractor. 50%
709.07.03 New Signs
Verify that new sign attached to new sign support with associated hardware
1 - 25%
703.07.04 Installation on Concrete Median Barrier
Check if top of concrete median barrier smooth enough providing uniform flat
1 - 25%
surface for installation of breakaway sign support system.
703.07.05 Relocation of Signs
1 M Verify that all sign relocations have been completed. 100%
703.07.06 Removal of Signs
Verify that all sign and support removals have been completed. Check that all
1 M 100%
materials (signs and posts) have been removed from site.
1 M Check that excess material is managed according to CAIS 501. 25%

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 703, Construction Specification for Permanent Small Signs and
Support Systems.


Post Mounted Delineators
704.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Post Mounted
Delineators as specified in OPSS 704, April 2021.
704.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 704 Post Mounted Delineators
CAIS 2001 Signs
704.03 DEFINITIONS
704.05 MATERIALS
Check that delineator posts are the type and dimensions required in the
1 - 10%
Contract Documents.
Check that the posts are galvanized and in good shape when delivered to the
2 - 10%
site.
704.07 CONSTRUCTION
Check that delineator posts are installed plumb and to the height and spacing
1 - 10%

Check that the delineators are installed on the posts as required in the
2 - 10%
Contract Documents.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 704, Construction Specification for Post Mounted Delineators.


Flexible Delineator Posts
705.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Flexible
Delineator Posts as specified in OPSS 705, April 2021.
705.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 705 Flexible Delineator Posts
705.03 DEFINITIONS
Check that one copy of the manufacturer’s installation instructions has been
1 - 100%
received prior to installation of posts.
705.05 MATERIALS
Check that the supplied posts are on the list of approved products according
1 - 100%
to the Contract Documents.
Check that the height of the supplied posts is according to the requirements
2 - 100%
3 - Check that the post colour matches the colour of the reflective sheeting. 100%

705.07 PRODUCTION
Check that the posts are installed at locations specified in the Contract
1 M 50%
Documents.
Check that holes from removed or relocated temporary posts are filled
2 M 100%
Check that flexible posts are maintained in good condition throughout the
3 - contract duration and damaged or missing posts are replaced within 10%
48 hours.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 705, Construction Specification for Flexible Delineator Posts.


Permanent Intermediate Signs and Support Systems
709.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Permanent
Intermediate Signs and Support Systems, and relocation of intermediate signs as specified in
709.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 709 Permanent Intermediate Signs and Support Systems
CAIS 501 Compacting

CAIS 2001 Signs
709.03 DEFINITIONS
709.05 MATERIALS
709.05.01 General
Record location of those signs, which are not identified in the contract as
requiring replacement, relocation or removal (i.e., existing signs which should
1 - 100%
be in original location at the end of the contract). Record the signs’ condition
and take pictures.
Verify that Contractor is properly storing signs, which have been removed for
2 - construction activities, to be reinstalled at the end of the Contract (Signs 25%
should be removed from posts and stored neatly).
Verify that new signs are being stored in a proper manner (i.e., off the ground
4 - 25%
and protected from the elements).

709.05.02 Metal Posts and Components
Verify that metal posts and components are galvanized in accordance with
1 - 25%
the applicable OPSS.
709.05.03 Signs
1 - Signs shall be according to CAIS 2001. 25%
709.07 CONSTRUCTION
709.07.01 General
1 M offset, and placed to the proper depth. Record the reason for field 50%
adjustment (utilities, public complaint, conflict with another sign or object).
Check that the sign support is correct size and type. Check that posts are
2 - plumb and oriented to approaching traffic. Check that steel posts are not 25%
bent and that wood posts are not cracked, twisted or warped significantly.
Check that correct sign message is mounted on the support. Verify
sequence of sign boards on support with contract drawings. Verify that sign
3 - 25%
is mounted level and to the height listed in the Sign Work Tables. Check that
sign has not been damaged during installation.
Check that sign is not obstructed by another sign or object. This is especially
4 - 25%
important for signs such as Stop, Stop Ahead and Checkerboards.
Check that the new sign installation in the vicinity of an intersection does not
5 - 50%
709.07.02 Sign Board Supply
1 M Verify that signs supplied by the Owner or by the Contractor. 100%

709.07.02.02 Sign Board Ordering
Verify that Contractor submitted a list of required signs at least 12 weeks prior
1 M 100%
to the date of pick up the signs.
709.07.02.03 Sign Board Pickup
Within 2 weeks of sign pickup by Contractor, verify that all signs have been
1 M 25%
received and that their sizes and messages are correct.
709.07.02.04 Sign Board Confirmation and Inspection
Report sign errors to the MTO CSA, as soon as possible, to facilitate their
1 M -
timely replacement.
709.07.02.05 Contractor Supplied Sign Board
1 - Check if signs have been supplied by the Contractor. 50%
709.07.03 New Sign Boards
Check that new sign attached to new sign support with associated hardware
1 - 25%
709.07.04 Relocation of Sign Board
1 M Verify that all sign relocations have been completed. 100%
709.07.05 Removal of Sign Boards
Verify that all sign and support removals have been completed. Check that
1 M 100%
all materials (signs and posts) have been removed from site.

1 M Administer excess material according with CAIS 501. 25%
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 709, Construction Specification for Permanent Intermediate Signs
and Support Systems.


Steel Beam Guide Rail Systems
721.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Steel Beam
Guide Rail (SBGR) as specified in OPSS 721, November 2015, as modified by SSP 721S09, April
2021.
721.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 721 Steel Beam Guide Rail and Cable Guide Rail
SSP 721S09 Amendment to OPSS 721 - Requirements for Steel Beam Guide Rail Systems
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-877 Certification of the Installation of Safety Items
At the commencement of the Contract, Check that the list of material sources
1 - -
submitted by the Contractor includes all SBGR types to be installed.
Check that the SBGR documentation submission detailing:
a) the selection of SBGR types and location, including all applicable
standard drawings, and
b) the documentation certifying that supplied materials (wood and steel
2 - -
posts, rail panels, hardware, channel, sleeves and spacer tubes, offset
blocks, and all proprietary components)
meets the requirements specified in the Contract Documents and is received
a minimum of 7 days prior to the first SBGR placement as specified.

Check that types and locations of SBGR systems detailed in the Contractors
3 - -
submission meet the types and locations as specified.
Check that copies of the installation instructions and manufacturer’s
4 - specifications have been received prior to the installation of proprietary -
systems.
721.05 MATERIALS
721.05.01 General
Check all supplied materials are from the list of material sources that was
1 - 25%
submitted by the Contractor at the commencement of the Contract.
Check that all supplied non-proprietary SBGR components on both
2 - 25%
proprietary and non-proprietary systems are as specified.
Check that all supplied proprietary SBGR components are according to the
3 - 25%
manufacturer’s specifications.
Check that SBGR rail panels to be installed at locations with radii less than
4 - 45 m are shop bent at the rail panel manufacturer’s plant prior to hot dip 25%
galvanizing.
Check that all preservative treated wood is identified with certification marks
5 - 25%
authorized by the Canadian Wood Preservative Bureau.
6 - Check that supplied retroreflective sheeting and colours are as specified. 25%
721.07 CONSTRUCTION
1 - Check that SBGR systems are erected at the specified location and offset. 25%
2 - Check that SBGR posts are the specified length. 25%
3 - Check that posts are installed vertical. 25%
Check that loose material in the bottom of the post hole is tamped or
4 - 25%
removed prior to placing the post.
5 - Check that backfill is properly tamped. 25%
6 - Check if posts have cracks and splits. 25%
Check that posts are cut off correctly, chamfered and tops treated, and
7 - 25%
mounting height is correct.
8 - Check SBGR rail panels are installed at the specified mounting height. 25%

9 - Check that base plated steel posts are installed as specified. 25%
Check that SBGR rail panels are lapped in the direction of adjacent traffic
10 - 25%
flow or as specified.
Check that SBGR systems to be installed behind concrete curbs or concrete
11 - 25%
sidewalks are as specified.
Check that all bolts, washers and nuts are placed and affixed securely to all
12 - plates, angles, posts and rail panels, as specified in the Contract Documents, 25%
or, for proprietary systems, according to the manufacturer’s specifications.
13 - Check that reflectors are installed as specified. 25%
Check that Certification of the Installation of Safety Item forms are received
14 - 25%
from the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Check that adjustment of SBGR systems is carried out in accordance with the
15 - 25%
Contract Documents.
Check that relocation of SBGR systems is carried out in accordance with the
16 - 25%
Contract Documents.
Check that excess material is managed in accordance with the Contract
17 - 25%
Documents.
Check that PH-CC-877, where required, have been received prior to

1 - -
recommending payment.
Check that all documentation, including proof of installer certificates, have
2 - -
been received.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 720, Construction Specification for Steel Beam Guide Rail and
Cable Guide Rail.


Cable Guide Rail Systems
721.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Cable Guide Rail
(CGR) as specified in OPSS 721, November 2015, as modified by SSP 721S10, October 2020.
721.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 721 Steel Beam Guide Rail and Cable Guide Rail
SSP 721S10 Amendment to OPSS 721 - Requirements for Cable Guide Rail Systems
CSA Standards:
O56-10 (R2015) Round Wood Piles
1 - -
includes materials to be supplied related to Cable Guide Rail items.
721.05 MATERIALS
Check that all supplied guide rail cable, fittings, cable clamps and nails, and
1 - 25%
steel sections for anchor blocks are as specified in the Contract Documents.

Check that all supplied posts are as per CSA 056 and as specified in the
2 - 25%
Contract Documents.
Check that concrete anchor blocks are according to OPSS 1350 with a
3 - 25%
minimum 28-Day compressive strength of 30 MPa.
Check that supplied reflectorized strips are as specified in the Contract
4 - 25%
Documents.
721.07 CONSTRUCTION
Check that CGR systems are installed plumb and to the location, grade and
1 - offset as specified in the Contract Documents, regardless of the material 25%
encountered.
Check that posts are installed to the specified depth, with the larger end of
the post in the ground, cut as specified in the Contract Documents and
2 - treated with 2 coats of 2% copper naphthenate wood preservative. Check 25%
that field applied wood preservative that comes in contact with any
galvanized components is removed immediately.
Check that cable is attached to guide rail posts using cable clamps and nail
3 - 25%
fasteners as specified in the Contract Documents.
Check that cable is installed at the height specified in the Contract
4 - 25%
Documents.
Check that cable splices occurring on the same cable are spaced a minimum
5 - 25%
of 15 m apart.
Check that cables are tensioned so that the sag between posts is less than or
6 - 25%
up to 6 mm.
Check that precast or cast-in-place cubical or cylindrical anchor blocks are
7 - installed as specified in the Contract Documents, regardless of the material 25%
encountered.
8 - Check that reflectors are installed as specified in the Contract Documents 25%
Check that adjustment of CGR systems is carried out in accordance with the
9 - 25%
Contract Documents.
10 - 25%
Documents.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 721, Construction Specification for Steal Beam Guide Rail and
Cable Guide Rail.


Energy Attenuators
723.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Energy
Attenuators as specified in OPSS 723, November 2015.
723.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 723 Energy Attenuators
MTO Forms:
723.03 DEFINITIONS
Definitions shall be as specified in OPSS 723.
At the commencement of the contract, check that the list of material sources
1 - submitted by the Contractor includes all energy attenuator types to be -
installed.
Check that the Contractor submits one copy of the manufacturer’s installation
2 - instructions and Working Drawings for each type of energy attenuator to be -
installed.
Check that the energy attenuator manufacturer submits the complete design
of any non-standard details (e.g., a connection or transition to a rigid object
3 - -
other than a concrete barrier or temporary concrete barrier) at locations

For any non-standard details, Check that the required number of copies of
Working Drawings prepared by the manufacturer are submitted prior to
4 - commencement of construction. Check that the Working Drawings show the -
full details of the materials and installation procedures and the Engineer’s
seal as specified.
For any non-standard details, Check that the submission of Working
Drawings are accompanied by the required number of copies of a letter
5 - -
signed by the manufacturer, on company letterhead, summarizing the details
of the proposed design.
Check that the required documentation, including letters, installation
6 - instructions and Working Drawings have been received prior to the -
installation of energy attenuators.
723.05 MATERIALS
Check that all supplied system components are according to the

1 - 25%
manufacturer specifications.
Check that concrete and steel reinforcement for concrete pads are as
2 - 25%
Check that anchoring bolts are supplied and installed as recommended by
3 - 25%
the energy attenuator manufacturer.
Check that supplied retroreflective sheeting and colours are as specified in
4 - 25%
5 - Check that object marker posts are as specified in the Contract Documents. 25%
723.07 CONSTRUCTION
Check that all permanent and temporary energy attenuators are installed
1 - according to manufacturer’s instructions at the locations specified in the 25%
Contract Documents.
Check that system anchoring requirements are as specified in the Contract
2 - 25%
Documents and as recommended by the energy attenuator manufacturer.
3 - Check that layout conform to ministry requirements. 25%
4 - Check that delineation is as specified in the Contract Documents. 25%
5 - 25%

Check that relocation of energy attenuators is carried out as specified in the
6 - 25%
Contract Documents.
Check that excess material is managed as specified in the Contract
7 - 25%
Documents.
1 - Check that PH CC 877 has been received prior to recommending payment. -

Check that all documentation, including, where required, proof of installer
2 - -
certificates, have been received.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 723, Construction Specification for Energy Attenuators.


Steel Beam Energy Attenuating Terminal Systems
732.01 SCOPE
Energy Attenuating Terminal (SBEAT) Systems as specified in OPSS 732, April 2016.
732.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 732 Guide Rail End Treatment – Steel Beam Energy Attenuating Terminal Systems
MTO Forms:
1 - 25%
submitted by the Contractor includes all SBEAT types to be installed.
2 - instructions and Working Drawings for each type of SBEAT system to be 25%
installed.
Check that grading for each SBEAT system is as specified in the contract
3 - 25%
documents.
Check that a copy of the installation instructions and Working Drawings have
4 - 25%
been received prior to the installation of SBEAT systems.

732.05 MATERIALS
Check that supplied non-proprietary SBGR components (for any transition

1 - treatment that may be required required) are as specified in the Contract 25%
Documents.
Check that supplied proprietary SBEAT components are according to the
2 - 25%
Check that preservative treated wood is identified with certification marks
3 - 25%
4 - 25%
732.07 CONSTRUCTION
1 - Check that SBEAT systems are erected at the specified location and offset. 25%
Check that crossfall and foreslope are graded as specified in the Contract
2 - Documents to allow for proper SBEAT system installation and positive 25%
drainage.
Check that object free area is as specified in the contract documents
3 - 25%
(protrusions, rip rap, etc., with size below 75 mm are acceptable).
5 - 25%
7 - Check that wood posts are free of cracks and splits. 25%
Check that wood posts are cut off correctly, chamfered and tops treated, and
8 - 25%
9 - Check that SBEAT systems are installed at the specified mounting height. 25%
Check that SBGR rail panels are lapped in the direction of adjacent traffic
10 - 25%
flow or as specified in the Contract Documents.
11 - plates, angles, posts and rail panels, as specified in the contract documents, 25%
and, for proprietary systems, according to the manufacturer’s specifications.

12 - Check that reflectors are installed as specified in the Contract Documents. 25%
13 - 25%
Check that relocation of SBEAT systems is carried out in accordance with the
14 - 25%
Contract Documents.
15 - 25%
Documents.

1 - -
2 - -
been received.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 732, Construction Specification for Guide Rail End Treatment -
Steel Beam Energy Attenuating Terminal Systems.


Steel Beam Terminal (SBT) System
733.01 SCOPE
Terminal (SBT) Systems as specified in OPSS 733, November 2017.
733.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 733 Steel Beam Terminal (SBT) System
MTO Forms:
Check that grading for each SBT system is as specified in the Contract
1 - 25%
Documents.
1 M -
submitted by the Contractor includes all SBT types to be installed.
2 M instructions and Working Drawings for each type of SBT system to be -
installed.
Check that a copy of the installation instructions and Working Drawings have
3 M -
been received prior to the installation of SBT systems.

733.05 MATERIALS
Check that all supplied non-proprietary SBGR components (for any transition
1 - treatment that may be required required) are as specified in the Contract 25%
Documents.
Check that all supplied proprietary SBT components are according to the
2 - 25%
Check that all preservative treated wood is identified with certification marks
3 - 25%
4 - 25%
5 - Check that object marker posts are as specified in the contract documents. 25%
733.07 CONSTRUCTION
1 - Check that SBT systems are erected at the specified location and offset. 25%
Check that crossfall and foreslope are graded as specified in the Contract
2 - 25%
Documents to allow for proper SBT system installation and positive drainage.
Check that object free area is as specified in the contract documents
3 - 25%
(protrusions, rip rap, etc. with size below 75 mm are acceptable).
5 - 25%
7 - Check that wood posts are free of cracks and splits. 25%
Check that wood posts are cut off correctly, chamfered and tops treated, and
8 - 25%
9 - Check that SBT systems are installed at the specified mounting height. 25%
Check that SBGR rail panels are lapped in the direction of adjacent traffic 25%
10 -
flow or as specified in the Contract Documents.
11 - plates, angles, posts and rail panels, as specified in the Contract Documents, 25%
and, for proprietary systems, according to the manufacturer’s specifications.
12 - Check that reflectors are installed as specified in the Contract Documents. 25%

13 - 25%
Documents.
Administrative Activities
1 - -

1 - -
2 - -
been received.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 733, Construction Specification for Steel Beam Terminal (SBT)
System.


Concrete Barriers
740.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Concrete Barriers
740.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 310 Asphaltic Concrete, Hot Mix, Hot Laid and Hot Mix Patching
OPSS 740 Concrete Barriers
OPSS 1010 Aggregates - Granular A, B, M, and Select Subgrade Material

OPSS 1150 Asphaltic Concrete, Hot Mix and Hot Laid
OPSS 1305 Moisture Vapour Barriers
OPSS 1306 Burlap
OPSS 1308 Joint Filler (Concrete)
OPSS 1315 White Pigmented Membrane Curing Compounds for Concrete
OPSS 1350 Concrete (Materials and Production)
OPSS 1352 Precast Concrete Barriers
CSA Standards:
CAN/CSA-G40.21-M87 Structural Quality Steels

CSA-G164-M1981 Hot Dip Galvanizing of Irregularly Shaped Articles
MTO Forms:

PH-CC-340 Field Sample Data Sheet - Concrete
PH-CC-433A Concrete Mix Design Submission Form A
PH-CC-433B Concrete Mix Design Submission Form B
PH-CC-434 Sample Letter to Contractor - Concrete Mix Design

740.03 DEFINITIONS
Definitions shall be as specified in OPSS 740.
includes all concrete barrier related materials (concrete aggregates,
1 - -
cementing materials, concrete admixtures, water, epoxy coated steel for
concrete reinforcing, etc.), as well as suppliers of pre-cast concrete barriers.
At the commencement of the Contract, Check that all mix design
2 - requirements are adhered to and that all required documentation is submitted -
Check that the method of construction (conventional wooden or steel
3 - -
formwork, slip-form or pre-cast) is as specified in the Contract Documents.
740.05 MATERIALS
Check that concrete mix design requirements (submissions, supporting

1 - documentation, forms, tests, certificates) are as specified in the Contract -
Documents.
Check that the concrete for cast-in-place concrete barrier has the minimum
2 - required strength: 35 MPa for Tall Wall concrete barrier, and 30 MPa for all -
other concrete barrier types.
Check that cast-in-place concrete barrier conforms to OPSS 1350, using a

1 - 25%
nominal maximum aggregate size of 19 mm.
Check that all coarse aggregate used for slip formed Tall Wall concrete
2 - 25%
barrier has all faces crushed.
3 - Check that precast concrete barrier conforms to OPSS 1352. 25%
Check that membrane curing compound conforms to OPSS 1315, burlap
4 - conforms to OPSS 1306, and moisture vapour barrier conforms to 25%
OPSS 1305.
5 - Check that joint filler material conforms to OPSS 1308. 25%
6 - Check that formwork conforms to OPSS 919. 25%
Check that all reinforcing steel in permanent precast concrete barriers are
7 - 25%
epoxy coated and conform to OPSS 1442.

Check that epoxy patching is applied to all welds of epoxy coated reinforcing
8 - 25%
steel.
9 - Check that asphaltic concrete conforms to OPSS 1150. 25%
10 - Check that foundation material conforms to OPSS 1010. 25%
Check that hollow structural steel and wide flange steel sections used in
permanent precast concrete barriers are 350W grade, conform to CAN/CSA
11 - 25%
G40.21, and are hot dip galvanized after fabrication conforming to CSA
G164.
740.07 CONSTRUCTION
Foundation Preparation
· Check that, immediately ahead of placing concrete, the Contractor wets
down the subgrade by means of a uniform spray of water sufficient to wet
1 - 25%
the subgrade thoroughly without leaving standing water.
· Check that placement of asphaltic concrete pavement beneath and
adjacent to the precast concrete barrier conforms with OPSS 310.
2 - Check that expansion joints are as specified in the Contract Documents. 25%
Check that construction joints located at the end of a days placement are
3 - 25%
squared and as specified in the Contract Documents.
4 - Check that treatment at bridge piers is as specified. 25%
Conventional Wooden or Steel Form Construction Method
· Check for correct alignment, grade and granular base preparation.
· Check for correct joint detail and spacing.
· Check that the inside face of formwork is clean and in good order, to
produce a smooth cast face.
· Check that the barrier wall forms are adequately restrained to prevent uplift.
5 - · Check that railing mounts/anchorages are correctly installed (Location, 25%

elevation, flushness, and anchor bolt protrusion is adequate for tube rails).
· Check that concrete material, production and testing is as specified in the
contract documents.
· Check that concrete placement, consolidation and finishing operations are
as specified in the contract documents.
· Check that specified curing requirements are carried out.
· Check for surface tolerances and cracking.

Slip-Form Construction Method
· Check for correct alignment, grade and granular base preparation.
· Check that specified percentage of air is being maintained.
· Check that construction joints, isolation joints and contraction joints are
constructed in accordance with the contract requirements.
6 - · Check that specified curing requirements are met. 25%
· Check that concrete is not placed by slip-forming when the temperature is

below 0 ºC.
· Check that other temperature requirements are adhered to and as specified
in the contract documents.
· Check for surface tolerances and cracking.
Pre-Cast Construction Method
· Check that the foundation is prepared for acceptance of pre-cast units.
· Check that pre-cast units are as specified and supplied from the approved
7 - list. 25%
· Check for correct installation of interlocking devices and check that no
damaged units are installed.
· Check for correct alignment and grade.
Check that reflectors placed on concrete barriers are as specified in the
8 - 25%
Contract Documents.
9 - 25%
Documents.
1 - Check that Quality Assurance is as specified. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 740, Construction Specification for Concrete Barriers.


Temporary Concrete Barriers
741.01 SCOPE
Concrete Barriers as specified in OPSS 741, November 2014.
741.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 741 Temporary Concrete Barriers

CAIS 1504 Steel Beam Guide Rail
CAIS 1601 Wood, Preservative Treatment, and Shop Fabrication
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-876 Certification of Temporary Concrete Barrier Installations
741.03 DEFINITIONS
741.05 MATERIALS
741.05.02 Reinforcing Steel Bars
Reinforcing steel bars shall be inspected according to CAIS 1440.
741.05.05 Thrie Beam Guide Rails, Bolts, and Nuts
Thrie beam guide rails, bolts and nuts shall be inspected according to CAIS 1504.

741.05.07 Wooden Block
Wooden blocks shall be inspected according to CAIS 1601.
Check that temporary concrete barriers are identified as required with a date
1 - 50%
of manufacture and plant code listed on the current DSM 5.80.25.
Check that the supplied temporary construction barrier is permitted for the
2 - 100%
required deflection category for that location and construction stage.
Check that the temporary concrete or steel barriers meets the applicable
3 - 25%
acceptance criteria.
741.07 CONSTRUCTION
Check that barrier placement, offset and end treatments are according to the
1 M 100%
Contract Documents.
Check that the barriers are positively connected according the relevant
2 - 25%
standard drawing and manufacturer’s specification if applicable.
Check that barriers are placed on a level, paved surface with adequate width
3 - of paved surface on the non-traffic side of the barrier as required by the 100%
standard drawings for the barrier system.
4 - Check that construction markers are properly affixed, oriented and spaced. 25%
Verify transitions between temporary concrete barrier types are done using
5 M the three-beam detail and a minimum of 100 m of a particular type of barrier 100%
is provided.
Verify transitions between restrained and non-restrained barrier are according
7 M 100%
to the applicable details.
During construction, periodically check for any misaligned or damaged
8 - 25%
barriers. Check that replacement or repair is carried out as required.
Check that removal or relocation of temporary construction barrier is carried
9 M 100%
out as specified in the Contract Documents.
Check that the Contractor has provided notification in writing of the type of
1 M 100%
barrier installed a minimum of one week prior to placement.
Check that the Contractor has submitted manufacturer’s specifications and
2 M 100%
installation instructions for Movable Temporary Concrete Barrier.

Check that the Contractor has submitted manufacturer’s specifications and
3 M installation instructions, and working drawings for temporary steel barrier 100%
systems.
Check that the supplied barrier transfer machine is supplied by a supplier of
4 M 100%
movable temporary concrete barrier listed on the current DSM 5.80.25.
Check that MTO PH-CC-876 is submitted within 24 hours of initial placement
5 M 100%
and relocation of TCB units.
Measurement for payment shall be as specified. Installed barrier lengths may

exceed those specified in the Contract Documents as barrier unit lengths are
different for different systems and the Contractor may select from multiple
1 - -
systems. PQP adjustments according to GC 8.01.02.03 shall be made where
required to account for any discrepancy between specified and installed
lengths.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 741, Construction Specification for Temporary Concrete Barriers.


Connecticut Impact Attenuation System (CIAS)
723.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Connecticut
Impact Attenuation System (CIAS) as specified in OPSS 753, November 2013.
723.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 753 Connecticut Impact Attenuation Systems (CIAS)
MTO Forms:
753.03 DEFINITIONS – Not Used
1 - submitted by the Contractor includes all materials necessary for the 25%
installation of Connecticut Impact Attenuation System(s).
753.05 MATERIALS
Check that all supplied CIAS system components are as specified in the
1 - Contract Documents and included in the material sources list submitted at the 25%
commencement of the Contract.
Check that concrete and steel reinforcement are as specified in the Contract
2 - 25%
Documents.
Check that lifting equipment, straps, support and foundation are as required
3 - for the soil conditions, that the area is free of overhead wires, and that 25%
operators are certified to do the work.

4 - 25%
753.07 CONSTRUCTION
Check that CIAS are installed at the locations specified in the Contract
1 - 25%
Documents.
Check that concrete pads and backwalls are constructed as specified in the
2 - 25%
Contract Documents.
Check that granular pad is constructed with a 150 mm minimum depth and
3 - 25%
compacted.
Check that cylinders A through N are positioned correctly in relation with each
4 - 25%
other by measuring wall thickness of cylinders.
Check that concrete backwall is connected to the barrier as specified in the
5 - 25%
Contract Documents.
6 - 25%
7 - Check that delineation is as specified in the Contract Documents. 25%
8 - 25%
Documents.
Check that the PH-CC-877 forms have been received prior to recommending
1 - -
payment.
2 - Check that all documentation has been received. -

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 753, Construction Specification for Connecticut Impact
Attenuating System (CIAS).


Noise Barrier Systems
760.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Noise Barrier
Systems as specified in OPSS 760, November 2014.
760.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 760 Noise Barrier Systems
CAIS 206 Grading

CAIS 501 Compacting
CAIS 510 Removal
CAIS 609 Grounding
760.03 DEFINITIONS
Receive three copies of Working Drawings for the noise barrier system at
least 4 weeks prior to the commencement of construction and verify that it
1 M 100%
meets the Contract requirements and that it has been sealed and signed by
an Engineer.

760.05 MATERIALS
760.05.01 General
1 M approved list that was submitted by the Contractor at the commencement of 50%
the Contract.
Check all the granular material shall be as specified in the Contract

1 M 10%
Documents.
760.05.03 Footings
1 M Check cast-in-place concrete in footings are according to CAIS 1350. 100%
1 M Check steel reinforcement for the footings are according to CAIS 1440. 100%
760.07 CONSTRUCTION
760.07.01 General
Check noise barrier system are installed according to manufacturer’s

1 - 100%
specifications and at locations specified in the Contract Documents.
760.07.02 Site Grading and Preparation
Check that grading and berm construction is completed conforms with the
1 M 50%
requirements of the Contract Documents prior to the footing construction.
Check that barrier for tree protection is in place as specified in the Contract
2 M 100%
Documents, prior to commencement of the Work.
Check that tree pruning and removal is carried out correctly and kept to a
3 M 25%
minimum. Issue approval prior to commencement of any pruning or removal.

Check that there are no visible gaps between any barrier panels or beneath
4 M 50%
the bottom panels after completion of the barrier.
5 M Check all grading are according to CAIS 206. 50%
6 M Check earth and granular materials are compacted according to CAIS 501. 100%
760.07.03 Footings
Check that all loose material is removed from the bottom of the postholes or
1 M 25%
is compacted prior to post installation.
2 M Check the alignment and elevation of the anchorage assemblies if applicable. 25%
Check concrete for drilled footings are casted entirely against undisturbed
3 M 25%
soil.
4 M Check concrete are according to CAIS 904. 100%
Check backfilled material are compacted at least 95% standard Proctor
5 M 25%
maximum dry density.
Check if required, the top of all footings are shaped to provide for full
horizontal seating of panels and the remaining surface area are sloped away
6 M 25%
from the post to shed water. Check stepped footings if constructed to suit
grade changes.
Check concrete in the footings are cured to meet design strength as specified
7 M 25%
by the Engineer prior to the installation of noise barrier panels.
Check excavations into rock are backfilled entirely with concrete. Check
8 M excavation above the top of rock are formed to the required dimensions and 25%
the remainder of the excavation backfilled with granular material.
760.07.04 Posts
Check steel posts and components are hot dip galvanized after fabrication
1 M and check if galvanized surfaces are abraded must be cleaned and painted 10%
according to Contract Documents.
2 M Check structural steel posts are according to CAIS 906. 100%
3 M Check that posts are installed to the proper alignment and depth. 25%
4 M Check the alignment and elevation of the anchorage assembly’s if applicable. 25%
Check the top of footing and underside of post base plate are filled with non
5 M 25%
shrink grout according to the manufacturer’s specifications.

Check that the installation of the noise barrier footings and posts have been
6 M 25%
constructed in conformance with the Contract Documents.
760.07.05 Panels
Issue a Notice to Proceed, in a timely manner, after receiving the Request to

1 M -
Proceed and prior to the installation of the noise barrier panels.
Receive and check a Request to Proceed from the Contractor after the
1 M construction of the noise barrier footings and posts and prior to the 100%
installation of the noise barrier panels.
Check that installed panels are free of any oils, dirt and debris and are
2 - installed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and 50%
are in their proper location in the noise barrier system.
Check bottom panels to make sure that no voids are visible underneath the
3 M panel. If required, make sure that minor grading is carried out so the 50%
installation matches the ground profile.
760.07.06 Noise Barriers on Structures
Check that noise barriers on structures are attached according to the

1 M 100%
Check the testing of the mounting bolts when attached to retaining walls to
2 - 25%
determine that specified torque has been applied.
760.07.07 Precast Noise and Traffic Barriers
Check that the noise, or traffic barrier units, or both, are constructed within
1 M the tolerances of the lines and grades as specified in the Contract 25%
Documents.

760.07.08 Noise Barrier Access Openings
Check that openings, frames, doors, and hardware for noise barrier access
are supplied and installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s Working
1 M 25%
Drawings and installation instructions at the locations and of the types
Receive Working Drawings for the openings, frames, doors, and hardware for
1 M 100%
the noise barrier access.
760.07.09 Connection to Existing Fence
Check that all side fences are reconnected in accordance to the requirements
1 - 50%
2 - Administer the removal of any fence in accordance with CAIS 510. 25%
760.07.10 Underground Utility and Drainage Crossings
Check that all underground utility and drainage crossings requirements have
1 - 100%
been implemented.
760.07.11 Existing Overhead High Voltage Lines
Check if potential of arcing exists due to the close proximity of existing

1 - overhead high voltage lines, steel noise barrier panels and posts are 100%
protected according to Contract Documents.
2 - Check grounding of any steel components are according to CAIS 609. 50%
760.07.12 Markings
Check that the manufacturer’s identification plates contain the proper

1 M information and that they are attached to the completed noise barrier system 50%
according to the requirements of the Contract Documents.

760.07.13.01 Interim Inspection of Footings and Posts
Check that the noise barrier material is visually uniform in appearance in

1 M terms of colour, pattern, and texture from a distance of 15 m from noise 25%
barrier system. Noise barrier panels shall visibly match adjacent panels.
Receive Certificate of Conformance from the Contractor upon completion of
2 M 100%
the installation of the noise barrier system.
Check after noise barrier system installation that the site is cleaned and
1 M 25%
trimmed and the ground restored to a neat condition.
1 M Check that excess material is managed according to CAIS 501. 25%
760.08.01 Construction
Check if noise barrier components damaged in transit or during placement

1 - 100%
are replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner.
Check final inspection after complete installation according to the Working
2 - 50%
Drawings and Contract Documents.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 760, Construction Specification for Noise Barrier Systems.


Standard Highway Fence
771.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Standard
Highway Fence as specified in OPSS 771, November 2017.
771.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 771 Standard Highway Fence
CAIS 510 Removal

771.03 DEFINITIONS
771.05 MATERIALS
771.05.01 Highway Fence
According to CAIS 1540.
771.07 CONSTRUCTION
Check that preservative treated wood is identified with certification marks

1 - 10%
authorized by the Canadian Wood Preservers Bureau.
Check the preservative treated wood to determine if the splits and checks are
2 - 25%
within specified limits.

3 - Check that fence posts are the specified length. 10%
4 - Check that only one type of fence fabric is supplied for the entire Contract. 100%
Check that fence is placed in accordance with the requirements of the
5 M 25%
property agreements and Contract Documents.
Check that all debris, trees, stumps, brush, logs and existing fence have been
6 M removed and ground undulations have been corrected along the fenceline to 25%
obtain a smooth and uniform gradient prior to fence installation.
Check that all end, corner, anchor, line, straining and gate posts are properly
7 M 10%
installed with regard to depth, alignment, and spacing.
8 M Check all bracings are correctly installed. 10%
Check that loose material in the bottom of the posthole is tamped or removed
9 - 10%
prior to placing the posts.
Check that all posts are vertical with the large end down and that the backfill
10 - 10%
is properly tamped.
11 - Check the fence fabric. 100%
Check that all gates for highway fence open into the owner’s land and close
12 M 100%
by gravity.
13 - Check that all fences are maintained throughout the duration of the Contract. 100%
Check that all abraded and damaged surfaces are repaired and coated with
14 - 100%
approved zinc pigmented paint.
Check that the identification plates are installed at the required positions and
15 M 100%
spacing.
Check that the certificate of compliance for each fence component has been
1 M 100%
received prior to the completion of the Work.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 771, Construction Specification for Standard Highway Fence.


Chain-Link Fence
772.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Chain-Link Fence
772.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 772 Chain-Link Fence

772.03 DEFINITIONS
772.05 MATERIALS
772.05.01 Chain-Link Fence
Chain-link fence components shall be inspected according to CAIS 1541.
772.07 CONSTRUCTION
Check that all posts and rails are fabricated from galvanized steel pipe or
1 - vinyl coated if applicable and that the galvanizing or vinyl coating is in good 25%
shape.

2 M 25%
Check that all debris, trees, stumps, brush, logs and existing fence have been
3 M removed and ground undulations have been corrected along the fenceline to 25%
5 M 10%
7 - 10%
8 - 10%
is properly tamped.
Check that steel wire for chain link fence fabric conforms to the requirements
9 - 25%
Check that all fittings and accessories for chain link fences are galvanized
10 - 25%
and that the galvanizing is in good shape.
11 M Check that all gates for chain link fence open approximately 180 degrees. 100%
Check that concrete footings are constructed properly with regards to forming
13 M 10%
and placement of concrete.
14 - 100%
Check that the certificate of compliance for each fence component has been
1 M 100%
received prior to the completion of the Work.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 772, Construction Specification for Chain-Link Fence.


Expanded Metal Anti-Glare Screen
791.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Expanded Metal
Anti Glare Screen as specified in OPSS 791, November 2014.
791.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 791 Expanded Metal Anti Glare Screen
791.03 DEFINITIONS
791.05 MATERIALS
Check that the mesh panels have the dimensions and properties required in
1 - 25%
Check that the mesh panels have been hot dip galvanized and that the
2 - 25%
galvanizing is in good condition.
Check that the post and wire fasteners are made of the materials required in
3 - 25%
Check that wires are made of the materials required in the Contract
4 - 10%
Documents.
Check that washers, nuts and bolts are according to the requirements in the
5 - 10%
Contract Documents, are galvanized and in good condition.
Check that metal discs are according to the requirements in the Contract
6 - 10%
Documents, are galvanized and in good condition.

Check that post caps are according to the requirements in the Contract
7 - Documents, are galvanized and in good condition. Verify that post caps 10%
match the colour of the posts.
Check that turnbuckles are according to the material and dimensional
8 - requirements in the Contract Documents, are galvanized and in good 10%
condition.
791.07 CONSTRUCTION
Check panels are installed at locations specified in the Contract Documents

1 M 100%
and that mesh panels are oriented as required.
Check that identification plates are installed at intervals and with information
2 M 25%
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 791, Construction Specification for Expanded Metal Anti Glare
Screen.


Bollards
1.0 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Bollards as
specified in SSP 799S08, March 2012.
799S08.02.0 REFERENCES
Standard Special Provisions:
SSP 799S08 Construction Requirements for Bollards
3.0 DEFINITIONS
5.0 MATERIALS
5.01 Concrete
As specified in CAIS 1350
5.02 General
Check that all posts are fabricated from galvanized steel pipe and that the
1 - 25%
galvanizing is in good shape.
Check that the reflective tape meets dimensional and reflectivity
2 - 25%
requirements.

7.0 CONSTRUCTION
Check that bollards are installed plumb and to the height required in the
1 M 100%
Contract Documents.
Check that three tape stripes are installed at the top of each bollard with the
2 M 100%
required separation between stripes.
WARRANT: Always with SSP 799S08, Construction Requirements for Bollards.


Ramp Closure Gates
1.0 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Ramp Closure
Gates as specified in SSP 799S12, May 2013.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 799S12 Construction Requirements for Ramp Closure Gates
CAIS 501 Compacting

3.0 DEFINITIONS
4.01 Submissions
4.01.01 Shop Drawings and Welding Procedures
1 M Receive and Check the Shop Drawings and Welding Procedures -

Notify the Contractor when the installation of the ramp closure gates can
2 M -
commence

5.0 MATERIALS
5.04 Concrete
5.05 Reinforcing Steel
7.0 Construction
7.01 Compaction
7.02 Concrete
7.03 General
Check that the identification plates have been welded to the gate tube and
1 M 50%
support posts as required.
Check that wooden posts have been treated with preservative as required in
2 - the contract documents and are the required height and cross-sectional 25%
dimensions.
3 Check that wooden posts are properly and legibly marked for grade and
- 100%
species and for preservative treatment.
Check that all debris, trees, stumps and overhanging branches have been
4 M removed and ground undulations have been corrected to obtain a smooth 100%
and uniform gradient prior to gate installation.
Check that all wooden posts are vertical and that the backfill is properly
5 M 100%
tamped.
Check that wooden posts are cut to the height required in the contract
6 M 100%
documents.
Check that the gate support footing is the depth and diameter required in the
7 M 100%
Contract Documents.
Check that the reinforcing steel grade, size and configuration in the footing is
8 - 50%

Check that the steel and wood support posts are installed plumb and true to
9 - 50%
the specified alignment and offset.
10 M Check that the gate can move freely between open and closed positions. 100%
Check that the vertical clearance of the gate above the pavement in the
11 M 100%
closed position is as required in the Contract Documents.
Check that the signs are installed on the ramp closure gates as required in
12 M 100%
the Contract Documents and are attached using stainless steel hardware.
Check that a copy of the manufacturer’s shop drawings and welding

1 M procedures for each type of gate specified in the contract is submitted to the 100%
Contract Administrator.
1 - Check excess material as specified. 50%
Check and Determine conformance with the workmanship, design, and

dimensional requirements of SSP 799S12, including that:
1 - -
· All posts are true to alignment and plumb; and
· Gates shall move freely.
1 M Notify the Contractor if documentation and test components are required. -

2 M Check the documentation and test components. -
Notify the Contractor if material needs from the work area needs to be
3 M -
removed or replaced.

WARRANT: Always with SSP 799S12, Construction Requirements for Ramp Closure Gates.


High Tension Three Cable Guide Rail (HT3CGR) and
High-Tension Cable Guide Rail Terminal Systems (HTCGRTS)
1.0 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for High Tension
Three Cable Guide Rail (HT3CGR) and High-Tension Cable Guide Rail Terminal Systems
(HTCGRTS) as specified in SSP 799S15, June 2020.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 799S15 Construction Requirements for High Tension Three Cable Guide Rail and High
Tension Cable Guide Rail Terminal Systems
ASTM International
ASTM A780 / A780M - 09(2015) Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of
Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings
MTO Forms:
1 - submitted by the Contractor includes the supply of HT3CGR and -
corresponding HTCGRTS to be installed.
2 - -
instructions prior to installation.

5.0 MATERIALS
Check that all supplied system components are according to the

1 - 25%
2 - Check that object markers are as specified in the Contract Documents. 25%
4 - Check that reflectors are supplied as specified in the Contract Documents. 25%
Keep record of material tags and certificates (technical specifications for

1 - -
cable and cable hardware).
7.0 CONSTRUCTION
Check that high tension cable guide rail systems and terminal systems are
installed as specified in the contract documents according to the
1 - 25%
manufacturer’s instructions by installers trained by the manufacturer’s direct
representative.
Check that damaged areas of hot dip galvanized coatings on any galvanized
2 - 25%
component are repaired according to ASTM A780.
Check that excavation for placement of terminal systems are as specified in
3 - 25%
Check that Granular A is used for bedding and back fill, and that compaction
4 - 25%
is as specified in the Contract Documents.
Check that posts are set to the alignment specified in the Contract
Documents, regardless of the material encountered, and that installation of
5 - 25%
posts is carried out with methods and equipment that leave the posts free of
distortion, burring, and any other damage.
6 - Check that cable height is as specified in the Contract Documents. 25%
7 - Check that turnbuckles are installed as specified in the Contract Documents. 25%
Check that cable tension is carried out as specified in the contract
8 - 25%
documents, and receive the filled in Cable Tension Log Sheets.
9 - 25%
Check that reflectors and object markers are installed as specified in the
10 - 25%
Contract Documents.

11 - 25%
Documents.
1 - Check that PH-CC-877 have been received prior to recommending payment. -

Check that all documentation, including, where required, proof of installer
2 - -
certificates, have been received.
WARRANT: Always with SSP 799S15, Construction Specification for High Tension Three Cable
Guide Rail and High Tension Cable Guide Rail Terminal Systems


Temporary Transition Connection
1.0 SCOPE
Transition Connection as specified in SSP 799S18, May 2019.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 799S18 Construction Requirements for Temporary Transition Connection
CAIS 741 Temporary Construction Barrier

CAIS 1504 Steel Beam Guide Rail
CAIS 1601 Wood, Preservative Treatment and Shop Fabrication
3.0 DEFINITIONS
5.0 MATERIALS
5.01 Steel Beam Guide Rail
5.02 Timber Blockouts
5.03 Temporary Concrete Barrier

Check that the steel brackets are the required dimensions and materials in
1 - 50%
accordance with the Contract Documents.
2 - Verify that the brackets are galvanized and in good condition. 50%
7.0 CONSTRUCTION
7.01 General
Check that asphalt leave-outs are provided and are the required dimension
1 M 100%
and orientation where guiderail posts are driven in paved shoulder.
2 - Check that guiderail posts are driven to the required depth. 50%
Check that 30 cm offset blocks are provided within the required M30 length in
3 - 100%
Check that the wooden offset blocks are cut to the required dimensions and
4 - that the wooden offset blocks are secured to the W-beam rail and that the 100%
steel brackets are resting against the concrete barrier units.
Check that all bolts, washers and nuts are placed and affixed to all rail, offset
5 M 50%
blocks and posts as required.
Check that nested steel beam rails are provided within the required length in
6 M 100%
Check that steel beam guide rail elements are lapped in the direction of traffic
7 - 100%
flow.
Check that the temporary concrete barrier units in the transition connection
8 M 100%
are one of the allowable types specified in the Contract Documents.
Check that the temporary concrete barriers downstream of the transition are
9 M 100%
placed on a level, paved surface.
10 M Check that the steel beam guide rail is at the correct mounting height. 100%
Check that the transition connection is bolted to the temporary concrete
11 M 100%
barrier according to the Contract Documents.

WARRANT: Always with SSP 799S18, Construction Requirements for Temporary Transition
Connection.


Temporary Transition Barrier
1.0 SCOPE
Transition Barrier as specified in SSP 799S19, July 2018.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 799S19 Construction Requirements for Temporary Transition Barrier
3.0 DEFINITIONS
5.0 MATERIALS
Check that the barrier assembly is delivered to the site free of any distortions
1 - or visible damage to the galvanizing. Check that the welds are free of any 25%
visible cracks or irregularities.
Check that any damaged areas are cleaned and repaired by soldering,
2 - 100%
metallizing or zinc-rich touch-up paint as appropriate.
7.0 CONSTRUCTION
Check that the transition barrier is installed at location specified in the

1 M 100%
Contract Documents.
Check that the tail piece is anchored to the concrete median or roadside
2 M 100%
barrier using epoxy anchors as specified.

Check that stiffener posts 1 and 2 are resting against the concrete median or
3 - 100%
roadside barrier.
Check that the wobble plates are properly adjusted using the jack screw and
4 M 100%
that the plates are resting against the concrete median or roadside barrier.
5 M Check that the first 3 barriers downstream of the steel transition are Type X. 100%
Check that the barrier cap is resting on top of the first Type X TCB and is
6 M securely connected to the TCB using threaded rods and nuts through the cup 100%
washers on both sides.
Check that the three Type X TCB’s downstream are pinned to the asphalt
7 M 100%
using three pins per barrier on the traffic side only.
WARRANT: Always with SSP 799S19, Construction Requirements for Temporary Transition
Barrier.


Traversable End Treatments for Pipes and Box Culverts
1.0 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Traversable End
Treatments for Pipes and Box Culverts as specified in SSP 799S20, February 2019.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 799S20 Construction Requirements for Traversable End Treatments for Pipes and Box
Culverts
3.0 DEFINITIONS
1 M Receive and Check the copies of the Working Drawings as specified. 100%
5.0 MATERIALS
Check that the components are delivered to the site free of any damage,
1 M 100%
distortions or visible damage to the galvanizing.
Check that any damaged areas are cleaned and repaired by application of
2 - 100%
zinc-rich touch-up paint.

7.0 CONSTRUCTION
Check that the traversable end treatment is installed in the location according
1 M 100%
Check that the holes for anchors are drilled in the correct location and that
2 M 100%
anchors are installed according to the manufacturer’s requirements.
WARRANT: Always with SSP 799S20, Construction Requirements for Traversable End
Treatments for Pipes and Box Culverts.


Vegetative Cover
803.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the application of
vegetative cover as specified in OPSS 803, November 2020.
803.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 206 Grading

OPSS 802 Grading
OPSS 803 Vegetative Cover
OPSS 804 Temporary Erosion Control

CAIS 182 Environmental Protection for Construction in and Around Waterbodies and on
Waterbody Banks
CAIS 206 Grading
CAIS 802 Topsoil
803.03 DEFINITIONS
Receive the Contractor’s certificate of seed analysis within a minimum of

1 M -
24 hours prior to any seeding operations.
Check the Contractor’s certificate of seed analysis is according to the
2 M -
Contract Documents.

803.05 MATERIALS
Check that the construction materials are as specified in the Contract

1 - 100%
Documents.
803.06 EQUIPMENT
1 - Check that the equipment is as specified in OPSS 803. 100%
803.07 CONSTRUCTION
803.07.01 General
Check the control of invasive species and noxious vegetation is as specified

1 - 100%
803.07.02 Seeding
Verify that the erosion control measures are in place and functioning. If the
1 M 100%
control measures are not functioning or are insufficient, Notify the Contractor.
Check the surface of areas to be seeded show no evidence of erosion and
2 M 100%
are prepared as specified in OPSS 802.
Check that the final grade occurs prior to the application of temporary erosion
3 M 100%
control according to OPSS 804.
Where advanced seeding is specified in the Contract Documents, Check the
4 M grade immediately upon completion of final grade to allow the Contractor to 100%
apply the seed and temporary erosion control within 48 hours of final grade.
Check that the Contractor does not apply seed and cover under adverse
5 - 25%
weather conditions.
Check that the Contractor has laid out all locations for various seed mixes
6 - 25%
and different cover types.
7 - Check that the seed is applied according to the Contract Documents. 25%
Check that the specified cover is applied as a separate operation immediately
8 - 25%
after the application of seed, fertilizer, and water.

Notify the Contractor if the surface preparation is accepted and seeding

1 M -
operation can commence.
If the Contractor submits a proposal of the simultaneous application of
2 M seeding and temporary erosion control, Notify the Contractor if the -
submission is accepted.
803.07.03 Sodding
Check that locations specified for placement of sod are be prepared and
1 - 100%
graded according to OPSS 206.
2 - Check that sodding is installed according to the Contract Documents. 100%
803.07.04 Local Seed Bank Salvage
Check that local seed banks are salvaged according to the Contract
1 - 100%
Documents.
Check that local seed banks are stockpiled according to the Contract 100%
2 -
Documents.
Check that local seed banks are installed according to the Contract 100%
3 -
Documents.
If the Contractor submits a proposal to store salvaged local seed bank at

1 M different locations than as specified in the Contract Documents, Notify the -
Contractor if the submission is accepted.
803.07.05 Local Vegetation Blocks
Check that local vegetation blocks are harvested and installed according to
1 - 100%
Check that seed and temporary erosion control are applied to source areas
2 - where local vegetation blocks were harvested from, as specified in the 100%
Contract Documents.

803.07.06 Protection of Waterbodies and Waterbody Banks
1 - As specified in CAIS 182. 100%
803.08.01 Seeding
803.08.01.01 Acceptance Criteria for Seeding
A minimum of 60 days after application of seed, Check that seeded areas

meet the performance measures/acceptance criteria. If application is
1 M completed too late in the year to achieve the performance measures after 100%
60 Days, then Check the seeded areas a minimum of 60 Days after the end
of the specified winter dormant period.
803.08.01.02 Failure to Meet Acceptance
Check that the Contractor reapplies the specified permanent seed mixes and
annual nurse crop seed within 14 Days of receipt of the failure to meet
1 M 100%
acceptance notification from the Contract Administrator, or within 14 Days of
the end of the specified winter dormant period.
Check seeded areas that did not previously meet acceptance until the
2 M requirements in the Acceptance Criteria for Seeding clause have been 100%
achieved.
Check that locations specified in the Contract Documents to receive seeding
and that fail to meet the requirements in the Acceptance Criteria for Seeding
3 M clause by the winter dormant period, or where vegetative cover has not been 100%
applied prior to the winter dormant period, are protected from erosion
according to OPSS 804 until vegetative cover can be applied or reapplied.

If the completed work does not meet the acceptance criteria, Notify the
1 M -
Contractor.
803.08.02 Sodding
803.08.01.02 Acceptance of Sod
After the 30 Days maintenance period has ended, Check all placed sod
based on the requirements specified in the Maintenance of Completed
1 M Sodding clause. If placement of sod is completed less than 30 Days prior to 100%
the start of the winter dormant period, then the inspection will take place
30 Days after the end of the winter dormant period.
Check that sod is in the same location as originally placed and has not
2 - 100%
moved, eroded, slipped, or sloughed.
3 - Check that sod shows evidence of rooting into the underlying soil. 100%
Check that sod is of sufficient density that no surface soil is visible and there
4 - is no competitive growth, emerging from the sod or from between the sod 100%
joints.
803.08.02.02 Failure to Meet Acceptance
Check that the Contractor reapplies sod within 14 Days of receipt of the
1 M 100%
failure to meet acceptance notification from the Contract Administrator.
Check that areas to be re-sodded are maintained, and temporary erosion
2 - 100%
control is provided according to OPSS 804 until the sod has been replaced.
Check sodded areas that did not previously meet acceptance until the
3 M 100%
requirements in the Acceptance of Sod clause have been achieved.
If the completed work does not meet the acceptance requirements, Notify the
1 M -
Contractor.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 803, Construction Specification for Vegetative Cover.


Temporary Erosion Control
804.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for temporary
erosion control measures to protect disturbed earth surfaces during construction, minimize
sedimentation and support the establishment of vegetation as specified in OPSS 804, April 2021,
804.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 804 Temporary Erosion Control
SSP 804F02 Amendment to OPSS 804 - Timing Constraints for Temporary Erosion Control
Measures
CAIS 206 Grading

CAIS 511 Rip-Rap, Rock Protection, and Granular Sheeting
804.03 DEFINITIONS
804.5 MATERIALS
Check that the temporary erosion control materials are as specified in the
1 - 100%
Contract Documents.

804.6 EQUIPMENT
1 - Check that the equipment is as specified. 100%
804.07 CONSTRUCTION
804.07.01 General
Check that riparian vegetation areas specified in the Contract Documents to

1 - 100%
be preserved as are clearly marked in the field.
2 - Check that temporary erosion control is as specified. 100%
Check that temporary erosion control measures are installed where and
3 - when they are specified in the Contract Documents and are adjusted when 100%
installed, according to site conditions and staging activities.
Within 24 hours prior to forecasted significant rainfall events, Check that
4 - 100%
temporary erosion control is applied.
Check that temporary erosion control measures are in effective working
5 - 75%
condition prior to forecasted rain events, and after rain events
Check that all stockpiles of erodible construction materials and excess or
surplus materials within 30 m of a waterbody are protected from erosion
6 - 100%
within 48 hours of being built and until they are required for construction or
removed from the site.
Check for compliance with timing constraints on the maximum period
between removal of original vegetative surface cover and placement of final
7 - 75%
specified surface cover and with the cut-off dates for seed and cover as
specified.
Check that the Contractor installs any additional temporary erosion control
measures that are necessary solely because of preferred construction
8 - 100%
means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures selected by the
Contractor.
Check that the Contractor installs any additional temporary erosion control
9 - measures that were not anticipated during design but are required because 100%
of site conditions or staging activities.

804.07.02 Temporary Cover
Check that temporary cover measures, materials, products, and/or methods

1 - selected are according to OPSS 804 and the instructions of the material or 100%
product manufacturer or supplier, as applicable.
Receive and Check notification from Contractor about the selected temporary
cover measures, materials, products, and/or methods, as specified, prior to
1 M -
either the removal of original permanent cover, or to a change in the selected
method of temporary cover.
804.07.02.01 Application
Check the locations and application limits for temporary cover and Notify the
1 - 100%
Contractor if any additional locations are required.
In areas where the Contractor proposes to apply permanent cover
2 - immediately after removing existing cover, Check for presence of erosion or 100%
sedimentation in the proposed area.
Where applicable, Notify the Contractor whether they can proceed with
1 M -
placement of permanent cover or if temporary cover is required, as specified.
Where retention of existing vegetative cover or application of permanent
cover is the chosen temporary cover option in locations identified in the
2 - Contract Documents as temporary cover areas, payment for the temporary -
cover item shall be provided to the Contractor, in addition to the payment for
the associated grading, permanent cover etc. item(s), as specified.
804.07.02.02 Timing
Check that temporary cover is applied prior to any forecasted precipitation

1 M and less than 48 hours after the removal of any portion of the existing 100%
vegetative or other earth cover, as specified.
Check that temporary cover is applied within 48 hours of grubbing, as
2 - 100%
specified.

Where retention of existing vegetative cover or application of permanent
cover is the chosen temporary cover option, Check that there is less than
3 - 100%
48 hours between the removal of existing cover and the placement of
permanent cover.
804.07.11 Monitoring and Documentation
Check that the Contractor is monitoring all installed temporary erosion control
1 M -
measures for effectiveness and keeping required records as specified.
2 M Receive and Check the Monitoring documentation from the Contractor. -
3 M Notify the Contractor if additional Monitoring documentation is required. -
If erosion concerns are observed, receive and review the Contractor’s
4 - -
documentation.
804.07.12 Maintenance
Check that temporary erosion control measures are maintained and repaired
1 - 100%
Check that supplies are on site for the purposes of maintenance, repair and
2 - adaptive management of erosion control measures and areas as specified in 100%
When the temporary cover item(s) selected is/are found to be ineffective at
any location, Check that the Contractor selects, applies, and maintains a
3 - 100%
different material, product, or method more suitable for the site conditions
within 48 hours of notification.
804.07.13 Removal
Check that temporary erosion control measures are removed and disposed of
1 - 100%
as specified and in a manner that prevents sediment escape.
Check that temporary erosion control is removed prior to the placement of
2 - 100%
permanent cover, as specified in the Contract Documents.
If the Contractor requests to keep the temporary erosion control in place,

1 - -
Notify the Contractor if it is permitted.

Check that the removal and replacement or reapplication of deficient

1 M temporary erosion control occurs within 48 hours of receiving notification from 100%
the Contract Administrator, unless otherwise agreed to in writing.
1 M Coordinate with MTO if random quality assurance checks will be performed. -

Notify the Contractor if the temporary erosion control meets the acceptance
2 M -
requirements.
If the temporary erosion control does not meet the acceptance requirements,
3 M -
Notify the Contractor of the removal and replacement requirements.

Determine the payment for temporary erosion control at approved additional
2 - -
locations.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 804, Construction Specification for Temporary Erosion Control.


Temporary Sediment Control
805.01 SCOPE
maintenance, and removal of temporary sediment control during construction, as specified in
OPSS 805, November 2020 and SSP 805F01, January 2021.
805.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 805 Temporary Sediment Control
SSP 805F01 Amendment to OPSS 805 - Timing Constraints for Temporary Sediment Control
Measures
CAIS 206 Grading

CAIS 517 Dewatering
805.03 DEFINITIONS
805.05 MATERIALS
Check that the temporary sediment control materials are as specified in the
1 - 100%
Contract Documents.

805.07 CONSTRUCTION
805.07.01 General
Check that temporary sediment control measures are constructed as

1 M 100%
specified.
Check that temporary sediment control measures are installed where and
2 - when they are specified in the Contract Documents and are adjusted when 100%
installed, according to site conditions and staging activities.
Check that accumulated sediment is cleaned out of temporary sediment
3 - 100%
control measures and managed appropriately.
Check that temporary sediment control measures are in effective working
4 - 75%
condition prior to forecasted rain events, and after rain events.
Check that all stockpiles of erodible construction materials and excess or
5 - surplus materials are protected from sediment transport within 48 hours of 100%
being built, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.
Check that the Contractor installs any additional temporary sediment control
measures that are necessary solely because of preferred construction
6 - 100%
means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures selected by the
Contractor.
Check that the Contractor installs any additional temporary sediment control
7 - measures that were not anticipated during design but are required because of 100%
site conditions or staging activities.
805.07.08 Monitoring and Documentation
Verify that the Contractor is monitoring all installed temporary sediment -

1 -
control measures for effectiveness and keeping required records as specified.
2 - Receive and Check the Monitoring documentation from the Contractor. -
3 - Notify the Contractor if additional Monitoring documentation is required. -
If breaches or other sedimentation concerns are observed, receive and -
4 -
review the Contractor’s documentation.
805.07.09 Maintenance
Check that temporary sediment control measures are maintained and

1 - 100%
repaired as specified in the Contract Documents.

Check that supplies are on site for the purposes of maintenance, repair and
2 - adaptive management of sediment control measures and areas as specified 100%
When the temporary sediment control is found to be ineffective at any
location, Check that the Contractor selects, applies, and maintains a different
3 - 100%
material, product, or method more suitable for the site conditions within 48
hours of notification.
Check that accumulated sediment contained by temporary sediment control is
4 - 100%
removed and managed as specified.
805.07.10 Removal
Check that temporary sediment control measures are removed and disposed
1 - 100%
of as specified and in a manner that prevents sediment escape.
Check that temporary sediment control is removed as soon as practicable
2 - 100%
once the area is deemed stable.
Check that temporary sediment control remains in place when the final cover
3 - is vegetation and placement of final cover could not be advanced to allow 100%
establishment and stabilization of the site prior to Contract Completion.
805.08.01 Acceptance of Temporary Sediment Control
Check that the removal and replacement or reapplication of deficient

1 - temporary sediment control occurs within 48 hours of receiving notification 100%
from the Contract Administrator, unless otherwise agreed to in writing.
1 M Coordinate with MTO if random quality assurance checks will be performed -

Notify the Contractor if the temporary sediment control meets the acceptance
2 M -
requirements.
If the temporary sediment control does not meet the acceptance
3 M requirements, Notify the Contractor of the removal and replacement -
requirements.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 805, Construction Specification for Temporary Sediment Control.


Rootwad Structures
810.01 SCOPE
rootwad structures to provide waterbody bed and waterbody bank stabilization and to improve fish
habitat as specified in OPSS 810, April 2021.
810.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 810 Rootwads

Waterbody Banks
CAIS 206 Grading
CAIS 517 Dewatering
810.03 DEFINITIONS
810.04 DESIGN AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS – Not used
810.05 MATERIALS
810.05.01 General
1 - Check that the construction materials are free of deleterious substances. 100%

810.05.02 Trees
Check that trees used for rootwad structures and footer logs are according to
1 - 100%
810.05.03 Rootwad Trunk
1 - Check that rootwad trunks are according to the Contract Documents. 100%
810.05.04 Rootfan
1 - Check that rootfans are according to the Contract Documents. 100%
810.05.05 Footer Log
1 - Check that footer logs are according to Contract Documents. 100%
810.05.06 Anchoring Stone
1 - Check that anchoring stones are according to the Contract Documents. 100%
810.05.07 Reinforcing Steel
810.07 CONSTRUCTION
810.07.01 General
1 - Check that rootwad structures are installed in the dry. 100%

Check that the outside edge of the rootfan of a rootwad structure is installed
so that it is no lower than the bottom of the waterbody or otherwise so that it
2 - 100%
is 1/3 below the low water level of the waterbody as specified in the Contract
Documents.
1 M Notify the Contractor of any issues of non-compliance. -
Check that rootwad structures are installed according to the sequence

1 - 100%
Check that the rootwad structures are installed according to the Contract
2 - 100%
Documents.
810.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE – Not used

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 810, Construction Specification for Rootwad Structures.


Large Woody Debris
811.01 SCOPE
large woody debris to provide and improve fish habitat on waterbody beds and waterbody banks as
specified in OPSS 811, April 2021.
811.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 811 Large Woody Debris

Waterbody Banks
CAIS 206 Grading
CAIS 517 Dewatering
811.03 DEFINITIONS
811.04 DESIGN AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS – Not used.
811.05 MATERIALS
811.05.01 Large Woody Debris
1 - Check the large woody debris materials. 100%

811.05.02 Backfill Stone
1 - Check the backfill stone. 100%

2 - Refer to CAIS 1004 where backfill stone is pit-run material. -
811.07 CONSTRUCTION
811.07.01 General
1 - Check that large woody debris is installed in the dry. 100%

Check that large woody debris is assembled adjacent to, but not within the
2 - 100%
installation area.
Check that large woody debris is intertwined to create a mass, sized
3 - 100%
Check that large woody debris is installed according to the sequence

1 - 100%
2 - Check the installation of large woody debris. 100%

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 811, Construction Specification for Large Woody Debris.


LUNKERS
812.01 SCOPE
LUNKERS for the stability of waterbody banks and fish habitat enhancement as specified in
812.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 206 Grading

OPSS 812 LUNKERS

Waterbody Banks
CAIS 206 Grading
CAIS 517 Dewatering
CAIS 1005 Aggregates - Waterbody
812.03 DEFINITIONS
812.04 DESIGN AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS - Not used.
812.05 MATERIALS
812.05.01 General
1 - Check that the construction materials are free of deleterious substances. 100%

812.05.02 Wood
1 - Check the wood used for wood LUNKERS. 100%
812.05.03 Waterbody Aggregates
Check that waterbody aggregates are according with the Contract

1 - 100%
Documents.
2 - Check waterbody aggregates as specified in CAIS 1005. 100%
812.05.04 Granular B Aggregate
Check that granular B aggregate is made from unwashed, quarried bedrock

and does not contain reclaimed asphalt pavement, reclaimed concrete
1 - 100%
material, glass, ceramic, fly ash, any type of slag, or any other industrial by-
product.
2 - Check granular B aggregate according with CAIS 1010. 100%
812.05.05 Spacer and Cover Stones
1 - Check that spacer and cover stones are according with Contract Documents. 100%
812.07 CONSTRUCTION
812.07.01 General
1 - Check that Lunkers are installed in the dry. 100%

812.07.02.01 Wood LUNKERS
Check that wood LUNKERS are constructed according with the Contract
1 - 100%
Documents.
Check that wood LUNKERS are constructed on land, outside the waterbody,
2 - 100%
prior to installation in the waterbody bank.
Check that wood LUNKERS are installed according with the sequence
3 - 100%
Check that the wood LUNKERS are installed according with the Contract
4 - 100%
Documents.
Check that previously excavated bank material is installed on top of the
5 - waterbody aggregate and Granular B aggregate according to the Contract 100%
Documents and graded according with OPSS 206.
6 - Check grading as specified in CAIS 206. 100%
Check that vegetative cover is applied to the graded area according with the
7 - 100%
Contract Documents.
812.07.02.02 Stone LUNKERS
Check that the stone LUNKERS are installed according with the Contract
1 - 100%
Documents.
Check that stone LUNKERS are installed according to the sequence
2 - 100%
Check that previously excavated bank material is placed over the Granular B
3 - aggregate according to the Contract Documents and graded according to 100%
OPSS 206.
4 - Check grading as specified in CAIS 206. 100%
Check that vegetative cover is applied to the graded area according with the
5 - 100%
Contract Documents.

1 - Basis pf payment shall be as specified. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 812, Construction Specification for LUNKERS.


Riffles
820.01 SCOPE
riffles as specified in OPSS 820, April 2020.
820.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 820 Riffles

Waterbody Banks
CAIS 517 Dewatering
CAIS 823 Low Flow Channels
CAIS 1005 Aggregates – Waterbody
820.03 DEFINITIONS
820.04 DESIGN AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS – Not used.
820.05 MATERIALS
1 - Check that waterbody aggregate are according to the Contract Documents. 100%
2 - Check waterbody aggregate as specified in CAIS 1005. -

820.07 CONSTRUCTION
820.07.01 General
1 - Check that riffles are installed in the dry. 100%
820.07.02 Waterbody Bed Excavation
Check that waterbody bed excavation is carried out according to the Contract
1 - 100%
Documents.
Check that waterbody aggregates are blended on-site and according to the
1 - 100%
Contract Documents.
Check that 10 - 20% of the largest size of streambed material to be used is
2 - set aside and positioned on top of the smaller streambed material to direct 100%
the stream flow.
Check that riffles constructed with waterbody aggregate are constructed
3 - 100%
Check that waterbody aggregates are compacted, and interstitial spaces are
4 M 100%
filled, as specified in the Contract Documents.
Check that waterbody aggregate forms a non-uniform surface with larger
5 - 100%
stones protruding above smaller stones.
820.07.04 Low Flow Channel
Check that a low flow channel is installed in the riffle according to the
1 - 100%
Contract Documents.
2 - Check the low flow channel as specified in CAIS 823. -

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 820, Construction Specification for Riffles.


Pools
821.01 SCOPE
pools on streambeds as specified in OPSS 821, April 2020.
821.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 821 Pools

Waterbody Banks
CAIS 517 Dewatering
821.03 DEFINITIONS
821.04 DESIGN AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS - Not used
821.05 MATERIALS
1 - Check that waterbody aggregates are according to the Contract Documents. 100%
2 - Check waterbody aggregates as specified in CAIS 1005. 100%

821.07 CONSTRUCTION
821.07.01 General
1 - Check that pools are constructed in the dry. 100%

Check that materials temporarily removed from the waterbody bed for reuse
2 - 100%
are stored on-site according to the Contract Documents.
821.07.02 Pool Excavation
1 - 100%
Documents.
Check that waterbody aggregates are installed according to the Contract

1 - 100%
Documents.

821.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE - Not used
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 821, Construction Specification for Pools.


Rocky Ramps
822.01 SCOPE
of rocky ramps on waterbody beds as specified in OPSS 822, April 2020.
822.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 822 Rocky Ramps

Waterbody Banks
CAIS 517 Dewatering
822.03 DEFINITIONS
822.05 MATERIALS
1 - Check that waterbody aggregates are according to the Contract Documents. 100%
2 - Check waterbody aggregates as specified in CAIS 1005. -

822.07 CONSTRUCTION
822.07.01 General
1 - Check that rocky ramps are constructed in the dry. 100%
822.07.02 Removal of In-Stream Obstructions to Fish Passage from Waterbodies
Check that pre-existing, in-stream obstructions to fish passage are removed

1 - 100%
from the waterbody according to the Contract Documents.
822.07.03 Waterbody Bed Excavation
1 - 100%
Documents.
Check that the top layer of the excavated waterbody bed material is
2 - stockpiled on-site and reused later as the top layer of the rocky ramp 100%
Check that imported waterbody aggregates are stockpiled within graded piles
1 - 100%
on-site adjacent to the rocky ramp construction location.
Check that the downstream end of the rocky ramp is flatter than the rest of
2 - the ramp and approximately 10H:1V or as specified in the Contract 100%
Documents.
Check that rocky ramps constructed with waterbody aggregates are
3 - 100%
constructed according to the Contract Documents.
Check that the center stone of each boulder weir crest is removed to form a
4 - notch for a low flow channel upon completion of the construction of the rocky 100%
ramp with waterbody aggregate.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 822, Construction Specification for Rocky Ramps.


Low Flow Channels
823.01 SCOPE
low flow channels to maintain and enhance fish passage in a waterbody or a culvert as specified in
823.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 823 Low Flow Channels

Waterbody Banks
CAIS 517 Dewatering
823.03 DEFINITIONS
823.05 MATERIALS
Check that waterbody aggregates used to construct low flow channels are
1 - 100%

823.07 CONSTRUCTION
823.07.01 General
1 - Check that low flow channels are installed in the dry. 100%
Check whether the existing waterbody bed can be adjusted to create the
required low flow channel according to the Contract Documents or whether
2 - 100%
excavation of the waterbody bed and supply of waterbody aggregates from
off-site is required.
When excavation of the waterbody bed and supply of waterbody aggregates
are required to achieve the design as specified in the Contract Documents,
3 - 100%
Check that materials temporarily removed from the waterbody bed for reuse
are stored on-site according to the Contract Documents.
823.07.02 Low Flow Channel
Check that a low flow channel is prepared and installed according to the
1 - 100%
Contract Documents.
Verify the function of the low flow channel by Checking that the flow is
2 M contained within the low flow channel, as constructed, when waterbody flow 100%
has been reinstated.
Check that the grade and transition areas from the low flow channel to the
3 M waterbody do not present any barriers to flow or fish passage or direct flow 100%
outward towards the waterbody banks.
Check that the waterbody aggregates used to construct the low flow channel
4 M 100%
is adjusted to rectify any of these conditions.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 823, Construction Specification for Low Flow Channels.


Baffles in Culverts
824.01 SCOPE
baffles in culverts using waterbody aggregates to direct the flow of water within the culverts and to
enhance fish passage through the culverts as specified in OPSS 824, April 2020.
824.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 824 Baffles in a Culvert

Waterbody Banks
CAIS 517 Dewatering
824.03 DEFINITIONS
824.05 MATERIALS
Check that waterbody aggregates used to construct baffles in a culvert are

1 - 100%

824.07 CONSTRUCTION
824.07.01 General
1 - Check that baffles are installed in the dry. 100%
824.07.02 Baffles in a Culvert
Check that baffles are installed in culverts according to the Contract

1 - 100%
Documents.
Following reinstatement of flow through the culvert, Check that waterbody
2 M aggregate placement is adjusted by hand to achieve the design specified in 100%
Verify that the grade and transition of flow to the low flow channel within the
3 M 100%
culvert does not present any barriers to fish passage.
Check that the waterbody aggregates used to construct the baffles are
4 M 100%
adjusted to rectify any barriers to fish passage.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 824, Construction Specification for Baffles in Culverts.


Placement of Aggregates in Waterbodies
825.01 SCOPE
aggregates in waterbodies as specified in OPSS 825, November 2019, and SSP 825S01, January
2020.
825.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 825 Aggregates - Waterbody
SSP 825S01 Amendment to OPSS 825 - Additional Requirements for Waterbody Aggregate

Waterbody Banks
CAIS 517 Dewatering
825.03 DEFINITIONS
825.05 MATERIALS
Check that aggregates placed in waterbodies are according to the Contract

1 - 100%
Documents.

825.07 CONSTRUCTION
825.07.01 General
Check that excavation of waterbody beds is according to the Contract

1 - 100%
Documents.
Check that the placement locations are graded to a uniform and even surface
2 - 100%
prior to waterbody aggregate placement.
825.07.02 Placement
Check that the waterbody aggregate placement locations are according to the
1 - 100%
Contract Documents.
Check that the placement of waterbody aggregates occurs in an isolated
2 - 100%
work area.
Where waterbody aggregates are to be placed on a slope with a grade
greater than 2%, Check that placement commences at the toe of the slope
3 - 100%
and progress up the slope from that point to the termination location
When SSP 825S01 in included in the Contract, Receive a Request to

1 M Proceed from the Contractor in advance of the initial placement of aggregates -
in waterbodies.
Provide the Contractor with a Notice to Proceed with the placement of
2 M aggregates in waterbodies according to SSP 825S01, when included in the -
Contract.
Receive a Request to Proceed from the Contractor prior to removal of the
3 M dewatering and/or temporary flow passage systems and reinstatement of flow -
to the waterbody according to SSP 825S01, when included in the Contract.
Provide the Contractor with a Notice to Proceed with removal of the
4 M dewatering and/or temporary flow passage systems and reinstatement of flow -
to the waterbody according to SSP 825S01, when included in the Contract.

1 - Basis of payment shall be as specified in SSP 825S01. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 825, Construction Specification for Placement of Aggregates in
Waterbodies.


Bioengineering Measures
832.01 SCOPE
bioengineering measures as specified in OPSS 832, April 2021.
832.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 832 Bioengineering Measures

Waterbody Banks
CAIS 206 Grading
CAIS 802 Topsoil
832.03 DEFINITIONS
832.05 MATERIALS
832.05.01 Live Cuttings and Live Stakes
1 - Check that live cuttings and stakes are according to the Contract Documents. 100%
2 - Check that live cuttings and stakes are sourced on site or from a supplier. 100%

832.05.02 Plant Material
Check that plant material is free of disease and damage and is according to
1 - 100%
832.05.03 Rock
1 - Check that rock is according to the Contract Documents. 100%

2 - Check rock as specified in CAIS 1004 and CAIS 1005. -
832.05.04 Topsoil
832.05.05 Twine
1 - Check that twine is inert and biodegradable. 100%
832.05.06 Erosion Control Blanket
1 - Check that erosion control blanket is according to the Contract Documents. 100%
2 - Check erosion control blanket as specified in CAIS 804. -
832.07 CONSTRUCTION

Check that bioengineering measures are not installed during significant

1 - 100%
rainfall events or periods of drought.
2 - Check that dry soils are watered prior to installation. 100%
Check that excavated materials that are suitable for reuse as backfill material
3 - 100%
are stockpiled on-site and controlled according to the Contract Documents.
Check that live cuttings are installed within 12 hours of collection on-site or
4 - arrival from a supplier or shall otherwise be stored according to the Contract 100%
Documents.
Check that live cuttings are not planted if buds have broken open or if they
5 - 100%
are split, dried out, sprouting, or moldy.
Check that material from the waterbody bank does not enter the waterbody
6 - 100%
during grading.
832.07.02 Waterbody Bank Preparation
Check that the waterbody bank is graded and prepared prior to placement of
1 - 100%
the bioengineering measures according to the Contract Documents.
2 - Check grading as specified in CAIS 206. -
832.07.03 Harvest, Transport and Storage of Live Cuttings and Live Stakes
832.07.03.01 Harvest
Check that live cuttings and live stakes are harvested according to the
1 - 100%
Contract Documents.
832.07.03.02 Transport
Check that live cuttings and live stakes are transported according to the
1 - 100%
Contract Documents.

832.07.03.03 Storage
Check that live cuttings and live stakes are stored according to the Contract
1 - 100%
Documents.
832.07.03.01 Brush Layers
1 - Check that brush layers are installed according to the Contract Documents. 100%
832.07.04.02 Live Stakes
1 - Check live stakes are installed according to the Contract Documents. 100%
832.07.04.03 Soil Lifts
1 - Check that soils lifts are according to the Contract Documents. 100%
832.07.04.04 Vegetated Rock
1 - Check that vegetated rock is installed according to the Contract Documents. 100%
832.07.05 Vegetative Cover
832.07.06 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control
1 - As specified in CAIS 804 and CAIS 805. -

Prior to use, Check live cuttings, live stakes and plant material specified for
1 M use in the Contract Documents. Dried out or damaged live material shall be 100%
rejected.
1 Measurement for payment shall be as specified. -
1 Basis of payment shall be as specified. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 832, Construction Specification for Bioengineering Measures.


Wildlife Fence
1.0 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Wildlife Fence as
specified in SSP 899S02, August 2018.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 899S02 Construction Requirements for Wildlife Fence

CAIS 201 Clearing, Close Cut Clearing, Grubbing and Removal of Surface and Piled Boulders.
CAIS 206 Grading
CAIS 802 Topsoil
CAIS 1601 Wood, Preservative Treatment and Shop Fabrication
3.0 DEFINITIONS
Receive and Check Working Drawings from the Contractor at least 7 Days
1 M -
prior to commencement of the construction.

Check that the seals and signatures of a design Engineer and a design-
2 M checking Engineer are affixed on the Working Drawings verifying that the -
drawings are consistent with the Contract Documents.
5.0 MATERIALS
1 - Check that the construction materials are as specified in SSP 899S02. 100%
5.03 Posts and Brace Rails
Steel tubular posts and brace rails shall be inspected according to CAIS 1541.
Steel T-bar posts shall be inspected according to CAIS 1540.
Wood posts and brace rails shall be inspected according to CAIS 1601.
5.05 Fittings
Diagonal wood braces and diagonal brace wire shall be inspected according to OPSS 1540.
5.07 Fasteners
Staples shall be inspected according to OPSS 1540.
5.09 Concrete
Concrete shall be inspected according to CAIS 1350.
1 - Check that the correct fence fabric is supplied for the type of fence specified 100%
2 - Check that preservative treated wood is identified with certification marks 10%
authorized by the Canadian Wood Preservers Bureau.
3 - Check the preservative treated wood to determine if the splits and checks are 10%
within specified limits.
4 - Check that all required steel posts and rails are fabricated from galvanized 10%
steel pipe for chain link fence. Check that the galvanizing is in good condition.

7.0 CONSTRUCTION
7.01 Grading for Site Preparation
Grading shall be inspected according to CAIS 206.
Check that the Contractor completes proper layout and staking of the limits
and locations of all permanent wildlife exclusion fencing and escape ramps
1 M 25%
and/or gates, as applicable, to be installed for large and small animals as
Check that all ground undulations have been corrected along the fence line to
2 - 25%
Check that where undulating bedrock is present, the ground is prepared such
3 - 25%
that earth can be added to embed the bottom 200 mm of the fence fabric.
Check that all trees, stumps, and brush along the fence line are cut off at
4 - ground level and all logs and overhanging branches that interfere with the 25%
installation of the fence are removed prior to fence installation.
Excavation required to achieve the required cross section of the landing area
5 - -
shall be inspected according to CAIS 206.
6 - Grading shall be inspected according to CAIS 206. -
Check that all selective clearing and fence installation is a minimum of
7 - 25%
5 metres from the limit of the right-of-way.
Check that trenches excavated to embed fencing and aprons that outfall to a
8 - waterbody are protected against soil erosion and sedimentation of the 25%
waterbody.
7.02 Wildlife Fence
7.02.01 Footings
Concrete placement, curing, and protection from the elements shall be inspected according to
CAIS 904.
7.03 Wildlife Escapes
Excavation required to achieve the required cross section of the landing area shall be inspected
1 - Check that wildlife fence is installed according to the Contract Documents 25%

Check that wildlife fence ends are tied into embankments, escape ramps
2 - and/or gates or associated wildlife passages, as applicable, leaving no gaps 25%
greater than 15 cm to prevent animals getting through the fencing
Check that wildlife fence tops are angled as specified to keep animals from
climbing over the fence and that the bottom of the fence or attached apron is
3 - 25%
embedded into the surrounding earth or rock to prevent animals from
climbing under the fence
1 M Approve staked fence locations -
7.03.02 Placement of Fill for Wildlife Escapes
Placement of earth for wildlife escapes shall be inspected according to CAIS 206.
7.03.03 Landing Area
Clearing and grubbing of the landing area shall be inspected according to CAIS 201.
Topsoil shall be inspected according to CAIS 802. Seed and cover shall be inspected according to
CAIS 804.

1 - 25%
Check that all debris, trees, stumps, brush and logs have been removed and
2 M ground undulations have been corrected along the fence line to obtain a 25%
smooth and uniform gradient prior to fence installation.
4 M 10%
6 - 10%
7 - 10%
is properly tamped.
Check that steel wire for fence fabric conforms to the requirements of the
8 - 25%
Contract Documents.
Check that all fittings and accessories for chain link fences are galvanized
9 - 25%
and that the fittings and galvanizing are in good shape.
10 M Check that all gates for chain link fence open approximately 180 degrees. 100%

Check that concrete footings are constructed properly with regards to forming
12 M 10%
and placement of concrete.
13 - 100%
7.04.02 Placement of Fill
7.04.03 Retaining Wall
Check retaining walls for wildlife escapes are constructed according to the
1 - 100%
Contract Documents.
7.04.04 Landing Area
1 - Check clearing and grubbing of the landing area as specified in CAIS 201. -
2 - Check topsoil as specified in CAIS 802. -
3 - Check vegetative cover as specified in CAIS 803. -
7.04.05 Tolerances
Check that wildlife escapes are within ±100 mm of the dimensions in the
1 - 100%
Contract Documents.
Check that all escape ramps are installed leaving no gaps greater than 15 cm
2 - 100%
between the exclusion fencing and the escape ramps.

8.02 Material Certification
Receive and Check that a Certificate of Compliance for each fence

1 M -
component has been received prior to the completion of the Work.
8.02 Material Samples
Obtain and test samples to ensure compliance with the specifications, as

1 - 100%
specified
Check that products represented by the test samples that are not in
2 - compliance are removed from the Work Area and replaced, according to the 100%
Contract Documents.
WARRANT: Always with SSP 899S02, Construction Specification for Wildlife Fence.


Excavating and Backfilling - Structures
(As Specified in OPSS 902 and NSSP FOUN0003)
902.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for excavating and
backfilling for structures, including dewatering as specified in OPSS 902, November 2019, and
FOUN003, January 2020.
902.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 206 Grading

OPSS 501 Compacting
OPSS 902 Excavation and Backfilling - Structures
NSSP FOUN0003 Amendment to OPSS 902, November 2019 - Requirements for Dewatering
Structure Excavations in Complex Water/Soil Conditions
CAIS 206 Grading

CAIS 501 Compacting
CAIS 510 Removal
MTO Forms:

902.03 DEFINITIONS

902.04.01.01 Dewatering
When required, Check that the dewatering design is undertaken by the

1 - Contractor corresponding to the degree of complexity of the dewatering 100%
system.
1 M Check if dewatering is a requirement. -
Receive and Check the condition surveys of property and structures

1 M -
submitted by the Contractor.
Review any Working Drawings related to sequence of excavation, dewatering
2 M -
and backfilling.
902.05 MATERIALS
902.05.01 Granular
902.05.02 Native Backfill
1 - Check the imported and native material used. 50%
1 - Determine if the imported and native material can be used. -

2 M Notify the Contractor if the material can be used. -

902.05.01 Clay Seal
902.06 EQUIPMENT
902.06.01 Compaction Equipment
902.07 PRODUCTION
902.07.01 Removals
902.07.02 Removal of Ice and Snow
1 - Check the removals of all ice and snow. 100%
Check the Protection Systems installation when the Contractor determines its
1 FES 50%
usage is necessary.
902.07.04 Dewatering Structure Excavation
Check that the Contractor and their Dewatering Specialist Subcontractor

1 - conducts dewatering, temporary flow diversion and temporary flow passage 50%
in accordance with their Design Submissions as specified in OPSS 902.
2 FES Check complex dewatering systems. 50%
Check that the dewatering, temporary flow diversion and temporary flow
3 - 50%
passage prevents disturbance to the founding material.
Check that the dewatering of groundwater and the surface water control
4 - 50%
enables construction in the dry.

Check that advanced unwatering is conducted as required to prevent soil
5 - 50%
sloughing, basal heave and boiling.
Check that unwatering is not causing the erosion of the soil at the outlet and
6 - 50%
other environmental concerns (example: muddy water discharge).
Check that the Contractor has the standby equipment (including: pumps,
7 - 50%
hoses, sediment bags) on site as specified in OPSS 902.
902.07.05.01 General
Inspection activities:
Check that the deterioration of the foundation soil or rock is prevented as a

1 - 50%
result of surface water and/or build up of hydrostatic pressures.
Check that the erosion and sediment control schemes (and coffer dams if
2 - required) are in place and functioning prior to structure excavation such that 50%
the watercourse is isolated from the Work area.
Determine if additional erosion control measures or additional locations may
3 - 50%
be required.
Confirm that any other relevant environmental constraints have been
4 - 50%
addressed.
902.07.05.02 Excavation for Foundations
1 - Check the excavation for footings, working slabs, and granular pads. 50%
M Check founding soil to verify composition and confirm capacity.
2 50%
FES
Check that loosened material, soft material, boulders and other deleterious
M
3 material at the foundation base are removed and replaced with suitable 50%
FES
compacted material or mass concrete.
Check that any adjacent utility/structure is not affected or undermined by the
4 - 50%
footing excavation.
5 - Check that the founding soil is protected and preserved. 50%
Record the depth, length, width, type of material used, and how it was placed,
6 - 50%
when the Contractor uses a working slab.
Check that any stockpiling of excavated material is done in an area that is
7 - isolated from any watercourses such that entry of sediment to watercourses 50%
is prevented.

In the case of concrete culverts of the open footing type, Check the
8 - 50%
excavation.
When the Contractor proposes to excavate between footings below the level
9 - of the stream bed or top of the footings, determine if acceptable by MTO 50%
designer, and Notify in writing to the Contractor of the decision.
Check the elevation of the bottom of the footing, working slab, or granular
10 - 50%
pad is not changed.
11 - Check that over-excavated areas are restored to their original conditions. 50%
Check if the material to be used as backfill for over-excavated areas is
12 - 50%
acceptable and Notify the Contractor of decision.
13 - Check the fill material used for over-excavation in rock. 50%
Check if additional excavation is required and Notify the Contractor of
14 - 50%
decision.
902.07.05.03 Excavation for Backfill and Frost Tapers
1 - Check the excavation for backfill and frost tapers. 50%

Determine and Notify the Contractor if the proposed backfill material for over-
2 - 50%
excavated areas, is approved to be used.
Check that over-excavated areas are restored, and approved material is
3 - 50%
used.
902.07.06 Backfilling
902.07.06.01 General
1 M Check that frozen materials are not incorporated into the work. 50%
2 M Check that footings are protected against frost action. 50%
Check backfill on top of footings, abutment, wingwall, retaining wall, or
3 M concrete culvert. Check the concrete has reached 70% of its design strength 50%
before placing the backfill.
4 - Check backfilling around culverts, arches, rigid frames, and piers. 50%
When rock fill is placed around a structure, Check that the rock fill placed
5 - 50%
prevents damage to the structure.
Check that fill is placed before traffic or construction equipment passes over
6 - 50%
the culvert.

Check that backfill is placed according to OPSS 206 and compacted

1 M 50%
2 - Check the vibratory type compaction equipment is used. 50%
902.07.07 Clay Seal
1 - When used by the Contractor, Check the clay seals. 50%
902.07.08 Inspection for Dewatering, Excavation and Backfilling
Receive and Check the Request to Proceed from the Contractor prior to the
1 M commencement of dewatering of the excavation for the structure and -
completion of the excavation for the foundation.
Issue a Notice to Proceed after the completion of the excavation for the
2 M -
foundation for the next operation to proceed.
Receive and Check the Request to Proceed from the Contractor upon
3 M completion of the excavation for backfill and frost tapers and prior to the -
commencement of backfilling of excavation.
Issue a Notice to Proceed prior to the commencement of backfilling of
4 M -
excavation for the next operation to proceed.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 902, Construction Specification for Excavating and
Backfilling - Structures.


Deep Foundations
903.01 SCOPE
installation of deep foundation units as specified in OPSS 903, April 2016 and SSP 109F57, August
2021.
903.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 903 Deep Foundations
SSP 109F57 Amendment to OPSS 903, April 2016 - Various Requirements

CAIS 909 Prestressed Concrete - Precast members
CAIS 911 Coating Structural Steel Systems
CAIS 1302 Water
MTO Forms:

PH-CC-811 Certification of the Component
903.03 DEFINITIONS

903.04.01.01 Concrete
Check that the mix design submitted satisfies the requirements for plastic
1 - -
concrete.
903.04.02.01 General
1 - Check that all submissions bear the seal and signature of an Engineer
-
experienced in the field of deep foundations.
2 - When welded field splices are used, check that welding procedures are in
-
accordance to the Canadian Welding Bureau.
3 - Check that working drawings are submitted and reviewed by Foundation
-
Engineering Specialist.
Check that condition surveys of property and structures that may be affected
1 -
by the work are submitted prior to starting the work.
903.04.02.03.01 Mill Certificates
1 - Check that mill certificates are submitted at the time of delivery. -

Check that for imported steel (from a mill outside Canada or the United
2 - States of America) the information on the mill certificates is verified by testing -
by a Canadian laboratory.
Check that the laboratory is certified by an organization accredited by the
3 - -
Standards Council of Canadian testing laboratory.

903.04.02.03.02 Concrete
1 - Check that a site-specific concrete mix design is submitted 14 days prior to

-
construction.
Check that the concrete mix design meets the requirements of the hardened
2 - -
concrete.
903.04.02.03.03 Slurry
1 - Check that the slurry properties are submitted 14 days prior to construction. -
2 - Check that the slurry properties meet the requirements. -
903.04.02.04 Installation
Receive and Check the Contractor’s submission required under GC 7.02.07

1 - regarding the certification by an Ontario Land Surveyor or Engineer for grade -
and layout of the component.
903.04.02.04.01 Driven Piles
Check that the installation equipment and procedure are submitted in

1 - -
accordance with the specifications 14 days before construction.
903.04.02.04.02 Caisson Piles

1 - -
903.04.02.04.03 Displacement Caisson Piles

1 - -

903.04.02.04.04 Steel Reinforcement Cages
Check that the Working Drawings are submitted 14 days before constructing
1 - -
showing the fabrication details of the steel reinforcement cages.
903.05 MATERIALS
903.05.01 Wooden Piles
1 - Check that the wooden piles are in accordance with CAN3-056. 100%
Check that piles are pressure treated with creosote according to
2 - 100%
CAN/CSA-080.
903.05.02 Steel Piles
903.05.02.01 H-Piles
903.05.02.02 Tube Piles
903.05.02.03 Sheet Piles
Check material requirements for steel H, steel tube and steel sheet piles
1 - 100%
respectively.
903.05.02.04 Straightness Tolerance for Steel Piles, Casings, and Liners
1 - Check that tolerances as specified are met. 100%
903.05.03 Driving Shoes and Rock Points
1 - Check that rock points and driving shoes are as specified in the Contract 100%
Documents.

903.05.04 Casing for Caissons
1 - Check the grade and wall thickness. 100%
903.05.06 Concrete
1 - Check the slump. -

2 - Receive and review a request to use admixtures. -
903.06 EQUIPMENT
903.06.01 Hammers
1 - Check that details of the hammers are submitted. -
903.06.02 Helmets and Striker Plates
1 - Check that details of the helmets and striker plates are submitted. -
903.06.03 Leads
Check that the submission confirms that the leads are adequately braced at
1 - -
the top and bottom.
2 - Check that the leads are equipped with a fixed, rigid, adjustable kicker. -
3 - Check that the leads are not swinging leads. -

903.06.04 Followers
Check whether followers are submitted and if so that the requirements of the
1 - -
specification are satisfied.
903.07 CONSTRUCTION
903.07.01 Transporting, Storing, and Handling Piles, Casings, Liners, and

Reinforcing Steel Reinforcement Cages
Check that the piling material and appurtenances are properly handled and
1 - 100%
transported without causing damage.
Check that steel reinforcement cages are lifted and placed using appropriate
2 - lifting equipment, temporary bracing etc. to prevent from deforming during 100%
transport and installation.
903.07.02 Driven Piles
903.07.02.01 Pile Driving Requirements and Restrictions
1 - Check that the Contractor undertakes the work in compliance with the 100%
requirements and restrictions as specified.
2 FES Check that the Contractor is not overdriving the piles. 100%
3 FES Check that the Contractor is not damaging the piles during installation. 100%
4 - Check the vertical and batter alignment of the piles. 100%
903.07.02.02 Driving Shoes and Rock Points
1 - Check that Driving Shoes and Rock Points are supplied as specified. 100%
903.07.02.03 Splicing
1 WS Check the splicing is completed as specified. 100%

2 WS Check that piles are spliced as specified. 100%

Check that the piling material and appurtenances are properly handled and
1 M -
transported without causing damage.
903.07.02.05 Cutting Off Piles
903.07.02.07 Monitoring Driven Piles
903.07.02.07.01 General
1 M Check, monitor and control the driving of piles. 100%
1 M Receive and Check the pile driving records from the Contractor.
-
FES
903.07.02.07.02 Driving to a Specified Elevation
1 M Check that piles are driven to the elevation as specified in OPSS 903. 100%
1 - Notify the designer, via the MTO Contract Services Administrator, if the -
Contractor proposes to drive the piles to elevations not specified in the
Contract.
2 - Notify the Contractor if the Contractor can drive the piles to elevations not -
specified in the Contract.
903.07.02.07.03 Driving to a Specified Ultimate Resistance
1 M Check that ultimate resistance was determined as specified in OPSS 903

100%
FES (using the Hiley Formula and/or PDA) at end of initial driving.
2 M Calculate and establish ultimate resistance.
100%
FES
3 M Measure and Record the set used to determine ultimate resistance for
100%
FES individual pile acceptance.

4 M Obtain the set used to determine ultimate resistance and rebound
100%
FES measurements.
5 M Establish the reference set used to determine ultimate resistance.
100%
FES
6 M Calculate and Establish the achievement of measured ultimate resistance
100%
FES and the design ultimate resistance.
7 Prior to commencing the high-strain dynamic testing, verify and confirm that
M
all equipment used has been calibrated and calibration certificates have been 100%
FES
submitted as per ASTM D 4945.
8 M Conduct the [*F: High-Strain Dynamic Testing or Dynamic Formula Analysis]
100%
FES to determine the ultimate resistance.
9 Verify the formula that the Foundations Engineer Specialist is conducting to
M 100%
determine the ultimate resistance.
10 Submit to the Contract Administrator the preliminary reports of [*F: the High
M
Strain Dynamic Testing or Dynamic Formula Analysis] on the same day of the 100%
FES
testing to determine the ultimate resistance.
11 Verify that the preliminary reports are submitted on the same day of the
M 100%
testing.
12 Submit to the Contract Administrator the final report containing the results of
M the [*F: High Strain Dynamic Testing or Dynamic Formula Analysis] within 100%
10 Days of field testing.
13 M Check that the final report is submitted within 10 Days of the field testing. 100%
14 If the specified ultimate resistance is not achieved, Check that the Contractor
M 100%
retaps/restrikes after initial driving as specified.
1 Receive and Check a Request to Proceed from the Contractor after the design
-
ultimate resistance is achieved.
2 Issue to the Contractor a Notice to Proceed for the next operation to proceed. -
903.07.02.07.03.03 Driving to Bedrock
1 M Check that piles driven to bedrock shall not be overdriven. 100%

2 M On sloping bedrock, check that the pile is seated as specified. 100%

903.07.02.07.04 Wave Equation Analysis
1 M Determine energy imparted on pile using the wave equation analysis as

-
FES required.
2 - Notify Contractor of the execution of the wave equation analysis. -
903.07.02.07.05 Hammer Performance
1 M Witness the verification of the hammer performance as specified.

100%
FES
2 - Direct all instrumentation, access, and assistance for the testing and
100%
monitoring.
903.07.02.07.06 Retapping Tests on Piles
1 - Check that retapping of piles is executed by the Contractor as specified. 100%
903.07.02.07.06 Retapping and Redriving Piles
1 - Check that the retapping is conducted by the Contractor as specified. 100%
Notify the designer, via the MTO Contract Services Administrator, when the
1 - retapping reveals that the ultimate axial resistance of the piles has not been -
achieved.
903.07.03 Caisson Piles
903.07.03.02 Excavation
903.07.03.02.01 General
M Check that the Contractor maintains the sidewall stability throughout the
1 100%
FES excavation and concrete placement operation.

M Check that soil cave-in into the excavation hole is prevented.
2 100%
FES
M Check the excavation, steel reinforcement installation, and placing of
3 100%
FES concrete operations, load tests, operations for caisson piles work.
M Check that the caissons are drilled to the correct design tip elevation and they
4 100%
FES are the correct size.
M Check that penetration and cut off are in accordance with design data.
5 100%
FES
M Check that vertical and batter alignment of the caissons are as specified.
6 100%
FES
M Check the sides and bottom of the excavation hole are as specified.
7 100%
FES
M Check that the caisson bottom is as specified.
8 100%
FES
903.07.03.02.02 Casings
1 - Check the type, length and condition of caisson liners. 100%

When an auger is used to excavate for a casing, check that the diameter of
2 - 100%
the auger is as specified.
903.07.03.02.04 Slurry Method
1 FES Check that slurry properties are being tested and verified as specified. 100%
2 FES Check that the level of slurry in the excavation is as specified. 100%
3 FES Check that any temporary slurry does not negatively impact shaft resistance
100%
design requirements. Temporary slurry needs to be adequately flushed.
903.07.03.03 Inspection of the Excavation
1 M Check the bottom of excavations.

100%
FES
2 M Use MINI SID, SQUID as specified in combination with a manual probe.
100%
FES

3 M Check the bearing area of the caisson pile prior to the placement of concrete.
100%
FES
903.07.03.06 Steel Reinforcement
Check the steel reinforcement cages prior to installation and during

1 - 100%
placement of concrete.
2 - Check that the steel reinforcement cage is fabricated in one piece. 100%
3 - Check that the welding of steel reinforcement and use of splices is not being
100%
done by the Contractor unless specified in the Contract.
4 - Check that the steel reinforcement is not be displaced or distorted during the
100%
construction of the caisson.
5 - Verify that the means of ensuring that the steel reinforcement is not displaced
100%
or distorted in the vertical and horizontal planes.
Receive and Check a Request to Proceed submitted by the Contractor after

1 M -
excavation and prior to the placement of steel reinforcement.
Issues a Notice to Proceed to the Contractor before the Contractor proceeds
2 M -
to the next operation.
903.07.03.07 Concrete
903.07.03.07.01 General
Check that the concrete is placed immediately following inspection of the

1 FES 100%
caisson hole.
Receive and Check the Request to Proceed submitted by the Contractor

1 - -
before the concrete placement.
Issue a Notice to Proceed to the Contractor prior to the placement of
2 - -
concrete.
Check that concrete is placed as specified, and within the specified time
3 - -
period following cleaning and inspection of caisson base.

903.07.03.07.02 Concrete Placed in the Dry
1 - Check that the concrete is placed as specified. 100%
903.07.03.07.03 Concrete Placed Under Water or Under Slurry
1 - Check that tremie or pumped concrete is carried out as specified. 100%
903.07.03.07.04 Withdrawal of Liners
Check that the withdrawal of the liners by the Contractor is carried out as
1 - 100%
specified.
Check that the driven piles and caisson piles are installed to the specified
1 M 100%
tolerances.
If the tolerances are not met by the Contractor, Notify the designer, via the
2 - 100%
Contract Services Administrator, for direction.
903.07.08.01.02 Visual Inspection of Welds
1 - Check that the welds are as specified. 100%

Select a representative sample, not less than 30% of the splice welds, from
2 WS 30%
different piles to be inspected.
3 WS Check not less than 30% of the splice welds, from different piles. 30%
Determine if the inspection of the representative sample of the splice welds
4 WS 100%
need to be increased to 100% inspection and Notify the Contractor.
Check all sample welds, if the representative sample of splice welds needed
5 WS 100%
to be increased, increased up to 100% of the welds.

903.07.08.01.03 Non-Destructive Testing of Welds
Select splice welds to be tested by ultrasonic or radiographic testing at

1 - 100%
random.
Perform the ultrasonic or radiographic testing test for the entire length of the
2 WS 100%
selected splice welds, using procedures according to CSA W59.
Select the welds for the random ultrasonic or radiographic testing to be taken
3 WS from different piles and include 10% of the splice welds, rounded to the next 100%
highest number, but no fewer than two.
Increase the testing to up to 100% of the welds and Notify the Contractor, if
4 WS any of the welds do not pass the ultrasonic or radiographic-testing and need 100%
to be repaired.
Receive a written notification from the Contractor in advance of installing piles

1 - -
which will require weld splicing.
Receive an immediate written notification from the Contractor, if there are any
2 - -
scheduled changes for each pile requiring weld splicing.
Receive and Check a Request to Proceed submitted by the Contractor after
3 - -
the completion of splice welds for each construction stage of work.
4 - Issue a Notice to Proceed, before the next operation proceeds. -
903.07.08.01.04 Repaired Welds
Perform non-destructive testing for all welds and Check all welds that have
1 WS 100%
been repaired.
903.07.08.02 Non-Destructive Test Reports and Visual Inspection Reports
Request to the Contractor to submit the results from completed Visual

1 - -
Inspection Reports and Non-Destructive Test Reports.
2 - Check the reports as specified in OPSS 903. -

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 903, Construction Specification for Deep Foundations.


Concrete Structures
904.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for concrete
structures as specified in OPSS 904, November 2019, and SSP 109S18, October 2020.
904.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 904 Construction Specification for Concrete Structures

OPSS 905 Concrete Reinforcement
OPSS 920 Deck Joint Assemblies, Waterstops, Joint Fillers, Joint Seals and Joint Sealing
Compounds - Structures
OPSS 1002 Aggregates - Concrete

OPSS 1202 Bearings - Elastomeric Plain and Steel Laminated
OPSS 1302 Water
OPSS 1350 Material Specification for Concrete - Materials and Production
SSP 109S18 Amendment to OPSS 904, November 2019 - Use of Ethylene Vinyl Acetate (EVA)
Foam
CAIS 501 Compacting

CAIS 908 Metal Traffic Barriers and Metal Railings for Structures
CAIS 920 Deck Joint Assemblies, Waterstops, Joint Fillers, Joint Seals and Joint Sealing
CAIS 928 Structure Rehabilitation - Concrete Removal
CAIS 930 Structure Rehabilitation - Concrete Patches and Overlays

CAIS 932 Crack Repair - Concrete
CAIS 1302 Water
CAIS 1350 Material Specification for Concrete - Materials and Production
MTO Forms:

PH-CC-737 Request to Place Structural Concrete
904.03 DEFINITIONS
904.04.01.01 Notification of Placement of Structural Concrete
Check that the “Request to Place Structural Concrete” are received, prior to
1 M -
each placing operation and that it is signed by the Contractor.
2 M Sign and date the “Request to Place Structural Concrete” form. -
3 M Issue a “Notice to Proceed” form to the Contractor. -
904.04.01.02 Bridge Deck Placement Plan
1 - During site visits, check the work against the Bridge Deck Placement Plan. 100%
Receive and Check the “Bridge Deck Placement Plan”, if applicable, a

M
1 minimum of 7 Days prior to the commencement of placing concrete in bridge -
SSI
decks. Check that the work plan is as specified in the Contract Documents.
Send the “Bridge Deck Placement Plan” with comments to the MTO CSA
2 M -
within 2 days of receipt.
If no pour sequence is provided in the contract, the contractor must submit
3 - their pour sequence, for which their formwork / falsework / girder bracing was -
designed.

If screed rails are proposed outside of the centreline of girder webs, seek
4 - -
MTO Regional Structural section approval.
Share Bridge Deck Placement Plan with inspectors and ensure it is kept on
5 - -
site for enforcement.
Receive a temperature control plan a minimum of 7 Days prior to

commencement of placing for a) any concrete subject to cold weather,
1 M -
b) high performance concrete, c) bridge decks and d) large concrete
components where the smallest dimension is 1.5 m.
Check that the temperature control plan complies with the Contract
2 M -
Documents and OPSS 904.
904.04.01.04 Curing Compound
Receive and review the curing compound submission a minimum of 7 Days

1 M -
prior to the application of the curing compound as specified.
904.04.01.05 Approach Slab Seat Elastomers and Ballast Wall Elastomers
Receive and Check a copy of the manufacturer’s certificate verifying

1 M compliance with OPSS 1202, prior to installation of the approach slab seat -
elastomer or ballast wall elastomer or both.
904.04.01.06 EVA Foam
Receive product data sheet for the EVA foam to be used in the work a
1 M minimum of 7 Days prior to installation and Check that the EVA foam meets -
the requirements of SSP 109S18 and is suitable for the application.
904.05 MATERIALS
904.05.01 Concrete
1 - Check that concrete material is as specified in OPSS 1350. -

904.05.02 Portland Cement
1 - Check that Portland cement material is as specified in OPSS 1301. -
904.05.03 Sand
1 - Check that sand material is as specified in OPSS 1002. -
904.05.04 Bonding Agents
1 - Check that the bonding agent is as specified in OPSS 904. 25%
904.05.05 Mortar
1 - Check that mortar is as specified in OPSS 904. 25%
904.05.06 Burlap
1 - Check that the burlap is as specified in the Contract Documents. 25%
904.05.07 Water
Check that the water is as specified in the Contract Documents and

1 - 25%
OPSS 1302.
1 - Check that the material is as specified in the Contract Documents. 25%

1 - Check that the curing compound is as specified in OPSS 1315. 25%
904.05.10 Approach Slab Seat Elastomers and Ballast Wall Elastomers
Check that the elastomers delivered to the site exceed the required length to
1 - allow for a 600 mm test sample to be taken from the approach slab seat or 100%
ballast wall elastomers on each structure.
Check that the elastomer is according to the plain bearing requirements of
2 - 100%
OPSS 1202.
904.05.11 Insulation Material
1 - Check that the insulation material is as specified in OPSS 904. 25%
904.05.12 EVA Foam
1 - Check that the EVA foam is as specified in SSP 109S18. 25%
904.06 EQUIPMENT
Check that equipment made of aluminium material does not come in contact
1 - 50%
with the plastic concrete.
2 - Check that the concrete pump is as specified in OPSS 904.06.02. 100%
3 Check that the internal vibrators are as specified in OPSS 904.06.03. 100%
Check that the mixer for the bonding agent is a stationary mixer, power
4 - 50%
driven, and capable of uniformly mixing the materials.
Check that bridge deck finishing machine, screed rails and work bridges are
as specified in the Contract Documents. If the screed rails are not located
5 - 100%
over the webs of the girders, alert MTO Contract Service Administrator,
Quality Assurance and Structural Section immediately.
6 - Check that hand finishing tools are as specified in the Contract Documents. 100%

7 - Check that straight edges are as specified in the Contract Documents. 50%
Check that the tremie is equipped with a foot valve at the bottom of the pipe.
8 - 100%
Check that the pipe is as specified in the Contract Documents.
Check that the curing compound is applied to the concrete surface by means
- of motorized spraying equipment approved by the manufacturer of the curing 50%
9 compound.
- Check that the equipment includes a mechanical agitator. 50%
Check that the compressor for air blasting is as specified in the Contract
10 - 50%
Documents.
904.07 CONSTRUCTION
904.07.01 Formwork and Falsework
Check that the formwork and falsework are as specified in CAIS 919 and the
1 - 100%
Contract Documents. Check that textile form liners are not used.
Spot check the construction to ensure it is constructed in accordance with the
2 SSI 25%
Contract Documents prior to use.
Prior to use, Check that the Contractor’s Engineer inspects the formwork and
3 - -
falsework and receive the Contractor’s Certificate of Conformance.
Ensure the assumed pour sequence and design loads are indicated on the
3 SSI formwork and falsework drawings and check against the Contractor’s 100%
proposed pour operations in the Bridge Deck Placement Plan.
904.07.02 Steel Reinforcement, Mechanical Connectors, and Associated Hardware
Check that steel reinforcement, mechanical connectors, and associated

1 - 100%
hardware are as specified in OPSS 905 and the Contract Documents.
Verify that where the superstructure is continuous over a support, all the deck
2 - steel reinforcement is placed in the entire deck prior to any concrete being 100%
placed.
904.07.03 Deck Joint Assemblies and Joint Material
Check that deck joint assemblies, joint fillers, joint seals, joint sealing
1 - 100%
compounds, and external waterstops are as specified in OPSS 920.

904.07.04 Preparation for Concrete Placement
Check that all concrete surfaces against which new concrete is to be placed,
1 - including formed and sawcut surfaces, are clean, solid, and free from loose or 100%
foreign substances.
Check that the concrete surface is uniformly roughened to a surface profile of
2 - 5 ± 2 mm by means of methods such as scabbling, chipping, or bush 100%
hammering to expose the aggregates across the entire surface.
3 - Verify that abrasive blast cleaning is done as per OPSS 904 and OPSS 929. 100%
Check that all concrete and structural steel surfaces against which new
4 - concrete is to be placed are cleaned by power washing no more than 24 100%
hours prior to placing concrete.
Check that all concrete surfaces to receive concrete are maintained in a wet
5 - condition for a period of a minimum one hour prior to placing any new 100%
concrete.
Check that all dust and loose material are removed from the prepared surface
6 - 100%
by using compressed air prior to wetting the concrete surface.
Check that excess water is removed from the surface using compressed air
7 - 100%
prior to placing concrete.
8 - Check that bonding agent is applied as specified in OPSS 904.07.04.05. 100%
Check that a thin uniform coating of bonding agent is brushed onto the
prepared surface immediately prior to placing fresh concrete. Check that any
9 - bonding agent that is not used within 30 minutes of mixing is discarded and 100%
that bonding agent that has dried is removed and replaced prior to placing
concrete against it.
Check that element-specific preparation is as specified in 904.07.04.06, e.g.,
10 - “For concrete in footings, parapet and barrier walls and curbs on 100%
structures...”.
Visually, spot check contractor’s haunch heights, and screed equipment set
11 - 25%
up, to verify that proper cover and deck thickness will be achieved.
1 - Review details of “pre-placement” meeting regularly for compliance. -

Check if wind / humidity conditions require protection against drying concrete
2 - -
during placement.
For bridge deck concrete placement, Check that the Contractor’s screed
3 - elevation and haunch height calculations with MTO Structural / Structural -
designer’s input. Check that the actual top of girder elevations are used.

904.07.05.01 General
1 - Check that the concrete is not segregated. 100%

Check that the concrete placing and transporting devices are not supported
2 - 100%
by the steel reinforcement.
Check that concrete is deposited within 1.5 m of its final position. When
3 - concrete is to be dropped more than 1.5 m, check that fully enclosed vertical 100%
drop chutes extending to the point of deposit are used.
Check that the surface of the concrete is covered with wet burlap when there
4 - 100%
is an interruption in placing concrete greater than 20 minutes.
Check that the concrete and concrete testing is in accordance with OPSS
5 - 100%
1350.
6 - Check that the placing of concrete is as specified in the Contract Documents. 100%
If concrete drying is a possibility due to wind / humidity conditions, verify that
7 -
continuous fog misting is provided.
904.07.05.02 Concrete Placing Restrictions
Check that curing materials and, in cold weather, all protection materials have
1 - 100%
been delivered to the site before any concrete is placed.
Check that the temperature of formwork, steel reinforcement, or any other
2 - 100%
material on which the concrete is to be placed does not exceed 30 °C.
Check that excavations prepared for concreting and any existing concrete,
steel reinforcement, structural steel, forms, or other surfaces against which
3 - 100%
concrete shall be placed are at a minimum temperature of 5 °C for a period of
12 hours prior to commencement of placing concrete.
Check that ice and snow are removed from the area where concrete is to be
4 - placed and concrete is not placed on or against frozen ground. Check that 100%
deicing chemicals are not used.
At the start of the operation, Check that barrier and parapet walls on
5 - 100%
structures are not slipformed.
When concrete is to be placed on a surface that has a slope greater than 3%,
6 - check that the placing operation begins at the lower end of the slope and 100%
progress upwards.
Check that the dimensions and reinforcement of the component are in
7 - 100%


regarding the certification by an Ontario Land Surveyor or Engineer for grade
For bridges, retaining walls, culverts with span of 5m or more, tunnels and
1 M -
sewers of 2m diameter or more, this activity is to be completed at several
milestones including prior to placing new concrete footings, new concrete
substructure components, on new concrete bridge seats prior to girder
erection, after girder erection and prior to any work on the concrete deck, and
prior to concrete deck placement for final screed rail elevations.
Issue a Notice to Proceed, in a timely manner, and prior to the placement of
2 M -
concrete if the requirements of the Contract Documents are met.
904.07.05.03 Concrete in Structure and in Deck
Check that the deck finishing dry run is conducted and cover to reinforcing
1 M 100%
steel is acceptable
Check that all bridge deck placements meet the requirements in the Contract
2 - 100%
Documents.
3 - Check transferring systems (concrete pumps, belts, runways, etc.). 50%
Check that the Contractor is following the approved pour sequence. The
4 SSI pour sequence shall be provided by the Contractor if there is none in the 50%
Contract as specified in OPSS 904.04.01.02 a).
Check that the loads (from equipment, etc.) from the Contractor’s operations
5 SSI match those allowed on the working drawings for the falsework and 50%
formwork, and noted in the Bridge Deck Placement Plan.
If the deck placement is narrower than 3 m, Receive and Check the

1 - -
Contractor’s submitted proposal for finishing.
904.07.05.04 Tremie Concrete
1 - 100%
functioning prior to placement of tremie concrete.

Check that unwatering is not carried out within the timeframes specified in the
2 - 100%
Contract Documents.
Check that unwatering is not causing erosion of soil at the outlet or other
environmental concerns (e.g. muddy water discharge). Check that the
Contractor has standby equipment (pumps, hoses, filter bags, etc.) on site as
3 M 100%
required in the environmental submission. Check that the Contractor has
obtained a Permit to Take Water in accordance with Special Provision
100S59 before unwatering is carried out.
Check that tremie concrete is placed as specified in the Contract Documents.
Check that the proper hydrostatic head is achieved prior to starting placement
of tremie concrete (water should be still without evidence of flow). Check that
the end of discharge hose is maintained 300 to 400 mm below the concrete
4 - 100%
surface as placement progresses. Check that the concrete is not mixing with
water. Check that displaced water is pumped out at the same rate as
concrete placement. Perform top of concrete elevation checks in conjunction
with Contractor as placement progresses.
5 - Check elevation at which the placement is terminated. 100%
Check proper removals, cleaning and soundness of top surface prior to
6 M 100%
placing additional concrete.
Check that the formed enclosure meets water tightness specified in the
7 - 100%
Contractor’s submission, when placement is required next to a watercourse.
904.07.06 Consolidation
Check that vibratory equipment is in good operating condition and meets the
1 - 100%
specification requirements in the Contract Documents.
Check that vibrators are used to thoroughly consolidate concrete at the point
2 - 100%
of deposit within 15 minutes of placement.
Check for adequate consolidation and proper use of vibrators, Check that the
3 - concrete is not over vibrated (i.e., not be used to make the concrete flow or to 100%
spread the concrete more than 1.5 m).
904.07.07 Concrete Finishing
Check that finishing of plastic concrete is as specified in the Contract

1 - 100%
Documents.
Check that finished concrete is within the tolerances specified in the Contract
2 - 100%
Documents.

Check that concrete surfaces against which new concrete is to be placed
3 - 100%
have a rough surface finish.
904.07.08 Curing
1 - Check that curing is as specified in OPSS 904. 100%

Check that components of structures are cured with burlap and water, except
as specified in the Curing Formed Surfaces clause, when the ambient air
2 - temperature is 0 °C or higher at the time of placing. Check that concrete 100%
components are cured with moisture vapour barrier when the ambient air
temperature is below 0 °C at the time of placing, except for HPC.
Check that curing is applied immediately after finishing the concrete surface.
For continuing operations, such as barrier wall or sidewalk, check that curing
3 - 100%
is applied within 2 to 4 m of the finishing operation. For bridge decks, check
that curing is within 2 to 4 m of the pan or screed of the finishing machine.
Check that any concrete containing silica fume is cured according to the HPC
4 - 100%
curing requirements.
Verify that the curing period is a minimum of seven Days for concrete subject
5 - to cold weather, concrete cured with curing compound, and HPC. Verify that 100%
for all other concrete, the curing period is a minimum of four Days.
Check that where waterproofing is to be applied to a structure following
6 - curing with burlap and water or moisture vapour barrier, that the deck is air 100%
cured for at least 72 hours prior to the application of waterproofing.
Check that for curing with burlap and water, the burlap is pre-soaked by
7 - immersing it in water for a period of at least 24 hours immediately prior to 100%
placing.
Check that two layers of burlap are applied to the surface of the concrete.
8 - Verify that burlap strips overlap 150 mm and are held in place without marring 100%
the surface of the concrete.
Check that the burlap is maintained in a continuously wet condition
9 - 100%
throughout the curing period by means of a soaker hose.
Check that the burlap is covered with a layer of moisture vapour barrier within
10 - 12 hours of placing of the concrete in a manner that prevents deformation of 100%
the surface of the concrete.
Check that water is not allowed to drip, flow, or puddle on the concrete
11 - surface when placing the burlap or at any time prior to the concrete achieving 100%
final set.
For HPC, check that fog mist is applied continuously from the time concrete is
12 - deposited in the deck, approach slab, median, curb or sidewalk, until it is 100%
covered with burlap.

- Check that the burlap has no tears or holes. 100%
Check HPC is cured with burlap and water regardless of ambient
- 100%
temperature.
- Check that burlap is prevented from freezing during cold weather. 100%
904.07.09 Control of Temperature and Temperature Difference
Check that During the curing period, the concrete temperature does not fall
1 - 100%
below 10 °C or exceed 70 °C.
2 - Check that the temperature difference is as specified. 100%
Check that control of temperature and temperature difference requirements
3 - 100%
are carried out as specified in the Contract Documents, where applicable.
Check that the thermocouples for temperature and temperature difference
4 - 100%
control are installed in accordance with the Contractor’s plan.
5 - Verify the accuracy of temperature monitoring systems. 75%
Check that recording of concrete temperatures begins at the start of
6 - placement. Check that the temperature is recorded automatically at intervals 75%
no greater than one hour until the end of the monitoring period.
Check that the Contractor physically monitors and verifies concrete and
7 - ambient air temperature readings every six hours, or more frequently, for the 100%
first 3 Days and every 12 hours for the remainder of the monitoring period.
Take random readings once per day during the curing period of the
thermocouples installed in bridge deck and substructure and compare to the
8 - 100%
datalogger temperature records submitted by the Contractor, to verify
thermocouple function and readings.
Check that concrete subject to cold weather is placed as specified in
9 - 100%
OPSS 904.
Check that protection plan is implemented for concrete subject to cold
10 100%
weather.
Check that heating equipment of sufficient capacity is used throughout the
11 - curing period and for such time thereafter, as is necessary, for the completion 50%
of the work, to establish and maintain the specified curing conditions.
Check that the heating equipment used within the housing is vented outside
12 - the housing. Check that heating equipment having an open flame shall not 50%
be permitted.
Verify that the ambient air temperature adjacent to the concrete or formwork
14 - 100%
within the housing does not vary by more than 8 °C.

Check that for concrete subject to cold weather and for large concrete
15 - components where the smallest dimension is 1.5 m, the protection is 100%
gradually removed or reduced as specified in OPSS 904.
Check that the protection is not totally removed or that the concrete is not
16 - fully exposed to the air until the average concrete temperature is within 10 °C 100%
of the ambient air temperature.
Check that the datalogger temperature records and records of any action
1 - taken to maintain control of temperature and temperature difference are -
submitted at the end of each Day during the temperature monitoring period.
Check that at the end of the temperature monitoring period complete
2 - temperature records are submitted including graphical plot of temperature -
versus time.
Verify that for concrete subject to cold weather, the protection system is
designed for the worst conditions that can be reasonably anticipated from
3 - -
local weather records, forecasts, site conditions, and past experience for the
time period during which the protection is required.
904.07.10 Removal of Formwork and Falsework
Check that the removal of formwork and falsework is according to OPSS 919
1 M 50%
and as specified in the Contract Documents.
904.07.11 Construction Joints
1 M Check that all construction joints are as specified in the Contract Documents. 100%
Check that any other construction joints that are not specified the Contract
2 M Documents, that are proposed by the Contractor, are approved by the 100%
Designer and/or Structural Section.
904.07.12 Surface Finish
1 - Verify that concrete surface is not treated with cement slurry or paste. 100%

Check that all holes left in the concrete surface with any dimension greater
than 15 mm and less than 50 mm are filled with mortar or a proprietary
2 - 100%
patching material within 3 Days following the removal of forms or curing
materials.
Check that the holes are moist at the time of filling and mortar is tamped into
3 - place. Check that the proprietary patching materials are placed according to 100%
the manufacturer’s instructions.
Check that the appearance of the concrete is uniform in colour, pattern, and
texture when viewed from a distance of 15 m. Check that all projections, such
4 - 100%
as fins and bulges, and all blemishes, such as stains and rust marks are
removed.
Check that formed and unformed surfaces are such that when tested with a 3
m long straight edge placed anywhere in any direction on the surface, there is
5 - 100%
no gap greater than 6 mm between the bottom of the straight edge and the
surface of the concrete.
Check that the gap between the straight edge and the surface of the concrete
6 - is not greater than 3 mm when the straight edge is placed across a 100%
construction joint.
Check that all unformed construction joint surfaces against which sidewalks,
curbs, medians, and barrier walls are to be placed are such that when tested
7 - with a 500 mm straight edge placed anywhere in any direction on the surface, 100%
there is no gap greater than 20 mm between the bottom of the straight edge
and the surface of the concrete.
Check whether the concrete has been contaminated by oil or other
8 - deleterious substances. Identify and address any contamination as a 100%
deficiency.
Check that contaminated concrete in bridge decks or against which new
9 - concrete is to be placed is removed according to OPSS 928, procedure for 100%
Concrete Removal-Partial Depth, Type A, B, and C.
Verify that surfaces with cavities with any dimension greater than 50 mm or
1 - with honeycombing are repaired. Receive and review the repair proposal with -
Quality Assurance Section and approve or reject.
904.07.13 Alignments of Components
Request and receive verification from Contractor to ensure all concrete items
or structural components are constructed to the specified geometry as per
1 M OPSS 904. Check that variations from plumb or a specified slope do not 100%
exceed 1H:400V and the departure from specified alignment do not exceed
± 25 mm.

904.07.14 Testing for Early Strength
Check that testing for early strength is as specified in OPSS 904 or as agreed
1 - 100%
to with the Contractor and MTO.
Check that all aspects of the preparation, storing, and transportation of
2 - cylinders for early strength determination are completed as specified in 100%
OPSS 904.
Check that cylinders for early strength determination are stored in or on the
3 - 100%
structure as near as possible to the component that they represent.
904.07.15 Early Loading of Structural Concrete
When early loading of a structural component is permitted, check that full

1 - 100%
curing is maintained at all times as specified in the Contract Documents.
Check that the subsequent placement of reinforcement, formwork and
2 - 100%
falsework on a footing, culvert base slab, or caisson is as specified.
Check that construction vehicles are not permitted on bridge decks until the
3 - 50%
requirements are met as specified in OPSS 904.07.15.
Check that the 28-Day compressive strength has been attained prior to
1 M -
applying full design loads to the structure.
Check that prior to any early loading, the Contractor demonstrates that the
2 - concrete has reached a compressive strength of 20 MPa by preparing, -
curing, and transporting early strength cylinders as specified in OPSS 904.
Check that placement of concrete on the footing, culvert base slab, or
3 - caisson shall not be carried out until the concrete has reached a compressive -
strength of 20 MPa.
Check that subsequent placement of reinforcement, formwork, falsework,
4 - and concrete on all other structural components is not carried out until the -
concrete has reached a compressive strength of 20 MPa.
Verify that concrete is not subjected to early loading where cold weather
5 - -
protection is required.

904.07.16 Cracks in Formed and Unformed Surfaces
Check that cracks are identified and documented by the Contractor according
1 - to OPSS 904. Check the cracks identified by the Contractor for accuracy on 100%
the concrete element.
Check that a proposal for remedial action is submitted by the Contractor

1 M according to OPSS 904 for review and acceptance by Structural and Quality -
Assurance sections.
Accept components with formed and unformed surfaces based on verification
2 M that the cracks in the completed work were treated as required by the -
specification.
Give or deny permission to waterproof following completion of a bridge deck
3 M repair based on verification that the repair has been completed satisfactorily -
and the deck has air cured for 72 hours.
904.07.17 Concrete Cover
Within 3 Business Days of notification by Contractor, carry out the covermeter

1 M survey on the top surface of decks (including medians and sidewalks) and 100%
front face of concrete barrier/parapet walls.
Submit the results of the covermeter survey to the Quality Assurance Section
1 M -
electronically immediately after completion of the survey.
2 M Provide the covermeter survey report to the Contractor. -
Receive and review the proposal for remedial action for concrete cover not
3 M -
meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents.
Give or deny permission to waterproof based on acceptable concrete cover
4 M and acceptable remedial action, if applicable. Check that the deck air cured -
for 72 hours prior to waterproofing.

Check that management of excess material is done according to the Contract

1 - 100%
Documents (i.e., wash water and excess concrete to be returned to plant.).
904.07.19 Installation of EVA Foam
Check that EVA foam is installed at locations specified on the Contract

1 - 100%
Drawings.
When multiple layers of EVA foam are needed, check multiple layers of EVA
2 100%
form are fully bonded to each other using adhesive.
The minimum length of continuous EVA foam shall be the lesser of the
3 100%
element length or 1.2 m.
Accept components based on OPSS 1350 and satisfactory completion of all

1 M remedial action associated with surface tolerance, surface finish, concrete 100%
cover, alignment, cracks, and any other deficiencies.
Select a random sample of the approach slab seat and ballast wall
2 M 100%
elastomers, 600 mm in length each, from each structure for testing.
· Obtain and submit the MTO Structural Final Clearance/Restriction
measurements.
· Vertical Clearances - Gathering minimum clearance measurements along
3 - each edge of lane, in metres to 2 decimal places. 100%
· Horizontal Clearances - Clearance to be measured at right angles to the
centre line of the travelled portion of the highway or edge of lane.
· Check that adequate clearance or signage prior to opening to traffic.
Review the test results for approach slab seat and ballast wall elastomers
1 M and determine if they meet the acceptance requirements in the Contract -
Documents.
Receive and review the test results for relative density, non-volatile content,
2 M and settlement of curing compounds. Forward the test results to the -
Contractor as they become available.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 904, Construction Specification for Concrete Structures.


Steel Reinforcement for Concrete
905.01 SCOPE
all steel reinforcement and mechanical connections for concrete structures as specified in
905.02 REFERENCES
CAIS 909 Prestressed Concrete - Precast Members

CAIS 910 Stressing Systems for Post-Tensioning
Construction and Maintenance Change Order Manual
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-812 Field Sample Data Sheet - Mechanical Connectors

PH-CC-885 Referee Request Form
905.03 DEFINITIONS

At least 7 Days prior to the commencement of placing the steel

reinforcement, receive and Review the steel reinforcement Working
SSI
1 Drawings, steel reinforcement schedule, mill test certificates, welding details, -
M
and mechanical connection details and Check they meet the requirements of
Verify that reinforcing steel and splice bars are supplied by the manufacturer
of the associated mill certificates and confirm that the reinforcing steel is
2 M -
supplied from one of the specific mills and fabricators listed on the
Designated Sources of the Materials List.
Check the identification number and manufacturer’s catalogue for the
mechanical connectors and confirm that the mechanical connectors are
3 - -
supplied from one of the sources listed on the Designated Source of
materials List.
Submit a copy of the reinforcing steel schedule, Working Drawings, mill test
4 - certificates, mechanical connector details and welding details to the design -
Structural Engineer and MTO Structural.
Check that any lap splices are at approved locations and allow for adequate
5 - -
lap length.
905.04.01.02 Prestressed Concrete - Precast Members
Submissions of proposals and shop drawings for prestressed concrete precast members as
905.04.01.03 Prestressed Concrete - Post-Tensioning
Submissions for post-tensioning as specified in CAIS 910.
905.05 MATERIALS
905.05.02 Post-Tensioning Materials

905.05.03 Mechanical Connection Details
905.05.03.01 Post-Tensioning Tendons
Verify that mechanical connections for post-tensioning tendons can withstand

1 - -
the conditions specified in the OPSS 905.05.03.01.
905.05.03.02 Reinforcing Steel Bars, Stainless Steel Reinforcing Bars
Check all the reinforcement tags on bar bundles to verify that the correct
grade, type, and size of steel splice bars has been supplied, from one of the
1 M fabricators listed on the Designated Source of Materials List (both mills and 100%
fabricators are shown on the same list). The Bill of Lading for the steel shall
also show the name and location of the fabricator.
Check that the size, grade and type of steel shown on the mill certificates, is
2 M the same as shown on the tags, and both are consistent with the material 100%
supplied.
Verify that mechanical connections for steel reinforcement are as specified in

1 - -
OPSS 905.05.03.02 and the MTO Designated Sources for Materials Lists.
Verify that splice bars are supplied by the manufacturer of the associated
2 - mechanical connector from a mill/fabricator listed on the MTO Designated -
Sources for Materials Lists.
Verify that stainless steel splice bars are used with stainless steel mechanical
3 - -
connections and are of a type according to OPSS 1440.
905.05.04 Mechanical Connectors
905.05.04.01 Post-Tensioning Tendons
Verify that mechanical connectors are supplied by the manufacturer of the

1 - -
prestressing system.

905.05.04.02 Reinforcing Steel Bars, Stainless Steel Reinforcing Bars
Check all the mechanical connectors to verify that the correct type, and size
of mechanical connector has been supplied, from one of the fabricators listed
1 M on the Designated Source List (both mills and fabricators are shown on the 100%
same list). The Bill of Lading shall also show the name and location of the
fabricator.
Check that the size, grade and type of steel shown on the mill certificates, is
2 M the same as shown on the tags, and both are consistent with the material 100%
supplied.
Check that the mechanical connections areas are as specified in

1 - -
OPSS 905.05.04.02.
Verify that stainless steel mechanical connectors are used with stainless steel
2 - -
reinforcing bars and are of a type specified in CAIS 1440.
905.05.05 Associated Hardware
Verify only hardware, including spacers and support devices, approved of the
1 - Owner, are used with steel reinforcement and the hardware is as specified in -
OPSS 905.05.05.
905.07 CONSTRUCTION
905.07.01 General
Check that the reinforcement and associated hardware complies with the
1 M 50%

905.07.02 Reinforcing Steel Bars, Stainless Steel Reinforcing Bars, Splice Bars,
Stainless Steel Splice Bars and Steel Welded Wire Reinforcing
905.07.02.01 Storage and Protection of Stainless-Steel Reinforcing Bars
Check for proper site storage, protection, and handling. Also, confirm that bar
1 - 50%
tags are maintained until the bars are ready for placement.
905.07.02.02 Placing
SSI Witness and Check the placement of steel reinforcement throughout the
1 100%
M installation process.
SSI Verify the bar spacing and ties are maintained according to the Contract
2 50%
M Documents.
905.07.02.03 Surface Condition
Check that the surface condition of steel reinforcement is not less than the
1 - 100%
applicable OPSS 905 requirements.
Prior and up to the placement of the concrete, verify that the stainless-steel
2 - 100%
reinforcing bars are free of deposits of iron and non-stainless steels.
905.07.02.04 Cutting
Check that the cutting of stainless-steel reinforcing bars, reinforcing bars,

welded wire reinforcement, and splice bars by oxyacetylene torch is not
1 - -
carried out before a written permission is issued by the Contract
Administrator.
905.07.02.05 Bending
When applicable, Check that the onsite bending of stainless-steel reinforcing

1 - -
bars and reinforcing steel bars are according to the Contract Documents.
Issue permission for field bending of reinforcing steel bars if onsite bending
2 - -
becomes necessary for constructability.

905.07.02.06 Welding
Check that welding details submitted by the contractor are as specified in

1 - OPSS 905, and that the welding is completed according to the Contract -
Documents.
905.07.02.07 Splicing
Check that the installation of the steel reinforcement and, if any, mechanical
connectors, lap splices and end anchorages are according to the Contract
1 - Documents. Photo documentation is required. Any lap splices shall be 50%
measured to Check that appropriate lap lengths and distance to adjacent bar
is provided.
905.07.02.08 Mechanical Connections
When mechanical connectors are used, witness the assembly of sample

1 SSI 100%
connections at the work site.
Check that the mechanical connectors are according to the Contract
2 - 50%
Drawings and their locations are according to the Working Drawings.
Prior to concrete placement, where staged construction embeds reinforcing
3 - steel to be joined with threaded mechanical connectors, check that exposed 50%
ends of reinforcing steel bars are threaded and cut square.
Do not allow mechanical connections in strand or high strength bars if they

1 - -
are not specified in the Contract Documents.
Verify all procedures and equipment for mechanical connections are
2 - -
according to the manufacturer’s recommendations.
905.07.02.08.01 General
Check ends of reinforcing bars, connector sleeves, other reinforcements are

1 - -
as specified in OPSS 905.07.02.08.01.

905.07.02.08.02 Job Control Tests
Witness the assembly of sample connections on site and verify the method is
1 - 100%
the same as the connectors used in the Work.
1 - Check that the testing of sample connections is as specified in OPSS 905.08. -

At least 10 Days prior to the intended start of concrete placement, verify that
2 - -
samples for testing are submitted.
905.07.03 Prestressing Steel for Prestressed Concrete
Check and Review the working drawings for the prestressed concrete
1 - -
members before going for inspection in the precast plant.
Verify that all prestressing steel be clean and free of all rust, oil, dust, scale,
1 - 100%
and pitting.
905.07.03.02 Placing
Check that the placement of prestressing steel and any mechanical

1 - connection in strand or high strength bars are according to the Contract 50%
Documents.
905.07.03.03 Welding
1 - Check that there is no welding of prestressing strand. 100%

905.07.05 Inspection after Installation of Steel Reinforcement and Mechanical
Connectors
Verify that mechanical connections are installed according to the

1 - 100%
recommendations of the manufacturer of the prestressing system used.
Check that the correct grade/type and size of steel has been placed
2 - 50%
Check that the installation of the mechanical connectors and lap splices, if
3 M 100%
any, are according to the Contract Documents.
Receive and Check a Request to Proceed from the Contractor upon

1 - completion of the installation of the steel reinforcement and, if any, -
mechanical connectors.
Issue a Notice to Proceed in a timely manner to proceed with the next
2 - -
operation.
Check that the management of excess material is completed according to the

1 - 25%
Contract Documents.
905.08.01 Sampling
Obtain assembled samples of all steel reinforcement and mechanical

1 M connectors, as well as the supporting documentation as specified in -
OPSS 905.
905.08.01.01 Prestressing Steel
Select samples for submission to the lab and Check that samples are
1 - 100%
properly labelled as specified in the Contract.

Receive a notification from the Contractor when prestressing steel is

1 - -
available for sampling.
905.08.01.02 Reinforcing Steel Bars and Stainless-Steel Reinforcing Bars
Select three, 1.5 m long samples per lot on a random basis at the site as 100%
1 -
905.08.01.03 Mechanical Connectors - Sampling for Job Control Test
Check that the Contractor assembled 6 sample connections as specified in

1 M OPSS 905 and that the Contractor has completed MTO Form PH-CC-812 for 100%
each assembled sample.
Select and witness assembly of samples. Receive and Check completed
2 M forms along with mill test certificates from the Contractor for samples for 100%
delivery to the laboratory designated by the ministry.
1 - Determine lot and sublot sizes as specified in OPSS 905. -
905.08.01.04 Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement - Sampling for Tensile Strength
Check that a minimum five samples are collected per lot for testing as
1 - 100%
Determine lot and sublot sizes and determine the sampling time and location
1 - -
905.08.02 Testing
1 - Verify that the testing of prestressing steel is according to ASTM A421. -

905.08.02.02 Reinforcing Steel Bar and Stainless-Steel Reinforcing Bar
Verify the testing of reinforcing steel bar is according to CSA G30.18 and the
1 - testing of stainless-steel reinforcing bar is according to ASTM A276 and -
ASTM A955.
905.08.02.03 Mechanical Connections
905.08.02.03.01 Testing for Torque
Verify that torque is checked when required by the manufacturer’s installation

1 - -
process.
905.08.02.03.02 Job Control Test
Check that three of the six sample connections for each lot or sublot are
1 - tested for acceptance and the remaining 3 samples are retained by the -
testing laboratory for referee testing, if invoked.
2 - Forward individual test results to the Contractor as they become available. -
905.08.02.03.03 Job Control Test - Referee Testing
Receive and Check the Contractor’s request to invoke Referee Testing within
1 - -
5 Business Days of receiving the test result.
Check that when referee testing is invoked, the three retained referee
2 - samples are tested by the referee laboratory as specified in Clause -
OPSS 905.08.02.03.03.
Receive and Review the referee test results as specified in Clause
3 - -
OPSS 905.08.02.03.03.
4 - Forward the referee test results to the Contractor. -

Charge the Contractor the cost of referee testing in accordance with the
Construction and Maintenance Change Order Manual when referee results
1 - -
indicate that the acceptance test results for refereed lot or sublot are
confirmed.
905.08.02.04 Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement for Tensile Strength
Verify that the average of test results for the material is as specified in Clause -
1 -
OPSS 905.08.02.04.
Verify there are a minimum of 3 valid test results. If less than the 3 valid test -
2 - results, Notify the Contractor that the lot of material shall be resampled and
tested until a total of five valid test results are obtained.
3 - Review the test results as specified in Clause OPSS 905.08.02.04. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 905, Construction Specification for Steel Reinforcement for
Concrete


Structural Steel for Bridges
906.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the fabrication,
delivery, and erection of structural steel for highway bridges as specified in OPSS 906, November
2020.
906.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 906 Structural Steel for Bridges

OPSS 911 Coating Structural Steel
CAIS 911 Coating Structural Steel

CAIS 922 Installation of Bearings
CAIS 1202 Bearings-Elastomeric Plain and Steel Laminated
CAIS 1203 Bearings-Rotational and Sliding Surface
MTO Forms:

PH-CC-821 Manufacturer’s Certificate of Conformance
906.03 DEFINITIONS

Receive and Check that the shop drawings, mill test certificates and welding
procedures are in conformance with the Contract prior to commencement of
1 M -
fabrication. Check that the shop drawings and welding procedures are on
site and being followed at the manufacturing plant during fabrication.
When other authorities are involved in the approval of the design or
2 - -
construction, Check that the submission is made as specified in OPSS 906.
Receive the submission for the erection scheme including erection diagrams,
erection procedure and calculations at least 7 days prior to the
3 M -
commencement of installation of structural steel. Review, provide comments
and Check if they are in conformance with the Contract.
Prior to the use of any material in fabrication, receive mill test certificates and
Check that material is according to the Contract.
4 - -
When mill test certificates originate from a mill outside of Canada or the
United States of America, Receive and Check the mill test certificates are
certified at a Canadian laboratory in accordance with the Contract.
Receive and Check test reports for fasteners are in accordance with the
5 M -
Contract.
Receive and Check at least 7 Days prior to the commencement of fabrication,
6 - the Certification of the Independent Testing Organization and Non- -
Destructive Testing Technician meet the Contract requirements.
Submit a copy of the Working Drawings, erection diagrams, erection
procedure drawings and calculations, welding procedures, and inspection
reports to MTO Structural.
7 - -
Submit a copy of the straightening procedure, heat cambering procedure,
heat curving of rolled beams and welded girders procedure, and repair
procedures, if any, to MTO Structural.
906.04.03 Inspection after Fabrication of the Structural Steel
Receive from the Contractor a Manufacturer’s Certificate of Conformance,

upon completion of the fabrication of the structural steel, and prior to shipping
1 M -
from the plant. Check that the Manufacturer’s Certificate of Conformance
meets the requirements of the Contract.
Receive and Check a Request to Proceed from the Contractor before the
2 M -
delivery of the structural steel to the site.

Certificate of Conformance and Request to Proceed conform to the
3 M requirements of the Contract Documents before issuing a Notice to Proceed -
to the Contractor, in a timely manner, and prior to delivery of structural steel
to the site.
906.05 MATERIALS
Check that materials are in accordance with the Contract Documents,

1 - -
CAIS 1202, and CAIS1203.
When requests to substitute materials for size and grade are received, Check
1 - -
with the Owner prior to issuing approval in writing.
906.07 CONSTRUCTION
906.07.01 Fabrication
906.07.01.01 General
Check that components have been abrasive blast-cleaned in accordance with -

1 -
the Contract.
906.07.01.02 Plate Edges
When requests to plasma arc cut plates thicker than 25 mm are received,
1 - -
Check with the Owner prior to issuing approval in writing.
906.07.01.03 Straightening Material
1 WS Witness the straightening of the element. 100%
Receive and Check that the Contractor’s straightening procedure, including

1 M -
testing requirements, is in conformance with the Contract.

2 - Check that notice is provided at least 7 Days prior to straightening. -
906.07.01.04 Cambering
Receive and Check the details of the heat cambering procedure are in
1 M -
conformance with the Contract at least 7 Days prior to cambering.
906.07.01.05 Horizontally Curved Girders
906.07.01.05.01 Heat Curving of Rolled Beams and Welded Girders
Receive and Check that the detailed procedure for heat curving of rolled
1 M beams and welded girders operation is in conformance with the Contract at -
least 14 Days prior to heat curving.
906.07.01.06 Identification Marking for Erection
Check identification marking is in accordance with the Contract and erection

1 - -
plans.
906.07.01.07 Welded Construction
Check that the structural steel is fabricated according to the requirements of

1 - -
the Contract prior to delivery to the site.
2 - Check and verify the grade, type, size and location of high tensile bolts. -
Check and confirm field welding operation is in conformance with the
3 - -
approved welding procedure.
4 - Carry out visual inspection for field welds. -
Check that each tacker, welder or welding operator have proper identification
1 M cards in accordance with the Contract Documents. Check Certification of the -
company meets the Contract requirements.
Receive and Check welding procedures are in accordance with the Contract
2 - -
and submitted at least 14 Days prior to commencement of work.

Receive and Check that repair procedures are in conformance with the
3 M -
Contract.
Receive and Check all repair procedures requiring approval are in
accordance with the Contract and submitted at least 14 Days prior to
commencement of the work.
4 - -
Receive and Check all non-critical repair procedures are in accordance with
the Contract and repairs do not commence until written approval to proceed
is issued by the Contract Administrator.
Receive documentation on all visual and non-destructive testing by the
5 - -
fabricator upon completion of the project.
906.07.02 Transportation, Delivery, and Storage
Check delivered structural steel to verify that they conform with the Contract.
1 M Verify that any damage caused to the structural steel or coating during -
delivery have been repaired in accordance with the Contract.
Receive and Check the submission that safe loading, delivery, unloading and
1 M storage of the fabricated structural steel are in conformance with the -
Contract.
906.07.03 Erection
1 - Witness the erection of main components. 100%

2 WS Inspect fit-up, alignment and plumbness of structural components. 100%
3 M Confirm tensioning of high tensile bolts by turn-of-nut method. 100%
Inspect if the ends of girders and bearing stiffeners are truly vertical under full
4 M 100%
dead load in conformance with the Contract.
Check that notice of the starting erection date is provided in writing at least
1 - -
14 Days prior to the commencement of field operations.
Check and ensure erection of the components is in conformance with
2 M -
approved erection diagrams and erection procedures.

Receive submission for each repair work for each deficiency found during
3 M erection. Review, provide comments and Check if they are in conformance -
with the Contract.
Receive and Check top of flange and top of splice plate elevations are as
4 - -
Receive and Check a Request to Proceed from the Contractor after the
5 M -
installation of the structural steel.
Issue to the Contractor a Notice to Proceed, in a timely manner, after
6 M -
installation of the structural steel and prior to the next operation.
906.07.03.06 Coatings
Inspect surface preparation and touch-up painting is in conformance with the

1 - -
Contract.
Check that structural steel coating and repair of coating defects is in
2 - -
conformance with OPSS 911 and the Contract Documents.
906.07.06 Inspection Reports
Receive and Check the inspection reports within 7 Days of inspection; make
1 M sure that the fabrication of structural steel conforms to the requirements of -
the Contract, and that all deficiencies have been repaired accordingly.
906.08.01 General
Perform visual inspection of in-process fabrication of 25% of girders in each bridge

1 - structure included in the Contract or equivalent to at least one line of girders.
· Confirm fabricator certification and personnel qualifications.

Perform visual inspection of in-process fabrication of 25% of girders in each bridge
structure included in the Contract or equivalent to at least one line of girders,
including:
· Identify structural steel and welding material by correlation of heat numbers to mill
test certificates;
· Inspect dimensions (layout, fit-up, camber, etc.);
2 WS
· Visually inspect welds;
· Visually inspect repairs to fracture critical and primary tension members, including
a review of contractor’s test results for these repairs;
· Review contractor’s non-destructive test results;
· Visually inspect 25% of secondary components (bracing, attachments) of all
girders in the Contract.
Conduct non-destructive testing equivalent to one line of girders in each structure of
the contract as follows:
· All butt welds in the tension flange by Ultrasonic Testing (UT) or Radiographic
Testing (RT) for their full length.
3 NDT · 1 in 4 of butt joints in compression flanges by UT or RT.
· 100% UT or RT of all butt joints in web for a distance of 1/3 web depth from
tension flange and 25% UT of remaining 2/3 web depth.
· 100% magnetic particle inspection of full length of web to flange fillet connections
for full length of each joint.
After the Contractor submits a Request to Proceed to the CA and prior to the CA
issuing a Notice to Proceed and shipping from the plant, review all QC and QA
inspection and testing records and/or reports and perform additional visual inspection
4 SES as required to verify compliance with the contract documents; ensure all repairs have
been completed, and all non-conformance reports have been reviewed and
accepted; and provide written acceptance of the release of each girder segment for
shipping to the CA.
Visit the site daily during the erection of steel girders and installation of bracing
components of 25% of girders in each bridge structure included in the Contract or
5 - equivalent to at least one line of girders.
· Confirm erector certification and personnel qualifications;
· Check that the installation procedures are in conformance with the Contract.
Visit the site daily during the erection of steel girders and installation of bracing
equivalent to at least one line of girders.
6 SES
· Witness the erection of main components, including installation of all bracing
components required to maintain stability of the girders and one line of diaphragms
attached to the girders being inspected.

Visit the site during the erection of steel girders and installation of bracing
equivalent to at least one line of girders.
· Inspect of fit-up, alignment and plumbness of structural components;
7 WS · Verify of grade, type, size and location of high tensile bolts;
· Confirm of tensioning of high tensile bolts by the turn-of-nut method;
· Confirm compliance of field welding operations with approved welding procedures;
· Visually inspect field welds.
Coordinate the Structural Engineering Specialist inspection, non-destructive

1 - -
testing and sampling.
Receive and Check interim reports for each specialist field visit or installation
2 - -
operation and submit reports to MTO Structural.
Receive and Check final structure specialist services report for each
3 - -
speciality area and submit reports to MTO Structural.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 906, Construction Specification for Structural Steel for Bridges.


Structural Wood Systems
907.01 SCOPE
installation of structural wood systems units as specified in OPSS 907, April 2011.
907.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 501 Compacting

OPSS 902 Excavating and Backfilling - Structures
OPSS 907 Structural Wood Systems
OPSS 1010 Granular - Base, Subbase, Selected Subgrade and Backfill Material
OPSS 1601 Wood, Preservative Treatment, and Shop Fabrication
CAIS 501 Compacting

CAIS 910 Stressing Systems for Post-Tensioning
CAIS 1010 Granular - Base, Subbase, Selected Subgrade and Backfill Material
OSS 1860 Geotextiles
CSA Standards
As referenced in OPSS 907, and CSA 080 Series of Standards

907.03 DEFINITIONS
907.04.01.01 General
Check that Working Drawings are submitted 4 weeks prior to the

1 - commencement of fabrication and are reviewed by a Structural Engineer. -
See OPSS 907 for detailed review checklist.
Check that the erection procedures are submitted 4 weeks prior to
2 - commencement of erection and that a Structural Engineer has reviewed the -
procedures.
907.05 Materials
907.05.01 Wood
1 - Check that all wood materials meet the requirements of OPSS 1601. 25%
907.05.02 Preservatives
Check that all wood preservatives meet the requirements of OPSS 1601,
1 - 25%
CSA-S6 and the Structural Manual.
907.05.03 Fasteners and Hardware
Check that all fasteners and hardware meet the requirements of

1 - 25%
OPSS 907.05.03.
1 - Check that all granular materials meet the requirements of OPSS 1010. 25%

Check that geotextiles are non-woven, Class II as per the requirements of

1 - 25%
OPSS 1860, Table 1, with an FOS of 75-150 μm.
907.05.06 Concrete
Check that all concrete meets the requirements of OPSS 1350 and has a
1 - 25%
minimum 28-Day specified compressive strength of 30 MPa.
Check that all reinforcement for concrete meets the requirements for
1 - 25%
OPSS 1440.
907.06 EQUIPMENT
907.06.01 Hydraulic and Mechanical Press
Check that the hydraulic or mechanical presses that are capable of applying
1 - uniform pressure over the whole area of truss plates are used for the 25%
installation of all truss plates.
907.06.02 Hydraulic Jack System Stress-Laminated Wood Decks
1 - Check that stressing equipment meets the requirements of OPSS 910 25%
Check that the hydraulic jack system is capable of stressing a minimum of 6
2 - 25%
post-tensioning locations at a time
Check that for longitudinally laminated decks, the number of jacks are not
3 - less than those required to stress a length of deck equal to one half the width 25%
of the deck at the same time.

907.07 CONSTRUCTION
907.07.01 Handling and Storage of Wood
Check that all wood is handled, stacked, and protected according to

1 - 25%
OPSS 1601.
907.07.03 Field Fabrication
Check that field cut portions of treated wood members are not buried or
1 - 25%
placed in direct contact with the ground.
Check that cutting and boring do not puncture the internal voids of bridge
2 - 25%
decks containing the post-tensioning bars.
Check that field cuts, abrasions, and boreholes made in fabricated wood after
3 - 25%
preservative treatment is treated according to OPSS 1601.
907.07.04 Fasteners
907.07.04.01 Bolts, Rods, and Lag Screws
1 - Check that holes are pre-bored as specified in the Contract Documents. 25%
2 - Check that bolts and rods are driven with a hammer not larger than 0.5 kg. 25%
3 - Check that lag screws are turned into the wood and not driven. 25%
Check that holes for smooth dowels and drift pins are 1.5 mm less in
4 - diameter than the dowels or pins and that the holes for galvanized bolts are 25%
bored with a bit 1.5 mm larger in diameter than the bolt.
5 - Check that washers are placed under all bolt heads and nuts. 25%
Check that excess bolt lengths of more than 50 mm are cut off to a level
6 - 25%
where at least 5 threads are still extending beyond the nut.
Following the final tightening of bolts, check that threads are burred
7 - 25%
effectively with a pointing tool to prevent loosening.
Check that cut ends of galvanized bolts, field cuts or damaged steel surfaces
8 - 25%
receive two coats of zinc rich paint. within 10 hours of exposure.

907.07.04.02 Nailing for Laminated Decks
Check that the nails in the upper gauge line are inclined slightly downward
1 - 25%
and the nails in the lower gauge are inclined slightly upward.
Check that the nailheads are flush and well set so that they do not protrude
2 - 25%
from the surface.
907.07.05 Wood in Cribs
1 - Check that the excavation is in accordance with OPSS 902. 25%

Check that the cribs are erected according to the dimensions shown in the
2 - Contract Documents with each layer being horizontal before the next one is 25%
placed.
Check that the cribs are filled to 1 m below the top of the crib with boulder or
rock fragments having dimensions in the range of 200 to 600 mm. Check that
3 - the top meter of the crib is then filled with Granular A or B and that a 25%
geotextile fabric is placed uniformly and free of tears between the upper and
lower layer as specified in the Contract Documents.
Check that each fill layer is compacted according to the requirements of
4 - 25%
OPSS 501.
907.07.06 Placement of Members
907.07.06.01 Stringers and Girders
Check that stringers and girders are placed so that full and accurate bearing
1 SES 25%
is achieved at the supports.
907.07.06.02 Laminated Wood Deck
Check that initial laminations are placed so that full and accurate bearing is
1 - 25%
achieved.
2 - Check the accurate alignment of holes in laminations. 25%

903.07.07 Stress-Laminated Wood Decks
903.07.07.01 Stressing
Check that hydraulic jacks are used for stressing the stress-laminated wood
1 - 25%
decks.
For transversely laminated decks, check that all tendons are uniformly
2 SES 100%
stressed at the same time.
Check that the high-strength bars are stressed to the forces shown in the
3 SES Contract Documents and is performed with two restressing operations over 100%
time according to the sequence specified in 907.07.07.01.
907.07.07.03 Segmental Construction
Check that each segment has undergone all re-stressings as specified in

1 SES 100%
OPSS 907.07.07.02 prior to being installed.
907.07.08 Wood-Concrete Composite Decks
907.07.08.01 Wood Base Construction
Check that the wood-concrete interface construction of the deck is in

1 - 25%
accordance with CSA-S6.
907.07.08.02 Concrete
Check that concrete placement and testing is meeting the requirements of

1 - 100%
OPSS 904.
Check that steel reinforcement for concrete is placed according to OPSS 905
1 - 50%
and CSA-S6.

907.07.08.04 Reinforcing Spikes
For notch and spike construction, check that the reinforcing spikes are driven
into the laminations in every notch of alternate laminations and that they are
1 - angled at about 30 ⁰ from the vertical toward the nearest internal support or 25%
end support. If the notches in adjacent laminations are staggered by more
than 50 mm, then check that all laminations contain reinforcing spikes.
Check that all reinforcing spikes are a minimum of 50 mm longer than the full
2 - 25%
vertical depth of the wood deck.
Check that all excess material is managed according to the Contract

1 - 25%
Documents.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 907, Construction Specification for Structural Wood Systems.


Metal Traffic Barriers and Metal Railings for Structures
908.01 SCOPE
of metal traffic barriers and metal railings for structures including posts and anchors as specified in
OPSS 908, November 2014, and SSP 109S19, March 2018.
908.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 906 Structural Steel for Bridges

OPSS 908 Metal Traffic Barriers and Metal Railings for Structures
SSP 109S19 Amendment to OPSS 908, November 2014 - Additional Requirements

MTO Forms:

PH-CC-821 Manufacturer's Certificate of Conformance
908.03 DEFINITIONS

908.04.01.01 General
Receive and Check that the Working Drawings are as specified in the
1 - -
Contract Documents prior to the commencement of fabrication of the railings.
Check that a copy of the Working Drawings is available and being followed at
2 - -
the manufacturing facility during fabrication.
3 - -
the site during installation.
4 - Submit a copy of the Working Drawings to MTO Structural. -
908.04.01.02 Inspection after the Fabrication of Railing and Metal Traffic Barrier
Check that the fabrication of the railing or the metal traffic barrier or both,
1 - 25%
meets the requirements of the Working Drawings and Contract.
Receive and Check the Contractor’s Manufacturer’s Certificate of

1 M Conformance, upon completion of the fabrication of the railing and metal -
traffic barrier, and prior to shipping from the manufacturing facility.
Receive and Check a Request to Proceed from the Contractor prior to the
2 M delivery of each individual shipment of railing and metal traffic barrier to the -
site.
Issue a Notice to Proceed, in a timely manner, and prior to the Contractor
3 M delivering the railing and metal traffic barrier from an individual shipment to -
the site.
908.04.01.03 Test Reports for Fasteners and Anchorages
Receive and Check documentation demonstrating that bolts, anchorages,

1 M -
nuts, and washers are as specified in the Contract Documents.

908.05 MATERIALS
908.05.01 Metal Traffic Barrier
Check that the materials used for the barrier are as specified in the Contract
1 - -
Documents.
Receive and check mill test certificates, including for aluminum components
2 M -
according to OPSS 906 “Mill Test Certificates”.
Check the type, size, length and condition of materials (including protective
3 M coatings) delivered to the site. Check that all the delivered material is being -
supplied from the approved list and stored properly.
908.07 CONSTRUCTION
908.07.01 General
Check that the railing and metal traffic barrier are protected from damage and
1 - distortion during hot dip galvanizing, transportation, handling, and installation, 25%
and are stored properly on site.
If applicable, Check that the thickness of epoxy grout placed underneath post
bases does not exceed 3 mm. Verify that surface preparation, mixing,
2 - 25%
installation, and curing time for the epoxy grout adheres to the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
Receive and Check a Request to Proceed from the Contractor after

1 M -
installation of railing and metal traffic barrier.
2 M Issue a Notice to Proceed, in a timely manner, and prior to the next operation. -
908.07.02 Alignment
Check that installation is to the elevations and alignments specified in the

1 M 100%
Contract Documents.
Check the condition of completed posts and rails. Check that damaged
2 - areas, including coating, are properly repaired according to the Contract 100%
Documents.

908.07.03 Anchorages
Check that anchorage assemblies are installed as specified in the Contract

1 - 100%
Documents.
908.07.04 Fabrication of Railings and Metal Traffic Barriers
Check that field modifications are not made unless previously approved by
1 - -
the Contract Administrator.
908.07.05 Contact Surfaces
Check that aluminum components are not installed in contact with dissimilar
1 - materials. Verify that contacting surfaces use separators in accordance with 100%
1 - Measurement of payment shall be as specified. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 908, Construction Specification for Metal Traffic Barriers and
Metal Railings for Structures.


Prestressed Concrete - Precast Girders
909.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for fabrication,
delivery, and installation of precast prestressed concrete girders with steel reinforcement as
specified in OPSS 909, November 2016 and SSP 109S24, March 2018.
909.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 909 Prestressed Concrete - Precast Girders
OPSS 1213 Hot Applied Rubberized Asphalt Waterproofing Membrane

CAIS 910 Stressing Systems for Post Tensioning
CAIS 1213 Hot Applied Rubberized Asphalt Waterproofing Membrane
CAIS 1302 Water
MTO Forms:

PH-CC-440 MERO Sample Transmittal Form

909.03 DEFINITIONS
909.04.01.01 General
1 M Check that any design is as per CSA-S6 and the MTO Structural Manual. -
909.04.01.02 Permissible Changes from the Contract Drawings
909.04.01.02.01 General
Receive changes from the Contract Drawings and for permissible changes,
1 M -
verify that they are as specified in OPSS 909.04.01.02.
If changes are not permissible as specified in OPSS 909.04.01.02, Notify
2 M -
MTO.
909.04.01.02.02 Prestressing of Girders
Check that any permissible changes to prestressing of girders are as

1 - -
specified in OPSS 909.04.01.02.02.
909.04.01.02.03 Reinforcing of Girders
Check that any permissible changes to reinforcing of girders are as specified

1 - -
in OPSS 909.04.01.02.03.
909.04.01.02.04 Other Design Details
Check that any permissible changes to other design details of girders are as
1 - -
specified in OPSS 909.04.01.02.04.

909.04.01.03 Temporary Bracing
Check that the temporary bracing details are provided and in conformance
1 M -
with the Contract Documents and as specified in OPSS 909.04.01.03.
Check that the Working Drawings and supporting documents are submitted
1 M and contain the information listed as specified in OPSS 909.04.02.01 and -
Contract Documents.
Verify that 3 sets of fabrication Working Drawings including supporting
documents are submitted and received at least 7 Days prior to
2 M -
commencement of fabrication of the girders, or 35 Days when other
authorities are involved in the approval of the design or construction.
M Receive Working Drawings and review submission for conformance with the
3 -
SSI Contract Documents.
After reviewing the Working Drawings and technical documentation
4 - submissions, submit with comments, to the MTO CSA and MTO Structural -
within 2 Business Days of receipt.
Ensure a final copy of all Contractor submissions is shared with inspection
5 - -
staff and available to perform on-site administration and inspection duties.
6 - Ensure a final copy is sent to MTO Structural. -
Review and provide a written response of acceptability within 10 Business
7 M -
Days for any design proposals that are submitted.
1 M Receive and review concrete mix design according to CAIS 1350. -
909.04.02.03 Concrete Plant Certification
1 M Receive plant’s certificates with the concrete mix design submission -

Verify that the precast concrete girders are fabricated at a precast plant
certified according to OPSS 909 04.02.03. If concrete will be supplied by a
2 M -
ready-mixed concrete supplier check that documentation has been submitted
verifying that the plant is certified by Concrete Ontario.
909.04.02.04 Control of Concrete Temperature
Check that the concrete temperature control plan is submitted one week prior
1 - -
to commencement of fabrication of girders for information purposes.
909.04.02.05 Manufacturer’s Certificate of Conformance and Precast Report

1 M precast report for each shipment of prestressed/ precast girders at least -
5 Business Days prior to shipping from the precasting plant.
2 M -
the prestressed precast girders to the site.
3 M Certificate of Conformance, Precast Report and Request to Proceed conform -
with the requirements of the Contract Documents and OPSS 909.04.02.05.
Check that the prestressed precast girders are fabricated according to the
4 M -
Contract Documents, prior to delivery to the site.
5 M -
Check that precast and prestressed girders with defects and deficiencies
6 M causing rejection according to the Contract Documents, are not included in -
the Work.
7 M -
prestressed / precast girder to the site.

Administrative Activities: Activities related to MTO’s Centralized Precast Retainer
Provide the following information to MTO Concrete section’s centralized

retainer inspector:
1 M · Shop drawings of girders. -
Receive and upload the inspection report from the centralized retainer in
2 - -
WBCMS for each Contract.
3 M -
and act on the non-conformances identified by the centralized retainer.
909.04.02.06 Design Proposals
Receive and check 5 copies of the design proposal. Check that they also
1 - bear the seal and signature of the design Engineer and the design checking -
Engineer.
2 - Issue a response for the design proposal within 10 Business Days. -
909.05 MATERIALS
909.05.01 Bearing Plate
Verify that the bearing plate, anchor studs and galvanizing meet the
1 M -
requirements in the OPSS 909.05.01.
909.05.02 Burlap
1 M Check the burlap material requirements as per OPSS 909.05.02. -

909.05.03 Concrete
Check that concrete mix design submitted is according to CAIS 1350,

1 - -
Contract Documents and meeting requirements in OPSS 909.05.03.
909.05.04 Concrete Sealers
1 - Receive the Owner’s list of acceptable sealers from MTO Quality Assurance. -
2 - Check the concrete sealers are from Owner’s list of acceptable sealers. -
909.05.05 Elastomeric Coating
1 - Check elastomeric coating material requirements as per OPSS 1213. -

909.05.06 Formwork
1 - Check formwork requirements as per CAIS 919. -
909.05.07 Hardware
1 - Check all hardware requirements as per OPSS 909.05.07. -
1 - Check the moisture vapour barrier requirements as per OPSS 909.05.08. -
909.05.09 Post-Tensioning Material
1 - Check post-tensioning material requirements as per CAIS 910. -

Receive the Owner’s list of proprietary patching materials from MTO Quality
1 - -
Assurance.
Check the proprietary patching materials are from MTO’s List of Concrete
2 - -
Patching Materials.
1 - Check steel reinforcement according to CAIS 1440. -
909.05.12 Water
1 - Check water according to CAIS 1302. -
909.06 EQUIPMENT
909.06.01 Chipping Hammers
1 - Check that chipping hammers are according to OPSS 909.06.01. -
909.06.02 Pretensioning and Post-Tensioning
Check the pre-tensioning and post-tensioning equipment is as specified in

1 - -
OPSS 909.06.02.
909.06.03 Thermocouples and Dataloggers
Check that the temperature monitoring and recording system is meeting the
1 - -
requirements of OPSS 909.06.03.

909.07 CONSTRUCTION
909.07.01 General
1 - Check each girder’s identification number and casting date. 100%
1 - Receive written notification 7 Days prior to commencement of fabrication. -
909.07.02 Precast Plant Certification
Check the compliance of the plant with the certification requirements as

1 - -
specified in OPSS 909.07.02.
909.07.20 Concrete Cover Measurement
Check the Contractor’s concrete cover measurement on each girder

1 - conforms to the requirements of OPSS 909.07.20 in the Precast Report -
submitted.
909.07.21 Dimensional Measurements
Check the Contractor’s dimensional measurements on each girder conform to

1 - -
the requirements of OPSS 909.07.21 in the Precast Report submitted
Check the access for quality assurance requirements as described in

1 - -
OPSS 909.07.22.

909.07.23 Delivery
Check that written notification of delivery of girders is provided 3 Business

1 - -
Days prior to delivery.
2 - Check the delivery requirements as described in OPSS 909.07.23. -
Check that the girders delivered to site are fabricated and installed according
with the Contract Documents, including all surface defects and other
1 M 100%
dimensional tolerances. Check surface defects and the girder sweep prior to
girder installation.
Immediately after installation, check that the girders are temporarily braced
2 M 100%
and measure the sweep of each girder.
Check that the girders have been properly braced in accordance with the
3 M 100%
Contract immediately after the installation.
After placing the side by side precast concrete box girders without distribution
slab at their final locations, check that the lifting devices are not cut until all
4 - 100%
traverse bars extruded from the girders are inspected and found not
damaged.
Check all the girders are to be permanently connected within the same
5 M 100%
construction season.
Receive written notification of the installation date at least 3 Business Days

1 M -
prior to the commencement of field installation operations.
2 - Check the installation requirements as described in OPSS 909.07.24. -
regarding the certification by an Ontario Land Surveyor or Engineer for grade
and layout of the component, prior to girder erection.
3 - -
Alert MTO Structural if top of bearing seat elevations or span dimensions are
not as specified in the Contract Documents.

909.07.25 Repair of Defects and Deficiencies Repairable by Standard Methods
Receive repair proposal from the Contractor for the defects or deficiencies
1 - -
listed in OPSS 909, Table 2.
2 - Check that if a repair proposal is submitted in the precast report. -
Check the repair proposal is following the requirements as specified in OPSS
909 including: all causes, preventative actions, and corrective actions
3 - -
including repair methods and materials as specified in OPSS 909.08.10.04.
Consult with MTO as necessary.
Provide a written response to the Contractor indicating whether the
Engineer’s assessment is deemed acceptable and if deemed unacceptable,
4 - -
the precast and prestressed girders shall be rejected and replaced by the
Contractor.
909.07.26 Inspection after the Installation of the Girders
Receive a Request to Proceed, for each structure, after the installation of the
1 M -
girders within a construction stage.
Issue a Notice to Proceed in a timely manner for the next operation to
2 M -
proceed.
909.07.27 Material Sampling for Acceptance Testing
Sample steel reinforcement according to CAIS 905 when requested by the

1 - 100%
Owner; water, admixtures and cementing materials according to CAIS 1350.
Prior to coring, witness the detection of reinforcing steel by covermeter and
2 - ensure cores do not contain reinforcement or other embedded material. 100%
Check that the cores are in accordance with OPSS 909.07.27.03.03.
Witness the removal of cores when core removal is to take place on site.
3 M When coring is conducted at the precast plant, witness or have a 100%
representative witness the coring.
Upon removal of the core samples, verify that cores are properly labelled and
placed in the security bags provided by the MTO. Immediately take
4 M possession of the cores and deliver them to the designated laboratory for 100%
testing by the MTO. Check that the core holes are filled as per
OPSS 909.07.27.03.03.

Receive submission from the Contractor, a list of girders and their

1 M -
After all the precast girders in the Lot have been fabricated, randomly select
one member from each Lot for acceptance testing, and randomly select a
2 M -
location for core removal within that precast girder. Advise the Contractor
which girder is to be cored and the coring location.
Obtain from the Contractor the planned time and site of coring (job site or
precast plant) for each Lot. (Note: One precast girder in each lot is to be
cored at an age of 7-10 days, to remove 5 cores, for air void system, rapid
3 M -
chloride permeability and compressive strength testing respectively. Coring
may take place at the job site or at the precast plant, wherever the precast
girder is 4 to 14 days of age).
Check the management of excess materials are done in accordance with the
1 - -
Contract Documents.
909.08.01 General
If referee testing of compressive strength, air void system, or rapid chloride

permeability is invoked, witness the removal of the core(s) for referee testing
1 - 100%
from the same precast girder from which the disputed acceptance core was
obtained.
Check that the referee core is properly labelled. Take possession of the core
2 - 100%
and deliver it to the referee laboratory designated by MTO.
Conduct a visual inspection deemed necessary to assess the effectiveness of
3 - 100%
surface finish and repairs.
Randomly select a minimum of one girder from each lot for verification of
concrete cover and dimensional measurements. If the concrete cover and
4 - 100%
dimensional measurements of the girder does not meet the tolerances of the
Contract Documents and OPSS 909 Table 1, inform MTO immediately.
Check the acceptance of girders against the Contract Documents and

1 - -
OPSS 909.08.

2 - -
system and rapid chloride permeability.
3 - -
Check the lot size based on the production rate for sampling of the test prior
4 - -
to commencing production as per OPSS 909.
Identify which girders make up each Lot, in accordance with the Contract
5 - -
Documents.
Verify girders with defects and deficiencies causing rejections as specified in
6 - -
OPSS 909.08.10.03 are rejected and replaced.
1 - Basis of payment shall be as specified in OPSS 909 -

Calculate the payment adjustment for individual lots of concrete precast
2 - -
girders as specified in OPSS 909.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 909, Construction Specification for Prestressed Concrete -
Precast Girders.


Stressing Systems for Post-Tensioning
910.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for post-tensioning
and grouting of prestressed concrete as specified in OPSS 910, April 2008, SSP 109S25 March
2018.
910.02 REFERENCES

OPSS 1302 Water

OPSS 1304 Packaged Silica Fume Dry Grout Mixture for Post-Tensioning

CAIS 1302 Water
CAIS 1304 Packaged Silica Fume Dry Grout Mixture for Post-Tensioning
910.03 DEFINITIONS

M Check that the design conforms to CAN/CSA-S6 and MTO’s Structural

1 -
SES Manual, Division 1.
910.04.02.01 General
Check that the Contractor complies with their submissions. Check that the
1 SSI Contractor has made working drawings and other relevant submissions 100%
ready and available to the Contractor’s labour.
M
1 Check Working Drawings, post-tensioning details, and calculations. -
SES
Check the submissions against the requirements of OPSS 910 and the
M
2 Contract Documents. Check that they also bear the seal and signature of an -
SES
Engineer.
Review submissions for completeness and compare to the Contract
M
3 Documents for consistency and advise the Contract Administrator of any -
SES
issues.
Review rebar submissions and formwork and falsework submissions for
M
4 compatibility with post-tensioning system (such as bar conflicts, local and -
SES
general zone steel, hold-down points, etc.).
When other authorities are involved, determine increased timeframe and
5 - -
number of documents required for Contractor’s submissions.
After reviewing the Working Drawings and other submissions, submit with
6 - comments to the MTO CSA. Send Working Drawings to MTO Structural -
7 - -
8 - Ensure that final/revised Working Drawings are sent to MTO Structural. -

910.04.02.02 Post-Tensioning Working Drawings
Check that the Contractor complies with their post-tensioning Working

1 SSI 100%
Drawings (e.g. details of ducts, supports, vents, anchorages, etc.) .
3 weeks before commencement of placing post-tensioning materials, receive

M
1 and check 5 sets of working drawings. Check that they also bear the seal -
SES
and signature of an Engineer.
Determine the submission requirements for anchorage type are as per
2 SES -
OPSS 910 then check that they comply.
3 SES Check that details of anchorages are as per supplier’s requirements. -
4 SES Check that induced slip requirements are as per the Contract Documents. -
Check that the system meets the slip requirements from the Contract
5 SES -
Documents.
910.04.02.03 Stressing Details
Check that the Contractor complies with their stressing details (example:
1 SSI type of equipment used is as described in submission, jacking forces are as 100%
described, sequence is as specified.
Two weeks prior to stressing operations, Receive and Check 3 copies of the
M
1 stressing details. Check that they also bear the seal and signature of an -
SES
Engineer.
910.04.02.04 Couplers
Check that the Contractor complies with their coupler submissions (example:
1 SSI type and manufacturer of coupler, installation as per coupler supplier’s 100%
recommendations, etc.).

If couplers are present in the Work, then 3 weeks prior to any coupling work,
Receive and verify the following:
M
1 · data on the coupler materials and installation procedures, and -
SES
· manufacturer certified test reports on material strength and fatigue
requirements.
910.04.02.05 Post-Tensioning Steel Test Certificates
Check the heat number on the prestressing tags matches those of the
1 M 100%
submitted mill test certificates.
At the time pre-stressing steel is shipped from supplier, Receive and Check
1 M -
mill test certificates.
Check that mill test certificates are in accordance with OPSS 910 and
2 M -
OPSS 1440.
For imported steel (from a mill outside Canada or the United States of
M America), verify that the information on the mill test certificates is verified by -
3 testing by a Canadian laboratory.
Check that the laboratory is certified by an organization accredited by the
M -
Standards Council of Canadian testing laboratory.
910.04.02.06 Certificate of Compliance
Before grouting, receive and check certificate of compliance for each

1 M shipment of packaged grout mixture. Check that the certificate is prepared -
according to as per OPSS 1304.
Check that the certificate and packages and confirm certificate represents
1 - 100%
supplied packages (e.g. check batch numbers).

910.05 MATERIALS
Check that all materials are stored adequately and appropriately for their
- intended use. Check specific materials are stored as per OPSS 910, their 100%
referenced OPSSs, or the Contract Documents.
1 Check that the condition of all materials prior to usage are in accordance
with OPSS 910, and the Contract Documents. If those Contract Documents
- 100%
are not applicable, then verify that the condition of materials is adequate for
their intended use.
910.05.01 Ducts
910.05.01.01 General
Check type, size, and condition of ducting materials delivered to the site.
Check size of ducts are as per the Contract Documents. Check the quality
1 - 100%
and workmanship of ducts related to general use (e.g. watertight, ability to
hold pressure, rigidity, etc.).
Verify duct materials used. Check that ducting materials meet the material
2 - 100%
requirements of OPSS 910 and the Contract Documents.
Check that ducts are supplied with suitable devices for injection and
3 - 100%
discharge of grout, air vents, and drainage.
Check that air and drainage vents are provided at locations as specified in
4 100%
5 - Check the duct diameters are as per the requirements of these clauses. 100%
Check that the Contractor submissions meet the requirements of

1 - -
OPSS 910.05.01.
910.05.01.02 Steel Ducts
Where steel ducts are used, check the requirements of these clauses
1 - -
against submissions made by the Contractor.

Where steel ducts are used, Check that the steel ducts meet the
1 - 100%
requirements of OPSS 910.05.01.02.
910.05.01.03 Plastic Ducts
Where plastic ducts are used, check the requirements of these clauses
1 - -
Where plastic ducts are used, Check that the plastic ducts meet the
1 - 100%
requirements of OPSS 910.05.01.03.
910.05.01.04 Ducts at Deviators
Where deviators are used, check them against the requirements of these
1 - -
clauses against submissions made by the Contractor.
Where deviators are used, Check that the deviators meet the requirements
1 - 100%
of OPSS 910.05.01.04.
910.05.01.05 Vents
1 - Check the size of vents and vent tubing material. 100%

Verify the quality and workmanship of vents related to future construction
2 - 100%
operations (e.g. ability to withstand pressure).
Check the requirements of these clauses against submissions made by the

1 - -
Contractor.

910.05.02 Prestressing Steel
Check that the prestressing steel meets the requirements of these clauses
1 - -
Check prestressing material requirements conform with OPSS 910.05.02
2 - -
and low relaxation 7-wire strand according to OPSS 1440.
1 - Check type, size, and condition of pre-stressing steel delivered to the site. 100%
Check prestressing material requirements conform with OPSS 910.05.02
2 - 100%
and OPSS 1440.
910.05.03 Anchorages and Couplers
910.05.03.01 General

1 SES -
Contractor.
Verify that anchorages and couplers can withstand 95% of the ultimate
2 SES
tensile strength of the tendons.
910.05.03.02 Anchorages
1 - Check type, size, and condition of anchorage materials delivered to the site. 100%
Check that local zone reinforcement is present and conforms to the post-
2 - tensioning system manufacturer’s instructions, directions, and 100%
recommendations.
Check that general zone reinforcement is present in accordance with the
3 - 100%
Contract Documents.
4 - Check anchorage end caps including end cap thickness and gaskets. 100%
Check the requirements of these clauses against the Contractor submissions

1 SES -
made by the Contractor.

910.05.03.03 Couplers
1 - Check type, size, and condition of coupler materials delivered to the site. 100%
Check that couplers are according to the submissions made by the
2 - 100%
Contractor.

1 SES -
Contractor.
910.05.03.04 Testing
For unbonded tendons, or when indicated in the Contract Documents for

M
1 bonded tendons, Receive and Check dynamic test results. Check that test -
SES
results conform with OPSS 910 and the Contract Documents.
- Check type, size, and condition of associated hardware delivered to the site. 100%
1
- Check that associated hardware used is as approved. 100%
- Check all associated hardware is installed properly and any embedded
2 75%
hardware within 50 mm of an exposed face is coated or made of plastic.
Verify that associated hardware (spacers, support devices, etc.) can

- -
withstand the loads placed on it.
1
Consult with Owner on associated hardware used and provide approval to
- -
Contractor.
- Check type, size, and condition of steel reinforcement delivered to the site. 100%
1
- C heck steel reinforcement material requirements conform with OPSS 1440. 100%

1 - Check steel reinforcement material requirements conform with OPSS 1440. -
910.05.06 Dry Grout Mixture
Check grout material requirements conform with OPSS 910 and OPSS
1 - 100%
1304. Check that grout is a packaged, commercially available grout.
2 - Check that grout is stored in dry conditions. 100%
3 - Check that grout is used within one month of marked packaging date. 100%
Check grout material requirements conform with OPSS 910 and

1 - -
OPSS 1304.
Verify grout manufacturer’s literature for conformance to the material
2 - -
requirements.
910.05.07 Grout
1 - Check grout material requirements conform with OPSS 910. 100%
Check grout material requirements conform with OPSS 910. Check grout
1 - -
manufacturer’s literature for conformance to the material requirements.
910.05.08 Water
1 - Check water material requirements conform with OPSS 1302. 100%
1 - Check water material requirements conform with OPSS 1302. -

910.06 EQUIPMENT
1 - Verify that air compressor has minimum capacity of 3.5 m³/min. 100%
2 - Verify that compressed air is free of oil and conforms to ASTM D 4285. 100%

1 - -
Contractor.
910.06.02 Post-Tensioning
Check that the requirements in OPSS 910 are met for all devices, gauges,
1 - and indicators, for controlling and measuring tendon forces. When digital 100%
gauges are used, check that they generally comply with the requirements.
Check that each gauge is accompanied by a certified calibration curve
2 M 100%
bearing the seal and signature of an Engineer.

1 - -
Contractor.
Check that the Contractor has a system for controlling and measuring the
2 - -
tendon forces and check the system.
M
Receive and Check the copies of calibration curves for each gauge. -
SES
3
M Verify that the anticipated jacking loads are within the calibrated range of the
-
SES gauge.
910.06.03 Grouting
Check that the grouting equipment consists of a mixer, a separate holding

1 - 100%
tank, and a pump.
2 - Check that the mixer conforms to the requirements of OPSS 910.06.03. 100%

Check that the mixer is equipped with a calibrated water measuring device.
Check that the calibration curve bears the seal and signature of an Engineer
3 - 100%
and has been calibrated within 6-months preceding the work.
Check that the Contractor has a timer and uses it.

Check that the holding tank conforms to the requirements of OPSS
4 - 910.06.03. Check that it is capable of keeping grout in constant motion and 100%
that the outlet is equipped with an appropriate screen.
Check that the grout pump conforms to the requirements of OPSS
5 - 910.06.03. Check that the grout pump is equipped with a pressure gage and 100%
a pressure valve.
Check that the grout pump pressure gauge is calibrated. Check that the
6 - calibration curve bears the seal and signature of an Engineer and has been 100%
calibrated within the last year.
Check the grout hoses are rated for the pressure capacity compatible with
the pump output and maximum grouting pressure. Check that grout hoses
7 - 100%
and connections are airtight and that hoses that do contain leaks are
removed and replaced with ones that are airtight.
Check that the Contractor has standby equipment for flushing the ducts
9 M 100%
clean of grout present and ready to operate before grouting takes place.

1 - -
Contractor.
Check copies of calibration curves for each water measuring device and
2 - grout pump pressure gauge; Check that they bear the seal and signature of -
an Engineer.
910.06.04 Grouting Testing
1 - Check that grout testing equipment is provided. 100%
910.06.05 Malfunction of Gauges
Check that malfunctioning gauges are marked and then removed from the
1 - construction site. Record of any malfunctioning gauges (and record any 100%
unique identifier such as serial number).

910.07 CONSTRUCTION
910.07.01 General
1 - Send a copy of all reports to MTO Structural Section. -
910.07.01.01 Prestressing Personnel
Check that the prestressing crew is employed or licenced by the

1 - manufacturer of the post-tensioning system. Check names against the 100%
submitted list as necessary.
Check that a member of the prestressing crew is present for the concreting
2 - 100%
operation.
Check that the prestressing crew is employed or licenced by the

manufacturer of the post-tensioning system. Receive a list of named
1 - -
personnel. Check that supervising staff have the required qualifications and
experience.
2 - Confirm which member of the prestressing crew will be present for the -
concreting operation
910.07.01.02 Welding
Check that no welding takes place within 3 m of any post-tensioning steel.

1 - Check that no component of the post-tensioning system is used as an 100%
electrical ground if any welding takes place.
If prestressing tendons are welded to facilitate pulling the tendon through the
2 - 100%
duct, then an amount of tendon shall be cut off as described.
1 - Check all material(s) is/are clean in conformance with OPSS 910.07.01.03. 75%

910.07.02.01 Post-Tensioning System
Check post-tensioning steel, ducts, anchorage, couplers, associated

1 SSI hardware, and both local and general steel reinforcement at anchorages are 100%
placed and located as per the Contract Documents.
Check that ducts are supported at intervals not exceeding 1 m and secured
firmly. Check that ducts have a smooth profile and are without drooping,
bends, or kinks along duct length and the duct shape is without distortion or
2 SSI 75%
distress. Check elevation and alignment of ducts. Check any duct joints for
quality and workmanship. Check that ducts are sealed watertight and ask for
a demonstration if needed.
Check that there are no couplers for strand or bars used in the work, unless
3 SSI they are specified in the Contract Documents. Where couplers are present, 100%
check that they are installed as per the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Check that post-tensioning steel, ducts, anchorages, couplers, and
4 SSI anchorage zone steel reinforcement are kept in place at the locations shown 100%
in the Contract Documents during concreting operations.
Check that all ducts their vents and end anchorages are temporarily plugged
5 SSI 100%
or sealed for concreting operations and until grouting operations commence.
M Receive and Check a Request to Proceed after the installation of the post- -
1
SES tensioning system is complete and prior to placing the concrete.
2 M Issue to the Contractor a Notice to Proceed as specified. -
910.07.02.02 Vents
Check that vents are installed at the locations described in OPSS 910 and
the Contract Documents. Check that vents are installed at the tendon
anchorages, duct high points, duct low points, at duct-to-duct connections
1 SSI 100%
and trumpets. Check that vents have the necessary extension and are
installed as described in OPSS 910 (e.g. vent tubes extend beyond future
placed concrete face and that free end vent is higher than all others).
Check the requirements of OPSS 910.07.02.02 against submissions made

1 - -
by the Contractor.

Check steel reinforcement construction/placement conforms with the

1 - 100%
requirements of OPSS 910 and OPSS 905.
Check steel reinforcement construction/placement conforms with the

1 - -
requirements of OPSS 910 and OPSS 905.
910.07.03 Post-Tensioning
910.07.03.01 General
- Witness sampling and receive samples for strand. 100%

1 Check that the Contractor has labelled the post-tensioning steel samples
- 100%
with the required information.
At least 1 week in advance of stressing, receive notification that post-

1 M tensioning steel is available for sampling. Have material tested and Check -
the test results as described in the Contract Documents.
910.07.03.02 Material Samples
Witness sampling and receive samples for strand and bar. When required,
1 - randomly sample anchorages and couplers. When required, request and 100%
receive samples of packaged dry grout mixture.
1 - Receive material samples as described and verify information on label. -

910.07.03.03 Tensioning
M Check that the post-tensioning is carried out according to the Contract

100%
SES Documents.
Witness and check that the stressing operation meets the Contract
M
1 Documents and stressing detail requirements. Check that the Working 100%
SES
Drawings are on site and being followed during stressing operations.
M
Check that strands and tendons are stressed in the proper sequence. 100%
SES
M Check, generally, that the structure and Contractor are ready for tensioning 100%
2
SSI before tensioning starts.
M 100%
3 Verify that concrete is up to the specified strength prior to stressing.
SSI
Check that void hold-downs connected to formwork or falsework are
M
4 released prior to stressing. Check that cables are marked and measured 100%
SSI
before stressing.
Check that the post-tensioning personnel are staff employed by the post-
M
5 tensioning system supplier or licenced by the supplier. Check all 100%
SSI
certifications, business cards, or documentation identifying staff by name.
Simultaneously compute and compare actual elongations with theoretical
6 SES elongations and Notify the Contract Administrator when they believe a 100%
friction test is warranted.
M Receive and Check a Request to Proceed after the completion of post-

1 -
SES tensioning and prior to cutting on tendons and grouting.
Issue to the Contractor a Notice to Proceed (in a timely manner after
2 M -
tensioning to allow for grouting).
910.07.03.04 Measurement of Tensioning and Variation in the Post-Tensioning Force
Check that frictions losses in jacks, hoses, and connections are determined -
and recorded. Check that the force in the tendons is continually measured
1 SES
and verified. Check that periodic pressure gauge readings and elongations
are recorded including the final reading.

Check that the measured elongations of individual tendons are within -3% to -
+9% of the calculated values. Notify the Contract Administrator if the
2 SES
actual/measured elongations are outside this tolerance. Verify that the
Contractor stops the jacking operation.
Check that gauges are calibrated and have been calibrated within the past 6 -
3 -
months.
Receive all records and measurements in accordance with OPSS

1 - -
910.07.03.04.
Verify that the Contractor checked the variation in total post-tensioning force
2 SES -
over the entire component as specified. Receive and Check this information.
910.07.03.05 Maximum Tension
Verify, during stressing, that the maximum tension limits are not exceed as
1 SES 100%
per OPSS 910 and the Contract Documents.
Check that submitted post-tensioning records comply with maximum tension

1 - -
requirements of OPSS 910 and the Contract Documents.
910.07.03.06 Post-Tensioning Records
Check that the contractor is making records of post-tensioning as the

operations proceed (elongation, pressure readings, slippages, strand
1 SES 100%
breakages, etc.). Inspection staff are to make their own notes/readings for
later verification of submitted records.
M Receive and check a copy of all post-tensioning records (e.g. Elongation,

1 -
SES pressure readings, slippages, strand breakages, etc.).
Review and provide recommendation to the Contract Administrator on
M
2 conformance of the records to the Specialist’s notes and on the -
SES

The Structural Specialist shall make recommendations to the Contract
M Administrator on elongation values that exceed the required upper and lower
-
SES limits, on variation of total post-tensioning force over the entire component
that exceeds the limits, and on any other area of concern.
Provide recommendation to the Contract Administrator on any reports
M
3 submitted by the Contractor concerning non-conforming elongations or -
SES
stressing.
910.07.03.07 Cutting of Tendons
1 M After post-tensioning operations, check that the cutting of tendons is by

100%
SSI mechanical means only.
910.07.04 Grouting
910.07.04.01 General
Check that grouting of the ducts takes place no more than 7 days from the
M date of the Notice to Proceed, or no more than 14 days from the time of 100%
1 completion of stressing.
Notify the Contract Administrator if it appears that this timeline will not be
M -
met.
Check that the Contractor has capped the ends of ducts, etc. so that debris
2 - 100%
does not enter.
Check that the Contractor’s schedule for grouting conforms to the

1 - -
requirements.
910.07.04.02 Preparation for Grouting
1 - Check that the requirements are met before grouting takes place. 100%
Verify that the Contractor has checked/tested the vents, so they are
2 - 100%
adequate for receiving grout.
Check that ducts are made clean by flushing with water and blowing out dry
3 - 100%
with air.

Verify that the Contractor has opened all vents when grouting has started,
4 - and that the extension of the free end vent is higher than others along the 100%
duct.
910.07.04.03 Grout Mixing
1 - Check that the Contractor has established a standard grout batch size and
100%
that they use it throughout the grouting operation.
2 - Check that the grout mixing procedure proceeds in accordance with OPSS
100%
910.07.04.03. Check that no additional water is added to the grout mixture.
3 - Check that pumping of mixed grout takes place within 15 minutes of the
100%
addition of the dry grout to the water and mixer.
4 - Check that the grout holding tank is partially full. Check that no air is being
100%
drawn into the pump or duct.
Verify that the Contractor has established (through a site trial) a standard
1 - grout batch size before commencement of grouting. Receive information on -
the grout batch size.
910.07.04.04 Temperature of Grout
Check that the Contractor is measuring grout temperature in the holding tank
1 - 75%
and that it meets the requirements of OPSS 910.
910.07.04.05 Grouting Procedures
Check that the Contractor is following the procedures described in

1 - 100%
OPSS 910.07.04.05.
Check that the Contractor measured duct and concrete temperature before
2 - 100%
grouting.
Check that grouting is a continuous, uninterrupted operation and that grout
3 - flows only in one direction starting at the lowest grout inlet. Notify the 100%
Contract Administrator if this is not the case.
4 - Check that pumping pressure does not exceed 1 MPa. 100%

Check that grout consistency at a vent is the same as at the pump before a
5 - 75%
vent is closed.
Check that grout consistency at intermediate vents is checked after grout
6 - 100%
reaches the ejection vent.
Check that a pressure of at least 0.5 MPa is maintained for at least one
7 - 100%
minute after sealing.
8 - Check that grout tubes are topped up. 100%
Check that no loads are added or removed from the structure until the grout
9 M 100%
reaches a strength of 20 MPa.
Check that the scheduled date of the grouting operations is agreeable with
1 - -
the temperature requirements.
910.07.05.01 General
1 - Receive and check the 28-day compressive strength test results from the
-
grout manufacturer.
910.07.05.02 Grout Mixture
910.07.05.02.01 General
1 - Check that the requirements of OPSS 910.07.05.02.01 are met. 100%

2 - Check that grout measurements are done on a level, vibration free surface. 75%
Check that the Contractor’s staff preparing measurements and samples are
3 M 100%
certified as per the requirements of OPSS 910.07.05.02.0.
Verify that the Contractor is not incorporating damp, lumpy, or hardened, or
4 - 100%
contaminated grout into the work.
910.07.05.02.02 Bleeding, Expansion, and Viscosity Tests
Prior to grouting operation, witness the trial batch of grout testing. Check
1 M 100%
results of testing.

2 M Check the certifications of the Contractor’s grout testing personnel. 100%
Check that grout tests are done at least once a day for each day of grouting
3 M 100%
operations and check results. Inform Contractor if more are necessary.
Check that any non-complying test results are immediately reported to the
4 M Contract Administrator. Verify flushing of the duct and blowing-out with dry 100%
air.
1 - Receive and check all records of grout testing. -

If test results do not conform, verify that the Contractor has flushed out the
2 - -
duct and blown dry with air.
910.07.05.02.03 Sampling for Compressive Strength Tests
Check that the Contractor has enough stainless-steel grout cube moulds
1 M ready before grouting commences for the QC/QA samples, the outlet 100%
samples, and any early strength samples.
Direct sampling of compressive strength cubes as per the sublot sampling
2 M 100%
plan. Check that the outlet cube samples are also cast.
Check that the Contractor has adequate means for storing the grout cubes
3 - 100%
during the 24-hr curing period between 15 and 25 °C.
4 - Receive the cubes from the outlet samples, properly packaged. 100%
1 - Plan for random sampling of sublots. -
910.07.05.02.04 Early Compressive Strength Tests
Check that no loads are added or removed from the structure until the grout
1 M 100%
reaches a strength of 20 MPa.
1 M Receive and check any early grout strength test results. 100%

910.07.06 Prestressing Steel Friction Test
- Where theoretical and actual elongations are significantly different, notify the
1 100%
SES Contract Administrator of the possibility of a need for friction testing.
M
2 Witness friction testing. 100%
SES
Check that the Contractor has a Contractor’s Engineer and verify their -
1 -
experience with friction testing of post-tensioning systems.
Where theoretical and actual elongations are significantly different, check -
2 -
that the Contractor has communicated with their Contractor’s Engineer.
Receive and check the results of the pre-stressing steel friction test when the
M Contractor’s Engineer calls for a friction test on one or more tendons to
3 -
SES check the theoretical value of friction used in the design and elongation
calculation.
910.07.07 Test Reports
1 - Receive and check all test reports. -
910.07.08 Inspection after Cutting Tendons and after Grouting
Check the placement, stressing, and grouting of the post-tensioning system

1 SES 100%
is carried out as specified in OPSS 910 and the Contract Documents.
Receive and Check a Certificate of Conformance from the Contractor upon

M -
completion of i) cutting tendons and ii) after grouting.
1
Check that the Manufacturer’s Certificate of Conformance meets the
M -
Receive submissions for the final reports including all inspection and testing
M
2 requirements. Review, provide comments and check if they are in -
SES
conformance with the Contract Documents.

910.08.01 Grout
1 - Request samples of packaged grout material as required. -
910.08.02 Acceptance Based on Compressive Strength
1 - Assess acceptance as described in this OPSS 910.08.02. -

Calculate the payment factors and adjustments for longitudinal and
2 - -
transverse stressing systems as specified in OPSS 910.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 910, Construction Specification for Stressing Systems for Post-
Tensioning.


Coating Structural Steel Systems
(As Specified in OPSS 911, SSP 109S13, and SSP 911F10)
911.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the surface
preparation and coating of structural steel and railing systems as specified in OPSS 911, November
2014; SSP 109S13, July 2017; and SSP 911F10, May 2016.
911.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 911 Coating Structural Steel Systems

OPSS 1704 Paint Coating Systems for Structural Steel
SSP 109S13 Amendment to OPSS 911, November 2014 - Measurement of Coating Thickness
SSP 911F10 Amendment to OPSS 911, November 2014 - Additional Requirements for Coating
and Supplemental Instructions to Bidders for Trial Blasting Methods

CAIS 1704 Paint Coating Systems for Structural Steel
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-782A Daily Report - Structural Steel Coating - Form A

PH-CC-782B Daily Report - Structural Steel Coating - Form B
PH-CC-783 Summary Report Structural Steel Coating
911.03 DEFINITIONS

Receive written notices listed in OPSS 911.04.02.02 at least 3 weeks prior to

1 - commencement of coating operations and Check they meet requirements of -
the Contract.
Receive and Check Working Drawings at least 3 weeks prior to
the Contract including construction load limits.
Receive and Check product data sheets at least 3 weeks prior to
the Contract.
Receive and Check the coating manufacturer’s certificate of compliance for
4 - each paint and shipment meets the requirements of the Contract prior to -
commencement of the coating.
Receive and Check the certification of abrasive media meets the
5 - -
requirements of the Contract prior to abrasive blasting.
911.05 MATERIALS
1 SES approved list that was submitted by the Contractor in advance of starting the 100%
work.
Check that storage of materials is appropriate and will not negatively impact
2 - 100%
material performance.
911.05.01 Paint Coatings
Check that paint is delivered in the manufacturer’s originally sealed

1 - 100%
containers and are according to the Contract.
Check that individual coating products used in the coating system come from
1 - the same manufacturer and are compatible or are a coating system listed on -
the MTO Designated Sources for Materials lists.

Check that the test data of the mixed coatings meets the requirements of the
2 - -
Contract.
Check that the finish coat is equivalent to Federal Standard 595C: 17178
aluminum for sign support structures and sectional steel high mast lighting
3 - poles; 10045 brown for Atmospheric Corrosion Resistant steel; or, 16307 -
grey for galvanized surfaces or all other steels unless specified otherwise in
911.05.02 Metal Coatings
1 - Check that coating materials meet the requirements of the Contract. -
911.06 EQUIPMENT
Check that coated areas coming into contact with scaffolding are protected to
1 - 100%
prevent damage in accordance with the Contract Documents.
911.07 CONSTRUCTION
911.07.01 General
Check that all requirements of the manufacturer’s product data sheets are
1 SES 100%
met.
When there is a conflict between the manufacturer’s recommendations and

1 - the Contract Documents, determine the more stringent requirements to apply. -
If it is unclear which requirements to apply, consult with the MTO CSA.
Complete Daily Inspection Report Forms PH-CC-782A and/or PH-CC-782B
2 - -
each day and submit a copy to the Contractor and Quality Assurance.
Complete Summary Form PH-CC-783 after completion of the Work on each
3 - -
structure and submit a copy to the Contractor and Quality Assurance.

Inspect the surface preparation and each subsequent phase of work of

1 - 100%
coating application and Check it meets the requirements of the Contract.
1 - Issue a Notice to Proceed in a timely manner prior to the next operation. -

Verify welding, cutting, and drilling of existing structural steel is not done
2 - -
unless approved.
911.07.03 Surface Preparation and Surface Profile
911.07.03.01 General
Check that surface preparation is carried out as specified in the Contract

1 SES 100%
Documents and meets the specified SSPC standard.
Check that all blast abrasive, dust and other debris are removed from the
2 SES steel surface and each coating surface prior to the application of the 100%
subsequent coat.
3 SES Check that the proper surface profile is achieved. 100%
Receive notification of the Contractor’s intention to do interim surface

1 - -
preparation work prior to commencement of the work.
911.07.03.07 Surface Preparation of Areas Difficult to Access
Determine the surface preparation standard for areas specified in the

1 - -
Contract Documents.

911.07.04 Application of Coating
911.07.04.01 General
Check that coating of structural steel follows cleaning within the time as
1 SES 100%
Check that the coating application is carried out as specified in the Contract
2 SES -
Documents and according to manufacturer’s recommendations.
Receive notification from the Contractor 48 hours in advance of mixing and

1 - -
applying a paint coating or coating system.
911.07.04.02 Paint Coating Systems
911.07.04.02.05 Slip Critical Connections
Check that the faying surface of slip critical connections on paint coated
components receive only the prime coat of paint prior to assembly in
1 - accordance with the Contract Documents. Check that primer is approved for 100%
slip critical connection type. Check that there is no chalking or other defects
in the primer immediately prior to erection.
Check that faying surfaces of galvanized components of slip critical
2 - connections are roughened prior to assembly in accordance with the Contract 100%
Documents.
911.07.04.03 Metal Coatings
911.07.04.03.01 Hot Dip Galvanizing
Check condition of galvanized components during installation. Check that

1 SES 100%
repairs are as specified in the Contract Documents.
Receive written notice and schedule at least 72 hours prior to hot dip
1 - galvanizing and Check they meet the requirements of the Contract -
Documents.

Receive and Check the galvanizer’s coating thickness readings meet the
2 - requirements of the Contract Documents after galvanizing and prior to the -
installation of the component in the structure.
911.07.04.03.02 Thermal Sprayed Metal Coatings
Verify all thermal metal spray applicators demonstrate proficiency in thermal

1 - sprayed metal coating in accordance with the Contract Documents and prior 100%
to commencing full-scale application.
Receive a written notice 48 hours in advance of Contractor’s intention to carry

1 - -
out surface preparation and thermal metal spray coating application.
Receive a 300 x 300 mm steel sample plate similar in composition and
2 - -
thickness to the steel to be coated, before starting the work.
Check the metal coating on the sample plate is in accordance with the
3 - Contract. Determine acceptance of the sample plate to be used as the visual -
standard for the entire work.
911.07.04.03.03 Seal Coating of Thermal Sprayed Metal Coatings
Check thermal sprayed metal coated surfaces for contamination prior to

1 - 100%
application of the seal coat.
911.07.04.03.04 Repair of Hot Dip Galvanizing
Receive 24 hours advanced notification of the intention to carry out the repair
1 - of damaged coatings. Check the proposed repair meets the requirements of -
911.07.04.03.05 Repair of Thermal Sprayed Metal Coatings and Seal Coat
Receive 24 hours advanced notification of the intention to carry out the repair
1 - of damaged coatings. Check the proposed repair meets the requirements of -

911.07.04.04 Coating of Areas Difficult to Access
1 - Verify if the quality of coating application for these areas is acceptable. 100%
911.07.05 Field Sampling and Testing of Coating Materials
911.07.05.01 Paint Coating Materials
Consult the coating supplier for sampling procedures of moisture sensitive

1 - -
materials.
Supply containers for field samples and Witness sampling of material
2 - delivered to the work site. Check that sampling is in accordance with the -
Contract Documents.
Verify the field samples are delivered to the testing laboratory within one
3 - week from the date of sampling including documentation with the product -
information required in the Contract Documents.
911.07.05.02 Metallic Coating Materials
Receive a metallizing wire sample in accordance with the Contract

1 - -
Documents.
Verify negative pressure within the enclosure in accordance with the Contract
1 - 100%
Documents.
Check that the dry film thickness gauge and any DFT gauge utilized by the
2 SES Contractor are calibrated to SSPC PA-2 and any Special Provision 100%
requirements. Only type 2 gauges are to be used.
Receive documentation of quality control measurements taken on at least a

1 - -
weekly basis in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Select a 75 x 75 mm area of prepared steel to be masked off to facilitate the
2 - calibration procedure or receive a reference plate sample in accordance with -

Check that the consultant or sub-consultant inspecting the structural steel
3 M -
coating holds the appropriate certifications.
911.07.08 Environmental Protection During Surface Preparation and Coating of

Structural Steel and Steel Railing Systems
Check that containment methods meet the requirements of the Contract

1 - Documents and that escapes are within limits and are promptly eliminated 100%
where possible.
2 - Check that drains are sealed, extended or redirected as required. 100%
Check that spent materials are collected daily from containment, regularly
3 - from equipment and is stored in sealed containers in accordance with the 100%
Contract Documents.
Check that containment is provided around equipment to contain spills or
4 - 100%
leaks.
Check that environmental operations including enclosure systems, negative

pressure, management including sampling testing, storage, documentation /
1 SES manifesting, transportation and disposal of spent blast medium and removed -
coating material are as specified in the Contract Documents and/or
Contractor’s approved proposal.
Check that a copy of all test results and manifests are provided to the
2 - -
Environmental Planner.
Receive and Check remedial work schemes meet the requirements of the
3 - -
Contract prior to issuing written permission to proceed with the work.
Check surface preparation and touch-up painting is in accordance with the

1 SES 100%
Contract.
Conduct DFT measurements at locations exhibiting coating deficiencies
2 SES according to ASTM D4138 and repair the coating system damaged by DFT 100%
destructive testing.
Take appropriate paint chip samples in order to help check for the causes of
3 SES 100%
any defects.

Itemize/describe all the defects, establish their location (without demarcating
the steel); estimate the total surface area of the defects; and offer an
4 SES 100%
explanation as to the cause of the defects in at least the final inspection
report.
Coordinate the Structural Engineering Specialist inspection, non-destructive

1 - -
testing and sampling.
Receive and Check interim reports for each specialist field visit or installation
2 - -
operation and submit reports to the Regional Structural Engineer.
Receive and Check final structure specialist services report for each specialty
3 - -
area and submit reports to the Regional Structural Engineer.
Take colour photographs of the structure, and any defects in the coating, in
4 - -
sufficient quantities to fully document the extent and nature of the defects.
911.08.01 Inspection
Inspect and approve each phase of the work before allowing the next phase
1 - 100%
to commence.
911.08.03 Measurement of Surface Profile
Make surface profile measurements on a random basis in accordance with

1 - 100%
911.08.04 Testing for Cleanliness
Randomly test the work for cleanliness to determine contamination of

1 - 100%
surfaces by the presence of visible dust, oils, grease, or other foreign matter.
911.08.05 Measurement of Temperature, Humidity, and Dew Point
Randomly test ambient and surface temperature, relative humidity, and dew
1 - 100%
point with the specified equipment and Check they meet Contract restrictions.

911.08.06 Measurement of Coating Thickness
Check that each coat meets the dry film thickness requirements. Test
frequencies and acceptance to be in accordance with SSPC PA-2, including
the requirements in Appendix 3 for girder structures. Acceptance of multiple
1 SES 100%
coats will be based on the cumulative minimum and maximum requirements
after each coat application. Deficiencies to be corrected before acceptance
and proceeding with subsequent coat.
2 - Calibrate the Owner’s magnetic gauges in the presence of the Contractor 100%
911.08.07 Testing Adhesion of Paint Coatings
1 - Determine whether paint coatings need to be tested for adhesion. -

911.08.08 Testing Adhesion of Thermal Sprayed Metal Coatings
Randomly Check the adhesion of thermal sprayed metal coatings in

1 - 100%
accordance with the Contract.
911.08.09 Testing of Coatings Materials
Check that test results of samples meet the requirements of OPSS 1704 and
1 - -
the Contract.
911.08.11 Performance Warranty for Coating of Existing Structural Steel
Check that defective areas identified by the inspection are repaired in

1 - 100%
In the 2 months immediately preceding the last month of the warranty period,
1 - -
notify the Contractor a minimum of 72 hours prior to the warranty inspection.
Check that repair work is completed within the timelines provided in the
2 - -
Contract Documents.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 911, Construction Specification for Coating Structural Steel
Systems.


Precast Concrete Culverts with Spans Greater than 3.0 m
912.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for precast concrete
culverts with spans greater than 3.0 m as specified in OPSS 912, November 2020.
912.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 912 Precast Concrete Culverts with Spans Greater than 3.0 m
CAIS 209 Embankments Over Swamps

CAIS 501 Compacting
CAIS 517 Dewatering
CAIS 599-30 Waterproofing of Precast Concrete Culverts
CAIS 909 Prestressed Concrete - Precast Girders
CAIS 930 Structure Rehabilitation - Concrete Patches, Refacing, and Overlays
CAIS 1205 Clay Seal
CAIS 1302 Water
CAIS 1306 Burlap

MTO Forms:

PH-CC-433A Concrete Mix Design Form A
912.03 DEFINITIONS
1 M and contain the information listed as specified in OPSS 912 and the Contract -
Documents.
Verify that three sets of fabrication Working Drawings including supporting
documents are received at least 7 Days prior to commencement of fabrication
2 M -
of the culverts, or 35 Days when other authorities are involved in the approval
of the design or construction.
3 M -
and contain the information listed in the Contract Documents.
Check that the design of the precast culvert is according to CAN/CSA S6 and
4 - -
the Structural Manual.
Check that the waterproofing of the precast culvert is as specified in the
5 - -
Contract Documents.
6 M -
After reviewing the Contractor’s submissions, submit with comments, to MTO
CSA and MTO Regional Structural Section within 2 days of receipt.
7 M -
staff and available on site for enforcement and ensure a final copy is sent to
the MTO Regional Structural Section.
912.04.02.02 Concrete Mix Designs
1 M Receive and Review the concrete mix design according to CAIS 1350. -

912.04.02.03 Precast Plant Certification Submissions
Receive the precast plant’s certificates with the concrete mix design
1 M -
submission.
Verify that the precast concrete culvert is fabricated at a precast plant
certified according to OPSS 912 Clause 7.01.01. If concrete will be supplied
2 M -
by a ready-mixed concrete supplier check that documentation has been
submitted verifying that the plant is certified by RMCAO.
912.04.02.04 Control of Concrete Temperature
Receive the concrete temperature control plan seven days prior to the
1 - -
commencement of the fabrication, for information purposes.
912.04.02.05 Notification of Placement
Receive the Notification of Placement at least seven days prior to the -

1 M
commencement of the fabrication of the precast culverts.
2 M Receive any changes in the fabrication schedule in writing. -
912.04.02.06 Mill Certificates
1 - Receive mill certificates according to CAIS 1440. -
912.04.02.07 Manufacturer’s Certificate of Conformance and Precast Report

1 M precast report for each shipment of precast culverts at least 5 Business Days -
prior to shipping from the pre-casting plant.
2 M -
the precast culverts to the site.

Check that the precast culvert is fabricated according to the Contract
4 M -
5 M -
repaired according to the Contract Document.
Check that precast culverts with defects and deficiencies causing rejection
6 M -
7 M -
precast culvert to the site.
Tasks related to MTO’s Centralized Precast Retainer

retainer inspector:
1 M · Shop drawings of culverts. -
2 M -
Contract.
3 M -
912.05 MATERIALS
912.05.01 Backfill
Check that backfill material is as specified in OPSS 912.05.01 or the Contract

1 - 100%
Documents.
912.05.02 Bedding
Check that bedding material is as specified in OPSS 912.05.02 or the

1 - -
Contract Documents.

912.05.03 Burlap
1 - Check burlap according to CAIS 1306. -
912.05.04 Clay Seal
1 - Check clay seal, when specified, according to CAIS 1205. -
912.05.05 Concrete
Check that the concrete mix design submitted is according to the Contract
1 - -
Documents and OPSS 912.05.05.
Check that cast-in-place concrete appurtenances, protections slabs and
2 - -
distributions slabs are according to CAIS 1350.
912.05.06 Concrete Sealers
Receive the Owner’s list of acceptable sealers from MTO Quality Assurance
1 - -
Section.
Verify that the concrete sealers are from the Owner’s list of acceptable
2 - -
sealers.
912.05.07 Formwork
1 - Check formwork according to CAIS 919. -
1 - Check geotextile according to CAIS 1860 and the Contract Documents. -

912.05.09 Granular Cover
Check that granular cover material is as specified in OPSS 912.05.09 and the
1 - -
Contract Documents.
912.05.10 Hardware
1 - Check that hardware is as specified in the Contract Documents. -
1 - Check that moisture vapour barrier is as specified in OPSS 912.05.11. -
912.05.12 Native Material
1 - Verify all native and imported material is as specified in OPSS 912.05.12 and
-
approve their use.
912.05.13 Preformed Joint Seal
1 - Check that preformed joint seal is as specified in OPSS 912.05.13. -
Receive the Owner’s list of proprietary patching materials from MTO Quality
1 - -
Assurance Section.
Verify that proprietary patching materials are from the Owner’s List of
2 - -
Acceptable Concrete Patching Materials.
1 - Check steel reinforcement according to CAIS 1440. -

912.05.16 Water
1 - Check water according to CAIS 1302. -
912.06 EQUIPMENT
Check that the temperature and monitoring and recording system is as

1 - -
2 - Check that chipping hammers are according to OPSS 912.06.03. -
912.07 CONSTRUCTION
912.07.01 Production of Precast Concrete Culverts
Check that markings of the precast culverts are as specified in OPSS

1 M -
912.07.01.02, CAIS 1350, and CAIS 905.

1 M -
912.07.02.01 Foundations - General
Check the foundation is prepared as specified in the Contract Documents and

1 M 100%
according to 912.07.02.01.
Check the final founding elevations are as specified in the Contract
2 M 100%
Documents or approve in writing the final elevation.
912.07.02.01.01 Support Systems
1 M Check support systems according to CAIS 404. 50%

912.07.02.01.02 Temporary Protection Systems
1 M Check temporary protection systems according to CAIS 539. 50%
912.07.02.01.03 Excavation
1 M Check excavation according to CAIS 902. 100%

2 M Check swamp excavation according to CAIS 209. 100%
912.07.02.01.04 Dewatering
1 M Check dewatering according to CAIS 517. 100%
912.07.02.01.05 Bedding
Check bedding placement as specified in the Contract Documents and

1 - -
compaction according to CAIS 501.
912.07.02.01.06 Levelling Course
1 - Check leveling course material is as specified in OPSS 912.07.02.01.06. 50%
912.07.02.02 Delivery
Check lifting, storing, and transporting are as specified in the Working

1 M 100%
Drawings.
Receive Contractor’s written notification a minimum of 3 Business Days prior

1 M -
to delivery of the element.

912.07.02.03 Installation of Precast Concrete Culvert
Check that the Workings Drawings meet the requirements of the Contract
1 M Documents and are on site and are being followed during installation of the 100%
precast culverts.
Check that precast culverts with defects and deficiencies causing rejection
2 M 100%
Check that the installation of the precast elements meets the requirements of
3 M 100%

1 M -
to the commencement of installation.
912.07.02.04 Cast-in-Place Concrete Appurtenances, Protection Slabs and

Distribution Slabs
Check the construction of cast-in-place concrete appurtenances, protection

1 M slabs or distribution slabs according to CAIS 904 and reinforcement 100%
placement according to CAIS 905.
Check the protection slabs or distribution slab are placed without any damage
2 M 100%
or movement of the culvert.
Check if protection slabs or distribution slabs are specified in the Contract

1 M -
Documents.
912.07.02.05 Joints Between Elements
Check all the joints between elements of the culverts are constructed and
1 M 100%
treated as specified in the Contract Documents and OPSS 912.07.02.05.01.
Check all connection plates are installed between units in accordance with
2 - 100%
the Contract Drawings.

912.07.02.06 Alignment
Check that the alignment is as specified in the Contract Documents and

1 M 100%
OPSS 912.07.02.06.
912.07.02.07 Inspection after the Installation of the Culvert and Prior to

Waterproofing
Receive and check a Request to Proceed from the Contractor, after the
1 M installation of all elements of a culvert within a construction stage, prior to -
waterproofing.
912.07.02.08 Waterproofing of the Culvert
1 M Check waterproofing as specified in the CAIS 599-30. 100%
912.07.02.09 Geotextile at Joints
1 - Check that geotextile covering is as specified in OPSS 912.07.02.09. 50%
912.07.02.10 Inspection after the Waterproofing of the Culvert and Prior to Backfilling
1 - waterproofing of all elements of a culvert within a construction stage, prior to -
backfilling.
2 - Issue a Notice to Proceed, in a timely manner, and prior to the next operation. -
912.07.02.11 Backfilling
1 M Check backfilling according to CAIS 902. 100%

912.07.02.12 Granular Cover
1 M Check granular cover according to CAIS 501. 100%
912.07.02.13 Clay Seals
1 M Check that clay seal placement is according to OPSS 912.07.02.13. 100%
912.07.03 Repair of Defects and Deficiencies Repairable by Standard Methods
1 - defects or deficiencies listed in OPSS 912 Table 2 is located in the same area -
in the element.
Contractor.
5 - -
the precast and pre-stressed elements shall be rejected and replaced by the
Contractor.
912.07.04 Sampling of Hardened Concrete for Acceptance Testing
Sample steel reinforcement according to CAIS 905; water, admixtures and

1 - -
cementing materials according to CAIS 1350 when requested by the Owner.
Receive submission from the Contractor, a list of elements and their
2 M 100%
After all the precast elements in the Lot have been fabricated, randomly
select one member from each Lot for acceptance testing, and randomly
3 M 100%
select a location for core removal within that precast element. Advise the
Contractor which element is to be cored and the coring location.

precast plant) for each Lot. (Note: One precast element type in each lot is to
be cored at an age of 7 to 10 days, to remove 5 cores, for air void system,
4 M 100%
rapid chloride permeability and compressive strength testing respectively.
Coring may take place at the job site or at the precast plant, wherever the
precast element is at 7 to 10 days of age).
5 M Check that cores do not contain reinforcement or other embedded material. 100%
Check cores are not taken through waterproofing system.
7 M 100%
possession of the cores and deliver them to the designated laboratory for
testing by the MTO.
Check that access for quality assurance is provided according to

1 M 100%
OPSS 912.07.05.

1 - -
Documents.
After delivery and prior to installation, Check for any surface defects not
1 M repaired adequately or dimensional measurements not appearing within 100%
tolerance.
2 M 100%
from the same precast element from which the disputed acceptance core was
obtained.
Check that the referee core is properly labelled. Take possession of the core
3 M 100%
and deliver it to the referee laboratory designated by MTO.

After delivery, but prior to installation, conduct a visual inspection deemed
4 M 100%
necessary to assess the effectiveness of surface finish and repairs.
After delivery, but prior to installation, randomly select a minimum of one
element from each lot for verification of concrete cover and dimensional
5 M measurements, before any waterproofing or backfilling operations. If the 100%
concrete cover measurements of the element measured does not meet the
tolerances of the Contract Documents, inform MTO immediately.
6 M Conduct inspection for dowels as specified in the Contract Documents. 100%
7 M Check core holes are repaired in accordance with the Contract Documents. 100%
1 M -
2 M -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 912, Construction Specification for Precast Concrete Culverts
with Spans Greater than 3.0 m.


Waterproofing Bridge Decks with Hot Applied Asphalt Membrane
(As Specified in OPSS 914, SSP 914F02, and SSP 914S03)
914.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for waterproofing of
new and existing concrete bridge decks with hot applied asphalt membrane as specified in
OPSS 914, November 2014; SSP 914F02, December 2014; and, SSP 914S03, March 2016.
914.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 914 Waterproofing Bridge Decks with Hot Applied Asphalt Membrane
SSP 914F02 Amendment to OPSS 914, November 2014 - Existing Deck Surface Preparation
SSP 914S03 Amendment to OPSS 914, November 2014 - Form and Fill Grooves
CAIS 1212 Hot-Poured Rubberized Asphalt Joint Sealing Compound

CAIS 1215 Protection Board
MTO Field Guide, for the Acceptance of Hot Mix and Bridge Deck Waterproofing
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-129 A Protection Board and Waterproofing Membrane Thickness Report

914.03 DEFINITIONS

914.05 MATERIALS
Check that all delivered materials are from the manufacturer’s approved
1 M 100%
sources.
Check that waterproofing membrane is supplied to the job site in cakes in the
2 - 100%
manufacturer’s sealed and lot labelled containers.
Check that protection board meets the thickness requirements as specified in
3 - OPSS 1215 as early as possible prior to the commencement of the 100%
waterproofing operation.
Check that waterproofing membrane, reinforcement, joint sealing compound,

protection board and tack coat are according to the Contract Documents and
1 - -
are all from approved sources. Record required lot number and date of
manufacture.
914.06 EQUIPMENT
1 - Check the thermometer calibration for both the membrane and heating oil. -
Check that the mixing kettle is oil jacketed as specified in OPSS 914 and the
2 - -
Contract Documents.
Check that a separate calibrated thermometer with an accuracy of ± 2 °C is
3 - -
available on the job site for verification of material temperature
4 - Visually Check that compressed air is tested according to ASTM D4285. -
914.07 CONSTRUCTION
914.07.01.02 Traffic Restrictions
Check that no traffic other than the construction equipment directly

1 - associated with the waterproofing operation is allowed on the abrasive blast 100%
cleaned deck.

914.07.01.03 Procedure
Verify that waterproofing membrane reinforcement and protection board are

1 - stored at the manufacturer’s recommended conditions and temperature 75%
range.
Check that waterproofing operations are performed sequentially on the same
2 - day with no delay between operations other than delays that may be required 75%
by OPSS 914.
Check that drainage holes through the deck including asphalt drainage tubes
3 - are open and are not plugged or covered by either waterproofing membrane 75%
or protection boards.
Check that the air and concrete surface temperatures are 5 °C or higher for
4 M waterproofing operations. Deck must be dry, and application performed under 75%
dry conditions.
914.07.01.04 Notice of Commencement of Waterproofing Operations
Receive from the Contractor confirmation in writing of the date and time of
commencement of any waterproofing operations. Check that it meets the
1 - -
submission time of at least 48 hours prior to the scheduled waterproofing
operations.
2 - Provide Contractor with permission to proceed with waterproofing. -
914.07.01.05 Existing Asphalt Covered Decks
Receive from the Contractor confirmation in writing of the date and time of
1 - commencement of the asphalt stripping operation. Check that it meets the -
submission time of at least 7 Days prior to the commencement of this work.
914.07.01.06 Applicators
Check that the applicator performing the waterproofing is from the Owner’s
1 - -
list of applicators approved by the waterproofing membrane manufacturer.

914.07.02 Deck Surface Preparation
Check that the deck meets the requirement for surface tolerance and surface
1 M 75%
finish of the contract requirements.
Identify all repairs and remedial Work that needs to be carried out prior to
2 - 75%
waterproofing including texture surfaces, sawcut grooves and scaling.
Check that all repairs and remedial Work to the concrete deck have been
3 - 100%
completed.
Verify that the deck surface, face of curbs and barrier walls were completely
treated by abrasive blast cleaning to expose sound, laitance-free concrete
4 M 100%
and that the concrete surface has been cleaned with a jet of oil-free
compressed air to remove all dust and other foreign material.
914.07.02.01 Treatment of Grout Tubes on Deck Surfaces
Check that grout tubes have been cut flush with the deck surface prior to
1 - 75%
sand blasting.
Check that grout tubes are recut flush with the concrete surface if
2 - 75%
sandblasting results in the tube projecting from above the concrete.
3 - Check that membrane reinforcement is installed as specified. 75%
914.07.02.02 New Concrete Bridge Decks and Concrete Deck Overlays
Check the surface of the concrete is completely treated by abrasive blast

1 - 100%
cleaning to expose sound, laitance-free concrete.
Check any curing compound used on the concrete surface is completely
2 - 100%
removed.
3 - Check all dirt and debris is removed from the bridge deck. 100%
Immediately prior to the application of the tack coat, check the concrete
4 - surface is cleaned with a jet of oil-free compressed air to remove all dust and 100%
other foreign material.

914.07.02.03 Existing Deck Surface Preparation
Check that all old waterproofing membrane is completely removed from the
concrete surface without any damage to the existing surface of the deck.
1 M Identify any damage to the deck surface due to removal operation of 100%
waterproofing and all repairs and remedial Work that needs to be carried out
prior to waterproofing.
Check that all repairs and remedial Work to the concrete deck have been
2 - 100%
completed.
Check that dust and debris from exposed Work, and from construction
operations such as concrete cutting/grinding, abrasive blast cleaning of
concrete and steel, does not cause a nuisance to pedestrian and vehicular
3 - 25%
traffic within the ROW, adjacent residential/commercial/institutional
properties, and is not entering a watercourse or Environmentally Sensitive
Area.
Prior to the abrasive blast cleaning operation for waterproofing, Check all
4 - areas of the deck, excluding sawcut grooves, meet the maximum depth of 100%
texture of 2 mm.
Prior to waterproofing, check all concrete surfaces are prepared as specified
5 - 100%
in OPSS 914.
914.07.02.04 Modification of Deck Joint Assemblies of Existing Bridge Decks
Prior to waterproofing, Check that all modifications to expansion joint

1 - 100%
assemblies are carried out.
914.07.02.05 Modification of Deck Drains
Check that modifications to deck drains are both made prior to waterproofing
1 - 100%
and are as specified in the Contract Documents.
914.07.03 Tack Coating
Check that the Contractor takes adequate protective measures to mask

concrete, prevent over-spray of tack coat materials onto adjacent concrete
1 - 75%
surfaces (curb face, barrier wall, abutments, columns, etc.) and to prevent
waterproofing material from entering a watercourse.

Prior to the application of the tack coat, check the concrete surface is dry and
2 - clean while making sure a torch (or any other means) is not used to expedite 75%
the drying of the concrete surface.
Check that tack coat is applied uniformly at the required rate and using
3 - 75%
equipment approved by the manufacturer.
4 - Check the tack coat is fully cured before waterproofing equipment is used. 75%
Permission to proceed is given to the Contractor after verifying the Deck

1 - -
Surface Preparation above.
Check that Contractor performing the waterproofing is from the Owner’s list of
2 - applicators approved by the waterproofing membrane manufacturer. This list -
can be obtained from the MTO Quality Assurance Section.
914.07.04 Application of Waterproofing Membrane
Check that tack coat is cured completely and free of any surface moisture
1 - 75%
and dirt before waterproofing membrane is applied.
Check areas of the deck with sawcut grooves are filled with a scratch coat of
2 - waterproofing after the tack coat has cured. Check the waterproofing 75%
membrane is applied immediately after application of the scratch coat.
Check continuously that the waterproofing membrane is being applied within
3 - 75%
the temperature range recommended by the manufacturer.
Check that waterproofing is applied according to the Contract Documents and
4 - the Field Guide for the Acceptance of Hot Mix Asphalt and Bridge Deck -
Waterproofing.
1 - Check kettle is empty prior to inducing cakes of membrane. -

Check that the kettle is on the job site, meets the requirements of the
Contract Documents and continuously agitates melted cakes of asphalt
2 - -
waterproofing membrane at the manufacturer’s recommended heating
temperature during waterproofing operations.
Check mixing kettle has calibrated thermometer in both the membrane and
3 - -
the oil bath and confirm accuracy.
Complete waterproofing membrane thickness acceptance and Check that the
4 - -
Contractor signs PH-CC129 A prior to paving.

914.07.05 Membrane Reinforcement
Check the membrane reinforcement is placed directly over the waterproofing

1 - 75%
membrane and pressed in while it is still tacky.
Check the membrane is terminated in the chase or, where there is no chase,
2 - be extended up the face of the curbs, barrier walls, expansion joints, and 75%
deck drains to the level of the top of the proposed hot mix base course.
Check an additional layer of waterproofing membrane covers the membrane
3 - 75%
reinforcement.
914.07.06 Application of Protection Board
Visually inspect protection boards for uniform appearance, fibre glass mesh is
1 - properly coated, and excess sand is not present on the protection board prior 75%
to placement.
Check the protection boards are laid transverse to the centreline of the deck
on the waterproofing membrane while the surface is still tacky. Check that all
2 - 75%
protection board edges overlap 12 ± 6 mm, are placed so that the joints lap in
the direction of traffic flow and are staggered a minimum of 150 mm.
Check the protection board edge is within 6 mm of all curbs, vertical faces of
3 - 75%
drains, and vertical faces of expansion joints.
Check that no material is applied to the waterproofing membrane surface to
4 - 75%
remove the tackiness prior to installation of the protection board.
Throughout placement, continuously visually check protection board to
5 - 75%
ensure the boards are properly impregnated with asphalt.
6 - Check tack coating of protection boards just prior to paving. 75%
7 - Check the binder course pavement is placed within 7 Days of waterproofing. 75%
914.07.07 Form and Fill Grooves
Check a heating and mixing kettle is used on the job site to melt and
1 - 75%
continuously agitate the cakes of joint sealing compound.
Check that forming and filling of grooves is in accordance with the Contract
2 - Documents and the Field Guide for the Acceptance of Hot Mix Asphalt and 75%
Bridge Deck Waterproofing.
Check that damages to the joint sealing compound caused by the
3 - 75%
Contractor’s operations are repaired.

Check that no traffic is over the joint sealing compound until the compound
4 - 75%
has cooled to ambient temperature.
Check that forming and filling of grooves is performed within 14 Days of

1 - -
surface course asphalt placement at the location of each groove.
914.07.08 Sampling for Quality Assurance
914.07.08.01 Material Samples
Determine the time of sampling using the Field Guide for the Acceptance of
1 - -
Hot Mix and Bridge Deck Waterproofing.
Determine acceptance or rejection of each lot for protection board thickness
2 - -
and visual acceptance prior to waterproofing operation commences.
Examine the sample containers prior to sampling to Check they are the
3 M -
correct size and clean and free of debris.
Take and Check samples of waterproofing membrane, tack coat,
waterproofing membrane reinforcement, protection board and joint sealing
4 - -
compound in accordance with the Contract Documents and the Field Guide
for the Acceptance of Hot Mix and Bridge Deck Waterproofing.
914.07.08.02 Delivery of Samples
Within 5 Business Days of the application, verify samples of waterproofing

1 - membrane, waterproofing membrane reinforcement, joint sealing compound, -
tack coat, and protection board are delivered to the MTO Concrete Section.
914.08.01 Lot Size
Determine the lot sizes and limits for each lot in accordance with the Contract
1 - Documents and the Field Guide for the Acceptance of Hot Mix and Bridge -
Deck Waterproofing.
For measurement of membrane thickness only, and after dividing the lot into
2 - -
10 equal sublots, determine the sampling location within the sublot.

914.08.02 Acceptance of Waterproofing Membrane Reinforcement, Joint Sealing
Compound, and Tack Coat
Evaluate waterproofing membrane reinforcement, joint sealing compound

1 - and tack coat for compliance with the requirements of the Contract -
Documents.
914.08.03 Acceptance of Waterproofing Membrane Thickness
914.08.03.01 General
Determine the acceptability of the waterproofing membrane thickness by

1 - -
measurement on a lot-by-lot basis.
914.08.03.02 Testing of Waterproofing Membrane Thickness
Measure membrane thickness for acceptance testing in accordance with the

1 - Contract Documents and the Field Guide for the Acceptance of Hot Mix and -
Bridge Deck Waterproofing.
914.08.03.03 Waterproofing Membrane Thickness Acceptance Determination
Calculate the mean and standard deviation of each lot for acceptance or
1 - -
rejection of waterproofing membrane.
Determine if the lot is in the acceptable, marginal, or rejectable range as
2 - -
specified in OPSS 914 and Table 1.
Receive from the Contractor a proposal in writing for an alternative to removal
3 - -
and replacement for rejectable waterproofing membrane thickness.
Prepare a recommendation to the Owner when the Contractor has submitted
a proposal in writing for alternative to removal and replacement for rejectable
4 - -
waterproofing membrane thickness. Consult with the MTO Structural Section
if the waterproofing membrane thickness exceeds 6 mm.

914.08.03.04 Referee Testing of Waterproofing Membrane Thickness for Marginal or
Rejectable Lots
Receive request from the Contractor for retesting of Waterproofing

1 - Membrane Thickness. Check this request is prior to paving and within 2 -
Business Days of the Contractor being advised of acceptance test results.
For retesting, take 10 new thickness measurements within the lot and in the
2 - -
presence of the Contractor.
914.08.04 Acceptance of Waterproofing Membrane Quality
Check all test results have been received and determine if a lot is acceptable,
1 - -
marginal with payment adjustment, or rejectable as specified in 914.08.04.03.
914.08.04.04 Referee Testing of Waterproofing Membrane Quality
Receive request from the Contractor for retesting of waterproofing

membrane, and Check that the Contractor’s request for retesting is made
1 - -
within 5 Business Days of receiving notification of payment adjustment or
rejection of the lot.
914.08.05 Acceptance of Protection Board
1 - Check protection board meets the requirements of OPSS 1215 and 914. -
2 - Determine the acceptability of protection board thickness on a lot-by-lot basis. -
As early as possible prior to the commencement of the waterproofing
operation, randomly select one protection board per lot for measuring the
3 - thickness according to the Field Guide for the Acceptance of Hot Mix and -
Bridge Deck Waterproofing and check that the protection board is properly
coated.
Rejects lots where the measured protection board thickness is less than 3.2 -
4 -
mm or greater than 4.0 mm.
5 - Check rejectable protection boards are not placed in the work. -
Check rejectable protection board that has been placed in the work are -
6 - removed and replaced, along with the waterproofing membrane according to
the Treatment of Rejectable Lots clause 914.08.06.

914.08.06 Treatment of Rejectable Lots
Check that the removal of membrane material includes removal of the full
1 - membrane thickness to neat lines and removal of overlying pavement, as 75%
applicable.
2 - Check that new membrane material is lapped as specified in 914.07.04. 75%
Check that replacement of rejectable material meets the requirements of the
3 - 75%
Contract Documents.
4 - Check that any protection boards removed are replaced with new ones 75%
Check that rejectable material, including protection board over rejected
5 - 75%
membrane, is disposed of and not incorporated into the work.
914.10.01.01 Payment Adjustment Due to Membrane Thickness Deficiency
1 - Adjustment for payment shall be as specified in OPSS 914. -
914.10.01.02 Payment Adjustment Due to Membrane Quality Deficiency
1 - Adjustment for payment shall be as specified in OPSS 914. -
914.10.01.03 Calculation for Total Adjustment Payment
1 - Calculation for payment adjustment shall be as specified in OPSS 914. -

914.10.02 Modification of Deck Drains – Item
1 - Payment shall be as specified. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 914, Construction Specification for Waterproofing Bridge Decks
with Hot Applied Asphalt Membrane.


Sign Support Structures
915.01 SCOPE
of the tri-chord, cantilever tri-chord, cantilever, variable message, pole mounted variable message,
monotube overhead, bridge mounted, and roadside breakaway and non-breakaway sign support
structures, including their footings as specified in OPSS 915, November 2014, and SSP 109S26,
March 2018.
915.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 915 Sign Support Structures
CAIS 501 Compacting

CAIS 609 Grounding
CAIS 907 Structural Wood Systems
CAIS 1601 Wood - Preservative Treatment and Shop Fabrication
MTO Forms:


PH-CC-821 Manufacturer's Certificate of Conformance
915.03 DEFINITIONS
915.04.02.01 General
When other authorities are involved in the approval of the design and
1 - construction of a highway structure, Check that the submission is made as -
915.04.02.02 Working Drawings and Welding Procedures
Receive and Check that the Working Drawings and welding procedures are
1 - as specified in the Contract Documents at least 7 days prior to the -
commencement of fabrication of overhead sign support structures.
2 - -
the manufacturing facility during fabrication.
915.04.02.03 Delivery Schedule
Receive and Check the delivery schedule of overhead sign support structures
1 M and their components to the galvanizing or painting facility, or both, and to the -
site, not less than 7 days before shipping begins.
915.04.02.04 Rock Excavation
Receive and Check that the proposed method of rock excavation is received
1 M at least 14 days prior to the commencement of excavation when rock is -
present within the depth of the footing.

915.04.02.05 Erection Procedures
Receive and Check the erection procedures are as specified in the Contract
1 - Documents at least 7 days prior to the commencement of overheard sign -
support erection.
Check that a copy of the erection procedures is available on site and being
2 - -
followed during erection.
915.04.02.06 Proposals
Check that all proposals are submitted at least 14 days prior to the
1 M commencement of the work for review by MTO and that the proposal bears -
the seal and signature of a design Engineer and a design-check Engineer.
Check that the Contractor does not proceed with changes until the Contract
2 - -
Administrator has accepted the proposal.
915.04.02.07 Mill Test Certificates
Receive and Check that the mill test certificates meet the requirements of the
1 - -
Contract Documents.
915.04.02.08 Inspection Company and Inspector Information
Receive and Check the names of the inspection company and the inspectors,
1 M together with proof of certification a minimum of 7 days prior to the -
commencement of fabrication of overhead sign support structures.
Check that company and personnel certifications meet the requirements of
2 M -
915.05 MATERIALS
Check the materials are as specified in the Contract Documents, CAIS 609,
1 - -
906, 911, 1010, 1350, 1440, and 1601.

915.07 CONSTRUCTION
915.07.02 Footings
Check that erosion and sediment control measures are in place and
functioning prior to the start of footing construction and are maintained until
1 - the overhead sign has been installed, inspected, and all deficiencies have 25%
been addressed. Determine if additional erosion control measures may be
required.
Verify that the footing has been constructed according to the requirements of
the Contract Documents including requirements for the plumbness, location,
2 M 25%
top of footing elevation, anchorage layout, electrical ducts, all concrete works
and surface finishing for the Work.
Check footings with regards to “as constructed” elevations and type,
3 - plumbness of footing, alignment between two founding elements and the 25%
distance between the two founding elements (Center to Center footings).
915.07.03 Erection of Overhead Sign Support
Check all delivered elements to verify that they conform to the Contract
1 - Documents and check that the sign support structures have a site 25%
identification marking according to the Contract Documents.
Check that any damage to the elements or coatings caused during delivery
2 - 25%
have been repaired in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Check full bearing of all base plates, and that the fasteners have been
3 M 100%
tightened in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Check that the columns have been installed plumb and in the proper
4 M 100%
orientation.
Check that the installation of the overhead sign support structure is in
accordance with the Contract Documents. Verify that the correct sign
5 M 100%
message is mounted on the support, facing the proper direction, and the
required number of sign clamps have been installed.
6 M Check for cracking of erected sign structure. 25%
Check that exposed anchorage threads do not exceed a projection length of
7 M 25%
3 anchor rod diameters from the top of finished concrete.
Receive and Check a written notification from the Contractor as specified in

1 - -
OPSS 915.

Obtain and submit to Regional Structural Office Final Clearance/Restriction
measurements.
· Vertical Clearances - Gathering minimum clearance measurements along
2 M -
each edge of lane, in metres to 2 decimal places.
· Horizontal Clearances - Clearance to be measured at right angles to the
centre line of the travelled portion of the highway or edge of lane.
915.07.04 Breakaway and Non-Breakaway Roadside Sign Support Structures
Check that erosion and sediment control measures are in place and
functioning prior to the start of footing construction and are maintained until
1 - the sign has been installed, inspected, and all deficiencies have been -
addressed. Determine if additional erosion control measures may be
required.
Determine the elevation of the bottom of the excavation or check that it meets
2 M the requirements of the Contract Documents. Check that footing elevations -
match the as-constructed grade.
Verify that the footing has been constructed according to the requirements of
the Contract Documents including requirements for the location, top of footing
3 M -
elevation, anchorage layout, and surface finishing for the Work. Check that
the support footings or disturbed ground do not obstruct drainage.
Check that any damage to the elements or coatings caused during delivery
4 - 25%
have been repaired in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Check full bearing of all base plates, and that the fasteners have been
5 - 100%
tightened in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Check that the columns have been installed plumb and in the proper
6 - 100%
orientation.
Verify that the correct sign message is mounted on the support, facing the
7 - proper direction, the required number of fasteners have been installed, and 100%
that the sign is not damaged.
8 - Check that exposed anchorage threads do not exceed 3 diameters. 25%
Check that support parts are supplied by a Designated Source. Verify that all
9 M -
support parts are new.
Receive and Check a list of required signboards, overlays, and tabs meets
1 - the requirements of the Contract Documents a minimum of 12 weeks prior to -
the date of installation.

Receive confirmation in writing from the Contractor within 5 Business Days of
2 - pick-up that all supplied signs were received according to the Contract -
Documents.
Receive and Check that the Contractor’s inspection reports meet the
1 M requirements of the Contract Documents and that all deficiencies are -
addressed.
2 - Check that inspection reports bear the seal and signature of an Engineer. -
3 - Submit a copy of inspection reports to the Regional Structural Engineer. -
915.07.08 Interim Inspections
Receive and Check a Request to Proceed from the Contractor upon

1 - completion of the construction of the footing and prior to the installation of the -
overhead sign support structure.
Issue a Notice to Proceed, in a timely manner, prior to the installation of the
2 - -
overhead sign support structure.
Receive and Check the Contractor’s Manufacturer’s Certificate of
3 - Conformance, upon completion of the fabrication of the overhead sign -
support structure, and prior to shipping from the plant.
Receive and Check Request to Proceed from the Contractor prior to the
4 - -
delivery of the overhead sign support structure to the site.
5 M Certificate of Conformance and Request to Proceed, meet the requirements -
Issue a Notice to Proceed, in a timely manner, and prior to the Contractor
6 - -
delivering the overhead sign support structure to the site.
915.07.09 Repair of Sign Support Structures
Receive submissions for each repair work for each deficiency found out
1 - during erection. Review and provide comments if each repair work is in -
conformance with the Contract Documents.
Check that all repairs of sign support structures are carried out as specified in
2 - -
OPSS 915.

Receive and check written certification bearing the seal and signature of an
3 - -
Engineer for salvaged components.
Submit a copy of repair work for each deficiency found to the Regional
4 - -
Structural Engineer.
915.07.10 As-Built Drawings
Receive and Check as-built drawings meet the requirements of the Contract
1 M -
Documents.
2 M Submit a copy of the as-built drawings to the Regional Structural Engineer. -
915.07.11 Certificate of Conformance Upon Completion of the Work
Receive from the Contractor and Check a Manufacturer’s Certificate of

Conformance, upon completion of installation of the overhead sign structure.
1 M -
Check that the Certificate of Conformance meets the requirements of the
Contract Documents.
Perform visual inspection of in-process fabrication of 25% of all sign support

structures in a contract and inspection shall encompass at least one sign
support structure.
Conduct non-destructive testing of the welds of one of the sign support

structures in a contract as follows:
· For shop-fabricated legs (columns), Ultrasonic Testing (UT) of longitudinal
1 NDT groove welds for two metres from the leg/base plate connection along the -
lower leg portion of the tri-chord static sign support structure;
· For shop-fabricated legs (columns), UT of full length of longitudinal groove
weld of the legs of the cantilever static sign support structures;
· UT of full penetration groove welds at the chord ‘crank’ locations of the
aluminum end components of the changeable message sign support
structures (the ‘crank’ location is the joint in the end component where the
horizontal chords meet the sloping chords).
2 - Confirm erector(s) certification(s) and personnel qualifications. 100%
Check that the installation procedures are in conformance with the Contract
3 - 100%
Documents.

4 SSI Conduct inspections of installation of all overhead sign support structures. 100%
Conduct inspections of installation of at least 1 overhead sign support
5 WS structure including witnessing of the erection of main components, including -
installation of all bracing components required to maintain stability.
Conduct inspections of installation of at least one overhead sign support
6 WS structure including inspection of fit-up, alignment and plumbness of -
structural components.
7 WS structure including verification of grade, type, size and location of high -
tensile bolts.
8 WS structure including confirmation of tensioning of high tensile bolts by the -
turn-of-nut method.
9 WS structure including confirmation of compliance of field welding operations -
with approved welding procedure.
10 WS Conduct visual inspection of all field welds. 100%
11 SSI Check the overhead sign support structure installation. 100%
Coordinate with the structural specialist to obtain confirmation that the

1 - overhead sign support structure is fabricated according to the Contract -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 915, Construction Specification for Sign Support Structures.


Modular Bridge Structures for Temporary Installations
918.01 SCOPE
supply, construction, maintenance, and removal of modular bridge structures used for installations,
including ramps, bank seats, decking, sidewalks, and railings as specified in OPSS 918, April 2017,
and SSP 109S27, March 2018.
918.02 REFERENCES
Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications:
OPSS 918 Construction Specification for Modular Bridge Structures for Installations
SSP 109S27 Amendment to OPSS 918, April 2017 - Certificate of Conformance
CAIS 501 Compacting

CAIS 907 Structural Wood Systems
CAIS 908 Metal Traffic Barriers and Metal Railings for Structures
CAIS 1601 Wood, Preservative Treatment, and Shop Fabrication
MTO Forms:
918.03 DEFINITIONS

918.04.02.01 Working Drawings, Procedures & Certifications
Receive and Check that the Working Drawings are as specified in the
1 - Contract Documents at least 7 days prior to the intended start work date and -
commencement of the installation of the modular bridge.
Receive and Check that the launching, installation, and removal procedures
2 - are as specified in the Contract Documents at least 7 days prior to the -
Receive and Check the letter and design calculations certifying the modular
3 - bridge has been designed according to the Contract Documents at least 7 -
days prior to the commencement of the installation of the modular bridge.
For fabrication outside of Canada, receive and Check letter certifying that
materials used, and the fabrication of the modular bridge components are
4 - -
according to the Contract Documents at least 7 days prior to the
Receive and Check load test reports, when applicable, are as specified in the
5 - Contract Documents at least 7 days prior to the commencement of the -
installation of the modular bridge.
Receive and Check signed and sealed letter confirming previously used
6 - -
components are in good structural condition, when applicable.
When other authorities are involved in the approval of the design and
7 - construction of the modular bridge, Check that the submission is made as -
Submit a copy of Working Drawings; launching, installation and removal -
8 -
procedures; and load test reports to the Regional Structural Engineer.
918.04.02.02 Notice of Installation
Receive and Check that written notice has been submitted at least 7 days
1 - -
prior to the installation of the modular bridge superstructure.

918.07 CONSTRUCTION
918.07.01 General
Check the foundations constructed are in accordance with the Contract

1 M 100%
Documents.
Check that layout and elevations of the launching and construction rollers
have been approved. Check that founding elements, cribs, and footings are
2 - located in accordance with the Contract Documents. Confirm that specified 100%
truss chord configurations (e.g. SS, SSR, SSRH, DSR, etc.) match the
Check that all bracing bolts, chord bolts and transom clamps remain fully
3 M 25%
tightened.
4 - Check that base plates and bearings are free of debris. 25%
5 - Inspect base plates and cribs for settlement. 25%
6 - Check timber for soundness and specified requirements. 25%
7 - Check material control is as specified in the Contract Documents. 25%
Check that the modular bridge has been constructed in conformance with the
8 M requirements of the Contract Documents noting any difference from 100%
manufacture’s specifications.
Check that modular bridge removal is in accordance with the Contract
9 - 25%
Documents.
Receive and Check documentation demonstrating experience of

1 - Superintendent is as specified in OPSS 918, at least 7 days prior to -
installation of the modular bridge.
Check that erosion and sediment controls are in place and functioning prior to
2 - start of modular bridge installation. Determine if additional erosion control -
measures or additional locations may be required.
Check that all environmental constraints have been complied with (fisheries
3 - -
approvals, Work on the banks, etc.) prior to installation.
918.07.04 Certificate of Conformance
Receive and Check the Contractor’s Certificate of Conformance, upon

1 - -
completion of construction of the modular bridge structure.

918.07.06 Modular Bridge Maintenance
Inspect the modular bridge, including bearings, bank seats, ramps, decking,
1 - sidewalks, railing, approaches, and substructure elements for the duration of 25%
the Contract and Check that deficiencies are corrected.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 918, Construction Specification for Modular Bridge Structures for
Temporary Installations.


Formwork and Falsework
919.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the design and
construction requirements for formwork, falsework, and temporary supports used in the construction
and rehabilitation of structures as specified in OPSS 919, November 2011, SSP 109S28, August
2021, and SSP 919S01, October 2021.
919.02 REFERENCES

SSP 919S01 Amendment to OPSS 919, November 2011 - Screed Rail Supports in Slab on Girder
Construction
CAIS 501 Compacting

CAIS 906 Structural Steel
CAIS 909 Prestressed Concrete - Precast Girders
CAIS 1010 Aggregates - Base, Subbase, Selected Subgrade, and Backfill Material
919.03 DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in OPSS 919 and SSP 109S28.

Check the Contractor’s submissions against the requirements of these design

related clauses. Check the use of the referenced codes, standards, and
specifications are as described in these clauses. Check the use of referenced
M
1 loads are as described in these clauses. Check the use of referenced limits -
SSI
are as described in these clauses. Check the use of referenced tolerances
are as described in these clauses. Check any patented systems against the
Determine if other authorities are involved and Check that the Contractor’s
2 SSI submission satisfy any of their additional requirements as well as the -
Contract Documents.
Review other submissions from the Contractor and determine if all
reasonably foreseeable construction live loads, temporary loads, or transitory
3 SSI -
loads have been considered for the anticipated construction stages and
sequences.
M Check that the submissions show that they meet the minimum bracing
4 -
SSI requirements described in these clauses.
M Check that girder bracing design, formwork, and falsework design considers
5 -
SSI loads from the bridge deck placement plan.
Review the Working Drawings and other applicable submissions meet the -
M
6 requirements of the Contract Documents and are suitable for their intended
SSI
purpose and verify it is a complete submission.
After reviewing the contractor’s submissions, submit with comments, to MTO -
7 -
CSA within 2 days of receipt.
Ensure a final copy of all contractor submissions are shared with inspection -
8 -
staff and available on site for enforcement.
919.04.02.01.01 General
Check that all falsework on site has Working Drawings as per OPSS 919.
1 - Check that all formwork on site that requires Working Drawings have them in 100%
accordance with OPSS 919 and the Contract Documents.

Check that the Contractor has the Working Drawings on-hand during
2 - formwork and falsework construction operations. Check that the work is done 100%
according to those documents noting any differences.
Check that Working Drawings are submitted for all falsework as per OPSS
1 - 919. Check that Working Drawings are submitted for all required formwork as -
per OPSS 919 and the Contract Documents.
Check that the Contractor has received written permission to use another
structure as a part of the falsework system, if such is the case. And if such is
2 - the case, verify that the Contractor has provided the required documentation -
to the owner of that other structure as required by OPSS 919 and the
Contract Documents.
Check that all submitted Working Drawings required by OPSS 919 bear the
3 M -
seal and signature of the design Engineer.
4 M Submit a copy of all Working Drawings to MTO Regional Structural Section. -
Check that the pour sequence and design loads are indicated on the Working
Drawings. Check against the Contractor’s proposed pour operations for any
component and for bridge decks check against the Bridge Deck Placement
5 - Plan (as described in OPSS 904). Check that the indicated pour sequence is -
consistent with the actual placement plan if it differs from that shown on the
Contract Documents or if the placement plan is revised after Working
Drawing submission.
919.04.02.01.02 Falsework
At least 1 day prior to the commencement of erection of falsework, receive

and check 3 sets of falsework Working Drawings. Determine if other
1 - -
authorities are involved, and if so, receive additional documents 5 weeks in
advance (instead of 1 day).
Check the Working Drawings against items (a) to (q) of this clause, OPSS
2 M -
919, and the Contract Documents.
919.04.02.01.02 Formwork
At least 1 day prior to the commencement of erection of formwork, receive

and check 3 sets of falsework Working Drawings. Determine if other
1 - -
authorities are involved, and if so, receive additional documents 5 weeks in
advance of falsework construction.

Check the Working Drawings against the requirements of this clause, OPSS
2 M -
For deck formwork, Check that the Contractor completes a survey of the top
3 - of the girders in accordance with GC 7.02.07 and provides certification of the -
grade and layout.
919.04.02.02 Foundation Information
919.04.02.02.01 Falsework Foundation Design Report
M Receive and check 3 copies of Falsework Foundation Design Reports.

1 -
FES Check that the report bears the seal and signature of the design Engineer.
Check the Working Drawings against the requirements of this clause, OPSS
2 M -
919.04.02.03 Proprietary Shoring, Forms, and Accessories
Receive and Check that the submissions on proprietary systems meet the
1 M -
requirements of this clause.
919.04.02.04 Splices for Stay-In-Place Forms
Check that details of the method of joining round stay-in-place forms are
1 M -
shown on the Working Drawings.
919.04.02.05 Revised Submissions
Periodically check for any changes in formwork and falsework and verify with
the Contract Administrator if the Contractor should submit revised Working
1 SSI 25%
Drawings or other submissions. Notify the Contract Administrator when
revised Working Drawings or other submissions are required.
When actual site conditions require revisions to submitted formwork or

1 M falsework Working Drawings and submissions, receive and verify those -
documents.

When the concrete placement plan changes, receive and Check the revised
M Working Drawings and submissions (or otherwise receive confirmation that -
falsework is adequate for revised plan).
919.05 MATERIALS
Check that the materials used in the formwork and falsework conform to the
- requirements of these clauses. Notify the Contract Administrator of any non- 75%
conforming materials.
1
- For exposed faces, check that use of plywood conforms to these clauses. 75%
- Check that any previously used metal is in good condition. 75%
Check that the materials identified in the Working Drawings and other
1 - -
submissions conform to the requirements of these clauses.
919.05.07 Accessories
Check that formwork and falsework accessories are as indicated on the

1 - Working Drawings. Check that they are used as per the recommendations of 75%
the manufacturer.
Check that deck hangers and hardware left in place that are within 20 mm of
2 - 75%
an exposed face are hot dip galvanized complies with OPSS.
Check that form ties left in place conform to the requirements of this clause.
3 - 75%
Check that plastic tie cones for form ties are as specified.
Check that the accessories are identified in the Working Drawings and other
1 - -
submissions and that they conform to the requirements of these clauses.
919.05.08 Void Tubes
Check that the void tube material is as described in this clause. Check that
1 - 75%
void tubes conform to the requirements of this clause.

Check that the void tubes are identified in the Working Drawings and other
1 - -
submissions and that they conform to the requirements of these clauses.
919.05.09 Granular A
1 - Check that Granular A material conforms with OPSS 919 and OPSS 1010. 100%
1 - Check that Granular A material conforms with OPSS 919 and OPSS 1010. -
919.07 CONSTRUCTION
919.07.01 Formwork
919.07.01.01 General
Check that formwork is smooth; clean; free from warps, splits, holes, and
1 M 100%
bulges; and constructed and maintained to be mortar tight
Check that the dimensions of forms are as specified in the Contract
2 - Documents. Check that the construction of formwork is as specified in the 50%
Contract Documents.
During the concrete placement, verify the forms for alignment and possible
3 - 100%
deformation. Notify the Contractor of any concerns and as needed
919.07.01.02 Exposed Surfaces
Check that plywood for exposed surfaces is new, or if re-used, then in such a
condition as to be equal to new. Check that plywood used in forms is done
1 M 100%
using full sheets (unless excepted as per this clause). Check that the
direction of grain conforms to the directional requirements of this clause.

919.07.01.03 Studs, Joists, and Decking
Check that the construction of formwork conforms to the requirements of this

1 M 100%
clause
Check that formwork Working Drawings and other submissions conform to

1 - -
the requirements of this clause
919.07.01.04 Form Release Oil
Check that form release oil is applied to form faces before placing
1 M 100%
reinforcement
919.07.01.05 Ties
Check that cover requirements are met for internal form ties. Check that
1 M holes left in the deck soffit for securing coil rods are left open and/or as 100%
required.
For post tensioned components, check that ties are loosened before
2 - 100%
stressing commences
919.07.01.06 Exposed Corners
1 - Check that all exposed corners are chamfered 100%
919.07.01.07 Stay-in-Place Forms
Check details of round void tube joining are as per the Contractor’s
1 - 100%
submission (for case-in-place prestressed concrete decks)

Check that the Working Drawings and other submissions show that stay-in-
- place forms are only used when specified in the Contract Documents, or as -
1 described in this clause
Receive and Check the details of round void tube joining (for cast-in-place
- -
prestressed concrete decks)
919.07.02 Falsework
Check the falsework is in accordance with Working Drawings, other

M submissions, and the Contract Documents before the Contractor places loads
1 100%
SSI on the falsework. Notify the Contract Administrator if there is any reason for
concern or doubt.
When required, check that the founding soil is prepared in conformance with
2 SSI the Contract Documents. When required, check that any foundation bearing 100%
pad is properly placed and compacted.
During the concrete placement, monitor falsework for deflection and
3 SSI settlement. Notify the Contract Administrator if there is any reason for 75%
concern or doubt.
919.07.02.01 General
Check that the falsework is built to reflect the structure’s true to line and
1 - 100%
grade in accordance with Contract Documents
Check that mudsills are not placed until the Contractor has a set of Working
2 - 100%
Drawings on site
Do not allow welding of falsework to the structural steel. Tack welding for
3 M hangers or any other attachment to a part of shear stud away from the weld 100%
to the structural steel may be allowed if necessary.
Check that falsework Working Drawings and other submissions conform to

1 - -
the requirements of these clauses.
If the falsework Working Drawings show welding to rebar or to stirrups in
2 - -
concrete girders, notify the CSA and MTO Structural Representative

919.07.02.02 Foundation Work
Where timber piling for falsework is present, check that it meets the
M 100%
requirements of this clause.
1
Where a timber pile is too short, check that this is remedied as per this
M 100%
clause. Notify the Contract Administrator
For openings through traffic, check that the distance between the back face
2 M of the concrete barrier and front edge of the mudsill are as described in 100%
OPSS 919.07.02.02
Where bedrock is shallow, check that a leveling pad is present, compacted,
3 M 100%
and constructed as per these clauses before placing a mudsill
Where the Contractor excavates steps, check that the slopes are no steeper
4 - than 1H:1V. Check that there is a minimum horizontal width of 300 mm 100%
between the mudsill and the edge of the slope.
Check that falsework Working Drawings show that the falsework is supported
1 - on mudsills, structure footings, or piles. Check that Working Drawings and -
other submissions conform to the requirements of OPSS 919.07.02.02
Check that pile splicing details and cap construction are as per the
2 - -
requirements of OPSS 919.07.02.02
Check that the Working Drawings or other submissions show that the bearing
3 - capacity of existing ground is protected from water or ice by suitable drainage -
or protection
919.07.02.03 Wooden Shoring
Check that the construction of falsework conforms to the requirements of

M 100%
OPSS 919
1
Where wooden posts are spliced, check that the posts are square and spliced
M 100%
with scabbing. Check for bracing adjacent to scabbing
2 - Check that any wedges are of a hardwood material 75%

1 - -
the requirements of OPSS 919

919.07.02.04 Metal Shoring
Check that the construction of falsework conforms to the requirements of

1 M 100%
OPSS 919
Check any jacks used do not exceed the lesser of 600 mm or the
2 - 75%
manufacturer’s recommendations
3 - Check that any wedges are of a hardwood material 75%

1 - -
the requirements of these clauses
919.07.03 Temporary Supports
Check that the construction of temporary supports conforms to the

1 M 100%
requirements of OPSS 919 and the Contract Documents
Check that temporary support Working Drawings and other submissions

1 - -
conform with the requirements of these clauses
919.07.04 Screed Rail Supports in Slab on Girder Construction
For a slab on girder bridge, check that the screed rails are positioned directly
1 M over the flange of the exterior girders within 100 mm of the centreline of the 100%
web. Inform the MTO CSA if this is not the case
Check that screed rail Working Drawings and other submissions conform with
the requirements of these clauses.
1 - -
Contact the MTO CSA and MTO Structural Representative if the screed rails
are not positioned directly over the flange of the exterior girders within 100
mm of the centreline of the web.

919.07.05 Inspection after the Completion of the Construction of the Falsework
and Formwork
Check the formwork and falsework is constructed in accordance with the

1 M 100%
Wording Drawings before concrete is placed
Receive and check a Certificate of Conformance upon completion of the

1 M falsework and formwork for which Working Drawings were submitted and -
prior to placing the concrete
Check that the Contractor’s pour sequence and loads are consistent with
2
those assumed on the falsework and formwork design
919.07.06 Removal of Formwork, Falsework, and Temporary Supports
For post tensioned structures, check that falsework is not removed until post-
tensioning is completed (grouting is completed and of adequate strength).
M 100%
Notify the Contract Administrator if falsework removal takes place
1 prematurely
For other structures, check that falsework is removed after the concrete has
M attained its minimum strength in accordance with OPSS 919 and the Contract 100%
Documents
Check that formwork is not removed until the concrete has attained its
2 M minimum strength in accordance with OPSS 919 and the Contract 100%
Documents
Check that temporary supports are removed in accordance with the Contract
3 M 100%
Documents
When requested, check and authorize piles to be left in place in accordance

1 - -
with the requirements of these clauses and the Contract Documents
Verify that the Contractor has a plan for the method and removal sequence of
2 - -
formwork and falsework that permits concrete to take up stress gradually

Check that management of excess material is as according to the Contract

1 - 100%
Documents
Check that management of excess material is as according to the Contract

1 - -
Documents
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 919, Construction Specification for Formwork and Falsework.


Deck Joint Assemblies, Preformed Seals, Joint Fillers, and Joint Sealing
920.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the installation
and modification of deck joint assemblies and the placing of performed seals, joint fillers, and joint
sealing compounds as specified in OPSS 920 November 2020, and SSP 920F03, January 2021
920.02 REFERENCES

OPSS 914 Waterproofing Bridge Decks with Hot Applied Asphalt Membrane
OPSS 920 Deck Joint Assemblies, Preformed Seals, Joint Fillers, and Joint Sealing Compounds
OPSS 928 Structure Rehabilitation-Concrete Removal
OPSS 930 Structure Rehabilitation-Concrete Patches, Refacing, and Overlays
OPSS 1204 Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstops
OPSS 1210 Deck Joint Assemblies
OPSS 1302 Water
OPSS 1308 Joint Filler In Concrete
CAIS 501 Compacting

CAIS 928 Structure Rehabilitation-Concrete Removal
CAIS 930 Structure Rehabilitation-Concrete Patches, Refacing, and Overlays
CAIS 1204 Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstops
CAIS 1210 Deck Joint Assemblies

CAIS 1302 Water
CAIS 1308 Joint Filler In Concrete
MTO Forms:

PH-CC-821 Manufacturer’s Certificate of Conformance
920.03 DEFINITIONS
920.04.01.01 Notice of Manufacturer
Within 30 Days of the Contract award, receive the name and address of the
1 M -
manufacturer of the deck joint assembly.
Check the manufacturer is listed on the appropriate Designated Sources for
2 - -
Materials (DSM) list.
920.04.01.02 Deck Joint Assembly Working Drawings
Prior to commencement of fabrication of the deck joint assembly, receive and

1 - -
Review the Working Drawings as specified in OPSS 920.
2 - Check the deck joint assemblies is as specified in OPSS 1210. -
Send the Working Drawings to MTO Structural with comments within 2 days
4 - -
of receipt.
920.04.01.02.02 Modular Expansion Joints
Receive and review the modular joints Working Drawings and product
1 - -
drawings as specified in OPSS 920.

Send the Working Drawings to MTO Structural with comments within 2 days
2 - -
of receipt.
920.04.01.02.03 Drawing Content
Check that the deck joint assembly Working Drawings includes the required
1 - -
information.
920.04.01.02.04 Deck Joint Assembly Modification
Check that the deck joint assembly Working Drawings show all connection
1 - details between the new and the existing deck joint assemblies and all other -
modifications.
920.04.01.03 Field Dimensions
Prior to commencement of fabrication of the deck joint assembly, receive and

1 M Check the drawing showing the actual joint dimensions at the existing deck -
joint assembly locations as specified in OPSS 920.
920.04.01.04 Cold Weather Protection for Epoxy Injection
1 - Notify the Contractor if samples of insulation are required. -

Seven Days prior to the commencement of epoxy injection of the deck joint
assembly in cold weather, receive and Check the Contractor’s submission
2 - -
including the samples of insulation (if required), and the description of the
method to be used to control the concrete temperature.
920.04.01.05 Inspection after the Fabrication of Expansion Joints
Prior to the expansion joint being delivered to site Check that it is fabricated
1 - 100%

Receive and Check the Manufacturer’s Certificate of Conformance and

1 M -
Request to Proceed as specified.
Issue a Notice to Proceed to the Contractor prior to the delivery of the
2 - -
expansion joint from the plant to the site.
Receive and Check the submitted concrete mix design for concrete in deck
1 - -
joint assemblies is as specified in OPSS 1350.
920.05 MATERIALS
920.05.01 Anti-Seize Compound
1 - Check that the anti-seize compound is as specified in OPSS 1210. 25%
920.05.02 Concrete
Check that for sliding plate and modular deck joint assemblies the nominal
1 - -
maximum size of coarse aggregate for concrete is 13.2 mm.
920.05.03 Deck Joint Assemblies
920.05.04 Granular A
1 - Check that Granular A is as specified in OPSS 1010. 25%
920.05.05 Joint Fillers
1 Check that joint fillers are as specified in OPSS 1308. 25%

920.05.06 Joint Sealing Compound
1 - Check that joint sealing compounds are as specified in OPSS 1212. 25%
920.05.07 Lubricant
1 - Check that the lubricant is water soluble, non-adhesive, and non-staining. 25%
920.05.08 Preformed Seals
Check that preformed seals are as specified in OPSS 1210 and have a
1 - 25%
manufacture date less than 2 years at the time of installation.
920.05.10 Waterstops
1 Check that waterstops are as specified in OPSS 1204. 25%
920.07 CONSTRUCTION
Check that joints are protected from chloride ingress during winter weather,
1 - 25%
extending from November 1 to April 15.
920.07.02.01 General
Check that concrete work is as specified in both OPSS 904 and OPSS 1350.
1 SSI 100%
Check CAIS 904 for concrete related inspection and administrative activities.
Check that deck joint assemblies are installed according to the deck joint
2 SSI 50%
assembly Working Drawings.

Check that any damage to the galvanic corrosion protection coating system,
including field welds, is repaired with two coats of brush applied zinc-rich
3 - 25%
touch-up coating applied according to the coating manufacturers
recommendations.
Check that the threaded portion of bolts and the underside of bolt heads are
4 - 25%
liberally coated with anti-seize compound immediately prior to installation.
Check that the manufacturers representative is on site during installation of
5 - 50%
modular expansion joints.
920.07.02.01.01 Traffic Restrictions
Check that traffic, including construction traffic, is not allowed on the deck
1 - 50%
joint assembly until the conditions as specified in OPSS 920 are met.
920.07.02.02 Protection
Check that protections for lifting and storage of the deck joint assembly and
1 - 50%
preformed seals are as specified in OPSS 920.
920.07.02.03 Splicing
Check that the location and number of field splices is according to the
1 - 25%
Contract Drawings and the Working Drawings.
Check that preformed seals are continuous with no splices and field splicing
3 - 50%
of modular joints are not used.
920.07.02.04 Welding
1 - Check that field welding, if required, is according to CSA W59. 50%

2 - Check that welding of reinforcing steel meets the requirements of CSA W186. 50%
Receive and Check certifications showing that field welding is being

1 - 50%
performed by a company certified to CSA W47.1, Division 1 or 2.

920.07.02.06 Placing
920.07.02.06.01 General Requirements
No later than 48 hours before concrete placement begins, Check that

1 - concrete faces of the blockout and existing reinforcing steel to be retained, 25%
have been abrasive blast cleaned as specified in OPSS 929.
Check that top setting devices have been adjusted to give the setting width
2 SSI 100%
as specified in the Working Drawings.
Check that loop anchors are welded to the steel reinforcement as specified in
3 - 25%
OPSS 920.
Check that all concrete surfaces to receive concrete are prepared as
4 - 100%
Check that exposed faces of structural steel are cleaned to remove any
5 - 50%
concrete or other deleterious materials.
Check that setting device has not been disturbed by the Contractor since
6 - delivery, and check setting width (“J” dimension) is as specified in the 100%
Contract Documents for the temperature at the time of installation.
Check that the setting devices are flame cut at the gap between two to four
7 - 50%
hours after concrete placement.
Check that setting device bolt holes in the nosing and armouring angles are
8 - 25%
cleaned and filled according to the Contract Documents.
Check that the deck joint assembly is installed according to the method
9 - 50%
920.07.02.06.02 Joint Installation After Asphalt Paving
Prior to placing Granular A in the blockout, Check that the expansion joint is
1 - 50%
properly plugged.
Check that Granular A used to fill the blockout is placed and compacted as
2 - 50%
Prior to paving, check that the blockout limits have been accurately marked
3 - 25%
and that they will remain visible after paving.
Check that the sawcut limits are adequately protected, at least with wood
4 - 50%
angles.
Check that reinforcing steel in the blockout is not damaged once the Granular
5 SSI 100%
A has been removed.

Check that the deck joint assembly is placed the correct distance below the
6 SSI asphalt pavement and in the correct position identified in the Working 50%
Drawings.
7 - Check that grooves are prepared and filled as specified in OPSS 920. 50%
920.07.02.06.03 Joint Installation Prior to Asphalt Paving
Check that the top of formwork is set at the proposed top of asphalt
1 - 50%
elevations.
Check that the deck joint assembly is placed at the correct elevation and
2 - 50%
location.
Check that waterproofing membrane extends 50 mm up the vertical face of
3 - 25%
the nosing angle.
During paving, Check that the final top of asphalt elevations taper is as
4 - 100%
920.07.02.07 Concrete Curing
Check that concrete curing for Type A and C deck joint assemblies is as
1 - 50%
With the exception that the moist curing period is seven Days, Check that
2 - concrete curing for sliding plate and modular deck joint assemblies is as 50%
920.07.02.08 Epoxy Injection
920.07.02.08.01 General
Prior to epoxy injection, Check the epoxy to be used for injection is kept at a
1 - 100%
temperature of 20 °C ± 5 °C.
Administration Activities
Prior to epoxy injection, Check that curing is completed and the concrete has
1 M -
reached a minimum compressive strength of 25 MPa.

920.07.02.08.02 Injection Method
Check that the injection of the epoxy is done by either the supplier of the
1 - 100%
expansion joint system or an agent approved by the supplier.
Check the epoxy injection application are completed as specified in
2 - 100%
OPSS 920.
When applicable, check that cold weather epoxy injection meets the
3 - requirements of the Contract Documents and the Contractors Cold Weather 75%
Protection for Epoxy Injection plan.
4 - Check that voids remaining under the angles are filled with epoxy. 75%
920.07.02.08.03 Cold Weather Epoxy Injection Requirements
1 Check that epoxy injection during cold weather is as specified in OPSS 920. 100%
920.07.03 Modification of Deck Joint Assemblies
Check that existing hardware that is going to be in contact with the new joint
1 - 25%
assembly is abrasive blast cleaned as specified in OPSS 929.
920.07.04 Repair of Existing Deck Joints
Check that concrete removal and repairs are as specified in OPSS 928 and
1 - 25%
OPSS 930.
1 - When required, direct repairs to existing concrete within the blockout. -
920.07.05 Field Installation of Preformed Seals and Bolted Components
Check that formwork including Styrofoam has been removed below deck joint
1 - 25%
assembly between the deck and ballast wall.
2 - Check for blockages in the expansion joint opening. 25%

Check that the preformed seal and bolted components is installed according
3 - to the Contract Documents and the deck joint assembly Working Drawings, 100%
with no damage, wrinkles, or splices.
4 - Check that adhesives or sealants are not used during installation. 100%
920.07.07 Placing Joint Sealing Compound
920.07.07.01 Preparation of Joint
Check that the joints are sound, clean, dry, and free of dust, debris, and
1 - 25%
deleterious material.
920.07.07.02 Placing Hot Poured Rubberized Asphalt Joint Sealing Compounds
Check that hot poured rubberized asphalt joint sealing compound is installed
1 - as specified in OPSS 914, and it meets the temperature requirement as 10%
specified in 920.07.07.02.
920.07.09 Corrective Work
Check repairs of defects or deficiencies are satisfactory and according with

1 - 50%
Consult with the Owner and its structural design team to check all repairs of
1 - defects or deficiencies are satisfactory and according to the Contact -
Documents.
Notify the contractor whether the repairs of defects or deficiencies are
2 M -
satisfactory and according to the Contract Documents.
920.07.10 Sampling for Quality Assurance Testing
920.07.10.01 Preformed Seal
Witness the sampling of preformed seals by the Contractor is as specified in 100%

1 -
OPSS 920.07.10.01.

2 - Deliver the preformed seal samples to the Owner. 100%
920.07.10.02 Concrete Compressive Strength, Air Void System and Rapid Chloride
Permeability
Check that cylinders are cast, cured and transported for compressive
1 - strength, air void system and rapid chloride permeability as specified in 100%
OPSS 1350 and OPSS 920.07.10.02.
920.07.11 Expansion Joint Water Test Preparation
Evaluate the water test performed by the Contractor as specified in 100%

1
OPSS 920.07.11.
920.07.12 Inspection After Installation of the Expansion Joints
After installation of the expansion joint, Receive the Contractor’s Request to

1 - -
Proceed.
Issue a Notice to Proceed to the Contractor when the installation of the
2 M -
expansion joint is as specified in OPSS 920.
920.08.01 Acceptance of the Preformed Seal
Check preformed seals have a date of manufacture of 2 years or less from -

1 M
the date of sampling.
Check the preformed seal test results are acceptable as specified in Table 1
1 M -
of OPSS 1210.
Reject all unacceptable preformed seals that do not meet the requirements of
2 - -
Table 1 in OPSS 1210 and instruct the Contractor to remove and replace.

920.08.01.01 Referee testing
Check the Contractor requested referee testing of the seal within 5 Business
1 - 100%
Days of receiving notification of rejection of the seal.
920.08.02 Acceptance of Concrete Compressive Strength
Forward individual compressive strength test results to the Contractor as they

1 - -
become available.
Check the concrete compressive strength results are acceptable as specified
2 M -
in OPS 920.08.02.
When applicable, Notify the Contractor to remove and replace all
3 - -
unacceptable lots.
920.08.03 Acceptance of Air Void System in Hardened Concrete
Check the concrete air void system test results are acceptable as specified in
1 M -
OPSS 1350 and in OPSS 920.08.03.
920.08.04 Acceptance of Rapid Chloride Permeability
Check the concrete rapid chloride permeability test results are acceptable as
1 M 100%
specified in OPSS 1350 and in OPSS 920.20.04.
920.08.05 Acceptance of Expansion Joint Water Test
1 - Check the water test results are acceptable as specified in OPSS 920. -
When the deck joint assembly fails the water test, receive and Review the
2 - Contractor’s method of repair in coordination with the Owner and its structural -
design team.
Prior to commencement of repair work, Notify the Contractor whether the -
3 M
method of repair is acceptable to the Owner.

920.08.06 Acceptance of Deck Joint Assembly
Check that the deck joint assembly is free of defects and deficiencies as
1 SSI specified in OPSS 920.08.06, and Notify the Contractor of any defects and 100%
deficiencies found.
For those expansion joints installed at the ends of approach slabs, visually
2 SSI 100%
Check and Verify seal integrity and retention for acceptance purposes.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 920, Construction Specification for Deck Joint Assemblies,
Preformed Seals, Joint Fillers, and Joint Sealing Compounds - Structures.

Administrative and Inspection Activities for

Jacking of Bridge Superstructure
921.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for raising and
lowering a bridge superstructure by using hydraulic jacks as specified in OPSS 921, November
2020 and SSP 921F01, January 2021.
921.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 921 Jacking of Bridge Superstructure
SSP 921F01 Amendment to OPSS 921, November 2021 - Additional Requirements for Jacking of
Superstructure

CAIS 922 Installation of Bearings
921.03 DEFINITIONS
921.04.01.01 General
Check that the submission bears the professional engineering seals and
1 - signatures of the jacking design Engineer and the jacking design checking -
Engineer.

Check that any specific requirements for the jacking system in the Contract
2 SSI -
Documents have been incorporated into the Contractor’s submission.
If jacking locations are provided in the Contract Documents, verify that they
3 SSI -
are at the same location in the Contractor’s jacking submission.
Forward any Change Proposals for a change to the location of jacking
locations to the MTO well in advance of the intended jacking work to start, so
4 SSI -
it can be reviewed by the designer for structural implications and to confirm it
does not affect other aspects of the work.
5 SSI Check that the jacking design does not conflict with bearing installation. -
Check that the design accounts for articulation (such as thermal movements)
6 SSI -
and any potential slip in the supports.
Check that the specified amount of preloading applied to the jacks is not less
7 SSI -
than 15% of the specified jacking load.
Check that temporary supports have been designed for no less than 150% of
8 SSI -
the jacking loads specified in the Contract Drawings.
921.04.01.02 Jacking Corbels
When jacking relies on temporary corbels anchored into substructure

elements, verify that a non-uniform distribution of load between non-
1 SSI -
prestressed anchors has been considered in the submission, and ask the
Contractor to confirm this when it is unclear in the relevant submission.
921.04.02.01 Jacking Drawings and Calculations
Check that submission of the signed and sealed jacking drawings and
1 - -
calculations (hardcopy and digital) has been made.
Check that the submission includes all information required in OPSS
2 SSI -
921.04.02.01 and that it complies with the requirements bullet point i).
Check that traffic restrictions according to SSP 921F01 are reflected in the
3 - -
submission.

921.05 MATERIALS
921.05.01 General
Check that any locking collar jacks being used as temporary supports have
1 - 25%
not been modified in any way by the Contractor.
Check that any concrete or steel elements used as temporary supports meet
1 SSI -
the requirements of OPSS 919, following CAIS 919.
921.05.02 Mechanical and/or Adhesive Anchors
Check that any mechanical or adhesive anchors used have been installed
1 - 50%
according to the manufacturer’s recommendations.
921.05.03 Grout
If any grout used for the jacking system will remain part of the permanent
1 - structure, check that it is listed on the ministry’s DSM and that it has a -
minimum 7-day compressive strength of 35 MPa.
921.06 EQUIPMENT
921.06.01 Synchronized Jacking System
Check that synchronized jacking system provided on site matches with the
1 - 25%
system listed in the submission.
Check that either a Programmable Logic Controller controlled system, or a

Volumetric Controlled System has been specified. (Note: these systems
1 - -
always consist of one central controller that feeds multiple hydraulic lines
going to the different jacks).

921.06.01.02 Volumetric Controlled Jacking System
Check that the same make and model of jacks are being used at all jacking
1 - 50%
locations when a volumetric controlled jacking system is provided.
921.06.02 Displacement Sensors
Check that the jacking system displays vertical displacement and hydraulic
1 - 50%
pressure data in real-time for each jack location prior to jacking.
Check that sensors have been installed at all locations where a jack is
2 - placed, unless multiple jacks are represented by a single sensor as permitted 50%
in OPSS 921 prior to jacking.
3 - Check that sensors are accurate to 0.1 mm. 25%
When jacks are supported on temporary fixtures (such as jacking corbels),
4 - check that independent sensors are used and that displacements are 50%
measured relative to the adjacent bearing seat and not the fixture itself.
Receive and check the jacking data log from the Contractor, and forward to
1 - -
the Owner.
921.07 CONSTRUCTION
921.07.01 Pre-Condition Surveys
Receive the measurements from the pre-construction survey and check that
1 - -
the appropriate measurements have been taken.
921.07.01 Pre-Condition Surveys
1 - Receive the Detailed Survey if specified in SSP 921F01. -

921.07.05 Jacking
921.07.05.01 General
Check that all readily accessible end components of the bridge are free to
1 - 50%
move prior to jacking.
Prior to jacking, verify that either the jacking design Engineer or the jacking
1 - design checking Engineer have inspected the jacking system and temporary -
works once installed.
921.07.05.02 Jacking Points and Loads
Check that jacks are placed at the jacking points specified in the jacking
1 SSI 50%
drawings and Contract Documents.
Check that jacking loads never exceed 200% of the jacking loads specified in
the Contract Documents during the jacking operation. If 200% if achieved,
2 SSI 100%
stop the operation and discuss with the jacking engineer. Verify that there
are no obstructions and that the jacks are not at the end of their stroke.
Stop the jacking operation immediately if jacking loads exceed 200% of the
3 SSI 100%
jacking loads specified in the Contract Documents.
921.07.05.03 Inspection Prior to the Commencement of the Jacking Operation
1 M Receive the Certificate of Conformance prior to jacking. -
921.07.05.04 Jacking Operations
Verify that either the jacking design Engineer or the jacking design checking
1 SSI Engineer in accordance with OPSS 921 are on site directly supervising the 100%
jacking operation.
Witness the Contractor verifying the accuracy of transducer readouts relative
2 SSI 100%
to manual measurements prior to jacking.
Check that elevation difference between sensors is within the 1.5 mm
3 SSI 100%
tolerance.

Check that the minimum lift displacement of 3 mm above the decompressed
4 SSI bearings is achieved, and the maximum lift value in the Contract Documents 100%
is not exceeded.
Receive notification at least 3 days prior to the start of the jacking operation
1 - -
from the Contractor.
921.07.05.05 Temporary Supports
Check that temporary supports are placed at the jacking points, unless
1 SSI 25%
detailed otherwise in the Contract Documents.
Check that the bridge does not remain on temporary supports longer than
2 - 25%
30 days, unless it is specified otherwise in the Contract Documents.
921.07.05.05.01 Post-Jacking Survey
Receive the post-jacking survey measurements and send to the Owner to

1 - -
verify with the designer if adjustments are required.
921.07.05.06 Lowering of the Superstructure
Check that new concrete in bearing seats has reached the minimum
1 - 50%
compressive strength prior to lowering.
921.07.05.06.01 Bearing Contact
Check for uniform and full bearing contact once the superstructure has been
1 SSI 100%
lowered.
Ensure that jacking equipment is not removed until bearing contact has been
2 - 50%
assessed and accepted by the Owner.

921.07.05.07 Reinstatement of Structure and Components
1 - Check the riding surface tolerance across joints when bearings are replaced. 25%
2 - Check that anchor holes are properly grouted. 25%
Check that any metal components of the jacking system left permanently
3 - embedded in the structure are removed far enough back to achieve a 25%
minimum cover of 40 mm.
Check that any deck end components loosened to facilitate jacking are
4 - 50%
reinstated afterwards.
921.07.06 Inspection After Completion of the Jacking Operation
Receive the Certificate of Conformance after each jacking operation or as

1 - -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 921, Construction Specification for Jacking of Bridge
Superstructure.


Installation of Bearings
(As Specified in OPSS 922 and 922F01)
922.01 SCOPE
bearings as specified in OPSS 922, November 2020 and SSP 922F01, January 2021.
922.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 921 Jacking of Bridge Superstructure

OPSS 922 Installation of Bearings
OPSS 1202 Bearings – Elastomeric Plain and Steel Laminated

OPSS 1203 Bearings – Rotational and Sliding Bearings
SSP 922F01 Amendment to OPSS 922, November 2020 - Elastomeric Bearing Test Samples for
Destructive Testing
CAIS 921 Jacking of Bridge Superstructure

CAIS 1202 Bearings – Elastomeric Plain and Steel Laminated
CAIS 1203 Bearings – Rotational and Sliding Bearings
MTO Forms:

922.03 DEFINITIONS

922.04.01.01 Jacking
When jacking is not specified in the Contract Documents but is required,

1 - -
Check for compliance with OPSS 921 and OPSS 922.04.01.01.
922.04.02.01 Layout and Installation Drawings
922.04.02.01.01 General
1 - Receive the layout and installation Working Drawings. -

2 - Check the Working Drawings. -
4 - staff are available to perform enforcement to verify compliance with the -
Contract Documents.
922.04.02.01.02 Elastomeric Bearings
Check that the layout and installation Working Drawings for elastomeric
1 - bearings provides the required information and conforms with OPSS -
922.04.02.01.01.
922.04.02.01.02 Rotational and Sliding Surface Bearings
Check that the layout and installation Working Drawings for rotational and
1 - sliding surface bearings provides the required information and conforms with -
OPSS 922.04.02.01.01.

922.05.01 Bearings
Check that bearings are as specified in OPSS 1202 or OPSS 1203 and as
1 - -
Check that the delivered bearings are being supplied from an approved
2 - -
supplier on the appropriate Designated Sources of Materials List.
922.07 CONSTRUCTION
922.07.01 General
Check that the bearings are stored, handled, and protected from damage
1 - 25%
according to the manufacturer’s requirements and the Contract Documents.
Check that the supplier’s representative is present during disassembly and
2 - 50%
reassembly, when required.
Check that the top and bottom surfaces of all bearings are in full contact with
3 SSI 50%
the structure.
Check that pintles, if specified in the Contract Documents, engage the steel
4 - 25%
plate of the bearings through the entire thickness of the plate.
Receive permission from the bearing supplier for disassembly, when

1 M -
required.
922.07.02 Bearing Seats
Verify that the bearing seats are finished as specified in the Contract
1 - 25%
Documents.
2 - Prior to installation of bearings, check all surface areas are acceptable. 25%
922.07.03 Installation of Anchors
Check that the anchors and anchor holes are as specified in the Contract
1 - 25%
Documents.

Check that holes for anchors are formed into abutments and pier caps prior to
2 - 50%
casting concrete.
When coring is required to receive anchors, check that a covermeter or
3 - 25%
concrete scanner was used to locate steel reinforcement in advance.
922.07.04 Grouting
Check that the grouting operation, including mixing, handling, and curing, is
1 SSI 50%
performed according to the manufacturer’s recommendations as specified.
Check that the substrate has been roughened, cleaned, and pre-wetted
2 SSI 50%
(saturated-surface dry) prior to grouting.
Verify that grout has reached the minimum specified strength before the
1 - -
superstructure load is transferred to the bearings.
922.07.05 Alignment and Elevation Tolerances
1 SSI Check that the tolerance requirements have been met. 50%
922.07.07 Jacking
1 - Check jacking work according to CAIS 921. 100%
922.07.07.02 Adjusting or Resetting Bearings
1 SSI Check that the lift requirements are met when adjusting or resetting bearings. 100%
922.07.08 Positive Attachment of Elastomeric Bearing Strips
Check that elastomeric bearing strips are positively attached when specified
1 - 25%
on ballast walls and wing walls.

922.07.09 Sampling for Quality Assurance Testing
922.07.09.01 Sampling of Bearings
Check bearings are properly labelled as specified in OPSS 1202 and

1 - 50%
identified in Working Drawings.
2 - Check bearings have the correct dimensions as specified in OPSS 922. 50%
Randomly select bearings to be delivered by the Contractor for testing as
specified in SSP 922F01. If more than 1 bearing sample of the same
3 - dimensions is required, separate the sampling into lots to represent different 100%
dates for manufacture and state the serial numbers each sample bearing
represents.
Receive notification of the identification and availability of bearings for

1 - -
sampling.
Notify the Contractor which bearings have been selected for testing from
2 - -
each lot, and the identification of all other bearings within the lot.
Check the elastomeric bearings sampled for testing are shipped with a copy
3 - of the bearing layout and installation Working Drawings as specified in -
OPSS 1202.
922.07.09.02 Sampling of Approach Slab Bearings and Ballast Wall Bearings
1 - Check that a complete label is present on the test sample. 100%
922.07.09.03 Grout Sampling
Check cubes for compressive strength are cast for each day of production of
1 - grout and delivered with a transmittal form to the Regional Quality Assurance -
Laboratory.
922.07.10 Inspection after Installation of the Bearings
Check the installation of bearings is completed as specified in the Contract

1 - 100%
Documents.

922.08.01 Acceptance of Bearings
Review test results for compliance and reject bearing lots considered
1 - -
unacceptable.
922.08.02 Acceptance of Approach Slab Bearings and Ballast Wall Bearings
1 - Review test results for compliance with OPSS 1202. -

If the bearings do not meet the specified requirements, inform the Contractor
2 - that the bearings are unacceptable and consult with MTO if bearings will be -
permitted to remain in the Work with a payment adjustment applied.
922.08.03 Acceptance of Grout Compressive Strength
Review test results for compressive strength compliance and reject grout that
1 - -
is considered unacceptable.

922.10.02 Payment Adjustment for Bearings
922.10.02.01 Elastomeric Bearings with Steel Laminates
Calculate payment adjustments when test samples are within the payment
1 - adjustment range shown in Table 1 and/or Table 2, and when a request is -
made that the Owner accept the bearings.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 922, Construction Specification for Installation of Bearings.


Structure Rehabilitation - Concrete Removal
928.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for concrete removal
as specified in OPSS 928, April 2012.
928.02 REFERENCES

OPSS 928 Structure Rehabilitation - Concrete Removal
928.03 DEFINITIONS
928.04.01 General
Check that the design and submission requirements specified in the Contract
1 M Documents are satisfied prior to start of the work (including those listed under -
OPSS 928.04.03).
After reviewing the Contractor’s submissions, submit comments to the MTO
2 SSI -
CSA within 2 Business Days of receipt.
Ensure that final copies of all Contractor’s submissions are shared with
3 - inspection staff and available on site to verify compliance with the Contract -
Documents.

928.04.03.01 Access to Work Areas, Platforms, and Scaffolding
Before use of access platform and scaffolding and in addition to inspection by

1 - Contractor’s Engineer, spot check its construction according to its Working 25%
Drawings.
Check that the Contractor’s loads are in accordance with the permitted loads
2 - 25%
on the Working Drawings.
1 M Check that Contractor has submitted detailed drawings prior to installation -

Before use of access platform and scaffolding, verify that the Contractor’s
2 - -
Engineer has inspected it, and provided a Certificate of Conformance.
Make note of any limiting statements such as maximum permitted loads on
3 - -
the platform and ensure this is communicated to inspection staff.
At least 7 Days prior to commencement of concrete removal, receive and

1 - -
Review the Working Drawings for information purposes.
Check that Working Drawings contain the required details as specified in
OPSS 928.04.03.02. If a removal sequence is not specified in the Contract
2 - -
Documents, Check that it is provided in accordance with OPSS 928.04.03.02
a) and d) ii) requirements.
Make note if any heavy equipment or vehicles will be supported on the
existing structure and if so, alert MTO Structural and obtain certification by
3 - -
Contractor’s Engineers in accordance with OPSS 928.04.03.02 d) i)
requirements.
If Working Drawings show details of welding to reinforcing steel, stirrups or
4 - -
structural steel, alert MTO Structural immediately.
Identify stages of Work that inspection by the Contractor’s Engineer including
5 - -
those listed in OPSS 928.04.03.02 e).
If the Working Drawings specify additional submissions by others, Check that
6 - -
they are submitted and share with inspection staff.
7 - Receive and review Request to Proceed. -
8 - Issue a Notice to Proceed in accordance with OPSS 928.04.03.02. -

928.04.03.03 Concrete Removal Equipment
Seven Days prior to commencement of concrete removal, receive and

1 - -
Review the equipment identification and specifications
Check that the concrete removal equipment is in accordance with the
2 - -
requirements of the Contract (including OPSS 928.06).
928.04.03.04 Saw Cutting Details
At least 7 Days prior to the commencement of the sawcutting operation, if full-

depth saw cuts are required, receive and Review the saw cutting details and
1 - -
ensure they are in accordance with OPSS 928.04.03.04 and
OPSS 928.07.06.03.01.
928.04.03.05 Traffic and Pedestrian Protection
At least 7 Days prior to commencement of concrete removal, receive and

1 - -
Review the traffic and pedestrian protection plan.
If lifting over traffic or pedestrians is required, Check that closures and/or
protection measures are detailed in the protection plan. It should be noted
2 - -
that access platforms are generally not designed for impact loads and would
not provide adequate protection for traffic below.
928.06 EQUIPMENT
928.06.01 Air Hammers
Check that air hammer equipment is as specified in OPSS 928.06.01 and the
1 - hammers match the manufacturer’s published specifications for weight and 25%
piston stroke and have not been modified.
928.06.02 Rig-Mounted Breakers
1 - Check that the rig-mounted breakers are as specified in OPSS 928.06.02. 25%

928.06.03 Sawing Equipment
1 - Check that the sawing equipment are as specified in OPSS 928.06.03. 25%
2 - Check that slurry control is in place, particularly near bodies of water. 25%
928.06.04 Scarifiers
Verify that the scarifying equipment is capable of removing the required

1 - 25%
minimum thickness of concrete in one pass.
928.06.05 Straight Edges
Check that the two metal straight edges for measurement of removal depth
1 - 25%
are supplied as specified in OPSS 928.06.05.
928.07 CONSTRUCTION
928.07.01 General
Check that work is being carried out according to Contract Documents and
1 SSI Contractor’s submissions including those identified in CAIS 928.04.03.02 75%
such as restrictions on equipment, heavy vehicle etc.
Check that concrete is being removed according to the Contract Documents
and Contractor’s submissions, including location, size, sequence and depth
2 SSI 75%
of removals. Notify MTO Structural of any deviations from the Contract
Documents.
Check that components to remain such as girders, stirrups of concrete
3 SSI girders, reinforcing bars etc. are not damaged during removal. Alert MTO 100%
Structural if any damage occurs to components that are to remain.
Check that inspection by the Contractor’s Engineer has been carried out on
1 - -
work that require interim inspection as identified in CAIS 928.04.03.02.

928.07.03 Concrete Surveys
928.07.03.02 Covermeter Survey
1 SSI Carry out concrete covermeter survey as specified in OPSS 928.07.03.02. 100%
Check that Contractor provided notification 24 hours prior to commencement

1 - -
of scarifying.
928.07.03.03 Concrete Removal Surveys
928.07.03.03.01 General
Carry out concrete removal surveys (including corrosion potential surveys

1 SSI when specified) as specified in OPSS 928.07.03.03 within the timeframe 100%
listed in OPSS 928.07.03.03.03.
2 SSI Square off and identify all removal areas with spray paint. 100%
Before carrying out concrete removal survey, Check that the Contractor has
provided written notification as specified in OPSS 928.07.03.03.01 and Check
1 - -
that the pre-requisite work are completed as specified in OPSS
928.07.03.03.02 and the Contract Documents.
Review results from concrete removal survey.
Notify and receive approval from MTO Structural on the removal survey
results.
2 M -
Notify MTO Structural if removal quantities and/or locations differ from the
Contract Documents and if changes to the removal sequence from the
Contract Documents are anticipated.
Provide written permission to proceed to the Contractor once the applicable
3 M -
surveys and respective approvals from MTO Structural have been completed.
Alert MTO Structural if removal areas deviate from those outlined in the
4 - -
removal survey.

928.07.03.03.02 Work Requirements
Before carrying out survey, Check that Contractor has completed pre-
1 - -
requisite work as specified.
2 - Schedule Pre-Removal Meeting unless MTO states otherwise. -
928.07.04 Scarifying
928.07.04.01 General
1 - Check that surface is free of debris prior to scarifying. 75%

Check that scarification is completed to the specified depth and in
2 SSI 75%
accordance with the specifications.
Carry out covermeter survey within the specified timeframe where a second
3 SSI 100%
pass is required.
Check that concrete surfaces, that are not scarified, are roughened as
4 SSI 50%
specified in OPSS 928.07.04.01.
928.07.04.02 Protection of Reinforcing Steel
When reinforcing steel is exposed, demarcate an area around the exposed

1 - reinforcing steel and Check that concrete is removed as specified in OPSS 100%
928.07.04.02.
928.07.05 Reinforcing Steel in Concrete Removal Areas
When cutting, bending and removing reinforcing steel is specified in the

1 - 100%
Contract, Check that it is completed as specified in OPSS 905.
928.07.06 Equipment Restrictions
928.07.06.01 General
Check that construction equipment are as specified in OPSS 928.07.06.01

1 - 100%
and GC 7.05.03.

928.07.06.02 Concrete Removal - Partial Depth Types A, B, and C
Check that only chipping hammers are being used for partial depth concrete
1 - 100%
removals.
928.07.06.03 Concrete Removal - Complete Deck, Deck Joint Assemblies, Full Depth,
and Structural Component
Check that the removal sequence is provided when it is different than the one
1 SSI specified in the Contract Documents or when one is not provided in the -
Contract Documents.
Before allowing the Contractor to proceed with removals, Check all
2 SSI submission requirements are complete, and understand the requirements -
noted in the submission.
Check that the Contractor’s engineer has inspected any falsework / formwork,
3 - access platforms, temporary support or temporary protection for traffic / -
pedestrians prior to use.
928.07.06.03.01 Sawing Equipment
Check that saw-cutting equipment is not being used within the prohibited
1 - 50%
areas specified in OPSS 928.07.06.03.01.
Check that existing structural steel members and components to remain
within the vicinity of saw cuts are delineated by a qualified surveyor, using
2 - 100%
chalk lines or similar means, to avoid damaging remaining components and
to sawing within prohibited areas.
928.07.06.03.03 Jack Hammers
Check that jack hammers are not being used in areas not permitted in this
1 - 50%
section.

928.07.06.03.04 Rig-Mounted Breakers
Check that rig-mounted breakers are not being used in areas not permitted in
1 - 50%
this section.
928.07.06.03.05 Concrete Crushers
Check that concrete crushers are not being used in areas not permitted in
1 - 50%
this section.
928.07.07 Concrete Removal
928.07.07.01 General
Check that Contractor is following the removal sequence specified in the

Contract Documents. If removal sequence is not specified in the Contract
1 SSI 100%
Documents, Check that the Contractor is follow sequence outlined in their
Working Drawings in accordance with CAIS 928.04.03.02.
Check that components to remain such as girders, stirrups of concrete
2 SSI girders, reinforcing bars etc. are not damaged during removal. Alert MTO 100%
Structural if any damage occurs to components that are to remain.
Check to identify any potential structural issues associated with loss of
3 SSI 50%
strength or stability of the structure during removals.
4 - Check reinforcing steel to remain in place for section loss and heavy rust. 50%
5 - Check that concrete debris are regularly removed from removal area. 50%
Check that concrete removal is not taking place within 1 m of newly placed
6 - 100%
concrete until it has attained a compressive strength of 20 MPa.
Check that the Contractor follows the delineated limits from the removal
7 SSI 100%
survey.
Check that the Contractor follows concrete removal staging requirements
8 SSI 100%
from Contract Documents and submitted work plan.
Check if the concrete is delaminated more than 25 mm behind of the first
9 SSI layer of reinforcing steel or if the Contractor has removed concrete more than 100%
the specified depth.

Notify MTO CSA and MTO Structural if bar loss is greater than 20% or if
1 - -
heavy rusting is encountered in any location.
928.07.07.02 Concrete Removal - Partial Depth Types A, B, and C
928.07.07.02.01 Perimeter Treatment of Concrete Removal Areas
1 - Check that the perimeters of removal areas are prepared as specified. 50%
928.07.07.02.02 Depth of Concrete Removal Areas
1 - Check that removal areas are completed to the depths specified. 75%
928.07.07.03 Concrete Removal - Complete Deck, Full Depth, and Structural

Component
Check that the saw-cutting and concrete removals are completed as

1 - 50%
specified.
2 - Check that soffit removals are being performed with chipping hammers. 50%
928.07.07.04 Concrete Removal - Deck Joint Assemblies
Check that joint filler materials and surrounding concrete are removed as
1 - 25%
928.07.08 Remedial Work
Receive written notification from the Contractor when any of the work-related
1 - -
deficiencies listed in OPSS 928.07.08 are present.
2 M Receive and Review the remedial work proposal as specified. -
Coordinate review of proposal with the MTO CSA and MTO Structural for
3 - -
approval.

Inspections Activities:
Check that the repairs are completed according to the Contract Documents
1 - 75%
and the approved Contractor’s remedial work proposal.
928.07.09 Certificate of Conformance
Receive a Certificate of Conformance upon completion of concrete removals

1 - -
for each component for temporary works as specified in OPSS 928.07.09.
Receive and Review a Request to Proceed upon completion of the
2 - -
designated concrete removal as specified in OPSS 928.07.09.
3 - Issue a Notice to Proceed as specified in in OPSS 928.07.09. -
928.08.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE
928.08.01 General
1 - Inspect all completed concrete removals as specified. 100%

Demarcate additional removal areas along the perimeter and identify defects
2 - 100%
in the work, if applicable.
1 - Check that all work-related defects have been remedied as specified. 100%
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 928, Construction Specification for Structure Rehabilitation-
Concrete Removal.


Abrasive Blast Cleaning - Concrete Construction
929.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the abrasive blast
cleaning of concrete surfaces and reinforcing steel as specified in OPSS 929, November 2017.
929.02 REFERENCES
929.03 DEFINITIONS
929.06 EQUIPMENT
Check that the air compressor equipment and compressed air are as
1 - 25%
929.07 CONSTRUCTION
929.07.01 General
Check that concrete and reinforcing steel surface is dry before abrasive blast
1 - 25%
cleaning is performed.
Check that areas and components not designated for blast cleaning are
2 - 25%
protected.
Check that the new epoxy coated reinforcing steel and FRP reinforcement in
3 - 25%
the vicinity of blasting are protected.

Check that Environmental containment systems are in place and functioning
4 - 50%
prior to start of abrasive blast cleaning.
Check that dust and debris from exposed Work, and from abrasive blast
cleaning of concrete and steel, does not cause a nuisance to pedestrian and
5 - vehicular traffic within the ROW, adjacent residential/commercial/institutional 50%
properties, and is not entering a watercourse or Environmentally Sensitive
Area.
929.07.02 Abrasive Blast Cleaning of Reinforcing Steel
Check that the abrasive blast cleaning removed the coating of existing epoxy
1 - 50%
coated reinforcing steel.
Check that the full circumference of the existing exposed reinforcing steel is
2 - 50%
cleaned as specified in OPSS 929.07.02.
Check that the subsequent concrete is placed within the time limit specified in
3 - 50%
OPSS 929.07.02.
929.07.03 Abrasive Blast Cleaning of Structural Steel in Contact with Concrete
Check that the existing structural steel surface is abrasive blast cleaned as
1 - 50%
929.07.04 Abrasive Blast Cleaning of Concrete Surfaces
929.07.04.01 General
Check that new and existing concrete surfaces against which new concrete is
1 - 50%
to be placed are abrasive blast cleaned as specified in OPSS 929.07.04.01.
Check the cleaned surface for fractured concrete or loose aggregate
2 - 50%
immediately after abrasive blast cleaning is complete.
Check that the subsequent concrete is placed not more than 48 hours after
3 - 50%
the abrasive blast cleaning.

929.07.04.02 Concrete Surfaces for Overlays
Check that the deck surface is properly delineated prior to abrasive blast
1 - 50%
cleaning.
Check that the abrasive blast cleaning is completed prior to installing cathodic
2 - 50%
protection anode mesh, if applicable.
Check that the subsequent concrete is placed within 36 hours after the
3 - 50%
abrasive blast cleaning.
929.08.01 General
Check that abrasive blast cleaning of concrete surfaces, reinforcing steel, and
1 SSI 50%
structural steel are completed as specified in OPSS 929.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 929, Construction Specification for Abrasive Blast Cleaning -
Concrete Construction.


Structure Rehabilitation - Concrete Patches, Refacing, and Overlays
930.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Structure
Rehabilitation - Concrete Patches, Refacing, and Overlays as specified in OPSS 930,
November 2014.
930.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 930 Structure Rehabilitation - Concrete Patches, Refacing, and Overlays

CAIS 1302 Water
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-736 Notification of Placement of Concrete
930.03 DEFINITIONS
930.04.01.01 Formwork and Falsework

Review design submission for formwork and falsework in accordance with
1 - -
CAIS 919 and the additional requirements contained in OPSS 930.04.01.01.
930.04.02.01 Notification of Placement of Concrete
1 M Receive form PH-CC-736 from the Contractor prior to each placing operation. -
930.04.02.02 Cold Weather Protection
930.04.02.02.01 General
When cold weather protection is required, Receive and review submission at

1 M -
least 3 days prior to concrete production as specified in CAIS 904.04.01.03.
930.04.02.02.02 Temperature Records
Receive and review temperature records from the Contractor at the end of
1 SSI -
each Business Day during the temperature monitoring period.
Receive and review the complete temperature record from the Contractor at
2 - -
the end of the temperature monitoring period.
Review the concrete mix design submission as specified in CAIS 1350 and
1 SSI -
the modifications in OPSS 930.05.03.
Receive test data for linear shrinkage within 40 days of the mix design
2 - -
submission.
930.04.02.04 Hot Weather Concreting
When hot weather concreting is required, Receive and review submission at

1 SSI -
least 3 days prior to concrete production as specified in OPSS 930.04.02.04.

930.04.02.05 Placement Methods
When form and pump method is specified, or self-consolidating concrete is

1 SSI used, Receive and review details of placement method at least 3 days prior to -
commencement of the work as specified in OPSS 930.04.02.05.
Check that the submitted details of placement method bears the seal and
2 - -
signature of an Engineer.
At least 3 days prior to commencement of formwork and falsework installation

1 M -
for soffit repairs, Receive Working Drawings submissions.
930.05 MATERIALS
930.05.01 General
Check that burlap, insulation material and moisture vapour barriers are in
1 - 25%
accordance with of CAIS 904.
2 - When a bonding agent is used, verify that it is compatible with repair material. 25%
930.05.02 Anchors
Check that anchors used to attach welded steel wire fabric to concrete
1 - 25%
surfaces are galvanized according to ASTM A 153.
930.05.03 Concrete
Check that concrete is consistent with the submitted Concrete Mix Design
1 SSI 100%
according to CAIS 930.04.03.02.
When the longest dimension of a patch is less than 400 mm, and if the
1 - Contractor submits a proposal for using proprietary patching material, -
Receive proposal and consult with MTO Structural and QA.

If the Contractor proposes to use self-consolidating concrete, review proposal
2 - according to the Ministry’s latest specification for SCC and consult with MTO -
Structural and QA.
930.05.04 Drainage Tubes
1 - Check that PVC drainage tubes meet CSA C22.2 No. 211.2 requirements. 25%
Check that galvanized steel drainage tubes meet ASTM A53/A53M and
2 - 25%
ASTM A 123 requirements.
930.05.05 Forms
1 - Check that forms are medium density overlay plywood. 25%
1 - Check that proprietary patching products used match what was submitted. 25%
Check that any proprietary patching materials proposed are from the
1 M -
Ministry’s latest list of concrete patching materials.
930.05.07 Tie Wires
1 - Administer and Check that tie wires used is as specified in CAIS 905. 25%
930.05.08 Welded Steel Wire Fabric
1 - Check that welded steel wire fabric is galvanized. 25%

930.05.09 Water
1 - Administer and Check that water used is as specified in CAIS 1302. 25%
930.06 EQUIPMENT
930.06.01 General
Check that the equipment listed in OPSS 930.06.01 meets the requirements
1 - 25%
of CAIS 904.
930.06.04 Fog Misting Equipment
Check that appropriate fog misting equipment is used for silica fume concrete
1 SSI 25%
overlays.
930.07 CONSTRUCTION
Confirm that only finishing machines and buggies are present on the deck in
1 - 50%
the areas containing abrasive blast cleaned concrete.
Once concrete removals have started on a portion of a span, confirm that no
2 - 50%
heavy vehicles are present on that portion.
Confirm construction vehicles and traffic, with the exception of sawcutting
equipment, are not on the finished surface of overlays, patches or deck
3 - surface directly over soffit patches until the curing and cold weather 100%
protection period has been completed, and a minimum compressive strength
of 25 MPa has been achieved.
Before seasonal shutdown, check that overlays, concrete patches, and
4 - concrete refacing are completed in all areas where concrete removal has 100%
commenced, and no steel reinforcement is left exposed.
At least 1 business day prior to the commencement of the placing operation,

1 - -
Receive notification of placement of overlays, patches, or refacing.

Receive and sign PH-CC-736 from the Contractor prior to each placing
2 M -
operation.
930.07.03 Normal Concrete Overlay

Silica Fume Concrete Overlay
930.07.03.02 Surface Preparation
When a bonding agent is used, verify that it is the one identified by the
1 - 25%
Contractor in their notification letter to the Contract Administrator.
Check that surfaces in contact with new concrete that haven’t been scarified
2 SSI 50%
are adequately roughened.
Check that concrete and reinforcing steel have been abrasive blast cleaned
3 SSI 50%
as specified in CAIS 929.
Check that dust and loose material was removed using compressed air
4 - 50%
immediately prior to pre-wetting.
When anode mesh is required, check that the concrete surface was properly
5 SSI 50%
power washed immediately prior to pre-wetting.
Check that concrete surfaces receiving an overlay have been sufficiently pre-
6 - 50%
wetted prior to placement.
When a bonding agent is proposed, receive a written notification in writing

1 - -
from the Contractor identifying the bonding agent.
930.07.03.03 Placing of Screed Rails
Check that screed rails are placed outside of the overlay area and extend
1 - 25%
sufficiently beyond the end of the deck.
930.07.03.04 Dry Run
M Witness the dry run and verify the minimum overlay thickness requirement
1 100%
SSI according to OPSS 930.07.03.01 will be met.
Check that any adjustments to the screed rails as a result of the dry run have
2 SSI 100%
been made.

Witness the Contractor demonstrating the use of any fog misting equipment
3 SSI 100%
during the dry run which will be used for silica fume overlays.
Receive notification of the dry run at least 1 business day in advance from the
1 - -
Contractor.
930.07.03.05 Placing of Concrete
Check that the ambient air temperature immediately prior to placement is as

1 - 100%
Witness the Contractor demonstrating that the substrate temperature
2 - 100%
Check that bridge deck finishing equipment is used for any concrete overlay
3 - 100%
wider than 3 m.
Check that bonding agent placed outside of the intended discharge area is
4 - 75%
immediately removed.
Check that full depth concrete repairs have a roughened surface that will be
5 - 50%
in contact with the new overlay.
6 - Check that cold joints have not formed. 100%
When overlay concrete is placed against any recently placed concrete, check
1 - -
that the strength and time requirements are met prior to placement.
1 - Check that proper bulkheads for construction joints are used. 100%
When the face and edge of the bulkhead is unacceptable, check that a new
2 SSI 50%
construction joint is created by sawcutting.
930.07.03.07 Surface Finish
1 - Check that the surface finish meets the requirements of CAIS 904. 25%

Check that the finished surface tolerance meets the requirements of CAIS
1 SSI 25%
904.
930.07.03.09 Surface Texture
When the overlay forms the riding surface of the bridge deck, check that the
1 SSI 100%
surface texture requirements are met.
930.07.03.10 Curing
1 - Check that the curing requirements are being met during the curing period. 50%
Check that overlays are sufficiently air dried prior to the placement of
2 - 50%
waterproofing membrane.
930.07.04 Concrete Patches, Formed Surface

Concrete Patches, Unformed Surface
Concrete Patches, Form and Pump
Concrete Refacing
Concrete Refacing, Form and Pump
930.07.04.01 Surface Preparation
When a bonding agent is used, verify that it is the one identified by the
1 - 25%
Contractor in their notification letter to the Contract Administrator.
Check that existing concrete surfaces in contact with new concrete are
2 SSI 50%
roughened as specified in OPSS 930.
Check that concrete and reinforcing steel have been abrasive blast cleaned
3 SSI 50%
as specified in CAIS 929.
Check that dust and loose material has been removed using compressed air
4 - 50%
immediately prior to pre-wetting.
Check that concrete surfaces have been sufficiently pre-wetted prior to
5 - 50%
concrete placement.

Receive a request in writing from the Contractor when a bonding agent is

1 - -
proposed for use.
930.07.04.02 Placement of Welded Steel Wire Fabric
Check that abrasive blast cleaning of concrete and reinforcing steel has been
1 - 25%
completed prior to placement of welded steel wire fabric.
Check that anchors or tie wires are installed in a grid pattern not exceeding
2 - 25%
the maximum spacing.
Check that overlapping areas of welded steel wire fabric are as specified in
3 - 25%
OPSS 930.
930.07.04.03 Installation of Anchors and Dowels
Check that the holes for dowels are drilled as specified in the Contract
1 - Documents and no delamination or other damage to the surrounding 25%
concrete is caused by the drilling.
Check that erection and removal of formwork and falsework is as specified in

1 - 25%
CAIS 919.
Check that forms are placed to meet minimum cover requirements according
2 SSI 50%
930.07.04.05 Placing of Concrete
Check that concrete is placed according to CAIS 904, with the modifications
1 SSI 100%

Check that construction joints are only located in areas shown on the
1 - 25%
Contract Drawings.
When required, administer and verify the construction joints in accordance
2 - 25%
with CAIS 904.
Review requests for additional construction joints and approve when

1 SSI -
appropriate.
930.07.04.07 Surface Finish
1 - Administer and Check that the surface finish in accordance with CAIS 904. 25%
Administer and Check that the finished surface tolerance in accordance with
1 - 25%
CAIS 904.
930.07.04.09 Curing
930.07.04.09.01 General
1 - Check that the minimum curing period has been met. 25%
930.07.04.09.02 Unformed Surfaces
Check that curing with burlap and water has been performed for the entire
1 - 50%
curing period according to CAIS 904.
Check that surfaces are sufficiently air dried prior to applying any tack coat or
2 - 50%
waterproofing, where applicable.

930.07.04.09.03 Formed Surfaces
930.07.04.09.03.02 Concrete Patches, Formed Surface

Concrete Patches, Form and Pump
When formwork is removed within the curing period, check that curing as
1 - specified in OPSS 930.07.04.09.03.02 is performed for the remainder of the 50%
curing period.
930.07.04.09.03.03 Concrete Refacing

Concrete Refacing, Form and Pump
Check that burlap and water are applied immediately to the top of all exposed
1 - 75%
concrete surfaces.
Check that forms (except soffit of structural components) were removed
2 SSI 50%
within the allotted time, unless the Contractor has structural concerns.
When forms are removed, check that wet burlap and moisture vapour barrier
3 SSI 25%
are applied for the remainder of the minimum curing period.
930.07.05 Cold Weather protection
930.07.05.01 General
Check that cold weather protection measures are applied when required and
1 SSI consistent with the Contractor’s cold weather protection plan in CAIS 50%
930.04.02.02.
Check that overlays are cured with burlap and water, and that the burlap is
2 SSI 50%
prevented from freezing.
930.07.05.02 Control of Temperature and Temperature Difference
Check that the temperature of concrete is according to CAIS 904, with the
1 SSI 50%
exceptions stated in OPSS 930.07.05.02.
2 SSI Check that the protection measures meet the requirements of Table 1. 50%
Check that protection is not fully removed until the air and average concrete
3 SSI 25%
temperatures are within the specified range.

930.07.06.01 Plastic Concrete Testing
1 - Verify that a minimum of one test from each load of concrete is performed. 100%
2 - Check that slump, air content and temperature are in according to 100%
CAIS 1350.
930.07.06.02 Early Strength Determination
Check that cylinders have been prepared according to CAIS 904 for early
strength when early loading of concrete is proposed or anticipated. Check
1 - 50%
these cylinders have been casted and are curing under similar conditions as
the components they represent.
930.07.06.03 Samples for Compressive Strength, Air Void System Parameters and
Rapid Chloride Permeability - Acceptance Testing
Check that acceptance testing of compressive, air void system and rapid
1 - -
chloride permeability is according to CAIS 1350.
Ensure that sufficient depth can be achieve for core samples. Check that
2 - -
cylinders are casted if sufficient depth is not achievable.
930.07.06.03.01 Samples for Acceptance Testing Where Rehabilitation Involves the Use
of Anode Mesh Cathodic Protection
Check that acceptance samples are taken according to OPSS

1 - 50%
930.07.06.03.01.
930.07.06.04 Tensile Bond Strength
Check that the locations for coring are marked to avoid damage to the
1 - embedded materials due to the coring operations as specified in 100%
OPSS 930.07.06.04.
Where applicable, check that tack coat is not applied until tensile bond
2 - 25%
strength testing is complete.

930.07.06.05 Filling of Core Holes
Administer and Check that core holes are properly filled in accordance with 50%
1 SSI
CAIS 1350.
Check that remedial work is carried out according to Table 2 of OPSS 930,
1 SSI 50%
and the requirements of this section.
Verify that all remedial work has been performed and accepted before
2 SSI 50%
placement of tack coat for waterproofing.
1 SSI Review any alternative proposals for crack repair. -
930.07.08 Modification of Deck Drains
Check that deck drains have been modified, where applicable, prior to
1 - 25%
waterproofing the deck.
930.07.09 Drainage Tubes in Deck
Check that drainage tubes have been installed, where applicable, prior to
1 - 25%
waterproofing the deck.
930.08.01 Testing - Tensile Bond Strength
Prior to tensile bond testing, locate steel reinforcement using a covermeter to

1 SSI 100%
avoid coring through steel.
Determine lot and sublots according to OPSS 930.08.01 and select random
2 SSI 100%
core locations for tensile bond testing.

3 SSI Check the depth of coring extend 30 mm into the substrate. 100%
Check the tensile bond testing is carried out when the concrete is 7 to 10
4 SSI 100%
Days of age.
Check the equipment used to measure the tensile bond strength is equipped
5 SSI 100%
with a maximum load indicator.
6 SSI Re-core and retest as specified in OPSS 930.08.01, and LS-430. 100%
Check that the testing firm meets the requirements of MTO LS-102,
Section 6.12 and on the “ List of MTO-Qualified Laboratories for Tensile Bond
1 - -
Strength Testing” which is available from the MTO Technical Publications
website.
All calibration, correlation, measurements, calculations and reporting
2 - procedures shall conform to the requirements and procedures stated in the -
latest LS-430.
3 - Coordinate with the Contractor if traffic protection is necessary -
The required field testing shall be scheduled by the Contract Administrator so
that it:
· Is carried out during the Contractor’s scheduled lane closures.
4 - -
· Coincides with the Contractor’s operations, permitting proper testing and
continuation of the work to the next level of the Contractor’s operations
without delay.
5 - Share the individual test results to the Contractor as they become available. -
930.08.02 Inspection After Curing
Inspect the Work after curing for areas of debonding, honeycombing, spalling,
1 SSI cold joints, and cracks needing remedial work as specified in Table 2 of 100%
OPSS 930.
930.08.03.01 Concrete Compressive Strength, Air Void System in Hardened Concrete

or Rapid Chloride Permeability for Silica Fume Overlays
Review the concrete compressive strength, air void system, and rapid
1 - -
chloride permeability test results as specified in CAIS 1350.

930.08.03.02 Tensile Bond Strength
1 - Check the tensile bond test results as specified in OPSS 930. -

2 - When required, calculate payment reduction factor for tensile bond strength. -
930.08.03.03 Acceptance at the Completion of Work
When required, reject all or a portion of each sublot as specified in

1 - -
OPSS 930.08.03.03.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 930, Construction Specification for Structure Rehabilitation -
Concrete Patches, Refacing, and Overlays.

Construction Administration Inspection Specification for

Structure Rehabilitation - Shotcrete
931.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Structure
Rehabilitation - Shotcrete as specified in OPSS 931, April 2020.
931.02 REFERENCES

OPSS 931 Construction Specification for Structure Rehabilitation - Shotcrete
OPSS 932 Crack Repair - Concrete

OPSS 1302 Water
OPSS 1303 Admixtures for Concrete
OPSS 1306 Burlap

CAIS 1302 Water
MTO Forms:

931.03 DEFINITIONS
931.04.01.01 Mix Design for Dry Mix Shotcrete
At least 7 Days prior to the application of shotcrete, receive and Review the
1 M mix design including sources of all materials and the name of the supplier of -
the pre-bagged dry mix shotcrete.
Receive the additional information submitted with the mix design as specified
2 - -
in OPSS 931.
Check that all supporting test data is not more than 12 months old from the
3 - -
date the mix design was submitted.
931.04.01.02 Mix Design for Wet Mix Shotcrete
Receive and Review the mix design as specified in OPSS 931 and the Mix
1 M -
Design clause of OPSS 1350.
Receive the completed MTO PH-CC-433A (Form A) and Review that the
2 M -
documentation includes the certification of the concrete production facility.
931.04.01.03 Shotcrete Equipment
At least seven Days prior to the application of shotcrete, receive and Review
1 M -
the shotcrete equipment information as specified in OPSS 931.
931.04.01.04 Nozzleman
At least seven Days prior to the application of shotcrete, receive the names of
1 M -
the nozzlemen and proof of their certification with photo identification.

Verify that the nozzleman is currently certified on the MTO list of certified
2 M shotcrete nozzleman (available from the MTO Technical Publications -
website).
Verify that the identity in the certification matches the name in the photo
3 M -
identification.
931.04.01.05 Cold Weather Protection
When cold weather shotcreting is required, and at least seven Days prior to
M
1 the application of shotcrete, receive and Review the cold weather shotcreting -
SSI
plan.
M
2 Check that the temperature control plan is as specified in OPSS 904. -
SSI
3 - Request samples of insulation materials, if required. -
931.04.01.06 Hot Weather Shotcreting
When hot weather shotcreting is required, and at least seven Days prior to
M
1 the application of shotcrete, receive and Review the hot weather shotcreting -
SSI
plan.
931.04.01.07 Curing
At least seven Days prior to the application of shotcrete, receive and Review
1 M a description of the methods to be used for fog-misting and curing the -
shotcrete, including equipment and procedures to be used.
931.05 MATERIALS
931.05.01 Admixtures
1 - Check that admixtures are as specified in OPSS 1303. 25%

1 - Check that aggregates are as specified in CAIS 1002. 25%
931.05.03 Anchors
1 - Check that the anchors are according to the Contract Documents. 25%
931.05.04 Burlap
1 - Check that burlap is as specified in OPSS 1306. 25%
931.05.05 Cementing Material
Check that cementing materials are as specified in OPSS 1301 and

1 - 25%
CSA A3001.
1 - Check that curing compound is as specified in OPSS 1315. 25%
931.05.07 Formwork
1 - Check that formwork is as specified in OPSS 919. 25%
1 - Check that proprietary patching products used match what was submitted. 25%
Check that the proprietary patching materials are from the Owner’s
1 - -
Proprietary Patching Materials list.

931.05.09 Shotcrete
931.05.09.01 General
1 - Check that the shotcrete conforms to OPSS 931. -

Check that dry mix shotcrete is used, unless otherwise specified in the
2 - -
Contract Documents.
931.05.09.02 Additional Requirements for Dry Mix Shotcrete
Check that for dry mix shotcrete, the shotcrete mix supplied is pre-bagged,
1 - 75%
unopened and is information specified in OPSS 931 is stamped on each bag.
Check that the shotcrete bags are maintained in a dry condition up to the time
2 - 25%
of use and are stored within a temperature range of 10 °C to 30 °C.
Check that the material from bags that contain lumps of hydrated shotcrete or
3 - 25%
appear to be frozen or otherwise damaged are not used in the work.
Check that the pre-bagged mix is used within the six months of date of
4 - 25%
packaging.
931.05.09.03 Additional Requirements for Wet Mix Shotcrete
Check on Form A of the mix design that silica fume is added to the concrete
1 SSI 25%
mix in the form of a blended cement containing silica fume.
931.05.10 Tire Wire
931.05.11 Water
Check that the water used for production, fog-misting, curing and pre-soaking
1 - 50%
of burlap is as specified in OPSS 1302.

931.05.12 Welded Steel Wire Reinforcement
Check that the welded steel wire reinforcement is according to the Contract
1 SSI 25%
Documents.
931.06 EQUIPMENT
931.06.01 Compressor - Air Blasting
Check that the compressor for air blasting is according to the Contract
1 SSI 25%
Documents.
931.06.02 Fog Misting Equipment
Check that the fog misting equipment for the curing of shotcrete is as
1 SSI 50%
931.06.03 Hand Finishing Equipment
Check that only magnesium, wood or sponge rubber floats are used where
1 SSI 25%
hand finishing is required.
931.06.04 Mixers
931.06.04.01 Dry Mix Process
Check that mixers for the dry mix process are according to the Contract
1 SSI 50%
Documents.
931.06.04.02 Wet Mix Process
Check that truck mixers are according to the Delivery Equipment subsection
1 SSI 50%
of OPSS 1350.

931.06.05 Straight Edge
1 - Check that the straight edge is 1.0 m long, commercially made and metal. 25%
931.07 Construction
931.07.01 General
M Determine the locations and extent of repair during the layout of repair areas
1 100%
SSI as specified in CAIS 928.
Check that environmental protection enclosures or containment systems are
2 SSI 100%
in place and functioning prior to shotcrete application.
Check that shotcreting operations are carried out when the temperature
M
1 requirements are as specified in OPSS 931.07.02 or when the contractor has 50%
SSI
provided protection as specified in 931.04.01.05 and 931.04.01.06.
M Check that the substrate temperatures meet the Contract Documents
2 25%
SSI requirements.
Check that the surfaces to receive shotcrete are not frozen, contain no
3 SSI 25%
standing water, and are protected from rain and snow.
Check that the air in contact with the repaired surfaces is maintained at
4 SSI temperatures greater than 10°C for a minimum of 96 hours after the 50%
application of shotcrete.
5 SSI If heaters are required, check that unvented heaters are not used. 25%
Check that protection for traffic from overspray and any rebound is in place
6 SSI 100%
prior to the application of shotcrete.
Check that curing materials and, in cold weather, all protection materials have
7 SSI 25%
been delivered to the site before any shotcrete is placed.
Check that shotcreting operations are suspended during weather conditions
8 that may adversely affect the quality of the work. This includes but is not 25%
limited to wind causing segregation of ingredients, rain or snow.

Three Business Days prior to the commencement of the shotcreting

1 - -
operation, Receive the intent to apply shotcrete.
At the completion of the surface preparation operation and prior to the
2 M commencement of the application of shotcrete, receive and Review the -
“Request to Proceed”.
Issue the “Notice to Proceed” form if all the requirements of the Contract
3 - -
Documents are met.
Check that all concrete surfaces against which shotcrete is to be placed are
M clean, solid and free from loose or unsound fragments, coatings and any
1 100%
SSI other foreign substances or debris, and are sufficiently roughened as
Check that all areas to receive shotcrete including existing reinforcing steel
are abrasive blast cleaned as specified in OPSS 929 prior to installation of
M
2 welded galvanized steel wire reinforcement or stainless-steel wire 50%
SSI
reinforcement. If shotcrete is not applied within 36 hours of abrasive blast
cleaning, check that it is reblasted.
Check that all dust and loose materials are removed from the prepared
M
3 surface of the repair area by using compressed air following abrasive blast 50%
SSI
cleaning and immediately prior to pre-wetting the concrete surface.
Check that the concrete surface to receive shotcrete is maintained in a
M
continuously wet condition for a period of at least 2 hours prior to the
4 SSI 100%
application of the shotcrete, and is brought to a saturated surface dry
condition immediately prior to the placement of shotcrete.
931.07.04 Placement of Welded Steel Wire Reinforcement
Check that welded steel wire reinforcement is not used in repair areas on
1 SSI 100%
which a cathodic protection system is to be installed.
Check that the welded steel wire reinforcement is installed as specified in
2 SSI 25%
OPSS 931.
Check that when the exposed reinforcing steel is not capable of providing
3 SSI rigid support for the welded steel wire reinforcement that anchors are 25%
provided as specified in OPSS 931.
Check that the welded steel wire reinforcement is kept clean of any
4 SSI 25%
substance that may reduce the bond of the shotcrete to the wire surface.

931.07.05 MTO Nozzleman Certification Program
Check that shotcreting is carried out by a nozzleman who has successfully

M
1 completed the MTO Shotcrete Nozzleman Certification Program that is valid 100%
SSI
for the current construction season.
M Check the quality of work of the nozzleman and ask to replace the nozzleman
2 100%
SSI when the quality of work is not achieved or is not maintained.
931.07.06 Mixing and Delivery of Wet Mix Shotcrete
M Check that wet mix shotcrete is mixed and delivered according to the Mixing
1 100%
SSI Time and Mixing Rate, and Delivery as specified in OPSS 1350.
931.07.07 Placing
Check that all structural components and appurtenances not receiving

1 SSI shotcrete are protected from the shotcreting operation prior to the application 25%
of shotcrete.
Check that repair areas prepared to receive shotcrete are protected from
2 SSI contamination, rebound, overspray or anything that would inhibit the bond of 100%
the shotcrete.
Check that shotcrete is placed without the use of formwork, where practical.
3 SSI Check that formwork is as specified in OPSS 919 when shotcrete cannot be 100%
placed without formwork.
Check that a steady continuous flow of shotcrete is maintained during the
4 SSI 100%
application of shotcrete.
Check that for dry mix shotcrete, any predampened mixture which is not
5 SSI 100%
utilized within 30 minutes, is rejected and not incorporated into the work.
M Check that the wet mix shotcrete is transported to the site and discharged as
6 100%
SSI specified in OPSS 931.
Check that the total required depth of shotcrete is placed within the same
7 SSI 25%
Day.
Check that shotcrete is applied such that there is no sagging or separation of
8 SSI 100%
the material in place.

Check that rebound and overspray material are not worked back into the
9 SSI shotcrete or salvaged and re-used, and are removed from the repair area as 50%
the work proceeds.
Check that the concrete surface surrounding the repair area is cleaned
10 SSI 50%
immediately after the application of shotcrete using suitable hand tools.
If shotcrete cannot be applied in a single operation, check that the surface is
cured as specified in OPSS 931.07.07 and OPSS 931.07.09 and any
11 SSI 100%
laitance, loose material, overspray or other material that may compromise the
bond of subsequent layers is removed as specified in OPSS 931.07.07.
Check that the shotcrete is placed level with the original concrete surface
12 SSI 50%
unless specified in the Contract Drawings.
Check that the shotcrete is terminated at a 1:1 slope at the end of the
13 SSI 50%
shotcreting operation and is prepared as specified in OPSS 931.
931.07.08 Finishing
1 SSI Check that the final layer of shotcrete is finished as specified in OPSS 931. 100%
931.07.09 Curing
Check that shotcrete is moist cured as specified in OPSS 931 for a minimum
M
1 period of four Days followed by three Days of curing with curing compound. 50%
SSI
Curing for at least the first 24 hours of the curing period shall be by fog mist.
2 SSI Check that wet burlap is used as specified in OPSS 931. 25%
3 SSI Check that curing with burlap and water is according to OPSS 904. 25%
Check that the shotcrete surface is coated with a curing compound as
4 SSI 25%
specified in OPSS 904, immediately after removal of moist curing.
Check that once the curing period is complete, the curing compound is
5 SSI 25%
removed completely as specified in OPSS 931.
Check that the curing compound removal process meets all environmental
6 SSI 25%
constraints as specified in the Contract Documents.

931.07.10 Cold Weather Protection
931.07.10.01 General
Check that shotcrete is protected during cold weather using the approved
1 SSI 50%
method.
Prior to the commencement of the shotcrete work, receive and Review the
1 M -
cold weather protection method.
931.07.10.02 Control of Temperature
Check that the temperature of the shotcrete is monitored and controlled

1 SSI during cold weather for a minimum period of 7 Days following the shotcrete 50%
operation as specified in OPSS 931.07.10.02.
M Check that the protection of concrete for cold weather conditions is
2 50%
SSI completed as specified in Table 1 of OPSS 931.
931.07.10.03 Cold Weather Temperature Records
Check that recording of ambient air temperature and shotcrete temperature

M
1 begins at the start of placement and are recorded automatically at intervals 50%
SSI
Check that the Contractor is taking necessary action to maintain the
2 SSI 50%
temperature within the specified limits.
1 M Check the temperature records at the end of each day and for 7 Days. -
At the end of the cold weather protection period, Check the complete
2 M temperature record consisting of a summary of the recorded temperatures -
and a graphical plot of temperature versus time.

931.07.11 Sampling for Acceptance Testing of 28-Day Compressive Strength and
Rapid Chloride Permeability
931.07.11.01 General
Select random locations from shotcrete repair locations for sampling of 28-
1 SSI 100%
Day compressive strength and rapid chloride permeability acceptance cores.
931.07.11.02 Coring
Check that coring is carried out when the concrete is between 7 to 10 Days of
1 SSI 100%
age as specified in OPSS 931.
Check that all reinforcing steel in the area are located using a covermeter,
2 SSI 100%
prior to taking any cores, to avoid cutting reinforcing steel.
Check that the core sizes are as specified in OPSS 931 for the specified test
3 SSI 100%
method.
4 SSI Check the cores labels are as specified in OPSS 931. 100%
Receive cores in a sealed plastic bag to prevent loss of moisture, along with
5 SSI Form A of the concrete mix design and the form on which the field data for 100%
the cores is recorded.
6 SSI Check that the core holes are filled as specified in OPSS 1350. 100%
931.07.12 Cracks
1 M Receive and Review the cracks inspection report. -

Receive and Review a summary of areas requiring repair or replacement
2 M -
along with the limit of those areas and a proposal for remedial action.
Check that the proposal for remedial action meets the requirements of the
3 M -
Contract Documents and OPSS 932.
Check that the management of excess material is completed according to the

1 - 25%
Contract Documents.

931.08.01 Acceptance of Shotcrete
1 M Check that the shotcrete is acceptable as specified in OPSS 931. -
931.08.02 Field Inspection
931.08.02.01 Field Inspection Prior To and During Application
Check the plastic shotcrete during the application process and reject all or a
1 SSI portion of the work based on the presence of one or more of the defects as 100%
Check that the work is stopped if plastic shotcrete is rejected. Check that all
2 SSI necessary measures to correct deficiencies are taken by the Contractor while 100%
the shotcrete is in the plastic state.
931.08.02.02 Field Inspection of Completed Work
M Check the completed work and reject all or a portion of the work based on the
1 100%
SSI presence of one or more of the defects specified in OPSS 931.
Check that cracks greater than or equal to 0.3 mm in width are repaired as
2 SSI specified in OPSS 931, if the linear measurement of the crack per square 100%
metre is less than 2 m.
931.08.03 Acceptance of Tensile Bond Strength, 28-Day Compressive Strength,

and Rapid Chloride Permeability
931.08.03.01 Lot Size
Prior to the commencement of the shotcreting operation, determine the sublot

1 M -
size after discussion with the Contractor.

931.08.03.02 Acceptance of Tensile Bond Strength
931.08.03.02.01 Basis of Acceptance of Tensile Bond Strength
Check that the tensile bond strength of a sublot is acceptable as specified in

1 M -
OPSS 931.
931.08.03.02.02 Acceptance Testing of Tensile Bond Strength
At the chosen random locations, locate steel using covermeter prior to tensile
1 SSI 100%
bond testing to avoid coring through steel.
Check that the tensile bond test is performed according to LS-430 and the
2 SSI 100%
test is performed when the concrete is 7 to 10 Days of age.
Forward the tensile bond strength test results to the Contractor, as they
1 - -
become available.
Forward the acceptance test results to the Quality Assurance Section within
2 - -
four days of receiving them.
931.08.03.03 Acceptance of 28-Day Compressive Strength
931.08.03.03.01 Acceptance Testing of 28-Day Compressive Strength
Select three random locations for each sublot to take one set of three cores
1 SSI 100%
to determine the 28-Day compressive strength.
Check that the 28-Day compressive strength tests of all lots and sublots are
1 M -
acceptable as specified in OPSS 931.
Forward the acceptance test results to the Quality Assurance Section within
2 - -
four days of receiving them.

931.08.03.03.02 Referee Testing of 28-Day Compressive Strength
Check referee testing for a sublot is invoked by the Contractor within five
1 - -
Check that the referee testing is carried out according to the test method
2 - specified in the Acceptance Testing of 28-Day Compressive Strength -
subsection.
Within 24 hours of invoking the referee testing, Check that a new set of 3
1 SSI 100%
cores are removed by the Contractor.
2 SSI location no more than 1 m from the location that each of the disputed 100%
Check that the core size and core extraction are as specified in OPSS
3 SSI 100%
931.07.11.02.
931.08.03.04 Acceptance of Rapid Chloride Permeability
931.08.03.04.01 Acceptance Testing of Rapid Chloride Permeability
Select 2 random locations for each sublot and take two cores for acceptance
1 SSI 100%
testing of rapid chloride permeability.
1 - Check that acceptance testing is carried out at 28 to 32 days. -

2 - Check that the test results meet the requirements of OPSS 931. -
Forward the acceptance test results to the Quality Assurance Section within -
3 -
4 days of receiving them.

931.08.03.04.02 Referee Testing of Rapid Chloride Permeability
Check that a new set of 2 cores are removed from each sublot by the
1 SSI 100%
Contractor within 24 hours of invoking the referee testing for that sublot.
2 SSI location no more than 1 m from the location that each of the disputed 100%
Check that the core size and core extraction are as specified in
3 SSI 100%
OPSS 931.07.11.02.
Check referee testing for a sublot is invoked by the Contractor within five
1 - -
3 - Check the test results meet the requirements of OPSS 931. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 931, Construction Specification for Structure Rehabilitation -
Shotcrete.


Crack Repair - Concrete
932.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for pressure
injection, routing and sealing of cracks in concrete as specified in OPSS 932, November 2020.
932.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 932 Crack Repair - Concrete
CAIS 920 Deck Joint Assemblies, Preformed Seals, Joint Fillers, Joint Seals, Joint Sealing
Compounds, and Waterstops - Structures
CAIS 1302 Water
932.03 DEFINITIONS
932.04.01.01 Crack Repair Work Plan
At least 7 days prior to the commencement of the work, Check that a crack
1 M -
repair work plan is submitted as specified in OPSS 932.04.01.01.
Check that the submitted crack repair work plan bears the seal and signature
2 M -
of an Engineer and provides the information specified in OPSS 932.04.01.01.

932.05 MATERIALS
932.05.01 Grout
932.05.01.01 General
Check that the grout is suitable for the type of cracks as specified in
1 SSI -
OPSS 932 and consult with MTO Structural when this is unclear.
Check that the grout has sufficient pot life and compatible with the
2 - -
procedures outlined in the crack repair work plan.
932.05.01.02 Epoxy Resin
Check that the epoxy resin conforms to ASTM C881, Type IV, Grade I, Class
1 - -
B and C.
932.05.01.03 Polyurethane Resin
Check that the polyurethane resin material is 100% solids, hydrophobic and
1 - -
suitable for the range of temperatures at the time of repair.
932.05.02 Joint Sealing Compounds
932.05.02.01 Hot-Poured Rubberized Joint Sealing Compound
Administer and Check that the hot-poured rubberized joint sealing compound
1 - -
in accordance with CAIS 1212.
932.05.02.02 Cold-Applied Joint Sealing Compound
Check that the proper Type of sealant is used as specified in

1 - -
OPSS 932.05.02.02.

932.05.03 Water
1 - Administer and Check that the water used is as specified in CAIS 1302. 25%
932.06 EQUIPMENT
932.06.01 Gauges
1 - Check that additional gauges are available on site. 25%
Receive and Check the certificate of calibration for each gauge as specified
1 - -
in OPSS 932.06.01.
932.06.02 Pumps
Check the pressure injection equipment is suitable and compatible with grout,
1 - 25%
and with capacities as specified in OPSS 932.06.02.
932.06.03 Mixers
Check that the manufacturer’s plate is attached to the static mixer and shows
1 - 25%
the size, type and maximum operation pressure.
Check that the agitating mixer is a power-driven paddle mixing with a
2 - 25%
maximum variable speed of 500 rpm.
932.06.05 Injection Ports
Check that injection ports are removable or non-metallic inserts and are 25%
1 -
equipped with shut-off value or means of closure under pressure.

932.06.07 Drills
Check that percussion drilling equipment is not used for holes greater than
1 - 25%
26 mm and holes within 150 mm of any edge of concrete.
Check that holes are less than or equal to 26 mm in diameter within 50 mm of
2 - 25%
any free edge of concrete.
932.06.08 Routing Equipment
1 - Check that the routing equipment is as specified in OPSS 932.06.08. 25%
932.07 CONSTRUCTION
932.07.01 General
Check that the temperature of concrete is greater than or equal to 5 °C

1 M 50%
before work starts.
932.07.03 Crack Identification
1 SSI Identify all cracks that require repair prior to the commencement of work. 100%
Witness the Contractor’s numbering and physical marking of the extents of all
2 - 100%
cracks to be repaired.
Receive a copy of the record containing information about all the identified
1 - -
cracks.
932.07.04 Crack injection
932.07.04.01 Drilling for Injection Ports
Check that holes for injection ports are drilled either perpendicular, at
1 - 50%
45 degree angle or per manufacturer’s recommendations.

Check that the spacing between the injection ports is not more than 200 mm
2 - 50%
and all injection ports are sealed.
3 M Check that all injection ports are cleaned by air-water blast. 50%
932.07.04.02 Cleaning and Flushing
Check that holes are flushed and the flushing material has exuded from the 50%
1 -
adjacent injection ports, and cracks are thoroughly cleaned.
932.07.04.03 Surface Preparation and Sealing
1 - Check that the surface opening of cracks is properly sealed prior to injection. 50%
932.07.04.04 Injection of Grout
932.07.04.04.01 General
1 - Check that grout is pressure injected from the lowest elevation upwards. 50%
Check that each injection port is sealed immediately after completion of
2 - 50%
injection of grout.
Check that if the required operation pressure is greater than 3 MPa, the
3 - injection is ceased until the Contractor determines why this operating 50%
pressure is required.
932.07.04.04.02 Monitoring
At the end of each day, Receive records of work indicating crack location,
1 - -
number, volume of grout, and operating pressure.
932.07.04.04.03 Effective Injection Pressure
1 - Witness determination of head losses by pressure flow test. 100%

932.07.04.04.04 Ratio Test
Witness the verification of the plural component injection equipment

1 - 100%
proportioning as required in OPSS 932.04.04.04.
932.07.04.04.05 Pot Life Determination
1 - At the end of each working day, Receive records of pot life determination. -
Witness the sampling of the material on site prior to commencing the grouting
1 - 100%
operation and check that it meets the requirements of OPSS 932.04.04.05.
932.07.04.05 Surface Finishing
Check that the surface finish does not commence until curing period has
1 - 25%
elapsed.
Check that injection ports are removed and filled, and surface sealant is flush
2 - 25%
with original concrete surface.
932.07.04.06 Coring
Determine the location of test cores and adjust frequency when satisfactory
1 SSI 100%
control is established.
2 SSI Witness coring activities at specified locations. 100%
932.07.04.07 Filling of Core Holes
1 - Administer and Check that holes are filled in accordance with CAIS 1350. 25%

932.07.05 Routing and Sealing Cracks
1 - Check that cracks are routed with a chase and sealed. 25%
2 - Check that the chase is abrasive blast cleaned as specified in CAIS 929. 25%
932.08.01 General
1 - After completion, inspect to determine if work contains defects. 100%
932.08.02 Crack Injection
1 - Examine test cores to determine percentage of the crack depth filled. 100%
Accept or reject crack injection work on the basis of ratio testing and pot life
1 - -
determination, and the percentage of crack depth filled.
2 - Review any methods of repair submitted by the Contractor when required. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 932, Construction Specification for Crack Repair - Concrete.


Impressed Current Cathodic Protection System for Bridge Structures
(As Specified in OPSS 935 and NSSP BRDG0002)
935.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for impressed current
cathodic protection system for bridge structures as specified in OPSS 935, November 2014 and
NSSP BRDG0002, November 2014.
935.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 935 Impressed Current Cathodic Protection System for Bridge Structures
NSSP BRDG0002 Amendment to OPSS 935, November 2014, and OPSS 2301, November
2014 - Manufacturers, Suppliers and Distributors of Cathodic Protection
Components
CAIS 602 Installation of Electrical Chambers

CAIS 609 Grounding
CAIS 616 Footings and Pads for Electrical Equipment
CAIS 1302 Water
CAIS 2301 Impressed Current Cathodic Protection System for Bridge Structures
935.03 DEFINITIONS

Receive Working Drawings and review submission for conformance with the
1 SSI -
Contract Documents.
3 - -
935.04.01.02 Technical Documentation
Check supplied equipment matches the submitted performance reports and is -

1 -
in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Receive all required documents and review submissions for conformance

1 SSI -
with the Contract Documents.
Submit one copy of each submitted document to the MTO Structural for
2 - -
information purposes.
935.04.01.03 Notification of Production
Receive notification at least one week prior to the commencement of

1 - fabrication, and notification of completion of fabrication of the cathodic -
protection rectifier and the remote monitoring and control unit.
935.04.01.05 Spacer Grid
Receive and review submissions for conformance with the Contract

1 - -
Documents.

935.04.01.06 Anode Mesh and Distribution Bars
1 - Receive anode mesh and distribution bar welding samples. -
935.04.01.07 Corrosion Specialist
Check the credentials of the Corrosion Specialist are in conformance with the
1 - -
Contract Documents.
935.04.01.08 Test Results
Check all test results are submitted in accordance with the Contract
1 - -
Documents within 3 Business Days of completion of testing.
935.05 MATERIALS
935.05.01 General
935.05.02 Concrete Pad for Cathodic Protection
1 - Check the concrete pad according to CAIS 616. 50%
935.05.04 Concrete for Blockout
Check that the proposed concrete used to fill blockouts for installation of
1 - cables in curbs, sidewalks, and barrier walls meets the requirements of the -
OPSS 935.
935.05.06 Non-Shrink Grout
1 - Check that proposed grout is one of the products listed in NSSP BRDG0002. -

935.07 CONSTRUCTION
935.07.01 General
935.07.01.01 Sequence of Work
Check that all repairs in the areas to receive cathodic protection have been
1 M completed fully or in sections prior to notice of acceptance for 50%
commencement of cathodic protection work.
Provide notice of acceptance of repairs in the areas to receive cathodic

1 - -
protection prior to commencement of cathodic protection work.
935.07.01.03 Electrical
Check that electrical work is performed in accordance with the Contract

1 SSI 50%
Documents.
935.07.01.04 Concrete Removal in Recesses and Cable Slots
Check that all sawcuts for wiring, cathode connections and reference cells
1 - 50%
installation are within the specified tolerance for depth, width, and locations.
2 - Check concrete removals according to CAIS 928. 50%
935.07.01.05 Abrasive Blast Cleaning
1 - Check abrasive blast cleaning as specified in CAIS 929. 50%

Check that all abrasive blast cleaning is preformed prior to placement of
2 M 75%
anode mesh.
935.07.01.06 Concrete Placement
1 - Check the placement of concrete according to CAIS 904. 100%

935.07.02 Cathode Connections
935.07.02.01.01 Scheduling
Check that removal of concrete and abrasive blast cleaning in the removal
1 - areas is completed before cathode connections to the reinforcing steel are 50%
made.
935.07.02.01.02 Layout
Check that CS and CM connection locations are as per the Contract

1 SSI 75%
Documents and specify alternative locations when required due to conflicts.
Notify MTO when changes to the layout are required outside of the tolerances
1 - -
935.07.02.01.03 Preparation of Reinforcement and Recess
1 - Check that the minimum length of reinforcing bar has been exposed. 50%
Check that reinforcing steel and the concrete surface of the recess are
abrasive blast cleaned, cleaned of all deleterious material by means of air
2 - 50%
blasting prior, and locally ground prior to making connection to reinforcing
steel.
935.07.02.01.04 Connection of Reinforcing Steel
Check that cables are thermite welded in accordance with the Contract
1 SSI 75%
Documents.
2 SSI Check that connections and exposed cables have been properly sealed. 75%
Check that all debris is removed from the recess and recess is dampened
3 - 75%
prior to grouting.

935.07.02.01.05 Cable Installation
Check that all cable slots are created by saw cutting and are in accordance
1 - 50%
with the Contract Documents for width and depth.
Prior to placement of material check that cable slots are abrasive blast
2 - cleaned and all deleterious material contained inside the recesses and slots 50%
is removed by means of air blasting.
Check that cables are continuously contained in the slot between the cathode
3 - connection and the junction box and held in place with non-metallic plugs as 50%
required in this section.
Check that cables that will be unconnected at the junction box location for
4 - more than one week have a heat shrink end boot installed until the 50%
permanent connection is made.
Check that cable slots are properly backfilled with non-conductive low
5 - 50%
viscosity epoxy.
935.07.02.01.06 Testing During Installation
Check that mechanical soundness of each completed cathode connection is

verified and the DC resistance and voltage between the ends of cables from
1 M 100%
cathode connections is measured and recorded prior to filling the cathode
recess.
Where measurements are not within specified values, check that the proper
2 - 75%
remedial work is performed.
Determine locations for additional cathode connections when remedial work

1 - -
is required based on testing measurements.
Check that all cathode connection testing results are in accordance with the
2 - -
Contract Documents prior to patching of cathode recesses.
Receive all test results and check they have been certified by the corrosion
3 - -
specialist.
935.07.03 Reference Cells - Graphite and Silver-Silver Chloride
Check that removal of concrete and abrasive blast cleaning in the removal
1 - 50%
areas is completed before reference cells are installed.

935.07.03.01.02 Layout
1 SSI Check that reference cell locations are as per the Contract Documents. 50%
2 SSI Specify smaller recess if required to accommodate reference cell installation 50%
in congested areas.
3 SSI Specify alternative locations for reference cells when layout in accordance 50%
with OPSS 935 cannot be satisfied or is required due to conflicts.
1 - Notify MTO when changes to the layout are required outside of the tolerances -
935.07.03.01.03 Preparation of Recess and Cell Placement
1 - Check that depth of recess provides cover to reference cell as per the 50%
Contract Documents.
2 - Check that reference cells adjacent to ducts containing post-tensioning steel 50%
are installed at the depth as specified in the Contract Documents or as
directed. by the Contract Administrator.
3 - Check that the concrete surfaces of the recess are abrasive blast cleaned 50%
and cleaned of all deleterious material by means of air blasting prior
placement of the reference cell and non-shrink grout.
4 - Check that the reference cell placement is in accordance with OPSS 935 50%
prior to placement of non-shrink grout.
5 - Check that the recess is filled with non-shrink grout according to the 50%
Provide location for reference cells that are to be installed adjacent to ducts
1 SSI containing post-tensioning steel if locations identified in the Contract -
Documents are not suitable.

935.07.03.01.04 Cable Installation
Check that all cable slots are created by saw cutting and are in accordance
1 - 25%
with the Contract Specifications for width and depth.
Prior to placement of material check that cable slots are abrasive blast
2 - cleaned and all deleterious material contained inside the recesses and slots 50%
is removed by means of air blasting.
Check that cables are continuously contained in the slot between the cathode
3 - connection and the junction box and held in place with non-metallic plugs as 25%
required in this section.
4 - more than one week have a heat shrink end boot installed until the 25%
Check that cable slots are properly backfilled with non-conductive low
5 - viscosity epoxy to the level of the original concrete surface according to the 50%
935.07.03.01.05 Testing During Installation
Check that all submitted voltage and resistance testing results are in
1 SSI -
Receive and check all test results and verify that they have been certified by
2 SSI -
the corrosion specialist.
935.07.04 Rigid Ducts and Junction Boxes, Surface Mounted
Check that alignment of ducts, fittings and junction boxes are in neat straight
1 - 25%
lines either vertical, horizontal or parallel to a structural surface.
2 - Check that all holes through concrete components are core drilled. 25%
Check that expansion joints are installed according to manufacture’s
3 - 25%
recommendations and in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Check that all concrete repairs have been completed prior to duct and
4 - 25%
junction box installation.

935.07.05 Rigid Ducts and Junction Boxes, Embedded in Concrete
1 - Check installation in accordance with OPSS 913. 100%

2 - Check that all penetrations through the deck or barrier wall are drilled. 25%
Check that all embedded ducts are sealed with silicone after installation of
3 - 25%
cables in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Check that cavities in the curb, barrier wall, or sidewalk are filled with
4 - 50%
concrete to the original surface in accordance with OPSS 930.
935.07.06 Rigid Ducts, Direct Buried
1 - Check installation as specified in CAIS 603. 100%
935.07.07 Extra Low Voltage Cables
1 - Check installation as specified in CAIS 604. 100%

Check that all cable runs are continuous from junction box to the cathodic
2 - 50%
protection cabinet, and that splices are only located where permitted.
Check that all cables are fitted with heat shrink identification sleeves
3 - 50%
according to the requirements of this section.
Check that all cable splices are completed by cable type in accordance with
4 - 75%
the requirements of this section.
5 - more than one week shall have a heat shrink end boot installed until the 50%
935.07.08 Installation of Cathodic Protection Equipment Assembly
935.07.08.01 Concrete Pad and Ground Electrode
Check that the concrete pad is constructed is as specified in CAIS 616 and
1 - 100%
the exceptions of this section.

935.07.08.02 Installation of Cabinet
Check that mounting bolts are installed true and pedestal and cabinet are
1 - 50%
installed squarely and symmetrically on the concrete pad.
935.07.08.04 Connection of Incoming Cables
Check that all incoming cables are neatly bundled and held in place with
1 - 25%
nylon cable ties, and aren’t subject to stresses during or after installation.
935.07.09 Anode Mesh and Distribution Bars
935.07.09.01 Handling and Storing
Check that anode mesh and distribution bars are kept clean and dry prior to
1 - 25%
installation.
935.07.09.02.01 Scheduling
Verify that all installation and testing of reference cells, CS, CM connections
1 - and cabling has been completed prior to installation of anode mesh and -
distribution bars.
Verify that all concrete patching and abrasive blast cleaning of the concrete
2 - surface has been carried out prior to installation of the anode mesh and -
distribution bars.
935.07.09.02.02 Layout
Check that layout of anode mesh and distribution bars is in accordance with
1 SSI 50%
the Working Drawings and Contract Documents.

Review and Approve alternative arrangement of anode mesh rows where

1 SSI -
placement of odd shapes may be more practical.
935.07.09.02.03 Isolation
Check that deck has been scarified prior to the start of the concrete cover
1 - 50%
survey.
Check that spacer grids are installed and secured in accordance with
2 - 50%
Direct the Contractor to either insulate or remove any exposed or nearly
3 - 75%
exposed metal at all concrete surfaces.
1 - Receive and Review concrete cover survey. -

Verify that spacer grid is installed in all areas identified with low cover or
2 - -
exposed reinforcing steel in the concrete cover survey.
Verify that all concrete surfaces are inspected for exposed metal and metal
3 - within 5 mm of the concrete surface in accordance with the Contract -
Documents.
935.07.09.02.04 Anode Mesh Placement
Check that location of embedded cables is determined and marked on the

1 - 50%
concrete prior to drilling for fasteners.
Check that anode mesh is continuous within each zone, or overlapped at
2 - 75%
least the minimum amount required.
Check that proper separation is provided between zones as well as metal
3 - 75%
features mounted on or protruding from concrete surfaces.
Check that anode mesh is fastened to the deck and spacer grids in
4 - 75%
Check that all debris and dirt resulting from drilling holes for fasteners and
5 - others work associated with the installation of the anode mesh is removed 50%
from the concrete surface by air blasting at least once per Day.

935.07.09.02.05 Distribution Bar Placement
Check that distribution bars are installed in straight lines that line up with
1 - 50%
junction boxes to facilitate their connection.
Check that welding procedures used are the same as those used in the
2 SSI 50%
making the submitted samples.
Check that frequency of welds for distribution bars to anode mesh and
3 - 50%
distribution bar splices meet the requirements of this section.
Check that jumpered connections in the junction box are completed in
4 SSI 50%
accordance with this section.
Check that the distribution bars are protected by heat-shrinkable tubing, and
5 SSI 50%
identify any additional areas requiring protection.
935.07.09.02.06 Concrete Surface Preparation after Anode Installation
Check that all debris and accumulated dirt is removed from the concrete
1 - surface by air blasting immediately after installation of anode mesh and 50%
distribution bars.
2 - Check that concrete is pre-wetted prior to application of the overlay. 75%
935.07.09.02.07 Protection during Placement of Concrete Overlay
Check that anode mesh and distribution bars are protected against potential
1 - damage caused by construction equipment and workers during the 100%
placement of the concrete overlay.
935.07.09.03 Testing
935.07.09.03.01 Pre-Installation
1 SSI Observe pull testing of sample welds and assess the results. 100%

935.07.09.03.02 During Installation
935.07.09.03.02.01 Weld between Anode Mesh and Distribution Bars
Observe or perform random pull testing of welds between distribution bars

1 SSI 75%
and anode mesh and distribution bar to distribution bar splice.
935.07.09.03.02.02 Short Circuits
Check that tests for short circuits are carried out by the corrosion specialist or
a NACE accredited cathodic protection or corrosion technologist under the
1 - 75%
direct supervision of the corrosion specialist during anode mesh installation
and placement of overlay.
Check that short circuits are removed, and the area retested prior to
2 - 75%
proceeding with the concrete overlay.
Receive records of the locations and extent of the areas requiring treatment
1 - -
and the treatment undertaken to eliminate short circuits.
Receive test results from the high current short circuit testing, completed after
2 - concrete overlay placement, and check that test results are certified by the -
corrosion specialist.
Check that waterproofing does not proceed until test results are received and
3 M -
all shorts are corrected.
935.07.09.04 Trial Operating Period - Acceptance Testing
935.07.09.04.01 General
1 SSI Attend the field testing of the system. 100%

Check that all field measurements are taken by a NACE accredited cathodic
2 SSI protection or corrosion technologist under the direct supervision of the 100%
corrosion specialist.
3 - Check that all testing is done when the air temperature is at least 5 °C. 100%

Receive notification of planned trial operating period at least 4 Business Days

1 - -
in advance.
Notify Structures Office to send a representative of the Owner to attend the
2 - -
trial operating period.
Check that the RMU training session has been delivered at the ministry’s
3 - -
Structures Office in St. Catharines as specified.
935.07.09.04.02 Testing Prior to Energizing the System
935.07.09.04.02.01 Embedded Components
Check that manual readings for embedded component measurements are in

1 - 100%
accordance with the specified values in Table 1.
935.07.09.04.02.02 Rectifier
Observe demonstration of rectifier through the full output range as specified

1 SSI 10%
in OPSS 2301.
935.07.09.04.02.03 Remote Monitoring and Control Unit
Observe demonstration of RMU to confirm operation as specified in

1 SSI 100%
OPSS 2301.
935.07.09.04.03 Testing after Energizing the System
Check that manual hourly readings are taken during working hours for the
1 - 75%
duration of the trial operating period.
Receive results of all testing and check that it is certified by the corrosion
1 - -
specialist.

Receive acceptance testing commissioning report within 7 Days of
completion of trial operating period. Check that it is certified by the corrosion
2 SSI -
specialist and has been completed in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
Review submitted proposals for correcting deficiencies and approve prior to

1 SSI -
commencement of the remedial work when appropriate.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 935, Construction Specification for Impressed Current Cathodic
Protection System for Bridge Structures.


Prestressed Soil and Rock Anchors
942.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Prestressed Soil
and Rock Anchors as specified in OPSS 942, April 2020.
942.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 942 Prestressed Soil and Rock Anchors

CAIS 1302 Water
942.03 DEFINITIONS
Receive and review the 5 sets of Working Drawings from the Contractor at
least 21 days prior to the commencement of the work of prestressed rock and
1 M -
soil anchors. Check that the submissions bear the seal and signature of a
design Engineer and a design-checking Engineer.
Forward the received Working Drawings to the Foundations Engineer
2 - -
Specialist.

3 FES Check the Working Drawings. -
942.04.02.02 Slurry
Receive and review the submission as specified at least 14 days prior to

1 - -
942.04.02.03 Couplers
Receive and review the submission as specified at least 14 days prior to

1 - -
942.04.02.04.01 Mill Certificates
Receive a copy of mill test certificates at the time the prestressing steel is
1 - -
delivered to the job site.
Check if the mill test certification is verified by a Canadian testing laboratory if
2 - the certificates are originated from a mill outside Canada or the United States -
of America.
3 - Receive a copy of the stress-strain curves. -
942.04.02.04.02 Prestressing Steel Bond Capacity
942.05 MATERIALS
942.05.01 Permanent Anchors
1 - Check that the permanent anchors are approved anchors. 75%
942.05.01.02 Anchorages
1 - Check that the components of the anchorage are as specified. 75%

1 - Check that prestressing steel is as specified. 75%
942.05.01.04 Couplers
As specified by the supplier of the anchor.
942.05.01.05 Cement
942.05.01.06 Water
942.05.01.07 Sheathing
1 - Check that plastic sheathing is as specified. 75%
942.05.01.08 Heat Shrinkable Sleeves
1 - Check that heat shrinkable sleeves are fabricated as specified. 75%
942.05.01.09 Grout Tubes
1 - Check that grout tubes are as specified. 75%
942.05.01.10 Bond Breaker
1 - Check that bond breaker is as specified. 75%
942.05.01.11 Centralizers and Spacers
1 - Check that centralizers and spaces are steel or plastic. 75%

942.05.01.12 Grout
1 - Check that grout is as specified. 75%
942.05.01.13 Corrosion Inhibiting Compound
1 - Check that compound is as specified. 75%
942.05.01.14 Corrosion Protection
1 - Check that corrosion protection is provided as specified. 75%
942.05.02 Temporary Anchors
Check that the material for temporary anchors is the same as permanent
1 - anchors, except the double protection system is not required for temporary 75%
anchors.
942.05.03 Pre-Production Test Anchors
Check that the pre-production test anchors and the production anchors are 75%
1 -
the same materials.
942.05.04 Bentonite Cement Slurry
1 - Check that bentonite cement slurry is as specified. 75%
942.05.05 Concrete

942.06 EQUIPMENT
942.06.01 General
Check that the equipment used is in according to those listed in the Working
1 - 25%
Drawings.
942.06.02 Grouting Equipment
942.06.03 Temporary Anchor Concrete Placement Equipment
1 - Check that the equipment is as specified. 25%
942.06.04 Anchor Testing Equipment
1 Check that the equipment is as specified. 25%
942.07 CONSTRUCTION
942.07.01 General
Check the Contractor prepares a soils report, determines designs the

1 - -
parameters and design anchors for non-Owner designed anchors.
942.07.02 Structural Steel
942.07.03 Anchor Fabrication
Check that anchor fabrication is according to the Working Drawings and

1 - 75%
schedules by trained and qualified personnel.

942.07.04 Storage and Handling
Check that all prestressing steel and hardware is stored and handled as
1 - 25%
specified.
942.07.05 Corrosion Protection
942.07.05.01 Anchorage Protection
1 - Check that proper protection is provided. 75%
942.07.05.02 Free Stressing Length Protection
942.07.05.03 Free Stressing Length and Bond Length Transition
942.07.05.04 Coupler Protection
942.07.06 Construction of Anchor Holes
942.07.06.01 General
Check the relevant field activities outlined in OPSS 942 for the drilling of the
1 M 75%
anchors.
Check if the drill cuttings identify different soil deposits than anticipated in the
2 - Contract Documents. If so, contact the Foundations Engineer Specialist for 75%
review.

1 M Receive records of each anchor holes as specified. -
942.07.06.02 Waterproofing Anchor Holes
1 - Check that waterproofing is as specified in the Working Drawings. 75%
942.07.07 Anchor Installation
942.07.07.01 Inspection during Anchor Installation
Inspect the works listed in OPSS 942 and check that the Contractor’s
1 M 75%
Engineer is inspecting the listed works.
Check and record the timing delay from the end of drilling to the end of
2 - 50%
installing the anchor rods / wire strand bundle.
Monitor the Contractor’s progress for the soil and rock anchors. Summarize
any changes to the encountered subsurface conditions. Summarize any
1 - encountered field challenges that led into modifications / amendment to the -
Working Drawings by the Contractor’s Engineer. Forward the summary to
MTO Foundations Section.
942.07.08 Primary Grouting of Anchors
Check that grouting is as specified in the specification and as detailed on the

1 M 75%
Working Drawings.
1 M Receive records of each anchor as specified. -
942.07.09 Post-Grouting of Bond Length
1 M Check that post-grouting is according to the submissions. 75%

2 - Check that the Contractor is monitoring ground movement. 75%
Check if excessive ground movement is observed. Check that the grouting is
3 - 75%
terminated when excess movement is noticed.
Check the Contractor’s field procedures to rehabilitate the previously-failed
anchors. Check the Contractor’s method of measuring the grout mass used
3 - 75%
for the Post-Grouting the Bond Length and concur with the procedure for
payment.
Check the Contractor’s payment quantity for Post-grouting against the field
1 - -
observations.
Record the success of the rehabilitated anchors. Record the unacceptable
condition of the attempted rehabilitation and record the Contractor’s
2 - -
subsequent modification (replacement anchors). Check that this information
appears in the As-Built Drawings.
Receive notification from the Contractor prior to the commencement of post-
3 - -
grouting of both permanent and temporary anchors.
Receive a situation report when excess ground movement is observed, and
4 - -
the grouting is terminated.
942.07.10 Placing Cement Bentonite Slurry in the Free-Stressing Length
Check that the method of placing the cement bentonite slurry is as specified 75%
1 M
in the specification and the Working Drawings.
942.07.11 Installation of Anchorage
1 M Inspect and accept the anchors. 75%
942.07.12 Testing
942.07.12.01 General
Check that testing is carried out as specified in the specification and the
1 - 100%
Working Drawings.
Inspect and witness that the maximum anchor load shall not exceed 80% of
2 - 100%
the guaranteed maximum ultimate strength of the tendon.

Check that stressing does not commence until the grout has reached its
3 M 100%
28-Day strength.
Check that the Contractor’s Engineer witnesses the Pre-production and
4 - 100%
Production anchor testing.
942.07.12.02 Reaction System
Check that the reaction system is installed as detailed on the Working

1 - 100%
Drawings.
942.07.12.03 Reference System and Testing Equipment
Check that the layout of the reference system and testing equipment are as
1 - 100%
specified in the specification and the Working Drawings.
942.07.12.04 Reference System Enclosures
1 - Check and approve that suitable enclosures are constructed. 100%
942.07.12.05 Pre-Production Test Anchors
942.07.12.05.01 General
Check that Pre-production tests are conducted as specified in the

1 M 100%
specification and the Working Drawings.
Review and approve the results of the Pre-Production anchor testing

submitted by the Contractor’s Engineer that would lead into the CA’s approval
1 - -
to proceed into the Production anchors. Confirm with MTO if coordination
with the Foundations Engineer Specialist is required.

942.07.12.05.02 Pre-Production Test Procedures and Measurements
Check that Pre-production test procedures and measurements are as

1 - 100%
specified in the specification.
942.07.12.05.03 Removal of Pre-Production Test Anchors
Check that test anchors not approved to be incorporated into the work are
1 - 75%
removed as specified in the specification.
1 - Issue a written permission for the removal of test anchors. -
942.07.12.05.04 Request to Proceed and Notice to Proceed
Check all those activities listed in OPSS 942 that require a field presence to
1 - check that the Contractor is in general compliance with their submitted 50%
Working Drawings for the Pre-Production anchor stressing.
Anticipate when the Contractor will be submitting the Request to Proceed for -
the Production Anchors, and if necessary, notify the Foundations Engineer
1 -
Specialist about key field observations to attend prior to receiving the
Request to Proceed.
2 M Receive and review a Request to Proceed and issue a Notice to Proceed. -
942.07.12.06 Production Anchors
942.07.12.06.02 Proof Test - Permanent Anchors
Check that proof test is conducted as specified in the specification. Check all
those activities listed in OPSS 942 that require a field presence to Check that
1 M 75%
the Contractor is following their submitted Working Drawings for the
Production anchor stressing (both permanent and temporary anchors).

If necessary, for the site-specific conditions of the soil anchors, invite the
Foundations Engineer Specialist (FES) to attend field observations during the
2 - 75%
installation and testing program. Coordinate the review and inspection with
the FES.
Note if the results of the Proof Tests result in a change to the anchor design,
as revised by the Contractor’s Engineer. If there is a change or amendment,
1 - -
forward the amended design to the Foundations Engineer Specialist for a
review.
2 FES Review the Proof Tests result. -
942.07.12.06.03 Proof Test - Temporary Anchors
1 - Check that proof test is conducted as specified in the specification. 75%
942.07.12.06.04 Lock-Off Procedure
1 - Check that lock-off procedure is as specified in the specification. 75%
942.07.12.06.05 Lift-Off Tests
Check that a minimum of 3 lift-off tests are conducted at each site and that
1 - the lift-off tests shall not be performed until 48 hours has elapsed after 75%
transferring the lock-off load.
Check that the method of lift-off testing is as specified in the Working
2 - -
Drawings.
942.07.12.07 Acceptance Criteria
Check that anchors are acceptable based on the acceptance criteria

1 FES -
specified in the specification.

942.07.12.08 Unacceptable Stressing Results
Record all anchors that initially failed the stressing acceptance criteria. List
1 M those that were rehabilitated to an acceptable condition, and those that will 100%
be abandoned. Check the remediation field procedures.
Receive a proposal from the Contractor for the anchorages that do not meet
1 FES -
the acceptance criteria.
942.07.13.02 Quality of Grout Mixture
Receive early grout strength test results from the Contractor’s Engineer to
1 M -
demonstrate the time in which stressing can begin.
Check that the Quality Control test results and the interpretation by the
Contractor’s Engineer are included in a summary report that is included in the
2 M Certificate of Conformance. Verify that the Summary Report displays the -
field modifications / amendments to the anchors based on the feedback
results of the Quality Control Testing.
When applicable (depending on site-specific project conditions) as
FES
3 determined by MTO, forward the Quality Control test results to the FES and -
M
coordinate the review.
942.07.13.02.02 Testing for Bleeding
1 - Witness a trial batch mix and the grout testing for bleeding. 100%
1 - Receive the bleeding test results. -

942.07.13.03 Inspection after Anchor Installation
Schedule a field meeting to walk the site with the Contractor’s Engineer to
M agree upon those anchors that will be listed in the forthcoming Certificate of -
1 Conformance. Invite the Foundations Engineer Specialist.
FES Attend the field meeting.
-
M
Check that the Contractor’s Engineer inspects and verifies that the materials
1 - -
have been supplied and installed according to the Contract Documents.
Check that the Certificate of Conformance confirms that the anchors have
2 - been supplied, installed, and stressed in conformance with the Contract -
Documents requirements.
Check that the Certificate of Conformance is signed, dated and sealed by an
3 - -
Engineer.
Check the submission of the Certificate of Conformance for the Installation
stage. Verify the submission against the Contract Administrator’s field diary
notes. Submit to the Foundations Engineer Specialist for review. Verify a
- -
4 staged submission based on the segment wall or based on a grouping of
anchors that are within the same type of soil deposit along the bonded
lengths.
FES Review the Certificate of Conformance submission. -
Check the submission of the Certificate of Conformance for the Stressing
- Operations against the CA Field Notes. Submit to the Foundations Engineer -
5 Specialist for a review.
FES Check the Certificate of Conformance for the Stressing Operations. -
942.07.14 As-Built Drawings
Check that the Contractor’s surveyors record all the relevant items that
1 - 75%
should appear in the as-built drawings.
2 - Field Identify and record all anchors that are approved to be left in-place. 100%
1 - Check the submitted as-built drawings against the CA field notes. -

Check that the as-built drawings are dated and bear the seal and signature of
2 -
the Contractor’s Engineer.
Forward the approved final as-built drawings showing the permanent anchors
3 - -
to MTO Regional Structural Section.
942.09.01.01 Pre-Production Test Anchors and Production Anchors
Just prior to the anchor is lifted into position to insert in the hole, check the
1 - dimensions of the anchor lengths from the tip to the anchor plate. Note the 25%
groupings of lengths and their distribution over the vertical wall.
Record those anchors requiring Post-grouting of the Bond Length and check
2 - the grouting operation. Check the Contractor’s method of measuring the 50%
grout volume and mass.
Compare the field observations of the anchor lengths to the monthly progress
1 - -
payments.
Compare the field observations of the anchor lengths to the monthly progress
3 - -
payments.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 942, Construction Specification for Prestressed Soil and Rock
Anchors.


Glass Fibre Reinforced Polymer (GFRP) Reinforcing Bar
1.0 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the fabrication
and placing of all glass fibre reinforced polymer (GFRP) internal reinforcement for concrete
structures as specified in SSP 999S02, October 2021.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 999S02 Construction Requirements for Glass Fibre Reinforced Polymer (GFRP)
Reinforcing Bar
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-441 GFRP Bar Sample Identification

3.0 DEFINITIONS
4.01 Design Requirements
As specified in SSP 999S02.

4.02.01 GFRP Quality Control Report
Receive a GFRP quality control report for all materials prior to receiving a
1 - Request to Proceed (PH-CC-701) with placing any GFRP reinforcement in -
the Work.
Check that GFRP Quality Control Reports meet the requirements of the
2 - Contract Documents prior to issuing a Notice to Proceed (PH-CC-702) with -
placing any GFRP reinforcement in the Work.
4.02.02 Working Drawings
At least 7 Days prior to the delivery of the GFRP reinforcement, receive the
1 - GFRP working drawings and supporting information and Check they meet the -
2 - Submit a copy of the working drawings to the regional Structural Section. -
5.0 MATERIALS
5.01 GFRP Bar Supplier
Check the GFRP supplier is listed on the ministry’s DSM list #9.65.90 and
1 - check the supplier is listed for the bar sizes and products required in the -
working drawings, e.g., straight, bent or headed bars.
5.03 GFRP Bar Identification
Check bars are stamped and verify the correct grade, type, and size of GFRP
bars has been supplied from one of the fabricators listed on the Designated
1 - 100%
Source of Materials List. The Bill of Lading for the GFRP shall also show the
name and location of the fabricator.
Check that the size, grade and type of GFRP shown on the Quality Control
2 - Report is the same as shown on the tags, and both are consistent with the 100%
material supplied.

5.03.01 Bent and Anchor Headed Bars
grade, type, and size of GFRP bars has been supplied from one of the
1 - 100%
fabricators listed on the Designated Source of Materials List. The Bill of
Lading for the GFRP shall also show the name and location of the fabricator.
2 - Report is the same as shown on the tags, and both are consistent with the 100%
material supplied.
5.03.01.01 Bent and Anchor Headed Bar Tags
grade, type, and size of GFRP bars has been supplied from one of the
1 - 100%
fabricators listed on the Designated Source of Materials List. The Bill of
Lading for the GFRP shall also show the name and location of the fabricator.
2 - Report, is the same as shown on the tags, and both are consistent with the 100%
material supplied.
For record keeping purposes, take a few tags as they are discarded during
3 - 25%
installation.
5.03.01.02 Paint Marking
Check paint colours when identified in the GFRP quality control reports and
that they are consistent between the quality control report and bars. (Paint
1 - -
markings may be used on bent bars in lieu of the production stamping
required in subsection 5.03.)
5.04 Associated Hardware
Verify only hardware, including spacers and support devices, approved by

1 - MTO, are used with GFRP reinforcement and the hardware is as specified in -

5.05 GFRP Workmanship and Finish
Check that GFRP bars meet the requirements of the Contract Documents
1 - and the Guidelines for Inspection and Acceptance of Glass Fibre Reinforced 100%
Polymer (GFRP) Reinforcing Bars.
7.0 CONSTRUCTION
7.01 Delivery, Handling, Storage, and Protection of GFRP Bars
Receive a Request to Proceed (PH-CC-701) upon completion of fabrication

1 - -
of the GFRP and prior to placing of any GFRP in the Work.
Check the notice to proceed is specific as to which quality control reports
were verified and includes reference to unique quality control report
identifiers, as well as Production Lot and Sublot numbers, bar sizes, and
2 - -
other information, such as date of issue, dates of production and complete or
interim report status, and quantity of material in the Production Lot and
Sublot, where necessary for clarity.
Issue a Notice to Proceed (PH-CC-702) prior to the placing of any GFRP in
3 - -
the Work.
Check means of preventing movement of bars from concreting operations
4 - -
prior to providing approval.
Check that the Contractor has a plan to protect partially embedded GFRP
5 - bars from contamination or splatter from concreting operations consistent -
with the specification..
Review the Guidelines for Inspection and Acceptance of Glass Fibre

1 - 100%
Reinforced Polymer (GFRP) Reinforcing Bars.
Check that bars are lifted, transported and stored according to the Contract
2 - 25%
Documents.
Check that bars are stored separately from reinforcing steel bars and have
3 - 25%
adequate protection from contamination or damage.
Verify that dragged, dropped or impacted bars are marked as rejectable,
4 - 100%
removed and disposed of.
5 - Check that bars are covered with adequate protection during storage. 25%

Check that bars are protected with adequate covering or wrapping from
6 - 100%
damage or contamination by nearby construction operations.
7.02 Placing of the GFRP
Receive a Request to Proceed (PH-CC-701) upon completion of the placing -

1 -
of the GFRP and prior to the next operation.
2 - Issue a Notice to Proceed (PH-CC-702) prior to the next operation. -
Witness and Check the placement of GFRP reinforcement throughout the

1 M installation process. Verify the bar spacing and ties are maintained according 50%
7.03 Surface Condition
Check that bars are free of mud, oil, concrete or other contaminants, and
1 - surface finish defects that adversely affect bond strength or other properties 100%
at the time the concrete is placed.
Check the Contractor is taking appropriate measures to protect bars from
contamination caused by concrete splatter during adjacent concrete
placement.
2 - 100%
Verify that any concrete contamination is removed immediately while the
concrete is still plastic and without damaging the bars. Do not permit striking
of bars to removed hardened concrete contamination.
7.04 Cutting
Check that the cutting of GFRP reinforcing bars is not carried out before a
1 - -
written permission is issued by the Contract Administrator.
2 - Check if the GFRP reinforcing bar manufacturer requires sealing of cut ends. -
3 - Check that bent bars are not field cut. -

Check the equipment used for field cutting of bars meets the requirements of
1 - 25%
the Contract Documents. Verify cut bars are not burned, split or frayed.
7.05 Bending
1 - Check there is no on-site bending of GFRP reinforcing bars. -
7.06 GFRP Reinforcing Bar Defects, Deficiencies and Damage
Reject bars which do not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents
1 - -
and Check rejected bars are not incorporated into the work.
Check bars for defects and deficiencies in accordance with the Contract
1 - Documents and the Guidelines for Inspection and Acceptance of Glass Fibre 50%
Reinforced Polymer (GFRP) Reinforcing Bars.
7.06.01 Repair of GFRP Reinforcing Bar Defects, Deficiencies and Damage
1 - Check with the Structural Engineer for appropriate lap lengths of splice bars. -
1 - Check that lap splices are appropriate for each repair. 100%
7.07.02 Production Lot Size
7.07.02.01 Straight Bars
Check Quality Control Report lot sizes meet the requirements of the Contract
1 - -
Documents.

7.07.02.02 Bent Bars and Anchor Headed Bars
Check Quality Control Report lot sizes meet the requirements of the Contract
1 - -
Documents.
Check that the straight bar portion of anchor headed bars are made of one
2 - -
production lot.
7.07.03 Number of Samples
Check the number of samples in the Quality Control Report meets the
1 - -
7.07.04 Determination of Properties
Check the Quality Control Report tests meet the requirements of the Contract
1 - -
Documents.
8.01 General
1 - Accept GFRP according to the requirements of the Contract Documents. -
8.02 Sampling
Randomly select 5 samples for quality assurance testing from each sublot in
accordance with the Contract Documents. Do not use bar bundles marked
as “sample” from the supplier as the random samples.
1 - -
Complete PH-CC-441 and include a copy with the samples. Record the
designated bar diameter from Table 3 of the specification, not the measured
bar diameter.

8.03 Testing
Confirm the number and length of samples for each sublot and notify MTO. -
1 -
Verify which quality assurance tests the Owner will perform on samples.
2 - Provide test results to the Contractor as they become available. -
8.04 Defects or Deficiencies
8.04.01 Test Results
Reject sublots which fail to meet the requirements of the Contract

1 - -
Documents.
8.04.02 Visual & Dimensional
Reject individual GFRP bars which do not meet the specified finishing,
1 - surface conditions, or dimensional tolerances in accordance with the Contract -
Documents.
10.01 Glass Fibre Reinforced Polymer Reinforcing Bar - Item
1 - Measurement of payment shall be as specified. -
WARRANT: Always with SSP 999S02, Construction Requirements for Glass Fibre Reinforced
Polymer (GFRP) Reinforcing Bar.


Installation of Metallic Dowels Into Concrete
1.0 SCOPE
metallic dowels into concrete as specified in SSP 999F29, March 2018.
2.0 REFERENCES
SSP 999F29 Construction Requirements for Installation of Metallic Dowels Into Concrete

3.0 DEFINITIONS
Administer submissions for the certification of the manufacturer of metallic

1 - -
dowels are as specified in CAIS 905.
Review equipment calibration documentation and check that calibration test
2 - -
data is not more than 12 months old.
3 M -

5.0 MATERIALS
5.01 Dowels
1 - Check that dowels are new, clean, and free of deleterious material. 50%
Check that the dowels specified in the Contract Documents are as specified
1 - -
in OPSS 1440.
5.02 Dowel Adhesive
Check that the dowel adhesive material is listed on the MTO Designated
1 - -
Source for Materials and is suitable for the application.
6.0 EQUIPMENT – NOT USED
7.0 CONSTRUCTION
7.01 Dowels in Concrete
Check that the Contractor marks out the dowel hole locations and completes
1 - 50%
the covermeter or bar finder survey prior to drilling of any holes.
Check that dowel holes are drilled at the correct locations and to the required
2 - 50%
dimensions and depth according to the Contract Documents.
Check that holes that are started but not completed are cleaned and filled
3 - with a proprietary patching material from MTO Proprietary Patching Materials 50%
list.
4 - Check that drilling of holes is completed as specified in SSP 999F29. 50%
Check that the number and location of installed dowels is according to the
5 - 50%
Contract Documents.
Schedule dowel pull testing with the independent laboratory and check that
6 - the testing is completed within 5 Business Days of the Contractor’s notice 50%
that the lot is ready for testing.

7.02 Inspection for Dowel Installation
Receive the Request to Proceed form after the installation of all metallic
1 - -
dowels in a stage and prior to placement of concrete.
Issue the “Notice to Proceed” form if all the requirements of the Contract
2 - -
Documents are met.
8.01 General
Check that the installed dowels are conforming to the visual acceptance
1 - 100%
criteria and pull testing criteria as specified in SSP 999F29.
Select the location for Proof of Process Installation when in-situ testing
2 - 100%
cannot be done.
8.02 Visual Acceptance Criteria
Check that completed dowel installations are properly positioned according to

1 - the Contract Documents and are free of damage to the dowel or dowel 100%
coating.
8.03 Pull Testing Criteria
8.03.01 General
Check that the pull testing is carried out according to the Pull Test Guide for
1 - 100%
Testing of Metallic Dowels, of Uncoated, Coated or Stainless Steel.
8.03.02 Dowel Load Duration Time
8.03.02.01 Dowels Embedded Less than or Equal to 200 mm
Review that the dowels with embedded depth of less than or equal to
1 - -
200 mm are as specified in SSP 999F29.

8.03.02.02 Dowels Embedded Greater Than 200 mm
Review that the dowels with embedded depth greater than 200 mm are as
1 - -
specified in SSP 999F29.
8.03.03 Lot Size - In-Situ Testing Only
Check that a lot does not consist of more than 200 dowels of the same type
1 - in a single stage. Where a single stage is less than 200 dowels of the same -
type the lot shall be the single stage.
8.03.04 In-Situ Pull Test Requirements
Select 10 random dowels in each lot for testing. If 2 or more dowels fail,
1 - 100%
conduct additional pull testing on 20 dowels in the lot.
2 - Review the in-situ pull test results as specified in SSP 999F29. 100%
8.03.04.01 Replacement of Failed Dowels
Check that failed dowels are replaced by the Contractor as specified in

1 - 100%
SSP 999F29.
8.03.05 Proof of Process Installation
Review the proof of process installation procedure as specified in

1 - -
SSP 999F29.
Select the location for proof of process installation in another area of the
1 M same structural element, or in another comparable structural element, if the 100%
proof of process installation is carried out.
Check that five dowels are collected for each dowel type and for each proof
2 - 100%
of process installation as specified in SSP 999F29.

Check that the dowels are installed in the work according to the Contract
3 - 100%
Documents.
WARRANT: Always with SSP 999F29, Construction Requirements for Installation of Metallic
Dowels Into Concrete.


Precast Concrete Bridge Elements (Non-Prestressed and Prestressed)
1.0 SCOPE
bridge elements (non-prestressed and prestressed) as specified in SSP 999S31, March 2018.
2.0 REFERENCES
OPSS 910 Stressing Systems for Post Tensioning
SSP 999S31 Requirements for Precast Concrete Bridge Elements (Non-Prestressed and
Prestressed)

CAIS 1302 Water
CAIS 1350 Material Specification for Concrete - Materials and Production
MTO Forms:

3.0 DEFINITIONS

4.01 Design Requirements
1 - Check that any design is as per CSA-S6 and the MTO’s Structural Manual. -
4.02.01 Working Drawings
1 M and contain the information specified in SSP 999S31 and the Contract -
Documents.
Verify that three sets of fabrication Working Drawings including supporting
documents are submitted at least 7 Days prior to commencement of
2 M -
fabrication of the elements, or 5 weeks when other authorities are involved in
the approval of the design or construction.
3 M -
and contain the information listed in the Contract Documents.
4 M -
5 M -
4.02.02 Concrete Mix Design
Check that the concrete mix design submission contains the information
required by the Contract Documents. Obtain Form A portion of the concrete
mix design along with any supporting documentation at least 7 Days prior to
1 M -
placement of concrete and review it to determine that it meets the contract
requirements. Check that all materials are from approved lists and meet the
Check that the MTO Quality Assurance Section has received Form B portion
2 M of the concrete mix design from the concrete supplier prior to placement of -
concrete.

4.02.03 Concrete Plant Certification
1 M Receive precast plant’s certificates with the concrete mix design submission. -
Verify that the precast and pre-stressed elements are fabricated at a precast
plant certified according to SSP 999S31 Clause 7.01.02. If concrete will be
2 M -
supplied by a ready-mixed concrete supplier check that documentation has
been submitted verifying that the plant is certified by RMCAO.
4.02.04 Control of Concrete Temperature
Receive the concrete temperature control plan one week prior to the
1 M -
commencement of fabrication of the precast element.
Check the temperature dataloggers prior to use on the contract, to verify
2 M thermocouple function, readings and that it can provide unalterable records -
during the recording period.
Provide written notification to the Contractor that the temperature monitoring
3 M -
and recording system is deemed acceptable to the MTO.
4.02.05 Manufacturer’s Certificate of Conformance and Precast Report

1 M precast report for each shipment of prestressed / precast elements at least 5 -
Business Days prior to shipping from the precast plant.
2 M -
the prestressed / precast element to the site.
Check that the prestressed / precast element is fabricated according to the
4 M -
Contract Documents, prior to delivery to the site.
5 M -
Check that precast and prestressed elements with defects and deficiencies
6 M causing rejection according to the Contract Documents, are not included in -
the Work.
Issue a Notice to Proceed, in a timely manner, and prior to delivering the pre-
7 M
stressed / precast elements to the site.

Administrative Activities: Activities related to coordination with MTO’s Centralized Precast Retainer

retainer inspector:
1 M · Shop drawings of elements. -
2 - -
Contract.
3 M -
5.0 MATERIALS
Check that concrete and all other materials are as specified in SSP 999S31
1 - -
Check if self-consolidating concrete is proposed to be used and notify MTO’s
2 - -
Quality Assurance section for acceptance.
Verify the concrete sealers, if used, are from the Owner’s list of acceptable
3 - -
sealers.
Check that the post-tensioning material, including grout, is according to
4 - -
OPSS 910.
Verify proprietary patching materials are from the Owner’s Proprietary
5 - -
Patching Materials list.
6.0 EQUIPMENT
1 - Check that the post-tensioning equipment is according to OPSS 910. 100%
Check that the temperature monitoring and recording system is as specified

1 - -
in SSP 999S31 Subsection 6.03.

2 - Check that all other equipment is according to SSP 999S31 Section 6.0. -
7.0 CONSTRUCTION
7.01 Fabrication
7.01.01 General
1 - Check each element’s identification number and casting date. 100%

1 - -
7.02 Delivery

1 - -
to delivery of the element.
2 - Check the delivery is as specified in SSP 999S31 Subsection 7.02. -
7.03 Installation
Check that the Workings Drawings meeting the requirements of the Contract
1 M Documents are on site and are being followed during installation of the 100%
precast and pre-stressed elements.
Check that precast and prestressed elements with defects and deficiencies
2 M causing rejection according to the Contract Documents, are not included in 100%
the Work.
Check that the installation of the precast elements meets the requirements of
3 M 100%
4 M Check that the elements have been properly braced after the installation. 100%

1 - -
to the commencement of field installation operations.

2 - regarding the certification by an Ontario Land Surveyor or Engineer for grade -
7.04 Inspection after the Installation of the Elements
1 M -
installation of all elements for each structure within a construction stage.
7.05 Repair of Defects and Deficiencies Repairable by Standard Methods
1 - defects or deficiencies listed in SSP 999S31 Table 2 is located in the same -
area in the element.
Contractor.
5 - -
the precast and pre-stressed elements shall be rejected and replaced by the
Contractor.
7.06 Material Sampling for Acceptance Testing
Sample steel reinforcement according to CAIS 905; water, admixtures and

1 - 100%
cementing materials according to CAIS 1350, when requested by the Owner.
Receive submission from the Contractor, a list of elements and their
2 M 100%
After all the precast elements in the lot have been fabricated, randomly select
one element from each lot for acceptance testing, and randomly select a
3 M 100%
location for core removal within that precast element. Advise the Contractor
which element is to be cored and the coring location.

precast plant) for each lot (note: One precast element in each lot is to be
cored at an age of 7 to 10 days, to remove 6 cores, for air void system, rapid
4 M 100%
chloride permeability and compressive strength testing respectively. Coring
may take place at the job site or at the precast plant, wherever the precast
element is at 7 to 10 days of age).
5 M Check that cores do not contain reinforcement or other embedded material. 100%
Check that cores are as specified.
7 M 100%
possession of the cores and deliver them to the designated laboratory for
testing by the MTO.

1 - -
Documents.
After delivery and prior to installation, Check for any surface defects not
1 M repaired adequately or dimensional measurements not appearing within 100%
tolerance.
2 M 100%
from the same precast element from which the disputed acceptance cores
were obtained.
After delivery and prior to installation, check that the referee core is properly
3 M labelled. Take possession of the core and deliver it to the referee laboratory 100%
designated by MTO.
Conduct a visual inspection to assess surface finish and the acceptability of
4 M 100%
repairs.
After delivery and prior to installation, randomly select a minimum of two
precast elements from each lot for verification of concrete cover and
5 M dimensional measurements. If the concrete cover measurements of any of 100%
the precast elements measured does not meet the tolerances of the Contract
Documents, inform MTO immediately.

6 M Check that core holes are repaired in accordance to the Contract Documents. 100%
1 M -
2 M -
Check the lot size based on the production rate prior to commencing
3 - -
production as per SSP 999S31.
Identify which elements make up each lot (as defined in the Contract
4 - -
Documents).
Verify that elements with defects and deficiencies causing rejections as
5 - -
specified in SSP 999S31 Subsection 08.09 are rejected and replaced.
WARRANT: Always with SSP 999S31, Construction Requirements for Precast Concrete Bridge
Elements (Non-Prestressed and Prestressed).


Aggregates - General
1001.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for aggregates and
provides for the use of reclaimed asphalt pavement and reclaimed concrete material as specified in
1001.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1001 Aggregates - General
1001.03 DEFINITIONS
Receive information in writing of each intended aggregate source, prior to its

use in the Work. Request test results, either individual or mean values, which
1 - -
demonstrate conformance of the material with the requirements of the
appropriate specification.
1001.04.02 Report for Aggregates Produced from Mine By-Product Rock
If an aggregate produced from mine by-product rock is being proposed for

use, then receive within the specified time period, the Mine By-Product Rock
1 - -
Aggregate Assessment Report (MRAAR), signed by an Engineer or a
licensed Professional Geoscientist (P.Geo.).
Receive and review if relevant qualifications and past project experience of
2 - -
the Engineer or P.Geo. are acceptable to the Owner.

Check if sampling, testing and analysis for the MRAAR meet specified
3 - -
requirements.
Determine, in consultation with the Owner, if additional sampling and testing
4 - -
during construction are required.
Receive within the specified time period, an Aggregate Management Plan
5 - detailing contractor’s plan to maintain acceptability of aggregates during the -
production for the Contract.
Ensure that the Contractor is notified within the specified time period about
6 - -
acceptance or rejection of the mine by-product rock.
1001.07 PRODUCTION
1001.07.01 Stripping of Aggregate Source
Prior to excavation for aggregate production, the area to be worked shall be

1 - 25%
cleared to meet specified requirements.
2 - Check that contamination of the aggregate source working face is prevented. 25%
1001.07.02 Processing
1001.07.02.01 General
Check that materials with free water shall be stored to allow all free water to
1 - 25%
drain and achieve uniform moisture content.
1001.07.02.02 Washing
Check that washing be done according to specified requirements. Truck or

1 - 25%
mixer washing and other similar methods shall not be permitted.
1001.07.02.02 Stockpiling
1 - Check that Stockpile sites meet the specified requirements. 25%

2 - Check that stockpiles shall be separated to prevent intermixing. 25%
Check that the foundation or surface, on which a stockpile is constructed,
3 - 25%
shall meet the specified requirements.

1001.08.01 General
1 M Check if the source of aggregates is listed on the ASL. -

Check, in consultation with the Owner, the demonstrated past field
2 - -
performance of the aggregates.
When applicable, review aggregate reappraisal by the Contractor and provide
3 - -
approval if the reappraisal proves the source to be satisfactory.
1001.08.02 Sampling
1001.08.02.01 General
Ensure QA samples are obtained, handled and stored as specified in the

1 - -
Contract Documents.
1001.08.02 Testing
1001.08.02.01 General
1 - Check that the most recent published test method be used. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1001, Material Specification for Aggregates - General.


Aggregates - Concrete
1002.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for aggregates for
use in concrete as specified in OPSS 1002, April 2018 and SSP 110S17, January 2020.
1002.02 REFERENCES
SSP 110S17 Amendment to OPSS 1002, April 2018 - Concrete Aggregates
CAIS 100 MTO Construction Administration General Conditions (CAGC)

MTO Forms:
1002.03 DEFINITIONS
1002.05 MATERIALS
1002.05.01 General
1 M Check if the source of aggregates is listed on CASL. -

When applicable, review aggregate reappraisal by the Contractor and provide -
2 -
Check, in consultation with the Owner, the demonstrated past field -
3 -
performance of aggregates in hydraulic cement concrete.
1002.05.02 Fine Aggregate
1002.05.02.02 Grading Requirements
1 - Determine if special grading can be allowed. -

Check if fineness modulus of fine aggregate from the accepted Form A of the
2 M -
corresponding concrete item meets the specified requirement.
1002.05.02.03 Mineral Filler
1 - Check Mineral fillers as specified when used in self-consolidating concrete. -
1002.05.02.04 Physical Property Requirements
1 - Determine which physical property requirements are applicable. -

2 - Determine which physical property requirements can be waived. -
1002.05.03 Coarse Aggregate
1002.05.03.01 Grading Requirements
Check, from the corresponding Form A, if the nominal maximum aggregate

1 - size of the aggregate meets the specified requirement for the thickness of the -
application.
For concrete pavement and concrete base, check the following:
2 - · Acceptance shall be based on combined grading requirements. -
· The grading bands for 19 mm and 37.5 mm are for general guideline only.

1002.05.03.02 Physical Property Requirements

2 - Determine which physical property requirements are waived. -
1002.06 EQUIPMENT- Not Used
1002.07 PRODUCTION
1002.07.01 Aggregate Processing, Handling, and Stockpiling
1 - Check if stockpiles are separate as specified. -

2 M Check the location of the stockpiles as specified. -
When blended fine or coarse aggregates are to be used in the Work, verify if
proportions of the aggregate components are provided, or if a stockpile of
3 M -
blended coarse aggregates and/or blended fine aggregates is provided for
sampling.
1002.08.02 Alternative to LS-614
If applicable, receive notification prior to sampling, to replace LS-614 with

1 - -
LS-606 for acceptance.
2 - If applicable, administer charge as specified. -
1002.08.03 Special Grading for Fine Aggregate
If applicable, receive written request as specified, prior to samples being

1 - taken for QA purposes, to use a fine aggregate with a grading that falls -
outside the specified limits.
1002.08.04 Sampling
1 M Monitor QA sampling carried out by the Contractor. 100%

Check that the required QA samples are taken as specified and delivered to
the appropriate laboratories.
· Check that duplicate QA samples per lot be taken for testing of physical
2 M 100%
properties as specified.
· Check that duplicate QA samples per sublot of the gradation lot be taken
for testing of gradation as specified.
3 M Check if the mass of each QA sample meets the specified requirements. 100%
1 M Establish lots for sampling and testing of physical properties as specified. -

Establish separate sets of lots for sampling and testing of gradation.
2 M · Check that each of the gradation lots be divided into two sublots as -
specified.
Seal each sample container or tag each QA bag at the time and place of
3 M -
sampling.
1 M -
gradation and physical property acceptance requirements.
2 M -

1 M gradation and physical properties as specified in CAIS 100, MTO 100%
Construction Administration General Conditions (CAGC).
1 M Check that a request to invoke referee testing is received as specified. -
1002.09 OWNER PURCHASE OF MATERIAL - Not used
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1002, Material Specification for Aggregates - Concrete.


Aggregates - Hot Mix Asphalt
1003.01 SCOPE
use in hot mix asphalt (HMA) as specified in OPSS 1003, November 2017 and SSP 110S18,
January 2020.
1003.02 REFERENCES
SSP 110S18 Amendment to OPSS 1003, November 2017 - Physical Property Requirements for
Aggregates Extracted from HMA
CAIS 100 MTO Contract Administration General Conditions (CAGC)

1003.03 DEFINITIONS
1003.05 MATERIALS
1003.05.01 General

1 - -

Check that the need for, type of and application of anti-stripping additive shall
2 M -
be as specified.
Check that coarse aggregates for SP12.5FC1, coarse and fine aggregates for
3 M 12.5FC2 and SMA shall be supplied from appropriate DSM #3.05.25 sources -
as specified.
4 M Check that filler shall meet the specified requirements. -
1003.06 EQUIPMENT- Not Used
1003.07 PRODUCTION
1 - Check if stockpiles are separated as specified. 25%

Check whether aggregates contain foreign material, or are mixed with
2 - aggregates from other stockpiles. If contaminated or mixed, the aggregates 25%
shall not be used.
3 - Approve a suitable stockpile location. 25%
1003.08.01 General
Determine if QA testing needs to be carried out the consensus property -

1 -
requirements, e.g., aggregates that are not from DSM #3.05.25.
Check that QA testing be done on blended samples as specified, unless -
2 M
otherwise noted.
Determine if the requirements for LS-601 can be waived, due to removal of -
3 -
anti-stripping additive prior to testing.
Check if written notification is received prior to sampling of the applicable

1 - -
materials for QA purposes, to replace LS-614 with LS-606 for acceptance.

1003.08.03 Sampling

2 M 100%
Determine if the aggregate samples described in part e) of the Sampling

section of the specification can be taken during the same HMA production
1 - -
shift represented by the duplicate sample listed in part d) of the Sampling
section of the specification.
Determine if a third sample, in addition to the duplicate samples taken for QA
2 - purposes, should be taken for Superpave 12.5FC 1, Superpave 12.5FC 2, -
SMA 9.5, and SMA 12.5 aggregates at the time the QA samples are taken.
During the production of each lot of SMA surface course mix, determine if
3 - random samples of both the mineral filler and the baghouse fines should also -
be taken.
4 M Establish lots for sampling and testing as specified. -
1003.08.04 Sampling
1003.08.04.01 Sample Size
1003.08.04.02 Stockpile Method
1 - Determine suitable size of a stockpile. 25%

2 - Check that QA sampling from stockpile shall be according to LS-625. 100%
1 M Review test results to verify compliance as specified. -

Notify the Contractor of acceptance at full price, at a reduced price, or
2 M -
rejected lot.

Perform the referee testing process as specified in CAIS 100, MTO Contract 100%
1 M
Administration General Conditions (CAGC).
1 M Check that a written request to invoke referee testing is received as specified. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1003, Material Specification for Aggregates - Hot Mix Asphalt.


Aggregates - Miscellaneous
1004.01 SCOPE
use as clear stone, granular sheeting, gabion stone, mortar sand, rip-rap, rock protection, truck
arrester bed aggregate and winter sand as specified in OPSS 1004, November 2012 and
SSP 110S16, May 2017.
1004.02 REFERENCES
SSP 110S16 Amendment to OPSS 1004, November 2012 - Quality Assurance Sampling

CAIS 102 Weighing of Materials
MTO Forms:
1004.03 DEFINITIONS

1004.05 MATERIALS
1004.05.01 General

1 - -
Check that MTO is consulted for acceptance or rejection of material based on
2 - -
field performance.
1004.05.04 Mortar Sand
1 - Determine if materials other than natural sand can be used in mortar sand. -
Consult with regional QA.
1004.07 PRODUCTION
1 - Check if stockpiles are separated as specified 25%

shall not be used.
1004.08.01 General
1 - Determine if mortar sand needs to be sampled and tested. -
1004.08.01.01 Gabion Stone, Rip-Rap and Rock Protection
Check if the material is from DSM 3.05.25, QA testing for physical

1 - -
requirements in Table 7 of OPSS 1004 shall be waived.

Check that regional QA is consulted for acceptance of the physical properties
in Table 7 of OPSS 1004 based on prior data within 12 months of the material
2 - -
being used in an MTO contract and satisfactory field performance as
specified.
1004.08.02 Sampling
Monitor sampling carried out by the Contractor. Check that QA sample shall
be taken as a discrete sample and not combined or blended with any other
1 M 100%
sample. When material contains blended or reclaimed aggregates or both,
QA sampling shall be performed on the final blended product.
2 M 100%
1 M Determine the time and location of sampling. -

Seal each QA sample container or tag each QA bag at the time and place of
3 M -
sampling.
1004.08.03 Testing and Retention of Samples
1 - Ensure that the QA laboratory retain sealed samples for referee testing. -
1004.08.03.01 Winter Sand
Inspect stockpile to determine the presence of oversize material, which may

1 - 25%
be confirmed with a 9.5 mm sieve.
1004.08.03.02 Gabion Stone, Rip-Rap and Rock Protection
Carry out the QA testing at the Working Area for gradation requirements, with
1 M appropriate measuring tools and weigh machines (meeting CAIS 102) of a 100%
sufficient capacity, as specified.

Check that QA testing be performed by a designated QA laboratory for the

physical properties, if the material is not from DSM 3.05.25 and there is no
1 M -
prior accepted data within 12 months as specified above. Otherwise,
administer as per clause 1004.08.01.01 above.
Check that LS-602 be performed for acceptance of winter sand, in addition to

1 M -
visual inspection of the stockpile for oversize material.
Notify the Contractor within the specified time period if the material
3 M -
represented by the test result is not acceptable.

1 M specified in CAIS 100, MTO Contract Administration General Conditions 100%
(CAGC).
Perform the referee testing for gradation requirements for Gabion Stone, Rip-
Rap and Rock Protection at the Working Area, with appropriate measuring
2 M tools and weigh machines (meeting CAIS 102) of a sufficient capacity, as 100%
specified. Consider carrying out the referee testing directly after the QA
testing.
1004.09 OWNER PURCHASE OF MATERIAL - Not Used
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1004, Material Specification for Aggregates - Miscellaneous.


Aggregates - Waterbody
1005.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for aggregate
materials placed in waterbodies as specified in OPSS 1005, November 2019.
1005.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1005 Aggregates - Waterbody

CAIS 102 Weighing of Materials
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-112 Waterbody Materials Worksheet

1005.03 DEFINITIONS
1005.05 MATERIALS
1005.05.01 General
Check waterbody materials for the WB-100 and smaller gradation bands,
1 - consist of naturally-formed, rounded or sub-rounded materials obtained from 100%
pit sources.

Conduct inspection looking for any visible contamination of waterbody
2 - material stockpiles, including WB-100 and larger cobbles and medium/large 100%
boulders.
1005.07 PRODUCTION - Not Available
1005.08.02 General
Check that if the waterbody material is from DSM 3.05.25 or CASL, the
1 - requirements of ASTM D 6473, LS-604, LS-618 and LS-619 in Table 1 of -
OPSS 1005 shall be waived.
Check that regional QA is consulted for acceptance of physical properties
(ASTM D 6473, LS-604, LS-618 and LS-619) based on prior data within
2 - -
12 months of the waterbody material being used in an MTO contract and
satisfactory field performance as specified.
1005.08.02 Sampling
1 M Monitor sampling carried out by the Contractor. 100%

2 M 100%
Check if minimum sample sizes for each waterbody material type, up to the
4 M WB-350 gradation, meet the requirements specified in Table 5 of 100%
OPSS 1005.
1 M Determine the time and location of sampling. -

Seal each QA sample container or tag each QA bag at the time and place of
3 M -
sampling.
Determine a location for sampling and randomly choosing waterbody
materials, as specified in Tables 3 and 4 of OPSS 1005, for on site mass
4 M -
gradation measurements and dimensional measurements which should be
recorded using Owner standard form PH-CC-112.

Ensure duplicate sawed portions of individual boulders for ASTM 6473 testing
of WB-350 and larger waterbody materials are obtained at the Working Area
or the source as specified, unless the waterbody material is from
5 M -
DSM 3.05.25 or CASL. Duplicate sawed portions of individual boulders are
not required, provided that the Contractor notification to use LS-604, as
specified in Note 2 of Table 1, was received.
1005.08.03 Testing and Retention of Samples
Carry out QA testing at the Working Area or the source for WB-100 and
larger, with appropriate measuring tools and weigh machines (meeting
1 M CAIS 102) of a sufficient capacity, according to Table 3 and 4 of OPSS 1005, 100%
as specified. The measurements of mass gradation and of dimensions shall
be performed regardless.
Check that QA testing be performed by a designated QA laboratory for

waterbody materials according to Tables 1 and 2 of OPSS 1005. Gradation
test shall be performed regardless. Testing of physical properties shall be
1 M -
performed, if the waterbody material is not from DSM 3.05.25 or CASL and
there is no prior accepted data within 12 months as specified above.
Otherwise, administer as per subsection 1005.08.02, General above.
Verify that the QA laboratory retain sealed samples for referee testing.
2. - samples include samples for testing of physical properties and LS-602 -
gradation.
Review test results to verify compliance with the applicable gradation and
1 M -
physical property requirements as specified.
Notify the Contractor within the specified time period if the material
2 M -
represented by the test result is not acceptable.

(CAGC).

Carry out referee testing at the Working Area or the source for WB-100 and
larger, with appropriate measuring tools and weigh machines (meeting
2 M CAIS 102) of a sufficient capacity, according to Table 3 and 4 of OPSS 1005, 100%
as specified. Consider carrying out the referee testing directly after the QA
testing.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1005, Material Specification for Aggregates - Waterbody.


Aggregates - Surface Treatment
1006.01 SCOPE
use in surface treatment as specified in OPSS 1006, April 2017 and SSP 110S05, February 2019.
1006.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1006 Aggregates - Surface Treatment
SSP 110S05 Amendment to OPSS 1006, April 2017 - Additional Requirements

MTO Forms:

PH-C-110 Surface Treatment Aggregates - Gradation, Computation, Acceptance & Payment
Adjustment Sheets
1006.03 DEFINITIONS

1006.05 MATERIALS
Check that MTO is consulted for acceptance or reject of material based on

1 - -
field performance.
2 - -
1006.07 PRODUCTION
1 - Check if stockpiles are separated as specified. 25%

shall not be used.
1006.08.01 General
Determine if the requirements for LS-601 can be waived, due to removal of

1 - -
anti-stripping additive prior to testing.
Check if written notification is received prior to sampling of the applicable

1 - -
materials for QA purposes, to replace LS-614 with LS-606 for acceptance.

1006.08.03 Sampling
1 - Determine if the size of a stockpile is acceptable as specified. 25%

the appropriate laboratories. If applicable, ensure test samples for physical
3 M 100%
property requirements are taken prior to the addition of the hydrated lime
anti-stripping agent.
1 M Check that aggregates be available for sampling a minimum of 3 weeks prior -

to the time of intended use.
3 M Seal each QA sample container or tag each QA bag at the time and place of -
sampling.
Review test results from the QA laboratory for acceptance of physical

1 M -
property and production property requirements as specified.
2 M -
rejected lot.
1006.08.04.02 Acceptance of Production Properties Based on LS-602 and LS-607
Compute all lot means and ranges for test results carried out according to
1 - LS-602 and LS-607 to one decimal place and report them on Owner standard -
form PH-CC-110.

(CAGC).

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1006, Material Specification for Aggregates - Surface Treatment.


Aggregates - Base, Subbase, Select Subgrade, and Backfill Material
1010.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for granular
aggregate materials for use in subgrade, subbase, base, gravel surface course, shouldering and
bedding and backfill to sewers, culverts, and other structures as specified in OPSS 1010, April 2013
and SSP 110S06, June 2020.
1010.02 REFERENCES
SSP 110S06 Amendment to OPSS 1010, April 2013

MTO Forms:
PH-D-1A Granular A Gradation Computation Acceptance & Payment Adjustment Sheet

PH-D-1B Granular B Types I, II & III Gradation Computation Acceptance & Payment
Adjustment Sheet
PH-D-1M Granular M Gradation Computation Acceptance & Payment Adjustment Sheet
PH-D-1O Granular O Gradation Computation Acceptance & Payment Adjustment Sheet
PH-D-1SSM SSM Gradation Computation Acceptance & Payment Adjustment Sheet
1010.03 DEFINITIONS

1010.05 MATERIALS
1010.05.01 General
When reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP), post-consumer glass or ceramic

1 - material is used, ensure that it is homogeneously blended by the Contractor -
in an acceptable manner.
Conduct visual inspection of material for contamination, including earth,

humus, clay coatings, and clay lumps or fragments of any size or shape.
1 - Where contamination is observed, the material shall be considered deficient 100%
and managed according to the requirements specified elsewhere in the
Contract Documents.
1010.05.02 Granular O
1 M Check if the source type is permitted. -
1010.05.03 Granular A and M
1 - Check the purpose and location of the application. 25%
1010.05.04 Granular B
1010.05.05 Granular SSM

1010.08.01 General
Determine if QA testing for physical properties can be waived due to limited

1 - -
quantity.
1010.08.01.01 Sampling

2 M 100%
1 M Determine a suitable location from which QA samples can be taken. -

When it is not possible to take road or delivery samples, determine in
2 - consultation with the Owner, if samples of compacted material are -
acceptable.
1010.08.01.02 Sample Size
1010.08.02 Physical Properties
1 M Lot schedule shall be as specified. -

3 - Determine which physical property requirements can be waived. -

1010.08.02.02 Acceptance of Physical Properties
1 M Review test results from the QA laboratory for acceptance as specified. -

2 M -
rejected lot.
1010.08.03 Production Properties
For each tender item, estimate the quantities of granular materials obtained
from each different source or process. Then, for each of those individual
1 M -
sources or processes, identify the number and size of each lot to be sampled
and tested using the lot schedule shown in Table 1 of the specification.
Receive notification about a lot not being completed before the first sampling
2 - within that lot. Adjust the sublot sizes to accommodate the reduced tonnage. -
All lots shall be deemed to be complete at the end of each calendar year.
1010.08.03.01 Acceptance of Production Properties
1010.08.03.02.01 Acceptance Based on LS-602 and LS-607

For test results carried out according to LS-602 and LS-607, compute all lot
2 - means and ranges to one decimal place and report them on the appropriate -
MTO forms as specified.
Notify the Contractor of acceptance based on LS-602 and LS-607 at full
3 M -
price, at a reduced price, or rejected lot.
1010.08.03.02.02 Acceptance Based on LS-617 or LS-621

Notify the Contractor if the material meets the specification or is considered
2 M -
deficient.

1 M Perform the referee workflow as specified in CAIS 100, MTO Contract 100%
Administration General Conditions (CAGC).
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1010, Material Specification for Aggregates - Base, Subbase,
Select Subgrade, and Backfill Material.


Performance Graded Asphalt Cement
1101.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for performance
graded asphalt cements as specified in OPSS 1101, November 2020.
1101.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1101 Performance Graded Asphalt Cement (PGAC)
SSP 199S66 Quality Conformance Requirements
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-250 PGAC Test Reporting Sheet

PH-CC-824 Limiting Grade Report for Extended BBR Test
PH-CC-835 DENT Test Reporting Sheet - Load in lbf
PH-CC-836 DENT Test Reporting Sheet - Load in N
PH-CC-883 Bituminous Referee Testing Request
MTO Guidelines:
1101.03 DEFINITIONS

1101.04.01.01 PGAC Product Documentation
14 Days prior to the first use of each grade of Performance Graded Asphalt
1 M Cement (PGAC) specified in the Contract Documents, receive and Review -
the required PGAC product documentation as specified in OPSS 1101.
1101.04.01.02 PGAC Supply Documentation
Prior to HMA production, and for each subsequent delivery, for each grade of
1 M PGAC specified in the Contract Documents, receive and Review the required -
PGAC supply documentation as specified in OPSS 1101.
1101.05 MATERIALS
Review the PGAC product and supply documents and Check that the product
1 - -
meets the requirements as specified in OPSS 1101.
1101.08.01 Sampling
Witness the PGAC samples being taken during production of HMA, at the
HMA plant, and from the storage tank that is feeding the production of the
1 M HMA according to AASHTO R 66 and the plant’s Health and Safety Plan. 100%
Record tank identifier and location of spigot from which sample is being
taken.
Check that sampling frequency, quantity, and labelling is as specified in
2 M 100%
3 M 100%
delivered to MTO’s designated laboratory.
If the plant has more than one tank, conduct random plant visits in addition to
4 - 25%
sampling visits and record which tank is feeding the mix.

Discuss the asphalt plant’s Health and Safety Plan and procedures for
1 M -
sampling PGAC at the pre-pave meeting.
2 - Notify the Contractor when each sample of PGAC is required. -
3 - Arrange for delivery of PGAC samples to MTO’s designated laboratory. -
1101.08.02 Lot Size
Prior to HMA production and after discussion with the Contractor, determine
the size and location of PGAC lots for each grade of PGAC for QA testing
1 M -
according to OPSS 1101 and the Field Guide for Acceptance of Hot Mix
Receive, Review and reply to requests, from the Contractor, to make the first
2 - tanker load a separate lot when switching performance grades. Only one -
request will be considered for the duration of the Contract.
Terminate the current PGAC lot:
· If the source of PGAC is changed, or
3 - -
· When HMA production for the Contract ceases for a period of 20 Days or
more and termination is deemed appropriate.
Receive and Review all test results for PGAC on Owner standard form
1 M -
PH-CC-250, PH-CC-824, and PH-CC-835/836.
Complete Owner standard form PH-CC-250 based on the PGAC
requirements specified in OPSS 1101. Provide the Contractor with the test
results for each lot as they become available. Submit the completed
PH-CC-250, in excel format.
2 M -
For non-WBCMS Contracts, submit the completed PH-CC-250, in excel
format, to the Regional Quality Assurance Section and

Using the requirements in OPSS 1101 and the test results, determine
whether the PGAC lot should be categorized as acceptable, minor borderline,
1 M -
major borderline or rejectable. Discuss categorization of PGAC lot with the
Regional Quality Assurance Section.
If the test results met the criteria of more than one category, contact the
2 - Regional Quality Assurance Section for selection of only one category for the -
lot.
If asphalt cement anti-stripping treatment is used and the Contractor
submitted a request when production began, contact the Regional Quality
3 - Assurance Section to determine if an allowance will be made to the -
acceptance of the PGAC test results based on the impact of the anti-stripping
treatment.
4 M Notify the Contractor of the category for each lot. -
If referee testing of PGAC is requested by the Contractor, Check that it is

within the time constraint and the test results category meet the requirements
1 M specified in OPSS 1101. Using Owner standard form PH-CC-883, coordinate -
the referee testing according to the Field Guide for Acceptance of Hot Mix
Receive and Review all referee laboratory test results for PGAC on Owner
2 M -
standard form PH-CC-250, PH-CC-824, and PH-CC-835/836.
Complete Owner standard form PH-CC-250 based on the PGAC
requirements specified in OPSS 1101. Provide the Contractor with the
referee test results for each lot as they become available. Submit the
completed PH-CC-250, in excel format.
3 M -
Using the requirements in OPSS 1101 and the referee test results, determine
whether the PGAC lot should be categorized as acceptable, minor borderline,
4 - -
major borderline or rejectable. Discuss categorization of PGAC lot with the
If referee results met the criteria of more than one category, contact the
5 - Regional Quality Assurance Section for selection of only one category for the -
lot.

If referee testing did not confirm total conformance of the PGAC to the
6 - Contract Documents, the Contractor shall be charged the cost of the referee -
testing specified in the Contract Documents.
1101.08.06 Disposition of HMA Produced with Borderline and Rejectable Lots
Receive and Review non-conformance reports from the Contractor for PGAC
samples that do not conform to the requirements of OPSS 1101. If the
Contractor has not issued a non-conformance report, initiate the
1 M -
non-conformance report as specified in SSP 199S66 and in CAIS 100, MTO
Contract Administration General Conditions (CAGC) under Quality Process
Management.
Using the category for the lot and the requirements in OPSS 1101, Determine
2 M whether the disposition of the HMA in the PGAC lot will be accepted at full -
payment, accepted with a payment reduction, or rejected.
If the lot is subject to a payment reduction, calculate the payment reduction
3 - -
Notify the Contractor of the disposition of the HMA within the PGAC lot and
4 M -
any payment reduction that applies.
For lots with rejectable PGAC, determine whether the work will be repaired or
subject to a payment reduction acceptable to MTO. Notify the Contractor of
5 - -
the requirement to repair the work or that the work will be accepted with a
payment reduction.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1101, Material Specification for Performance Graded Asphalt
Cement.


Additional Test Results and Samples for Recovered Asphalt Cement (RAC)
1101.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for recovered asphalt
cement as specified in NSSP BITU0027.
1101.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1101 Performance Graded Asphalt Cement (PGAC)
CAIS 313-04 Additional Requirements for Acceptance of Recovered Asphalt Cement (RAC)
SSP 199S66 Quality Conformance Requirements
NSSP BITU0027 Amendment to OPSS 1101, November 2020 - Additional Test Results and
Samples for Performance Graded Asphalt Cement (PGAC) and Recovered
Asphalt Cement (RAC)
NSSP BITU0028 Amendment to OPSS 313, April 2021 - Additional Requirements for Acceptance
of Recovered Asphalt Cement (RAC)
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-249 Recovered Asphalt Cement (RAC) Test Reporting Sheet

PH-CC-824 Limiting Grade Report for Extended BBR Test
PH-CC-835 DENT Test Reporting Sheet - Load in lbf
PH-CC-836 DENT Test Reporting Sheet - Load in N
PH-CC-883 Bituminous Referee Testing Request
1101.03 DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in NSSP BITU0027.

1101.08.01 Sampling
Witness the sampling of HMA loose mix for Recovered Asphalt Cement
1 - (RAC). Refer to CAIS 313-04 for additional administrative and inspection 100%
tasks for sampling.
1101.08.02 Lot Size
Prior to HMA production and after discussion with the Contractor, Determine
the size and location of RAC lots and for each grade of PGAC for QA testing
1 M according to OPSS 1101 and the Field Guide for Acceptance of Hot Mix -
Asphalt and Bridge Deck Waterproofing. RAC lots shall be the same as
PGAC lots.
Terminate the current RAC lot:
· If the source of PGAC is changed, or
2 - -
· When HMA production for the Contract ceases for a period of 20 Days or
more and termination is deemed appropriate.
Receive and Review all test results for RAC on Owner standard form
1 M -
PH-CC-249, PH-CC-824, and PH-CC-835/836.
Complete Owner standard form PH-CC-249 based on the RAC requirements
specified in NSSP BITU0027. Provide the Contractor with the test results for
each lot as they become available. Submit a completed PH-CC-249, in excel
2 M format. -
For non-WBCMS Contracts, submit PH-CC-249, in excel format to the

Regional Quality Assurance Section and bituminous@ontario.ca.
Using the requirements in NSSP BITU0027 and the test results, determine
whether the RAC lot should be categorized as acceptable, minor borderline,
1 M -
major borderline, or rejectable. Discuss categorization of the RAC lot with the

If asphalt cement anti-stripping treatment is used and the Contractor
submitted a request when production began, contact the Regional Quality
2 - Assurance Section to determine if an allowance will be made to the -
acceptance of the RAC test results based on the impact of the anti-stripping
treatment.
3 M Notify the Contractor of the category for each RAC lot. -
If referee testing of RAC is requested by the Contractor, check that it is within

the time constraint and the performance grading test result category meets
1 M the requirements specified in NSSP BITU0027. Using Owner standard form -
PH-CC-883, coordinate the referee testing according to the Field Guide for
Acceptance of Hot Mix Asphalt and Bridge Deck Waterproofing.
Receive and Review all referee laboratory test results for RAC on Owner
2 M -
standard form PH-CC-249, PH-CC-824, and PH-CC-835/836.
Complete Owner standard form PH-CC-249 based on the RAC requirements
specified in NSSP BITU0027. Provide the Contractor with the referee test
results for each lot as they become available. Submit a completed
PH-CC-249, in excel format.
3 M -
Using the requirements in NSSP BITU0027 and the referee test results,
determine whether the RAC lot should be categorized as acceptable, minor
4 - -
borderline, major borderline or rejectable. Discuss categorization of the RAC
lot with the Regional Quality Assurance Section.
If referee testing did not confirm total conformance of the RAC to the Contract
5 - Documents, the Contractor shall be charged the cost of the referee testing -
1101.08.06 Disposition of HMA Produced with Borderline and Rejectable Lots
Receive and Review non-conformance reports from the Contractor for RAC
M -
samples that do not conform to the requirements of NSSP BITU0027.
1 If the Contractor has not issued a non-conformance report, initiate the

non-conformance report as specified in SSP 199S66 and in CAIS 100, MTO
M -
Contract Administration General Conditions (CAGC) under Quality Process
Management.

Using the category for the lot and the requirements in NSSP BITU0027,
2 M Determine whether the disposition of the HMA in the RAC lot will be accepted -
at full payment, accepted with a payment reduction, or rejected.
If the lot is subject to a payment reduction, calculate the payment reduction
according to NSSP BITU0027. If the PGAC in the lot is also subject to a
3 - -
payment reduction, only apply the higher payment reduction to the HMA in
the lot according to NSSP BITU0027.
Notify the Contractor of the disposition of the HMA within the RAC lot and any
4 M -
payment reduction that applies.
For lots with rejectable RAC, determine whether the work will be repaired or
subject to a payment reduction acceptable to the Owner. Notify the
5 - -
Contractor of the requirement to repair the work or that the work will be
accepted with a payment reduction.
WARRANT: Always with NSSP BITU0027, Amendment to OPSS 1101 - Additional Test Results
and Samples for Performance Graded Asphalt Cement (PGAC) and Recovered
Asphalt Cement (RAC).


Emulsified Asphalt
1103.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for different types
and grades of emulsified asphalt suitable for both roadway construction and as a straw mulch
adhesive as specified in OPSS 1103, November 2016, and SSP 111S12, July 2017.
1103.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1103 Emulsified Asphalt
SSP 111S12 Amendment to OPSS 1103, November 2016 - Material Requirements for Emulsified
Asphalt
MTO Forms:
ASTM International:
D140/140M - 15 Standard Practice for Sampling Bituminous Materials
1103.03 DEFINITIONS
1103.05 MATERIALS
1103.05.01 General
Administrative Requirements:
1 - Check that the type and grade is as specified. -

Check that the emulsified asphalt is supplied from DSM list or from a source
2 - -
approved by MTO.

1103.05.02 Physical Requirements
Check that the emulsified asphalt and polymer-modified emulsified asphalt is

1 - homogeneous after mixing and shows no signs of separation within 14 Days -
of delivery.
Check that the emulsified asphalt consists of suitable paving asphalts -

2 -
dispersed in water and meets the requirements as specified.
1103.05.03 Straw Mulch Adhesive
Check that the straw mulch adhesive is a specially refined petroleum asphalt
1 - -
emulsified in water of fluid consistency designed for cold spray applications.
Check that the straw mulch adhesive contains neither petroleum solvents nor
2 - -
other components toxic to plant life.
1103.05.03 Shipping
Check that the emulsified asphalt is shipped in clean containers with no

1 - 25%
contamination.
When shipped by tank truck or railway tank car, Check that the emulsified
2 - 25%
asphalt arrives at the destination within the temperature range as specified.
1 - Check shipping containers for cleanliness. 25%

If sampling is specified in the Contract Documents, witness emulsified asphalt
2 M samples being taken according to ASTM D140/140M at either the supplier’s 100%
plant or any shipment.
Check that sampling frequency, quantity, and labelling is as specified.
3 M 100%
Complete Owner standard form PH-CC-349 and include it with the sample.
Maintain continuous possession of the samples until they are sealed
4 M 100%
and delivered to the Owner’s designated laboratory.
5 - Arrange for the delivery of all samples to the Owner’s designated laboratory. 100%

Receive and Review all test results from the QA laboratory for acceptance
1 - -
based on the requirements in SSP 111S12.
2 - -
requirements as specified in SSP 111S12.
3 M If the material is rejectable, Notify the Contractor. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1103, Material Specification for Emulsified Asphalt.


Superpave and Stone Mastic Asphalt (SMA) Mixtures
1151.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Superpave and
Stone Mastic Asphalt (SMA) mixtures as specified in OPSS 1151, April 2021.
1151.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1151 Superpave and Stone Mastic Asphalt (SMA) Mixtures

CAIS 1101 Performance Graded Asphalt Cement (PGAC)
Field Guide for The Acceptance of Hot Mix Asphalt and Bridge Deck Waterproofing
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-822-OPMC One Point Mix Check

PH-CC-872 Hot Mix Asphalt Mix Designation
1151.03 DEFINITIONS

1151.04.01.01 General
1 - Check that the requirements of OPSS 1151 clause 1151.04.01.01 are met. -
1151.04.01.02 Changes to the Job-Mix Formula and Mix Design
Receive and Review requests from the Contractor to change the JMF.
- Determine if the changes are permitted based on the conditions specified in -
1
- Determine if a new mix design is required as specified in OPSS 1151. -
- Notify the Contractor accordingly. -
1151.04.01.03 Anti-Stripping Treatments
1 - Check that Anti-Stripping Treatments (AST) as specified in OPSS 1151. -
Check that no HMA is placed until the Contractor is given written

1 - conformation that submitted mix design documents and JMF meet the 100%
Contract requirements.
Receive the asphalt mix design and Review the compliance of the mix design
1 M -
according with OPSS 1151 and amending SSP.
If mix design conforms to the requirements of the Contract Documents,
complete and Issue Owner standard form PH-CC-872. Refer to the Field
2 M -
Guide for Acceptance of Hot Mix Asphalt and Bridge Deck Waterproofing for
additional details. Record the PH-CC on WBCMS.

Submit the mix design.
3 - -
For non-WBCMS Contracts, submit to the Regional Quality Assurance
Section, Contract Services Administrator, and bituminous@ontario.ca.
Check the date on the mix design is within 14 months. Otherwise, receive
4 - and Review the one-point mix check on Owner standard form -
PH-CC-822-OPMC.
Determine material sampling requirements as per clause 1151.04.02.02 of
5 - -
OPSS 1151 and Notify the Contractor.
For Warm Mix Asphalt, Check that the additional information specified in
6 - -
OPSS 1151 is submitted with the mix design.
1151.05 MATERIALS
Performance Graded Asphalt Cement (PGAC) Requirements shall be

1 - -
administered according with CAIS 1101.
2 - Aggregate requirements shall be administered according with CAIS 1003. -
Determine if RAP is permitted in the HMA. If RAP is permitted and it is
included in the mix design, Check that the RAP meets the requirements of
3 - -
OPSS 1151. RAP stockpiling requirements shall be administered according
with CAIS 1001.
Check that process control sampling and testing of the RAP is as specified in
4 - -
5 - Check that silicone oil is as specified in OPSS 1151. -
6 - Filler requirements shall be administered according with CAIS 1003. -
7 - Check that fibres are as specified in OPSS 1151. -
1151.07 PRODUCTION
1151.07.01 Anti-Stripping Treatments
1151.07.01.01 Asphalt Cement Anti-Stripping Treatments
1 - Receive and Review AST-AC documentation as specified in OPSS 1151. -

1151.07.01.02 Aggregate Anti-Stripping Treatments
Receive and Review appropriate Asphalt Cement Anti-Stripping Treatments

1 - -
(AST-AC) and PGAC documentation as specified in OPSS 1151.
Determine if aggregate treated and stored from the previous construction
2 - season can still be used based on a written proposal from the Contractor, as -
3 M Check that AST-AC requirements are met as specified in OPSS 1151. -
1151.07.02 Preparation of the Mixture
1 - Check the discharge temperature from the mixing chamber as specified 25%
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1151, Material Specification for Superpave and Stone Mastic
Asphalt Mixtures.


Additional Requirements for Superpave and Stone Mastic Asphalt (SMA) Mixtures
1151.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the additional
requirements for Superpave and Stone Mastic Asphalt (SMA) mixtures as specified in SSP 111F06,
October 2021.
1151.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1151 Superpave and Stone Mastic Asphalt (SMA) Mixtures
SSP 111F06 Amendment to OPSS 1151, April 2021 - Additional Requirements for Superpave and
Stone Mastic Asphalt (SMA) Mixtures
Field Guide for The Acceptance of Hot Mix Asphalt and Bridge Deck Waterproofing
1151.03 DEFINITIONS
1151.04.01.01 General
1 - Check that the mix design uses the traffic category specified. -
2 - Check that the PGAC specified in the mix design is as specified. -
When specified in SSP 111F06, Check that applicable mix types are course -
3 -
graded as specified.

When AST-AGG is not required in the mix, Check that an AST shall be used -
4 -
in the mix as specified.
5 - Check that binder replacement is as specified in SSP 111F06. -
WARRANT: Always with SSP 111F06, Amendment to OPSS 1151 - Additional Requirements for
Superpave and Stone Mastic Asphalt (SMA) Mixtures.


Regression Method
1151.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Superpave and
Stone Mastic asphalt mixtures as specified in NSSP BITU0025, April 2021.
1151.02 REFERENCES
MTO Non-Standard Special Provision:
NSSP BITU0025 Amendment to OPSS 1151, April 2021 - Regression Method Requirements for
Superpave and Stone Mastic Asphalt (SMA) Mixtures
NSSP BITU0026 Amendment to OPSS 313, April 2021 - Regression Method Requirements for
Hot Mix Asphalt - End Result
1151.03 DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in NSP BITU0025.
When AST-AGG is not required in the mix, Check that an AST shall be used
1 - -
in the mix as specified in NSSP BITU0025.
2 M Receive the asphalt mix design. -
Review the compliance of the mix design according with requirements of
3 M -
NSSP BITU0025.
Check that the mix design for the regression methods include a separate
4 M -
memo.
Check that the memo contains the additional information specified in NSSP
5 M -
BITU0025.
WARRANT: Always with NSSP BITU0025, Amendment to OPSS 1151 - Regression Method
Requirements for Superpave and Stone Mastic Asphalt (SMA) Mixtures.


Emulsified Asphalt Patching Material
1153.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for emulsified asphalt
patching material as specified in OPSS 1153, November 2016.
1153.02 REFERENCES

OPSS 1153 Emulsified Asphalt Patching Material
1153.03 DEFINITIONS
Receive and Review the emulsified asphalt patching material documents

1 - -
2 - Check that the material meets the requirements of OPSS 1153. -
1153.05 MATERIALS
1 - Check that asphalt emulsion is compatible with the aggregate. -

Check that aggregates for emulsified asphalt patching material consists of a
2 - blend of coarse and fine aggregate such that not less than 85% of the portion -
passing a 4.75 mm sieve is natural sand.
Check that aggregate meets the requirements of OPSS 1153 and the
3 - -
physical requirements for Superpave 12.5 as specified in OPSS 1003.
4 - Check that aggregate gradation is within the limits specified in OPSS 1153. -

5 - Check that the residual asphalt content is as specified in OPSS 1153. -
1153.07 PRODUCTION
1153.07.01 Preparation of Liquid Asphalt
Check that mineral aggregate and emulsified asphalt provides a uniformly

1 - 50%
coated and homogeneous product as per Table 1 of OPSS 1153.
1153.07.02 Preparation of the Mixture
1 - Check that the mixture is prepared as per OPSS 1153. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1153, Material Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Patching
Material.


Bearings - Elastomeric Plain and Steel Laminated
1202.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for materials, design,
and fabrication of plain and steel-laminated elastomeric bearings for bridges and for approach slab
bearings and ballast wall bearings as specified in OPSS 1202, November 2020.
1202.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1202 Bearings - Elastomeric Plain and Steel Laminated
1202.03 DEFINITIONS
1202.04.02.01 General
Receive from the Contractor the name and address of the supplier and
1 - -
manufacturer of the bearings.
Check all Change Proposals for the seal and signature of the design and
2 - -
checking Engineers.
At a minimum of 35 Days prior to the commencement of work, receive the
3 - -
submissions when another authority is involved.

At least prior to commencement of bearing fabrication, receive the Working

1 - Drawings from the Contractor and Check that they meet the requirements as -
specified in clause OPSS 1202.04.04.04.
1202.04.02.03 Manufacturer’s Certification
Upon completion of fabrication and prior to installation of the bearings,

Receive the certificate of compliance from the manufacturer and Check the
1 M -
results according to Table 1, the Working Drawings, and the Contract
Documents (except for approach slab and ballast wall bearings).
1202.07 PRODUCTION
1202.07.03 Identification
Check that laminated elastomeric bearings are properly identified as specified

1 - 25%
in clause OPSS 1202.07.03.
1 - Check the bearings meet the tolerances requirements of Table 2. -
1202.08.02 Acceptance of Physical Properties of Elastomers for Laminated and

Plain Bearings
Check that the bearings meet the physical properties requirements of

1 - -
Table 1.

1202.08.02.01 Referee Testing of Physical Properties of Elastomers for Laminated and
Plain Bearing
Check that the Contractor’s request for retesting the physical properties of
1 M elastomers for any sample that failed the acceptance test is submitted within -
5 Business Days of the Contractor receiving notification of rejection of the lot.
When referee testing is invoked, Check that the results of the referee test are
2 - -
used for acceptance.
3 - Determine who pays for the cost of the referee testing. -
1202.08.03 Acceptance of Compressive Deformation
1202.08.03.01 Compressive Deformation of Laminated Bearings
Check the compressive deformation of laminated bearings meets the

1 - -
acceptance requirements as specified in OPSS 1202.
1202.08.03.02 Compressive Deformation of Plain Bearings
Check the compressive deformation of plain bearings meets the acceptance

1 - -
1202.08.03.03 Compressive Deformation Retesting
Check that the Contractor request for retesting of compressive deformation

1 - for any sample that failed the acceptance test is submitted within 5 Business -
Days of the Contractor receiving notification of rejection of the lot.
When referee testing is invoked, Check that the results of the referee test are
2 - -
used for acceptance purposes.
3 - Determine who pays for the cost of the referee testing. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1202, Material Specification for Bearings - Elastomeric Plain and
Steel Laminated.


Bearings-Rotational and Sliding Surface
1203.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for materials, design,
and fabrication of rotational and sliding surface bearings for bridges as specified in OPSS 1203,
November 2020.
1203.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1203 Bearings-Rotational and Sliding Surface

CAIS 911 Coating Structural Steel
1203.03 DEFINITIONS
1203.04.02.01 General
Within 30 Days of the Contract award, receive from the Contractor the name
1 - -
and address of the supplier and manufacturer of the bearings.
Check that all Change Proposals have the seal and signature of the design
2 M -
and checking Engineers.
At a minimum of 35 Days prior to the commencement of work, receive the
3 M -
submissions when another authority is involved.

At least prior to commencement of bearing fabrication, receive the Working

1 - Drawings from the Contractor, and Check that they meet the requirements as -
1203.04.02.03 Mill Test Certificates
1 - Receive the mill test certificates as specified in CAIS 906. -
1203.04.02.04 Test Reports for Fasteners
1 - Receive test reports for fasteners as specified in CAIS 906. -
1203.04.02.05 Manufacturer’s Certification
Upon completion of fabrication and prior to installation of the bearings,

Receive the certificate of compliance signed by the manufacturer, and Check
1 M -
that it states that the fabricated bearings are according to the Working
Drawings, Product Drawings, and Contract Documents.
1203.07 PRODUCTION
1 - Check that bearings are properly identified as specified in OPSS 1203.07.09. 25%
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1203, Material Specification for Bearings-Rotational and Sliding
Surface.


Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstops
1204.01 SCOPE
installation of Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstops as specified in OPSS 1204, November 2003.
1204.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1204 Material Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstops
1204.03 DEFINITIONS
1204.05 MATERIALS
1204.05.02 Physical Requirements
1 - Confirm that the manufacturers test certificates are submitted. -

2 M Check that the test results are acceptable based on Table 1 in OPSS 1204. -
1204.07 PRODUCTION
1204.07.01 General
Check that the waterstop supplied is the specified shape and dimension as
1 - indicated in the Contract Documents and of material listed on Ministry 25%
approved list (available in Technical Publications).
Check that the waterstop is uniform along its length, is symmetrical, and that
2 - 25%
splices are watertight.

3 - Check that the waterstop is not damaged prior to and after installation. 25%
Check that the waterstop is firmly fixed in the location specified in the
4 M 100%
Contract Documents prior to concrete placement.
1204.07.03 Test Certificates
Check that the Lot # specified on the test certificates correspond to material
1 M 50%
found on site.
If rejected, confirm that the rejected material is removed and replaced with
1 - 100%
acceptable material and Notify the Contractor.
Notify the contractor if the material is accepted or rejected based on the test
1 M -
certificates provided.
1204.08 Quality Assurance
If owner sampling is to be conducted, notify the Contractor prior to receiving

1 - -
material.
1204.09 OWNER PURCHASE OF MATERIAL
1204.09.01 Measurement and Payment
1 - Measurement and payment shall be as specified in OPSS 1204. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1204, Material Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstops.


Clay Seal
1205.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements of clay seal material
for use at the upstream or inlet side of culverts as specified in OPSS 1205, April 2015.
1205.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1205 Clay Seal
MTO Forms:

1205.03 DEFINITIONS
1205.04.01.01 and .02 Natural Clay and Clay Mixture
At the start of fill placement, confirm the delivered clay fill material is sourced
1 - 100%
from the approved location.
Check that upon delivery to the site, the natural clay fill material is placed
2 - without delay to prevent rainfall from saturating the fill stockpile to a condition 100%
that is not useable.

Observe the effectiveness of the compaction of the clay material with respect
3 - 25%
to the supplied compaction equipment.
During placement, observe the behaviour of the clay fill material during
compaction for signs of a material change from the source. Look for visual
4 - 25%
colour changes that may be an indicator of a different soil deposit at the
source.
Check that any rejected clay materials are immediately wasted off site and
5 - not stored in an area that can create erosion from future rainfall events and 100%
washing into the nearby water courses.
Observe the trimming / final grading of the surface of the clay seal to ensure
6 M 50%
that the minimum thickness has been achieved.
Check the as-built elevations at the highest limit of the clay seal satisfy the
7 - 100%
design drawings.
Check the placement of cover soils and/or geosynthetic separation layers that
8 - are designed for the scour protection of the Clay Seal over the long term. 100%
See the details on the contract drawings as site-specific.
M Check the source of the clay material. -

Verify if the source is from within the MTO ROW, or is it from an off-site
M -
commercial operation.
1 Confirm and Witness if the Quality Control sampling program is
representative of the areal limits that will provide sufficient volume to be
M hauled from this source to complete the contract limits of the clay seal, given -
some wastage due to climatic conditions and source variability in moisture
content and clay mineral distribution in the soil deposit.
Receive the results of the Atterberg Limit Tests (Liquid Limit and Plasticity
2 M Index) on the natural clay/clay mixture at least one week prior to the -
commencement of work.
Issue a Notice to Proceed that includes a statement as a climatic restrictive
3 M condition that the clay must be excavated and hauled to the site in the same -
day to eliminate stockpiling of the clay at the source or stockpiling at the site.
1205.04.01.03 Geosynthetic Clay Liner
Check that the Contractor is storing the roll of Geosynthetic Clay Liner (GCL)
1 - 100%
at the job site to prevent rain from saturating the roll before placing.

Check that the condition of the surface of the fill slope is suitably prepared for
M 100%
the placement of the GCL, avoids sharp angular rock fill surfaces.
2 Check that the slope is uniform and smooth to allow placement of the GCL
M without gaps at the overlaps and without voids below the GCL according to 100%
the Supplier / Manufacturer’s specifications.
Check the installed GCL is anchored around the entire perimeter of the
3 M installed limits according to the method specified by the Supplier / 25%
Manufacturer before placing the cover materials.
Check the bottom of the GCL satisfies the position that creates and effective
cut off, as per the contract drawings. If required by the Contract
4 M Administrator, confirm the Drainage Designer for clarifications of the desired 100%
orientation of the GCL before covering the GCL with overlying soil layers and
armour materials.
Check the connection details at the contact with the new culvert’s outer
surface. Check that the Contractor followed the Manufacturer / Supplier’s
5 M 50%
connection details to ensure a water-proof seal before covering with overlying
soils and armour materials.
Witness the field procedure to initially-hydrate the installed GCL to the
M 100%
specifications from the Supplier / Manufacturer
6
Issue a Notice to Proceed to allow placement of the cover layer followed by
M -
overlying armour materials.
Confirm the as-built elevations of the upper anchored limit of the installed
7 - 100%
GCL satisfy the design drawings.
Confirm that the overlying soils used as a top cover over the installed GCL
- meets the gradation requirements from the GCL Supplier to ensure no hidden 50%
construction damage during placement.
Check the gradation requirements for areas that are designed for armour
8 material placement, where there needs a protective soil layer in contact with
- 50%
the top surface of the GCL followed by the placement of the next layer of
armour material.
Verify that the final arrangement ensures that the GCL is protected against
- 50%
long-term erosion.
Confirm that no source of natural clay is within an economic distance to the
10 M site before approving the supply of Geosynthetic Clay Liner (GCL) to function 100%
as the Clay Seal.

Check that the GCL Supplier submits a document acknowledging that they
have reviewed the Design Drawings and that their proposed product is
M -
suitable for the intended field application of the Clay Seal as a substitute for
the natural clay seal material.
Verify that the GCL Supplier continues to highlight the significant details for
M the proper field installation of their product to ensure a successful -
performance over the long term with minimal maintenance requirements.
1
Include a comment on the slope angle to prevent longitudinal shearing of the
M -
GCL from downslope movement of the overlying soils.
Confirm the submission of anchor trench details around the entire perimeter
M -
of the installed liner (top, bottom, and sides).
Confirm the submission of the sealing details where the GCL contacts and
M -
wraps entirely around the new culvert.
Confirm the delivered rolls of GCL have identification tags that show it is the
2 M -
same model that was approved by the Designer at the design stage.
1205.05 MATERIALS - N/A
1205.07 PRODUCTION - Not Used
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1205, Material Specification for Clay Seal.


Hot Poured Rubberized Asphalt Joint Sealing Compound
1212.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for hot poured
rubberized asphalt compounds for joint sealing joints and cracks with a small amount of movement
either in Portland cement concrete pavements as specified in OPSS 1212, November 2003, and
SSP 112S07, February 2008.
1212.02 REFERENCES
MTO Standard Special Provision:
SSP 112S07 Amendment to OPSS 1212, November 2003 - Material Requirements for Hot Poured
Rubberized Asphalt Joint Sealing Compound
CAIS 341 Routing and Sealing Cracks in Asphalt Pavement
1212.03 DEFINITIONS
Design and Submission Requirements shall be administered according with

1 - -
CAIS 341.

1212.05 MATERIALS
Check the supplied hot-poured rubberized asphalt joint/crack sealant

1 - -
compounds meets the requirements of SSP 112S07.
Check that the hot-poured rubberized asphalt joint/crack sealant compounds
2 - -
are supplied from the DSM list.
1212.07 PRODUCTION
1 M Witness the sealant compound samples being taken. 100%

2 M 100%
as specified in SSP 112S07 and the Contract Documents.
3 M 100%
delivered to MTO’s designated laboratory.
Sampling during sealant placement shall be administered according with

1 - -
CAIS 341.
1 - Receive and Review test results for the attributes specified in SSP 112S07. -
2 M If the material is rejectable, Notify the Contractor. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1212, Material Specification for Hot Poured Rubberized Asphalt
Joint Sealing Compound.


Protection Board
1215.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for protection board
for use with hot applied rubberized asphalt bridge deck waterproofing membranes as specified in
OPSS 1215, March 1998.
1215.02 REFERENCES

CAIS 1149 Hot Mix and Laid Asphaltic Concrete, Including Recycled and Specialty Mixes
Ministry of Transportation Publications:
Field Guide for the Acceptance of Hot Mix and Bridge Deck Waterproofing
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-129-A Waterproofing Membrane and Protection Board Thickness Report


1215.07 Production
1215.07.03 Shipment and Delivery
Check that the protection board label on all skids includes:

· Brand Name.
1 M · Name of Manufacturer. 25%
· Date of Manufacture.
· Instructions on handling, storage and application.
Check that the protection board has been not damaged during shipping,
2 M 25%
handling, and storage.
Check that the manufacturer and the product of all delivered protection board
1 M -
are on the Designated Sources for Materials (DSM) - DSM 9.90.60.
1215.08 Quality Assurance
1215.08.01 Size Measurements
Measure the protection board thickness and record thickness values in

1 M 25%
Owner standard form PH-CC-129-A.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1215, Material Specification for Protection Board.


Water
1302.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for water as specified
in OPSS 1302, September 1996.
1302.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1302 Water
1302.03 DEFINITIONS
1302.04 SUBMISSION AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
1 - Verify that the water used in the work is approved by the Ministry of Health. -
For water not approved by the Ministry of Health, receive the certificate from
2 - an independent test laboratory for water stating that the water is according to -
OPSS 1302.04.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1302, Material Specification for Water.


Concrete - Materials and Production
1350.01 SCOPE
This inspection specification covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for
concrete materials and production as specified in OPSS 1350, November 2019.
1350.02 REFERENCES

OPSS 1302 Water
OPSS 1303 Admixtures for Concrete
OPSS 1350 Concrete - Materials and Production.

CAIS 1302 Water
CAIS 1303 Admixtures for Concrete
MTO Forms:

PH-CC-433- A Concrete Mix Design Submission Form A
PH-CC-433-B Concrete Mix Design Submission Form B
PH-CC-434 Sample Letter to Contractor - Concrete Mix Design
PH-CC-885 Concrete Referee Testing Request
1350.03 DEFINITIONS

Check that all concrete mixes are designed as specified in the Contract
1 - -
Documents.
Check that Type A or D water reducer according to OPSS 1303 is used for all
concrete, except in applications where plant addition of superplasticizer is
2 - -
permitted, in which case water reducer may be used at the Contractor’s
option.
Check that accelerators are only used when specified in the Contract
3 - -
Documents.
Check that superplasticizers are used in concrete containing silica fume and
concrete in expansion joint end dams as specified in the Contract
4 - -
Documents. If superplasticizers are used in other concrete, and verify that it
does not cause segregation or inadequate consolidation.
1350.04.02.01 Mix Design
1350.04.02.01.01 General
1 M Receive the concrete mix design submission from the Contractor. -

Review the mix design submission and provide written confirmation using
Owner standard form PH-CC-434 if Form A and the mix design supporting
2 M information meet the requirements as specified in the Contract Documents -
and OPSS 1350.04.02.01.01 and submit a copy to the MTO Quality
Assurance Section.
Check that Type A or D water reducer according to OPSS 1303 is used for all
concrete, except in applications where plant addition of superplasticizer is
3 - -
permitted, in which case water reducer may be used at the Contractor’s
option.
Check that accelerators are only used when specified in the Contract
4 - -
Documents.
Check that superplasticizers are used in concrete containing silica fume and
concrete in expansion joint end dams as specified in the Contract
5 - -
Documents. If superplasticizers are used in other concrete, check that it
does not cause segregation or inadequate consolidation.

1350.04.02.01.02 Changes to Mix Design Submission
If changes are made to the mix design, identify when a new mix design is
1 M required according to OPSS 1350.04.02.01.02. Receive and Check the -
supporting documentation when required.
1350.04.02.01.03 Submission of Form A
Receive from the Contractor the Form A portion of all concrete mix designs,
1 - Owner standard form PH-CC-433-A, along with any supporting -
documentation required as specified.
2 - Check that all Form A submissions comply with OPSS 1350.04.02.01.03. -
Monitor the Contractor’s schedule for compliance related to the mix design
3 - submission timelines as specified to check the Form A is submitted at least 7 -
Business Days prior to the placement of concrete.
Check the materials included in the Form A’s (such as cement,
4 - supplementary cementing materials and admixtures) are from the Ministry’s -
Designated Sources for Materials (DSM) or other Ministry approved lists.
Verify that the aggregate sources are listed on the Concrete Aggregate
5 - Source List (CASL). If they are not on the CASL confirm additional testing -
requirements.
1350.04.02.01.04 Submission of Form B
Verify that the mix designs, Owner standard form PH-CC-433-A and
1 M PH-CC-433-B, are submitted, prior to concrete placement, to the Head of -
Quality Assurance and MTO Concrete Section.
1350.04.02.01.05 Mix Design Supporting Documentation
Check that all applicable supporting documents from OPSS 1350.04.02.01.05

1 M are submitted and verify if there are any other supporting documents -
elsewhere in the Contract (as stated in point f).
Issue the Letter to Contractor, Owner standard form PH-CC-434, within 4
2 M -
Business Days of receipt of the complete submission.

1350.04.02.02 Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production
Check that the Contractor submits the concrete plant’s RMCAO certification
1 M -
as specified, prior to production.
1350.05 MATERIALS
1350.05.01 Cementing Materials
Check that the cementing materials are on DSM 9.25.40 - Hydraulic Cements
1 M -
and Supplementary Cementing Materials, and according to OPSS 1301.
1350.05.02.01 General
1 M Check that aggregates are as specified in OPSS 1002. -
1350.05.02.01 Limestone Filler
Check that limestone filler, if used, is as specified in OPSS 1350.05.02.01.

1 M Contact Quality Assurance to verify limestone filler material meets -
requirements.
1350.05.03 Water
1 M As specified in CAIS 1302. -

2 M Verify that the water used in the work is approved by the Ministry of Health. -
For water not approved by the Ministry of Health, receive the certificate from
3 M an independent test laboratory for water stating that the water is according to -
OPSS 1302.04.

1350.05.04 Admixtures
1 M As specified in CAIS 1303. -
1350.05.05 Concrete
Check that the concrete mix designs meet the greenhouse gas (GHG)
1 M -
reduction requirements.
If the Contractor propose the use of Self-Consolidating Concrete, Proprietary
2 M Patching Materials, Grouts, or other concrete materials, receive the proposal -
from the Contractor and contact the MTO Quality Assurance Section.
Check that the quality assurance samples of aggregates are taken as
3 M -
specified in OPSS 1002 and are delivered to the appropriate laboratories.
Check that the plastic concrete meets the requirements as specified in
4 M -
OPSS 1350.05.05.02 including material tickets and daily summaries.
Check that the hardened concrete meets the requirements as specified in
5 M -
OPSS 1350.05.05.03.
Check that all materials are listed on the DSM list or other Ministry approved
6 M -
lists at the time of the work.
1350.06 EQUIPMENT
During the production of concrete, Check that the delivery equipment is as

1 - 100%
For concrete base or concrete pavement operations, Check that non-agitating
2 M 100%
trucks, if used, are as specified in OPSS 1350.06.02.
Verify that truck mixers delivering concrete to the work are certified by the
3 M 100%
RMCAO and display valid certification stickers.
If a truck does not have a sticker or the sticker is not valid for the date of
4 - concrete placement, Notify the Contractor that the concrete from the truck 100%
cannot be placed in the work.

1350.07 PRODUCTION
Witness sampling of cementing materials, limestone filler (if applicable),

1 M admixtures and water (when other than municipal drinking water is used) and 100%
check that sampling is as specified in OPSS 1350.07.05.02.
Check concrete delivery tickets for specified strength, mix design number and
batching time, and Record (in the WBCMS Concrete diary) the discharge
2 - time, and other information as specified. Check that the specified strength 100%
and mix design number on the delivery ticket are correct and that concrete is
discharged within the time specified in OPSS 1350.07.04.02.
Check that field testing and sampling is conducted as specified in
3 M 100%
OPSS 1350.07.05.03.
Verify that the technician performing the testing of plastic concrete is certified
by American Concrete Institute (ACI) or Canadian Council of Independent
4 M 100%
Laboratories (CCIL) by verifying their card, their identity and that their
certification is valid on the date of concrete placement.
Check that plastic concrete is sampled after 10% of the load is discharged
5 M 100%
and tested as specified.
Witness the plastic concrete testing, including visual assessment, slump, air,
6 M temperature, discharge time and Record the information (including truck and 100%
delivery ticket numbers).
Check that the Contractor records the amount of any material added after
7 - batching, rejection of a load or part thereof, time truck arrived on site and the 100%
time when the truck finished discharging.
Witness the placement of all loads of plastic concrete supplied for
8 - 100%
cast-in-place operations.
Check that casting, curing and transporting of test cylinders are carried out as
specified. Apply security stickers to the moulds immediately after casting
cylinders.
9 - For initial curing, check that the cylinder moulds are placed on a rigid 100%
horizontal surface free from vibration and other disturbances and stored in a
controlled environment that maintains the temperature between 15 and 25 °C
immediately adjacent to the specimens.
Identify which method of acceptance will be used for compressive strength

1 M For acceptance method A, determine lot and sublot sizes and generate -
random numbers.

Obtain an estimate of concrete quantity for each minimum specified 28-Day
compressive strength from the Contractor to determine sampling frequency
2 M -
for compressive strength, air void system (AVS) and rapid chloride
permeability (RCP) in respect to their appropriate lots and sublots.
Check that samples of cementing materials, limestone filler (if applicable),
admixtures and water (when other than municipal drinking water is used) are
delivered to the appropriate laboratories and that the test results meet all of
3 M -
the requirements of the Contract Documents. Samples of admixture and
water shall be protected from freezing and high temperatures. Cementing
materials and limestone filler samples shall be protected from moisture.
Receive the submission for “Plastic Concrete Test Results” from the
4 - -
Contractor after each day’s work.
Check that the “Plastic Concrete Test Results” submission includes copies of
5 M delivery tickets for each load of concrete and a summary of testing, -
adjustments, and rejections, as specified.
6 - Receive and Check the submission of curing records for cylinders cast. -
Verify that the delivery ticket information for each load of concrete is entered
7 M in WBCMS to track green house gas (GHG) reduction and to verify concrete -
compliance and payment.
Identify random locations for coring specimens for AVS and RCP and verify
1 M 100%
that the cores are taken when concrete is 7 to 10 days of age.
2 M 100%
packaged in the security bags provided by MTO.
Upon removal of the core samples, immediately take possession of the cores
3 M and deliver them to the designated Area Quality Assurance laboratory for 100%
testing.
Check that the admixture results are within the tolerances allowed in OPSS
1 - 1303. If the results are outside the tolerances of OPSS 1303 check Table 8 -
of OPSS 1350 to identify if the $5000 payment reduction is applied.
Receive and Check the submissions for “Cylinder Curing Records” at the
2 - -
completion of the field curing period.
Calculate the quantity of concrete in lots using the dimensions in the
3 M Contract, for the purpose of calculating payment adjustment for performance -
cylinders, AVS and RCP.

Submit the compressive strength, AVS and RCP test results and any
4 - payment adjustment information to the Contractor as the results become -
available.
For compressive strength acceptance method A, submit the analysis of
5 - -
results at a minimum of monthly intervals to the Contractor.
For compressive strength acceptance method A, verify the theoretical
6 - quantity indicated in the Contract Documents for items paid by lump sum,
provided the actual quantity is within +/-3% of the theoretical quantity.
Check that the material selected to fill in core holes is listed on the Ministry’s
7 - Concrete Proprietary Patching List, and that the specified procedure for filling -
of core holes is followed.
original test results to verify they do not meet the specified Quality Assurance
8 - -
acceptance requirements) within 5 Business Days of receiving the results of
that sublot.
Complete Owner standard form PH-CC-885 Concrete Referee Testing
9 - -
Request and Submit it to the appropriate Quality Assurance Officer (QAO).
If the laboratory cannot complete Referee Testing in a reasonable timeframe,
10 - inform the QAO, who will provide another referee laboratory from the EMO -
referee roster.
Submit a copy of the completed Referee Request Form provided by EMO to
11 - -
the referee laboratory by email.
CA or QAO to contact the Area Quality Assurance laboratory and notify them
12 - -
to ship the referee samples immediately to the referee laboratory.
13 - Check notification is received for samples arriving at the referee laboratory. -
If cores are required for referee testing, coordinate the core removal and
14 - determine the element and locations for core removal and notify the -
Contractor.
Check the AVS referee process as specified in OPSS 1350.08.02.03 and
15 - verify the referee testing is carried out on the same half of the core sample -
that was tested for acceptance.
Contractor and QAO with the details of the referee laboratory, dates and
16 - -
times shall be a minimum of 3 Business Days in advance of the date and time
of Referee Testing.
17 - 2 people). The date is non-negotiable by the Contractor unless a change is -
formally requested by the MTO.

Once testing is complete, Receive and Review the test results from the
Referee Laboratory as specified in OPSS 1350 for:
· Compressive Strength: 1350.08.01.04.
· AVS: 1350.08.02.03.
18 M -
· RCP: 1350.08.03.03.
· Admixture: 1350.08.04.01.03.
· Water Other than Municipal Drinking Water: 1350.08.04.02.03.
· Cementing Materials: 1350.08.04.03.03.
Request clarification from the Referee Laboratory if required, otherwise,
19 - Submit the results to the Contractor. Also Submit the Referee results -
together with a cover letter to the applicable QAO.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1350, Material Specification for Concrete - Materials and
Production.


Precast Reinforced Concrete Components for Maintenance Holes,
Catch Basins, Ditch Inlets, and Valve Chambers
1351.01 SCOPE
reinforced concrete components for maintenances holes, catch basins, ditch inlets and valve
chambers as specified in OPSS 1351, November 2004.
1351.02 REFERENCES

OPSS 1351 Precast Concrete Reinforced Concrete Components for Maintenances Holes, Catch
Basins, Ditch Inlets and Valve Chambers

CAIS 1302 Water
1351.03 DEFINITIONS
1351.04.01.01 Special Design Drawings
Check that the 2 copies of detailed structural drawings and supporting

documents are submitted and contain the information listed as specified in
1 M -
OPSS 1351.04.01.01, when the Contract Documents do not include drawings
for precast reinforced concrete components.

1351.04.02.01 Circular Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins, Ditch Inlets, and Valve
Chambers
Check that the design of circular maintenance holes, catch basins, ditch inlets
1 and valve chambers is according to CSA A257.4, CAN/CSA-S6 and -
Structural Manual Division 1.
1351.04.02.02 Square or Rectangular Maintenance Holes, Catch Basins, Ditch Inlets,

and Valve Chambers
Check that the design of square maintenance holes, catch basins, ditch inlets
1 and valve chambers is according to CSA A257.4, CAN/CSA-S6 and -
Structural Manual Division 1.
1351.04.02.03 Precast Concrete Adjustment Units
Check that the design of precast concrete adjustment units is according to

1 -
CSA A257.4.
1351.04.02.04 Steps
Check that the design of steps is according to CSA A257.4 and

1 -
OPSS 1351.04.02.04.
1351.04.02.05 Aluminum Safety Platforms
Check that the design of aluminum safety platforms is according to

1 -
CAN3-S157-M.
1351.04.02.06 Joints
1 Check that the design of joints is according to OPSS 1351.04.02.06. -

1351.04.02.07 Precast Base Slabs and Monolithic Base Sections
Check that the design of precast base slabs and monolithic base sections is
1 -
according to OPSS 1351.04.02.07 and Contract Documents.
1351.04.02.08 Precast Transition Slabs
Check that the design of precast transition slabs is according to

1 -
OPSS 1351.04.02.08 and Contract Documents.
1351.05 MATERIALS
Check that aggregates used as specified in CAIS 1002 and

1 -
OPSS 1351.05.01.
1351.05.02 Cement
1 Check that cement used is as specified in OPSS 1351.05.02. -
1351.05.03 Water
1 Check that water used as specified in CAIS 1302. -
1351.05.04 Chemical and Air Entraining Admixtures
1 Check that chemical and air entraining admixtures used are as specified in -
OPSS 1351.05.04.

1 Check that steel reinforcement used as specified in CAIS 1440 and -

OPSS 1351.05.05.
1351.05.06 Steps
1 Check that steps used are as specified in OPSS 1351.05.06. -
1351.05.07 Concrete
1 Check the concrete used as specified in CAIS 1350 and OPSS 1351.05.07. -
1351.05.06 Aluminum Safety Platforms
1 Check that aluminum safety platforms used are as specified in -

OPSS 1351.05.08.
1351.05.06 Joint Seal System
1 Check that joint seal system used is as specified in OPSS 1351.05.09. -
1351.05.06 Membrane Curing Compound
1 Check that membrane curing compound used is as specified in OPSS 1315. -
1351.07 PRODUCTION
1351.07.01 General
Receive precast plant’s certificates and verify the precast plant is certified
1 M -
according to OPSS 1351.07.01.

1351.07.03 Marking
Check that markings of the precast culverts are as specified in

1 25%
OPSS 1351.07.03.
1351.08.01 General
Check that the acceptance of the precast reinforced concrete components is

1 M -
according to OPSS 1351.08.01 and the Contract Documents.
Receive notification from the Contractor at least 72 hours before testing is
2 M -
carried out and notify Owner to be present.
Receive QA test results and an affidavit affirming the actual recorded test
3 M results from the manufacturer in the event that the Owner is unable to be -
present during the test.
1351.08.02 Step Testing
Receive the step testing results and check if they meet all the requirements in
1 M -
OPSS 1351.08.02.
1351.08.03 Concrete Testing
Check the hydrostatic testing are performed according to

1 M OPSS 1351.08.03.04 and the Contract Documents at the precast 100%
maintenance hole supplier’s plant.
Check that Concrete Acceptance Testing including Compressive Strength,

1 M Salt Scaling Resistance and Air Void Analysis are according to -
Notify the Owner to pick locations for coring, when compressive strength
2 M -
does not meet the designed strength according to OPSS 1351.08.03.01.

1 - Measurement and payment shall be as specified. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1351, Material Specification for Precast Concrete Reinforced
Concrete Components for Maintenances Holes, Catch Basins, Ditch Inlets and Valve
Chambers.


Precast Concrete Barriers
1352.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for material for
precast concrete barriers in OPSS 1352, November 1989 and SSP 113S09, February 2013.
1352.02 REFERENCES
This CAIS refers to the following standards, specifications, or publications:.

OPSS 1352 Precast Concrete Barriers
OPSS 1443 Organic Coatings for Steel Reinforcement

CAIS 1443 Organic Coatings for Steel Reinforcement
1352.03 DEFINITIONS
1352.05 MATERIALS
1352.05.01 Concrete
Receive and Check that the concrete used to produce the precast barrier
1 M walls is as specified in OPSS 1350, except that the restrictions on volume -
batching.

Verify the following requirements are met:
· Class of concrete: 30 MPa at 28d
2 M · Coarse aggregate: 19.0 mm nominal max. size -
· Maximum slump: 60 mm
· Air content: 6% ±1.5%
1352.05.02 Cement
Check that the cement used is according to OPSS 1352 and the Contract
Documents, including:
· Ground granulated blast-furnace slag shall constitute not more than 70%
by mass of the total cementing materials and fly ash shall constitute not
1 - -
more than 40% by mass of the total cementing materials.
· The total amount of supplementary cementing materials in the cement for
concrete pipe shall not exceed 70% by mass of the total cementing
materials.
1352.05.03 Barrier Connections
Check that the precast concrete barrier connections are one of the following
approved types:
1 - · Hook and Eye 100%
· Concrete Key
· Lock Connection
1352.05.04 Interlocking Components
Check and verify that all interlocking devices and exposed metal in the
precast concrete barrier units are protected by using one of the following
methods:
· Hot dip galvanizing conforming to CSA G-164 providing a minimum zinc
1 - coating of 0.61 kg² (610 g/m²). 100%
· Zinc metallizing conforming to CSA G-189 providing a minimum metallized
coating of 200 μm thickness.
· Coating with an approved organic coating material conforming to
OPSS 1443.

Check that steel reinforcement used to produce precast concrete barriers is

1 - -
1352.07 PRODUCTION
1352.07.01 Curing Methods
Receive and Check that the curing methods are as submitted and approved -
1 -
by MTO.
1352.07.02 Markings
1 - Check that the markings of precast concrete barriers are as specified. 100%
Check if the Contractor uses a modified version of “Salt Scaling Test”

described in OPSS 1352.08 for quality control purposes. If so, check that the
1 - -
modified version is the visual evaluation of the surface deterioration
conforming to ASTM C672.
1352.08.01 Salt Scaling Test
Check that the acceptance of permanent precast concrete barrier is based on

1 - the “Salt Scaling Test” carried out by the Authority as described in -
OPSS 1352.
2 - Receive and verify the test report is according to OPSS 1352. -

1352.09 AUTHORITY PURCHASE OF MATERIALS BY PURCHASE ORDER
1352.09.01 Measurement for Payment
1352.09.02 Basis of Payment
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1352, Material Specification for Precast Concrete Barriers.


Gabion Baskets and Mats
1430.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for gabion baskets or
gabion mats and related accessories as specified in OPSS 1430, November 2017.
1430.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1430 Gabion Baskets and Mats
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-709 Instruction Notice to Contractors
1430.03 DEFINITIONS
1430.05 MATERIALS - N/A
Check all delivered Gabion Baskets and Gabion Mats are made of galvanized
steel wire mesh or PVC coated galvanized steel wire as specified in the
1 M 50%
Contract documents and Standards and shall meet the requirements as per
Table 4 in OPSS 1430.
2 - Check sizes of gabion baskets and mats and dimension and colours of Wires. 25%
Receive Mill Certificates for gabion baskets, mats, selvage wire, wire mesh
1 M and Check that they are tested as specified in the specification; and PVC -
coating complies ASTM A 975 and tested as per UL 746B.

Receive the lab test results and check that the gabion base and mats
2 - connection points as well as wire mesh are tested for the strength as -
specified in OPSS 1430 and shall meet the requirements as per Table 3.
1430.07.03 Packaging and Marking
Check that each gabion basket and gabion mat are clearly colour coded
1 - according to the specification (Tables 1 and 2) or otherwise suitably identified 25%
to indicate its size.
Check bundles of gabion baskets and rolls of gabion mats are shipped to the
2 - site as specified in the specification. Check that the maximum weight of one 25%
bundle is not greater than 850 kg.
Notify the Contractor to provide the packaging list of gabion baskets and mats
1 - -
before they are delivered to the site.
1430.08.01 Inspection and Testing
Check that the gabion baskets and gabion mats are manufactured as per the
1 - Contract Documents so that the sides, ends, lid, base, and diaphragms can 25%
be readily assembled into rectangular units.
Check that gabion baskets and gabion mats manufactured from PVC coated
2 - 25%
galvanized wire mesh are assembled using stainless steel ring fasteners.
Check that the tests are performed in the MTO certified or approved
1 M -
laboratories.
Notify the Contractor to carry out the laboratory tests of the materials that are
2 M -
not in DSM list.
Notify the Contractor that the material that does not meet the quality as
3 - -
specified in the Contract Documents is rejected, when applicable.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1430, Material Specification for Gabion Baskets and Mats.


Steel Reinforcement for Concrete
1440.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for all steel
reinforcement used in concrete work as specified in OPSS 1440, April 2020.
1440.02 REFERENCES
Designated Sources for Materials
Structural Manual
Laboratory Testing Manual
LS-448 Method of Test for Determination of Tensile Properties of Welded Wire Reinforcement
Others:
Reinforcing Steel Institute of Canada - Reinforcing Steel Manual of Standard Practice - 2008
1440.03 DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this CAIS, the definitions shall be as specified in OPSS 1440 and OPSS 905.

1440.04.01.01 Mill Certificates for Reinforcing Steel Bars, Stainless Steel Reinforcing
Bars, Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Splice Bars, and Stainless
Steel Splice Bars
Prior to the shipment of steel reinforcement, receive from the Contractor

2 copies of the mill certificates for each lot of uncoated steel reinforcement,
M -
stainless steel reinforcement, welded wire reinforcement, splice bars and
1 stainless-steel splice bars.
Check that the material in the certificates is as specified in the Contract
M -
Documents and applicable DSM Lists.
1440.04.02 Mill Certificates and Stress-Strain Curves for Prestressing Steel
Prior to the shipment of prestressing reinforcement, receive from the

M Contractor two copies of the mill certificates and stress-strain curves for each -
lot of prestressing steel.
Check that for any mill test certificates originating from a mill outside Canada
1
M or the United States of America, the Contractor has the information on the -
mill test certificate verified by testing by a Canadian laboratory.
Check the material in the certificates is as specified in the Contract
M -
Documents.
1440.07 Production
Check that the manufacturer of reinforcing steel and stainless-steel

1 - reinforcement is listed under “Mill” on the Designated Sources for Materials -
list and as specified in the Contract Documents.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1440, Material Specification for Steel Reinforcement for
Concrete.


Epoxy Coated Steel Reinforcement for Concrete
1442.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the requirements for the production of reinforcing steel bars for concrete with
protective epoxy coating applied by the electrostatic spray fusion bond method as specified in
OPSS 1442, May 1994.
1442.02 REFERENCES

CAIS 1443 Organic Coatings for Reinforcement
1442.03 DEFINITIONS
1442.07 PRODUCTION
Check that the manufacturer retained tested samples of the epoxy coated
1 M -
reinforcing steel bars for 90 Days.
Receive quality control test results and check that it includes the Average
2 M Radial Disbondment for the Cathodic Disbondment Test and for the Salt -
Spray Test, calculated on the basis of 3 consecutive months' test results.
Check that the quality control submission includes the name of the individual
who performed the test and is signed by a qualified representative of the
3 M -
manufacturer verifying that results are included for all adhesion tests
performed and that testing was according to LS-420 and LS-421.

1442.07.07 Certification of Manufacturer
1 M Check that the manufacturer’s copy of the certificate is as specified. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1442, Material Specification for Epoxy Coated Reinforcing Steel
Bars for Concrete.


Standard Highway Fence Components
1540.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Standard
Highway Fence Components as specified in OPSS 1540, November 2017.
1540.02 REFERENCES
1540.03 DEFINITIONS
1540.05 MATERIALS
Check that diameter of wooden terminal posts is a minimum of 200 mm and

1 - 10%
not larger than 330 mm at the large end.
Check that diameter of wooden line posts is a minimum of 150 mm and not
2 - 10%
larger than 330 mm at the large end.
Check that steel T-posts are 2.4 m in length, have been galvanized and hole
3 - 10%
punched to allow securement of the fence fabric to the broad face of the post.
Check that diagonal wooden braces are the correct species. Check that
round braces have a minimum diameter of 110 mm and a maximum
4 - 10%
diameter. Check that rectangular braces have a minimum diameter of
100 mm × 100 mm.
5 - Check that diagonal brace wire is galvanized 4 strand 3.5mm diameter. 10%
Check that diagonal brace wire used with fence fabric 949-12-12.5 is 4 strand
6 - 10%
2.51 mm diameter Class 3 high tensile wire.

Check that staples are the required diameter, are galvanized and can
7 - 10%
accommodate the minimum required driving length.
Check that gate pipes are the required diameter and that welded joints are
8 - 10%
coated in zinc rich paint.
1540.07 PRODUCTION
Confirm that fence fabric meets the geometric and wire diameter
1 - 100%
requirements for its Fence Fabric Design Number.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1540, Material Specification for Standard Highway Fence
Components.


Chain-Link Fence Components
1541.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Chain-Link Fence
Components as specified in OPSS 1541, November 2017.
1541.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1541 Chain-Link Fence Components
1541.03 DEFINITIONS
1541.05 MATERIALS
Check that the post and rail components meet the dimensional requirements
1 - 10%
Check that fence fabric meets the width and dimensional requirements in the
2 - 10%
Contract Documents.
Check that vinyl coating on fence fabric is black if applicable and that the
3 - 10%
vinyl coating is in good condition.
Check that the post and rail is galvanized steel or vinyl coated as appropriate.
4 - 10%
Check that the galvanizing or vinyl coating is undamaged.
Check that wire is the required diameter. Check that wire is vinyl coated if
5 - 10%
required and that vinyl coating is undamaged.
Check that welded joints on gates are coated in zinc rich paint. Check that
6 - 10%
gates are vinyl coated if required and vinyl coating is free of damage.
Check that fittings are vinyl coated if required and vinyl coating is free of
7 - 10%
damage.

Check that all hardware is hot dip galvanized and that the galvanizing is in
8 - 10%
good condition.
Check that wire ties and hog rings are the required diameter and are
galvanized and that the galvanizing is in good condition. Check that wire ties
9 - 10%
and hog rings are vinyl coated if required and that the vinyl coating is in good
condition.
Check that turnbuckles are the required length, bolt diameter and can
10 - accommodate the required amount of slack. Check that turnbuckles are 10%
galvanized and that the galvanizing is in good condition.
1541.07 PRODUCTION - Not used
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1541, Material Specification for Chain-Link Fence Components.


Extruded Expanded Polystyrene Pavement Insulation
1605.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for extruded
expanded polystyrene for use as pavement insulation for frost heave treatment of pavements as
1605.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1605 Extruded Expanded Polystyrene Pavement Insulation
1605.03 DEFINITIONS
1605.05 MATERIALS
Check that the extruded expanded polystyrene boards meet the requirements
1 M 100%
as specified.
1605.06 EQUIPMENT - N/A
1605.07 PRODUCTION
Check that each board of the same production lot is stamped with the
1 - 100%
production code as specified.

Verify that test certificates are obtained by the contractor and submitted prior -
1 M
to installation.
2 M Check that all test procedures meet the requirements as specified. -
Check that the Contractor submits a proposal for retesting in the event of -
3 -
rejection of the production lot.
4 - Select one board from each production lot on each truckload for testing. 25%
5 M Verify that the samples are tested by the laboratory designated by MTO. 100%
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1605, Material Specification for Extruded Expanded Polystyrene
Pavement Insulation.


Corrugated Steel Pipe (CSP) Products
1801.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for all Corrugated
Steel Pipe (CSP) products to be used for storm sewers, pipe culverts, and subdrains as specified in
1801.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1801 Corrugated Steel Pipe (CSP) Products
1801.03 DEFINITIONS
1801.05 MATERIALS
1801.05.01 Corrugated Steel Pipe Products
Check the corrugated steel pipe and coating in accordance with OPSS 1801
1 - 25%
or as specified in the Contract Documents.
1801.07 PRODUCTION
1801.07.01 Fabrication
When delivered, Check the pipe diameter, wall thickness, coating, and type in
1 - 25%
accordance with OPSS 1801 or as specified in the Contract Documents.

Notify MTO if a product is not in accordance with OPSS 1801 or the Contract
1 M -
Documents.
1801.08.01 Inspection, Testing, and Record Keeping
Review and Check that the Contractor’s inspection, testing and

1 - 25%
record-keeping is as specified in OPSS 1801.
1801.08.02 Markings
Check if the markings are clearly labelled along with the logo of the
1 - certification body and name of the pipe manufacturer as specified in 25%
OPSS 1801.
1801.08.03 Certificate of Compliance
Check the certificate of compliance to verify if it meets the appropriate

1 M -
specification requirements and standards when requested.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1801, Material Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe (CSP)
Products.


Smooth Walled Steel Pipe
1802.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for smooth walled
steel pipe to be used for the installation of pipes or casings as specified in OPSS 1802, April 2018.
1802.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1802 Smooth Walled Steel Pipe
1802.07 PRODUCTION
1802.07.01 Requirements
Check the pipe material is new and manufactured as specified in OPSS 1802
1 - 25%
and the relevant standards and specifications.
2 - Check the production welding is according to AWWA C200. 25%
3 - Check the pipe wall thickness and ends are as specified in OPSS 1802. 25%
1 M Notify the Contractor if products are acceptable to use. -
Check the minimum identification information is clearly labelled along with the
1 - logo of the certification body and name of the pipe manufacturer as specified 25%
in OPSS 1802.

Receive and Check the product certificate, when requested, to verify if it

1 M -
meets the appropriate standards.
Check if the supplied materials comply with the requirements as specified in

1 - 25%
OPSS 1802.
Reject the materials failing to comply with the requirements of OPSS 1802
1 M -
and Notify the Contractor.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1802, Material Specification for Smooth Walled Steel Pipe.


Circular and Elliptical Concrete Pipe
1820.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for circular and
elliptical concrete pipe as specified in OPSS 1820, November 2014.
1820.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1820 Material Specification for Circular and Elliptical Concrete Pipe
1820.03 DEFINITIONS
Receive and Check the design of:

· Non-reinforced circular concrete pipe is according to CAN/CSA A257.1.
1 M -
· Reinforced circular concrete pipe is according to CAN/CSA A257.2.
· Reinforced elliptical concrete pipe is according to ASTM C 507M.
· Joints and gaskets for circular concrete pipe is according to
2 M -
CAN/CSA A257.3.
· Joints for elliptical concrete pipe is according to ASTM C 507M.
3 M · Jacking pipe is according to CAN/CSA A 257.2 with a minimum class of -
65-D and a minimum concrete strength of 40 MPa.
Check that the elliptical reinforcing for circular concrete pipe is not applied for
4 M -
pipes up to and including 900 mm nominal internal diameter.

Check that there are no lift holes for pipes or lift anchors for pipes up to and
5 M -
including 900 mm nominal internal diameter.
1820.05 MATERIALS
1820.05.01 Cement
Check that the cement used to produce circular and elliptical concrete pipe is
as specified in OPSS 1820 and the Contract Documents, including:
· Whether added separately or in the form of blended cement, ground
granulated blast-furnace slag shall constitute not more than 70% by mass
1 - -
of the total cementing materials and fly ash shall constitute not more than
40% by mass of the total cementing materials.
· The total amount of supplementary cementing materials for concrete pipe
shall not exceed 70% by mass of the total cementing materials.
1820.07 PRODUCTION
1820.07.01 General
Receive and Check that the manufacturer possesses a current

Prequalification Certificate, issued under Plant Prequalification Program as
1 M -
outlined in the publication, Prequalification Requirements for Precast
Concrete Drainage Products.
1820.07.02 Markings
Check that the markings for circular concrete pipe and elliptical concrete pipe
1 - 100%
are as specified in OPSS 1820.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1820, Material Specification for Circular and Elliptical Concrete
Pipe.


Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Culverts and Box Sewers
1821.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for materials, design
and fabrication of single-cell precast reinforced concrete box culverts and box sewers not
exceeding 3 m in span for placement under a minimum fill depth of 600 mm as specified in
OPSS 1821, May 1993, SSP 109S31, July 2011 and SSP 118S03, February 2017.
1821.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 422 Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Culverts and Box Sewers In Open Cut

OPSS 1821 Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Culverts and Box Sewers
SSP 109S31 Amendment to OPSS 422, April 2004 and OPSS 1821, May 1993 - Requirements for
Substitution of Precast Concrete Box Culverts for Cast-in-Place Concrete Box
Culverts
SSP 118S03 Amendment to OPSS 1821, May 1993 - Requirements for Air Void System
Parameters, Salt Scaling and Concrete Cover Measurements of Precast Hardened
Concrete

CAIS 1351 Components for Precast Reinforced Concrete Catch Basins, Manholes, Ditch Inlets
and Valve Chambers
1821.03 DEFINITIONS

1 - Receive the manufacturer’s design dimensions, if requested by MTO. -

Receive six copies of the design and shop drawings, including joint and
2 - handling details for culverts outside the scope of OPSS 1821, at least of three -
weeks before commencing fabrication.
Review and provide a written response for any design proposals that are
3 - -
submitted according to SSP 109S31.
1821.05 MATERIALS
1821.05.01 Concrete
Check that the concrete mix design is submitted according to CAIS 1350 and
1 - -
that meets the requirements of OPSS 1821.05.01.
2 - Check that dry cast concrete is as specified in OPSS 182105.01.05. -
1821.05.02 Aggregate
1 - Check that aggregate is as specified in CAIS 1002. -
1 - Check that steel reinforcement is according to CAIS 1440. -

2 - Check that steel reinforcement is as specified in OPSS 1821.05.03. -
1 - Check that all associated hardware is as specified in OPSS 1821.05.04. -

1821.05.05 Membrane Curing Compound
1 - Check that membrane curing compound is according to OPSS 1315. -
1821.06 EQUIPMENT
1821.06.01 Batching Plant
Verify that the batching plant used for producing concrete is internal to the
manufacturing plant. If concrete will be supplied by a ready-mixed concrete
1 - -
supplier check that documentation has been submitted verifying that the plant
is certified by RMCAO.
1821.07 PRODUCTION
1821.07.01 Prequalification
Receive the precast plant’s certificate and verify if they are certified according
1 - -
to OPSS 1821.07.01.
1821.07.02 Manufacturer’s Design Dimensions
Check that all the joints between elements of the culverts are constructed and
1 - 100%
treated as specified in the Contract Documents and OPSS 1812.07.02.04.
1821.07.03 Curing
1 - Check the precast plant’s curing regime as specified in OPSS 1821.07.03. -
1821.07.06 Marking
Check that markings of the precast culverts are as specified in

1 - -
OPSS 1821.07.06.

1821.07.07 Workmanship and Finish
1 - Check that all surfaces are finished according to OPSS 1821.07.07. -
1821.07.08 Repairs
1 - Check that the repair of box units conforms to OPSS 1821 requirements. -
Check the dimensions of precast culverts are as specified in

1 - 100%
OPSS 1821.07.09.
If requested by the Owner, receive test results of the manufacturer’s quality

1 - -
control procedures.
Review the test results according to Quality Control procedures specified in
2 - -
OPSS 1821.07.10.
1821.08.02 Rejection
Check individual box units as specified in OPSS 1821.08.02, if requirements

1 - 100%
are not met, identify box units as rejectable and report to MTO.
1821.09 OWNER PURCHASE OF MATERIAL BY PURCHASE ORDER
1 - Payment shall be as specified. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1821, Material Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Box
Culverts and Box Sewers.


Non-Pressure Polyethylene Plastic Pipe Products
1840.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for non-pressure
polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe products to be used for sanitary or storm sewers, pipe culverts, and
subdrains as specified in OPSS 1840, November 2018.
1840.02 REFERENCES
1840.03 DEFINITIONS
1840.05 MATERIALS
1840.05.01 Polyethylene Plastic Pipe Products
1 - Check the moulding and extrusion material as specified. 25%
1840.07 PRODUCTION
Check the pipe diameter, stiffness, material and type are in accordance with
1 - 25%

Notify MTO if a product is not in accordance with OPSS 1840 and the
1 M -
Contract Documents.
1840.08.01 Testing
Check that testing is conducted as specified in OPSS 1840 and as specified

1 - 25%
in the relevant standards and specifications.
1840.08.02 Markings
OPSS 1840.
Check the certificate of compliance to verify if it meets standards when

1 M -
requested.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1840, Material Specification for Non-Pressure Polyethylene
Plastic Pipe Products


Non-Pressure Polyvinyl Chloride (PC) Pipe Products
1841.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for non-pressure
polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic pipe products to be used for sanitary and storm sewers, service
connections, and pipe culverts as specified in OPSS 1841, November 2018.
1841.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1841 Non-Pressure Polyvinyl Chloride (PC) Pipe Products
1841.03 DEFINITIONS
1841.05 MATERIALS
1841.05.01 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Products
Check the extruded, moulded, and fabricated materials are as specified in

1 - 25%
OPSS 1841 for the appropriate type of PVC pipe products.
1841.07 PRODUCTION
Check all PVC plastic pipe products used in the Contract are supplied and
1 - 100%
manufactured as specified in OPSS 1841.

Check the pipe diameter, stiffness, material and type are as according to
2 - 25%
Check the interior and exterior walls and fittings are as specified in
3 - 25%
OPSS 1841.
4 - Check the service connection pipe as specified in OPSS 1841. 25%
1 M -
Contract Documents.
1841.07.02 Testing
Check that testing of the pipe products is conducted as specified in

1 - 25%
OPSS 1841 and relevant standards and specifications.
Conduct Quality Assurance testing when requested by MTO, as specified in

1 - 100%
OPSS 1841.
1 M Notify the Contractor of the non-compliant and rejected material.
1841.08.02 Markings
OPSS 1841.
Check the certificate of compliance to verify if it meets standards when

1 M -
requested.

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1841, Material Specification for Non-Pressure Polyvinyl Chloride
(PC) Pipe Products.


Pressure Polyethylene (PE) Pipe Products
1842.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for pressure
polyethylene pipe products to be used for sewage forcemains, watermains, and associated service
connections as specified in OPSS 1842, November 2018.
1842.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1842 Pressure Polyethylene (PE) Pipe Products
1842.05 MATERIALS
1842.05.01 Polyethylene Pipe Products
1 - Check the moulding and extrusion materials are as specified in OPSS 1842. 25%
1842.07 PRODUCTION
Check the delivered polyethylene pipe, tubing and fittings are as specified in
1 - 25%
OPSS 1842 and the relevant standards and specifications.

1 M -
relevant standards and specifications.
1842.07.02 Markings
Check the minimum markings are clearly labelled along with the logo of the
1 - 25%
certification body and name of the pipe manufacturer as specified.
2 - Check intervals between markings are no greater than 1.5 m. 25%
3 - Check markings are legible and are not damaging the pipe. 25%
Check the product certificate to verify that it was produced and tested
1 M according to the appropriate specification requirements as specified in -
OPSS 1842, when requested.
1 - Conduct testing when requested by MTO. 25%
1 M Notify the Contractor of the non-compliant and rejected materials. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1842, Material Specification for Pressure Polyethylene (PE) Pipe
Products.


Non-Pressure Polypropylene (PP) Plastic Pipe Products
1843.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Non-Pressure
Polypropylene (PP) plastic pipe products to be used for sanitary or storm sewers and pipe culverts
as specified in OPSS 1843, April 2018.
1843.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 1843 Non-Pressure Polypropylene (PP) Plastic Pipe Products
1843.03 DEFINITIONS
1843.05 MATERIALS
1843.05.01 Polypropylene Plastic Pipe Products
As specified in Clause OPSS 1843.05.01.
1 - Check the moulding and extrusion material are as specified in OPSS 1843. 25%
1843.07 PRODUCTION
Check the pipe diameter, stiffness, material and type are according to
1 - 25%

Notify MTO if a product is not in compliance with OPSS 1843 and the -
1 M
relevant standards and specifications.
1843.08.01 Testing
1 - Check that testing is conducted as specified in CSA B182.13. 25%
1843.08.02 Markings
Check if markings for certified products are according to CSA B182.13 and as
1 - 25%
Check the certificate of compliance to verify if it meets standards as specified

1 M -
in OPSS 1843, when requested.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1843, Material Specification for Non-Pressure Polypropylene (PP)
Plastic Pipe Products.


Geotextiles
1860.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for geotextiles as
1860.02 REFERENCES
MTO Forms:
PH-CC-443 Geotextile Testing Request
1860.03 DEFINITIONS
Prior to the use of a geotextile in the Work, Check if material information is

1 M -
received.
Request documentation describing the manufacturer’s Quality Control
2 - program. If the material is BNQ 7009-910 certified, submit these documents -
by Email to Soils-Aggregates@ontario.ca for information.
Check if the material is BNQ 7009-910 certified. If so, activity No. 1 above
3 M -
shall be waived.

1860.05 MATERIALS
1 M Check all the delivered material to verify its compliance as specified. 25%
1860.07 PRODUCTION
1860.07.06 Protection during Shipment and Storage
1 - Check that the geotextile is contained in opaque (light blocking) wrapping. 25%
Check that the geotextile is not exposed to sunlight for more than 3 days and
2 - 25%
is protected from temperatures greater than 60 °C.
Check that each roll to be used has a complete Owner standard form
1 M PH-CC-443 form and the geotextile meets the design requirements (woven or 100%
non-woven, Class I or Class II, F.O.S.).
1860.08.01 General
1 - Establish the sizes and numbers of lots as specified. 100%
1860.08.02 Sampling
1860.08.02.01 General

2 - Check that unique identification and a separate bag is used for each sample. 100%

Check that material supplied by the Contractor is sampled as specified. It
shall be forwarded along with complete Owner standard form PH-CC-443 for
testing to the Engineering Material Office’s (EMO) laboratory at 95 Arrow Rd,
Toronto, Ontario M9M 2L4 Phone: (416) 235-3698 Email:
3 M 100%
Shipping.EMO@ontario.ca
Ensure that information of the corresponding geotextile type, class and

application be recorded in PH-CC-443.
1860.08.02.02 Sample Size, Preparation, and Marking
1 M Ensure that QA samples are duplicate samples of sufficient size as specified. 100%

specified in CAIS 100, MTO Contract Administration General Conditions
2 M -
(CAGC) and the specification. Referee testing is to be performed in the same
EMO laboratory.
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 1860, Material Specification for Geotextiles.


Signs
2001.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for the replacement
of signs as specified in OPSS 2001, April 2021.
2001.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 2001 Material Specification for Signs.
CAIS 703 Permanent Small Signs and Support Systems
Ontario Traffic Manual (OTM): Book 2 - Sign Design, Fabrication and Patterns
2001.03 DEFINITIONS
2001.05 MATERIALS
2001.05.01 General
1 - Check the material of the signs delivered to the site. 25%

Check that the metal posts are galvanized and that wood posts are
2 - 25%
pressure-treated.

Check that all the signs were received by the Contractor and that their sizes
3 - 25%
and messages are accurate.
Notify MTO if there are any errors as soon as possible to facilitate the timely
4 - 25%
replacement.
5 - Notify the Contractor if the signs are to be replaced. 25%
6 - Check that the posts are sufficiently embedded in the ground. 25%
2001.07 PRODUCTION
1 - Check the production of the signs delivered to the site. 25%

2 - Check that the sign support is correct size and type. 25%
3 - Check that posts are plumb and oriented to approaching traffic. 25%
Check that steel posts are not bent and that wood posts are not cracked,
4 - 25%
twisted or warped significantly.
5 - Check the production of the signs delivered to the site. 25%
1 - Notify the Contractor if the signs are approved. -
Verify conditions of the new signs prior to installation. Damaged signs due to
1 - 25%
incorrect storage or handling shall be replaced at contractor’s cost.
2 - 25%
offset, and placed to the proper depth.
3 - Check that correct sign message is mounted on the support. 25%
4 - Check the sequence of sign boards on support. 25%
Check that sign is mounted level and to the height listed in the sign work
5 - 25%
tables.
6 - Check that the signs are not damaged during installation. 25%
7 - Verify that all sign and support removals have been completed. 25%
8 - Verify that all materials (signs and posts) are removed from site. 25%

Verify that signs are not obstructed by other sign or objects. Note: This is
9 - 25%
especially important for signs such as Stop, Stop Ahead and Checkerboards.
Verify that the new sign installation in the vicinity of an intersection does not
10 - 25%
11 - Check the constructed product. 25%
Record location of the existing signs identified in the Contract as requiring

1 - replacement, relocation or removal (existing signs which should be in original -
location at the end of the Contract).
2 - Record the existing signs condition and take pictures. -
Record reasons for field adjustments (example: due to utilities, public
3 - -
complaint, conflict with another sign or object).
1 - Count the number of signs delivered to the site and to be accepted. 25%
1 - Measurement and payment shall be as specified. -
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 2001, Material Specification for Signs.


Impressed Current Cathodic Protection System for Bridge Structures
(As Specified in OPSS 2301 and NSSP BRDG0002)
2301.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for impressed current
cathodic protection system for bridge structures as specified in OPSS 2301, November 2014 and
NSSP BRDG0002, November 2014.
2301.02 REFERENCES
BRDG0002 Amendment to OPSS 935, November 2014 and OPSS 2301, November 2014 -
Manufacturers, Suppliers and Distributors of Cathodic Protection Components

CAIS 609 Grounding
CAIS 935 Impressed Current Cathodic Protection System for Bridge Structures
CAIS 2410 Extra Low Voltage Cables
2301.03 DEFINITIONS
Check that all Working Drawing submissions are in accordance with

1 - -
OPSS 2301

2301.04.01.02 Cathodic Protection Remote Monitoring and Control Unit
2301.04.01.02.04 Software Requirements
2301.04.01.02.04.01 General
1 - Check that all software setup is in accordance with the Contract Documents -
Check that software data fields match site specific hardware installation and
2 - -
equipment tagging
2301.05 MATERIALS
2301.05.01 General
Check that all materials supplied are in accordance with the Contract
1 - 100%
Documents
Check that Working Drawings are in accordance with OPSS 2301,

1 - -
NSSP BRDG0002, and the Contract Documents
WARRANT: Always with OPSS 2301, Material Specification for Impressed Current Cathodic
Protection System for Bridge Structures.


Tall Oil Pitch (TOP) Emulsion
2510.01 SCOPE
This CAIS covers the construction administration and inspection requirements for Tall Oil Pitch
(TOP) Emulsion as specified in OPSS 2510, November 2017.
2510.02 REFERENCES
OPSS 2510 Tall Oil Pitch (TOP) Emulsion
MTO Forms:
2510.03 DEFINITIONS
Determine if test results of the tall oil pitch (TOP) emulsion are required.
1 - Request the test results of the TOP emulsion when required as specified in -
OPSS 2510.
2510.05 MATERIALS
2510.05.01 Tall Oil Pitch
1 - Check that TOP meets the requirements as specified in OPSS 2510. -

2510.05.02 Water
Check that water used for the production meets the requirements as specified
1 - -
in OPSS 2510.
2510.05.03 Emulsifier
1 - Check that emulsifier is according to the manufacturer’s requirements. -
2510.05.04 Tall Oil Pitch Emulsion
1 - Check that TOP emulsion shows no signs of separation. 100%
Check that TOP emulsion meets the physical property and environmental
1 - -
testing requirements according with OPSS 2510.
Check that the components of the TOP emulsion do not contain any
2 - petroleum-based products, calcium chloride, magnesium chloride, -
lignosulphonate, or lignan derivatives.
Do not permit addition of any asphalt products, solvents, polymers, or other
3 - -
additives during or after the manufacture of TOP emulsion.
2510.07 PRODUCTION
2510.07.01 Storage
When TOP emulsion is to be stored longer than 7 Days prior to shipping,

1 - 25%
Check that the TOP emulsion is stored as specified in OPSS 2510.
Check that TOP emulsion is circulated weekly following the procedures as
2 - 25%

2510.07.02 Shipment
Check that TOP emulsion is shipped in sealed containers of a size that

1 - minimizes the air space between the surface of the liquid and the top of the 25%
container.
2 - Check that all shipping containers meet the conditions specified. 25%
3 - Check that TOP emulsion is protected from freezing. 25%
Check that the bill of lading or invoice is supplied in as many copies as

1 - -
required by the Owner for each container of TOP emulsion delivered.
2510.07.03.01.01 Laboratory Requirements
Check that solids content testing of TOP emulsion is carried out in a

1 - -
laboratory meeting the qualifications as required in the Contract Documents.
Check that the laboratory conducting environmental testing meets the
2 - -
qualifications as required in OPSS 2510.
2510.07.03.01.02 Solids Content
Check that solids content is determined following the procedures as

1 - -
described in OPSS 2510.
2510.07.03.01.03 Particle Charge
Check that the particle charge of the TOP emulsion is determined in the
1 - -
same manner as required for an asphalt emulsion.

2510.07.03.01.04 Environmental Testing
Check that the sample preparation for ready and inherent biodegradability,
1 - Daphnia magna, and Rainbow Trout testing follows the procedures as -
2 - Aggregate requirements shall be administered according to CAIS 1004. -
2510.07.04 Marking
Check that the bill of lading or invoice is marked with the information as
1 - -
2510.08.01 Inspections, Sampling, Testing, and Acceptance
1 M Witness TOP emulsion samples being taken. 100%

Check that samples shall be collected, handled, prepared, labelled and tested
2 M as specified in OPSS 2510. Complete Owner standard form PH-CC-349 and 100%
include it with samples.
3 M 100%
4 - 100%
Conduct inspections, take samples, and perform tests at such times and
5 - locations that consider necessary in accordance with requirements as 25%
6 - Arrange for the delivery of all samples to the Owner’s designated laboratory. 100%
1 - Determine what tests are necessary and when samples need to be taken. -
Receive and review all test results from the QA laboratory for acceptance
2 - -
based on the requirements in OPSS 2510.
3 - -
4 - Notify the Contractor if the material does not meet the requirements. -

WARRANT: Always with OPSS 2510, Material Specification for Tall Oil Pitch Emulsion.

CAIS - Complete Manual - Rev 3 - 2023-03-30

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CAIS - Complete Manual - Rev 3 - 2023-03-30

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CONSTRUCTION

Ministry of Transportation Ontario

TO ALL USERS OF THIS PUBLICATION:

or they may be directed in writing to:

CONTINUING RECORD OF REVISIONS

CAIS MANUAL INDEX

Reference # Title Issue Date

March 2023 Page 1 of 8 CAIS Index

March 2023 Page 2 of 8 CAIS Index

March 2023 Page 3 of 8 CAIS Index

March 2023 Page 4 of 8 CAIS Index

March 2023 Page 5 of 8 CAIS Index

CAIS 812 LUNKERS (As Specified in OPSS 812) Dec 2021

March 2023 Page 6 of 8 CAIS Index

March 2023 Page 7 of 8 CAIS Index

CAIS 1302 Water (As Specified in OPSS 1302) Dec 2021

March 2023 Page 8 of 8 CAIS Index

2.0 CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION AND INSPECTION SPECIFICATIONS (CAIS)

· CAIS for Administration and Inspection Activities which align with:

December 2021 Page 1 of 4 CAIS Preamble

2.1 CAIS Principles

The CAIS is:

The CAIS is not:

1. A guide to Cas, inspectors, or MTO staff (for example: a WBCMS guide).

2.2 CAIS Publication

December 2021 Page 2 of 4 CAIS Preamble

3.0 MTO CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION GENERAL CONDITIONS (CAGC)

The MTO CAGC consists of the following sections:

CAGC 1.0 Interpretation

4.0 CAIS FOR ADMINISTRATION AND INSPECTION ACTIVITIES

General and Construction Specifications Material Specifications

· Administrative Activities, and

December 2021 Page 3 of 4 CAIS Preamble

5.0 UPDATING OR CREATING A CAIS

6.0 OTHER DOCUMENTS, GUIDES, AND MANUALS

December 2021 Page 4 of 4 CAIS Preamble

Action Description Action Comments

December 2021 Page 1 of 1 CAIS Contract Completion Checklist

December 2021 Page 1 of 1 CAIS Post-Const Closing Checklist

CONTRACT PROGRESS / SITE MEETING

SUGGESTED ATTENDEES (select and/or add appropriate representatives):

December 2021 Page 1 of 4 Contract Progress/Site Mtg

CONTRACT PROGRESS / SITE MEETING

Name Title Firm Telephone E-mail

December 2021 Page 2 of 4 Contract Progress/Site Mtg

December 2021 Page 3 of 4 Contract Progress/Site Mtg

Meeting adjourned at (date/time):

Minutes prepared by:

Date of distribution of minutes:

Signed by Contract Administrator:

December 2021 Page 4 of 4 Contract Progress/Site Mtg

PRE-FABRICATION MEETING FOR PRECAST CONCRETE ELEMENTS

December 2021 Page 1 of 5 PCE Prefab Mtg

PRE-FABRICATION MEETING FOR PRECAST CONCRETE ELEMENTS

PRECAST ELEMENTS TO BE PRODUCED:

Name Title Firm Telephone E-mail

Item Action(s) &

December 2021 Page 2 of 5 PCE Prefab Mtg

Item Action(s) &

December 2021 Page 3 of 5 PCE Prefab Mtg

Item Action(s) &

December 2021 Page 4 of 5 PCE Prefab Mtg